Skip to main content

Full text of "Letters æsthetic, social, and moral, written from Europe, Egypt, and Palestine"

See other formats


ill 


IH  MflNff)         fflRrKtM 


-  -  :<lTe  ftom  a D aguexreoWE 


:OMA3       C    ,  "UP  HAM,    D.D. 

PROFESSOR  OP  MENTAL,  TEHOSQEHT  Zc.lN  BOWDQM 


- 


Entered  according  to  act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1855. 


^ 


h  C 


PREFACE. 


I  have  assented  to  the  wishes  of  a  few  friends,  and  al- 
lowed this  small  edition  of  four  hundred  copies  of  these 
letters  to  be  published.  I  have  no  personal  preferences  to 
gratify,  either  in  publishing  or  withholding.  But  I  cannot 
at  present  persuade  myself,  that  they  would  be  likely  to 
possess  any  special  interest  beyond  a  very  limited  circle. 

The  letters  will,  for  the  most  part,  explain  their  own  his- 
tory. It  will  not  be  necessary,  therefore,  to  go  into  de- 
tails here.  I  should  do  injustice,  however,  to  my  feelings, 
if  I  did  not  refer  in  a  few  words  to  my  fellow-travellers, 
Rev.  Mr.  Thompson,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walcott.  Mr. 
Thompson  is  the  pastor  of  the  Tabernacle  church  in  New 
York.  I  had  previously  known  him  in  America ;  and  it 
was  with  pleasure  I  met  him  in  London.  Mr.  Thompson 
is  the  Editor  of'  the  popular  and  able  religious  paper,  the 

Independent ;  and  is  the  author  of  a  number  of  valuable 
1# 


0  PREFACE. 

works.  Since  his  return  from  his  travels,  he  has  published 
an  interesting  and  well  written  volume  on  Egypt.  With- 
out saying  anything  of  its  high  literary  merits,  I  can  ven- 
ture, from  having  been  with  him  in  all  the  places  which  he 
visited  in  that  country,  to  bear  testimony  to  the  strict  ac- 
curacy of  its  details.  It  was  chiefly  through  his  encourage- 
ment and  aid,  that  I  was  enabled  to  pursue  my  journey. 

Mr.  Walcott,  whom  I  also  met  in  London,  is  the 
founder  and  owner  of  a  large  manufacturing  establish- 
ment near  Utica,  N.  Y.,  known  as  the  "  New  York  Mills." 
Around  this  establishment  there  has  grown  up  a  large 
and  beautiful  village.  The  operatives,  many  of  whom  are 
from  foreign  countries,  experience  from  Mr.  W.  a  friendly 
and  judicious  interest  in  their  welfare,  which  more  than 
satisfies  all  their  reasonable  expectations ;  and  he  has  thus 
laid  the  foundation  of  a  sincere  and  permanent  friendship. 
The  public  and  joyous  reception,  which  his  operatives  and 
others  gave  him  on  his  return  from  his  long  travels,  was  an 
evidence  both  of  their  strong  attachment,  and  of  the  per- 
sonal virtues  which  have  given  rise  to  it.  In  these  feel- 
ings Mrs.  Walcott,  who  was  also  the  much  respected  and 
valued  companion  of  our  travels,  is  a  full  sharer.  I  could 
say  much  of  the  kindness  which  I  received  from  these  high- 
ly esteemed  friends,  but  am  restrained  from  feelings  of  deli- 
cacy ;  and  will  only  add  my  earnest  desire,  that  they  may 
long  experience  in  their  own  persons  the  happiness  which 
they  have  been  the  means  of  communicating  to  others. 


PREFACE. 

Nearly  all  the  letters  were  first  published,  as  they  were 
Written,  in  the  Congregationalist,  a  well  known  and  able 
religious  newspaper  issued  at  Boston.  And  I  wish  here  to 
express  my  obligations  to  its  editors  and  publishers,  for  the 
kindness  I  have  received  from  them.  As  to  the  letters 
themselves,  it  will  be  enough  perhaps  to  say  here  that  they 
were  written  for  the  most  part  in  ill  health  and  under  un- 
favorable circumstances.  If  they  have  any  merits,  which 
must  be  left  to  others  to  decide,  they  are  certainly  not  free 
from  imperfections.  And  this  will  be  some  excuse  for  lim- 
iting their  circulation.  With  these  few  words  I  leave  them 
in  the  hands  of  those,  whose  kindness,  I  am  confident,  will 
go  far  in  disarming  criticism. 

Thomas  C.  Upham. 
Brunswick,  Maine, 

March  24,  1855. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

Letter  from  the  Ocean 13 19 

Letters  from  England 19 — 133 

Letters  from  France 133 — 161- 

Letters  from  Savoy  and  Italy 162 — 253 

Letters  from  Egypt  253—330 

Letters  from  the  desert  of  Sinai  and  Gaza  331 — 412 

Letters  from  Palestine •    .     412 — 564 

On  the  religious  uses  of  travel 564 — 585 


hp  rn  ti  t 


R 
j  it  v. 


LETTERS 

ESTHETIC,  SOCIAL,  AND  MORAL. 


(I-) 

New  York  bay — The  steamship — Remarks  on  the  character  of  the 
passengers — The  merchant  from  Buenos  Ayres — The  lady  from 
Missouri — Relation  of  woman  to  home — Lines  to  my  wife. 

AT  SEA, STEAMSHIP  ARCTIC,  SEPT.  25,  1852. 

We  sailed  from  New  York  for  Liverpool  on  Sat- 
urday, the  18th  of  September,  in  the  steamship  Arctic, 
Captain  Luce  commander.  The  day  was  bright  and 
beautiful.  As  the  majestic  steamer  sailed  down  the 
broad  and  noble  Hudson,  a  magnificent  scene  presen- 
ted itself.  The  wide  expanse  of  water  which  opened 
to  view,  the  hills  and  woods  of  Hoboken,  the  ship- 
ping and  the  spires  of  Jersey  City,  the  Battery  and 
Castle  Garden,  the  mighty  throng  of  masts  in  the 
East  River,  the  splendid  residences  and  churches  of 
Brooklyn,  the  frowning  fortifications,  the  boats  pass- 
ing and  repassing  amid  the  shipping  that  floated  lazily 
in  the  river  and  in  the  New  York  bay,  formed  a  group 
of  unsurpassed  beauty  and  magnificence.  In  a  few 
hours  we  crossed  the  bay  of  New  York,  passed 
through  the  Narrows,  and  were  moving  swiftly  over 
the  broad  ocean. 
2 


14  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

i 

The  introduction  of  the  steamship,  in  itself  and  in 
its  relations,  constitutes  an  event  of  no  small  moment 
in  the  history  of  man.  It  is  not  only  an  indication  of 
the  progress  of  the  arts  and  of  the  extension  of  com- 
merce, but  of  the  advancement  of  civilization.  Those 
who  first  discovered  the  uses  and  applications  of 
steam,  and  those  who  by  their  expanded  thought  and 
generous  efforts  have  secured  its  highest  practical  re- 
sults, have  deserved  and  won  the  gratitude  of  men. 
Why  should  not  the  names  of  Collins  and  of  Cunard, 
in  their  appropriate  place  and  degree,  be  associated 
on  the  pages  of  history  with  the  memorable  name  of 
Fulton  ? 

Every  thing  which  exists  or  takes  place  not  only 
has  its  history  but  its  teachings,  but  the  lesson  which 
it  reveals  will  be  differently  read  and  interpreted  by 
different  minds.  The  steamship  carries  not  merely 
merchandise,  but  men  ;  a  congregation,  or  if  you  pre- 
fer it,  a  cargo  of  human  hearts,  each  of  which  has 
strong  and  often  tender  ties,  reaching  in  every  direc- 
tion. Other  persons  will  read  different  lessons  on 
board  the  steamship,  as  it  thus  carries  forth  its  pre- 
cious load  of  immortal  beings ;  but  that  which  I  read 
first  and  with  very  deep  interest  was  the  great  lesson 
on  social  humanity-  The  great  problems  of  sociality 
— its  foundation,  its  infinitely  varied  ties,  its  mighty 
strength — were  forcibly  illustrated  by  the  occurrences 
which  presented  themselves. 

On  the  very  afternoon  of  our  departure,  as  I  was 
walking  alone  on  the  deck,  I  encountered  a  gentleman, 
whose  manners  and  intelligent  countenance  arrested 
my  attention.     We  entered  into  conversation.     Ask- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  15 

ing  me  of  what  country  I  was,  I  told  him  I  was  an 
American ;  and  in  reply  to  the  same  interrogation  put 
to  himself,  he  said  he  was  a  Dane.  Pleased  to  find 
one  who  was  ready  to  converse  and  to  yield  him  his 
confidence,  he  sat  down  with  me  and  told  me  his  his- 
tory. He  left  his  native  country  at  an  early  period, 
and  for  more  than  twenty  years  had  been  a  merchant 
in  Buenos  Ayres.  He  gave  me  the  history  of  Rosas, 
whose  remarkable  but  bloody  administration  of  that 
country  is  so  well  known.  He  knew  him  well,  and 
expected  to  meet  him  in  England.  But,  said  he,  I 
am  going  home ;  back  to  my  native  land,  back  to  the 
enjoyment  of  early  ties  and  early  associations.  My 
mother  still  lives.  I  have  closed  my  commercial  re- 
lations in  Buenos  Ayres.  Having  business  in  the 
United  States,  and  wishing  to  see  the  people  of  a 
nation  so  remarkable,  I  came  this  way ;  but  I  have 
sent  my  wife  and  children  to  the  place  of  our  future 
residence,  by  another  and  more  direct  route.  After  a 
life  of  toil  and  exposure,  I  wish  to  spend  the  remain- 
der of  my  days  in  peace,  in  the  bosom  of  my  family. 
He  then  took  from  his  pocket  a  beautiful  daguerreo- 
type of  his  wife,  and  another  of  his  three  children, 
two  beautiful  daughters  and  his  little  boy,  whom  the 
artist  had  placed  between  them,  and  showed  them  to 
me  ;  and  we  gazed  upon  them  together.  And  I  could 
not  help  saying  to  myself,  as  I  saw  the  strong  emo- 
tions working  in  his  countenance,  How  sacred  are  the 
relations  of  family !  How  strong  and  wonderful  are 
those  ties,  which  God  has  implanted  in  our  nature ! 

But  this  was  only  one  of  many  similar  instances 
wliich  came  under  my  notice.     Strangers  on  board  an 


16  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

Atlantic  steamer,  and  standing  in  need  of  each  other's 
aid  and  sympathy,  soon  get  acquainted.  A  lady  was 
pointed  out  to  my  notice,  who  had  come  from  the 
State  of  Missouri.  Her  story,  as  I  understood  it, 
partly  from  her  own  lips,  was  this.  Her  husband  was 
a  military  man,  and  some  years  since,  in  some  of  the 
revolutionary  movements  in  Germany,  held  the  rank 
of  captain.  Experiencing  reverses,  they  had  fled  to 
America,  and  established  themselves  on  a  farm  in 
Missouri.  Even  now  it  would  be  dangerous  for  her 
husband  to  return ;  and  hence  she  was  travelling  with 
her  three  little  children,  unattended  and  unprotected 
by  their  father,  on  this  long  journey  of  four  thousand 
miles,  that  she  might  see  once  more  in  her  native  land 
the  face  of  her  parents  and  brothers. 

The  mighty  principle  of  family  love,  stronger  per- 
haps than  any  other  in  our  nature,  operates  in  a  great 
variety  of  directions.  Sometimes,  in  consequence  of 
the  variety  of  its  objects,  it  becomes  antagonistical  to 
itself,  and  has  the  effect  to  separate  very  near  friends, 
and  to  lead  the  objects  of  it  into  distant  lands.  On 
board  of  our  vessel  was  an  American  lady,  estimable 
for  every  virtue,  who  was  leaving  her  native  land  and 
its  many  pleasant  associations  and  joys,  in  order  to 
take  up  a  permanent  residence  in  Scotland.  I  had 
known  her  in  our  own  country ;  had  been  well  ac- 
quainted with  her  parents  while  they  lived,  and  her 
brothers  and  sisters,  who  are  still  living ;  and  could  not 
therefore  be  ignorant,  how  much  she  suffered,  and  how 
much  she  sacrificed  in  fulfilling  her  purpose.  I  asked 
her  one  day  why  she  did  not  take  a  different  course, 
and  permit  her  husband  to  go  abroad,  and  transact  his 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  17 

business  without  her.  Her  answer,  disinterested  as  it 
was  beautiful,  was,  that  undoubtedly  her  husband 
would  consent  to  such  a  course,  but  that  she  could 
not  bear  to  see  him  spend  his  life  in  labor  without 
the  consolations  of  a  home.  In  this  generous  answer 
I  recognized  the  expression  of  a  great  truth,  which 
seems  to  me  to  have  a  close  connection  with  man's 
happiness.  It  is,  that  man  without  woman  has  not, 
and  cannot  have  a  home.  He  may  fyave  a  place,  a  lo- 
cality, a  country  perhaps  ;  but  a  home,  the  resting-place 
of  hopes  and  desires,  the  locality  of  the  heart's  sacred 
affections,  he  has  not  and  cannot  have,  without  wo- 
man. 

And  on  such  a  subject  could  I  not  speak  from  my 
own  experience  ?  Could  I  be  insensible,  as  I  thus 
left  my  native  land,  to  the  ties  which  bound  me  to 
home  and  kindred  ?  "Without  professing  to  be  more 
or  less  susceptible  of  affections  than  others,  I  am 
obliged  to  say,  that  my  heart  involuntarily  turned  to 
a  beloved  object  in  a  distant  place.  Faithful  in  its 
homage  to  its  unchanging  attachments,  it  thought  of 
one,  who  thought  of  me.  I  gave  expression  to  my 
feelings ;  but  how  inadequate  is  language  to  embody 
and  give  substance  to  cherished  remembrances  and 
affections  ! 


The  wind  has  heaved  the  billow's  breast ; 

The  ship  is  rocking  on  the  sea ; 
And  time  and  tide,  that  never  rest, 

Have  brought  the  destined  hour  to  me. 


2* 


18  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

I  leave  thee,  Mary !  Oh,  how  dear, — 
None  but  thyself  can  ever  know. 

Hide  from  my  heart  that  scalding  tear. 
Unfold  thine  arms,  and  let  me  go. 

Oft  on  the  dark  and  raging  sea, 

Or  when  in  distant  lands  I  roam  ; 

My  aching  heart  shall  think  of  thee, 

Think  of  our  dear  and  cherished  home . 

Oceans  may  roll  between  ;  but  never 
Can  rend  our  mutual  souls  apart. 

Mountains  may  rise  ;  but  cannot  sever 
The  bond  that  binds  us,  heart  to  heart. 

For  lands  and  oceans  have  a  place, 

And  lines  and  limits  gird  them  round ; 

But  love  is  conqueror  of  space, 

And  lives  a  life,  that  knows  no  bound. 


(ii.) 

Captain  of  the  Arctic — Man  an  eesthelic  as  well  as  social  being — On 
the  sublimity  of  the  ocean — Remarks  on  the  subject  of  beauty 
and  sublimity — The  moral  effect  of  the  ocean — Poetry. 

LIVERPOOL,  ENGLAND,  SEPT.  30,   1852. 

When  I  went  on  board  the  steamship,  a  friend 
pointed  out  the  commander,  Captain  L.  As  the  com- 
mander necessarily  embodies  in  himself,  to  a  consid- 
erable extent,  the  destiny  of  the  ship  and  of  those  who 
sail  in  it,  my  attention  was  at  once  fastened  upon  the 
man,  who  held,  as  it  were,  the  bond  of  my  life.  My 
judgment  of  him  at  that  time  was  of  course  based 
upon  slight  premises ;  but  I  think  it  will  be  found 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  19 

correct.  He  passed  silently  through  the  crowd,  bow- 
ing slightly  but  gracefully  to  those  whom  he  knew. 
His  firm  step  indicated  habits  of  command  ;  but  with- 
out any  display.  It  was  obvious  to  me,  that  he  pos- 
sesses a  mind,  which  is  conscious  of  no  inconsidera- 
ble resources,  but  which  generally  concentrates  its  ac- 
tion within  itself ;  so  that  he  develops  what  he  really 
is,  not  so  much  by  words,  as  by  occasions.  Moderate 
in  stature,  and  quiet  and  unassuming  in  his  general 
deportment,  still  there  is  something  in  his  keen  black 
eye  and  in  his  weatherbeaten  and  sunburnt  counte- 
nance, which  indicates  that  he  is  abundantly  equal 
both  to  duty  and  danger.  He  may  be  relied  upon  as 
a  man,  who  in  those  emergencies  which  test  men's 
characters,  will  boldly  and  skillfully  fulfill  all  that  he 
promises. 

As  we  were  about  to  start,  I  saw  him  move  to  an 
elevated  position  above  the  wheel ;  and  it  was  inter- 
esting to  see,  how  quickly  and  completely  the  inward 
thought  or  purpose  alters  the  outward  man.  He  stood 
a  few  moments  silent  and  thoughtful.  He  gave  a 
quick  glance  to  every  part  of  the  ship.  He  cast  his 
eye  over  the  multitude  coming  on  board  the  ship, 
among  whom  was  the  American  ambassador  to  Eng- 
land, who,  if  the  captain  may  be  said  to  embody  the 
ship,  may  be  said  with  equal  truth  to  embody  in  his 
official  person  a  nation's  rights  and  a  nation's  honor. 
He  saw  the  husbands  and  the  wives,  the  mothers  and 
the  children  entrusted  to  his  care ;  and  his  slender  form, 
as  he  gave  the  orders  for  our  departure,  seemed  at  once 
to  grow  more  erect  and  firm ;  the  muscles  of  his  face 
swelled ;    his  dark  eye  glowed  with  a  new  fire ;  and 


20  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

his  whole  person  expanded  and  beautified  itself  by 
the  power  of  inward  emotion. 

I  have  often  noticed  this  interesting  phenomenon ; 
and  have  come  to  the  conclusion,  if  man  or  woman 
wishes  to  realize  the  full  power  of  personal  beauty,  it 
must  be  by  cherishing  noble  hopes  and  purposes  ;  by 
having  something  to  do  and  something  to  live  for, 
which  is  worthy  of  humanity  ;  and  which  by  expand- 
ing the  capacities  of  the  soul,  gives  expansion  and 
symmetry  to  the  body  which  contains  it. 

In  my  last  letter  I  gave  the  lesson  which  a  voyage 
on  the  ocean  furnishes  on  the  subject  of  our  social  na- 
ture. But  man  is  an  (esthetic,  as  well  as  a  social 
being.  That  is  to  say,  he  is  not  only  the  subject  of 
those  desires  and  sympathies  which  are  the  foundation 
of  his  social  nature  and  which  bind  him  in  various 
ways  to  his  fellow  man,  but  is  also  the  subject  of 
emotions; — those  emotions  which  we  experience  in  wit- 
nessing the  great  objects  and  works  of  art  and  nature, 
the  emotions  of  beauty  and  sublimity.  The  ocean  is 
spoken  of  by  aesthetic  writers  as  a  sublime  object. 
And  it  must  be  conceded,  if  sublimity  can  properly 
be  ascribed  to  any  object  whatever,  it  would  be  diffi- 
cult to  find  one  which  has  higher  claims.  I  acknowl- 
edge, that,  in  relation  to  this  subject,  I  was  desirous 
to  test  my  own  feelings.  I  remarked  to  you  that  we 
sailed  on  the  eighteenth,  which  was  Saturday ;  and, 
experiencing  the  common  fate  of  those  who  are  mak- 
ing their  first  voyage,  I  was  confined  to  my  room  by 
sickness  for  some  days.  On  the  next  Tuesday  morn- 
ing, when  we  were  already  far  off  on  the  broad  Atlan- 
tic, I  went  on  deck ;  and  taking  a  position  where  I 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  21 

should  not  be  likely  to  be  disturbed,  I  watched  for  a 
long  time  the  vast  and  wonderful  scene  before  me. 
There  was  nothing  in  sight  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
reach,  but  the  boundless  waters,  which  were  agitated 
and  tossed  in  every  direction  by  a  strong  head  wind. 
My  soul  dilated  and  swelled  with  emotion. 

The  conception  itself  was  vast — as  if  there  open- 
ed before  me  a  window  of  eternity,  in  the  reflection 
and  imaging  of  which  I  could  behold  the  infinite  of 
the  future  ;  or  as  if  the  mighty  and  boundless  Divini- 
ty himself  had  condescended  to  assume  a  form,  which 
corresponded  in  some  degree  to  the  infinite  of  his  ex- 
istence. And  this  enlarged  and  mighty  conception 
was  followed  by  a  correspondent  intensity  of  feeling 
in  the  emotional  nature. 

On  only  two  occasions  before,  have  I  had  the  same 
expansion  and  intensity  of  thought  and  feeling.  Many 
years  ago  I  visited  the  celebrated  mountain  region  in 
the  northern  part  of  New  Hampshire.  I  succeeded  in 
reaching  the  top  of  Mount  "Washington,  more  than 
six  thousand  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  was 
a  clear,  bright  day  of  July.  Not  a  cloud  was  upon 
the  sky.  And  standing  on  the  small  rocky  platform, 
which  formed  the  summit  of  the  mountain,  I  had  be- 
fore me,  distinctly  visible  in  every  direction,  a  sixty 
miles'  circuit  of  thickly  wooded  and  dark  forest,  not 
on  a  plain,  but  thrown  into  every  variety  of  moun- 
tainous position, — a  vast,  boundless  sea  of  mighty 
wooded  summits,  standing  side  by  side,  and  varying 
in  height  from  two  thousand  to  four  thousand  feet. 
The  whole  scene  was  on  such  a  vast  scale,  that  the 
soul,  laboring  with  thought  and  emotion,  could  scarce- 


22 


LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 


ly  endure  it.  The  other  occasion  to  which  I  refer  was 
more  recent  and  different  in  character.  It  was  a  visit 
to  the  falls  of  Niagara.  The  contemplation  of  that 
immense  cataract,  that  world  of  waters,  apparently 
broken  loose  and  poured  out  from  some  higher  and 
unseen  world, — a  scene  in  nature  so  often  described, 
and  yet  never  fully  realized  and  understood  except  by 
those  who  have  witnessed  it, — constitutes  an  era  in  a 
man's  life.  He  can  never  forget  it ;  and  in  natural 
scenery  he  can  never  again  see  anything  equal  to  it 
or  like  it.  The  emotions  which  I  experienced  on  these 
two  occasions,  were  similar  in  character,  and  at  least 
as  intense  in  degree  as  those,  which  I  now  experien- 
ced on  viewing  the  vast  and  agitated  ocean. 

The  development  of  mind,  in  connection  with  situa- 
tion and  action,  and  in  all  the  various  forms  in  which 
it  takes  place,  has  been  a  somewhat  favorite  subject 
with  me.  And  as  I  write  not  merely  for  the  purpose 
of  giving  a  momentary  amusement,  but  also  in  the 
hopes  either  of  imparting  some  instruction  to  others 
or  of  settling  more  fully  some  opinions  of  my  own, 
I  will  briefly  express  my  views  on  some  controverted 
doctrines  which  have  relation  to  the  Sublime  and 
Beautiful. 

And  one  obvious  principle  on  this  interesting  sub- 
ject is  this  ; — that  the  beautiful  will  be  found,  in  all 
cases,  to  be  the  basis  of  the  grand  and  the  sublime. 
Take  the  sublime  scenes,  to  which  we  have  referred. 
The  tossing  wave  of  the  ocean,  for  instance,  thrown 
into  every  variety  of  position  and  flashing  out  in  many 
varieties  of  color  as  it  rolls  in  the  shade  or  the  sun- 
shine, is  a  beautiful  object,  and  nothing  more  than 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  23 

beautiful.  But  when  the  wave  is  expanded  and  rais- 
ed to  a  great  height  by  the  wind,  and  when  wave  is 
added  to  wave  in  the  multiplications  of  infinity,  it 
then  exhibits  an  aspect  of  grandeur  or  of  sublimity. 
And  so  in  other  cases.  In  a  multitude  of  instances  I 
have  endeavored  to  analyze  the  foundation  of  these 
emotions.  And  I  cannot  doubt,  that  there  must  be 
law,  order,  symmetry,  beauty  at  the  bottom ;  otherwise 
there  can  be  nothing  which  is  truly  grand  or  sublime. 
There  is  order  and  truth,  there  is  harmony,  although 
it  may  perhaps  be  the  violence  of  harmony,  even  in 
the  movements  of  an  angry  ocean. 

A  second  remark,  which  I  have  to  make  in  relation 
to  some  of  the  controverted  topics  of  aesthetics,  is  this. 
The  emotions  which  we  are  considering,  have  their 
foundation  in  the  immutable  condition  of  things,  in  the 
constitution  and  permanencies  of  nature,  and  therefore 
may  be  spoken  of  as  intrinsic  and  original ;  and  are 
not  as  some  valuable  writers  seem  to  suppose,  the  re- 
sult of  mere  association.  This  opinion,  which  in  my 
own  case  is  a  very  decided  one,  is  founded  on  person- 
al experience.  Previously  to  the  occasions  which  I 
have  mentioned,  I  had  never  ascended  the  summit  of 
Mount  Washington,  nor  stood  at  the  foot  of  the  cata- 
ract of  Niagara.  And  in  the  experience  of  those  strong 
emotions,  which  then  agitated  my  breast,  what  did  I, 
or  could  I  owe  to  any  previous  association  ?  I  agree 
with  Alison  and  Jeffries  and  other  writers,  to  whom 
I  have  alluded,  that  in  many  cases  much  may  be  as- 
cribed to  the  associating  principle.  But  association 
does  not  and  cannot  explain  all.  It  was  far,  very  far, 
from  explaining  the  mighty  revelations  of  thought  and 


24  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

feeling,  which  then  crowded  upon  me.  A  voice,  which 
I  had  never  heard  or  known  before,  came  out  from  the 
depths  of  nature, — an  utterance  which  I  was  confident 
was  not  fabricated  out  of  any  previous  experience  by 
means  of  some  associating  process  ;  but  deep,  mighty, 
as  if  God  himself  were  speaking,  it  seemed  to  rush 
from  the  immensity  of  its  original  hiding  place,  and 
to  sound  from  eternity  to  eternity. 

A  third  remark,  which  I  wish  to  make,  is  this. 
I  cannot  agree  with  Mr.  Burke  and  other  writers  who 
think  with  him,  that  the  true  emotion  of  the  sublime 
is  really  heightened  by  conceptions  of  danger  and  by 
feelings  of  dread.  Upon  this  point  also  I  have  taken 
every  favorable  opportunity  to  test  my  own  feelings. 
But  I  will  mention  only  one  here,  which  occurred  up- 
on this  voyage,  and  which,  therefore,  is  appropriate  in 
this  letter.  On  Tuesday  morning,  the  28th  of  Sep- 
tember, we  came  in  sight  of  the  coast  of  Ireland,  which 
arose  in  a  clear  sky  and  dazzling  sunlight,  fresh  and 
beautiful  from  the  morning  wave.  Absorbed  in  the 
historic  associations,  which  are  connected  with  this 
celebrated  "  Isle  of  the  ocean,"  the  hours  flew  rapidly 
by,  as  we  passed  in  succession  Cape  Clear,  the  light 
of  Kinsale,  the  cove  of  Cork,  the  city  of  Waterford, 
and  other  places  on  the  coast.  In  the  afternoon  we 
entered  the  mouth  of  the  Irish  or  St.  George's  Chan- 
nel, and  were  rapidly  approaching  the  well  known 
point  of  land,  called  Holyhead,  which  is  situated  on 
the  English  side  of  the  channel.  We  were  about 
sixty-five  miles  distant  from  this  place,  and  in  a  posi- 
tion which  is  considered  a  dangerous  one  without  the 
aid  of  a  pilot,  when  suddenly  a  very  violent  storm 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  25 

commenced.  The  rain  fell  in  torrents.  The  wind  blew 
from  the  north-east,  a  full  gale,  and  directly  ahead.  The 
sea  rolled  in  terrible  fury,  in  one  vast  sheet  of  foam. 
The  vast  ship,  with  all  the  steam  she  could  bear,  made 
but  slow  way,  as  the  infuriated  waves,  rent  asunder  as 
they  came  in  terrible  contact  with  the  struggling  Arc- 
tic, rushed  by  on  each  side,  foaming  and  roaring  like 
a  two-fold  cataract  of  Niagara.  The  storm  continu- 
ed ten  hours ;  and  so  violently  agitated  was  the  sea 
that  no  pilot  was  able  to  approach  the  vessel  the  next 
morning  until  ten  o'clock. 

At  this  time  it  may  well  be  supposed,  we  had 
around  us  and  before  us,  above  and  beneath,  all  the 
mingling  elements,  which  are  understood  to  furnish 
occasion  for  the  highest  emotions  of  the  sublime. 
But  the  result  was  not  such,  (and  I  think  it  will  never 
be  found  to  be  such,)  as  the  sesthetical  theories  on  the 
subject  would  lead  us  to  anticipate.  That  the  soul 
was  deeply  agitated,  is  true.  But  the  agitation  was 
not  caused  exclusively,  nor  chiefly,  by  the  exercise  of 
a  pure  and  unmixed  emotion  of  sublimity.  The  si- 
multaneous discharge  of  an  hundred  pieces  of  cannon 
in  itself  considered,  is  sublime ;  but  it  ceases  to  be 
sublime,  in  the  view  of  a  person  who  is  standing  with- 
in range  of  the  balls,  because  the  emotion  of  sublimi- 
ty, instead  of  being  increased,  is  perplexed,  and  would 
be  likely  to  be  entirely  annulled  by  the  sentiment  of 
danger.  And  it  will  be  so,  in  a  greater  or  less  degree, 
in  every  similar  case.  It  was  so  in  the  magnificent, 
but  terrific  scene  which  I  have  attempted  to  describe. 
If  we  had  felt  perfectly  secure,  the  scene  would  have 
been  one  of  unparalled  sublimity,  but  the  sense  of 
3 


26  LETTERS— -.ESTHETIC, 

danger  transferred  the  action  of  the  mind  from  the 
contemplation  of  the  sublime  object  to  the  considera- 
tion of  our  personal  exposure. 

The  mistake  of  writers  on  the  subject  is,  that  they 
confound  things  together,  which  are  very  unlike.  The 
emotion  or  rather  the  passion  of  fear,  if  carefully  an- 
alyzed, will  be  found  to  be  very  different  from  an 
emotion  of  grandeur  or  sublimity.  Both,  it  is  true 
may  agitate  the  soul.  But  one  does  it  in  view  of  the 
beauty  and  greatness  of  its  object ;  the  other  on  ac- 
count of  its  deformity  and  hatefulness,  or  because  it 
causes  dread.  In  order  to  experience  the  highest  pos- 
sible emotion  of  sublimity,  there  may  be  an  enlarge- 
ment or  intensity  of  the  object  to  any  extent  what- 
ever, but  the  object  thus  expanded  and  intense,  must 
merely  occupy  the  soul  with  the  corresponding  ex- 
pansion and  intensity  of  feeling,  without  causing  per- 
sonal alarm  or  any  thing  else,  which  might  perplex 
the  mind's  attention. 

I  will  only  add  one  remark  more.  There  is  a  voice 
in  the  ocean,  which  addresses  the  moral,  as  well  as 
the  emotional  and  aesthetic  nature.  In  its  vastness 
and  its  agitations,  it  has  a  subduing  and  devotional 
effect  upon  the  mind,  like  that  which  one  experiences 
who  dwells  in  the  midst  of  the  forests,  and  pointed 
rocks,  and  solitary  echoes  of  lofty  mountains.  It  is 
impossible  to  look  upon  it,  especially  when  it  is  great- 
ly agitated,  without  receiving  the  impression,  that 
there  is  somewhere  in  the  universe  of  things,  a 
strength,  a  substantial  greatness,  which  can  have  its 
foundation  and  be  fully  realized  only  in  God.  And 
this  suggestion  of  strength  in  the  Infinite  is  connect- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  27 

ed  with  the  idea, — never  brought  home  so  closely  be- 
fore,— of  our  own  feebleness. 

Oh  God  !  When  tost  upon  the  wave, 
My  heart  instinctive  turns  to  Thee, 

Thou  hast  the  power  to  smite  or  save, 
The  arbiter  of  destiny. 

Though  wide  and  wild  this  vast  expanse, 

It  brings  this  solace  of  the  soul, — 
That  'tis  not  accident  or  chance, 

Which  makes  these  mighty  billows  roll. 

'Tis  God,  who  gives  the  high  behest, 

Which  makes  them  fall  or  makes  them  rise  ; 

Which  sinks  the  caverns  in  their  breast, 
Or  sends  them  foaming  to  the  skies. 

He  guards  the  sparrow  on  the  shore  ; 

He  rocks  the  sea-bird  on  the  sea  ; 
And  here,  amid  the  billow's  roar, 

Will  not  my  Father  think  of  me  ? 


(in.) 

Arrival  at  Liverpool — Appearance  of  the  city — American  ambassador 
— Death  of  the  duke  of  Wellington — Emigration  to  Australia 
— American  books  and  authors. 

LIVERPOOL,  ENGLAND,  OCT.  4,   1852. 

We  reached  Liverpool,  "Wednesday,  the  29th  of 
September,  early  in  the  afternoon.  The  city  ascends 
gradually  from  the  water,  and  displays  itself  advan- 
tageously ;  although  the  first  view  gives  but  an  im- 
perfect idea  of  its  great  extent  and  wealth.  The 
crowded  sails  in  the  river  Mersey  and  in  the  artificial 


28  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

docks  on  the  borders  of  the  river,  with  the  passing  and 
repassing  of  numerous  boats  in  every  direction,  con- 
firmed the  reputation,  which  this  city  has  long  enjoy- 
ed for  commercial  enterprise.  In  a  short  time  we 
went  on  shore.  I  felt,  on  stepping  for  the  first  time 
on  the  soil  of  England,  like  the  man,  who  returns  after 
many  years'  absence,  to  his  father's  home.  The  unity 
of  origin  more  than  counterbalanced  the  difference  of 
nationality.  I  had  come  to  my  own  people, — to  the 
land  of  my  ancestors. 

The  growth  of  Liverpool  has  been  very  rapid.  The 
number  of  its  inhabitants  in  the  year  1700  was  five 
thousand.  Its  population  is  estimated  at  the  present 
time  at  350.000.  As  I  walked  along  its  wharves  and 
among  its  crowded  streets,  everything  indicated  intel- 
ligence, boldness  of  enterprise,  and  successful  activity. 
Liverpool  is  a  place  of  commerce  rather  than  of  the 
arts  ;  and  has  greater  attractions  for  the  merchant  and 
the  man  of  business  than  for  the  scholar  and  the  man 
of  artistic  taste.  It  has,  however,  its  valuable  philan- 
thropic and  literary  institutions  ;  and  a  number  of  well 
constructed  and  even  elegant  public  buildings.  Among 
these  St.  George's  Hall  and  the  Exchange  are  likely 
to  attract  the  particular  attention  of  strangers.  The 
latter  is  a  building  of  great  size  and  beauty,  well 
adapted  to  the  purposes  of  business  and  of  the  inter- 
changes of  commerce  for  which  it  was  erected  ; — and 
may  justly  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  great  centres  of 
the  commercial  intercourse  of  the  world.  In  the  area 
of  this  building  is  an  imposing  naval  monument, 
erected  in  honor  of  Lord  Nelson. 

But  I  must  recur  a  moment  to  some  other  topics, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  29 

which  may  be  better  noticed    here  than  elsewhere. 
Perhaps  I  ought  to  say,  that  in  my  contemplated  and 
yet  uncertain  wanderings  from  place  to  place,    I  shall 
endeavor  to  keep  some  record,  so  far  as  my  health  will 
permit,  not  only  of  places  and  things  and  of  the  out- 
ward man,  but  of  the  associations,  emotions,  and  other 
facts  and  operations  of  the  human  mind.    And  in  say- 
ing this,  I  do  not  mean  to  exclude  my  own  mind.     I 
have  already  referred  to  the  powerful  effect  upon  my 
feelings,  produced  by  a  view  of  the  ocean   soon  after 
leaving  America.     And  I  spoke  of  this  experience  as 
throwing  some  light,  as  it  seemed  to  me,   on  those 
emotions  of  the  sublime  and  beautiful,  which  in  works 
of  art  and  taste  are  often  denominated  cesthetic  emo- 
tions.    At  another  time,  in  the  course  of  our  voyage 
across  the  Atlantic,  I  was  personally  the   subject  of 
some  mental  experiences,  which  illustrated  in  a  re- 
markable manner  the  operations  of  the  human  mind 
in  another  respect,  namely,  the  workings  of  the  asso- 
ciating principle.    To  detail  them  distinctly  would  re- 
quire a  letter  of  some  length ;  but  you  shall  have  them 
at  some  future  time.     I  omit  to  give   an   account  of 
them  now,  through  fear  of  forgetting  or  omitting  some 
incidents,  which  have  given  variety  and  interest  to  our 
voyage. 

I  have  already  referred  to  the  fact,  that  we  had  on 
board,  the  American  ambassador  to  England,  Mr.  In- 
gersoll  of  Philadelphia.  I  had  formed  a  slight  ac- 
quaintance with  this  truly  excellent  and  distinguished 
man  many  years  ago  ;  and  was  happy  to  renew  it  at 
this  time.  Every  one  found  him  easy  of  access,  when 
his  health  permitted  him  to  be  about  the  ship ;  and 
3* 


30  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  day  before  our  arrival  in  Liverpool,  being  called 
upon  for  that  purpose  in  an  appropriate  manner,  he 
made  a  chaste  and  graceful  address  in  the  presence  of 
the  passengers  and  others,  which  was  characterized  by 
kind  and  patriotic  sentiments. 

There  is  great  significancy  in  the  intercourse  of  na- 
tions at  the  present  time.  It  not  only  indicates  the 
progress  of  social  and  international  humanity,  but  is 
also  an  index  of  the  intellectual  character,  and  of  the 
political  morality  and  honor  of  particular  nations. 
And  I  do  not  doubt  that  the  American  government, 
in  assigning  this  important  embassy  to  Mr.  Ingersoll, 
has  consulted  its  reputation  and  honor,  as  well  as  its 
interests.  The  new  American  ambassador  to  the 
Court  of  St.  James,  is  not  a  mere  political  or  party 
man  ;  but  a  scholar  in  a  high  and  commendable  sense 
of  that  term, — a  man  of  wide  information  and  culti- 
vated literary  taste.  Nothing  will  be  likely  to  come 
from  his  pen,  which  will  discredit  the  high  place 
which  is  already  assigned  to  the  diplomatic  papers  of 
America. 

Mr.  Ingersoll  was  well  received  in  Liverpool,  but 
being  met  there,  even  before  leaving  the  Arctic,  by 
letters  from  Mr.  Lawrence,  his  predecessor  in  the  im- 
portant office  to  wdiich  he  had  been  appointed,  he 
proceeded  almost  immediately  to  London. 

Mr.  Lawrence  leaves  this  country  with  the  respect 
of  Englishmen,  and  with  the  respect  and  gratitude  of 
American  citizens.  Nothing  can  be  more  unlike  than 
these  two  ambassadors.  The  personal  appearance  of 
Mr.  Ingersoll,  though  entirely  good,  is  not  of  such  a 
marked  kind  as  to  attract  attention,  by  distinguishing 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  31 

him,  either  physically  or  in  dress,  from  the  common 
mass  of  men.  He  is  modest,  and  rather  retiring  in 
his  manners  ;  and  everything  about  him  indicates  the 
plainest  republican  citizen  ;  so  much  so  that  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  his  great  merit  must  be  sought  before 
it  is  known.  He  certainly  will  never  proclaim  it  him- 
self. 

Mr.  Lawrence  is  differently  constituted  in  all  re- 
spects. He  is  not  a  man  of  a  public  or  liberal  edu- 
cation ;  and  in  matters  of  literature,  of  taste,  and  in 
the  knowledge  of  civil  and  political  history,  must 
probably  yield  in  place  to  his  accomplished  successor. 
Mr.  Lawrence,  however,  is  a  man  of  great  natural  in- 
tellect, and  of  thorough  practical  knowledge  on  a 
wide  variety  of  subjects.  He  is  a  man,  noble  and 
graceful  in  his  person ;  but  his  easy  eloquence  and 
generous  heart  relieve  it  from  the  dignity  of  distance. 
Mr.  Lawrence  has  sometimes  been  characterized  as 
aristocratic ; — an  epithet  which  is  sometimes  applied 
hastily  and  improperly.  If,  however,  by  aristocracy  be 
merely  meant  wealth,  it  must  be  admitted,  that  he  be- 
longs to  the  class  of  those  who  possess  great  riches. 
But  it  is  equally  well  known,  that  his  wealth  has  al- 
ways been  accessible  for  the  poor  man's  benefit :  and 
no  man,  whether  rich  or  poor,  ever  goes  from  his  pres- 
ence, without  feeling  that  he  has  a  sympathetic  and 
republican  heart. 

On  our  arrival  at  Liverpool  three  topics  seemed  at 
that  moment  to  be  uppermost  in  the  public  mind,  (in 
addition  to  the  anomalous  and  amazing  movements 
in  France,  which  are  laying  the  foundations  of  a  new 
dynasty  and  empire,)  namely,  the  death  and  funeral 


32  LETTERS — AESTHETIC, 

obsequies,  not  yet  determined  upon,  of  the  Duke  of 
Wellington,  the  emigration  to  Australia,  and  the  dis- 
closures, contained  in  that  remarkable  advent  in  Amer- 
ican literature,  entitled  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin.  Expect- 
ing to  be  present  at  the  opening  of  Parliament,  and 
to  witness  the  funeral  solemnities,  which  a  grateful 
nation  proposes  to  enact  in  honor  of  a  name,  which 
stands  prominent  and  perhaps  first  in  British  military 
history,  I  shall  defer  what  I  have  to  say  upon  this  re- 
markable man  to  some  future  occasion.  The  vast  emi- 
gration to  Australia,  which  seems  to  be  chiefly  of  Eng- 
lishmen, at  first  strikes  one  as  merely  a  commercial 
incident,  a  new  development  of  the  courses  of  trade 
and  of  the  intercourse  of  men  and  nations  ;  but  to  the 
eye  of  the  reflecting  and  philosophical  observer,  it 
carries  with  it  the  seeds  of  empires,  and  new  and  im- 
portant destinies  of  the  human  race.  The  vast  coun- 
tries in  that  part  of  the  world  are  destined  to  be  oc- 
cupied by  the  Anglo-Saxon  race ;  carrying  with  them 
intelligence  and  the  arts,  the  Protestant  religion,  and 
the  indomitable  spirit  of  independence.  At  such  a 
distance  they  cannot  remain  long  dependent  upon  a 
predominant  power,  but  will  set  up  for  themselves, 
and  fulfill  the  destiny  which  Providence  has  allotted 
them. 

You  will  perhaps  be  surprised  to  hear  me  intimate, 
that  the  work  of  Mrs.  Stowe,  interesting  and  valuable 
as  it  undoubtedly  is,  is  one  of  the  things  which  at  the 
present  time  occupies  to  a  considerable  extent  the  at- 
tention of  the  British  nation.  It  is  not  often  that  a 
literary  work,  whatever  its  merits,  produces  what  may 
be  called  a  national  sensation.     But  such  is  the  fact 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  33 

in  the  present  case.  Partly  owing  to  the  nature  of  the 
subject,  and  partly  to  the  intrinsic  merits  of  the  work, 
it  is  universally  read,  and  it  has  been  asserted  on  what 
seemed  to  be  good  authority,  that  the  popular  writings 
of  Walter  Scott  and  of  Dickens  have  had  at  no  time 
a  circulation  so  general  and  rapid  as  Uncle  Tom's 
Cabin.  It  is  published  by  a  multitude  of  booksellers 
in  all  forms,  and  with  all  sorts  and  degrees  of  decora- 
tions and  prices,  and  is  found  in  all  book-stalls  and 
booksellers'  shops. 

The  effect  of  this  work  upon  the  English  mind 
seems  to  be  favorable.  I  do  not  know  that  it  increas- 
es the  Englishman's  hostility  to  slavery,  which  was 
sufficiently  decided  and  emphatic  before.  But  it  re- 
veals to  him  the  multiplied  alliances  and  intricacies  of 
the  system  ;  the  impossibility  of  removing  or  re-adjust- 
ing it  without  great  wisdom  and  kindness  ;  and  the 
real  benevolence  of  many  slaveholders,  who  are  ready 
as  christians  and  as  patriots  to  do  what  they  ought  to 
do,  as  soon  as  they  can  ascertain  what  it  is.  It  also 
opens  to  the  English  reader,  by  means  of  intimations 
and  statements  in  the  latter  part  of  the  work,  some 
new  light  in  another  direction.  The  allusions  to  the 
Liberian  Republic  discloses  very  clearly  the  tenden- 
cies and  anticipations,  which  exist  at  the  present  time 
in  the  mind  of  the  talented  and  benevolent  authoress. 
And  they  are  not  only  understood,  but  they  have  their 
effect  here.  The  inquiry  arises  in  thinking  minds,  Are 
there  not  some  designs  of  Providence,  connected  with 
the  history  of  the  African  race  in  America,  which  have 
been  as  yet  imperfectly  appreciated  among  us  ?  ^  Is  it 
not  possible,  that  the  Supreme  Being,  in  permitting 


34  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

this  race  to  be  carried  to  America,  has  done  it  with 
the  design  of  giving  them  a  knowledge  of  the  Eng- 
lish language,  of  modern  arts  and  civilization,  of  free 
political  institutions,  and  especially  of  the  Christian 
religion, — in  order  that,  in  due  time  and  under  the 
providence  of  God,  they  may  carry  back  the  arts,  and 
freedom,  and  Christianity  to  benighted  and  suffering 
Africa  ?  And  if  such  is  the  design  of  Providence,  may 
we  not  soon  expect,  by  consultation  and  proper  co- 
operation of  effort,  to  see  Christian  States  and  repub- 
lics arising  on  the  coast  of  Africa,  which  shall  vie  in 
all  that  is  great  and  good  with  the  Christian  States 
of  Europe  and  America? 

If  the  effect  of  the  work  is  to  suggest  such  con- 
siderations, and  to  subdue  in  some  degree  the  bitter- 
ness of  feeling  which  unhappily  has  existed  towards 
the  Southern  States  of  our  Republic,  we  must  cer- 
tainly regard  it  as  favorable.  But  Mrs.  Stowe's  is  not 
the  only  American  book  which  is  read  in  England. 
In  many  bookstores  I  have  found  works  by  American 
authors ;  and  it  was  pleasant,  in  reading  advertise- 
ments and  lists  of  publications  at  so  great  a  distance 
from  my  native  land,  to  meet  very  frequently  the  fa- 
miliar and  popular  names  of  Irving,  Cooper,  Webster, 
Story,  Longfellow,  Abbott,  Bryant,  Hawthorne,  and 
others. 

There,  are  other  evidences  of  a  public  sentiment  in- 
creasingly favorable.  The  newspapers  of  England, 
which  seem  to  me  to  be  conducted  in  general  with 
greater  ability  than  our  own,  indicate  the  estimation 
in  which  America  is  held.  A  larger  space  is  given  in 
these  papers  to  the  commercial,  political,  and  local 


SOCIAL,  AND   MORAL*  35 

news  from  the  American  States,  than  is  given  to  the 
events  occurring  in  other  foreign  countries,  unless 
there  is  something  very  peculiar  in  their  situation, 
which  is  the  case  in  France  at  the  present  time.  On 
the  whole,  it  seems  to  me  very  obvious,  even  from  the 
limited  opportunities  of  observation  which  I  have  al- 
ready enjoyed,  that  England,  laying  aside  the  jealous- 
ies which  might  naturally  be  expected,  is  preparing 
with  increased  cordiality  to  open  her  heart  and  arms 
to  young  America. 

Before  I  left  America,  letters  had  reached  me  in  my 
retired  and  almost  obscure  residence,  from  a  gentle- 
man-of  Liverpool,  who  had  become  acquainted  with 
some  imperfect  works  which  bear  my  name.  He  re- 
ceived me  at  his  house  with  the  utmost  cordiality  and 
kindness ;  which  confirmed  the  impression,  to  which 
I  have  already  alluded,  that,  in  going  to  England,  I 
did  not  go  among  an  unknown  and  foreign  people. 
His  marked  and  unexpected  kindness  to  one  who  had 
never  seen  him  before,  left  impressions  upon  my  mind 
which  can  never  be  effaced.  I  shall  have  occasion  in 
another  place  to  refer  again  to  this  excellent  and  much 
esteemed  friend. 

I  have  visited  and  spent  a  day  at  Manchester,  which 
is  but  a  short  distance  from  Liverpool  by  the  railroad 
conveyance.  Of  this  busy  and  great  city,  so  often 
mentioned  and  so  well  known  in  the  United.  States, 
I  could  have  wished  to  say  something ; — though  it 
would  have  been  only  the  statement  of  an  imperfect 
and  passing  impression.  But  as  I  am  just  starting 
for  Oxford,  it  is  possible  that  I  may  find  something  of 
more  interest  for  you  there. 


36  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


(IV.) 

Arrival  at  Oxford — Story  of  the  martyrs,  Cranmer,  Ridley  and  Latimer 
— Place  of  their  martyrdom — The  martyr's  memorial — Inscrip- 
tion— Poetry. 

OXFORD,  ENGLAND,  OCT.  7,  1852. 

As  I  intimated  in  my  last,  I  have  found  my  way 
to  Oxford.  I  left  Liverpool,  'after  remaining  there 
and  at  Manchester  a  week,  and  arrived  here  yester- 
day ;  a  distance,  I  should  judge  of  at  least  an  hundred 
and  fifty  miles,  through  a  well  cultivated  country,  but 
not  so  beautiful  to  my  eye  as  New  England.  I  must 
say,  however,  that  England,  in  all  the  attributes  of 
comfort,  general  prosperity,  education,  and  morals, 
exceeds  my  expectations.  I  have  seen  as  yet  but  lit- 
tle evidence  of  want  and  suffering ;  not  so  much  as  I 
have  witnessed  in  New  York,  with  the  exception  per- 
haps of  the  city  of  Manchester,  where  there  is  a  large 
manufacturing  population,  many  of  whom  undoubt- 
edly suffer  much. 

In  the  religious  department  of  my  mind,  if  I  may 
so  express  it,  Jerusalem,  of  all  earthly  localities,  stands 
first,  and  beyond  all  comparison.  In  the  merely  in- 
tellectual or  literary  department,  there  are  other  dis- 
tinguished names  and  places,  which  attract  much  of 
thought  and  memory ;  and  among  them  Oxford  stands 
side  by  side  with  Rome  and  Athens.  And  here  I  am 
in  Oxford, — amidst  walls  and  towers  and  colleges, 
that  carry  me  back  a  thousand  years ; — and  on  the 
banks  of  that  Isis,  flowing  as  beautiful  as  ever,  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  37 

was  associated  in  my  early  reading,  and  recollections 
with  the  Tiber  and  the  Illissus.  I  will  endeavor  in  a 
few  days,  to  give  you  some  account  of  what  is  before 
me. 

Before  proceeding  to  do  this,  I  must  do  homage  to 
my  own  feelings,  my  sacred  attachments  to  the  doc- 
trines and  the  cross  of  Christ,  which  remind  me  that 
in  Oxford,  and  near  the  place  where  I  now  am,  the 
celebrated  martyrs,  Cranmer,  Ridley  and  Latimer,  were 
burnt  at  the  stake.  Their  deeply  interesting  story  had 
been  familiar  to  me  from  childhood  ;  but  it  naturally 
assumed  in  my  mind  a  new  clearness  and  strength  of 
reality,  when  I  found  myself  near  the  place  where 
they  were  tried  and  imprisoned,  and  at  last  put  to 
death.  I  had  been  in  the  city  but  a  few  hours  when 
I  employed  a  person,  who  is  acquainted  with  its  in- 
teresting localities,  to  guide  me  to  the  place.  The 
precise  spot,  where  those  justly  renowned  men  and 
christians  perished  in  defence  of  the  Protestant  faith, 
is  in  the  northern  part  of  the  city,  in  Broad  street,  and 
directly  opposite  to  Balliol  College,  and  is  marked  by 
a  stone  cross  of  moderate  dimensions  3 aid  horizontal- 
ly in  the  ground.  At  a  little  distance  is  a  large  me- 
morial cross  or  monument,  nearly  eighty  feet  in  height, 
in  which  sculpture  has  combined  its  aid  with  archi- 
tecture, to  do  honor  to  their  memory.  Repeatedly, 
since  I  have  been  here,  have  I  visited  this  sacred  place, 
and  gazed  with  deep  emotion  upon  the  horizontal  cross 
which  indicates,  after  the  lapse  of  centuries,  where  the 
flames  were  kindled,  and  where  the  martyrs  died.  And 
I  can  assure  you  it  has  required  but  little  effort  of  the 
imagination,  to  see  those  venerable  men  chained  to 
4 


38  LETTERS- — ^ESTHETIC, 

the  stake,  to  hear  their  last  prayers,  and  to  witness  the 
agonies  of  their  fiery  dissolution. 

When  a  man  is  willing  to  die  for  his  principles,  I 
feel  that  human  nature  is  honored ;  or  rather  that  God 
is  honored,  who  inspires  within  him  the  inflexible 
faith,  the  indomitable  will,  without  which  he  would 
not  be  enabled  to  endure  such  suffering.  It  is  true, 
that  persons  of  different  forms  of  faith  have  died  as 
martyrs.  But  what  does  that  indicate  but  that  there 
is  a  principle  beneath  the  form  ;  and  that  religion  or 
that  principle  which  recognizes  the  God  of  the  Bible 
and  has  confidence  in  him,  is  essentially  the  same  un- 
der a  variety  of  forms.  These  noble  martyrs  belong- 
ed to  a  form  of  faith,  different  in  some  respects  from 
that  in  which  I  have  been  brought  up  ;  but  I  do  not 
cherish  and  honor  their  memory  the  less  on  that  ac- 
count. And  I  cannot  doubt,  (saying  nothing  of  mul- 
titudes who  sympathized  fully  in  their  personal  reli- 
gious relations  and  in  the  peculiar  form  of  their  be- 
lief,) that  their  willingness  to  die  that  cruel  death  has 
strengthened  the  faith,  and  given  new  impulse  to  the 
piety,  and  encouraged  the  hopes  of  multitudes  in  other 
communions. 

On  the  lofty  monument  to  which  I  have  referred, 
called  the  Martyr's  Memorial,  a  sketch  of  which  I 
send  you,  on  the  north  face  of  the  basement  story,  is 
the  following  inscription. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  39 

TO    THE    GLORY    OF    GOD, 

AND    IN   GRATEFUL    COMMEMORATION    OF    HIS    SERVANTS, 

THOMAS    CRANMER, 

NICHOLAS    RIDLEY, 

HUGH    LATIMER, 

PRELATES   OF    THE    CHURCH    OF    ENGLAND, 

WHO,    NEAR    THIS    SPOT, 

YIELDED    THEIR   BODIES    TO    BE    BURNED; 

BEARING     WITNESS 

TO    THE    SACRED    TRUTHS 

WHICH    THEY    HAD    AFFIRMED    AND    MAINTAINED 

AGAINST    THE    ERRORS    OF    THE    CHURCH    OF    ROME  ; 

AND    REJOICING 

THAT    TO    THEM    IT    WAS    GIVEN 

NOT    ONLY    TO    BELIEVE    IN    CHRIST, 

BUT    ALSO   TO    SUFFER    FOR    HIS    SAKE  ; 

THIS    MONUMENT 

WAS    ERECTED    BY   PUBLIC    SUBSCRIPTION, 

IN    THE    YEAR   OF    OUR   LORD 

MDCCCXLI. 

And  now  you  will  allow  me  to  add  a  little  testi- 
monial of  my  own,  which,  without  claiming  any  other 
merit,  certainly  has  that  of  being  written  upon  the 
spot,  in  deep  sympathy  with  the  events  which  occur- 
red there,  and  by  a  stranger  from  a  foreign  land. 

My  feet  have  press' d  the  place  of  fire, 
Where  Oxford's  holy  martyrs  died ; 

Led  by  a  just  and  high  desire, 
Not  to  deny  the  Crucified. 

It  was  no  strife  for  earthly  fame, 

No  selfish  contest  for  the  wrong ; 
But  homage  to  a  Saviour's  name,  * 

Which  made  them  true  and  made  them  strong. 

'Twas  here  they  stood  beside  the  stake ; 

In  chains,  but  still  in  faith  and  love  j 
Willing,  the  cup  of  flame  to  take, 

And  find  their  recompense  above. 


40  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

And  standing  round  their  fiery  cross, 

They  still  had  power  to  pray  and  praise  j 

And  while  their  bodies  burned  like  dross, 
Their  souls  grew  brighter  in  the  blaze. 

Oh  life  of  love,  that  cannot  die  ! 

From  earth  by  fire  and  faggot  driven, 
Angels  shall  welcome  thee  on  high, 

And  thou  shalt  bless  thy  native  heaven, 


(v.) 

General  view  of  the  city  of  Oxford — Visit  to  Magdalen  College — Its 
eminent  men — Addison's  walk — Character  of  his  writings — 
Botanic  gardens — University  College — Christ  Church  College. 

OXFORD,  ENGLAND,  OCT.  9,  1852. 

The  city  of  Oxford,  renowned  for  its  historical  and 
literary  associations,  is  situated  near  the  junction  of 
the  beautiful  rivers,  the  Isis  and  the  Cherwell.  These 
two  rivers,  which  have  their  place  in  history  and  in 
English  song,  particularly  the  classic  Isis,  unite  to- 
gether, after  nearly  insulating  the  city ;  and  flowing 
on  through  Abingdon  as  far  as  Dochester,  mingle  their 
waters  with  the  still  more  celebrated  Thames.  As- 
cending one  of  the  eminences  to  the  east  of  the  city, 
I  had,  in  one  sudden  and  wide  view,  before  me,  a 
scene  of  remarkable  beauty ;  the  fields  and  gardens, 
limited  and  shut  in  with  green  hedges,  and  bearing 
everywhere  the  marks  of  high  cultivation ;  the  humble 
but  comfortable  home  of  the  laboring  cottager;  the 
more  splendid  residence  of  the  wealthy  ;  hills,  valleys, 
rivers,  forests,  intermingled,  especially  in  the  direction 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  41 

and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city,  with  spires,  domes,  and 
towers, — the  vast  and  venerable  representatives  of  dif- 
ferent ages  and  of  different  degrees  of  civilization.  Af- 
terwards, going  up  to  the  outer  balustrade  of  the  cele- 
brated edifice,  known  as  the  Radcliffe  Library,  I  ob- 
tained another  and  nearer  panoramic  view  of  the  city, 
— its  streets,  squares,  churches,  monuments,  halls, 
bridges,  colleges,— which,  although  the  scene  will 
change  continually  in  itself,  will  remain  a  picture  in 
my  own  mind,  distinct  as  life  and  lasting  as  memory. 

I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying,  limited  as  my  ac- 
quaintance in  these  things  is,  that  Oxford  may  justly 
be  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  remarkable  and  most 
interesting  cities  in  Europe.  "With  more  than  twenty 
thousand  inhabitants,  and  carrying  back  its  history  a 
thousand  years,  it  is  not  without  interest  in  its  civil, 
political,  and  historical  relations.  But  to  us,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Atlantic,  it  is  known  chiefly  by  its 
University,  and  by  the  relations  which  it  thus  sustains, 
through  its  justly  celebrated  schools  of  learning,  to 
English  literature  and  intellectual  culture  generally. 
It  was  her  University  which  interested  me  most. 

As  you  enter  the  city  in  the  eastern  direction,  over 
a  bridge  of  beautiful  architecture  which  crosses  the 
Cherwell,  you  first  come  in  sight  of  Magdalen  Col- 
lege ;  one  of  the  noblest  in  the  sisterhood  of  colleges 
which  constitutes  the  University  of  Oxford.  Its  large 
and  magnificent  tower,  an  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in 
height,  and  which  dates  back  in  its  origin  as  far  as 
1492,  attracts  particular  notice.  At  this  point  com- 
mences the  street,  called  the  High  Street,  which  is 
distinguished  by  the  number  and  remarkable  charac- 
^    4* 


42  LETTERS — ESTHETIC 


ter  of  its  public  buildings.    On  the  right  of  this  street 
the  stranger  enters  the    college,  through  a  gateway  in 
the  Gothic  style,  which  is  quite  recent  in  its  construc- 
tion, and  was  erected  from  a  design  by  Pugin.     Over 
the  gate  is  a   Latin  inscription,  indicating  that  the 
founders  and  administrators  of  the  college  are  willing 
to   recognize  their  dependence    on  a  higher   power, 
which  may  be  translated  into  English  as  follows :  "  He, 
whose  name  is  holy,  hath  done  great  things  for  me." 
On  entering  the  court  and  passing  on  to  the  interior, 
the  various  parts  of  the   Gothic  gateway  and  of  the 
college  building,   including  the  chapel,  present  points 
and  objects,  which  arrest  the  attention  and  please  the 
eye  of  persons  who   are  capable   of  appreciating  the 
beauties  of  architecture  and  sculpture  ; — figures  of  the 
Virgin  and  Child  ; — figures  in  niches   over  the  west 
windows  of  the  chapel,  representing  St.  John  the  Bap- 
tist, Edward  IV.,  and  others  ; — stained  windows,  on 
one   of  which  is   a  representation  of  the  last  judg- 
ment;— Corinthian  pillars  of  great  beauty,  canopied 
statues,  and  monuments  of  no  small  elegance.     One 
of  these  monuments  enlists  the  notice  of  the  visitor 
from  the  circumstance  that  it  is  erected  to  the  memory 
of  two  brothers,  members   of  the   college,  who   were 
drowned  in  the  Cherwell,  one  in  endeavoring  to  save 
the  other. 

The  library  is  ornamented  with  portraits  and  busts, 
among  which  are  the  busts  of  Locke  and  Bacon — 
and  what  is  of  more  consequence,  contains  a  large 
and  valuable  collection  of  books.  There  is  obviously 
no  want  of  the  opportunities  and  means  of  mental 
improvement.     I  entered  a  number  of  the  rooms  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  43 

the  inmates  and  members  of  this  college  fraternity, 
and  found  them,  though  dating  far  back  in  their  origin, 
sufficiently  convenient  and  well  adapted  to  purposes 
of  study.  Among  the  men  who  pursued  their  studies 
here,  and  whose  names  are  familiar  on  both  sides  of 
the  Atlantic,  were  Cardinal  Wolsey,  Fox  the  martyr- 
ologist,  Collins  the  poet,  Gibbon  the  historian,  and 
Addison. 

The  mention  of  Addison  reminds  me  of  the  pic- 
turesque grove,  with  its  large  old  elms,  which  forms  a 
part  of  the  college  grounds,  and  particularly  of  the 
beautiful  walk  near  the  banks  of  the  Cherwell,  known 
as  Addison's  walk.  This  walk,  which  has  been  ele- 
vated with  much  labor  above  the  low  and  green 
meadows  around,  is  of  considerable  length,  and  is 
shaded  with  lofty  trees.  And  the  tradition  is,  that 
Addison,  while  connected  with  Magdalen  College, 
spent  much  of  his  time  here ;  and  that  it  was  here 
that  he  either  completed  or  planned  many  of  his  ad- 
mirable writings.  Addison  has  always  been  a  favor- 
ite with  me.  To  his  writings  I  was  early  directed  as 
models  of  style;  and  these  soon  became  interesting 
to  me  for  other  reasons.  His  merits  were  not  always 
understood  at  first ;  but  they  become  more  and  more 
obvious  on  a  close  acquaintance.  So  perfect  is  his 
mastery  of  the  English  language,  that  it  is  difficult  to 
alter  his  sentences,  even  in  a  slight  degree,  without 
taking  something  from  their  simplicity  or  beauty. 
Everything  which  he  says  is  true  to  nature  and  in 
excellent  taste ;  and  is  often  heightened  in  its  effect 
upon  the  mind  by  its  high  moral  tone  or  its  sweet 
quiet   humor.      Many  have  been   the  pleasant  and 


44  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

profitable  hours  which  I  have  spent  over  his  writings  ; 
and  I  can  assure  you  it  was  with  no  small  emotion 
that  I  found  myself  treading  on  the  place,  which  aid- 
ed the  contemplations,  and  contributed  to  the  happi- 
ness of  this  great  and  good  man. 

Opposite  Magdalen  College  are  the  Botanic  Gar- 
dens ;  occupying  the  place,  which  at  some  former  pe- 
riod, is  said  to  have  been  used  as  a  burying  ground 
by  the  Jews,  many  of  whom  dwelt  here  anciently. — 
These  beautiful  gardens,  auxiliary  to  study  and  im- 
provent  in  a  very  important  department  of  knowledge, 
are  worthy  of  the  especial  attention  of  travellers.  They 
may  be  visited  without  expense ;  and  the  courteous 
curator,  who  has  the  reputation  of  being  a  learned 
and  skillful  botanist,  is  ready  to  give  any  information 
which  may  be  desired.  It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to 
add,  that  they  are  entered  through  a  handsome  gate- 
way, which,  independently  of  its  own  beauty,  natu- 
rally attracted  notice  from  the  circumstance  of  its 
being  built  from  a  design  by  the  celebrated  architect, 
Inigo  Jones. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  High  Street,  and  very  near 
where  I  have  found  a  quiet  and  comfortable  residence 
in  the  Angel  Hotel,  is  another  of  the  old  and  distin- 
guished members  of  the  great  Oxford  University ;  the 
college,  founded  in  1249,  and  which  is  known  as  the 
University  College.  This  college  presents  a  front  on 
the  street  of  two  hundred  and  sixty  feet.  It  is  divi- 
ded in  its  interior  into  two  courts,  and  is  entered  by 
two  towered  gateways.  Trie  chapel,  which  consti- 
tutes a  part  of  the  college  edifice,  is  an  object  of  much 
attraction.     Like  the  other  chapels,  it  is  ornamented 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  45 

with  many  monuments,  which  are  more  or  less  chaste 
and  beautiful  in  their  design.  There  is  one,  made  by 
Flaxman,  which  is  erected  to  the  memory  of  Sir  Wil- 
liam Jones.  This  is  particularly  interesting,  not  only 
for  its  own  beauty,  but  also  on  account  of  the  great 
name  which  it  honors,  the  author  of  the  "  Digest  of 
the  Hindoo  Laws,"  distinguished  as  a  Judge,  and  still 
more  for  his  knowledge  of  Oriental  literature. 

The  window  in  what  is  denominated  the  Ante 
Chapel,  representing  "  Christ  driving  the  buyers  and 
sellers  out  of  the  temple,"  was  painted  by  Henry 
Giles,  an  English  artist.  The  paintings  on  the  win- 
dows in  the  Inner  Chapel,  which  are  more  rich  and 
beautiful  in  their  execution  and  coloring,  are  by  an 
artist  more  generally  known,  Van  Linge.  Jacob's 
Vision  of  the  Ladder,  Elijah's  Ascent  to  Heaven  in  a 
chariot  of  fire,  Abraham  preparing  to  offer  up  Isaac, 
and  other  Scripture  scenes  and  events,  are  represented 
on  them.     They  were  painted  in  1641. 

The  Hall  of  the  college,  small  in  size  but  remark- 
able for  its  beauty,  is  adorned  with  a  number  of  por- 
traits of  distinguished  men.  Among  the  eminent 
men  who  have  been  members  of  this  college,  it  may 
be  proper  to  mention  Dr.  Radcliffe,  the  founder  of  the 
RadclifFe  library;  Arch-bishop  Potter,  the  author  of  the 
"  Archseologia  Greeca,"  a  work  so  well  known  to  Greek 
scholars  ;  Earl  Eldon,  late  Lord  Chancellor  of  Eng- 
land ;  Lord  Stowell,  Judge  of  the  Court  of  Admiralty, 
whose  clear  and  able  admiralty  decisions  cannot  have 
escaped  the  notice  of  American  lawyers,  and  Sir  Wil- 
liam Jones. 

This  college  is  of  great  antiquity.     Some  writers 


46  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

carry  the  date  of  its  origin  farther  back  than  I  have 
mentioned,  the  year  1249.  And  portions  of  the  buil- 
ding, discolored  and  crumbling  with  age,  show  that 
the  works  of  man,  however  skillfully  and  laboriously 
made,  have  not  that  inward  principle  of  renovation 
and  life,  which  characterizes  the  works  of  God.  This 
is  the  source  of  one  of  the  unpleasant  and  unfavor- 
able impressions  which  all  persons,  especially  those 
from  the  New  World,  are  liable  to  receive  here.  The 
Isis  flows  as  beautiful  as  ever ;  the  gardens  put  off 
their  splendor  only  to  remodel  and  restore  it  with 
original  freshness  ;  and  in  the  lofty  and  magnificent 
trees,  which  stand  as  guards  to  walls  and  towers  and 
monuments,  there  is  a  principle  of  re-production,  which 
gives  a  lease  of  perpetuity ;  but  upon  everything  which 
man  has  made,  though  wrought  out  of  the  solid  rock, 
and  with  ages  of  labor,  there  are  marks  of  decay  and 
dissolution.  The  very  marble,  struck  with  the  sick- 
ness of  centuries,  crumbled  in  my  hand,  and  I  felt  that 
there  is  no  true  and  permanent  life  but  in  the  great 
Source  of  Life. 

Oxford  is  a  city  of  colleges  and  public  institutions ; 
and  they  are  found  not  in  a  particular  locality,  as  one 
would  be  likely  to  suppose,  but  scattered  over  its 
whole  extent.  Christ  Church  College,  for  instance, 
is  situated  at  some  distance  from  those  which  I  have 
mentioned  on  St.  Aldgates'  Street.  This  college  was 
founded  in  1524  by  Cardinal  Wolsey.  It  displays  a 
front  of  four  hundred  feet  in  length ;  and  as  it  is 
viewed  in  certain  positions,  with  its  turrets  and  battle- 
ments, has  something  of  the  appearance  of  a  castle. 
In  the  centre  is  a  large  octagonal  Gothic  tower,  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  47 

is  truly  a  magnificent  object.  It  is  here,  through  the 
large  gateway  called  Tom  Gate,  that  the  visitor  en- 
ters, and  finds  himself  at  once  in  the  quadrangle  of 
the  college,  which  is  said  to  be  the  most  spacious  and 
beautiful  in  the  city.  The  gateway  has  its  name  from 
the  large  bell  which  is  suspended  in  the  cupola  above ; 
which  is  seventeen  thousand  pounds  in  weight,  being 
double  the  weight  of  the  large  bell  of  St.  Paul's  Church 
in  London,  and  is  known  by  the  name  of  the  "  Great 
Tom  of  Oxford."  This  bell  is  a  great  favorite  of  the 
Oxford  students,  particularly  those  of  Christ  Church 
College,  who  insist  upon  it  that  it  is  the  best  bell  in 
England,  which,  however,  is  said  to  be  a  matter  of  con- 
siderable discussion.  This  bell  has  an  important  part 
to  perform  in  the  discipline  of  the  college,  especially 
in  the  night.  It  is  tolled  every  night  at  five  minutes 
past  nine  ;  at  which  time,  under  penalty  of  being  re- 
ported as  delinquent  to  the  college  authorities,  every 
undergraduate  is  expected  to  be  at  his  room.  The  stu- 
dents insist,  however,  that  it  shall  be  struck  one  hun- 
dred and  one  times,  and  this  has  become  the  fixed  and 
invariable  custom  in  the  matter. 

In  speaking  of  these  colleges,  I  have  had  occasion 
to  refer  to  paintings  and  sculpture.  I  do  not  pretend 
to  any  technical  knowledge  in  these  matters ;  and  yet 
I  have  an  aesthetical  system  of  my  own,  founded  in 
some  degree  upon  an  analysis  of  my  own  emotions, 
which  enables  me  to  give  some  opinion  or  judgment 
upon  works  of  art,  which  is  tolerably  satisfactory  to 
myself.  It  has  seemed  to  me,  however,  that  the  high- 
est results  of  art  are  not  generally  secured  in  that  class 
of  works,  whether  of  painting,  architecture,  or  sculp- 


48  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

ture,  which  are  constructed  on  the  principle  of  a  hiero- 
glyphical  or  allegorical  significancy.  The  full  effect 
upon  the  mind  is  disturbed  and  diminished  by  the 
thoughts  being  divided  between  the  consideration  of 
the  object  in  itself,  and  its  relation  to  the  moral  or 
other  meaning  which  it  is  intended  to  convey. 

Perhaps  the  best  illustration  of  this  topic  will  be 
found  at  Magdalen  College.  In  the  great  quadrangle 
of  the  college,  southwest  corner,  are  two  figures,  the 
Lion  and  the  Pelican.  And  they  are  placed  here,  the 
Lion,  to  indicate  emblematically  the  attributes  of  cour- 
age and  vigilance ; — the  Pelican  as  an  emblem  of  pa- 
rental tenderness  and  affection.  And  by  combination 
they  are  intended  to  shadow  forth  the  character  of  a 
good  governor  of  a  college.  And  accordingly  we  find 
them,  in  connection  with  these  important  intimations, 
appropriately  placed  under  the  windows  of  the  head  or 
president  of  the  college.  At  a  little  distance  is  the 
figure  of  a  Hippopotamus  or  river  horse,  carrying  his 
young  one  upon  his  shoulders.  This,  we  are  told,  is 
the  emblematic  representation  of  a  good  Tutor  or 
Fellow  of  a  college,  who  is  more  intimately  related 
to  particular  pupils  in  the  college,  and  through  whose 
prudence  and  labors  they  are  to  be  guarded  and  kept 
amid  the  dangers  to  which  they  are  exposed  on  first 
entering  into  the  world. 

All  this  would  have  done  in  the  days  of  the  Egyp- 
tian or  Assyrian  empires,  when  it  found  its  justifica- 
tion in  the  imperfection  of  language,  but  does  not 
harmonize  with  the  nineteenth  century.  I  did  not  no- 
tice anything  precisely  of  this  kind  at  Christ  Church 
College. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  49 

The  Refectory  or  Dining  Hall  of  this  college,  al- 
though it  may  be  thought  to  have  a  closer  connection 
with  the  material  than  the  mental  wants  of  its  mem- 
bers, is  worthy  of  notice  on  account  of  its  great  ex- 
tent, being  an  hundred  and  fifteen  feet  in  length,  forty 
in  width,  and  fifty  high ;  and  also  on  account  of  its 
various  and  rich  decorations.  The  roof  is  of  richly 
carved  oak,  and  is  ornamented  with  the  numerous  ar- 
morial bearings  of  Henry-  VIII.  and  Cardinal  Wolsey. 
The  walls  are  adorned  with  an  hundred  and  twenty 
original  portraits  of  persons,  who  had  been  at  various 
times  members  of  the  college.  Some  of  these  pictures 
are  by  the  hands  of  the  most  distinguished  artists.  In 
this  capacious  and  richly  ornamented  hall  a  grand  en- 
tertainment was  given  in  1814  to  the  allied  sovereigns 
of  Europe  and  to  Metternich  and  Blucher,  and  other 
renowned  statesmen  and  warriors,  at  the  time  of  their 
visit  to  England  after  the  defeat  and  fall  of  Napoleon. 
Of  the  Chapel  of  Christ  Church  College,  which 
possesses  great  historical  and  antiquarian  interest,  and 
of  the  noble  library,  adorned  with  busts  and  paintings 
from  the  most  celebrated  masters,  I  cannot  stop  to 
speak.  Tired  with  looking  at  these  interesting  objects, 
without  being  able  to  stop  and  examine  them  as  they 
deserve  to  be  examined,  I  walked  out,  and  gave  rest 
and  refreshment  to  my  mind,  in  the  beautiful  meadow 
in  the  immediate  vicinity.  This  meadow,  which  I  un- 
derstand to  be  the  property  of  the  college,  is  bounded 
on  two  sides  by  the  Cherwell  and  Isis,  which  here 
meet  and  mingle  their  waters  ;  and  adorned  as  it  is 
with  spacious  walks  and  noble  avenues  of  trees,  it  is 
5 


50 


LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 


justly  regarded  as  one  of  its  valuable  accessories  and 
ornaments. 

Among  the  distinguished  men,  who  have  been  at 
different  periods  members  of  this  college,  were  Atter- 
bury,  bishop  of  Rochester,  Dr.  Robert  South,  the  earl 
of  Mansfield,  Bolinbroke,  Boyle,   Philip   Sidney  the 
author  of  the  Arcadia,  the  poets  Ben  Johnson  and  Ot- 
way,  George  Canning,  and  Sir  Robert  Peel.     At  Ox- 
ford, as  everywhere  else  since   I  have  been  in   Eng- 
land, I  have  been  reminded  of  America.   Numberless 
are  the  remembrances  and  ties,  which  bind  us  togeth- 
er. And  here,  in  reading  over  the  list  of  those,  whose 
powers   were   developed   and    disciplined   in    Christ 
Church  College,  these   sympathetic  and  fraternal  re- 
membrances flowed  up  within  me,  as  I  stopped  at  the 
name  of  William  Penn,  the  founder  of  Pennsylvania. 
Most  persons  have  an  idea  of  William  Penn  as  a  man 
of  portly  form,  wearing  a  plain  coat  with  large  but- 
tons, with  an  amplified  hat  and  a  cane  in  his  hand  ; 
adding  perhaps  the  accessory  conception,  which  they 
have  imbibed  traditionally,  that  he  made  some  amica- 
ble treaties  with  the  Indians.     But  this,  although  it  is 
well  as  far  as  it  goes,  is  not  all.  Penn  was  a  man,  not 
only  of  deep  religious  sensibility,  but  of  vast  grasp  of 
intellect.     If  he  wore  a  coat,  which  indicated  his  re- 
lationship to  a  particular  party  or  sect,  he  nevertheless 
had  a  soul  of  great  dimensions,  which  took  in  the  past, 
the  present  and  the  future  ;  and  which,  moved  as  it 
were  by  a  divine  inspiration,  foresaw,  anticipated,  and 
in  part  regulated  the  destinies  of  humanity.    And  his 
numerous  writings,  when  examined  on  the  principles 
which  decide  literary  merit,  showed  that  he  was   an 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  51 

accomplished  scholar.  In  his  remarkable  Treatise,  en- 
titled "  No  Cross,  no  Crown,"  which  was  written  at 
an  early  period  of  his  life,  there  are  many  passages, 
characterized  by  chasteness  of  taste  and  beauty  of 
expression,  as  well  as  truth  and  sublimity  of  thought; 
and  which  as  it  seems  to  me,  cannot  well  be  explain- 
ed, except  in  connection  with  the  fact,  which  perhaps 
is  not  well  known  even  to  his  own  people,  that  his 
mind,  in  its  intellectual  department,  was  trained  and 
disciplined  in  this  seat  of  learning. 

This  is  the  college  of  Locke  also,  who  took  an  in- 
terest in,  and  whose  name  is  associated  historically 
with  the  affairs  of  America.  But  Locke,  the  author 
of  the  Essay  on  the  Human  Understanding,  like  Plato 
and  Fenelon,  does  not  belong  to  any  one  age  or  coun- 
try ;  but  transmits  himself,  by  means  of  his  great 
qualities,  into  all  ages  and  lands.  Undoubtedly  those, 
who  have  succeeded  him  in  some  of  the  departments 
of  mental  philosophy,  have  seen  further  and  under- 
stood better  in  some  things ;  but  this  is  the  necessary 
result  of  human  progress,  and  suggestions  and  criti- 
cisms of  this  nature  will  apply  to  the  great  names  of 
all  periods.  What  is  imperfect  is  completed  by  time. 
And  it  still  remains  true,  that,  owing  to  the  clearness 
and  originality  of  his  perceptions,  the  variety  and  ex- 
tent of  his  learning,  the  excellence  of  his  character, 
and  the  vast  and  favorable  influence  he  has  exerted, 
that  his  name  may  be  said,  to  have  transcended  the 
limits  of  nationality,  and  to  have  taken  its  place  in 
the  catalogue  and  in  the  brotherhood  of  those  great 
men,  who  belong  not  so  much  to  a  nation  as  to  the 
human  race. 


52  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

I  ought  to  add,  that  there  is,  at  this  college,  a  whole 
length  statue  of  Locke,  in  marble,  by  Roubillac. 


(VI.) 

Trinity  College — Its  library — Distinguished  members — Bodleian  libra- 
ry— Chantrey  gallery — Statue  of  Cicero — Copies  of  the  cartoons 
of  Raphael. 

OXFORD,  ENGLAND,  OCT.  11,  1852. 

There  is  necessarily  a  similarity  in  institutions, 
founded  for  the  same  object.  However  they  may  dif- 
fer in  extent  and  decorations,  there  must  be  in  all, 
rooms  for  the  students,  libraries,  places  of  worship, 
rooms  and  galleries  for  the  arts,  and  whatever  else 
may  be  necessary  for  convenience,  or  for  developing 
intellectual  and  moral  culture.  When  you  have  a 
knowledge  of  one,  you  have  essentially  a  knowledge 
of  the  elements  of  all.  Of  the  other  colleges  which 
contribute  to  constitute  the  great  Oxford  University, 
Oriel,  Balliol,  Trinity,  Pembroke,  Worcester,  Merton, 
Queen's  College  and  others,  each  has  its  advantages 
and  attractions ;  and  each  its  distinct  and  honorable 
history.  Trinity  College,  founded  in  1554,  is  later  in 
origin  than  some  of  the  others  to  which  I  have  di- 
rected your  attention,  but  it  has  a  high  reputation. 

The  library  of  this  college,  not  deficient  in  other 
respects,  is  particularly  valuable  for  the  many  ancient 
works  it  contains.  Among  others  there  is  a  Latin 
manuscript  of  Euclid,  which  is  said  to  be  six  hundred 
years  old.     And  it  is  stated  further  in  relation  to  it, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  53 

that  it  was  translated  into  Latin  from  the  Arabic,  be- 
fore the  original  Greek  was  discovered. 

In  the  list  of  the  distinguished  members  of  Trinity 
College,  are  found  the  names  of  Arch-bishop  Sheldon, 
Selden  the  Antiquarian,  Chillingworth,  so  celebrated 
for  his  controversial  writings,  and  the  poets  Denham, 
Wharton,  and  Bowles.  It  was  a  matter  of  interest 
to  me,  as  it  would  naturally  be  to  an  American,  to  no- 
tice also  amoner  its  celebrated  members  the  names  of 
Ireton  and  Ludlow,  who  held  a  rank  so  distinguished 
among  the  generals  of  the  time  of  the  English  Com- 
monwealth. On  the  catalogue  of  this  college  also,  is 
the  name  of  the  elder  Pitt,  the  Earl  of  Chatham,  so 
renowned  in  the  annals  of  the  British  Senate,  the 
friend  of  revolted  America,  because,  in  allowing  to 
Americans  the  principles  and  rights  which  he  claimed 
for  Englishmen,  he  deemed  the  cause  of  America  to 
be  just ; — a  great  and  memorable  orator,  whose  rea- 
sonings had  the  aspect  of  intuitions,  and  whose  dec- 
lamations were  a  flame  of  fire. 

I  must  confess  to  you  that  I  was  solicitous  to  know 
what  sort  of  men  these  colleges  had  produced.  You 
are  aware  that  much  has  been  said  in  relation  to  the 
position  of  Oxford  and  the  practical  value  of  its  sys- 
tem of  education.  The  attacks  which  are  made  upon 
it  both  in  and  out  of  England,  the  statements  and  in- 
timations unfavorable  to  the  idea  of  its  usefulness,  are 
very  frequent.  Perhaps  there  is  some  foundation  for 
this.  It  is  quite  probable,  that  this  great  University, 
vast  in  its  relations  and  interests,  and  restricted  by 
ancient  charters,  which  it  is  bound  not  to  violate,  has 
found  it  difficult  to  adjust  itself  at  once  and  in  all  re^ 
5* 


54  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

spects,  to  the  real  improvements  and  the  true  spirit  of 
the  age.  It  may  not  be  suitable  for  me,  the  citizen  of 
another  country  and  educated  under  different  influen- 
ces, to  give  an  opinion  on  the  subject  matter  of  this 
controversy ;  but  one  thing  is  certain,  that  Oxford  like 
every  other  college  or  university,  has  the  right  to  point 
to  the  sons  she  has  educated,  and  to  require,  that  they 
shall  be  taken  into  account  in  forming  a  judgment. — 
Others  may  explain  it  and  modify  it  as  they  think 
proper ;  but  the  fact  still  remains  imperishable  as  his- 
tory, that  in  this  university,  in  different  periods  of  its 
progress,  minds  have  been  trained  and  have  gone  out 
into  the  world,  that  have  explored  and  successfully  ex- 
panded the  departments  of  science,  men  whose  per- 
fected literary  culture  has  approached  that  of  Rome 
and  Athens.  Religious  and  civil  reformers  and  repub- 
licans, who  have  defended  and  illustrated  liberty  by 
reason  and  eloquence,  and  who  have  fought  at  the 
head  of  armies,  or  shed  their  blood  at  the  stake. 

Her  monuments  may  decay,  her  busts  and  statues 
may  be  broken,  the  massy  walls  of  her  colleges  may 
crumble  into  dust ;  but  her  imperishable  minds,  brought 
out  into  strength  and  symmetry  by  her  cherishing  cul- 
ture, will  testify  in  all  coming  ages,  whatever  may  be 
true  of  her  imperfections  or  her  faults,  that  she  is, 
nevertheless,  a  child  of  Providence  and  an  heir  of  im- 
mortality. 

Among  the  places  which  no  person  should  leave 
Oxford  without  seeing,  are  the  Bodleian  Library  and 
the  University  Galleries.  In  noticing  the  books  con- 
tained in  the  Bodleian  Library,  the  attention  of  the 
visitor  is  called  to  the  fact,  that  the  valuable  library  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  55 

the  learned  Selden,  consisting  of  more  than  8000  vol- 
umes of  printed  books  and  manuscripts,  makes  a  part 
of  it.  There  is  also  deposited  in  the  same  library  a 
celebrated  collection  of  Greek  manuscripts,  more  than 
200  in  number,  formed  by  Giacomo  Barocci,  a  Vene- 
tian nobleman.  This  library,  beside  its  ancient  manu- 
scripts and  its  immense  collection  of  books,  is  the  de- 
pository of  numerous  valuable  manuscripts,  contain- 
ing the  researches  of  learned  men  in  more  recent  times, 
which  have  been  deposited  at  different  periods.  En- 
tering the  painting  galleries  in  an  upper  story  of  the 
building,  which  is  occupied  in  part  by  some  beautiful 
models  of  ancient  and  modern  buildings,  my  attention 
was  arrested  by  the  portraits  of  distinguished  men 
which  grace  its  walls ;  particularly  of  Sir  Kenelm  Dig- 
by  and  the  unfortunate  Earl  of  Strafford,  by  Vandyke  ; 
— and  of  Handel,  the  great  musical  composer,  a  por- 
trait taken  by  Hudson,  and  the  only  one  for  which  he 
ever  sat.  Among  the  curiosities  to  be  found  in  this 
room,  some  of  them  calculated  to  suggest  painful  re- 
collections, I  saw  in  a  window-place  near  the  entrance 
of  the  gallery,  a  fac-simile  of  the  death-warrant  of 
Charles  First.  I  had  nearly  forgotten  to  say,  that,  on 
entering  this  gallery,  I  complied,  like  other  visitors, 
with  an  invitation  to  seat  myself  in  a  venerable  chair, 
made  of  part  of  the  ship,  in  which  Admiral  Drake 
sailed  round  the  world.  To  this  chair  is  appended  an 
inscription  in  verse,  in  his  peculiar  style  of  writing,  by 
the  old  English  poet,  Abraham  Cowley,  as  follows : 

To  this  great  ship,  which  round  the  globe  has  run, 

And  matched  in  race  the  chariot  of  the  sun3 
This  Pythagorean  ship,  (for  it  may  claim 


56  LETTERS ESTHETIC 


"Without  presumption,  so  deserved  a  name,) 
By  knowledge  once,  and  transformation  now, 

In  her  new  shape  this  sacred  port  allow. 
Drake  and  his  ship  could  not  have  wished  from  Fate 

A  happier  station  or  more  blest  estate  ; 
For,  lo !  a  seat  of  endless  rest  is  given, 

To  her  in  Oxford,  and  to  him  in  heaven. 

(Abraham  Cowley,  16G2.) 

Not  less  interesting  to  the  stranger  than  this  cele- 
brated library,  is  the  recent  but  important  establish- 
ment called  the  University  Galleries,  designed  express- 
ly and  almost  exclusively  for  the  reception  of  statues, 
paintings,  engravings  and  other  curiosities,  belonging 
to  or  which  may  be  left  to  the  Oxford  University.  In 
the  building  of  the  University  Galleries,  is  the  gallery 
called  the  "  Chantrey  Gallery ;"  a  large  apartment,  an 
hundred  and  eighty  feet  in  length,  by  twenty-eight  in 
width,  containing  the  original  models  of  the  greatest 
works  of  the  late  Sir  Francis  Chantrey.  Among  them 
are  the  busts  and  statues  of  Bishop  Heber ; — of  the 
second  Pitt,  whose  majestic  form  and  ample  brow 
harmonize  with  the  idea  which  we  naturally  attach  to 
this  great  master  of  the  destiny  of  nations  ; — of  James 
Watt  the  engineer,  Roscoe  of  Liverpool,  and  Sir  Jo- 
seph Bankes ; — of  General  Rollo  Gillespie,  of  Grat- 
tan,  Canning,  and  Washington.  Another  apartment, 
the  principal  Sculpture  Gallery,  contains  numerous 
casts  of  antique  statues  and  busts,  the  greater  part  of 
which  were  taken  at  Eome,  from  moulds  made  for  the 
Emperor  Napoleon.  Among  them  are  casts  of  the 
Laocoon,  and  his  sons,  of  the  Torso  of  Belvidere,  and 
of  the  Venus  de  Medici.     These,  as  also  the  models 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  57 

in  the  Chantrey  Gallery,  have  been  recently  presented 
to  the  University  by  the  widow  of  Chantrey. 

In  another  part  of  the  building,  amid  a  multiplicity 
of  works  of  ancient  art,  I  was  struck  with  an  ancient 
statue  of  Cicero,  of  marble,  about  seven  feet  high. — 
I  know  nothing  of  the  history  of  this  statue,  but  I 
felt  that  it  was,  or  might  be,  the  true  representation 
of  the  mighty  orator  himself,  of  the  real  Cicero  of  the 
Senate  of  Rome.  The  drapery,  in  which  he  is  clothed, 
is  of  remarkable  propriety  and  beauty.  He  stands  as 
if  preparing  to  speak ; — a  scroll  in  his  left  hand,  the 
sudarium  in  his  right ; — every  line  of  his  countenance 
full  of  intelligence,  made  alive  and  intense  by  flashes 
of  indignation ; — in  a  word,  such  as  I  can  imagine  him 
to  have  been  and  to  have  appeared,  when  preparing  to 
utter  his  orations  against  Cataline  or  Mark  Antony. 

In  the  Picture  Gallery,  which  is  a  room  ninety-six 
feet  long,  by  twenty-eight  wide,  are  admirable  copies, 
by  an  English  painter  of  the  name  of  Cooke,  of  the 
celebrated  colored  drawings  on  paper,  of  Raphael, 
called  the  Cartoons.  I  believe  that  the  Cartoons  are 
regarded  by  those  who  are  intimately  acquainted  with 
his  works,  as  among  the  most  striking  evidences  and 
results  of  the  wonderful  genius  and  skill  of  Raphael. 
To  describe  them  fully  and  properly,  would  seem  to 
require  something  of  the  genius  of  the  author  of  them ; 
—and  at  any  rate  I  will  not  undertake  anything  of  the 
kind  now,  as  I  am  not  without  some  hopes  of  seeing, 
and  of  examining  more  at  leisure  the  originals  at  the 
palace  of  Hampton  Court.  I  will  merely  name  the 
subjects  of  them — (1)  The  intended  sacrifice  to 
Paul  and  Barnabas  by  the  people  of  Lystra,  Acts  xiv  : 


58  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

— (2)  The  miraculous  draught  of  fishes,  Luke  v  : — 
(3)  Christ's  charge  to  Peter,  John  xxi : — (4)  Peter  and 
John  healing  the  lame  at  the  gate  of  the  temple,  Acts 
iii : — (5)  The  death  of  Annanias,  Acts  v : — (6)  Ely- 
mas  the  sorcerer  struck  with  blindness,  Acts  xiii : — (7) 
Paul  preaching  at  Athens,  Acts  xvii. 

In  the  University  Galleries  are  to  be  seen  the  original 
sketches  and  drawings,  in  different  degrees  of  complete- 
ness, of  many  of  the  works  of  Raphael  and  of  Michael 
Angelo  ;  an  hundred  and  sixty-two  of  Raphael, 
and  seventy-nine  of  Angelo.  One  will  notice  here, 
in  this  remarkable  collection,  which  probably  has  not 
its  parallel  in  the  world,  how  the  various  striking  and 
sublime  conceptions,  which  are  discoverable  in  theix 
works,  gradually  broke  in  upon  their  minds  ;  and  how 
by  repeated  touches  and  after  thoughts  they  were 
raised  from  the  first  imperfect  outline  to  their  ultimate 
perfection.  So  true  it  is  that  the  greatest  geniuses 
master  their  subjects  by  degrees ;  and  that  men,  who 
aim  to  produce  anything  truly  worthy  and  enduring, 
accept  the  pains  of  labor  as  the  purchase  of  renown. 

In  closing  this  letter,  you  will  allow  me  to  refer  to 
the  name  of  one  man,  whose  influence  is  widely  felt 
in  America,  that  of  John  Wesley.  It  would  be  doing 
injustice,  to  rank  Wesley  with  the  ordinary  leaders  of 
religious  sects ;  at  least  as  far  as  intellectual  power 
and  literary  culture  are  concerned.  Take  him,  in  the 
various  combination  of  his  qualities,  the  clearness  and 
breadth  of  his  perceptions,  the  warmth  of  his  heart, 
the  purity  and  vigor  of  his  style  of  speech  and  wri- 
ting, his  moral  daring,  his  unconquerable  perseverance, 
and  where  will  you  look  for  his  superior  or  even  his 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  59 

equal.  It  was  at  Oxford,  at  first,  in  Christ  Church 
College,  and  subsequently  in  Lincoln  College,  that 
the  powers  of  this  remarkable  man  were  trained. 


(VII.) 

Visit  to  the  palace  of  Blenheim,  the  residence  of  the  Duke  of  Marl- 
borough— Town  of  Woodstock — Triumphal  arch — General  appear- 
ance of  the  park  and  palace  of  Blenheim — Works  of  art — Statue  of 
Queen  Anne — Rosamond's  bower — Roman  villa. 

OXFORD,  ENGLAND,  OCT.  11,   1852. 

About  eight  miles  distant  from  Oxford,  is  the  palace 
of  Blenheim,  the  residence  of  Churchill,  the  justly  cele- 
brated Duke  of  Marlborough.  This  splendid  pile  of 
architecture,  named  the  palace  of  Blenheim,  from  the 
village  of  Blenheim  on  the  banks  of  the  Danube,  where 
Marlborough  successfully  fought  the  French  and  Ba- 
varians, was  erected  under  the  direction  of  Sir  John 
Vanbrugh,  an  eminent  architect  in  the  reign  of  Queen 
Anne.  The  numerous  works  of  Vanbrugh  are  char- 
acterized by  architectural  skill ;  but  the  evidences  of 
genius  which  they  display,  have  not  exempted  them 
from  the  criticism  of  heaviness  in  their  appearance ; — 
a  criticism  which  was  so  frequently  and  in  some  cases 
so  justly  made,  that  it  gave  rise  to  the  caustic  couplet, 
which  it  was  thought  might  appropriately  form  a  part 
of  his  epitah  : — 

" Lie  heavy  on  him,  earth;  for  he 
Laid  many  a  heavy  load  on  thee." 


60  LETTERS AESTHETIC. 


It  is  not  clear  to  me,  that  strictures  of  this  kind,  if 
they  are  meant  to  imply  an  architectural  defect,  are 
justly  applicable  to  the  palace  of  Blenheim,  which 
combines  beauty  with  strength  and  solidity ;  and  is 
certainly  a  magnificent  building.  Blenheim  palace 
was  built,  chiefly  though  not  exclusively,  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  English  nation,  for  the  Duke  of  Marl- 
borough ;  and  in  acknowledgement  of  his  great  ser- 
vices, both  in  council,  and  in  many  a  hard  fought  field 
of  battle.  Among  the  distinguished  men  of  England, 
Marlborough  stands  prominent;  and  the  remark  is 
sometimes  made,  that  in  many  of  his  traits  of  char- 
acter, and  especially  in  the  incidents  of  his  political 
and  military  history,  he  resembled  the  Duke  of  Wel- 
lington, whose  recent  death  has  produced  so  profound 
a  sensation. 

In  visiting  the  palace  of  Blenheim  it  was  a  pleas- 
ure to  me  to  pass  through  the  ancient  town  of  Wood- 
stock, which  was  once  a  flourishing  place,  and  has 
some  historical  celebrity.  I  found  none  of  the  smaller 
towns  of  England,  in  the  arrangement  and  appear- 
ance of  their  streets  and  buildings,  carrying  back  my 
mind  so  distinctly  to  the  state  of  things,  as  it  proba- 
bly existed  two  centuries  ago.  It  may  be  proper  to 
remark  here,  that  Chaucer,  who  may  justly  be  regarded 
as  the  father  of  English  poetry,  and  who  will  compare 
well  with  the  poets  of  any  age  or  country,  resided 
here  for  some  time ;  and  has  made  a  number  of  allu- 
sions in  his  writings  to  the  beautiful  scenery  in  its 
neighborhood.  Some  of  the  most  interesting  scenes 
in  Scott's  novel  of  Woodstock  are  laid  in  this  vicinity. 

In  going  to  the  palace,  I  passed  from  Woodstock 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  61 

through  a  quadrangular  space  on  the  right  hand  of 
which  Chaucer  resided,  and  then  through  a  large  tri- 
umphal arch,  erected  by  the  duchess  of  Marlborough, 
the  year  after  the  decease  of  the  Duke.  This  arch, 
which  is  of  the  Corinthian  order,  is  an  object  of  con- 
siderable attraction.  On  the  side  next  to  Woodstock 
is  a  Latin  inscription,  with  an  English  translation  on 
the  opposite  side,  to  this  effect ; — that  it  was  erected 
by  his  wife  as  a  monument  of  her  husband's  glory  and 
a  testimonial  of  her  own  affection. 

I  had  advanced  within  the  gateway  of  this  arch 
but  a  few  paces,  when  I  felt  myself  to  be  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a  combined  scene  of  the  works  of  art  and  na- 
ture, rarely  exceeded  in  extent  and  beauty ; — before 
me  in  a  southern  direction  the  vast  palace,  with  its 
turrets  and  minarets,  obscured  in  part  but  not  with 
any  unfavorable  effect  on  the  general  outline,  by  the 
luxuriant  beeches  and  elms ;  in  another  direction  a 
fine  sheet  of  water  spanned  by  a  superb  stone  bridge ; 
on  the  rising  grounds  beyond  the  bridge,  a  lofty  column 
erected  to  the  memory  of  the  Duke ; — and  on  every 
side  the  park  with  its  undulating  grounds,  its  green 
openings,  its  herds  of  deer  reposing  quietly  or  stand- 
ing gracefully  erect  at  gaze,  and  its  clumps  and  groups 
of  trees.  The  column,  erected  in  honor  of  the  Duke, 
stands  on  an  elevated  piece  of  ground ;  and  being  it- 
self of  the  great  height  of  an  hundred  and  thirty  feet, 
and  surmounted  at  its  summit  by  a  lofty  statue  of  the 
distinguished  man  to  whom  it  is  erected,  with  no  build- 
ings or  other  objects  near,  which  might  have  the  effect 
to  divert  one's  attention  from  it,  it  has  the  aspect  of 
some  mighty  but  solitary  existence,  standing  in  the 
6 


62  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

calm  repose  of  conscious  majesty  and  strength,   and 
surveying  at  leisure  the  splendid  domain  around  him. 
Passing  on  to  the  Mall,  which  is  a  wide  and  thick- 
ly shaded  avenue,  leading  from  another  gate   of  the 
Blenheim  domain,  called  the   Kensington  Gate,  and 
turning  to  the  right  and  passing  through  the  vast  iron 
doors  of  the  Eastern  Gateway,  I  found  myself  within 
the  walls  of  this  splendid  palatial  monument,  erected 
by  a  nation's  munificence  in  honor  of  the  public  ser- 
vices of  one  of  her  distinguished  sons.     Blenheim  is 
not  only  a  palace,  but  a  great  repository  of  the  works 
of  art ;  and  on  entering  within  it  I  almost  forgot  the 
vast  extent  and  strength  of  the  building  and  the  genius 
displayed  in  its  construction,  in  the  contemplation  of 
the  sculptures,  statuary,  and  paintings  which  adorn  it 
within.     I  will  not  undertake  to  give   an  account  of 
the  various  rooms  which  are  politely  opened  to  the 
visitor,  any  further  than  to  say  they  are  adorned  on 
every  side  with  works  from  the  hands  of  the  most 
distinguished  masters  ; — paintings  on  the  ceiling  by 
Thornhill ;  bronze  statues  by  Benzi  ;  busts   and  stat- 
ues by  Eysbrach  ; — paintings,  which  require  no  inter- 
preter to  explain  their  merit,  by  Hudson,  Holbein,  Rey- 
nolds, Rubens,  Vandyck,  Raphael,  Carlo  Dolce,  Knel- 
ler,  Teniers,  Rembrandt,  Titian  and  others.    In  differ- 
ent places  I  have  seen  excellent  paintings  from  some 
or  all  of  these  masters  ;  but  in  the  various  attributes 
of  invention,  arrangement,  coloring,  and  whatever  else 
constitutes  the  excellence  of  a  painting,  I  think  some 
of  the  best  of  their  works  are  to  be  found  at  Blenheim. 
The  first  and  second  State  Drawing  Rooms  are  hung, 
in  part,  with  beautiful  tapestries,  representing  some  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  63 

the  successful  battles  and  sieges,  which  were  conduct- 
ed under  the  lead  of  Marlborough; — among  others  the 
battle  of  Dunnewert  on  the  Danube,  in  Bavaria,  which 
was  fought  July  3d,  1704,  the  battle  of  Lisle,  which 
was  fought  Dec.  9th,  1708,  and  the  siege  of  Lisle, 
which  took  place  in  the  same  year.  I  was  surprised 
to  find  in  this  palace,  erected  as  it  was  without  any 
specific  view  to  literary  or  scientific  objects,  a  very 
valuable  library,  consisting  of  seventeen  thousand  vol- 
umes. The  Library  Room,  an  hundred  and  eighty- 
three  feet  in  length,  occupies  the  entire  south-west 
front  of  the  palace,  and  favorably  impresses  the  visi- 
tor by  its  size,  proportions,  and  numerous  and  rich 
decorations.  In  this  room  there  is  a  white  marble 
statue  of  Queen  Anne,  highly  finished,  by  Rysbrach. 
She  is  represented  in  her  coronation  robes,  and  on  the 
pedestal  is  the  following  inscription  : — 

TO    THE    MEMORY    OF    QUEEN   ANNE  S 

UNDER  WHOSE   AUSPICES 

JOHN   DUKE    OF    MARLBOROUGH 

CONQUERED, 

AND    TO    WHOSE    MUNIFICENCE 

HE  AND   HIS  POSTERITY 

WITH  GRATITUDE 

OWE  THE  POSSESSION  OF  BLENHEIM 

A.  D.    MDCCXXVI. 

England  is  to  me  classic  ground.  It  is  not  only  the 
place  of  the  residence  of  my  ancestors,  and  thus  en- 
deared by  a  series  of  associations  "which  are  strong 
and  peculiar,  but  almost  every  spot,  which  a  stranger 
visits,  has  some  close  and  interesting  connection  with 
history  and  literature.     In  this  vicinity,  for  instance, 


64  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

was  the  residence  of  Chaucer;  here  is  the  scene  of 
one  of  the  popular  novels  of  Scott ;  here  are  the  me- 
morials of  a  man,  who  fills  with  one  or  two  exceptions, 
the  most  conspicuous  place  in  English  history ;  and 
here  within  these  very  domains,  its   site  marked  by 
two  large  sycamore  trees,  was  once  an  ancient  palace 
which  had  its  attractions  in  its  day  and  was  the  fre- 
quent resort  of  royalty ;  of  which  however,  there  are 
at  present  no  remains.  It  was  within  the  walls  of  this 
ancient  royal  residence,  that  the  princess   Elizabeth, 
afterwards  Elizabeth  queen  of  England,  was  confined 
as  a  prisoner  by  her  sister,  queen  Mary.     During  her 
imprisonment  here,  the   room  assigned  her  was  once 
on  fire,  whether  by  design  or  otherwise  is  not  known, 
and  her  life  was  endangered  by  it.     With  that  high 
and  impassioned  spirit,  of  which  she  afterwards  gave 
evidence,  she  felt  her  imprisonment  very  keenly  ;  and 
one  day  when  she   saw  a  milkmaid  passing  by  her 
window  and  singing   in  the  gaiety   of   her  humble 
heart,  the  tears  rolled  down  the  cheek  of  the  princess, 
and  the  wish  escaped  her  lips, — a  wish  expressed  by 
many  others  in  high  stations, — that  a  condition  in  life 
equally  happy  and  equally  humble  had  been  her  own. 
She  composed,  while  immured  here,  a  number  of  ver- 
ses, written  with  charcoal  on  the  window   shutter  of 
her  prison-room,  which  have  been  preserved, — begin- 
ning as  follows : — 

"  Oh,  fortune  !    How  thy  restless  wavering  state, 
Hath  fraught  with  cares  my  troubled  wit." 

Here  also, — -a  place  not  uninteresting  to  those  who 
wish  to  know  the  history  and  resources  of  guilty  pas- 
sion,— is  Rosamond's    spring  or  well,  the  supposed 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  65 

place  of  Rosamond's  bower,  and  of  the  secret  laby- 
rinth which  connected  the  bower  and  the  old  palace ; 
the  "fair  Rosamond,"  well  known  in  tradition  and 
song,  who  was  so  wrongfully  loved  and  sought  by 
Henry  Second. 

About  three  miles  distant  from  the  palace  of  Blen- 
heim, but  on  the  lands  of  the  Duke  of  Marlborough,  a 
small  quadrangular  Roman  villa  has  lately  been  dis- 
covered. Like  many  ancient  towns  and  cities,  it  had 
been  covered  up  and  hidden  for  centuries  in  the  earth, 
which  had  gathered  around  it,  but  has  been  brought 
to  light  within  a  few  years.  Time  did  not  allow  me 
to  go  and  see  it,  but  I  learned  that  the  foundations 
of  an  ancient  building  had  been  traced ;  that  rooms 
and  passages,  ornamented  with  tesselated  pavements, 
had  been  discovered, — also,  baths,  urns,  and ,  articles 
of  earthen  ware.  It  is  said,  that  numerous  coins,  some 
of  them  silver,  have  been  excavated.  The  Romans 
evacuated  Britain  in  the  year  448  ;  and  the  supposi- 
tion, therefore,  is,  that  the  remains  of  this  villa  must 
be  at  least  fourteen  hundred  years  old. 

I  do  not  know,  that  I  have  anything  further  to  say 
of  Oxford  and  its  vicinity  at  present.  What  I  have 
said  is  only  an  outline,  a  sketch  ;  made  partly  to  assist 
my  own  remembrances.  My  visit  has  been  a  pleasant 
and  profitable  one ;  though  I  cannot  deny,  that  here 
and  elsewhere  I  have  found  one  drawback  nom  that 
happiness  which  I  might  otherwise  have  experienced. 
It  is  that  very  many  of  the  public  works  and  monu- 
ments, and  also  many  private  works  of  art,  have  rela- 
tion in  various  ways,  to  a  state  of  war  and  to  those 
sentiments  of  ambition  and  military  glory  which  have 
6* 


66  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

connection  with  war.  Bolinbroke,  in  speaking  of  Marl- 
borough says,  "  I  honor  his  memory  as  the  greatest 
general  and  as  the  greatest  minister,  that  our  country, 
or  perhaps  any  other  has  produced."  The  inscription 
on  the  lofty  column  erected  to  his  memory,  which  is 
said  to  have  been  written  by  Bolinbroke,  speaks  of  his 
military  achievements  "  performed  within  a  few  years, 
as  sufficient  to  adorn  the  annals  of  ages."  Happy  will 
be  the  day  when  it  shall  be  understood,  that  peace  has 
its  trophies ; — that  the  whole  system  of  war,  which 
may  be  described  as  a  system  that  arrays  selfishness 
against  selfishness,  is  based  upon  wrong  principles 
and  wrong  feelings  ; — that  the  doctrines  of  the  gospel, 
which  have  never  had  their  full  effect,  contemplate  the 
substitution  of  confidence  for  jealousy,  of  love  for 
hatred,  and  the  establishment  of  universal  pacification 
and  harmony. 


(VIII.) 

Visit  to  Dover  in  England,  and  to  Calais  in  France — Remarks  upon 
Dover — Shakspeare's  cliff — Explanations  of  emotions  of  beauty 
and  sublimity — Historical  associations  connected  with  the  English 
channel — Siege  of  Calais  by  Edward  III — Story  of  Eustace  de 
Pierre. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  2,   1852. 

After  the  date  of  my  last  letter,  I  came  to  London. 
Since  then,  for  a  practical  purpose,  I  have  made  a 
short  excursion  to  France,  and  returned  here  again. 
In  this  excursion  I  made  a  little  stay  at  Dover  and 
Calais. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  67 

The  town  of  Dover  is  situated  at  the  straits  of  the 
English  channel.  It  derives  its  name  from  a  Saxon 
word,  which  means  declivity  or  steep  place  ;  and  which 
indicates,  therefore,  one  of  its  striking  natural  features. 
Dover  is  interesting  by  its  locality  and  its  history. — - 
From  this  point,  more  frequently  perhaps  than  from 
any  other,  the  traveller  to  the  continent  starts  on  his 
tour  of  pleasure,  of  knowledge,  or  of  mercantile  specu- 
lation. From  this  point  fleets  and  armies  have  set 
out  on  their  destination  of  blood  and  conquest ;  and 
here,  justified,  as  I  suppose,  by  a  necessity  which 
would  not  exist  if  men  were  what  God  requires  them 
to  be,  "  the  meteor  flag  of  England"  still  floats,  but 
not  as  an  emblem  of  pacification  and  confidence,  amid 
the  bayonets  and  cannon  of  her  castle  and  numerous 
fortifications.  The  town  is  imbosomed  in  high  hills, 
which  are  cultivated  to  the  top ;  but  which,  on  the 
side  of  the  ocean,  break  down  perpendicularly,  and 
present  for  many  miles  in  length  and  hundreds  of  feet 
in  height,  their  white  chalky  bosoms,  to  the  gaze  of 
the  mariner.  One  of  these  remarkable  eminences, 
three  hundred  feet  in  height,  is  known  as  "  Shak- 
speare's  Cliff."  Early  in  the  morning,  inspired  by  my 
recollection  of  what  Shakspeare  has  said  of  it  in  the 
tragedy  of  Lear,  I  ascended  to  the  summit  of  this 
cliff,  and  approaching  cautiously  to  its  very  edge,  and 
looking  down  upon  the  beach  and  the  wide  expanded 
ocean,  I  can  bear  testimony,  in  this  instance  at  least, 
to  the  remarkable  truth  and  power  of  his  description, 

The  morning  was  dark  and  lowering,  and  heavy 
mists  hung  over  the  distant  coasts  of  France.  The 
ocean's  wave  broke  angrily  upon  the  shore,  but  I  could 


68  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

scarcely  hear  its  sound  so  high.  Large  ships  were  in 
sight,  though  diminished  to  the  eye  in  the  distance ; 
the  fishermen's  boats,  of  which  a  number  could  be 
seen,  were  but  small,  moving  specks  upon  the  ocean. 
The  sea  birds,  small  as  I  looked  down  upon  them, 
floated  lazily  by;  and  I  experienced  at  this  great 
height  the  very  sensation  to  which  the  great  poet  has 
alluded  in  the  first  lines  of  his  description. 

"  How  fearful. 
And  dizzy  'tis,  to  cast  one's  eye  so  low  ! 
The  crows  and  choughs,  that  wing  the  midway  air, 
Show  scarce  so  gross  as  beetles.     Half  way  down 
Hangs  one  that  gathers  samphire,  dreadful  trade  ! 
Methinks  he  seems  no  bigger  than  his  head. 
The  fishermen,  that  walk  upon  the  beach, 
Appear  like  mice. 

I  '11  look  no  more, 
Lest  my  brain  turn,  and  the  deficient  sight 
Topple  down  headlong." 

There  was  one  feature  in  this  scene  as  it  was  pre- 
sented to  my  eyes,  which  Shakspeare  has  not  de- 
scribed, and  which  I  am  at  a  loss  to  conjecture  how  he 
would  have  disposed  of.  While  I  was  standing  upon 
this  giddy  eminence,  the  railroad  cars  for  London  came 
suddenly  in  sight ;  and  with  lightning  speed,  as  if  they 
had  the  power  of  sundering  mountains,  dashed  through 
the  tunnelled  base  of  the  vast  cliff'  which  bears  his 
name.  When  will  a  moving  rail-car  with  its  iron  steed 
take  its  place  in  the  imagination,  and  be  embodied  in 
the  language  of  a  Shakspeare  ? 

The  incidents  which  I  have  related,  naturally  lead 
to  another  topic.  When  the  feelings  are  excited  in 
any  considerable  degree,  it  is  difficult  to  analyze  them, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  69 

and  to  ascertain  the  laws  by  which  they  arise  and  by 
which  they  are  regulated.  What  I  experienced  on 
this  occasion,  however,  as  it  appeared  both  at  the  time 
and  in  my  subsequent  reflections,  tended  to  confirm 
the  opinions  I  had  entertained,  and  to  which  I  have 
referred  in  a  former  letter,  in  relation  to  the  principles 
of  the  sublime  and  beautiful.  Undoubtedly  one  of 
the  elements  of  sublimity  is  great  height ;  but  it  is 
also  true,  I  think,  (and  this  is  the  view  which  is  taken 
in  Burke's  treatise  on  the  subject,)  that  great  depth, 
opened  distinctly  before  us,  is  likewise  calculated  to 
excite  sublime  emotions  !  But  to  my  mind  it  is  clear 
also,  that  these  emotions  are  not  heightened  by  our 
being  in  a  position  where  we  suppose  that  there  is 
some  personal  danger,  and  where  the  feeling  of  dread 
arises.  It  is  true  there  is  generally  greater  mental 
agitation,  there  is  really  at  the  moment  more  develop- 
ment and  exercise  of  the  mental  susceptibilities ;  but 
it  is  a  mixed  state,  and  not  exclusively  and  purely  the 
experience  of  sublime  emotions.  Fear  is  a  painful 
feeling ;  it  is  always  based  either  upon  a  sense  of 
wrong  doing  or  a  conviction  of  comparative  littleness 
and  feebleness ;  and  although  it  agitates  the  mind, 
and  has  great  power,  it  is  a  power  rather  to  convulse 
and  to  detract,  than  to  harmonize  and  to  add.  But 
the  experience  of  sublimity,  when  that  experience  ex- 
ists in  the  highest  degree,  is  always  attended  with 
tranquility ;  the  soul  gives  itself  fully  and  peaceably 
to  the  influence  of  the  sublime  object ;  it  discovers 
there  truth  and  beauty,  as  well  as  power  and  magni- 
tude ;  and  receiving,  therefore,  the  influence  of  the 
sublime  object  into  itself  without  the  mental  diversions 


70 


LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 


and  hindrances  occasioned  by  personal  danger  and 
fear,  it  becomes  conscious  of  new  elements  of  beauty 
and  sublimity,  hidden  in  its  own  nature,  and  expands 
and  ascends — I  think  it  may  be  said  in  something 
more  than  a  metaphorical  sense — into  a  higher  sphere 
of  existence.  And  therefore  I  think  that  angels,  (and 
all  pure  and  holy  beings,  whatever  may  be  their  name,) 
have  a  truer  and  deeper  sense  of  the  sublimity  of 
things,  than  impure  and  wicked  beings  can  possibly 
have ;  although  the  latter  may  probably  have  as  clear 
a  perception  of  height  and  depth  and  other  natural 
elements  of  greatness,  as  the  former. 

When  standing  upon  the  Dover  Cliffs,  and  casting 
my  eye  abroad  upon  the  English  channel,  I  could  not 
but  remember  how  often  these  seas,  destined  under 
better  auspices  to  float  the  navies  of  a  peaceful  com- 
merce, have  borne  hostile  fleets  and  armies,  and  have 
been  red  with  blood.  Upon  these  very  waters  have 
passed  and  repassed,  again  and  again,  the  kingly  in- 
vaders of  France  and  England, — flushed  with  victory, 
or  trembling  with  defeat.  It  was  here,  in  part  at  least, 
and  in  combats  disgraceful  to  humanity,  and  especial- 
ly disgraceful  to  those  who  bear  the  christian  and 
protestant  name,  that  Van  Tromp  and  De  Ruyter, 
names  baptized  in  English  blood,  gained  their  terrible 
celebrity.  It  was  here  at  an  earlier  period  that  the 
Spanish  Armada,  vainly  styled  the  invincible,  floated 
in  strength  and  in  terror,  till,  awakening  the  displeas- 
ure of  a  higher  power,  it  was  touched  by  the  breath 
of  the  Almighty,  and  scattered  by  the  ordinance  of 
God. 

The  reminiscences  of  those  sanguinary  times  and 


SOCIAL,  AND   MORAL.  71 

wars,  and  of  the  jealousies  and  hatreds  which  char- 
acterized them,  are  to  be  found  on  both  sides  of  the 
channel.     Dover  and  other  accessible  places   on  the 
English  coast  are  bristling  with  fortifications,  and  with 
the  various  appurtenances   and  implements  of  war; 
but  not  more  so  than  the  towns  on  the  other  side,  both 
on  the  coast  and  in  the  near  vicinity.     If  it  would  be 
folly  for  France  to  attempt  the  invasion  of  England, 
it  would  be  equal  folly  for  England  to  attempt  to  in- 
vade France,  which,  if  my  eye  has  not  deceived  me, 
has  placed  herself  in   a  state  of  formidable  prepara- 
tion at  every,  assailable  point.     As  a  general  thing,  I 
took  but  little  pleasure  in  examining  the  numerous 
and  massy  fortifications  to  which  I  have  referred,  and 
which  are  in  poor  keeping  with   modern   civilization 
and  hopes  ;  but  I  must  confess  my  curiosity  led  me  to 
make  an  exception  in  favor  of  the  old  walls  of  Calais, 
which  are  still  in  a  great  measure  standing  as  they 
stood  centuries  ago.     Walls  and  fortifications  are  ad- 
ded, but  the  old  one,  in  its  great  strength,  still  exists ; 
— Calais  being  an  exposed  point  of  France,  and  hav- 
ing been  the  theatre  of  many  sieges  and  battles. 

There  is  one  incident  in  the  history  of  this  ancient 
city  which  was  recalled  to  my  mind  during  the  short 
visit  which  I  was  enabled  to  make  to  it.  The  student 
of  English  history  will  perhaps  recollect  that  the  city 
of  Calais  was  besieged  in  1346  by  Edward  III.  of 
England.  It  was  for  a  long  time  obstinately  defend- 
ed by  its  inhabitants,  until  having  exhausted  all  their 
provisions,  and  being  in  the  extremities  of  famine, 
their  governor,  John  de  Vienne,  appeared  upon  the 
walls  of  the  city,  and  offered  to  capitulate.    The  king 


72  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

of  England,  incensed  at  their  obstinate  resistance, 
which  had  kept  him  eleven  months  before  the  city, 
sent  one  of  his  distinguished  officers,  Sir  Walter 
Manny,  to  acquaint  the  governor  that  the  only  terms 
he  would  either  propose  or  accept,  would  be  a  surren- 
der at  discretion.  The  patriotic  governor  remonstra- 
ted, and,  at  the  suggestion  and  advice  of  many,  Ed- 
ward at  last  consented  to  grant  their  lives  to  all  the 
soldiers  and  citizens,  on  the  condition  that  six  of  the 
principal  inhabitants  should  come  to  him  with  the 
keys  of  the  city,  and  with  ropes  about  their  necks. — 
And  there  was  no  doubt  on  the  minds  of  any,  that 
their  immediate  death  was  to  be  made  the  expiation 
of  the  obstinate  bravery  which  had  been  manifested 
in  the  siege. 

As  would  naturally  be  expected,  the  proposition 
thus  to  give  up  six  of  their  principal  citizens  to  cer- 
tain death  in  order  to  save  their  own  lives,  plunged 
the  people  of  Calais  in  the  greatest  distress,  and  they 
knew  not  what  to  do.  In  the  agony  of  silence  and 
tears  which  followed,  a  citizen  of  distinction  and 
wealth,  Eustace  de  Pierre,  came  forth  before  the  mul- 
titude, and  offered  himself  as  one  of  the  six  who 
should  thus  devote  their  lives  for  the  people.  Anima- 
ted by  his  example,  another  patriotic  and  distinguish- 
ed citizen  soon  came  forward,  and  then  another  and 
another,  till  the  number  was  completed.  With  a  gene- 
rosity, of  which  we  have  hardly  an  equal  example  in 
all  history,  these  noble-minded  men  passed  through 
the  opened  gates  of  Calais ;  and  bare-headed  and 
bare-footed,  with  ropes  about  their  necks,  came  into 
the  presence  of  the  incensed  and  revengeful  Edward. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  73 

Everything  indicated  that  they  were  soon  to  die. — 
Tears,  remonstrances,  advice  had  no  effect  upon  the 
king ;  till  at  last,  his  queen,  whose  virtuous  and  no- 
ble character  is  the  theme  of  historians,  seeing  him 
about  to  commit  an  act  disgraceful  to  himself  and 
dishonorable  to  humanity,  appeared  before  him  in 
their  behalf,  and  did  not  hesitate  with  earnestness,  and 
on  her  knees,- to  supplicate  their  lives.  It  was  thus 
that  woman  occupied  the  sphere  of  beneficence  which 
Providence  has  assigned  her.  Love  conquered  ven- 
geance. The  king,  yielding  to  affection  what  he  had 
designed  as  the  victim  of  his  hatred,  granted  her  re- 
quest. And  this  noble  princess,  not  satisfied  with  this, 
conducted  the  excellent  citizens  whom  she  had  saved  to 
her  apartments,  treated  them  with  marks  of  kindness 
and  distinction,  and  dismissed  them  with  presents. 

In  connection  with  this  subject  I  will  mention  one 
or  two  incidents  further,  which  have  some  relation  to 
it.  I  was  walking  alone  in  the  streets  of  Calais,  amus- 
ing and  instructing  myself  with  notices  of  its  ancient 
streets  and  buildings,  and  also  with  the  groups  of  men, 
women  and  children,  with  countenances,  costumes  and 
habits,  quite  different  in  many  respects  from  those  to 
which  I  had  been  accustomed  ;  and  as  I  looked  upon 
them,  conversing,  chattering,  laughing,  buying,  sell- 
ing, singing,  weeping,  each  acting  out  his  own  dispo- 
sitions in  his  own  way,  I  found  my  own  identity,  if  I 
may  so  express  it,  enlarging  itself  and  mysteriously 
entering  into  a  partnership  with  the  common  feeling. 
It  is  good,  I  said  to  myself,  to  see  men  and  nations,  if 
for  no  other  reason,  because  it  teaches  us  the  lesson 
of  a  community  of  hearts,  and  that  the  distinctions 
7 


74  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

of  nationality  do  not  and  cannot  destroy  the  wider 
bond  of  universal  brotherhood.  And  as  I  stood  thus 
talking  with  my  own  heart,  a  French  gentleman  came 
near  me,  obviously  a  man  of  intelligence,  who  under- 
stood English  better  than  I  did  French,  and  who  told 
me  in  answer  to  my  inquiries,  that  the  public  square 
of  Calais,  on  one  side  of  which  I  was  then  standing, 
was  the  place  in  which  the  people  assembled,  with 
grief  and  dismay,  when  the  terrible  ultimatum  of  Ed- 
ward was  announced  to  them.  And  with  the  kindness 
and  grace  which  I  found  everywhere  in  Frenchmen, 
he  invited  me,  perceiving  me  to  be  a  stranger,  into  the 
ancient  town-hall  of  Calais,  and  showed  me  a  large 
painting,  (the  name  of  the  painter  has  escaped  my 
memory,  but  the  painting  seemed  to  me  to  be  a  work 
of  very  considerable  merit,)  which  had  for  its  subject 
the  touching  transactions  which  I  have  mentioned. — 
And  I  must  confess  it  made  a  strong  appeal  to  my 
feelings,  when  I  saw  before  me,  in  figures  as  large  as 
life,  and  on  the  very  spot  of  their  proffered  martyrdom, 
the  noble  and  self-sacrificing  men  who  offered  their 
lives  for  their  country, — bearing  to  the  English  tents 
the  keys  of  the  city,  and  with  ropes  about  their  necks, 
and  followed  by  their  distracted  wives  and  children, 
and  the  agitated  multitude  of  the  people.  The  mem- 
ory of  these  transactions  lives  indelibly  in  the  hearts 
of  the  people  of  Calais, — both  a  monument  and  a 
stimulant  to  great  virtue. 

This  is  one  of  those  affecting  incidents  which  give 
interest  to  history,  and  which  show,  amid  the  degra- 
dation and  crimes  of  our  race,  that  there  is  still  some- 
thing which  imparts  dignity  to  man. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  75 

In  passing  the  channel  from  Dover  my  eye  rested 
for  a  long  time  upon  the  long  line  of  chalky  cliffs 
which  terminate  the  coast  of  England  ;  but  the  simi- 
larity of  geological  appearance  in  some  places  on  the 
Calais  side  suggested  the  idea  that  France  and  Eng- 
land at  some  former  period  may  have  been  united  at 
this  point,  and  subsequently  rent  asunder  by  the  ac- 
tion of  the  ocean.  Worthy  of  notice,  and  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  Calais,  (at  least  in  its  vicinity  since  the  es- 
tablishment of  railroads,)  are  the  cities  of  St.  Omer 
and  Lille ; — St.  Omer  known  for  its  seminaries,  and 
Lille  for  its  manufactories  ; — both  strongly  fortified, 
and  both  of  them,  especially  Lille,  memorable  by  their 
historical  associations.  In  Lille,  which  has  been  in  a 
remarkable  degree  the  theatre  of  sieges  and  battles, 
is  one  of  the  strongest  citadels  in  Europe,  erected 
under  the  direction  of  the  celebrated  Vauban.  The 
country  in  this  part  of  France  is  low,  level,  and  marshy. 
It  appeared  to  me  to  be  neither  fertile  nor  well  culti- 
vated ;  at  least  as  compared  with  the  fertility  and  the 
cultivation,  which  are  often  seen  in  England  and  in 
many  parts  of  America.  But  I  was  told  that  I  should 
find  it  different  in  the  south  of  France. 


(IX.) 

ILLUSTRATIONS    OF    MENTAL    ACTION. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  5,   1852. 

In  one  of  my  former  letters  I  referred  to  some  men- 
tal experiences,  of  which  I  was  the  subject  during  my 
passage  across  the  Atlantic,  which  seemed  to  me  to 


76  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

illustrate  and  confirm  some  general  principles  of  mind. 
One  of  the  questions  of  interest  in  mental  philosophy 
is  the  inquiry — Whether  the  mind  is  so  constituted, 
that  it  is  susceptible,  by  its  own  laws  of  action,  of  re- 
viving entirely  its  past  history, — however  distant  that 
history  may  be  in  time,  or  however  indistinct  its  out- 
line. 

Lord  Bacon  has  somewhere  expressed  the  opinion 
very  distinctly,  that  such  is  the  fact ;  and  that  what- 
ever has  been  a  portion  of  man's  mental  history  can 
never  be  absolutely  lost ;  but  remains  forever  in  alle- 
giance to  and  in  connection  with  the  mind,  although 
it  is  not  always  a  subject  of  immediate  consciousness. 
And  this,  as  is  well  known,  was  a  favorite  opinion  of 
Coleridge  ;  and  I  infer  from  some  passages  in  his  wri- 
tings, that  it  was  an  opinion  also  of  President  Ed- 
wards, as  it  has  been  undoubtedly,  and  is,  of  many 
others.  My  own  mental  history  confirms  this  view, 
of  which  I  will  now  give  an  illustration, — with  which 
however,  I  am  obliged  to  connect  a  few  prefatory  de- 
tails. 

Many  years  since,  in  the  earlier  period  of  my  life, 
news  came  to  the  village  in  which  I  resided,  that  one 
of  our  esteemed  citizens,  the  captain  of  a  merchant 
vessel,  was  lost  at  sea.  When  the  sad  and  unexpect- 
ed news  reached  his  wife,  who  loved  him  tenderly, 
she  was  entirely  overcome,  and  died  in  a  short  time 
of  a  broken  heart.  Seeing  in  the  street  one  day  a  lit- 
tle boy,  who  seemed  lonely  and  sad,  I  learned  that  he 
was  the  child  of  the  parents  who  had  thus  been  taken 
away ;  and  feeling  pity  for  him,  I  took  him  home,  gave 
him  my  own  name,  and  adopted  him  as  a  son.     I  al- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  77 

lowed  my  affections  to  twine  around  him ;  and  en- 
deavored with  God's  assistance,  to  be  not  only  a  friend 
but  a  father.  When  he  became  of  fourteen  or  fifteen 
years  of  age,  that  instinct  of  the  ocean  which  had  led 
his  father  to  be  a  sailor,  began  to  exhibit  itself,  and  he 
expressed  to  me  a  wish  to  follow  the  same  course  of 
life.  My  recollection  of  the  sorrowful  fate  of  his  pa- 
rents, and  I  may  add  my  desire  to  do  my  whole  duty 
to  him  and  for  him,  led  me  to  refuse  at  the  time  my 
assent  to  his  wishes, — qualified  by  the  remark,  how- 
ever, that  when  he  should  reach  his  nineteenth  year,  if 
these  views  and  wishes  continued,  I  should  probably 
feel  it  my  duty  to  let  him  decide  for  himself.  In  the 
meanwhile  I  taught  him  daily,  both  in  human  knowl- 
edge, and  in  the  principles  of  religion  ;  and  for  some 
time  he  was  a  member  of  a  college.  Continually  he 
grew  in  my  affections ;  and  had  become,  I  may  per- 
haps say,  a  part  of  my  existence.  "When  he  reached 
the  period  of  life  which  I  have  specified,  I  found  that 
the  same  strong  desire  of  a  sea-faring  life  existed ;  and 
the  commander  of  a  merchant  vessel  from  our  own 
place,  a  man  to  whom  he  was  related  and  of  great 
excellence  of  character,  offering  to  take  a  special  in- 
terest in  him,  I  consented,  not  without  sorrow  and 
misgiving,  to  his  departure. 

The  vessel  sailed  from  a  port  in  Massachusetts.  It 
was  the  unfavorable  month  of  December.  And  on  the 
fourth  day  of  its  departure,  it  was  overtaken  by  a 
most  violent  storm.  Some  of  the  vessels  that  sailed 
about  the  same  time,  returned  to  port  dismasted  or 
otherwise  injured,  but  after  some  weeks  of  suspense, 

the  news  came  that  this  vessel  was  lost.  When  I  heard 

7# 


78  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

the  intelligence,  I  was   greatly  affected ;  and  retiring 
to  my  private  room,  I  remained  for  some  time  alone, 
without  being  able  to  communicate  it  to  others.     My 
imagination  placed  before   me  those   sufferings  and 
that  last  cry  of  agony,  which  I  could  neither  share  nor 
control.     But  while  I  was  thus  mourning  alone,  that 
sympathetic  instinct  which   interprets    the   signs   of 
calamity   almost  without  knowing   them,    spread   a 
gloom  over  the  family  \  and  in  a  little  time   a  knock 
was  heard  at  my  door,  and  the  only  sister  of  my  ship- 
wrecked son  came  in,  whom  I  had  also  taken  and 
adopted  as  a  daughter.   There  were  only  two  of  them, 
and  they  loved  each  other  with  great  affection.    With 
a  lip  tremulous  with   emotion,   she  asked  me  if  her 
brother  was  lost.     I  was  obliged  to  answer,  such  was 
the  nature  of  the  intelligence,  that  I  had  no   hope  of 
seeing  him  again.   We  sat  together,  and  wept  bitterly. 
Under  those  impulses   of  our  nature,  which  those 
understand  who  have  lost  beloved  friends,   I  visited 
the  place  from  which  the  vessel  sailed.    It  was  a  mel- 
ancholy satisfaction  to  me  to  tread  the  place  which 
was  marked  by  his  last  footsteps  when  he  left  the 
shore.     I  learned  the  course  of  the  winds,  the  direc- 
tion of  the  vessel,  the  probable  distance  at  sea ;  and 
ascertaining  afterwards  that  a  portion  of  the  cargo 
had  been  found  in  a  particular  latitude,  my  own  mind 
at  last  located,  with   some  degree  of  precision,  the 
scene  of  this  heavy  calamity.  And  there,  in  that  defi- 
nite spot  of  the  ocean  which  had  become   settled  in 
my  thoughts  and  imagination,  I  buried  the  orphan 
boy  whom  I  had  adopted  and  loved.     Always  after- 
wards when  I  thought  of  him,  it  was  in  that  particu- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  79 

lar  locality.  Imagination,  acting  upon  a  few  facts  and 
probabilities,  had  selected  a  burial  place,  and  erected 
a  tomb  in  the  depths  of  the  sea,  and  had  even  adorn- 
ed it  with  flowers,  and  affection  accepted  and  sancti- 
fied the  memorial ;  and  after  that  there  was  no  change. 
So  painful  was  this  event  that  I  seldom  alluded  to  it 
in  conversation.  Perhaps  I  may  say  that  I  never  told 
my  sorrow,  because  language  has  no  expression  for  it. 
And  yet  I  nourished  it  in  my  memory.  Often,  very 
often,  has  my  heart  alone  gone  down  into  the  depths 
of  the  ocean,  and  held  communion  with  that  solitary 
and  sea-beaten  tomb. 

"When  recently  I  sailed  from  New  York  in  the  Arc- 
tic, about  to  trust  myself  to  the  same  uncertain  ocean, 
it  is  strange  to  me  that  I  did  not  think  of  this  poor 
boy.  But  so  it  was.  It  was  perhaps  owing  to  the 
many  trying  thoughts  and  feelings  which  then  crowd- 
ed upon  me.  We  had  sailed  more  than  a  thousand 
miles,  when  he  first  recurred  to  my  memory ;  and  when 
the  ship  was  passing  in  that  region,  and  perhaps  I  may 
say  over  the  very  spot,  where  I  had  located  his  tomb. 
And  in  a  moment,  under  these  peculiar  circumstances, 
my  awakened  memory  placed  him  before  me  ;  distinct 
as  life ;  not  a  trace  in  his  form  or  features  altered. — ■ 
There  he  stood,  like  one  coming  up  from  the  midst  of 
the  waves.  And  to  my  quickened  imagination,  and 
to  my  agitated  heart  which  converted  a  vision  into 
reality,  he  threw  his  arms  around  my  neck  and  said ; — 
"  father,  you  are  come."  Men  may  call  such  things 
an  illusion,  but  they  have  a  truth,  a  basis  of  reality  in 
them ;  and  my  heart  felt  its  power.  My  emotions  be- 
came uncontrollable.    I  was  obliged  to  go  to  the  little 


80  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

room  assigned  me  in  the  ship ;  and  there  I  shut  my- 
self up  all  the  day ;  and  this  sad  and  dear  image  was 
with  me  all  the  time.  It  was  not  an  ordinary  form  of 
remembrance,  but  a  combined  action  of  imagination 
and  memory,  and  so  vivid  as  to  make  the  image  it 
presented  a  virtual  reality.  My  lost  boy  was  before 
me.  And  all  his  early  life  was  recalled,  our  walks  and 
our  conversations,  and  the  home  which  he  loved  so 
much,  and  our  happy  hours,  and  his  sister,  and  the 
other  orphans  I  had  taken  and  brought  up  with  him. 
I  wept  continually,  but  I  had  no  power  and  no  dis- 
position to  remove  him  from  my  side. 

But  I  find  I  cannot  go  on  with  this  subject.  The 
very  recollection  overcomes  me.  I  will  only  add  in 
relation  to  the  topic,  with  which  I  began  this  letter — 
the  power  of  restoration  which  exists  in  the  mind — I 
am  quite  certain  of  one  thing,  that  my  own  soul  has 
not,  in  any  proper  and  absolute  sense  of  the  term,  lost 
anything  which  it  ever  knew ;  at  least  it  has  lost  noth- 
ing which  it  ever  loved.  There  are  depths  and  lodging 
places  in  it  which  may  be  hidden  for  a  while ;  but 
which  decay  can  never  reach  ;  which  time  can  never 
alter,  which  seem  to  me  to  be  beyond  the  explanations 
of  atheism  and  materialism ;  and  which, — I  would  say 
it  with  humility  but  with  confidence, — are  written 
over  with  the  marks  and  signatures  of  a  divine  power, 
and  are  held  in  the  keeping  of  immortality. 

Unable  at  the  time  to  which  I  refer,  to  see  or  con- 
verse with  any  one,  my  feelings  took  the  turn  which 
they  sometimes  do  when  they  are  strongly  moved,  and 
embodied  themselves  in  the  following  stanzas. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  81 

LINES  FROM  THE   OCEAN,   ON   A   SON    LOST  AT  SEA. 

Boy  of  my  earlier  days  and  hopes  !     Once  more, 
Dear  child  of  memory,  of  love,  of  tears  ! 

I  see  thee,  as  I  saw  in  days  of  yore, 

As  in  thy  young,  and  in  thy  lovely  years. 

The  same  in  youthful  look,  the  same  in  form, 
The  same  the  gentle  voice  I  used  to  hear, 

Though  many  a  year  hath  passed,  and  many  a  storm 
Hath  dash'd  its  foam  around  thy  cruel  bier. 

Deep  in  the  stormy  ocean's  hidden  cave, 

Buried  and  lost  to  human  care  and  sight, 

What  power  hath  interposed  to  rend  thy  grave  ? 

What  arm  hath  brought  thee  thus  to  light  and  life  ? 

I  weep,— the  tears  my  aged  cheek  that  stain, 

The  throbs  once  more  that  swell  my  aching  breast, 

Embody  years  of  anxious  thought  and  pain, 

That  wept  and  watched  around  that  place  of  rest. 

Oh,  leave  me  not,  my  child  !     Or,  if  it  be, 

That,  coming  thus,  thou  canst  not  longer  stay, 

Yet  shall  this  kindly  visit's  mystery 

Give  rise  to  hopes,  that  never  can  decay. 

Dear,  cherished  image  from  thy  stormy  bed ! 

Child  of  my  early  woe  and  early  joy ! 
'Tis  thus  at  last  the  sea  shall  yield  its  dead, 

And  give  again  my  lov'd,  my  buried  boy. 


(X.) 

The  river  Thames — Bridges — The  Thames  tunnel — The  tower  and  its 
curiosities — Algernon  Sidney — Houses  of  Parliament— Churches — 
St.  Paul's  and  its  monuments — British  Museum — Remarks. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  6,  1852. 

The  week  which  closes  to-day  has  been  character- 
ized by  events  which  have  great  significancy, — the 
election  of  a  President  of  the   United  States,  upon 


82  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

which  will  be  likely  to  turn  the  movements  of  a  great 
nation ;  the  assembling  of  the  British  Parliament,  a 
body  of  men  who  hold  in  their  hands  the  political  con- 
trol of  a  large  portion  of  the  human  race ;  and  the 
meeting  of  the  Senate  of  France,  assembled  for  the 
purpose  of  taking  the  initiative  in  the  re-establishment 
of  the  French  empire.  These  events  take  hold  of  the 
future,  and  have  a  connection  with  results  which  no 
human  eye  can  foresee  ;  but  which  may  be  left  with- 
out misgiving  or  fear  in  the  hands  of  that  Great  Being 
who  forgets  neither  men  nor  nations. 

I  have  not  as  yet  attended  the  meetings  of  Parlia- 
ment, because  they  have  necessarily  been  occupied  al- 
most exclusively  with  the  verification  of  the  claims  of 
the  members,  and  the  taking  of  the  customary  oaths. 
This  I  intend  to  do  at  an  early  opportunity.  In  the 
meanwhile  I  will  take  a  little  survey  of  London, 
which,  although  it  does  not  stand  alone  and  without 
competitors,  yet  seems  to  me  to  be  first  among  the 
great  centres  of  modern  thought,  enterprize  and  civi- 
lization. And  in  speaking  of  London  it  is  not  well  to 
forget  that  which  is  in  reality  its  origin,  and  the  source 
of  its  long  continued  greatness  and  wealth  ;  I  mean 
the  river  Thames,  whose  history  like  that  of  the  Nile 
and  the  Euphrates  has  become  a  part  of  the  history 
of  the  human  race.  England  is  the  great  mother  of 
free  states  and  kingdoms ;  and  at  some  future  time 
when  her  palaces  and  towers  shall  have  crumbled,  her 
children  from  distant  parts  of  the  world  will  stand  up- 
on the  banks  of  the  Thames,  and  exclaim  with  filial 
homage,  it  was  here  that  a  nation  was  born. 

The  Thames,  if  we  regard  the  Isis  as  its  principal 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  83 

source,  arises  in  the  county  of  Gloucestershire ;  and 
flowing  through  some  of  the  best  portions  of  England, 
is  increased  by  various  tributaries.     Easy  of  access 
and  central  in  its  position  in  relation  to  the  great  chan- 
nels of  commerce,  it  becomes  at  London  bridge,  and 
thence  onward  in  its  progress  of  sixty  miles  to  the 
ocean,  wide  enough  and  deep  enough  to  float  the  mer- 
cantile navies  of  nations.     The  immense  amount  of 
shipping  collected  together  in  the  Thames  is  an  indi- 
cation, in  addition  to  that  furnished  by  its  population 
of  two  millions,  of  the  greatness  and  wealth  of    Lon- 
don ;  and  that  it  is  the  centre   of  communications, 
wThich  extend  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  city  press- 
es the  crowded  banks  of  the  river  on  both  sides  ;  and 
the  Thames,  which  a  century  ago  was  crossed  by  one 
bridge  only,  is  now  spanned  by   seven ;  and   most  of 
them  exhibit  a  high  degree  of  architectural  beauty. — 
Southwark  bridge  is  of  cast  iron,  laid  upon  stone  piers. 
It  has  three  arches ;  the  centre  arch   having  a  span  of 
two  hundred  and  forty  feet,  and  said  to  be  the  largest 
span  of  curve  in  the  world.     Near    Hungerford  Mar- 
ket is  the  Suspension  bridge,  for  foot  passengers  only. 
The  chains  supporting  it  are  carried   over  two  large 
brick  piers,  erected  on  the  bed  of  the  river  and  nearly 
eighty  feet  in  height ;  making,  besides  two   smaller 
ones,  a  central  span  of  nearly  six  hundred  and   eighty 
feet. 

In  connection  with  the  bridges  of  London,  it  is  very 
natural  for  one  to  speak  of  the  Thames  Tunnel,  which 
is  certainly  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  and  stupen- 
dous works,  which  have  resulted  from  the  invention 
and  power  of  man.     It  was   projected   and   carried 


84  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

through  by  Isambert  Brunnel,  a  distinguished  archi- 
tect no  longer  living.  The  Thames  tunnel  is  a  sub- 
terraneous road,  twelve  hundred  feet  in  length,  carried 
under  the  river  Thames  ;  and  thus  forming  a  commu- 
nication in  this  remarkable  manner  between  impor- 
tant parts  of  the  city.  As  I  passed  through  it,  it  was 
quite  a  new  form  of  experience  and  association,  when 
I  called  to  mind,  that  a  vast  river  with  its  collected 
shipping  was  floating  over  my  head. 

The  tunnel  consists  of  a  square  mass  of  brickwork, 
thirty-seven  feet  in  width  by  twenty-two  in  height, 
which  contains  within  it  two  arched  passages,  each  of 
them  a  little  more  than  sixteen  feet  wide.  The  pas- 
sage through  which  I  went  was  well  lighted  with  gas ;. 
and  is  approached  at  both  ends  by  means  of  great  cir- 
cular shafts,  into  which  there  is  a  descent  over  con- 
venient and  handsome  staircases.  The  effect,  as  one 
looks  through  the  tunnel  at  either  end,  brilliantly  light- 
ed up  in  its  whole  length  and  so  unique  in  its  posi- 
tion and  structure,  is  exceedingly  impressive. 

I  employed  a  waterman  of  the  Thames  to  take  me 
in  his  boat  from  the  London  bridge  to  the  tunnel ;  and 
in  going  down  the  river,  as  we  wound  our  way  amid 
its  various  shipping,  I  passed  in  sight  of  and  very  near 
to  that  celebrated  mass  of  buildings,  known  as  the 
Tower  of  London.  The  tower,  which  I  had  visited 
and  examined  a  little  before,  is  situated  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  city,  and  was  originally  the  fortified  resi- 
dence of  the  English  monarchs. 

I  will  say  a  few  words  here  of  this  remarkable  place. 
The  tower,  in  its  whole  extent,  covers  a  surface  of 
twelve  acres,  enclosed  within  a  strong  wall.     Within 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  85 

the  wall  there  is  a  lofty  square  building,  called  the 
White  Tower.  It  is  built  upon  rising  ground,  and  is 
ninety-two  feet  in  height,  with  walls  seventeen  feet  in 
thickness.  It  was  erected  by  William  the  Conquer- 
or ;  and  is  the  most  ancient  part  of  the  Tower  build- 
ings ;  and  for  a  long  time  it  formed,  of  itself,  the 
"  Tower  of  London."  Our  boatman,  as  he  rowed  us 
by  the  side  of  these  celebrated  buildings,  pointed  out 
the  water-gate,  called  the  "  Traitor's  Gate,"  through 
which  persons  guilty  or  supposed  to  be  guilty  of  high 
political  offences,  are  brought  to  the  Tower.  There 
is  a  square  tower  near  the  water-gate,  called  the 
"  bloody  tower,"  from  the  circumstance  that  it  was 
the  place  of  the  murder  of  two  infant  princes  by  their 
uncle,  Richard  III.  It  was  through  the  gateway  of 
the  Bloody  Tower  that  I  had  previously  passed,  in 
order  to  examine  what  it  is  permitted  visitors  to  see. 
One  of  the  objects  of  special  interest,  because  it  throws 
light  upon  history  and  social  progress,  is  the  "  Horse 
Armory."  The  principal  apartment  in  its  interior,  a 
room  of  an  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  length,  is  occu- 
pied by  an  imposing  line  of  equestrian  figures,  repre- 
senting distinguished  persons  of  different  periods, 
clothed  in  the  iron  armor  of  the  ages  in  which  they 
lived,  from  the  period  of  Edward  First  to  that  of 
James  Second.  The  view  on  entering  this  room  is 
exceedingly  imposing,  and  enables  us  to  realize  at 
once  what  we  had  often  read  before  in  history,  but  of 
which  it  was  difficult  to  form  an  adequate  conception. 
In  reading  the  military  history  of  nations  a  few  cen- 
turies back,  we  are  almost  as  much  at  a  loss  in  un- 
derstanding it,  as  we  oftentimes  are  in  reading  that 
8 


86  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

of  the  Greeks  and  Romans.  But  in  the  various  ar- 
mories of  the  Tower  of  London,  we  have  an  explana- 
tion far  better  than  we  can  obtain  in  books,  in  their 
general  forms  and  in  all  their  varieties,  of  the  numer- 
ous instruments  which  the  ingenuity  of  men  has  form- 
ed for  purposes  of  defence  or  of  mutual  destruction ; 
the  bill  and  spear,  the  glaive,  the  battle-axe,  the  hal- 
berd, the  pike,  the  helmet,  the  "  twisted  mail." 

I  was  here  shown  the  executioner's  axe,  and  the 
block  upon  which  the  victims  were  struck,  which  still 
bears  the  marks  of  the  sharp  blows,  which  fell  alike, 
at  different  periods,  upon  the  innocent  and  the  guilty. 
This  axe  is  said  to  be  the  one,  with  which  the  unhap- 
py Anne  Boleyn  and  the  Earl  of  Essex  were  executed. 
And  if  so,  it  was  probably  the  axe,  which  severed  the 
head  of  Algernon  Sidney, — a  celebrated  name,  which 
is  cherished  with  respect  and  sympathy  in  America. — 
In  that  part  of  the  White  Tower  called  Elizabeth's 
Armory,  is  the  apartment  where  Sir  Walter  Raleigh 
suffered  his  twelve  years'  imprisonment.  Like  Sidney, 
though  perhaps  less  pure  and  inflexible  in  principle, 
he  was  one  of  the  distinguished  men  of  England* 
and  in  consequence  of  the  naval  enterprizes  he  pro- 
jected, his  name  has  become  associated  with  Amer- 
ican history.  In  this  prison  Raleigh  wrote  many  of 
his  works  ;  particularly  his  History  of  the  World. — 
His  wife,  at  her  own  earnest  suggestion  and  entreaty, 
was  permitted  to  share  his  imprisonment  with  him, 
and  his  youngest  son  was  born  in  the  Tower.  But 
neither  the  affection  of  his  wife,  nor  his  great  talents 
and  distinguished  public  services,  nor  his  learning,  nor 
his  advanced  age,  saved   him  from  a  violent  death. — 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  87 

When  his  final  hour  came,  the  executioner  asked  him 
which  way  he  chose  to  place  himself  on  the  block. — 
He  replied,  "  if  the  heart  be  right,  it  is  no  matter  which 
way  the  head  lies." 

I  observed  here  the  cloak,  on  which  General  Wolfe 
died  in  the  bloody  but  victorious  battle,  which  gave 
Quebec  and  the   Canadas  to  England. 

In  the  Tower  are  kept  the  regalia  or  crown  jewels, 
which  may  be  examined  with  pleasure,  not  only  on 
account  of  their  richness,  but  because  they  are  recon- 
cilable with  ideas  of  kindness  and  peace ;  but  as  a 
general  thing  the  Tower  can  only  be  regarded,  both 
in  what  it  has  been  and  in  what  it  now  is,  as  a  great 
historical  monument  of  the  art  of  war  and  of  human 
bloodshed. 

Higher  up  the  Thames,  (for  every  thing  seems  to 
spring  from  this  river  as  if  it  were  a  permanent  source 
of  life,)  are  the  new  Houses  of  Parliament ; — a  mag- 
nificent pile  of  buildings,  presenting  a  front  on  the 
river  of  nine  hundred  feet,  enriched,  perhaps  too  much 
so,  with  every  thing  which  architectural  art  can  fur- 
nish, in  the  shape  of  mouldings,  tracery,  carvings,  and 
heraldic  devices.  The  most  striking  external  feature 
in  this  mighty  range  of  buildings  is  the  Victoria  Tow- 
er, which,  when  completed,  will  be  three  hundred  and 
forty  feet  in  height. 

Among  the  royal  palaces  in  London,  the  first  which 
naturally  claims  attention,  is  that  of  St.  James.  It  is 
its  historical  associations,  however,  and  not  its  archi- 
tecture, which  seem  to  give  it  that  place.  It  was  built 
for  the  most  part  by  Henry  VIII ;  and  for  more  than 
a  century  previous  to  the  year  1837,  was  the  city  resi* 


88 


LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


dence  of  the  royal  family.  Since  that  time  the  pres- 
ent queen  of  England,  who  spends  the  greater  part  of 
her  time  at  Windsor  Castle,  has  occupied,  when  in 
London,  the  Buckingham  Palace.  Those  who  have 
visited  the  interior  of  St.  James  Palace,  speak  of  its 
numerous  and  well  arranged  apartments  as  convenient 
and  richly  furnished ;  but  the  casual  visitor  who  sees 
nothing  but  the  outside,  will  find  but  little  to  excite 
his  admiration.  Buckingham  Palace  is  not  far  distant. 
It  occupies  a  large  space  of  ground,  forming  a  quad- 
rangle, with  a  front  facing  St.  James  Park,  and  anoth- 
er towards  the  private  grounds.  As  compared  with  St. 
James,  it  not  only  occupies  a  position  far  better,  but  is 
really  a  beautiful  and  imposing  edifice.  The  royal  stan- 
dard is  now  floating  over  it,  which  indicates  that  Vic- 
toria is  here. 

The  toleration  of  religious  opinion  which  exists  in 
England  has  been  favorable  to  the  growth  of  the  re- 
ligious sentiment ;  at  least  we  should  naturally  infer  so 
from  the  fact,  that  there  are  said  to  be  more  than  five 
hundred  places  of  worship,  of  different  denominations 
of  Christians,  in  the  city  of  London; — many  of  them 
small,  it  is  true,  and  making  no  pretensions  to  mag- 
nificence, but  still  not  inconsistent  with  true  and  high 
developments  of  religious  feeling.  There  are  some 
things  worthy  of  a  traveller's  notice  in  St.  Margaret's 
church ;  and  not  the  least  circumstance  of  interest 
about  it  is,  that  here  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  was  buried 
on  the  day  that  he  was  executed.  The  church  of  St. 
Martin  in  Trafalgar  Square  is  an  imposing  and  beau- 
tiful building  ;  and  the  same  might  be  said  of  many 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  89 

other  churches  both  in  London  and   in  other  places ; 
but  by  universal  consent  there  is  but  one  St.  Paul's. 

The  length  of  St.  Paul's  church  from  east  to  west 
within  the  walls,  is  five  hundred  feet ;  its  total  height 
from  the  ground  four  hundred  and  four  feet.  It  was 
built  under  the  direction  of  Sir  Christopher  Wren; 
and  seems  to  have  been  designed  not  merely  as  a 
place  of  worship,  for  which  one  of  very  different  di- 
mensions might  have  answered;  but  like  Westminster 
Abbey,  as  a  grand  national  monument  to  the  illustri- 
ous dead  of  England.  At  least  if  such  were  not 
Wren's  original  design,  such  has  been  the  practical  re- 
sult ;  for  if  it  became  impossible  to  fill  this  vast  space 
with  living  auditors  brought  within  hearing  distance, 
the  next  best  thing  which  could  be  done,  was  to  occu- 
py large  portions  of  it  with  the  dead  and  their  monu- 
ments. On  entering  the  church,  it  is  the  monuments 
of  the  dead,  the  works  of  eminent  artists,  which  first 
arrest  the  visitor's  attention ;  and  I  was  here  painfully 
reminded,  in  this  great  temple  of  the  Prince  of  Peace, 
of  the  continued  struggles  and  violences  of  war,  as  t- 
read  the  names  and  saw  the  sad  but  proud  memori- 
als of  Ponsonby,  Riou,  Duncan,  Cornwallis,  Nelson, 
Colling  wood,  Brock,  Pakenham  and  many  others.  I 
paused  with  different  feelings  at  the  name  of  Johnson, 
who  has  illustrated  morals  and  literature  in  his  wri- 
tings; of  Heber,  a  name  dear  to  religion  as  well  as  to 
literature  ;  and  of  Howard,  the  philanthropist.  How- 
ard is  represented  as  wearing  the  Roman  costume, 
and  as  trampling  on  fetters ; — with  a  scroll  in  his  left 
hand,  inscribed  with  the  words,  "  Plan  for  the  improve- 
ment of  Prisons  and  Hospitals."  There  is  a  basso- 
s' 


90  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

relievo  on  the  face  of  the  pedestal  of  his  statue,  which 
represents  the  interior  of  a  prison,  where  he  appears  in 
the  act  of  distributing  food  and  clothing. 

I  think  there  was  no  one  of  the  public  institutions, 
which  on  the  whole  gave  me  more  satisfaction,  than 
the  great  national  institution,  the  British  Museum ; — 
an  institution,  which  stands  out  to  the  notice  of  the 
world,  not  only  on  account  of  its  valuable  library  of 
300.000  volumes,  its  zoological  collections  and  fossil 
remains  ;  but  for  the  remains  of  works  of  art, — some 
of  them  recently  collected, — Roman,  Grecian,  Egyp- 
tian, Assyrian,  which  throw  light  upon  the  history  of 
nations  ; — and  some  of  which  will  probably  be  found 
important  in  illustrating  the  earlier  parts  of  the  scrip- 
tural records. 

As  we  look  upon  these  wonderful  remains  of    an- 
tiquity, as  they  are  thus  collected  together  and  arrang- 
ed and  preserved  with  great  care  in  the  British  Muse- 
um, we  obtain  impressions  of  departed  empires,  dis- 
tinct, vivid,  mournful  ; — such  as  conform  exceedingly 
well  to  the  abstract  statements   of  history,  but  which 
history  alone  could  never  give.     Egypt,  like  life  from 
the  dead,  starts  up  before  us ;  bearing  in  her  hands 
her  tombs  ; — and  we  know  her  at  once  in  her  supersti- 
tions, in  her  domestic  life,  in  her  conceptive  power,  in 
her  artistic  skill,  in  the  length  and  breadth  of  her  rude 
but  massive  grandeur.     And  when  it  is  said  in  the 
Scriptures,  that  Moses  was  "  learned  in  all  the  wisdom 
of  the   Egyptians,"  it  is  a  satisfaction  to  know  from 
these  varied  and  wonderful  remains,  that  the  sacred 
historian,  in  describing  these  Egyptians  as  a  wise  peo- 
ple, which  implies  the  development,  in  various  ways, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  91 

of  thought,  feeling  and  skill,  has  uttered  a  precise  his- 
toric truth,  which  scepticism  will  in  vain  attempt  to 
discredit.  And  if  the  monuments  themselves  are  a 
memorial  of  a  truth,  there  may  be  something,  and 
perhaps  much  more  remaining  in  the  inscriptions 
which  they  bear.  "Who  knows  what  further  and  va- 
rious light  may  be  disclosed  from  these  sources,  when 
the  interpretation  of  the  hieroglyphics,  so  happily  be- 
gun by  Champollion,  shall  become  a  completed  and 
undoubted  system. 

I  never  doubted  the  Scriptures.  I  received  my  faith 
from  the  lips  of  my  mother  ;  but  it  was  confirmed  af- 
terwards by  thought  and  inquiry.  To  me,  therefore, 
the  Bible  has  been  and  now  is  a  living  reality.  And 
still  it  has  often  seemed  to  me  surprising,  although  it 
has  never  disturbed  my  belief,  that  the  Bible  so  fre- 
quently indicates  the  existence  of  cities  and  nations, 
(of  the  Assyrian  empire  for  instance,)  which  could 
hardly  be  exceeded  in  wealth  and  numbers,  in^  civili- 
zation and  power ;  and  yet  that  these  cities  and  nations 
should  have  entirely  passed  away,  with  no  memorials 
left  behind.  I  have  nevertheless  had  full  confidence, 
that  Providence  in  its  mysterious  methods  of  opera- 
tion would  ultimately  settle  all  such  suggestions  and 
difficulties.  And  now  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  the 
Tygris,  and  the  Euphrates,  the  evidences  of  their  great- 
ness and  splendor,  long  buried  in  the  dust,  have  been 
brought  to  light, — evidences  so  transcending  all  our 
conceptions, — as  to  furnish  another  great  miracle,  if 
other  miracles  were  wanting,  in  order  to  sustain  man's 
faltering  faith. 

I  feel  bound  to  say,  that  some  of  the  remains  of 


92  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

Assyrian  art, — remains  which  are  unlike  those  of 
Egypt,  or  any  other  people, — exhibit  a  spirit  of  con- 
ception and  a  power  of  execution,  which  is  unsurpass- 
ed, and  in  some  respects,  as  it  seems  to  me,  unequal- 
led by  those  of  any  other  nation.  I  have  reference  in 
this  remark  particularly  to  their  massive  grandeur,  and 
that  true  spirit  of  the  object,  whatever  the  object  is, 
which  seems  to  increase  and  dilate  itself,  without  los- 
ing its  distinctive  nature,  in  conformity  with  the  vast- 
ness  of  the  masses  in  which  the  artist  has  embodied  it, 

These  works,  as  well  as  those  of  Egypt,  throw  light 
upon  the  Scriptures.  It  will  be  likely  to  occur  to  the 
reader  of  the  Scriptures,  for  instance,  that  the  horn,  as 
an  emblem  of  power,  is  often  mentioned  in  the  Old 
Testament.  And  one  of  the  first  things,  which  attracts 
the  notice  of  a  stranger,  on  entering  the  Nineveh  gal- 
lery in  the  British  Museum,  is  the  sight  of  horns,  issu- 
ing, upon  a  number  of  the  Assyrian  sculptures,  from 
a  human  head,  and  twining  around  it  so  gracefully  as 
to  be  an  ornament  as  well  as  an  emblem.  The  sym- 
bolic existences,  so  often  occurring  in  the  books  of 
Daniel  and  Ezekiel,  and  so  different  from  anything 
which  is  found  in  other  writers,  lions  with  human 
heads  and  with  wings,  and  the  like,  are  found  among 
these  remains ;  and  it  is  quite  possible  as  it  seems  to 
me,  that  some  of  the  very  sculptures,  which  are  now 
seen  in  the  British  Museum  and  in  the  Louvre  of  Par- 
is, had  been  seen  by,  and  had  received  the  admiration 
of  these  prophets  themselves. 

It  is  true  we  do  not  as  yet  understand  to  any  great 
extent  the  precise  import  of  these  remarkable  symbols ; 
but  still  the  impression  is  left  distinct  and  deep  upon 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  93 

the  mind  of  one  who  beholds  them,  that  they  really 
had  a  meaning,  whatever  it  was,  which  was  well  un- 
derstood by  the  people  of  those  early  times,  and  that 
their  presence  in  the  minds  and  in  the  writings  of  the 
prophets  was  wholly  in  harmony  with  the  national 
mental  culture  and  associations.  And  a  remark  simi- 
lar to  that  which  has  been  made  in  respect  to  the 
Egyptian  remains  will  apply  here.  Perhaps  it  will  be 
found  that  the  numerous  inscriptions  on  these  remains, 
which  are  very  distinct  and  some  of  which  have  been 
translated,  will  throw  more  light  upon  the  scriptural 
narrative  than  the  monuments  themselves. 

I  began  this  letter  with  the  intention  of  giving  some 
idea  of  the  city  of  London ;  but  I  find  I  must  end, 
when  I  have  hardly  made  a  beginning  ;  and  I  should 
probably  be  obliged  to  say  much  the  same  thing,  if  I 
had  written  much  more.  To  speak  of  its  streets  and 
squares,  its  parks,  its  numerous  monuments,  its  chari- 
table institutions,  its  courts  of  justice,  its  commerce, 
and  other  things  which  would  naturally  present  them- 
selves, would  require  much  more  time  and  strength 
than  I  am  able  to  claim  at  present. 


(XL) 

The  opening  of  Parliament — The  queen  of  England — Eespect  in  which 
she  is  held — Queen's  speech — Distinguished  members  of  Parlia- 
ment—Brougham, Macauley,  and  Cobden — Rooms  of  the  Peers 
and  Commons. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  11,  1852. 

This  day  the  Queen  of  England  went  in  state  to  the 
House  of  Lords,  to   open  the  session  of  Parliament 


94  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

with  a  speech  from  the  throne.  The  procession  was 
formed  at  Buckingham  Palace,  which  is  distant  about 
three-fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  Houses  of  Parliament, 
and  consisted  in  part  of  six  carriages,  all  with  one  ex- 
ception drawn  by  six  horses,  conveying  the  various 
members  of  the  royal  household;  some  of  them  per- 
sons of  distinguished  name  and  character.  These 
were  followed  by  the  queen's  marshal-men,  footmen, 
and  a  party  of  the  yeomen  of  the  guard.  Then  came 
the  State  carriage,  distinguished  not  only  by  its  rich- 
ness and  peculiarity  of  form,-  but  by  its  being  drawn 
by  eight  cream-colored  horses ;  conveying  the  queen 
and  her  husband,  Prince  Albert,  and  some  other  dis- 
tinguished persons. 

This  is  one  of  those  occasions  on  which  the  people 
of  England  obtain  a  glimpse  of  their  sovereign.  It 
was  interesting  to  me  to  witness  their  earnest  and  re- 
spectful curiosity ;  nor  do  I  profess  to  have  been  per- 
sonally exempt  from  this  feeling ;  although  it  is  min- 
gled with  other  feelings  of  gratitude,  homage,  and  af- 
fection in  the  heart  of  an  Englishman,  which  a  stran- 
ger from  another  land  cannot  be  supposed  to  realize. 

The  present  queen  of  England  is  beloved  by  the 
people,  it  *  seemed  to  me,  as  the  sovereign  of  no  other 
people  is  loved.  There  have  been  female  sovereigns 
who  have  been  despised  or  hated  ;  but  it  is  not  so  with 
Queen  Victoria.  The  affection  for  her  is  not  merely 
a  tribute  to  sovereignty,  not  merely  official,  but  may 
properly  be  described  as  personal ;  and  is  general  and 
sincere.  And  the  explanation  of  it,  at  least  the  ex- 
planation in  part,  and  in  a  considerable  degree,  is  still 
more  interesting  than  the  fact  itself.     The  people  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  95 

England  recognize  in  her  the  great  truth,  that  there  is 
nothing  among  men  higher  than  humanity,  when  hu- 
manity is  true  to  God  and  itself ;  and  that  the  woman 
is  greater  than  the  queen.  They  honor  their  sovereign 
therefore,  not  merely  and  not  chiefly  on  account  of  the 
fact  of  her  sovereignty,  but  because,  in  being  a  good 
wife  and  a  good  mother,  and  in  thus  setting  a  good 
example  before  the  wives  and  mothers  of  England,  she 
is  true  to  virtue  and  to  womanhood.  It  is  no  tinge  of 
shame  for  vices  published  to  the  world,  but  the  expres- 
sion of  just  gratitude  and  pride  for  domestic  and  wo- 
manly excellencies  universally  known,  which  stands 
upon  the  face  of  an  Englishman,  as  he  utters  the  name 
of  his  queen.  This  sentiment  of  veneration  and  love, 
existing  so  deeply,  and  so  universally  expressed,  and 
having  its  foundation  in  a  great  degree  in  the  reason 
I  have  given,  is  in  my  view  one  of  the  most  affecting 
and  striking  testimonies  to  the  value  and  power  of 
moral  goodness. 

Standing  in  the  multitude,  through  which  the  queen 
proceeded  to  meet  the  assembled  Parliament,  I  felt 
it  truly  a  privilege  to  look  upon  this  excellent  woman, 
who,  in  being  faithful  to  herself,  has  been  true  and 
faithful  to  her  crown ;  and  has  established  her  sover- 
eignty in  a  nation's  heart. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  remark  that  the  speech  de- 
livered to-day  before  the  Commons  and  Lords  was 
not  prepared  by  the  queen  herself,  but  by  the  minis- 
ters of  the  crown,  who  are  her  constitutional  advisers  ; 
and  as  the  ministers  are  supposed  to  be  sustained  by 
a  majority  of  the  Commons,  the  speech,  in  the  theory 
of  the  Government,  is  the  voice  of  the  people  itself, 


96  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

uttering  its  own  wants  in  the  ear  of  its  own  adminis- 
trators. And  the  theory  is  practically  carried  out  to 
a  considerable  extent ;  so  that  England,  though  mov- 
ing slowly,  on  account  of  the  great  multiplicity  of  her 
interests,  gradually  adjusts  herself  by  a  succession  of 
reforms,  to  the  altered  circumstances  of  ignorance  and 
knowledge,  of  want  and  supply,  of  time  and  provi- 
dence ;  and  thus  by  keeping  policy  and  humanity  in 
alliance,  escapes  the  terrible  shock  of  revolutions.— 
The  speech  of  to-day  confirms  this  remark,  which  is 
conciliatory  and  national  in  its  spirit,  and  suggests  a 
number  of  practical  reforms. 

Since  writing  the  above,  and  since  the  date  of  this 
letter,  I  have  attended  the  meetings  of  both  Lords  and 
Commons ;  and  although  I  heard  no  debates  of  great 
interest,  yet  I  had  the  opportunity  of  seeing  a  few  of 
the  men,  Broughham,  Sugden,  Walpole,  Lyndhurst, 
Hume,  Palmerston,  Lord  John  Russell,  D' Israeli,  Glad- 
stone, and  some  others  who  are  understood  to  hold  a 
high  parliamentary  position,  and  to  hear  some  remarks 
from  nearly  all  of  them,  uttered  in  a  good  spirit  and 
with  good  sense.  The  presence  of  the  British  minis- 
ters and  the  practice  of  putting  questions  to  them, 
gives  to  the  discussions  here  a  more  familiar  and  less 
formal  aspect  than  might  otherwise  exist.  Set  and 
formal  speeches,  although  there  is  no  absolute  exemp- 
tion from  them,  are  not  very  likely  to  be  uttered,  ex- 
cept on  occasions  which  require  and  justify  them. 

In  the  course  of  the  remarks  which  I  have  heard  in 
the  House  of  Commons,  reference  has  been  made  to 
the  United  States  ;  the  "  great  Republic,"  as  the  queen 
was  pleased  to  call  us  in  her  speech.     The  topic  was 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  97 

the  existing  relations  of  .England  and  America  in  the 
matter  of  the  fisheries ;  and  it  was  of  course  gratify- 
ing to  an  American  to  observe  that  everything  which 
was  said  in  relation  to  his  own  country,  was  respect- 
ful and  conciliatory. 

Some  reference  having  been  made  in  the  House  of 
Lords  to  the  various  Law  Reforms  which  are  in  prog- 
ress, I  was  pleased  to  notice  that  they  arrested  the  at- 
tention of  Brougham,  and  called  from  him  a  few  re- 
marks. It  was  pleasing  to  hear  the  voice  of  this  cele- 
brated man,  whose  name  has  been  so  long  associated 
with  literature,  with  social  and  educational  reforms, 
and  with  the  great  political  movements  of  .England ; 
a  justly  great  and  celebrated  name,  although  it  was 
painfully  obvious  that  age,  which  respects  no  name 
and  no  greatness,  had  subtracted  something  from  his 
power. 

In  thus  referring  to  the  distinguished  members  of 
the  English  Parliament,  I  ought  not  to  forget,  that 
among  them,  inferior  to  none  and  an  ornament  to  the 
whole  body,  is  Mr.  Macaulay,  the  historian,  who  is  re- 
turned from  the  city  of  Edinburgh.  I  have  had  no 
opportunity  of  hearing  him  speak ;  and  therefore  can 
express  no  opinion,  except  what  I  have  been  enabled 
to  form  from  his  published  writings  and  speeches.  It 
is  obvious,  however,  from  what  he  has  written  and 
from  his  speeches  on  various  occasions,  that  he  is  not 
only  a  man  of  great  historical  and  political  learning, 
but,  what  is  essential  in  a  leading  member  of  Parlia- 
ment, possesses  a  thorough  command  and  mastery  of 
that  noble  language  which  among  the  languages  of 
modern  times  may  justly  be  styled  the  language  of  lib- 
9 


98 


LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


erty.  He  not  only  knows  what  it  is  proper  and  wise  to 
say,  but  in  what  manner  to  say  it,  so  that  the  most  re- 
fined scholar,  seeing  the  thought  giving  birth  to  the  ex- 
pression, and  the  expression  fitting  the  thought,  can- 
not read  his  speeches,  even  on  ordinary  political  topics, 
without  finding  something  which  pleases  a  truly  lite- 
rary taste.  Nor  is  he  deficient,  when  occasion  calls  for 
it,  in  subtle  logic,  and  in  keen  sarcasm,  and  he  knows 
also  in  what  manner  and  at  what  times  to  inflict  those 
ponderous  blows  of  eloquent  and  impassioned  decla- 
mation, of  which  we  have  illustrations  in  Edmund 
Burke. 

Another  prominent  member  of  the  present  Parlia- 
ment is  Richard  Cobden.  I  had  the  pleasure  of  spend- 
ing an  evening  in  the  company  of  this  truly  excellent 
and  distinguished  man,  and  can  thus  aid  my  general 
impressions  by  means  of  a  personal  acquaintance,  al- 
though a  slight  one.     Mr.  Cobden,  without  the  advan- 
tages of  what  is  termed  a  liberal  education,  has  risen 
"to  his  present  position  of  eminence,  by  his  strength  of 
intellect,  high  moral  purpose,  and  untiring   persever- 
ance and  labor.     It  is  thought  by  some,  that  he  does 
not  at  the  present  time  exercise  that  influence  to  which 
he  is  entitled,  but  the  principal  reason  of  this  seems  to 
me  to  be  one  which  is  very  creditable  to  him.     And  I 
mean  in  saying  this,  that  being  a  man  of  a  reflective 
turn  of  mind,  he  sees  far  and  clearly  into  the  spirit  of 
a  true  and  christianized  humanity,  and  being  true  to 
himself,  he  is  willing,  even  at  the  cost  of  personal  popu- 
larity, to  act  up  to  the  light  which  he  has.    And  among 
other  things  implied  in  this  general  remark,  he  is  de- 
cidedly opposed  to  a  state  of  war  as  being  the  great 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  99 

hindrance  to  increased  and  perfected  civilization,  and 
as  the  great  source  of  the  wrongs  which  grind  the  poor 
and  suffering,  and  of  the  power  which  sustains  the  op- 
pressor. And  in  accordance  with  these  views  and 
principles,  he  made  a  motion  in  the  English  Parlia- 
ment on  the  24th  of  June,  1851,  and  supported  it  by 
an  able  speech ;  a  motion  which  is  required  by  the 
spirit  of  Christianity,  but  which  unhappily  is  without 
an  example  ;  as  follows, — That  an  address  be  present- 
ed to  her  Majesty,  praying  that  she  will  direct  her  Sec- 
retary of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs  to  enter  into  com- 
munication with  the  Government  of  France,  and  en- 
deavor to  prevent  in  future  that  rivalry  of  ivarlike  prep- 
aration in  time  of  peace  which  has  hitherto  been  the 
policy  of  the  two  governments,  aud  to  promote  if  possi- 
ble, a  mutual  reduction  of  armaments. 

This  important  motion  he  sustained  in  a  speech, 
simple  in  its  style,  but  replete  with  argument,  sound 
sense,  and  enlightened  philanthropy.  It  is  true  that 
he  was  not  able  at  that  time  to  accomplish  his  object, 
and  the  two  great  nations  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the 
English  channel  not  only  maintain  but  are  increasing 
their  armaments  at  important  points.  His  remarks, 
however,  were  heard  with  attention ;  and  every  day's 
experience  shows  their  wisdom.  And  it  is  to  be  hoped, 
availing  himself  of  the  high  position  in  which  Provi- 
dence has  placed  him,  that  he  will  continue  to  press 
this  great  subject  upon  the  attention  of  the  Engligh 
government.  His  past  history  shows  that  he  is  not  a 
man,  who  is  likely  to  be  discouraged  by  the  vast  diffi- 
culties arising  from  national  prejudices,  and  still  less 
to  be  diverted  from  a    purpose  which  he  has  honestly 


100  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

formed  by  the  sneers  or  threats  of  interested  individu- 
als who  cannot  comprehend  him. 

The  room  or  chamber,  in  which  the  Peers  assemble, 
is  large  and  well  proportioned ;  ninety-seven  feet  in 
length,  forty-five  in  height  and  the  same  in  width. — 
At  the  south  end  of  the  chamber  is  the  royal  throne, 
rich  with  the  emblazonry  of  the  royal  arms  around, 
and  surmounted  by  a  superb  gothic  canopy.  The 
walls,  the  windows,  the  ceiling,  are  enriched  by  the 
devices  of  art,  and  almost  gorgeous  in  their  combined 
splendor.  The  room  of  the  Commons  is  smaller  in 
size,  and  less  decorated;  but  seemed  to  me  to  be  equal- 
ly convenient,  and  perhaps  more  so,  for  the  purposes 
of  discussion  and  debate. 

But  it  is  the  great  voice  of  truth  and  liberty,  which 
I  doubt  not  will  from  time  to  time  resound  through 
these  halls,  carrying  dismay  to  despotism,  and  hope 
and  encouragement  to  the  suffering  and  oppressed, 
which  will  give  a  lustre  to  them,  in  the  eyes  of  all 
thinking  and  just  men,  greater  than  that  which  paint- 
ing or  sculpture  can  bestow. 


(XII.) 

Windsor  Castle  and  its  vicinity — Visit  to  some  of  its  apartments — The 
Waterloo  chamber  and  its  portraits — The  guard  chamber — Parks 
and  the  Long  Walk — Windsor  Forest — Runny  Mede — Eton  Col- 
lege— Gray's  Ode. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  16,  1852. 

I  have  recently  availed  myself  of  a  pleasant  day  to 
visit  Windsor  Castle,  the  residence  of  royalty,  and,  on 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  101 

many  accounts,  one  of  the  most  interesting  places  in 
the  kingdom. 

On  the  spot  where  the  Castle  of  Windsor  now 
stands,  about  twenty  miles  southwest  from  London, 
a  fortress  of  considerable  size  was  erected  by  William 
the  Conqueror ;  which  was  subsequently  enlarged  by 
Henry  the  First.  From  the  time  of  Henry,  the  for- 
tress or  castle,  thus  enlarged  and  improved  by  him, 
may  be  regarded,  as  it  was  in  fact,  one  of  the  royal 
residences.  And  successive  monarchs,  Edward  Third, 
Henry  Eighth,  Queen  Elizabeth  and  Queen  Anne 
contributed  much,  with  a  view  to  render  it  the  more 
suitable  for  this  purpose,  in  erecting  additional  build- 
ings and  in  adorning  the  grounds.  George  the  Third 
made  it  his  principal  residence  ;  as  did  also  George  the 
Fourth,  who  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  expended 
more  than  a  million  sterling  upon  it.  It  is  at  the  pres- 
ent time  the  principal  and  favorite  residence  of  Queen 
Victoria. 

I  spent  a  day,  and  might  easily  and  pleasantly  have 
spent  a  longer  time,  in  visiting  this  palace  and  its 
beautiful  grounds.  Entering  by  the  gothic  porch  ad- 
joining King  John's  Tower,  I  was  conducted,  in  com- 
pany with  a  number  of  other  persons,  through  the 
apartments,  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  usually 
shown  to  strangers — the  Queen's  Audience  Chamber, 
adorned  with  tapestry,  representing  scripture  subjects, 
and  also  with  a  few  portraits — the  Vandyke  Room,  so 
called  from  its  containing  twenty-two  paintings  by 
Vandyke,  chiefly  portraits  of  distinguished  persons; 
among  which  the  equestrian  portrait  of  Charles  First 
is  regarded  as  possessing  special  value  as  a  work  of 
9* 


102  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

art — the  Queen's  State  Drawing  Room,  also  called 
the  Zuccarelli  Room,  from  the  circumstance  of  its 
being  adorned  with  nine  paintings  by  Zuccarelli,  an 
Italian  painter,  who  once  enjoyed  a  celebrity  which 
does  not  appear  to  be  awarded  to  him  now — the  State 
Ante-Room,  chiefly  remarkable  for  some  exquisite 
specimens  of  carving  by  Gibbons,  and  historically,  for 
having  been  occupied  by  Charles  First  a  short  time 
previous  to  his  execution. 

The  next  room  to  which  we  were  introduced  is  cal- 
led the  Waterloo  Chamber ;  so  named  from  the  cir- 
cumstance that  it  is  hung  almost  exclusively  with  the 
portraits  of  the  distinguished  men,  who  were  connect- 
ed either  in  war  or  diplomatically,  with  the  trying  se- 
ries of  events,  which  had  their  termination  at  Water- 
loo. This  apartment,  which  is  equally  chaste  and 
beautiful  in  its  decorations,  is  quite  large  ;  being  near- 
ly an  hundred  feet  in  length.  There  are  portraits  in 
it,  the  most  of  them  painted  by  Sir  Thomas  Law- 
rence, of  Castlereagh,  Humbolt,  Canning,  Harden- 
berg,  Alexander  of  Russia,  Capo  d'Istrias,  Nesselrode, 
Schwartzenberg,  Picton,  Platoff  the  leader  of  the  Cos- 
sacks, Anglesea,  CzernistchefT,  Metternich,  Welling- 
ton and  Blucher.  I  mention  these  names  in  particu- 
lar and  without  hesitation,  because  no  person  can  pre- 
tend to  a  knowledge  of  modern  history  without  hav- 
ing some  acquaintance  with  their  political  relations 
and  acts  or  their  military  achievements. 

We  are  apt,  as  every  one  knows,  to  form  opinions 
from  countenances,  either  from  the  outline  or  the  ex- 
pression, or  from  a  combination  of  the  two ;  and  it  is 
but  justice  to  say,  that  the  looks  of  these  distinguished 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  103 

men,  as  they  are  given  in  these  fine  portraits,  do  not 
belie  their  personal  history ;  and  that  in  general  they 
appear  like  men  who  are  capable  of  great  deeds.  As 
he  is  represented  in  the  portrait  suspended  in  the 
Waterloo  chamber,  even  Metternich,  who  has  had  an 
influence  in  European  affairs  second  only  to  that  of 
Talleyrand,  has  a  countenance  intellectual,  open,  frank, 
generous  ;  so  much  so  as  to  perplex  very  much  my 
previous  unfavorable  impressions,  and  to  lead  me  to 
suppose,  that  his  anti-republican  policy  was  dictated 
more  by  the  exigencies  of  his  situation  than  by  his 
heart ;  and  that  under  other  circumstances  he  might 
have  applied  his  great  powers  to  the  furtherance  of 
liberty. 

I  will  not  detain  you  with  this  part  of  my  visit  here 
any  further  than  to  say,  that  the  Guard  chamber  which 
is  also  shown  to  visitors,  seemed  to  be  the  special 
place  of  curiosities.  Here  are  whole-length  figures,  in 
armor  ; — a  bust  of  Nelson  with  a  pedestal  made  from 
a  mast  of  the  Victory ; — suspended  banners,  an  elabo- 
rate shield  made  by  Benvenuto  Cellini,  and  among 
other  things  two  small  pieces  of  ordnance,  captured 
by  Lord  Cornwallis.  Perhaps  it  is  unnecessary  to  add, 
that  they  were  taken  by  him  at  Seringapatam,  and  not 
in  his  campaigns  in  America.  And  near  the  bust  of 
Nelson,  in  singular  juxta-position,  are  two  relics, — one 
allied  to  war,  the  other  to  poetry.  One  is  a  chair  made 
from  an  elm  tree,  which  grew  on  the  field  of  Water- 
loo ; — the  other  is  a  chair  made  from  an  oak  beam  ta- 
ken from  the  old  haunted  church  of  Alloway,  which 
Burns  has  made  so  famous  in  his  wonderful  Tarn 
O'Shanter. 


104  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

After  visiting  these  and  other  apartments,  we  as- 
cended the  great  Round  Tower ; — a  most  remarkable 
stone  structure,  varying  but  little  in  its  size  from  three 
hundred  feet  in  circumference  and  the  same  in  height. 
It  answers  the  double  purpose,  or  rather  such  were 
the  objects  to  which  it  was  formerly  applied,  of  a  for- 
tress and  a  prison.  The  Earl  of  Surrey,  who  is  favor- 
ably known  among  the  early  poetical  writers  of  Eng- 
land, was  at  one  time  confined  here  as  a  prisoner ;  as 
also  was  John,  King  of  France  and  David  Bruce,  King 
of  Scotland,  who  were  defeated  and  taken  prisoners 
by  Edward  Third.  The  prospect  from  the  summit  of 
this  tower  is  extensive  and  beautiful  in  the  highest 
degree.  It  is  said  that  on  a  clear  day  no  less  than 
twelve  counties  of  England  can  be  seen  from  it.  In 
the  distance  was  pointed  out  to  me  the  residence,  still 
standing,  of  our  own  William  Penn,  and  his  descen- 
dants ;  and  hardly  any  object  could  have  brought  up 
more  interesting  associations  to  my  mind ;  and  also 
the  church,  whose  churchyard  with  its  sleeping  inhabi- 
tants gave  rise  to  the  inimitable  Elegy  of  the  poet 
Gray.  Nearer  and  almost  directly  below  us,  amid 
groves  and  lawns,  the  Thames  flowed  by  in  majestic 
beauty  ;  crowned  with  villages  and  country  seats,  and 
by  Eton  College  with  its  spires  and  "  antique  towers," 
which  Gray  also,  who  was  the  poet  of  these  regions, 
has  given  to  a  lasting  fame. 

After  visiting  St.  George's  Chapel,  where  sleep  the 
remains  of  Henry  VIII.,  and  which  is  adorned  by  a 
painting  of  the  Lord's  Supper  by  West,  I  spent  some 
hours,  in  the  closing  part  of  a  bright  and  delightful 
day,  in  excursions  through  the  walks  and  parks  in  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  105 

vicinity  of  the  palace.  I  have  seen  nothing  which 
exceeds  the  noble  avenue,  three  miles  in  length,  called 
the  Long  Walk.  It  is  perfectly  straight;  and  has  a 
road  in  the  centre  for  carriages  with  footpaths  on  each 
side ;  and  is  shaded  by  a  double  row  of  aged  elms  of 
great  size.  This  splendid  walk  may  be  said  to  ter- 
minate at  a  place  called  Snow  Hill,  an  abrupt  pile  of 
woods  and  granite,  surmounted  by  an  equestrian 
statue  of  George  Third.  As  I  paused  here  and  look- 
ed back  upon  the  vast  expanse  around  and  beneath 
me,  magnificent  with  forests  or  rich  with  cultivation, 
with  the  walls  and  towers  of  Windsor  Castle  in  the 
centre  and  the  floating  banner  of  England  bright  with 
the  setting  sun,  I  felt  a  new  sentiment  of  beauty  and 
grandeur  opening  at  my  heart,  with  gratitude  to  that 
great  Being  who  hath  made  all  things  beautiful  in 
their  season,  and  with  feelings  of  respect  and  affec- 
tion for  the  land  of  my  ancestors. 

Somewhere  in  one  of  these  parks,  the  Home  Park 
I  believe,  there  is  an  old  withered  oak,  surrounded 
with  palings,  which  is  said  to  be  the  identical  oak,  to 
which  Shakspeare  has  alluded  in  a  striking  passage 
in  the  Merry  Wives  of  Winds  or. 

"  There  is  an  old  tale  goes,  that  Heme  the  hunter, 

Sometime  a  keeper  here  in  Windsor  Forest, 

Doth  all  the  winter  time,  at  still  midnight, 

Walk  round  about  an  oak,  with  great  ragged  horns, 

And  there  he  blasts  the  tree,  and  takes  the  cattle, 

And  makes  milch  kine  yield  blood,  and  shakes  a  chain, 

In  a  most  hideous  and  dreadful  manner." 

A  few  miles  beyond  Snow  Hill,  but  within  the  roy- 
al grounds  and  on  the  borders  of  the  beautiful  expanse 


106  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

of  water,  called  the  Virginia  Water,  are  large  masses 
of  granite,  marble,  and  porphyry  collected  together, 
and  so  arranged  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  the  ruins 
of  an  ancient  temple.  These  large  masses,  upon  which 
I  came  suddenly  and  unexpectedly,  were  brought  from 
Greece,  and  arranged  so  entirely  in  harmony  with  my 
previous  conceptions  of  ancient  ruins  that  the  illusion 
was  complete.  It  was  difficult  to  believe,  that  they 
were  not  the  ruins  of  an  edifice,  which  had  been  erect- 
ed in  early  times  and  had  gone  to  decay  on  this  very 
spot. 

There  is  one  place  in  this  vicinity  which  I  did  not 
visit ;  but  which,  although  there  may  be  nothing  in 
the  form  of  paintings  or  architecture  to  recommend 
it,  is  so  associated  with  the  protection  of  human  rights 
and  liberty,  that  it  has  a  permanent  and  memorable 
name.  On  the  banks  of  the  Thames  and  within  four 
miles  of  Windsor,  is  that  Runny  Mede,  which  holds 
so  conspicuous  a  place  in  the  civil  and  political  histo- 
ry of  England  ;  where  the  Barons  and  people  of  Eng- 
land compelled  King  John  to  assent  to  the  principles 
of  Magna  Charta.  And  it  was  on  an  island  near  by 
in  the  river,  that  the  Great  Charter,  which  stands  as 
the  basis  of  English  liberty,  was  actually  signed  by 
that  unworthy  monarch.  I  know  that  England  had 
a  charter  and  liberties  before ;  but  it  was  at  that  time 
and  at  that  place  and  under  the  memorable  circum- 
stances of  that  occasion,  that  they  received  an  enlarg- 
ment,  a  definiteness  and  a  sanction  which  had  never 
previously  existed ;  so  that  in  all  succeeding  times 
both  in  England  and  America,  what  was  signed  at 
Runny  Mede  has  been  referred  to  as  one  of  the  true 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  107 

voices  of  humanity,  one  of  the  great  proclamations 
of  freedom. 

There  was  another  place,  which  I  saw  from  the 
Round  Tower  but  did  not  visit, — Eton  College,  which 
for  scores  of  years  has  been  associated  in  my  heart 
and  memory  with  the  beautiful  poetry  of  Gray.  Un- 
til I  came  to  England  I  did  not  know,  or  rather  did 
not  distinctly  appreciate,  the  wide  and  powerful  influ- 
ence which  the  literature  of  England  had  exerted  in 
my  mental  training.  And  the  reason  perhaps  in  part 
was,  because  in  America  I  knew  it  in  its  effects  only ; 
but  here  I  see  it  in  its  source.  I  ever  felt  that  Gray 
was  a  true  poet.  He  possesses  an  element  of  power, 
which  embodies  itself  from  time  to  time  in  gorgeous 
conceptions  and  in  forms  of  language  that  dilate  and 
agitate  the  mind  ;  but  his  most  striking  characteristic 
is  his  perfection  of  taste,  formed  upon  the  Roman 
models,  and  which  frequently  reminds  one  of  the  ex- 
quisite terms  of  expression  and  combinations  of  ex- 
pression, which  are  found  in  the  Augustan  writers. — 
And  as  I  stood  in  sight  of  the  groves  where  he  had 
walked,  of  the  college  where  he  was  educated,  of  his 
u  silver-winding"  Thames  and  of  the  distant  church- 
yard which  inspired  his  unequalled  Elegy,  I  felt  anew, 
how  the  genius  of  literature  has  the  power  to  conse- 
crate nature  and  to  perpetuate  existence. 

As  I  have  thus  diverted  your  attention  from  the 
objects  around  me  to  the  subject  of  English  poetry,  I 
must  make  my  defence,  and  at  the  same  time  close  my 
letter,  by  a  few  lines  from  the  Ode  on  Eton  College. 


108 


LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

"  Ye  distant  spires,  ye  antique  towers, 

That  crown  the  watery  glade, 
Where  grateful  Science  still  adores 

Her  Henry's  holy  shade; 
And  ye  that  from  the  stately  brow 
Of  Windsor's  heights  th'  expanse  below 
Of  grove,  of  lawn,  of  mead  survey ; — 

Whose  turf,  whose  shade,  whose  flowers  among 

Wanders  the  hoary  Thames  along 
His  silver-winding  way ! 

tl  Ah,  happy  hills !  ah,  pleasing  shade ! 

Ah,  fields  beloved  in  vain ! 
Where  once  my  careless  childhood  strayed, 

A  stranger  yet  to  pain  : 
I  feel  the  gales  that  from  ye  blow 
A  momentary  bliss  bestow 
As,  waving  fresh  their  gladsome  wing, 

My  weary  soul  they  seem  to  soothe, 

And,  redolent  of  joy  and  youth, 
To  breathe  a  second  spring." 


(XIII.) 

Funeral  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington — His  early  military  career — Ee- 
marks  on  war — His  personal  character-- Funeral  procession — Stan- 
zas composed  on  this  occasion. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  18,   1852. 

To-day  I  saw  the  Duke  of  Wellington  carried  to  his 
tomb.  My  position  was  in  the  Strand,  fronting  the 
termination  of  a  wide  street  opposite,  in  full  view  of 
the  procession  and  of  assembled  thousands  of  the  peo- 
ple. Amid  the  marching  of  troops,  with  the  sound  of 
cannon,  and  of  martial  instruments,  and  with  the  at- 
tendance of  the  distinguished  personages  of  England 
aiid  of  other  countries,  the  remains  of  this  great  man, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  109 

the  pride  and  boast  of  England,  were  borne  to  their 
final  resting  place.  On  all  the  streets,  through  which 
the  procession  was  to  pass  on  its  way  to  St.  Paul's 
church,  vast  masses  were  collected,  influenced  by  the 
mixed  motive  of  witnessing  the  pageantry  of  the  pro- 
cession, and  of  manifesting  their  real  interest  in  the 
memory  of  the  dead. 

Wellington  began  his  military  career  at  an  early 
period  of  life  in  the  East  Indies ;  and  at  Ahmednug- 
ger,  Assaye,  Argaum  and  other  places  in  those  distant 
regions,  the  scenes  of  sad  and  equivocal  bloodshed 
even  in  the  view  of  his  own  countrymen,  he  establish- 
ed a  reputation  for  bravery  and  skill,  which  caused  him 
to  be  selected  as  a  leader  in  those  fierce  European 
wars,  which  originated  in  the  ambitious  purposes  and 
attempts  of  Napoleon.  Taking  in  the  year  1809  his 
position  in  Portugal,  which  then  seemed  to  be  the  last 
foothold  of  liberty,  he  drew  that  sword,  which  flashed 
in  so  many  battle  fields  from  Vimiera  and  Talavera 
to  Waterloo.  His  heart  and  his  arm  grew  stronger 
in  these  later  contests ;  and  he  showed  himself  a  great- 
er man  than  he  had  done  in  India,  because  he  felt  he 
had  more  truth  and  justice  in  his  cause,  and  because 
his  position  more  fully  harmonized  with  the  innate 
elements  of  his  character. 

He  fought ;  but  not  without  understanding  and  la- 
menting the  miseries  of  war.  After  the  battle  of  Wa- 
terloo he  shed  bitter  tears,  and  made  the  remark,  that 
even  such  a  victory  was  no  compensation  to  him  per- 
sonally for  the  death  of  his  friends,  whatever  relations 
it  might  have  in  other  respects.  In  regard  to  civil 
wars  in  particular,  he  once  made  the  decisive  declara- 
10 


110  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

tion,  which  shows  that  in  his  case  the  spirit  of  war 
had  not  quelled  or  overruled  the  spirit  of  humanity, 
that,  such  was  his  sense  of  the  horrors  of  civil  war,  if 
he  could  be  the  means  of  preventing  even  one  month 
of  civil  contest  in  his  own  country,  he  would  sacrifice 
his  life  in  order  to  do  it. 

I  have  no  sympathy  with  wars.  Indeed  I  might 
express  myself  more  strongly.  I  believe  them  to  be 
opposed  to  the  spirit  and  the  letter  of  the  Gospel.— 
Wars  have  thrown  back  civilization,  humanity,  reli- 
gion. It  is  a  great  doctrine  of  the  Scriptures,  that  they 
"  who  take  the  sword  shall  perish  by  the  sword ;"  and 
it  is  a  great  truth  of  history,  written  in  fire  and  blood, 
that,  though  liberty  has  sometimes  been  won  by  the 
sword,  the  same  sword  has  destroyed  it.  And  still 
my  feelings  on  this  subject  do  not,  I  trust,  deprive  me 
of  the  power  of  estimating  men  who  think  and  act 
differently,  and  of  making  the  proper  and  just  distinc- 
tions among  them.  I  should  think  unworthily  of  my- 
self, and  discredit  the  idea  of  all  true  mental  guidance, 
if  I  were  left,  for  instance,  to  the  folly  of  confounding 
such  a  man  as  Washington  with  other  military  men, 
who  have  fought  as  bravely,  but  without  principle  and 
without  humanity.  I  am  willing,  therefore,  in  view  of 
the  vast  pageant  which  has  just  passed  before  me,  to 
give  my  opinion  of  the  man  whom  it  was  designed  to 
honor,  without  ceasing  to  regret  the  necessity,  or  rath- 
er the  supposed  necessity,  which  organizes  armies,  and 
which  associates  fame  with  blood. 

There  are  men  who  have  combined  greatness  of  in- 
tellect with  restriction  and  narrowness  of  the  heart ; — 
there  are  men  who  are  historically  great  without  being 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  Ill 

morally  great ; — but  the  Duke  of  Wellington  was  a 
srreat  man  in  no  limited  sense  of  the  term.  In  the 
first  place  he  possessed  great  intellectual  powers.  And 
I  mean  in  saying  so,  that  he  was  quick  in  perception, 
and  also  in  comparison  and  combination,  together 
with  that  capacity  of  taking  a  large  and  comprehen- 
sive view  of  things,  which  renders  the  other  qualities 
available  on  great  occasions.  I  am  aware  the  remark 
is  often  made,  that  great  generalship  does  not  neces- 
sarily imply  great  talents ;  and  I  am  willing  to  admit 
that  generals  of  subordinate  rank,  by  means  of  the 
fiery  courage  and  devotedness  with  which  they  execu- 
ted the  duties  assigned  them,  have  sometimes  become 
famous  with  but  little  originative  or  administrative 
power.  But  it  seems  to  me  very  clear,  that  no  man 
can  hold,  as  Wellington  did,  the  position  of  chief  of 
an  army,  and  successfully  plan  and  carry  on  a  series 
of  campaigns  on  a  large  scale,  without  possessing 
consummate  ability.  And  the  general  impression  in 
relation  to  eminent  military  commanders,  the  Alexan- 
ders and  Hannibals,  the  Caesars  and  Marlboroughs  of 
history,  seems  to  be,  that  they  were  men  of  great  in- 
tellectual power,  whatever  may  be  thought  or  said  of 
the  justice  of  their  wars,  or  of  the  rectitude  of  their 
morals. 

But  there  are  various  kinds  of  greatness.  And  I 
am  willing  to  admit,  that  a  man  may  be  a  great  gen- 
eral, who  is  not  possessed  of  great  virtues  ;  as  might 
be  inferred  from  the  history  of  some  of  those,  to  whom 
reference  has  just  been  made.  War  itself  is  felt  by 
most  persons,  even  by  those  who  do  not  condemn  it 
in  all  cases,  to  partake  of  the  nature  of  an  immorality. 


112  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

Humanity  practices  it,  without  responding  to  it  as  the 
right  and  benevolent  adjustment  of  things.  It  is  out 
of  harmony  with  the  order  of  the  universe ;  at  least 
with  that  order  which  the  universe  is  struggling  to 
realize ;  and  hence  it  is,  that  a  bad  man,  a  very  bad 
man,  will  fight  well  and  in  that  sense  will  make  a 
good  soldier;  and  many  men,  placed  in  the  highest 
military  position,  have  skillfully  conducted  great  cam- 
paigns, who  have  had  but  little  of  the  sentiment  of 
justice,  and  still  less  of  benevolence. 

But  Wellington  was  not  only  a  great  captain,  in  the 
sense  of  possessing  great  military  capacity ;  he  was 
also  a  just  and  benevolent  man.  I  can  favorably  ap- 
preciate his  energy  of  character  and  his  great  capaci- 
ties of  thought ;  but  I  am  far  more  affected  by  what 
I  believe  to  have  been  his  quick  and  high  sense 
of  justice  and  his  real  benevolence.  When  he  laid 
down  his  sword  at  Waterloo,  a  sword  which  he  had 
wielded,  not  without  perplexity  and  sorrow,  he  allow- 
ed the  sympathetic  and  benevolent  element  of  his 
character  to  take  its  true  position,  and  to  retain  it 
during  the  remainder  of  his  life.  And  being  placed, 
either  by  office  or  by  his  great  personal  influence,  at 
the  head  of  the  civil  and  political  administration  of 
England,  and  holding  as  it  were  for  more  than  thirty 
years  both  war  and  peace  in  his  hand,  he  took  in 
every  instance  of  rising  passion  and  of  threatning  dis- 
cord, the  side  of  forbearance,  of  adjustment,  and  of 
peace.  Perhaps  he  felt  that  one,  who  had  been  con- 
nected with  wars  so  long,  and  had  known  so  much 
of  their  horrors,  owed  more  than  other  men  to  the 
principles  and  claims  of  pacification.     As  a  republic 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  113 

can,  therefore,  and  as  one  sincerely  attached  to  pacific 
sentiments,  I  feel  it  no  discredit  to  say,  that  my  heart 
was  deeply  affected,  in  common  with  the  multitudes 
of  Englishmen  around  me,  when  I  saw  the  lifeless 
body  of  Wellington  carried  to  its  grave. 

I  am  confident,  that  the  great  tribute  paid  to  his 
memory,  (and  it  was  really  great,  perhaps  more  so  in 
some  of  its  aspects  than  history  has  ever  recorded,) 
was  not  more  a  tribute  to  his  capacities  and  victories 
in  war  than  to  his  acknowledged  virtues.  One  of  his 
marked  traits  of  character  was  his  simplicity  ;  and  I 
mean  by  that,  his  forgetfulness  of  self  and  his  single- 
ness of  purpose.  It  was  so  natural  and  easy  for  him 
to  do  what  he  considered  it  his  duty  to  do,  that  his 
thoughts  did  uot  revert  to  himself,  as  if  he  had  done 
something  worthy  of  notice  and  applause,  even  if  he 
had  done  it  more  thoroughly  and  better  than  other 
men.  There  is  nothing  which  so  much  commands 
the  admiration  of  men  as  this  trait  of  character,  when 
it  is  combined  with  great  capacity.  If  Wellington 
had  not  been  such  a  man  as  I  have  described  him  to 
be,  if  he  had  been  an  immoral  man,  if  he  had  been 
a  mere  fighting  man,  a  man  of  blood  without  the  sen- 
timents of  juvstice  and  benevolence,  in  a  word  had  his 
history  recorded  his  achievements  without  the  noble 
record  of  his  character,  the  honors,  which  have  been 
paid  to  his  memory  to-day,  could  not  have  been  award- 
ed him.  It  marks  the  progress  of  civilization  and  of 
religious  sentiment,  that  success  in  war  alone,  with- 
out acts  and  attributes  that  appeal  to  other  and  high- 
er parts  of  our  nature,  can  no  longer  give  permanent 
fame.  So  much  as  this,  if  I  have  viewed  things  aright, 
10* 


114  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

is  gained  to  humanity  and  truth.  And  if  the  prog- 
ress of  opinion  continues  to  advance  as  it  has  done, 
the  question  will  be  asked  at  a  time  not  far  distant, — 
not  who  is  first  in  war  and  in  the  conquests  of  nations, 
but  who  is  first  in  peace  and  in  the  establishment  of 
national  fraternity. 

The  funeral  car,  which  bore  the  body  of  Welling- 
ton to  its  destined  resting-place  by  the  side  of  Nelson, 
was  preceded  by  large  detachments  of  infantry,  artil- 
lery and  cavalry,  by  carriages  containing  deputations 
from  public  bodies — by  the  dignitaries   of  England, 
barons,  earls,  viscounts  and  bishops, — by  the  minis- 
ters of  England  and  members  of  the  houses  of   Par- 
liament, and  by  distinguished  men,  who  came  as  the 
representatives  of  foreign  countries  to  pay  their  hom- 
age to  his  memory.     The  eyes  of  the  multitude,   at- 
tracted for  a  moment  by  the  splendor  of  the  troops, 
rested  fixedly  and  with  tears  upon  the  car  and  the 
coffin  which  it  bore.     The  history  of  a  long  genera- 
tion, filled  with  bloody  or  with  mighty  acts,  seemed 
to  be  resting  there ;  and  the  body,  which  had  moved 
among  them  and  given  them  form  and  life,  was  pass- 
ing to  its  final  home.     The  funeral  car,  itself  a  mag- 
nificent object,  was  drawn  by  twelve  large  black  hor- 
ses, three  abreast,  adorned  with  velvet  housings,  on 
which  the  arms  of  the  deceased  were  richly  embroid- 
ered, and,  waving  with  each  movement  of  then  proud 
necks  their  lofty  black  plumes,  they  seemed  to  be  con- 
scious, as  they  struck  their  hoofs  slowly,  and  in  har- 
mony, to  the  earth,  of  the  grandeur  and  solemnity  of 
the  hour.     The  horse  of  Wellington  occupied  a  place 
alone  in  the  procession ;  but  the  rider  was  not  there. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  115 

The  movement  of  the  immense  cortege,  as  if  borne 
down  and  repressed  by  the  weight  of  memory  and  of 
sorrow,  was  slow  and  measured.  Arms  were  revers- 
ed ;  drums  were  muffled ;  and  the  tolling  of  bells  and 
the  sound  of  distant  cannon,  mingled  with  the  wail- 
ing voice  of  countless  instruments.  And  all  sadly 
harmonized  not  only  with  the  voice  of  sorrow  in  the 
million  of  mourning  hearts,  but  with  that  voice  of 
mysterious  destiny  which  says,  "  Dust  thou  art ;  to 
dust  thou  shalt  return." 

I  can  give  you  no  further  particulars  at  present. — - 
The  stanzas^  which  are  added,  originated  on  this  oc- 
casion, and  may  help  to  convey  to  you  some  of  the 
thoughts  and  emotions  which  filled  my  mind. 

With  grief  and  tears,  unknown  before, 

And  slow  and  melancholy  tread, 
And  trumpet's  wail  and  cannon's  roar, 
The  vast  and  mourning  people  bore 

The  dust  of  England's  dead. 

And  ah,  what  memories  mark  that  day ! 

What  thoughts  of  battles  fought  and  won ! 
As  thus  they  came,  in  long  array, 
At  Nelson's  earlier  tomb  to  lay, 

The  lifeless  Wellington. 

They  sleep. — To  them  the  battle's  cry 

Has  hushed  its  voice  on  land  and  wave  ; 

And  thus,  in  silence  as  they  lie, 

They  teach  us  that  the  great  shall  die. 
The  victor  has  his  grave. 

And  Thou,  to  whom  our  thoughts  arise, 
As  round  their  kindred  tombs  we  bend, 

Oh,  grant,  great  Ruler  of  the  skies, 

At  whose  command  the  warrior  dies/ 
That  war  itself  may  end. 


116  LETTERS .ESTHETIC. 


(XIV.) 

Palace  of  Hampton  Court — Built  by  Cardinal  Wolsey,  and  presented 
by  him  to  Henry  VIII. — Paintings — The  gigantic  porter  of  Kenil- 
worth — The  original  cartoons  of  Raphael — Remarks  upon  these 
paintings — Visit  to  Richmond  Kill — Grave  of  Thompson. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  22,  1852. 

There  is  an  old  poem,  the  authorship  of  which  is 
unknown  to  me,  which  reads  in  a  certain  place  as  fol- 
lows: 

"  Let  any  wight, — if  such  a  wight  there  be, — 
To  whom  thy  lofty  towers  unknown  remain, 

Direct  his  steps,  fair  Hampton  Court,  to  thee, 
And  view  thy  splendid  halls." 

In  accordance  with  the  advice  thus  given,  and  de- 
sirous of  seeing  objects  of  interest  which  I  shall  never 
have  another  opportunity  to  see,  I  recently  went  in 
company  with  others  to  this  celebrated  place  ; — cele- 
brated for  what  it  is  in  itself,  celebrated  for  what  it 
contains,  and  perhaps  not  less  so  for  being  closely  as- 
sociated with  the  names  of  Wolsey,  Henry  VIIL, 
Charles  II,  Oliver  Cromwell;  and  I  know  not  how 
many  others. 

The  royal  palace  of  Hampton  Court,  beautifully  lo- 
cated on  the  North  bank  of  the  Thames,  about  twelve 
miles  from  London,  was  built  originally  by  Cardinal 
Wolsey,  who  possessed  great  power  and  influence  in 
the  time  of  Henry  VIII ;  and  whose  name  the  poetry 
of  Shakspeare,  still  more  than  his  personal  achieve- 
ments or  merits,  has  made  familiar  to  all.  It  was 
originally  of  great  extent  and  magnificence  ;  so  much 
so  that  it  caused  considerable  dissatisfaction  and  even 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  117 

envy  in  the  mind  of  Henry  VIIL,  who  saw  himself 
excelled  in  splendor  by  one,  who  held  the  place  of  a 
subject.  Wolsey,  rather  than  encounter  the  effects  of 
this  dissatisfaction,  and  making  a  virtue  of  necessity, 
gave  this  magnificent  palace  to  the  king.  Large  and 
splendid  under  the  expense  and  labors  of  the  Cardi- 
nal, it  was  further  greatly  enlarged  and  enriched  by 
the  king  himself.  Since  that  time  parts  of  the  old 
palace  have  been  taken  down  and  replaced  by  later 
structures.  But  it  is  still  an  imposing  pile  of  build- 
ings, well  worthy  the  attention  of  visitors. 

The  clear,  silvery  Thames  flows  by  in  beauty ;  the 
walks  and  gardens  are  laid  out  with  taste  and  ele- 
gance ;  there  are  flowers  and  fountains  and  green  ter- 
races and  shady  trees,  all  attracting  and  delightful  in 
their  place  and  season ;  for  nature,  having  life  in  her- 
self, changes  but  never  dies.  But  when  I  entered  the 
palace  itself,  and  passed  through  the  long  succession 
of  rooms,  the  names  of  which  indicated  that  it  had 
been  the  residence  of  monarchs,  I  felt  a  sense  of  lone- 
liness and  desolation,  as  if  I  were  treading  among  the 
memorials  of  buried  ages  and  of  departed  greatness. 
Indeed,  were  it  not  for  the  numerous  paintings  and 
tapestries  which  have  been  collected  together  here  as 
in  one  vast  repository,  it  might  be  said,  that  nothing 
remained  but  the  walls  themselves.  There  are  no 
banquetings  now,  such  as  are  described  by  Cavendish. 
No  Lord  Cardinal,  "booted  and  spurred,"  comes  sud- 
denly in  among  the  revelling  guests.  Henry  and 
Cromwell,  at  whose  voice  the  mighty  fabric  trembled, 
have  become  dust  and  ashes  ; — and  the  tread  of  roy- 
alty has  departed,  to  return  no  more. 


118  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

I  gazed,  nevertheless,  upon  the  paintings  on  the 
walls;  and,  passing  rapidly  by  many  works  which 
failed  to  attract  me,  either  from  a  want  of  genius  and 
skill  in  the  authors,  or  from  the  want  of  a  proper  light 
to  see  them  in,  I  paused  at  others  with  the  feelings  of 
admiration,  to  which  they  are  entitled.  And  when  I 
say  that  among  them  are  to  be  found  the  works  of 
Giulio  Romano,  Kneller,  West,  Rembrandt,  Rubens, 
Titian,  Vandyke,  Holbein,  and  other  artists  of  great 
merit,  I  feel  justified  in  adding,  that,  if  the  living  are 
not  here  to  inspire  admiration  by  their  personal  pres- 
ence, the  feeling  is  at  least  inspired  by  the  dead  who 
live  upon  canvass, — either  by  the  character  of  the  sub- 
ject or  by  the  skill  of  the  artist. 

I  will  mention  here  an  incident,  which  was  unex- 
pected, but  not  without  some  interest.  In  the  histori- 
cal romance  of  Kenilworth,  which  holds  if  not  the 
first,  at  least  no  second  place  among  the  writings  of 
Walter  Scott,  the  author  has  introduced  with  great 
effect  the  gigantic  porter  of  Queen  Elizabeth  ;  and 
with  such  gifts  of  size  and  proportions  as  to  seem  al- 
most an  exaggeration.  But  I  have  no  doubt  that  he 
sketched  his  picture  from  a  prototype,  which  actually 
existed.  On  entering  the  Guard  chamber  of  Hamp- 
ton Court,  one  of  the  objects  which  first  attracted  my 
notice,  was  a  full  length  portrait  of  this  porter.  The 
painting  is  by  Frederic  Zuccaro  ;  and  is  dated,  1580. 
It  is  from  life,  and  is  seven  feet,  six  inches  in  height. 

There  was  one  object  at  the  palace  of  Hampton 
Court,  which  took  so  much  of  my  attention  and  in- 
terest, as  to  leave  but  a  small  share  for  objects  which, 
under  other  circumstances,  would  have  well  deserved 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  119 

them.  I  mean  the  original  Cartoons  of  Raphael.  It 
is  true  I  had  seen  well  executed  copies  of  them  at 
Oxford  ;  but  this  did  not  take  away  my  desire  to  see 
the  originals.  The  Cartoons  are  said  to  have  been 
executed  in  the  year  1515  or  1516.  These  paintings, 
which  were  designed  in  the  first  instance  as  merely 
the  original  sketches  or  patterns  from  which  the  weav- 
ers of  Arras  were  to  prepare  a  series  of  tapestries  for 
Leo  X.,  are  upon  a  thick  paper,  sometimes  called  a 
card  or  paste-board  paper ;  and  hence  the  name  of 
Cartoons,  which  has  been  given  them.  Before  the 
tapestries  were  completed,  Leo  was  assassinated ;  and 
the  weavers  being  unpaid,  retained  in  their  possession 
the  cartoon  patterns ;  which  actually  remained  neg- 
lected and  almost  forgotten,  in  a  cellar  in  Arras  one 
hundred  years.  Three  of  them  were  by  some  means 
lost.  The  others  were  finally  obtained  by  Rubens  for 
Charles  I,  whose  object  was  like  that  of  Leo,  to  have 
tapestries  woven  from  them ;  and  thus  after  various 
vicissitudes,  in  which  they  were  once  saved  by  Oliver 
Cromwell,  they  have  at  last  found  a  resting-place  in 
Hampton  Court. 

The  Cartoons  were  originally  ten  in  number.  The 
subjects  of  those  which  are  lost,  were  the  stoning  of 
St.  Stephen,  the  conversion  of  St.  Paul,  and  St.  Paul 
in  his  dungeon  at  Phillippi.  The  seven  which  remain, 
are  all  of  them  to  be  seen  here.  The  first,  as  they  are 
arranged  in  the  gallery  which  is  called  the  Cartoon 
gallery,  is  the  death  of  Ananias,  Acts  v.  In  size  this 
painting  is  a  little  more  than  seventeen  feet  by  eleven. 
In  the  midst  of  nine  apostles,  standing  upon  a  raised 
platform,  is  seen  St.  Peter  with  his  hand  uplifted  as  if 


120  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

in  the  act  of  speaking.  On  the  left,  in  the  background, 
is  Sapphira,  the  wife  of  Ananias,  who  is  ignorant  of 
what  is  taking  place,  paying  some  money  with  one 
hand,  but  withholding  money  in  the  other ; — and  St. 
John  and  another  apostle  occupy  a  position  to  the 
right  of  Peter,  and  are  in  the  act  of  distributing  alms. 
The  position  of  Peter  is  a  prominent  one,  because  it 
is  through  him  that  the  mighty  power  of  God,  which 
is  manifested  in  opposition  to  cupidity  and  deception, 
may  be  said  to  be  revealed.  Nevertheless  the  figure 
which  chiefly  arrests  the  attention  of  the  beholder,  is 
the  prostrate  and  lifeless  Ananias.  Such  a  picture  of 
life  struck  into  death,  of  vitality  retaining  its  form  but 
extinct  in  its  essence,  is  no  where  else  to  be  found. — 
Every  man's  consciousness,  who  beholds  this  terrible 
scene,  corresponds  to  the  conception  of  the  great  paint- 
er ;  and  he  says  instinctively,  and  without  any  hesi- 
tation,— so  distinct  is  the  mingled  expression  of  as- 
tonishment and  hopeless  agony,  and  such  the  sudden 
and  obvious  helplessness  of  every  prostrate  limb, — 
that  it  was  thus  he  fell  and  died  ;  and  a  man,  struck 
in  a  moment,  and  by  a  secret  and  divine  power,  could 
not  have  fallen  and  died  in  any  other  way. 

The  next  painting,  as  they  are  arranged  in  the 
Hampton  Court  gallery,  is  that  of  Elymas  the  sorcer- 
er, struck  with  blindness.  In  this  painting,  there  are 
fourteen  figures.  The  Pro-consul  Sergius,  who  occu- 
pies a  central  position,  is  seen  seated  on  a  throne,  with 
two  lictors  on  his  left  hand, — his  countenance  filled 
with  a  mixed  curiosity  and  astonishment  at  the  effect 
which  is  produced  by  the  words  of  the  apostle.  On 
his  right  hand  is  St.  Paul,  his  countenance  and  action 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  121 

full  of  that  conscious  rectitude  and  dignity,  which 
may  properly  characterize  the  prophet  and  messenger 
of  God.  But  in  this  painting,  as  in  that  of  Ananias 
and  Sapphira,  the  figure,  which  exercised  and  called 
into  action  in  the  highest  degree  the  imaginative  pow- 
er of  the  painter,  and  which  is  central  to  the  feelings 
of  the  spectator,  is  that  of  the  wretched  Elymas,  with 
his  hands  extended,  and  groping  about  in  his  blind- 
ness and  horror.  So  far  as  the  conception  of  this  sad 
and  terrible  figure  is  concerned,  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  it  should  be  ranked  among;  the  truest  and  great- 
est  results  of  creative  imagination. 

There  is  a  story  told  of  Garrick  in  relation  to  this 
painting.  Being  in  company  with  Benjamin  West 
and  some  other  persons,  the  conversation  turned  upon 
Elymas,  as  he  is  represented  crouching  and  holding 
out  his  hands.  Garrick,  not  having  noticed,  or  not 
recollecting  at  the  moment  any  thing  of  the  kind  in 
real  life,  remarked,  that  the  attitude  of  Elymas  seem- 
ed to  him  unnatural.  West  thought  differently  ;  and 
desirous  of  vindicating  a  great  painter,  requested  Gar- 
rick to  shut  his  eyes  and  walk  across  the  room.  Gar- 
rick who  had  no  objection  to  experiments  of  that  kind, 
closed  his  eyes ;  but  he  had  no  sooner  begun  to  walk 
about,  than  he  instinctively  put  out  his  hands,  and  as- 
sumed that  crouching,  cautious,  and  groping  position, 
which  he  had  before  criticised  as  unnatural. 

The  third  of  the  Cartoons  as  they  are  here  arrang- 
ed, is  the  healing  of  the  lame  man  at  the  gate  of  the 
Temple  called  the  "  Beautiful;"  which  exhibits  a  high 
degree  of  inventive  power,  though  it  did  not  interest 
me  so  much  as  the  others.  The  next  is  the  Miracu- 
11 


122  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

lous  Draught  of  Fishes,  of  which  we  have  an  account 
in  the  fifth  of  Luke.  The  size  of  this  painting  is  thir- 
teen and  a  half  feet  in  length  by  ten  and  a  half  in 
height.  In  looking  at  it  the  attention  is  at  once  occu- 
pied with  the  two  fishermen's  boats,  and  the  waters 
of  the  lake  of  Gallilee,  under  a  clear  bright  sky,  rip- 
pling gently  around  them.  In  one  of  these  boats,  in 
a  central  position,  is  the  Savior ;  finely  conceived  and 
represented,  with  a  countenance  full  of  benevolence 
and  dignity.  He  is  seated  ;  and  in  the  act  of  speak- 
ing to  Peter,  who  is  on  his  knees  before  him ;  and  is 
represented  with  a  countenance  expressive  of  humili- 
ty and  awe.  Behind  the  Saviour  in  the  same  boat  is 
a  young  man.  On  his  left  is  the  other  boat,  in  which 
is  one  man  steering  it,  and  two  other  men,  finely 
drawn,  in  the  act  of  taking  up  the  net  laden  with  fish- 
es. The  net  is  heavy,  and  the  drawing  is  such  as  to 
indicate  the  muscular  effort  of  the  men  in  taking  it  up. 
The  fishes  are  very  natural.  But  one  of  the  most 
striking  features  in  this  painting  is  the  three  tall  black 
cranes,  standing  in  the  edge  of  the  water,  with  their 
short  wi^ngs,  long  necks,  and  open  bills.  They  have 
a  singularly  strange  and  wild  appearance ;  but  per- 
fectly natural  and  giving  to  the  whole  scene  an  aspect 
of  reality  which  it  might  not  otherwise  have  had.  I 
think  there  is  no  one  of  Raphael's  paintings,  which 
has  left  upon  my  mind  a  deeper  impression  than  this. 
The  subject  of  the  fifth  Cartoon  is  Paul  and  Bar- 
nabas at  Lystra,  as  recorded  in  the  fourth  of  Acts. — 
The  part  of  this  painting,  in  which  Raphael  puts  forth 
the  strength  of  that  conceptive  power  which  enabled 
him  to  place  nature  upon  canvass,  and  to  enchant  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  123 

belief  of  the  spectator  into  the  midst  of  a  reality  ac- 
tually passing  before  him,  is  the  uplifted  arm  and  axe 
of  the  sacrificer,  and  the  upturned  head  of  the  help- 
less ox,  held  in  its  position  to  receive  the  terrible  blow. 
The  sad  and  abhorrent  feeling  of  the  spectator  is  al- 
most equal  to  that  of  St.  Paul,  although  it  may  be  in 
part  from  a  different  cause. 

The  subject  of  the  next  painting  is  Paul  preaching 
at  Athens.  There  is  in  this  painting,  as  there  is  in 
the  others,  a  centre  of  interest  to  the  spectator ;  as 
there  was  a  central  thought  or  idea  in  the  mind  of  the 
painter. 

All  these  paintings  illustrate  what  seems  to  me  to 
be  one  of  the  happiest  expressions  of  the  theory  of 
beauty,  namely,  unity  in  variety.  It  is  true,  that  a 
complete  analysis  of  the  beautiful  cannot  be  suppos- 
ed to  be  involved  in  these  few  expressions ;  but  they 
enunciate  a  great  truth  ;  and  probably  furnish  the  best 
basis  of  speculation  on  this  difficult  subject.  The 
idea  of  unity,  considered  in  relation  to  any  work  of 
art,  or  in  relation  to  any  other  work,  is  that  of  a  cen- 
tral thought; — central,  when  the  term  is  used  in  the 
highest  sense,  both  in  its  motive  and  its  results  ; — em- 
bracing both  the  beginning  and  the  end,  and  thus  hav- 
ing a  oneness  in  itself.  The  true  name  of  such  a  com- 
prehensive, yet  centralized  conception  is  unity.  And 
when  this  is  accompanied  by  variety, — that  is  to  say, 
by  subordinate  objects  or  acts,  different  from  each 
other  and  from  the  main  object  or  act  in  form  or  place 
or  in  other  numerously  varied  ways,  and  yet  harmoni- 
zing with  such  unity,  namely,  the  unity  of  the  main 
purpose  and  the  main  result,  we  have  then  the  leading 


124  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

and  indispensable  elements  of  the  sublime  and  beau- 
tiful. 

Unity  is  necessary  to  the  mind's  repose, — to  its  true 
satisfaction  with  itself  and  its  works.  Variety  is 
necessary  to  meet  the  wants  of  its  active  nature.  The 
instincts  of  a  great  mind  feel  this  and  act  accordingly. 
To  act  without  a  central  view  and  to  fail  to  harmo- 
nize variety  with  centralization,  would  be  to  act  in  dis- 
cordance with  its  own  nature  and  to  nullify  itself. — 
No  great  work  of  art,  no  painting,  no  sculpture,  no 
great  work  of  science,  no  great  oration  in  the  senate, 
no  great  forensic  argument,  no  related  and  consecu- 
tive series  of  moral  acts,  ever  did  or  ever  can  fulfil  the 
true  conditions  of  the  sublime  and  beautiful,  (without 
which  such  work  or  such  series  of  acts  cannot  be  call- 
ed great  in  the  highest  sense  of  that  term,)  unless  it 
is  found  to  conform  to  this  view. 

Such  are  the  Cartoons.  Such  are  the  works  of 
Raphael. 

The  leading  or  central  object  in  the  cartoon  of  Paul 
preaching  at  Athens  is  St.  Paul  himself, — announcing 
for  the  first  time  in  Athens  the  great  truths  of  religion, 
standing  elevated  above  the  multitude  around  him, 
with  arms  extended,  in  the  attitude  of  addressing 
them, — and  with  his  countenance  and  whole  person 
inspired  by  the  greatness  and  solemnity  of  the  occa- 
sion. Behind  him  and  around  him  are  wise  men  and 
the  pretenders  to  wisdom,  the  sophists  and  philoso- 
phers, the  Platonist,  the  Cynic,  the  Epicurean  ; — some 
disputing  among  themselves,  and  others  listening  with 
expressions  of  doubt  and  of  inward  inquiry  and  re- 
flection to  the  new  and  strange  doctrine,  which  the 
great  orator  of  Christianity  is  propounding  to  them. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  125 

The  auditors,  taught  in  jhe  schools  of  Athens,  are 
men  of  thought  and  are  finely  drawn.  Among  them 
is  one  who  appears  to  be  wholly  occupied  in  deep  re- 
flection. His  eyes  are  closed;  and  the  drapery  is 
drawn  closely  around  him.  It  is  of  this  figure  that 
Sir  Joshua  Reynolds  made  the  remark  that  he  ap- 
peared to  think  from  head  to  foot. 

The  subject  of  the  seventh  of  these  paintings  is  the 
charge  to  St.  Peter, — "  feed  my  sheep."  The  most 
striking  figure  in  this  cartoon  is  that  of  Christ;  but 
though  noble  in  its  conception  and  execution,  there  is 
less  which  corresponds  to  our  ideas  of  the  Saviour,  less 
of  divinity  in  it,  than  is  found  in  the  countenance  of 
the  Saviour,  as  he  is  represented  in  the  painting  of  the 
miraculous  draught  of  fishes. 

I  am  free  to  confess  that  paintings,  even  those 
which  come  from  the  hands  of  great  masters,  are  in 
many  respects  so  far  short  of  nature,  or  are  so  far 
short  of  what  a  creative  imagination  might  be  sup- 
posed to  originate  in  harmony  with  nature,  that  in 
general  they  do  not  fully  satisfy  me.  But  there  are 
exceptions.  I  have  no  drawbacks  of  this  kind  in 
viewing  the  paintings  of  Raphael.  They  produce 
upon  the  mind  the  same  effect  which  we  feel  in  read- 
ing the  sub  lira  est  poems  of  Milton  and  Shakspeare  ; 
dilating  and  occupying  it  to  its  utmost  capacity  ; — so 
that  we  seem  to  feel  ourselves  in  the  presence  of  some 
superior  and  mighty  intelligence,  who  makes  to  us  a 
new  revelation,  and  thus  extends  the  boundaries  of 
our  own  existence. 

I  returned   from  Hampton   Court  by  the  way  of 
Richmond ; — a  pleasant  town,  about  four  miles  from 
11* 


126  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

Hampton.  The  town  is  partly  built  on  the  side  of  a 
ridge,  the  summit  of  which  overlooks  the  valley  of 
the  Thames  for  a  long  distance.  This  is  the  "  Rich- 
mond Hill,"  which  Thompson  has  celebrated  in  his 
delightful  poem  of  the  Seasons  ;  and  which,  in  allu- 
sion to  the  beautiful  scenery  of  Italy,  travellers  have 
denominated  the  "  Tivoli  of  England."  It  is  a  place 
of  great  resort ;  and  certainly  it  presents  a  view,  which 
in  extent  and  beauty  can  scarcely  be  surpassed.  The 
old  Saxon  name  of  Richmond  was  Skene,  which  sig- 
nifies brightness  or  splendor,  in  allusion  probably  to 
the  great  beauty  of  the  place ;  and  this  is  the  name 
which  Thompson  employs  in  the  beginning  of  the 
passage  td  which  I  have  referred. 
"  Say,  shall  we  wind 


Along  the  stream  ?  or  walk  the  sounding  mead  ? 
Or  court  the  forest  glade  ?  or  wander  wild 
Among  the  waving  harvest  ?  or  ascend, 
While  radiant  summer  opens  all  its  pride, 
Thy  hill,  delightful  She?ie  ?" 

The  remains  of  Thompson  are  buried  at  Richmond. 
I  sought  his  grave.  With  a  melancholy  satisfaction 
I  stood  beside  the  ashes  of  one,  whose  writings  in 
distant  America  had  been  the  delight  of  my  father's 
fireside,  and  had  left  the  impress  of  their  beauty  on 
our  young  hearts.  I  called  to  mind  that  touching  stan- 
za of  Collins,  which  I  had  read  and  repeated  many 
times,  without  supposing  I  should  ever  realize  its  sol- 
emn beauty  on  the  very  spot  to  which  he  refers. 

"  In  yonder  grave  a  Druid  lies  ; 

Where  slowly  winds  the  stealing  wave  j 
The  year's  best  sweets  shall  duteous  rise, 

To  deck  its  poet's  sylvan  grave." 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  127 

And  I  will  venture  to  add  another  exquisite  stanza 
from  the  same  ode,  in  which  one  great  poet  has  paid 
his  homage  to  another. 

"  Remembrance  oft  shall  haunt  the  shore, 

When  Thames  in  summer  wreaths  is  dressed, 

And  oft  suspend  the  dashing  oar, 
To  bid  his  gentle  spirit  rest." 


(XV.) 

Visit  to  Bunhill  Fields  and  Westminster  Abbey — Character  of  the  men 
buried  in  the  Fields — Dr.  Thomas  Goodwin — Dr.  John  Owen — 
Watts  and  Banyan — Westminster  Abbey — Its  tombs  and  monu- 
ments— The  tablet  of  Milton — Reflections — Poetry. 

LONDON,  ENGLAND,  NOV.  1852. 

There  is  a  place  in  London  called  Bunhill  Fields. 
It  is  the  burying  place  of  the  Dissenters.  I  went  one 
day  to  this  place  in  company  with  the  excellent  friend, 
who  had  accompanied  me  to  Windsor  and  to  Hamp- 
ton Court,  Rev.  Mr.  Thompson  of  New  York,  whom  I 
had  known  in  America  ;  but  had  unexpectedly  met  in 
London.  Much  of  the  interest,  which  I  experienced 
at  this  time,  and  at  other  times  and  places,  is  due  to 
him. 

Bunhill  Fields  is  a  large  open  space  some  five  or 
six  acres  in  extent,  and  surrounded  with  a  brick  wall. 
In  this  old  burying-ground  are  interred  a  large  num- 
ber of  the  leading  Congregationalists,  Baptists,  Pres- 
byterians, and  other  Dissenters  of  "England.  It  is  not 
a  place  which  one  would  be  likely  to  visit  on  account 
of  any  remarkable  displays  of  monumental  art.     It 


128  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

has  its  attractions,  however,  for  men  of  puritanic  be- 
liefs and  associations  ; — and  many  Americans  go  to 
Bunhill  Fields. 

We  went  from  tomb  to  tomb.  The  inscriptions 
which  they  bear  indicate  the  general  character  of  the 
men.  They  were  men  of  strong  religious  faith  ; — be- 
lievers in  the  Bible  and  in  Jesus  Christ ;  who  under- 
stood and  felt  the  nothingness  of  man,  and  therefore 
sought  help  from  God ;  and  though  differing  from 
each  other  in  some  speculative  opinions,  yet  all  agree- 
ing in  this,  that  religion,  while  it  manifests  itself  in 
outward  forms,  is  essentially  an  inward  life,  which  is 
born  of  God's  Holy  Spirit.  It  was  from  the  life, 
which  once  shone  in  this  now  mouldering  dust,  that 
much  of  that  American  and  Puritan  spirit  sprang  up, 
which  crossed  oceans,  defied  stormy  winters,  levelled 
forests,  planted  school-houses  and  churches,  and  laid 
the  strong  foundations  of  religious  and  republican 
liberty.  It  may  well  be  supposed,  therefore,  that  the 
place  was  not  wanting  in  great  interest  for  me ; — how- 
ever it  might  be  deficient  in  the  attractions  of  art. 

There  was  something  in  the  names  which  I  read 
upon  the  stones  that  reminded  me  of  home.  Here 
are  buried  the  Aliens,  Andersons,  Bradfords,  Browns, 
Abbots,  Clarks,  Hay  wards,  Lawrences,  Parkers,  Palm- 
ers, Goodwins,  Robinsons,  and  others  ;  whose  names, 
borne  by  descendants  or  relatives,  are  so  well  known 
and  so  often  met  with  in  the  northern  parts  of 
America. 

Many  eminent  men  of  the  Dissenters  are  buried 
here.  This  is  the  last  earthly  resting-place  of  Dr. 
Thomas  Goodwin ; — a  learned  preacher  and  writer  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  129 

the  Dissenters  in  the  time  of  Cromwell.  He  was  edu- 
cated at  the  University  of  Cambridge ;  and  such  was 
the  estimation  in  which  he  was  held  for  his  learning 
and  other  qualities,  that  he  was  selected  by  the  Par- 
liament of  England,  in  the  time  of  the  English  Com- 
monwealth, to  be  president  of  Magdalen  College  in 
Oxford.  Here  also  are  deposited  the  remains  of  Dr. 
John  Owen,  another  distinguished  man  of  the  same 
class  of  religionists  and  living  nearly  at  the  same  pe- 
riod. He  was  educated  at  Oxford ;  a  man  of  great 
learning,  of  eminent  capacity,  and  who  has  always 
been  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  distinguished  of  the 
illustrators  and  defenders  of  the  Independent  or  Con- 
gregational views.  This  class  of  men  are  entitled  to 
great  credit  for  the  position  they  took  and  for  their 
labors  and  trials  in  support  of  the  great  principles  of 
religious  toleration  and  freedom.  Here  is  the  tomb 
of  Dr.  Isaac  Watts  ; — a  name  that  is  much  respected 
among  all  denominations  of  christians.  He  was  for 
fifty  years  the  minister  of  a  Dissenting  congregation 
in  London.  Bunyan,  the  justly  celebrated  author  of 
Pilgrim's  Progress,  lies  here. 

In  recalling  this  visit  to  Bunhill  Fields,  I  am  remin- 
ded of  Westminster  Abbey.  I  will  briefly  speak, 
therefore,  as  I  may  have  no  better  opportunity,  of 
Westminister  Abbey  now. 

While  in  London,  I  went  repeatedly  to  this  memo- 
rable pile  of  buildings.  It  is  near  the  banks  of  the 
Thames  ; — at  a  little  distance  from  the  Parliament 
House  of  England.  It  arises  in  great  majesty  and 
beauty, — adorned  with  pinnacles  and  towers  ;  and 
with  the  power  to  arrest  and  control  the  attention  of 


130 


LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


the  beholder,  notwithstanding  the  defacements  it  has 
suffered  from  the  lapse  of  successive  centuries. 

I  went  through  its  chapels,  cloisters,  arches  ; — I  trod 
upon  the  places  where  the  ashes  of  the  dead  repose, 
and  beheld  the  sculpture  of  their  tombs  and  monu- 
ments ; — and  here,  too,  as  well  as  in  the  burying 
ground  of  the  Puritans,  catching  something  of  the 
inspiration  of  the  place  and  its  histories,  I  left  it  with 
the  impression,  that  there  are  but  few  spots  in  the 
world  which  can  originate  sentiments  at  once  so  va- 
ried and  profound. 

Here  are  monuments  and  tombs,  which  contain  the 
dust  and  perpetuate  the  memory  of  kings  and  queens ; 
— of  the  old  Saxon  king  Sebert  and  of  his  queen 
Athelgoda,  who  died  more  than  a  thousand  years  ago  ; 
— of  Edward  First  and  queen  Eleanor  his  wife,  of 
Edward  the  confessor,  of  Edward  Third  and  his 
queen  Philippa,  of  Henry  Third,  and  of  Richard  Sec- 
ond and  his  queen. 

Celebrated  statesmen  have  been  buried  here ;  or  are 
commemorated  by  monuments.  Here  is  the  dust  of 
Hudson  and  Cecil ; — names  which  are  associated  with 
the  reign  of  Elizabeth.  All  that  was  mortal  of  Wil- 
liam Pitt,  of  Canning,  Grattan,  and  Wilberforce,  lies 
within  these  walls.  Here  are  monuments,  which  com- 
memorate the  learning  or  statesmanship  of  Fox,  Chat- 
ham, and  Mansfield. 

Nor  does  this  great  repository  of  the  dead  withhold 
the  homage  which  is  due  to  scientific  genius  and  to 
literary  attainment.  Monumental  tablets  commemo- 
rate the  genius  and  labor  of  Watt,  the  distinguished 
improver  of  the  steam  engine ;  of  Telford,  the  arehi- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  131 

tect  of  the  Menai  bridge,  and  of  Newton,  whose  name 
needs  no  specification. 

Beneath  this  gorgeous  roof  is  the  dust  of  Samuel 
Johnson.  The  earthly  remains  of  Denham,  Cumber- 
land, and  Sheridan  are  here.  Monuments  and  tab- 
lets are  erected  in  commemoration  of  Goldsmith, 
Thompson,  Gray,  Mason,  and  Shakspeare.  In  that 
portion  of  this  great  architectural  sepulchre,  which 
bears  the  name  of  the  chapel  of  Henry  Seventh,  sleep 
the  ashes  of  Addison.  These  great  literary  and  mor- 
al teachers, — these  guides  and  suggestors,  to  some  ex- 
tent, of  my  own  early  thought, — seemed  to  be  restor- 
ed to  life  and  to  be  standing  near  me ; — as  if  I  had 
seen  the  forms  or  heard  the  mysterious  voices  of 
another  world. 

I  stopped  at  the  tablet  of  Milton.  It  was  not  the 
result  of  the  attraction  arising  from  the  memory  of 
his  poetical  merit  alone.  A  light  often  shines  upon 
memory  from  the  region  of  principles  and  beliefs.  He 
stood  before  me  not  only  as  a  poet,  but  as  a  teacher 
and  leader  in  the  justly  memorable  period  of  the  Eng- 
lish Commonwealth.  Standing  as  I  did  in  this  great 
monumental  abode  of  kings  and  nobles,  and  impress- 
ed with  all  that  respect  for  their  history  which  the 
place  cannot  fail  to  suggest,  I  felt,  nevertheless,  that 
it  would  not  be  necessary  for  me  to  make  any  apology 
for  Milton,  because  he  was  a  republican,  and  because 
he  became  blind  in  his  laborious  defence  of  republican 
principles.  Nor  shall  I  stop  to  take  any  exception  to 
what  has  been  said  of  him  and  against  him  by  the 
able  men  who  differed  from  him  in  opinion.  The 
world  is  made  wiser  by  conflicts  of  thought.     All 


132  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

words,  all  acts,  all  things  have  their  place  and  purpose 
in  the  arrangements  and  decrees  of  Providence ; — the 
true  evolve  themselves  from  the  false ; — and  all  are 
destined  to  stand  or  fall  in  accordance  with  the 
changeless  tests  of  immortality. 

Some  things  belong  to  the  past; — some  to  the  pres- 
ent;— some  to  the  future.  The  acts  and  words  of 
Milton  are  prophetic  ; — the  signs  and  intimations  and 
precursors  of  the  things  which  are  to  be  hereafter  ; — 
gathering  strength  as  they  approach  the  period  of  their 
fulfilment;  thundering  and  flashing  along  the  great 
abyss  of  ages  ; — carrying  terror  to  the  heart  of  despo- 
tism;— but  full  of  hope  to  the  men  of  the  new  order 
of  things,  to  the  generations  of  the  humanitarian  dy- 
nasty. 

As  I  beheld  these  tombs  and  monuments,  adorned 
by  art  and  venerable  by  age,  I  stood  overwhelmed  and 
confounded.  In  the  multitude  of  thoughts  I  was  re- 
minded of  the  difference  between  the  thoughts  and 
purposes  of  man  and  those  of  God.  Man  rears  monu- 
ments to  perpetuate  man's  fame ;  but  God  perpetu- 
ates man  himself.  The  monument  of  man,  wrought 
in  stone  and  marble,  is  the  continuance,  the  perpetui- 
ty of  a  name.  The  monument  of  God  is  the  con- 
tinued life  of  the  soul  itself,  with  the  development 
and  increase  of  all  its  virtues ; — truth  added  to  truth, 
purity  added  to  purity,  goodness  added  to  goodness; — 
the  immortality  of  a  spiritual  existence  crowned  and 
blooming  with  the  buds  and  flowers  of  holiness. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  133 

LINES  WRITTEN  ON   VISITING  WESTMINSTER  ABBEY,  NOV,  1852. 

Pierc'd  in  its  citadel  of  life, 

The  body,  beautiful  at  first, 
But  conquerd  in  the  final  strife, 

Goes  down  and  crumbles  into  dust  j — 
And  o'er  that  dust  with  many  tears 
Its  monument  affection  rears. 

That  monument  itself,  where  art 

Hath  wrought  with  all  its  power  and  pride, 

Grows  sick  with  time,  and  loses  heart, 
And  seeks  the  dust  it  sought  to  hide  j — 

And  that,  which  gave  the  dust  to  fame, 

Is  scatter'd,  and  bequeaths  no  name. 

Though  ruin  thus  smites  where  it  can, 

Its  dart  hath  not  the  power  to  fly 
Within  the  centre  of  the  man, 

And  smite  his  immortality  ; — - 
The  victor  in  the  outward  strife, 
It  falls  before  the  inner  life. 

The  soul,  triumphant  in  the  war, 

Which  smites  both  man  and  monument, 

Smiling  ascends, — to  be  the  star, 

Which  looks  down  from  the  firmament;— 

Its  own  inscription  there  to  write 

In  letters  of  eternal  li^ht. 


(XVI.) 

Visit  to  the  Pantheon— Form  an  acquaintance  with  the  old  soldier 
Paulin — Visit  to  the  seminary  of  St.  Sulpitius — The  Champ  de 
Mars  and  the  events  connected  with  it — The  Hotel  of  the  Inva- 
lids— The  tomb  of  Napoleon — Reflections  in  the  Elysian  Fields. 

CITY  OF  PARIS,  FRANCE,  DEC.  2,  1852. 

I  made  a  short  excursion  from  London  to  Paris  in 
October,  and  have  again  visited  it.     I  shall  combine 
the  impressions  received  then  with  those  made  since, 
12 


134  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

and  give  them  in  one  view.  Paris,  the  great  centre  of 
wealth  and  population,  is  the  London  of  France  ;  but 
it  differs  in  this  circumstance,  that  it  is  not  London 
enveloped  in  smoke.  On  the  contrary  it  is  something 
which  can  be  easily  seen ;  and  of  which  some  esti- 
mate can  be  formed  at  a  single  glance. 

It  was  a  clear,  bright  day  in  October,  when  I  ascend- 
ed the  lofty  dome  of  the  Pantheon,  or  rather  of  what 
was  once  the  Pantheon,  but  now,  by  a  very  proper 
restoration  of  its  ancient  name,  the  church  of  St.  Ge- 
nevieve. The  ascent  is  more  than  two  hundred  feet. 
There  were  others  who  went  up  with  me  ;  but  I  did 
not  know  them  ;  and  I  stood  and  meditated  alone. — 
It  was  a  new  position ;  new  to  the  eye  and  new  to  the 
heart. 

As  I  cast  my  eye  around  and  below  me,  to  the  ob- 
jects near  at  hand  and  those  in  the  distance, — on  the 
island  of  the  early  Parish'  which  they  beautifully  call- 
ed "  the  dwelling  of  the  waters,"  on  the  winding 
Seine,  the  Seine  more  beautiful  though  less  magnifi- 
cent and  mercantile  than  the  Thames, — on  the  twin 
towers  of  Notre  Dame,  which  have  lifted  their  lofty 
heads  for  centuries, — on  the  colossal  pile  of  the  Hotel 
of  the  Invalids  where  sleep  the  ashes  of  Napoleon, — 
on  the  Louvre,  the  Luxembourg,  and  the  Tuilleries, 
those  ancient  residences  of  kings, — on  the  "  Champ 
de  Mars,"  the  place  of  military  assemblages  and  of 
popular  enthusiasm, — beholding  everywhere,  as  far  as 
the  eye  could  reach,  streets,  squares,  places  of  busi- 
ness, public  gardens,  ancient  walls,  hospitals,  prisons, 
churches,  schools  of  learning,  monumental  pillars,  tri- 
umphal arches,  in  all  varieties  of  architecture,  in  all 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  135 

degrees  of  newness  and  decay,  bounded  in  one  direc- 
tion by  the  imposing  summit  of  Montmartre,  and  in 
another  by  that  wonderful  city  of  the  dead,  the  ceme- 
tery of  Pere  Le  Chaise, — I  felt,  with  these  vast  and 
multiplied  objects  before  me,  that  I  was  looking  down, 
not  only  upon  one  of  the  great  combined  works  of 
art  and  nature,  not  only  upon  a  mighty  panorama  of 
living  and  present  existence,  but  upon  a  vast  map  of 
the  past,  inscribed  and  legible  everywhere,  with  a 
thousand  years  of  human  history. 

I  came  down  thoughtfully.  Such  a  scene  address- 
es itself  to  the  eyes  of  the  inward  mind,  still  more 
strongly  than  to  the  sight  of  the  outward  senses.  I 
crossed  the  bridge  De  la  Concorde ;  and  passing  near 
the  great  Egyptian  obelisk,  went  to  the  Hotel  de  la 
Terrasse,  in  the  street  Eivoli.  Meurice's  Hotel,  which 
is  a  great  resort  of  American  travellers,  was  full. 

Day  after  day  I  walked  abroad.  I  had  no  letters 
of  introduction,  not  being  willing  to  occasion  any  un- 
necessary trouble  to  any  one ; — and  I  knew  not  an 
individual  in  Paris, — not  one  in  all  the  wide  sea  of 
existence  that  was  floating  around  me.  But  there  was 
no  want  of  instruction  ;— no  want  of  interest.  The 
history  of  Paris  was  engraven  on  my  memory ;  and 
at  every  step  I  found  the  records  and  evidences  of  its 
correctness.  And  besides,  he  who  has  the  living  eyes 
of  the  heart,  even  if  he  is  without  personal  acquain- 
tances and  cannot  even  speak  the  language  of  the  peo- 
ple, will  still  be  able  to  recognize  the  features  of  hu- 
manity, and  to  find  a  brother  in  a  strange  land. 

One  day  I  was  walking  near  the  bridge  of  Auster- 
litz,    This  bridge  is  a  beautiful  piece  of  architecture  ; 


136  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

but  it  is  a  memorial  of  bloodshed.  Wishing  to  make 
some  inquiries,  I  addressed  in  broken  French  an  old 
man  who  happened  to  be  near.  He  perceived  that  I 
was  a  stranger  and  politely  answered  me  in  English, 
which  gave  me  pleasure.  I  took  the  liberty  to  ask 
him  who  he  was.  He  said  his  name  was  Paulin ; 
that  he  lived  in  a  narrow  street  not  far  from  the  Hotel 
de  Ville,  and  had  been  a  soldier  in  the  wars  of  the 
Emperor.  He  was  poor ;  his  wife  worked  out  daily 
for  her  bread ;  and  as  for  himself  he  did  what  he  could ; 
and  having  learnt  some  English  during  the  Empe- 
ror's wars,  he  was  happy  in  being  able  sometimes  to 
earn  a  little,  no  matter  how  small  a  sum,  by  acting 
as  a  servant  or  guide  to  gentlemen  from  England  or 
America.  He  showed  me  a  paper,  speaking  very  high- 
ly of  him,  and  signed  by  his  commander  when  he  left 
the  army.  The  old  man's  looks,  aided  by  his  gray 
hairs  and  tottering  step,  plead  earnestly  in  his  favor; 
and  we  were  not  long  in  making  a  bargain.  And  I 
could  not  help  thinking  it  was  a  singular  coincidence, 
that  a  "  peace  man,"  from  America,  (as  those  are  call- 
ed there,  whose  convictions  lead  them  to  distrust  and 
discredit  the  right  and  expediency  of  war,)  should  be 
walking  through  the  streets  of  Paris  arm  in  arm,  with 
an  old  soldier  of  Napoleon. 

The  old  man  asked  me  where  I  wished  to  go.  I 
told  him  I  wished  to  find  the  church  of  St.  Sulpitius 
and  the  seminary  connected  with  it.  He  looked  doubt- 
fully ;  and  said  it  was  a  place  somewhat  out  of  his 
knowledge ;  and  wished  to  know  if  there  was  anything 
there  which  particularly  attracted  my  attention.  I  re- 
plied I  believed  it  was   an  interesting  spot  on  some 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  137 

other  accounts ;  but  that  I  was  particularly  desirous 
of  seeing  it,  because  St.  Sulpitius  was  associated  with 
the  early  life  and  education  of  the  good  Fenelon. — 
The  old  soldier's  recollections  and  mine  were  a  little 
out  of  harmony.  He  knew  the  Emperor ; — the  names 
and  persons  of  Ney,  Soult  and  Macdonald,  were  fa- 
miliar to  him ;  but  like  too  many  of  his  countrymen, 
he  either  had  not  known  or  had  forgotten  Fenelon. 

After  a  long  walk,  however,  which  was  diversified 
with  some  interesting  conversations,  we  were  able  to 
reach  the  place.  I  told  my  companion  that  I  felt  at 
home  here ;.  and  that  for  half  an  hour  or  more  I  could 
excuse  him  from  the  trouble  of  attendance,  and  that 
he  might  employ  himself  in  any  manner  he  thought 
proper.  I  went  into  the  church,  and  found  people  as- 
sembled there  in  the  act  of  religious  worship.  I  sat 
down ;  and  allowed  my  feelings  in  harmony  with  the 
place  and  its  associations,  to  take  the  channel  of  reli- 
gious recollection  and  sentiment.  The  seminary  of 
St.  Sulpitius,  which  seemed  to  have  been  rebuilt  at  a 
recent  period,  is  near  the  church.  At  a  little  distance, 
in  a  circular  niche  of  a  square  column  ascending 
from  the  fountain  of  St.  Sulpitius,  there  is  an  impos- 
ing statue  of  Fenelon.  It  was  enough  for  me  to  know, 
in  order  to  induce  feelings  of  great  interest,  that  it 
was  here,  in  this  interesting  locality  and  among  these 
walls  dedicated  to  religion  and  science,  that  Fenelon 
had  dwelt ;  that  here  the  powers  of  his  mind  were 
unfolded  and  strengthened ;  and  that  it  was  a  place 
which  he  ever  held  dear  in  his  grateful  recollections  ; 
Fenelon,  admired  for  his  learning  and  eloquence,  but 
who  is  still  more  dear  to  men  and  to  nations  for  the 
12* 


138  LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 

inspirations  of  his  expansive  and  benevolent  love.— 
Before  leaving  the  spot  I  stood  for  some  moments  in 
contemplation  of  the  noble  statue  which  is  erected  to 
his  memory,  and  felt  my  heart  strengthened  in  those 
principles  of  union  with  God  and  man,  and  of  uni- 
versal philanthrophy  which  characterize  his  writings. 
Then  giving  a  signal  to  the  old  soldier,  to  whom  my 
feelings  seemed  an  entire  mystery,  and  once  more 
putting  myself  under  his  direction,  I  asked  him  to 
guide  me  to  any  objects  of  special  interest  in  that  part 
of  the  city.  His  countenance  kindled  up,  and  he  pro- 
posed, obviously  with  a  feeling  of  conscious  pleasure, 
a  visit  to  the  Champ  de  Mars  and  the  tomb  of  Na- 
poleon. 

The  Champ  de  Mars,  otherwise  called  the  "  Champ 
de  Mai,"  is  a  large  oblong  space  on  the  south   side  of 
the  Seine,  about  one  hundred  rods  in  length  by  half 
that  distance  in  width,   surrounded    by  a  ditch   faced 
with  stone.     It  is  entered  through  gates  at  five  differ- 
ent places,  and  is  adorned  by  four  rows  of  trees  on 
each  side,  which  give  it  a  shady  and  pleasant  appear- 
ance.    The  sloping  embankments  still  remain,  which 
were  erected  by  the  population  of  Paris  on  the  occa- 
sion of  the  grand  assembly  which  was  held  here,  un- 
der the  auspices  of  La  Fayette,  on  the  fourteenth  of 
July,  1790.    On  this  occasion  Louis  XVI.,  in  the  pres- 
ence, it  is  said,  of  more  than  a  million  of  people,  took 
an  oath  to  observe  the  Constitution,  which  had  been 
recently  adopted.     It  was  here  also  that  Napoleon,  a 
short  time  previous  to  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  held  an 
immense  assembly,  with  a  view  to  restore  the  confi- 
dence of  France,  and  to  gain  strength  for  the  new 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  139 

wars  which  were  before  him.  The  military  school  es- 
tablished by  Louis  XV.,  fronts  the  Champ  de  Mars 
at  the  southern  extremity ;  and  with  its  dome,  pro- 
jecting portico,  and  sculptured  pediment,  constitutes 
a  striking  feature  in  the  scene  which  is  here  presented 
to  view. 

Following  the  guidance  of  my  old  soldier,  who,  with 
a  sort  of  professional  instinct  and  with  obvious  high 
spirits,  had  put  me  upon  the  track  of  military  associ- 
ations, I  next  went  to  the  Hotel  of  the  Invalids,  a  vast 
establishment,  founded  by  Louis  XIV.,  but  greatly 
enlarged  from  time  to  time,  and  at  the  present  time 
covering  with  its  numerous  courts,  sixteen  acres  of 
ground.  I  do  not  know  that  the  christian  and  the 
philanthropist,  who  regard  wars  as  among  the  great- 
est of  wrongs  and  evils,  ought  to  look  upon  such  an 
institution  as  this  with  disapprobation  ;  the  principal 
object  of  which,  although  it  is  true  that  war  furnishes 
the  occasion,  is,  to  relieve  and  not  to  increase  human 
suffering.  It  ought  to  be  no  subject  of  regret,  that 
war  has  its  humanities.  As  we  went  on,  soldiers  in 
military  armor  glittered  around  us.  We  passed  a  num- 
ber of  pieces  of  heavy  artillery,  as  we  approached  the 
gate  of  entrance ;  and  everywhere  at  the  gate,  and  in 
the  court  and  galleries,  some  seated  on  chairs  and 
some  walking,  some  with  one  arm  remaining,  and  oth- 
ers with  one  leg,  with  diversities  of  uniform  but  all 
apparently  in  good  spirits  and  chattering  excessively, 
were  the  old  associates  of  my  guide,  the  broken  but 
indomitable  remnants  of  the  wars  of  the  Emperor. — 
Too  old  to  fight  and  too  much  mutilated  to  labor,  they 
felt  themselves  happy  in  not  being  obliged  to  beg. 


140  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

The  Hotel  of  the  Invalids,  constructed  with  a  view 
to  the  accommodation  of  a  large  number  of  soldiers, 
displays  a  front  of  six  hundred  and  twelve  feet ;  there 
are  four  refectories  or  dining  rooms  for  the  occupants, 
each  an  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  length,  and  eight 
spacious  dormitories,  besides  smaller  ones,  containing 
fifty  beds  each.  The  dome  of  the  Invalids,  which  has 
a  sort  of  historical  celebrity,  is  spacious  and  lofty, 
and  is  seen  at  a  great  distance.  Among  the  other 
accommodations  pertaining  to  this  remarkable  estab- 
lishment, it  has  a  library  of  1500  volumes  ;  consisting 
chiefly  of  works  of  general  literature,  jurisprudence 
and  military  strategy,  and  it  is  there,  as  might  natu- 
rally be  expected,  that  we  find  deposited  many  of  the 
trophies  which  the  French  have  taken  from  their  ene- 
mies. In  the  time  of  Napoleon  there  were  three  thou- 
sand flags  collected  here,  the  memorials  of  war  and 
of  conquest,  all  of  which  were  burnt  by  the  French 
themselves  on  the  evening  previous  to  the  entrance  of 
the  allied  armies  into  Paris,  March  31,  1814 ; — so  cer- 
tain it  is  that  war  brings  with  it  its  own  retribution. 

In  this  building  are  the  remains  of  Napoleon  ;  the 
dust  and  ashes  of  the  man,  who  was  for  many  years 
the  idol  of  France  and  the  terror  of  Europe.  It  is  not 
surprising,  that  visitors  should  constantly  flock  to  see 
the  splendid  monument  of  a  man  of  such  wonderful 
power  and  of  such  strange  vicissitudes ; — at  the  age 
of  twenty-eight  the  conqueror  of  Italy  ;  at  thirty  the 
first  Consul  of  France,  and  at  thirty-five  the  Emperor 
of  France  ;  but  in  his  purpose  of  conquering  Europe 
driven  back  by  the  flames  of  Moscow,  defeated  at 
Waterloo,  and  finding  death  on  the  rock  of  St.  Helena. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  141 

The  hoof  of  his  war  horse  trod  in  the  blood  of  mil- 
lions. History,  estimating  men  by  each  other,  will 
pronounce  him  a  great  warrior,  without  being  unani- 
mous as  to  his  practical  wisdom,  his  patriotism,  or  his 
morals.  His  glory  was  military  which  fades  in  the 
distance,  while  the  glory  of  virtue  grows  brighter  and 
brighter.  And  the  thought  occurred  to  me  as  I  stood 
beside  his  tomb  that  future  and  more  peaceful  gene- 
rations might  recall  and  cherish  the  name  of  Fenelon 
with  greater  interest  than  that  of  Napoleon. 

As  I  returned  from  this  place  the  sun  was  setting 
behind  the  distant  hills.  I  passed  through  the  majes- 
tic grove  of  the  Elysian  Fields.  The  autumnal  leaves, 
gleaming  in  the  departing  radiance  of  day,  fell  around 
me.  My  heart  went  back  to  America.  The  sound  of 
her  rivers  was  in  my  ears.  Her  vast  forests  spread 
out  before  me.  I  remembered  the  vastness,  the  wild- 
ness,  the  repose  of  nature.  And  I  said  to  myself 
these  works  which  I  have  seen  in  foreign  lands,  the 
efforts  and  the  memorials  of  genius,  are  still  the  works 
of  man.  Imperfection  marks  their  origin  ;  decay  com- 
pletes their  progress.  Beauty  and  deformity ; — life 
and  death  are  mingled  together.  Man  is  here,  but 
where  is  the  Maker  of  man  ?  I  sigh  for  my  native 
land.  I  wish  to  hear  again  the  prayers  and  the  hymns 
of  her  cottagers,  inspired  by  the  blessings  around 
them.  Her  rivers  are  her  lines  of  beauty ;  her  hills 
are  her  monuments  ;  the  mighty  firmament  is  her  ca- 
thedral ;  and  God  heard  in  the  sighing  of  the  winds, 
seen  in  the  richness  of  the  forests,  and  eternal  in  the 
reproduction  of  her  wild  and  varied  magnificence, 
God  is  everywhere. 


142  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 


(XVII.) 

Garden  of  the  Tuilleries — Of  statuary  and  paintings  as  compared  with 
living  existences — Historical  notices  of  the  Tuilleries — Triumphal 
arch  and  bronze  horses — Hotel  de  Ville  and  events  connected 
with  it— Margaret  Porette  and  the  Quietists— Visit  to  the  home  of 
Paulin. 

CITY  OF  PARIS,  FRANCE,  DEC.   3,  1852. 

Under  the  influence  of  that  wandering  propensity, 
of  which  I  gave  you  some  of  the  results  in  my  last 
letter,  I  went  out  early  the  next  forenoon.  You  will 
recollect  that  it  was  in  October  ;  and  it  was  again  a 
beautiful  day.  I  found  Paulin  waiting  for  me,  lean- 
ing patiently  against  a  post.  The  Hotel  de  la  Ter- 
rasse,  at  which  I  was  stopping,  is  opposite  the  garden 
of  the  Tuilleries.  And  after  a  little  deliberation,  in 
which  it  gave  me  pleasure  to  pay  due  deference  to  the 
suggestions  of  the  old  soldier,  we  concluded  to  take  a 
stroll  through  its  beautiful  grounds. 

The  garden  of  the  Tuilleries  was  laid  out  by  the 
celebrated  Le  Notre.  I  call  him  celebrated,  (and  he 
undoubtedly  has  more  claims  to  the  title  than  some 
who  have  obtained  it  on  the  battle  field,)  because  his 
name  is  so  closely  associated  with  the  history  of  sci- 
entific gardening  and  with  so  many  localities  which 
his  taste  contributed  to  beautify. 

I  will  not  detain  you  in  giving  a  description  of  this 
garden  any  further  than  to  say,  that  it  is  of  immense 
size,  a  parallelogram  of  sixty-seven  acres ;  and  that 
there  are  in  it  abundance  of  beautiful  flower  plats, 
beautiful  fountains  and  statues,  and  beautiful  trees 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  143 

and  shady  walks ;  although,  if  one  were  disposed  to 
be  critical,  he  might  justly  add,  that  the  grounds  are 
laid  out  in  some  places  in  a  style  of  straight  lines  and 
angles  which  seem  too  artificial ;  and  still  more  deci- 
dedly, that  some  of  the  statues,  although  displaying 
artistic  skill,  lose  their  aesthetic  power  and  value  by 
calling  into  revolt  the  sentiments  of  modesty  and  mo- 
rality. But  I  recollect,  that  I  sat  down  with  old  Pau- 
lin  by  my  side  near  the  brink  of  a  beautiful  fountain  ; 
and  that  I  fed  from  my  hand  two  queenly  swans  that 
floated  proudly  on  its  bosom  ;  and  seeing  over  my 
head  the  nodding  magnificence  of  the  glorious  lime 
trees  and  chesnut  trees,  with  flowers  of  all  varied  and 
brilliant  hues,  (for  there  were  many  yet  remaining,)  I 
was  disposed  to  enjoy  the  beautiful,  and  to  forget  the 
deformed.  In  other  words  I  had  no  disposition  for 
criticism.  And  especially  because  there  is  something 
to  be  seen  here  every  pleasant  day,  far  more  interest- 
ing to  me,  than  anything  I  have  mentioned  ; — I  mean 
happy  groups  of  men,  women  and  children. 

What  a  glorious  creature  is  man, — at  least  when  he 
stands  erect  in  truth  and  simplicity  of  spirit.  Statu- 
ary and  painting  can  give  the  semblance,  but  not  the 
reality.  I  look,  for  instance,  upon  a  statue  ;  and  I 
admit  with  pleasure  the  truth  of  its  likeness  and  the 
skill  of  the  artist ; — but  at  the  same  time  I  say  almost 
instinctively,  that  it  is  not  a  man  ;  it  is  not  a  woman. 
It  is  something  which  satisfies  the  eye  of  the  senses 
rather  than  the  eye  of  the  heart ; — it  is  a  thing  which 
is  done  rather  than  a  thing  which  is ; — it  has  no  in- 
ward history,  no  conceptions  which  reach  forth  into  the 
infinite,  and  eternal,  no   palpitations   of  beneficence, 


144  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

no  heavenly  filaments  of  love,  going  out  in  every  di- 
rection and  encircling  universal  humanity.  But  a 
true  man  and  a  true  woman  is  all  this.  It  is  the  liv- 
ing, therefore,  far  more  than  their  semblances  in  mar- 
ble, which  awaken  the  emotions  of  the  soul.  And 
whenever  I  see  groups  of  men,  women  and  children, 
with  the  marks  of  truth  and  innocence  sanctioning  a 
true  or  a  restored  humanity,  my  heart  goes  out  in  the 
deepest  sympathy  with  their  innocent  pleasures  ;  and 
the  sight  of  their  happiness  is  the  source  of  my  own. 
These  are  the  true  ornaments  of  the  garden  of  the 
Tuilleries  ; — statues  that  have  life,  the  works  of  God 
and  not  of  Praxiteles ; — flowers  that  bloom  without 
fading  because  they  live  in  perpetual  succession. 

At  the  eastern  end  of  this  garden  is  the  Palace  )— 
a  magnificent  pile  of  buildings,  reaching  from  the  Rue 
Rivoli  to  the  Seine.  It  is  called  the  Tuilleries  or  pal- 
ace of  the  tile-kiln,  from  the  circumstance  that  it  is 
erected  on  the  spot  where  a  tile-kiln  formerly  stood. 
The  mighty  palatial  edifices,  which  are  found  every- 
where in  Europe,  fascinate  the  eye  and  call  forth  feel- 
ings of  admiration  ;  but  it  is  necessary  and  sometimes 
painful  to  remember,  that  they  have  required  ages  in 
their  construction,  and  have  taxed  the  wealth  and  la- 
bor, and  perhaps  the  tears  of  a  nation.  The  erection 
of  this  edifice  was  begun  by  Catherine  de  Medicis  in 
1564  ; — the  works  were  continued  by  Henry  IV.  and 
Louis  XIII. ; — and  it  was  not  till  nearly  a  century  af- 
ter its  beginning  that  Louis  XIV.  in  1644  gave  direc- 
tions to  have  it  finished.  Built  at  different  periods,  it 
exhibits  different  styles  of  architecture,  which  elicit 
their  just  and  appropriate  degrees  of  admiration ; — an 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  145 

evidence  of  what  the  lovers  of  art  begin  more  fully  to 
understand,  that  beauty  is  infinite  in  its  developments, 
though  it  may  be  contemplated  and  appreciated  from 
different  points  of  view  in  different  periods  of  civili- 
zation. 

Napoleon  resided  for  some  time  in  this  palace  ;  and 
it  bears  the  impress  of  his  active  and  inventive 
mind,  as  well  as  of  those  who  preceded  him.  It  was 
Napoleon  who  erected  the  triumphal  arch,  which 
forms  the  principal  entrance  to  the  court  and  palace 
of  the  Tuilleries  on  the  eastern  side.  This  beautiful 
arch  is  sixty  feet  wide  and  forth-five  feet  high  ;  and 
is  constructed  after  the  plan  of  the  arch  of  Septimius 
Severus  at  Rome.  And  those  who  claim  to  be  judges 
regard  it  as  equalling  the  beauty  of  the  original.  It 
has  three  passage  ways,  the  central  one  fourteen  feet 
in  width ;  and  is  adorned  on  both  fronts  with  Corin- 
thian columns,  and  with  bas-reliefs  representing  the 
victories  of  the  Emperor.  The  whole  is  surmounted 
in  the  centre  by  a  triumphal  car  and  four  bronze 
horses,  modelled  after  the  celebrated  horses  of  Lysip- 
pus,  which  ornament  the  square  of  St.  Mark  in 
Venice.  The  originals  were  once  here,  but  in  the 
reverses  of  war  have  been  carried  back  again. — 
Repeatedly  I  found  myself  looking  with  deep  interest 
at  this  picturesque  group  of  horses.  They  are  cer- 
tainly executed  with  great  skill.  With  their  dark 
breasts,  with  their  wild  curving  necks  and  uplifted 
hoofs,  they  seemed,  on  their  lofty  position,  like  mighty 
beings,  conscious  of  their  strength  and  marching 
through  the  air. 

In  examining  this  part  of  the  city,  I  called  into 
13 


146  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

requisition  the  recollections  of  the  old  soldier  who 
accompanied  me  as  a  guide  ;  and  besides  other 
objects  of  interest,  he  pointed  out  a  number  of  locali- 
ties, whose  memorials  had  been  written  in  blood.  I 
do  not  know  that  it  would  be  profitable,  particularly 
to  repeat  them.  The  Tuilleries  itself  has  been  the 
theatre  of  revolutionary  movements,  which  have 
affected  at  different  times  the  destinies  of  France. — 
And  I  was  surprised  to  find,  that  it  was  at  the  west 
end  of  the  garden  of  the  Tuilleries,  at  a  little  dis- 
tance, in  the  place  now  called  the  Place  de  la  Con- 
corde, that  Louis  XVI.  and  his  queen  Antoinette 
were  executed. 

The  story  of  the  trial  and  execution  of  Louis  XVI. 
and  his  queen,  together  with  the  trying  incidents  con- 
nected  with   their   residence   in   the   prison    of    the 
Temple,  as  related  by  Clery,  forms  one  of  the   most 
deeply  interesting  personal  histories  which  are  to  be 
found  in  the  records   of   the  human  race.     I  went 
through  the  splendid  mansions   of  Versailles,  where 
they  had  once  resided  amid  scenes  of  magnificence 
which  had  never  been  surpassed  ; — I  visited  the  prison 
of  the  Temple,  a  part  of  which  still  remains,  and  saw 
the  rooms  of  their  humiliation  and  suffering,  and  the 
two  trees,  still  standing,  where  the   good  king  took 
his  sad  and  solitary  meals  in  the  last  days  before   he 
was  led  out  to  death  ;  I  went  down  into  the  gloomy 
cell  of  the  Conciergerie  prison  where  the   queen  was 
confined  after  being  transferred  from  the  Temple,  the 
deep  and  dark  place   of  her  increased  suffering   and 
tears,  of  her  prayers   and  religious  hopes  ;  and  now 
stood  upon  the  spot  where  both  fell  under  the  blow  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  147 

the  executioner.  The  whole  world,  enabled  to  con- 
template these  transactions  in  consequence  of  the  high 
position  of  the  sufferers, — the  world  in  the  utmost 
extent  of  its  civilization  sitting  in  judgment  upon  the 
judges, — pronounced  the  victims  innocent  and  the 
nation  criminal ;  and  Providence,  which  judges  all 
things, — that  unerring  Providence  "  which  destroys 
with  the  sword  those  that  take  the  sword  ;"  confirmed 
the  decision. 

I  found  my  old  soldier,  in  whom  I  had  begun  to 
take  quite  an  interest,  well  acquainted  with  these 
localities.  We  wandered  together  through  the  Louvre, 
the  Palais  Royal,  and  along  the  banks  of  the  Seine. 
He  evidently  was  a  man  of  a  good  deal  of  informa- 
tion and  of  a  true  Heart ;  and  though  he  kept  with 
me  some  eight  or  ten  days,  I  never  noticed  any  dis- 
turbance of  his  patience  and  equanimity  except  at 
this  time.  Happening  to  notice  near  the  Place  du 
Carrousel,  a  book  stall  containing  many  ancient  books, 
I  stopped  to  read.  I  found  among  them  an  English 
copy  of  Wesley's  hymns,  those  beautiful  hymns  which 
I  have  so  often  heard  the  good  Methodists  sing  in 
America, — and  .read  longer  than  usual.  Meanwhile 
Paulin,  as  he  was  a  little  apt  to  do  when  he  saw  me 
take  a  book,  wandered  off  a  little  distance.  He  came 
back,  however,  in  due  season  ;  but  very  considerably 
excited,  alledging  that  he  had  been  insulted.  1  asked 
by  whom  and  in  what  way.  As  to  the  person  he  said 
he  did  not  know  and  did  not  desire  to  know  ;  but 
that  in  passing  him  the  fellow  had  impertinently 
looked  him  in  the  face,  and  asked  him  without  pre- 
amble   or  reason,    by  what   authority   he  wore    his 


148  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

moustache ; — a  very  unnecessary  question,  he  said,  to 
be  put  to  an  old  soldier  of  the  empire.  Such  are  the 
strange  and  almost  ludicrous  incidents  which  mingle 
in  everywhere.  I  condoled  with  the  old  man,  whose 
feelings  were  evidently  hurt,  and  proposed  to  him  to 
exchange  the  place  of  such  discreditable  encounters 
for  the  Hotel  de  Ville. 

The  Hotel  de  Ville,  begun  in  1533  and  completed 
in  1606,  is  the  place  where  the  Prefect  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  the  Seine  resides  ;  and  is  properly  regarded, 
with  its  modern  improvements,  as  one  of  the  finest 
municipal  buildings  in  Paris.  It  contains  a  number 
of  large  and  elegant  apartments,  adorned  with  paint- 
ings and  statues,  besides  the  hundred  and  fifty  smaller 
rooms,  occupied  by  the  public  offices,  which  are 
necessary  in  the  municipal  transactions.  The  city 
library  of  60,000  volumes,  and  occupying  three  large 
rooms,  is  here, — containing  among  other  works  of 
interest,  four  thousand  volumes  of  official  American 
publications.  The  Hotel  de  Ville  is  one  of  the  his- 
torical places  of  France.  It  was  to  the  Hotel  de  Ville 
that  Louis  XVI.  in  the  memorable  epoch  of  1789,  was 
escorted  by  the  agitated  people,  when  with  a  violence, 
originating  in  fears  and  anxieties  which  they,  at  least, 
supposed  to  be  well  founded,  they  compelled  him  to 
leave  his  beautiful  Versailles.  It  was  here,  by  means 
of  committees  and  councils  which  have  acquired  a 
sanguinary  celebrity,  that  many  of  the  patriotic  or 
bloody  movements  of  the  first  Revolution  were  organ- 
ized. It  was  here,  in  a  room  which  is  still  shown,  in 
the  year  1794,  that  Robespierre  fled  and  was  wound- 
ed, previously  to  his  trial  and  execution.     It  was  here 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  149 

in  the  year  1830,  after  the  sanguinary  encounters 
which  resulted  in  the  expulsion  of  Charles  X.,  that 
Louis  Phillippe  met  and  embraced  Lafayette  in  the 
presence  of  the  people,  and  intiated  the  Orleans 
dynasty.  And  here  were  the  tumultuous  scenes  in 
the  revolution  of  1848,  which  Lamartine  has  so 
eloquently  described,  and  in  which  he  personally  had 
so  large  and  honorable  a  share. 

In  front  of  the  Hotel  de  Ville  is  the  place  or  square, 
which  is  used  often  for  festival  and  other  public  occa- 
sions, called  the  Place  de  Greve.  In  former  times 
this  was  also  the  place  of  public  executions ;  and 
there  are  few  places  which  have  been  more  frequently 
stained  with  human  blood.  And  one  transaction 
occurred  here,  which  I  am  tempted  particularly  to 
recall.  It  was  as  far  back  as  the  year  1310.  It  was 
here  at  that  time,  that  a  young  woman  of  sincere 
piety  and  unblemished  character  was  put  to  death  as 
a  heretic.  Her  name  was  Margaret  Porette.  She 
never  thought  of  fame  ;  but  her  name  can  never  be 
forgotten.  She  belonged  to  that  remarkable  class  of 
people,  (they  will  not  allow  themselves  to  be  called  a 
sect  because  they  are  averse  to  the  denominations 
and  restrictions  of  party,)  called  the  Mystics  and 
sometimes  Quietists.  The  state  of  inward  religious 
experience,  at  which  they  aim  and  which  they  profess 
to  attain,  is  that  of  divine  union  or  union  with  God ; 
in  such  a  sense  that  the  soul,  having  its  evil  passions 
subdued  and  cast  out,  is  in  the  true  recipient  state, 
and  has  its  thoughts,  affections  and  purposes  from 
God  alone.  They  believe  also  in  an  overruling 
Providence,  which  has  the  control  of  all  things  in  a 
13* 


150  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

general  sense  ;  but  which  in  the  case  of  those  who 
are  reunited  to  the  Godhead,  regulates  in  everything 
every  movement  and  incident  of  their  destiny.  And 
this  destiny,  whether  high  or  low,  whether  an  allot- 
ment of  tears  or  of  joy,  they  accept  with  resignation 
and  with  smiles.  Christ  is  their  model,  and  the  ser- 
mon on  the  Mount  their  text-book.  They  hold  to  the 
doctrine  of  pure  or  perfect  love, — that  is  to  say  of 
unselfish  love, — as  the  only  true  principle  of  life. — 
They  return  good  for  evil ;  and  suffer  in  silence. — 
This  class  of  persons  is  unknown  to  the  world, 
because  the  world  cannot  comprehend  it.  They  suf- 
fered or  died  in  prison  in  the  person  of  Molinos  and 
Madame  Guy  on  ;  they  were  banished  in  the  person 
of  Fenelon ;  but  neither  banishment  nor  imprison- 
ment, nor  death  quenched  the  waters  of  life  which 
flowed  in  their  souls.  They  died  and  history  gave 
no  record,  because  they  made  no  resistance  and  gave 
no  sign  except  this  one, — "  Father,  forgive  them,  for 
they  know  not  what  they  do."  For  holding  these 
pure  and  exalted  principles,  Margaret  Porette,  in  the 
bloom  of  life,  was  put  to  death.  This  is  the  place 
which  heard  her  last  prayer,  and  was  moistened  with 
her  virgin  blood.  Standing  on  the  very  spot  more 
than  five  hundred  years  after,  I  found  something  in 
my  heart,  which  disposed  me  to  cherish  the  memory 
of  her  piety  and  of  her  sorrowful  but  triumphant  end. 
With  a  heart  thus  filled  with  historical  and  religious 
recollections,  I  turned  to  Paulin.  He  reminded  me, 
that  he  resided  in  this  part  of  the  city.  The  shadows 
of  evening  began  to  gather  around  us.  And  he  invi- 
ted me  urgently,  and  as  much  on  his  own  account  he 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  151 

said  as  mine,  to  take  my  evening  meal  with  him. — 
His  invitation  harmonized  with  my  own  feelings ; 
and  in  fact  I  had  previously  given  him  to  understand 
that  I  would  not  leave  Paris,  without  seeing  him  at 
his  own  home.  He  was  the  more  urgent,  because  he 
said  his  wife,  of  whom  he  spoke  with  affection  and 
pride,  would  expect  us.  I  followed  the  old  soldier, 
whose  tottering  step  seemed  to  acquire  its  ancient 
military  precision  and  firmness,  as  he  led  me  through 
street  after  street,  growing  more  and  more  winding 
and  narrow  and  sunless,  till  I  found  myself  in  one  of 
those  places,  which  nourish  the  principles  of  revolt, 
and  where  the  fires  of  revolution  are  ever  burning. — 
As  we  passed,  one  after  another,  the  laborers  and  dis- 
banded soldiers  that  dwelt  in  these  gloomy  precincts, 
they  stood  silent  and  stern.  They  have  their  mutual 
understandings,  their  watch-words,  and  leaders  ;  and 
Paulin,  whom  they  all  knew,  introduced  me  to  the 
man  who  seemed  to  be  judge  and  leader  among  them. 
I  shall  not  easily  forget  his  slight  but  muscular  frame, 
and  his  dark,  searching  eye,  at  first  doubtful  and 
hostile,  but  afterwards  when  he  had  conversed  with 
Paulin  and  understood  that  I  was  an  American,  soft- 
ening into  confidence  and  respect. 

We  passed  from  the  narrow  lane  into  a  lofty  and 
dark  building  which  must  have  been  built  centuries 
ago,  and  after  going  through  narrow  and  winding 
passages  without  light,  we  began  to  ascend.  One 
flight  of  stairs  succeeded  another,  originally  strong 
but  now  worn  and  tremulous.  The  balustrades  were 
gone ;  and  their  place  was  supplied  by  single  ropes 
extended  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  each  flight  of 


152  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

stairs.  Paulin  went  in  advance  and  invisible ;  for 
only  here  and  there,  at  considerable  intervals,  a  little 
light  broke  through  the  thick  walls  which  enclosed 
this  old  castle.  But  I  heard  the  old  man's  voice, 
directing  me  to  hold  on  by  the  rope ; — a  direction 
which  was  hardly  necessary,  as  there  seemed  to  be 
nothing  else,  to  which  I  could  conveniently  attach 
myself.  When  we  had  reached  a  landing-place  some- 
where in  the  fourth  or  fifth  story,  two  little  boys  sud- 
denly rushed  out  of  a  door,  with  a  light,  and  holding 
a  vessel  in  their  hands  with  coals  in  it.  I  asked 
Paulin  what  was  the  meaning  of  this.  He  said  there 
were  forty  families  in  this  old  building ;  and  that  the 
boys  belonged  in  this  part  of  it,  and  were  trying  to  kin- 
dle a  little  fire  to  cook  their  supper  with.  I  was  glad  to 
find  that  I  was  still  within  the  precincts  of  human 
existence ;  when  I  heard  again  in  the  darkness  the 
"memento1'  of  the  old  man, not  to  mind  the  boys  but 
to  hold  on  by  the  rope.  We  reached  at  last  the  final 
landing-place  ;  and  thrusting  my  head  from  a  small 
open  window  near  it,  and  looking  down  into  a  dark 
court  below  where  I  could  see  no  bottom,  I  had  all 
my  ideas  confirmed  of  my  singular  and  interesting 
position. 

Paulin  opened  the  door  of  his  little  room,  and  with 
a  grace  which  seems  to  be  natural  to  a  Frenchman, 
introduced  me  to  his  excellent  wife;  She  was  neatly 
and  almost  elegantly  dressed.  Fifty  years  had  given 
her  some  gray  hairs  ;  but  had  not  bowed  her  form, 
nor  dimmed  the  lustre  of  her  eye.  This,  said  Paulin, 
is  our  little  room  ;  and  it  is  all  the  room  we  have.  I 
was  pleased  to  see  that  everything  in  the  room  was 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  153 

neat  and  comfortable.  The  fire  was  kindled ;  the 
table  was  spread ;  we  ate  together ;  and  I  spent  a 
pleasant  hour  in  conversation  with  these  poor  and 
virtuous  people.  Poverty  had  not  hardened  their 
hearts ;  sorrow  had  not  clouded  their  brow ;  age  itself 
had  not  extinguished  the  truth  and  vivacity  of 
humanity. 

The  wife  of  Paulin  was  grateful  that  I  had  come. 
I  encouraged  her  to  speak  of  her  personal  history.  I 
learnt  from  her,  (what  I  had  suspected  from  some 
remarks  of  her  husband,)  that  she  was  the  daughter 
of  a  rich  and  titled  family,  and  had  been  well  educa- 
ted. But  in  those  convulsions  and  reverses,  of  which 
there  have  been  such  frequent  exhibitions  in  Europe, 
she  became  an  outcast  from  her  early  home  and  ex- 
ceedingly poor.  She  accepted  her  allotment  without 
murmuring,  married  a  common  soldier,  and  worked 
for  her  daily  bread.  She  spoke  of  America  with 
interest.  She  said  she  once  had  a  sister  who  resided 
there ;  and  if  she  were  young,  would  be  disposed  to 
go  there  herself.  She  lived  now  amid  walls  of  dark- 
ness ;  but  without  ceasing  to  love  the  open  air  and 
the  blue  heavens.  There  are  birds,  she  said,  in 
America ;  and  she  would  love  to  hear  again  the  sing- 
ing of  birds,  as  in  the  days  of  her  happy  childhood. 
She  had  been  the  mother  of  children ;  the  most  of 
whom  had  died.  And  when  in  her  broken  English, 
which  she  aided  in  making  intelligible  by  the  elo- 
quence of  her  countenance  and  manner,  she  spoke  of 
her  two  little  boys,  both  buds  of  promise  bright  and 
beautiful,  and  both  dying  nearly  at  the  same  time, 
the  tear  stood  in  her  rich  dark  eye  ;  and  old  Paulin, 


154  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

moved  by  this  affecting  remembrance,   bowed  down 
his  white  head. 

I  left  these  good  people  with  feelings  of  respect 
and  affection.  They  lighted  me  down  through  the 
dark  passages,  which  I  had  so  much  difficulty  in 
ascending.  I  found  my  way  towards  the  banks  of 
the  Seine.  The  clear  sky  was  studded  with  stars, 
which  threw  their  silver  light  on  the  trees  of  the  gar- 
den of  the  Tuilleries  and  the  mirror  of  the  beautiful 
water.  Many  reflections  crowded  upon  my  mind. — • 
And  my  heart  ascended  to  that  great  Power,  whose 
eye  is  in  every  place,  that  he  would  give  freedom  to 
the  oppressed  and  comfort  to  the  poor. 


(XVIII.) 

Unexpected  meeting  with  American  friends — Departure  from  Paris  for 
Lyons — Voyage  down  the  river  Soane — The  city  of  Lyons — The 
meeting  of  the  Soane  and  the  Rhone — Character  of  the  French 
people. 

LYONS,  FRANCE,  DEC.  9,  1852. 

On  the  evening  of  the  7th  of  December,  I  left 
Paris  for  Lyons,  on  my  way  to  Sardinia.  A  number 
of  incidents  occurred  on  that  day,  which  have  since 
been  recalled  to  mind  with  much  interest.  In  the 
course  of  the  forenoon  the  door  of  my  room  opened, 
and  I  unexpectedly  found  myself  in  the  company  of 
one,  with  whom  I  had  formerly  been  much  associa- 
ted. We  had  lived  in  the  same  village  ;  been  mem- 
bers of  the  same  church ;  and  had  labored  on  many 
occasions  in  the  promotion  of  the  same  objects  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  155 

christian  benevolence.  To  meet  under  such  circum- 
stances was  to  live  again  the  life  of  memory.  But 
time  has  its  sad,  as  well  as  its  pleasant  recollections. 
The  hand  of  sorrow  had  been  upon  him.  His  young 
and  beautiful  wife  had  died.  Her  dust  sleeps  in 
America  ;  but  her  name  was  recalled  with  sadness 
and  affection  in  a  foreign  land. 

Towards  the  evening  of  the  same  day  I  was  visi- 
ted by  another  person,  a  graduate  of  Bowdoin  Col- 
lege, who  had  formerly  sustained  to  me  the  relation 
of  a  pupil ;  but  now,  in  the  increased  maturity  of  his 
powers  and  hopes,  was  pursuing  his  studies  in  the 
schools  of  Paris.  "With  my  recollections  of  his 
talents  and  energy  of  character,  I  was  not  surprised 
to  find  him  here.  He  spoke  of  his  Alma  Mater  with 
interest  and  affection,  and  of  his  country  with  a 
patriotic  pride,  which  showed  that  the  attractions  of 
Europe  had  not  perverted  the  spirit  of  liberty  or 
weakened  his  attachment  to  his  native  land. 

At  this  time  my  residence  was  at  the  Hotel  of 
Meurice.  It  was  afte*r  dark  when  I  heard  the  sound 
of  carriages  in  the  court  of  the  Hotel.  It  was  the 
signal  for  the  departure  of  our  little  party  ; — consist- 
ing of  Rev.  Mr.  Thompson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walcott, 
and  myself.  The  night  was  cloudy  and  dark  ;  but  the 
long  splendid  streets  of  Paris  were  lighted  up  ;  and  I 
gave  a  parting  look  to  the  illuminated  expanse  of  the 
place  De  la  Concorde  and  of  the  Elysian  Fields,  We 
departed  by  the  railway,  called  the  Paris  and  Lyons 
Railway,  which  will  lead,  when  completed,  by  the 
most  direct  route  to  the  large  and  beautiful  city  of 
Lyons  in  the  south  of  France.     With  darkness  over 


156  LETTERS-AESTHETIC, 

our  heads  and  the  thunder  of  our  iron  wheels  under 
our  feet,  we  passed  rapidly  through  a  portion  of  the 
heart  of  this  great  kingdom.  The  necessity  of  thus 
travelling  by  night,  occasioned  by  some  previous 
delays,  deprived  us  of  the  pleasure  of  seeing  Melun, 
Fontainbleau,  Dijon,  and  some  other  interesting 
places.  Early  the  next  morning  we  reached  Chalons 
on  the  Soane;  called  by  the  French  Chalons  sur  Soane 
to  distinguish  it,  I  suppose,  from  a  town  of  some  note 
on  another  river,  Chalons  sur  Mame.  Chalons,  a  town 
of  twelve  thousand  inhabitants,  is  situated  upon  the 
banks  of  the  river  which  gives  it  its  distinctive  name, 
— two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  southeast  from  Paris. 
As  the  railroad  was  not  completed  further  than  this 
place,  we  embarked  on  one  of  the  steamboats  of  the 
Soane.  The  boat  was  peculiarly  constructed,  being 
long  and  narrow  ; — at  least  a  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
in  length  by  fifteen  in  breadth.  Five  such  steamers 
descend  the  Soane  daily  to  Lyons.  A  heavy  mist 
hung  upon  the  waters.  As  the  sun  arose,  which  has 
its  cheerful  light  for  all  lands,  I  the  mists  gave  way, 
and  unveiled  the  face  of  nature  in  its  aspects  of 
beauty.  The  Soane  reminded  me  of  the  rivers  which 
were  familiar  to  me  in  America.  It  is  a  large  river, — 
apparently  about  the  size  of  the  Connecticut  above 
Hartford  ;  or  of  the  beautiful  Kennebec  at  Augusta, 
in  Maine.  At  this  time  it  was  swollen  by  recent 
heavy  rains  to  its  utmost  capacity,  and  rushed  on 
with  great  violence.  The  smoke-pipe  of  the  steam- 
boat was  lowered,  when  we  reached  the  numerous 
bridges  ;  arid  even  then,  the  Soane  ran  so  high,  that 
we  passed   under  them  with   difficulty.     With  deep 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  157 

interest  my  eye  rested  upon  the  continually  changing 
scene  of  hills  and  valleys;  cottages,  gardens,  forests 
and  vineyards.  We  passed  a  number  of  beautiful 
villages,  besides  the  larger  towns  of  Macon,  Thoissey 
and  Trevoux.  In  some  low  places  the  river  had 
swollen  over  its  banks  and  inundated  the  neighboring 
country  ;  so  that  we  had  the  appearance  of  sailing  in 
the  midst  of  a  lake  interspersed  with  islands. 

The  boat  was  filled  with  Frenchmen,  Americans 
and  Englishmen.  The  Americans  and  English  ap- 
peared happy.  They  bore  the  step  and  the  look  of 
freemen.  The  French,  notwithstanding  their  natural 
vivacity,  were  sad  and  silent.  They  had  just  passed 
from  the  Republic  to  the  Empire.  Many  of  them 
had  perhaps  voted  for  the  Empire,  in  consequence  of 
what  they  considered  the  necessities  of  their  position. 
They  preferred  the  easy  quiet  which  is  secured  by 
cannon  and  the  bayonet,  to  the  free  thought  and  the 
forensic  agitations  of  liberty.  Undoubtedly  liberty 
has  its  storms  ;  but  the  storm  has  its  health  and  its 
grandeur.  In  the  days  of  the  Caesars  there  were  no 
thunders  in  the  Senate  of  Rome.  And  in  France  too 
the  voice  of  her  orators  is  silent, — that  voice  of  reason 
and  of  mighty  eloquence,  which  gave  inspiration  to 
the  thoughts  and  purposes  of  other  nations.  If  the 
French  should  find,  that,  in  going  back  in  the  career 
of  liberty,  they  have  sullied  their  national  honor  in 
the  eyes  of  the  world,  and  especially  in  the  eyes  of 
those  chained  and  bleeding  communities,  which  have 
looked  to  them  for  hope,  they  will  not  be  likely  to 
rest  easy  until  they  have  re-adjusted  their  position. 

Chalons  is  seventy-six  miles  from  Lyons ;  and  the 
14 


158  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

distance  was  run  in  some  five  or  six  hours.  As  we 
approached  the  city,  the  swollen  river  became  com- 
pressed between  banks  which  are  lofty  and  pictur- 
esque. Occupying  a  large  space,  and  containing  two 
hundred  thousand  inhabitants,  the  city  of  Lyons  is 
beautifully  situated  on  the  point  of  land  where  the 
Soane  and  the  Rhone  unite  ; — extending  itself,  how- 
ever, over  both  banks  of  both  rivers.  The  commu- 
nication between  different  parts  of  the  city  is  main- 
tained by  means  of  numerous  substantial  bridges  ; 
eight  of  which  are  thrown  across  the  Rhone  ;  and  the 
Soane  is  spanned  by  a  still  greater  number.  Lyons 
is  three  hundred  and  twenty-six  miles  southeast  from 
Paris. 

We  stopped  about  the  middle  of  the  day  at  a  good 
hotel,  which  the  French  with  a  harmless  but  charac- 
teristic  amplification  have   styled   the   Hotel  of  the 
Universe.    It  is  near  the  large  square,  called  Belle- 
cour,  which  the  Lyonese,  and  apparently  with  a  good 
deal  of  reason,  assert  to  be  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
squares  in  Europe.     It  is  very  spacious,   is   adorned 
with  rows   of   lime   trees,   and   in  the   centre   is   an 
equestrian  statue  of  Louis  XIV.    Walking  out  alone, 
and  desirous  of  combining  the  aspects  of  nature  with 
those  of  human  art  and  labor,  I  went  from  the  square 
of  Bellecour  to  the   Rhone, — the   Rhone  memorable 
in  history,  the  beautiful  child  of  the   Alps,  but  here 
swollen  to   a  large   river.      Going  upon  one   of  the 
bridges  which  are  thrown  over  this  river,  and  looking 
down  its  channel,  I  saw,  as  I  supposed,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  about  a  mile,  the  place  of  its  junction  with 
the  Soane.     Feeling  an  interest  to  see  the  meeting  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  159 


these  rival  waters,  I  walked  in  the  direction  of  the 
place.  The  Rhone  dashed  along  beautifully, — fresh 
from  its  native  mountains, — and  curling  its  blue  and 
noisy  waters,  as  if  laughing  and  singing  in  the  full- 
ness of  its  purity  and  happiness.  I  felt  my  heart 
grow  warmer  and  my  step  more  firm  and  proud,  as  I 
walked  by  the  side  of  this  noble  stream.  As  I  reach- 
ed an  elevated  position  on  the  point  of  land  where 
they  meet,  the  Soane,  swelled  by  the  late  inundation 
of  rains,  wheeled  in  from  the  right  with  mighty  force, 
ploughing  across  and  stopping  the  Rhone  in  a  mo- 
ment. After  this  freak  of  momentary  power,  its  dark 
and  turbid  current  resumed  its  original  direction  ;  and 
taking  her  blue  sister  from  the  Alps  by  the  hand,  they 
went  onward  gaily  to  the  ocean.  And  thus  it  gene- 
rally happens,  that  beauty,  though  less  strong  and 
violent  at  first,  conquers  in  the  end.  From  this  point 
onwards  the  two  rivers  are  married  into  one ;  and  the 
Soane,  forgetting  itself  in  the  charms  of  its  associate, 
takes  the  name  of  the  free  and  bright  daughter  of  the 
mountains. 

On  the  very  next  day  after  reaching  Lyons, — the 
day  of  the  date  of  this  letter, — we  have  already  made 
our  preparations,  and  are  about  to  leave  France  for 
the  Alps  and  Sardinia.  And  in  departing  from  this 
beautiful  country,  I  am  obliged  to  say,  that  I  have 
found  some  of  my  previous  opinions  in  relation  to 
the  French  modified  ;  but  modified  in  their  favor. — > 
The  French  and  English  represent  in  modern  times 
the  Greeks  and  Romans  of  antiquity.  If  the  English 
may  be  regarded  as  inheriting  the  wide  intellectual 
grasp  with  the  fixed  and  obstinate  courage  of  the  old 


160  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

Romans,  the  French  seem  to  possess  the  inventive 
power,  the  refinement,  the  vivacity,  and  enthusiasm 
of  the  Greeks.  In  estimating  the  French  character, 
it  would  be  a  mistake  to  set  aside  the  women  of 
France.  It  is  well  known  that  the  French  women 
have  great  influence  in  all  the  relations  of  life  in 
France  ;  and  their  influence  is  the  natural  result  of 
the  characteristics  which  are  usually  and  justly  ascrib- 
ed to  them.  No  one  doubts  the  courage  of  a  French- 
man ;  but  it  is  not  the  quiet,  calculating,  indomitable 
courage  of  an  Englishman.  It  is  obvious,  excitable, 
declamatory ;  he  may  be  said  to  carry  it  upward  and 
onward,  in  the  sight  of  everybody,  on  the  point  of 
the  bayonet.  In  the  French  woman,  who  is  excluded 
by  her  sex  and  position  in  society  from  the  battle  field, 
love  takes  the  place  of  courage ;  and  there  is  a  simi- 
lar outward  development  of  it.  It  moves  in  her  step ; 
sparkles  in  her  eye ;  is  heard  in  the  sweet  intonations 
of  her  voice ;  lives  in  her  unaffected  but  animated 
gesticulation.  These  interesting  traits  necessarily 
give  the  women  of  France  power ; — a  power  how- 
ever, which  may  be  turned  to  evil  as  well  as  to  good. 
Under  other  and  more  favorable  circumstances  the 
French  people  would  take  a  still  higher  stand  than 
they  have  hitherto  held.  They  need,  in  the  first  place, 
well  regulated  liberty.  I  know  that  some  persons 
maintain,  that  the  French  are  not  capable  of  main- 
taining a  republic.  But  I  must  confess  that  these 
well  meaning  persons  appear  to  me  too  easily  fright- 
ened, besides  doing  no  small  injustice  to  the  French 
people.  Break  from  a  poor  prisoner's  arms  the  chains 
which  have  bound  them  for  twenty  or  thirty  years  ; 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  161 

and  it  is  but  natural  that  he  should  leap  from  the 
ground,  if  he  has  strength  to  do  it,  and  utter  loud 
cries  of  joy,  and  in  his  extatic  flourishes  scandalize 
the  sobriety  or  disturb  the  quiet  position  of  his  neigh- 
bor. But  give  him  a  little  time,  and  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  violent  vibrations  of  early  liberty  will  settle 
down  into  a  just  and  peaceable  movement.  It  will 
be  the  same  with  liberated  nations. 

And  in  order  to  the  perfection  of  the  Frenchman's 
character,  it  should  be  said  further,  that  he  needs,  in 
common  with  all  men  and  all  peoples,  a  deep  religious 
sentiment ;-— such  as  would  naturally  spring  from  a 
more  general  and  thorough  study  of  the  Bible  and  its 
great  truths.  I  believe  it  is  conceded  on  all  hands, 
that  there  is  no  character  more  interesting,  none  more 
suited  to  the  fulfillment  of  all  public  and  private 
duties,  than  that  of  the  Frenchman,  when  those  in- 
teresting natural  traits  which  he  possesses  are  purified 
by  the  influences  of  religion.  What  nation,  what 
people  would  be  likely  to  furnish  missionaries  and 
preachers  of  equal  ardor  and  eloquence  ?  I  have 
heard  their  prayers  in  their  little  assemblies  ;  I  have 
listened  to  their  burning  aspirations  for  the  good  of 
man  ;  and  I  cannot  suppress  the  hope,  that  this  noble 
people  will  not  only  possess  freedom  and  religion  in 
their  own  land  ;  but  will  yet  have  a  prominent  part 
in  extending  them  to  other  nations. 


14* 


162  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 


(XIX.) 

Savoy  and  its  wild  mountain  scenery — Rousseau — A  night  scene — The 
limestone  cliff — Hannibal  and  Napoleon — City  of  Chamberri,  the 
capitol  of  Savoy — The  pass  of  Mount  Cenis — Italy. 

TURIN,  KINGDOM  OF  SARDINIA,  DEC.  13,  1852. 

In  company  with  my  much  valued  travelling  com- 
panions, I  came  from  France  into  Italy  through  the 
Savoyard  Alps,  and  by  the  pass  of  Mount  Cenis. — 
The  day  of  our  departure  from  Lyons  was  mild  and 
pleasant,  notwithstanding  the  lateness  of  the  season. 
Taking  the  nearest  route  to  Chamberri,  the  principal 
town  of  Savoy,  we  passed  through  a  portion  of  the 
French  territory,  which  exhibited  everywhere  marks 
of  fertility  and  good  cultivation,  besides  being  rich  in 
variegated  scenery.  At  this  season  of  the  year  it 
would  be  difficult  and  perhaps  dangerous  to  attempt 
to  enter  Italy  by  some  of  the  other  routes,  filled  as 
they  are  said  to  be  with  snows  and  exposed  to 
avalanches.  In  journeying  from  Lyons  to  the  village 
of  Pont  Beauvoisin  situated  on  a  small  river,  called 
the  Guiers  Vif,  which  separates  France  from  Savoy, 
we  were  in  full  sjght,  during  a  part  of  the  day,  of 
Mont  Blanc  and  other  Alpine  peaks,  which  reared 
their  snow-covered  and  well  denned  forms  in  the 
distance. 

Savoy  is  now  a  part  of  the  kingdom  of  Sardinia, 
And  in  the  part  of  the  village  of  Pont  Beauvoison, 
which  is  on  the  Savoy  or  Sardinian  side  of  the 
Guiers  Vif,  is  a  custom  house,  where  our  baggage 
was  subjected  to  a  slight  examination. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  163 

Travellers  sometimes  complain  of  these  things  ; — 
but  I  must  confess  that  they  did  not  trouble  me  much. 
We  found  here  men  and  women  under  a  new  and 
different  government,  speaking  a  language  different 
from  our  own  and  inhabiting  a  soil  never  trodden  by 
us  before,  but  the  instinctive  interpretations  of  the 
heart,  sacred  as  the  source  from  which  they  spring,  re- 
cognized the  bonds  of  universal  relationship  ;  and  I 
loved  them  without  knowing  them. 

On  leaving  this  village  we  found  ourselves,  in.  the 
course  of  a  few  miles,  in  the  midst  of  the  elevated 
and  difficult  mountain  passes  called  the  gorge  of  La 
Chaille.  The  Guiers  Vif,  having  its  origin  in  the 
neighboring  mountainous  region  of  the  Grand  Char- 
treuse, dashes  onward  from  precipice  to  precipice 
through  this  gorge.  This  region  has  been  described 
in  an  eloquent  passage  of  Rousseau.  And  certainly, 
this  is  one  of  the  sublime  and  eloquent  places  of  na- 
ture. The  road  has  been  formed  on  the  edge  of  the 
precipices  which  overhang  the  foaming  stream  be- 
neath,— sometimes  by  blasting  a  passage  through  the 
solid  rock,  sometimes  by  terraces  or  embankments  of 
solid  masonry  built  up  along  the  edge  of  these  fright- 
ful abysses.  The  shades  of  evening  closed  upon  us 
when  we  were  passing  through  this  remarkable  region ; 
but  I  saw  and  felt  enough  to  enable  me  easily  to  imag- 
ine, how  these  wild  and  terrific  scenes  must  have  op- 
erated upon  the  creative  and  vigorous  mind  of  Rous- 
seau. 

We  travelled  the  whole  of  that  night.  There  was 
no  light  of  the  moon  ;  but  the  stars  shone  clear  and 
brightly.      And  as  we  moved  along  with  considerable 


164  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

rapidity  and  frequently  changed  our  direction,  they 
seemed  to  be  dancing  and  playing  in  the  green  dark 
tops  of  the  mountains.  From  time  to  time  another 
light  shone  lower  down  on  the  mountainous  declivi- 
ties, and  yet  hundreds  of  feet  above  us.  It  was  the 
light  of  the  cottage  on  the  rocks ;  the  star  of  the 
poor  man's  hearth,  and  of  domestic  relationships  and 
love.  On  the  other  side  of  us  and  only  a  few  feet 
distant  were  dark  abysses.  As  I  looked  down,  I 
could  see  nothing  but  darkness  robed  in  mists.  So 
near  did  we  approach,  that  sometimes  we  seemed  to 
be  riding  on  the  wings  of  a  dark  cloud ;  and  from 
the  depths  invisible  came  up  the  troubled  sound  of 
foaming  waters. 

On  the  route  to  Chamberri  there  is  a  little  village 
called  Les  Echelles,  which  is  situated  also  upon  the 
mountain  river,  Guiers  Vif.  There  is  a  valley  here, 
through  which  the  road  leads  ;  but  the  farther  end  of 
it  is  shut  up  by  a  vast  limestone  rock  thrown  directly 
across  the  way.  It  is  eight  hundred  feet  high.  It  re- 
minded me  of  the  rock,  which  Livy  describes  as  hav- 
ing stopped  the  passage  of  Hannibal  for  a  time  when 
entering  Italy  through  the  Alps  ;  and  which  he  was 
obliged  to  soften  by  heating  it  and  then  pouring  vin- 
egar upon  it ;  and  over  which  he  made  his  way  by 
cutting  steps  in  difficult  places  when  he  had  softened 
it  is  this  manner.  The  road  which  we  took  winds 
part  of  the  way  up  this  massive  pile  of  limestone  ; 
and  then  passes  through  an  immense  artificial  tunnel 
In  its  centre,  which  is  wide  enough  to  admit  two  car- 
riages abreast,  and  is  twenty -five  feet  high.  It  is  about 
a  thousand  long.     The  excavation  of  this  tunnel,  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  165 

gigantic  conception  indicative  of  the  mind  of  its 
author,  was  commenced  by  Napoleon  ;  but  was  finish- 
ed by  the  king  of  Sardinia  in  1817. 

It  was  under  these  circumstances  that  I  was  re- 
minded of  the  two  great  military  leaders  of  ancient 
and  modern  times, — Hannibal  and  Napoleon.  Hanni- 
bal passed  over  the  rocks ;  Napoleon  went  through 
them.  This  was  the  difference  between  the  two  men. 
Hannibal  ascended.  He  loved  high  places.  His  foot 
was  on  the  top  of  the  mountains.  He  was  a  soldier, 
but  he  had  the  soul  of  a  republican.  Napoleon,  too 
proud  or  too  powerful  to  go  over  them,  shaped  the 
mountains  to  his  own  model ;  and  he  treated  men 
and  institutions  in  the  same  way.  Napoleon  too  was 
a  soldier  and  a  monarchist.  The  one  modified  and 
vitiated  his  principles  by  his  inordinate  love  of  his 
country.  The  other  sacrificed  his  principles  to  his 
ambition.  Both  took  the  sword  ;  and  both  fell  by 
the  sword.  Hannibal,  showing  to  his  soldiers  from 
the  peaks  of  the  Alps,  the  plains  of  Italy,  and  over- 
throwing mighty  armies  at  Thrasymene  and  Cannae, 
carried  his  standards  to  the  gates  of  Rome.  But  the 
tide  of  aggressive  war,  in  its  terrible  revulsion,  and 
by  a  law  of  reaction  which  never  fails,  rolled  back 
again,  and  swept  away  his  city  and  nation.  Napole- 
on too,  the  conqueror,  not  only  of  Italy  but  of  Europe, 
carried  the  eagles  of  his  legions  to  the  gates  of  Mos- 
cow ;  but  they  had  no  power  to  go  beyond  that  bar- 
rier of  fire.  The  sea  of  proud  and  oppressive  vio- 
lence, rolling  back,  not  only  overwhelmed  his  nation, 
but  dashed  their  ruined  leader  on  the  rocks  of  St. 
Helena.     And  this  is  the  great  lesson  which  history 


166  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

teaches.  What  is  gained  by  the  violence  of  the 
sword,  is  lost  again  ;  but  what  is  gained  by  truth 
and  love,  is  gained  forever. 

The  night  is  favorable  to  reflection ;  and  such 
thoughts  passed  through  my  mind,  as  I  travelled 
through  the  mountains  of  Savoy  under  the  light  of 
the  stars.  At  midnight  we  arrived  at  Chamberri. — 
Through  the  region  of  that  city  and  its  neighborhood, 
I  believe  it  is  conceded  on  all  sides,  that  Hannibal 
made  his  way  into  Italy.  This  is  an  old  city  of  ten 
thousand  inhabitants,  and  is  the  capitol  of  Savoy. — 
It  is  the  birthplace  of  Xavier  Le  Maistre,  the  author 
of  the  Leper  of  Aost  and  other  popular  writings  ; 
and  Rousseau,  whose  genius  took  its  hue  in  part 
from  the  wild  scenes  of  nature,  resided  for  a  long 
time  in  its  vicinity.  It  is  situated  in  the  midst  of 
mountains,  which  rear  their  heads  around  it.  It  has 
its  manufactures,  its  public  library  and  college  ;  but 
its  objects  of  interest  are  not  such  as  to  detain  the 
stranger  in  it  for  a  long  time. 

After  resting  a  short  time,  we  continued  our  jour- 
ney during  the  remainder  of  the  night.  The  dawning 
light  of  the  next  day  found  us  again  in  the  midst  of 
mountain  scenery,  and  rapidly  advancing  towards  the 
pass  of  Mount  Cenis ; — through  which,  as  if  through 
the  gates  of  some  great  and  lofty  fortress  we  were  to 
descend  into  the  plains  of  Italy.  In  reaching  this 
mountain  we  passed  through  the  town  of  Montmiel- 
lan,  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river  Isere. — 
From  the  bridge  which  is  thrown  over  the  Isere,  there 
is  a  good  view  of  Mont  Blanc.  At  this  place  there 
was  formerly  a  strong  castle,  which  was  taken  and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  16? 

demolished  by  Louis  XIV.  Not  far  from  Montmeil- 
lan  the  Isere  is  entered  by  a  beautiful  tributary,  call- 
ed the  Arc.  After  reaching  this  tributary  stream, 
which  now  offered  itself  as  our  guide,  we  continued 
our  journey  on  its  banks  ;  and  travelled  for  a  long 
time  through  the  extended  valley  which  is  formed  by 
it.  On  each  side  the  mountains  rose  to  a  great  height ; 
i — their  heads  being  covered  with  snow.  In  some 
places  they  presented  an  irregular  and  naked  surface 
of  rocks  ;  in  others  were  covered  with  earth  and  cul- 
tivated to  a  great  height.  Small  cottages  were  seen 
on  their  sides,  and  sometimes  on  their  summits  ;— a 
terrible  position ;  but  woman  is  there ;  the  family  is 
there  ;  the  gray  hairs  of  the  father  and  the  beauty  of 
the  daughter.  Frequently  torrents,  white  with  foam, 
were  seen,  dashing  around  these  mountain  cottages, 
and  rushing  from  precipice  to  precipice  in  channels 
which  they  had  worn  for  ages.  This  is  a  place  of 
tempests,  as  well  as  of  grandeur  and  sublimity. — 
Sometimes  the  storms,  which  collect  in  these  rocky 
caverns  and  gorges,  are  terrible  ; — black  with  clouds, 
and  marching  with  thunder  and  lightning  through 
these  gateways  of  nature  and  nations,  and  detaching 
with  vast  power  large  fragments  of  rock,  which  lie  at 
frequent  intervals  along  the  path  of  the  traveller. 

We  were  thus  hemmed  in,  among  these  extraor- 
dinary manifestations  of  the  works  of  nature,  for 
some  thirty  or  forty  miles ;  our  journey  all  the  wray 
being  close  upon  the  banks  of  the  swift  and  noisy 
Arc,  which  seemed  sometimes  to  be  angry  and  some- 
times to  sing  and  rejoice  as  it  ran  along.  The  whole 
distance  was  a  gradual  ascent.    So  that,  having  passed 


168  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

the  villages  of  St.  Jean  Maurienne,  St.  Michel,  Mo- 
dane,  and  some  others  of  less  importance,  we  were 
thousands  of  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  at  the 
village  of  Lanslebourg,  which  is  at  the  foot  of  Mount 
Cenis.  The  mountain  was  covered  with  snow  ;  but 
we  were  able  to  ascend  it  with  the  aid  of  extra 
horses  in  about  four  hours.  The  day  had  again  closed ; 
but  we  went  on.  The  culminating  point  of  the  pass, 
through  which  the  road  goes,  is  a  short  distance  be- 
low the  summit,  which  has  been  ascertained  to  be 
6780  feet  above  the  sea-level.  I  got  out  of  the  car- 
riage, and  leaving  the  road  for  a  short  time,  ascended 
still  further  on  the  sides  of  the  summit,  and  gave  my- 
self up  to  the  reflections  inspired  by  the  place. — 
Some  scattered  clouds  rested  heavily  over  the  moun- 
tain's summit.  The  light  of  the  stars  was  reflected 
from  the  snows  and  icy  rocks.  And  thus,  after  as- 
cending hill  after  hill  and  mountain  after  mountain, 
we  had  Italy  at  our  feet ; — Italy  dear  to  the  scholar 
and  the  christian  ; — Italy  once  honored  by  a  Senate 
which  was  described  as  an  assembly  of  kings ; — Italy 
the  mistress  of  the  world  by  its  arms,  and  again  and 
still  more  truly  the  mistress  of  the  world  by  its  arts, 
civilization  and  literature. 

Every  people  has  its  position,  its  character,  its  his- 
tory. In  the  strong  emotions  excited  by  our  approach 
to  Italy,  I  am  not  willing  to  forget  the  people  whom 
I  have  just  left  behind.  The  humble  Savoyard, 
though  far  from  the  seats  of  literature  and  the  glare 
of  power,  has  a  heart  which  beats  true  to  the  snow- 
crowned  hills  and  cliffs  of  his  birthplace.  He  is 
"  part  and  parcel"  of  our  common  humanity.  But  man 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  169 

is  to  be  estimated  by  his  place,  as  well  as  his  nature* 
It  is  place  which  gives  character  to  nature.  The 
Savoyard  is  what  he  is  by  being  where  he  is.  No  other 
people  has  or  can  have  his  thoughts  and  feelings. — 
His  position  has  drawn  out  and  nurtured  his  soul, 
because  his  soul  is  wedded  to  his  position.  He  knows 
the  history  of  each  rock,  of  each  rude  fortification  on 
the  mountain's  side,  of  each  rivulet  and  noisy  torrent, 
of  the  den  of  the  wolf  and  the  nest  of  the  eagle. — 
He  has  heard  the  story  of  the  falling  avalanche,  which 
destroyed  the  cottage  and  its  dwellers,  and  has  wept 
for  their  fate.  He  has  the  sorrows  and  the  joys,  which 
are  common  to  our  nature.  I  saw  him  at  work  in  his 
field.  I  beheld  him  seated  at  the  door  of  his  humble 
cottage.  I  knew  not  his  name  nor  his  history.  But 
I  felt  an  interest  in  him,  because  he  was  a  man. 


(XX.) 

City  of  Turin — Parliament  of  Sardinia — Visit  to  the  Waldenses— 
Character  of  the  people — Ascent  of  one  of  the  mountains — 
The  cottager  and  his  family — Religious  services  on  the  Sabbath — 
Prayer  meeting  in  the  evening — Persecutions  of  the  Waldenses  — 
Milton's  sonnet. 

GENOA,  KINGDOM  OP  SARDINIA,  DEC.  15,  1852. 

I  am  writing  this  letter  in  the  city  of  Genoa,  and 
in  sight  of  the  Mediterranean.  Genoa,  including 
some  small  territory  around  it,  was  once  a  republic ; 
celebrated  for  its  wealth,  power  and  wisdom.  I  had 
hardly  reached  the  city,  before  I  went  abroad  into  its 
narrow  streets.  I  beheld  its  marble  palaces,  now  de- 
15 


170  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

faced  by  time  and  sorrow.  I  trod  with  a  melancholy 
satisfaction  the  halls,  where  its  celebrated  councils  had 
assembled.  There  are  many  things,  which  remind 
one  of  its  departed  greatness.  No  longer  a  distinct 
state,  it  is  now  a  part  of  the  kingdom  of  Sardinia.— 
But  some  incidents,  to  which  I  wish  now  to  refer, 
will  not  allow  me  at  the  present  time,  to  enter  into 
details  in  relation  to  this  interesting  place. 

My  last  letter  left  our  little  party   at  the  pass  of 
Mount  Cenis,  and  at  our  entrance  into  Italy.     Passing 
through  Susa  and  some  other  places  of  small  impor- 
tance, we  reached    Turin  ; — a   city  of  more  than   an 
hundred  thousand   inhabitants   and  situated  on   the 
left  bank  of  the  Po,  near  its  confluence  with  the  Dora 
Biparia.     It  is  the  capitol  of  the  Sardinian  kingdom. 
The   government  of   this    kingdom,   which   includes 
within  its  limits  a  large  portion  of  Northern  Italy,  is 
a  constitutional   monarchy.     The   Sardinians  feel,  as 
compared   with   many  other    States  of   Europe,   that 
they  enjoy  a  high  degree  of  liberty.    The  king  is  popu- 
lar.    At  the  time  of  our  visit  the  Parliament  of    Sar- 
dinia was   in  session.     Through  the  kindness  of  an 
Italian  gentleman,  who  had  formerly  resided  in  Ameri- 
ca, I  was  able  to  visit  the  House  of  Deputies.     I  was 
much   pleased  with  the   appearance  of  the  members. 
They  seemed  to  be  men  of  intelligence  ; — calm   and 
deliberate  in  their  manner,  and  yet  with  some  sparks, 
not  yet   extinguished,   of  the  old  Roman  fire.     They 
were  discussing  the  subject  of  modifications  and  im- 
provements of  the  criminal  code,  which  indicated  that 
they   had   begun   to    appreciate    human   rights,   and 
were  desirous  of  consolidating  liberty  by  the  establish- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  171 

ment  of  justice.  The  same  day  I  went  to  the  hall  of 
the  Senate  ;  but  its  meeting  had  just  closed.  Witness- 
ing as  I  did  with  painful  emotions  the  extinction  of 
the  republic  in  France,  I  was  pleased  to  find  that  the 
voice  of  liberty  had  found  an  utterance,  imperfect, 
perhaps,  but  still  real  and  emphatic,  in  the  beautiful 
region  of  Northern  Italy.  Religion  in  the  Protestant 
form  is  tolerated ;  and  a  large  Protestant  church  has 
recently  been  built.  In  consequence  of  the  troubles 
and  oppressions  in  other  parts  of  Italy,  particularly  in 
Milan,  many  Italian  exiles,  estimated  by  some  as  high 
as  thirty  thousand,  have  taken  up  their  residence  in 
Turin  and  other  parts  of  the  Sardinian  Territory. 

Finding  at  Turin  that  we  were  not  far  distant  from 
a  people,  who,  though  few  in  number,  occupy  an  in- 
teresting position  in  religious  history,  we  thought  it 
desirable  to  visit  them.  I  refer  to  the  Vaudois  of 
Piedmont ; — better  known  as  the  Waldenses.  They 
are  scattered  on  the  heights  and  in  the  valleys  of  the 
Piedmont  side  of  a  number  of  mountains,  sometimes 
distinguished  as  the  Cottian  Alps,  which  separate  a 
part  of  France  from  Piedmont.  Not  being  able  to 
visit  all  of  the  Waldensian  settlements,  we  selected 
the  valley  and  the  village  of  La  Tour,  as  being  the 
principal  settlement,  and  in  some  respects  the  most 
interesting  place  among  them. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walcott  not  being  able  to  make  this 
excursion,  proceeded  on  their  way  to  Genoa.  This 
diminished  our  pleasure.  But  I  was  accompanied  by 
Mr.  Thompson,  to  whose  religious  sympathies  and 
personal  attention  I  owe  much  of  the  pleasure  and 
beneficial  results  of  my  long  journeys.     Impelled  by 


172  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

kindred  recollections  and  interests,  we  went  together 
to  the  valleys  and  mountains  which  the  Waldenses 
inhabit.     And  there  we  found   a  people,  whose  char- 
acter corresponded  with  what   history  had  led  us  to 
expect, — simple  in  their  manners,  sincere  in  their  re- 
ligion, firm  in  their  purposes,  and   giving   no   small 
evidence  of  intelligence.     It  is  difficult  to  conceive  of 
scenery  more  picturesque   and  sublime  than  is   here 
presented; — a  fit  residence,   as  it   seemed  to  me,  for 
those  who  had  learned  the  two  great  lessons  of  God 
and   liberty.      The  inhabitants   generally   spoke   the 
French  language ;  and  we  found  a  few  persons,  owing 
perhaps  to  the  circumstance  of  their  being  frequently 
visited  by  Protestants,  who  had  command  of  a  brok- 
en and  imperfect  English.     As  soon  as  they  learned 
that  we  were  Americans,  they  recognized  at  once,  and 
as  if  by  an  instinctive  impulse,  the  bond   of  union 
and  sympathy  which  led  us  to  their  secluded  homes. 
"We  learned  from  them,  that  they   had  not  only  the 
church  and  the  school  house,  but  also,  'what  I  had  not 
expected  to  find,  the  college.  This  college  was  found- 
ed in  1837,  and  is  now  in  a  flourishing  condition. — 
They  had   the  Bible  in  their  hands ; — their  humble 
and  rough  pathway  in  life,   had  been  illuminated  by 
the  light  of  divine  truth  ; — and  the  influences  of  an 
evil  world,  kept  at  a  distance  by  labor  and  poverty, 
had  not  corrupted  them. 

It  was  a  natural  impulse,  which  led  us  to  climb  their 
mountain  height.  We  ascended,  cliff  after  cliff;  and 
at  every  practicable  point  we  found  the  cottage.  In 
this  rude  ascent  everything  interested  us  ; — not  only 
the  wild  aspects  of  nature ;  but  still  more,  the  cottage 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  173 

and  its  people.  Among  a  number  of  little  incidents 
I  will  mention  one.  We  met  a  little  boy  about  ten 
years  of  age.  We  talked  with  him ;  and  his  frank 
and  manly  answers  pleased  us.  His  countenance  was 
fresh  with  the  mountain  breeze,  and  his  dark  eye 
sparkled  with  the  fire  of  mountain  liberty.  He  seem- 
ed like  a  child  of  the  rocks,  and  a  companion  of 
eagles.  In  a  few  moments  a  little  girl  of  nearly  the 
same  age  came  along  with  the  same  open  and  intelli- 
gent countenance  ;  with  the  same  free  step  and  look. 
She  was  his  cousin.  At  once,  strangers  as  we  were, 
a  thousand  thoughts  and  gentle  aspirations  gathered 
around  these  flowers  that  bloomed  upon  the  cliffs  ; — 
these  young  but  immortal  products  of  the  mountains. 
They  showed  us  the  cottage  where  they  resided ;  and 
we  went  there.  The  mother  of  the  boy  stood  at  the 
door;  not  the  less  pleased  with  us  that  we  were 
pleased  with  the  children.  In  a  few  moments  the 
father  made  his  appearance,  and  invited  us  in.  And 
I  must  be  permitted  to  say,  though  I  have  been  in 
the  palaces  of  kings,  my  heart  beat  with  a  higher  and 
more  sacred  emotion,  when  I  found  myself  seated  at 
the  hearth  of  a  Waldensian  cottage. 

I  looked  around  the  room  with  deep  interest.  It 
was  obvious  that  its  inmates  were  poor.  The  man 
wore  a  dress  of  coarse  and  cheap  cloth ;  but  on  enter- 
ing into  conversation  with  him,  I  could  perceive  that 
it  covered  a  heart  which  was  true  to  its  immortal 
origin ; — -one  which  tyranny  could  not  break,  which 
superstition  could  not  bend.  A  fire,  kept  alive  by 
small  billets  of  wood,  blazed  feebly  upon  the  hearth. 
A  sick  daughter  laid  upon  a  bed ;  but  a  smile  passed 
15* 


174  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

across  her  pale  and  meek  countenance,  as  she  turned 
her  dark  eye  (rom  the  father  to  the  strangers  and  from 
the  strangers  to  the  father.     It  was  a  novel  scene  to 
her;  but  she  seemed  to  know,  by  a   sort  of  Walden- 
sian  instinct,  that  the  deep  and   common   sympathies 
of  religious  and  political   feeling  were  at   the  bottom 
of  it.     The  walls  of  the  cottage  were  rude ;  but  they 
were  not   unpleasant   to    me.     I  had   seen    such   in 
America ;  and  had  known  personally  that  great  ex- 
cellence of  character  often  dwells  beneath  them.  The 
father  pointed  us  to  a  small  shelf  filled  with  books, 
which  he  called  his  library  ;  and  taking  down  a  large 
Bible  in  the  French   language,   he  showed  it  to  us  ; 
and  also  a  beautiful  copy  of  the   New  Testament  in 
the  Vaudois  dialect,  which  did  not  differ  much  from 
the  French,  and  which  I  could  read  without  difficulty. 
And  he  showed  us  also  a  number  of  other  religious 
books ; — some  of  them  in  the  English  language  of 
which  we  had  some  knowledge.    He  knew  the  history 
of  the  struggles  of  religion  and  liberty.    He  was  him- 
self a  man  of  prayer.     The  name  of  Jesus  was  dear 
to  him  as  it  was  to  us.     And  we  found,  though  sep- 
arated by  nations  and  oceans,  that  our  hearts,  like  the 
mountain  torrents,  which  met  and  mingled  in  the  val- 
ley below  us,  flowed  together  in   the  unity  of  a  com- 
mon love  of  freedom  and  a  common  christian  hope. 

The  period  of  our  visit  to  the  Waldenses  included 
the  Sabbath.  Supposing  that  this  excellent  people 
might  have  something  corresponding  to  our  Sabbath 
schools  and  Bible  classes,  we  went  at  an  early  hour 
of  the  Sabbath  day  to  their  church,  which  was  not 
far  distant.    It  is  a  neat  and  substantial  edifice,  paint- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  175 

ed  white,  and  capable  of  holding  nearly  a  thousand 
persons.  We  were  glad  to  see  that  a  considerable 
number  of  people,  assembled  together  in  this  early- 
part  of  the  day,  were  engaged  in  the  study  of  the 
Bible  ;  and  that  they  appeared  to  listen  with  atten- 
tion and  interest  to  the  explanations  and  exhortations 
of  their  pastor.  At  a  later  hour,  at  the  time  which 
is  usually  appropriated  to  the  forenoon  religious  wor- 
ship in  America,  the  people  of  all  classes,  the  young 
and  old,  were  seen  coming  up  from  the  banks  of  the 
rivulets  which  flow  through  the  valleys  of  La  Tour, 
and  down  the  sides  of  the  mountains.  They  were 
neat  in  their  appearance  and  dress  ; — the  women, 
with  but  few  exceptions,  wearing  caps  of  snowy 
whiteness  without  bonnets ; — and  they  assembled  to- 
gether and  entered  the  house  of  worship  with  the  as- 
pect of  persons  who  venerated  and  loved  the  place. 
The  women  occupied  exclusively  one  side  of  the 
house  ; — the  men  the  other.  The  forenoon  service 
was  in  French,  which  is  the  language  spoken  by  the 
greater  number  ; — in  the  afternoon  it  was  in  Italian, 
and  was  conducted  by  one  of  the  Professors  in  the 
college,  to  which  allusion  has  already  been  made. 

The  interest  of  the  religious  services,  which  took 
place  in  the  course  of  the  day,  was  repeated  and 
heighteiied  by  the  social  prayer-meeting  in  the  eve- 
ning. A  large  room,  with  smaller  rooms  adjoining, 
was  closely  filled  at  an  early  hour.  Many  of  those 
who  came  together  had  their  Bibles  and  hymn  books. 
One  of  the  number  read  a  portion  from  the  Bible,  the 
first  chapter  of  the  second  epistle  of  Peter,  and  accom- 
pained   it  with   remarks.     Others   followed  ;   adding 


176  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

such  remarks  as  were  naturally  suggested  by  the 
chapter  which  had  been  read,  but  making  in  every  in- 
stance an  earnest  and  experimental  application  of 
them.  These  remarks  were  interspersed  with  repeat- 
ed and  earnest  prayers  and  with  singing.  There  was 
something  exceedingly  touching,  as  their  full,  sweet 
voices  united  in  their  hymns.  Near  the  close  of  the 
meeting,  Mr.  Thompson  arose,  and  made  a  short  ad- 
dress to  them  in  the  French  language.  They  listen- 
ed with  great  attention,  and  in  their  parting  prayer 
commended  us  affectionately  to  our  common  Father. 
They  closed  the  meeting  by  singing  a  Doxology ;  and 
as  they  went  out,  many  of  them,  and  among  others 
the  cottager  and  his  wife  whom  we  had  visited  on 
the  mountain,  took  us  kindly  by  the  hand.  Such  is 
the  power  of  religion ;  renovating  the  heart,  strength- 
ening the  intellect,  and  restoring  the  broken  bonds  of 
human  brotherhood. 

Not  far  from  this  delightful  place  of  prayer,  and  in 
sight  of  the  church  where  we  had  worshipped  during 
the  day,  there  is  a  vast  naked  cliff,  projecting  from 
the  side  and  in  fact  forming  a  part  of  the  side,  of  one 
of  the  mountain  heights.  Rising  almost  perpendicu- 
larly, and  apparently  to  the  height  of  a  thousand  feet 
from  its  base,  it  throws  its  dark  and  ragged  shadow 
over  the  valley  below.  I  was  told,  that  this  was  one 
of  the  rugged  cliffs,  to  which  the  Waldensians  fled  in 
the  days  of  their  bitter  persecutions.  Followed  by 
the  soldiers  with  their  sharp  weapons  of  death,  they 
climbed  to  the  summit  and  went  out  to  the  projecting 
points  and  last  footholds  of  this  terrible  mountain 
rock.     There  they  stood,  the  man  with  gray  locks,  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  177 

husband  and  the  wife,  the  mother  and  the  infant  on 
her  bosom ;  rejecting  all  compromise,  holding  the 
truth  above  life,  and  leaving  it  to  their  powerful 
enemies  either  to  concede  to  them  the  rights  of  chris- 
tians and  freemen,  or  to  destroy  them.  These  poor 
people,  who  had  learned  Christ  from  the  Bible  and 
at  their  humble  firesides,  without  power,  without 
wealth,  and  with  but  little  education,  may  be  said 
nevertheless,  in  some  important  sense  at  least,  to  have 
held  in  their  hands  the  destinies  of  Christianity.  God 
gave  them  strength  to  meet  this  terrible  crisis.  They 
offered  themselves  a  sacrifice  for  the  truth. 

Long,  and  with  deep  emotion,  did  I  look  upon  this 
great  altar  of  the  blood  of  these  humble  but  truly 
heroic  martyrs.  I  had  read  their  history,  but  it  was 
something  more  to  stand  upon  the  place  and  let  the 
mountains  tell  me.  Memory  would  not  rest.  Imagi- 
nation, prompted  by  a  bleeding  heart,  placed  the  scene 
before  me.  I  seemed  to  see  it  all,  as  if  it  were  now 
present.  But  among  that  band  of  believing  sufferers, 
there  was  one  that  most  of  all  fixed  my  attention. — 
Upon  those  sharp  and  lofty  cliffs  stood  the  Walden- 
sian  mother.  In  her  poverty  she  wrapped  her  coarse 
garments  around  her,  and  pressed  her  naked  feet 
upon  the  rocks.  With  one  hand  she  clasped  her 
infant  to  her  bosom  ; — and  with  the  other  lifted  in 
earnest  prayer,  in  which  the  strong  faith  of  Christiani- 
ty enabled  her  to  remember  and  to  forgive  her  per- 
secutors, she  awaited  the  fatal  moment.  Cruelty 
triumphed  over  love  and  mercy.  And  it  is  not  sur- 
prising that  nations  were  filled  with  sorrow  and 
shame,  and  that  the  heart  of  humanity  wept,  when  it 


178  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

was  told,  that  the  mother  and  her  infant  were  hurled 
down  the  rocks. 

It  was  these  events,  so  sad  and  yet  illustrating  so 
wonderfully  the  power  of  religion,  which  gave  occa- 
sion for  the  touching  and  sublime  sonnet  of  Milton. 

"  Avenge,  0  Lord,  thy  slaughtered  saints,  whose  bones 
Lie  scattered  on  the  Alpine  mountains  cold. 
E'en  them,  who  kept  thy  truth  so  pure,  of  old — 
When  all  our  fathers  worshipped  stocks  and  stones, 

Forget  not.     In  thy  book  record  their  groans 

Who  were  thy  sheep — and  in  their  ancient  fold, 
Slain  by  the  bloody  Piedmontese,  that  roll'd 
Mother  with  infant  down  the  rocks.     Their  moans 

The  vales  redoubled  to  the  hills,  and  they 

To  Heaven.     Their  martyred  blood  and  ashes  sow 
O'er  all  the  Italian  fields,  where  still  doth  sway 

The  triple  tyrant :  that  from  these  may  grow 
A  hundred  fold,  who  having  learned  thy  way 
%  Early  may  fly  the  Babylonian  woe." 

The  story  of  the  Waldenses,  which  constitutes  at 
the  same  time  the  brightest  and  the  darkest  page  of 
history,  illustrates  one  great  truth,  namely,  that  one  of 
the  great  forces  of  Christianity,  perhaps  its  greatest  in 
its  contest  with  the  evils  of  the  world,  is  its  ability  of 
patient  and  forgiving  endurance  and  suffering.  The 
women  and  children  of  these  celebrated  mountains, 
in  consenting  to  be  immolated  on  the  rocks,  fought  a 
greater  and  more  effective  battle  for  truth  and  free- 
dom, than  the  battles  of  Marathon  and  Yorktown. — 
They  taught  the  world  how  to  conquer.  No  marble 
column  marks  their  grave  ;  but  the  mountains  are 
their  monument ;  and  their  memorial  is  in  the  bosom 
of  God. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  179 


(XXI.) 

Journey  from  Turin  to  Genoa,  Pisa  and  Florence — Towns  of  Monca- 
lieri  and  Alessandria — Plain  and  battle  of  Marengo — Death  of 
Dessaix — Arrival  at  Genoa,  and  some  account  of  it — Protestant- 
ism in  Genoa — Gulf  of  Spezzia — Napoleon— The  iEneid — Passing 
of  the  river  Magra — Mountains  of  Carrara — Pisa — Cathedral, 
baptistry,  and  leaning  tower — Leghorn — The  baptism. 

FLORENCE,  DUCHY  OF  TUSCANY,  DEC.  21,  1852. 

In  prosecuting  our  journey  towards  Rome  from 
Turin,  we  took  the  route  of  Genoa  and  Florence  ; — 
a  route  which  has  this  advantage,  that  the  traveller 
can  be  conveyed  from  Turin  to  the  town  of  Arquata, 
a  distance  of  seventy-eight  miles,  by  railroad.  The 
railroad  station  at  Turin  is  within  the  limits  of  the 
city,  and  at  the  end  of  the  street  called  the  Strada 
Nuova.  The  road  runs  along  the  banks  of  the  river 
Po,  till  it  reaches  the  pleasant  town  of  Moncalieri, 
which  is  distinguished  by  being  the  site  of  one  of  the 
royal  palaces.  The  palace  is  on  the  summit  of  a  hill 
which  overlooks  the  town,  and  is  the  favorite  resi- 
dence of  the  present  royal  family  of  Sardinia.  At 
Moncalieri  the  railroad  crosses  the  Po,  and  taking  the 
direction  of  the  city  of  Asti,  which  is  a  considerable 
place  of  twenty  thousand  inhabitants,  it  there  follows 
the  valley  of  the  river  Tanaro.  The  next  important 
town  on  this  route  is  Alessandria,  situated  near  the 
confluence  of  the  Tanaro  and  the  Bormida.  The 
road,  on  leaving  Alessandria,  runs  along  the  western 
side  of  the  plain  on  which  was  fought  the  great  battle 
of  Marengo,  on  the  13th  of  June,  1800.  In  this 
bloody  battle   twenty   thousand    French   under  the 


180  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

command  of  Napoleon,  tried  their  strength  against 
forty  thousand  Austrians,  under  the  command  of  the 
old  General  Melas,  who  was  then  eighty-four  years 
of  age.  Few  battles  have  been  more  furiously  con- 
tested. The  French  were  driven  from  their  positions, 
and  in  full  retreat ;  when  the  celebrated  Dessaix,  one 
of  those  remarkable  men  whom  the  first  French  re- 
public brought  into  notice,  appeared  upon  the  field 
with  an  additional  force.  Meeting  Napoleon  as  he 
was  retreating,  he  said  to  him,  "  I  think  this  is  a  bat- 
tle lost."  With  characteristic  pertinacity,  but  with  a 
foresight  which  justified  the  reply,  Napoleon  answer- 
ed, "  I  think  it  is  a  battle  won."  Dessaix  led  his 
fresh  forces  into  the  contest.  The  first  Consul 
formed  his  broken  troops  behind  him.  The  tide  of 
battle  turned.  The  Austrians  were  defeated.  Dessaix 
was  killed. 

The  railroad  stops  at  Arquata,  but  will  be  ulti- 
mately completed  to  Genoa.  Its  completion  is  de- 
layed for  the  present,  in  consequence  of  the  necessity 
of  cutting  a  tunnel  through  the  Appenines,  which 
cross  the  line  of  its  path.  From  Arquata,  therefore, 
we  reached  Genoa  by  the  ordinary  line  of  convey- 
ances. We  took  our  lodgings  at  a  place  well  known 
to  travelers,  the  Hotel  Feder ;  which  I  mention  the 
more  particularly  because,  in  the  days  of  the  Genoese 
republic,  and  of  its  maritime  ascendency,  it  was  the 
place  of  the  admiralty,  and  is  thus  intimately  associa- 
ted with  Genoese  naval  history.  It  is  near  the  water, 
and  the  room  which  I  occupied  gave  a  beautiful  view 
of  the  harbor,  shipping,  light-house,  and  a  portion  of 
the  surrounding  heights.     Genoa  was  anciently  styl- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  181 

ed  "superba,"  and  her  commerce,  arts,  wealth,  her 
marble  palaces,  her  spirit  of  liberty,  seemed  to  justi- 
fy the  appellation.  But,  though  seated  on  rocks,  and 
girded  by  mountains,  and  with  her  feet  washed  by 
the  waters  of  the  Mediterranean,  she  has  not  escaped 
the  'common  destiny  of  states  and  nations,  which 
brings,  in  their  appointed  time,  the  marks  of  weak- 
ness and  decay.  With  mingled  feelings  of  admira- 
tion and  sorrow  I  walked  through  the  streets.  The 
beauty  has  faded  from  her  palaces ;  much  of  her  com- 
merce has  passed  to  other  cities  ;  her  republican  inde- 
pendence is  merged  in  the  constitutional  monarchy  of 
Sardinia  ;  sorrow  sits  upon  the  brow  of  her  people  ; 
but  the  king  and  parliament  of  Sardinia,  in  the  spirit 
either  of  sympathy  or  of  patriotism,  have  respected 
the  character  and  historical  reminiscences  of  the 
Genoese,  by  endeavoring  to  give  them  the  second 
place  in  the  kingdom;  and  it  was  pleasant  to  see, 
if  much  of  their  ancient  glory  had  departed,  that  a 
degree  of  courage  and  hope  still  remained. 

I  could  say  something  of  the  churches  and  other 
public  buildings  of  Genoa,  and  of  the  paintings  and 
statuary  with  which  they  are  ornamented ;  but  as 
Italy  may  be  said  to  be  filled  with  them,  and  as  Flor- 
ence and  Rome  and  Naples  yet  remain  to  be  visited, 
I  will  leave  it  to  others.  I  ought  to  say,  however,  as 
a  matter  of  religious  interest  at  the  present  time,  that 
the  Protestant  religion,  as  might  naturally  be  expect- 
ed from  the  incorporation  of  Genoa  with  Sardinia,  is 
tolerated  here.  There  is  a  place  where  the  English 
Episcopal  service  is  regularly  performed.  The  French 
Protestants  also  sustain  their  method  of  worship.  It 
16 


182  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

came  to  our  knowledge,  also,  that  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  republican  exiles  from  other  parts  of  Italy  had 
found  a  residence  and  protection  in  Genoa.  With 
one  of  these,  a  man  of  intelligence,  and  whose  princi- 
ples had  been  tested  by  sacrifices  and  sufferings,  we 
formed  some  acquaintance. 

Our  route  from  Genoa  to  Florence,  which  for  some 
time  was  near  the  Mediterranean,  was  diversified  by 
alternations  of  valleys  and  reaches  of  rocky  and 
mountainous  heights,  from  which  many  picturesque, 
and  sometimes  wild  and  romantic  views  were  pre- 
sented. The  vine,  the  olive,  the  mulberry,  and  fields 
of  wheat  were  everywhere  seen.  We  passed  a  num- 
ber of  pleasant  villages,  and  the  more  considerable 
towns  of  Sestri,  Spezzia,  and  Sarzana.  Spezzia,  a 
town  of  seven  thousand  inhabitants,  is  situated  upon 
the  gulf  of  the  same  name ; — a  spacious  body  of 
water  susceptible  of  being  easily  fortified,  and  suffi- 
ciently extensive  to  contain  the  largest  navies.  This 
beautiful  and  justly  celebrated  gulf  was  known  to 
the  ancients  under  the  name    of  the    Gulf  of  Luna. 

It  was  the  intention  of  Napoleon,  after  his  con- 
quest of  Italy,  to  make  this  gulf  the  great  naval  sta- 
tion of  his  empire.  He  wished  to  incorporate  his 
name  with  the  ocean  as  well  as  with  mountains. 
Everywhere,  from  the  Seine  to  the  Nile,  the  traveller 
is  reminded  of  the  magnificent  conceptions,  and 
may  even  be  said  to  tread  in  the  very  footprints  of 
this  remarkable  man  ; — a  man,  great  in  his  concep- 
tions of  material  nature,  great  in  his  energy,  great  in 
his  estimate  of  the  power  of  fear  and  money  over  the 
human  mind  ;   but  not  great  enough  to   estimate  the 


SOCIAL,  ANB    MORAL.  183 

truth  and  power  of  the  spirit  of  liberty.  It  is  almost 
a  necessity  of  his  nature,  that  man  must  estimate  men 
by  the  measurement  which  exists  in  his  own  heart; 
and  although  Napoleon  could  adjust  the  measurement 
of  selfishness  to  tyranny,  and  of  tyranny  to  universal 
empire,  he  had  no  capacity  within  him  which  enabled 
him  to  solve  the  problem  of  such  men  as  Vane  and 
Hampden,  as  Lafayette  and  Washington. 

It  is  said  by  some  commentators,  that  Virgil  in  the 
first  book  of  the  iEneid  was  aided  in  his  exquisite 
description  of  the  gulf  in  which  iEneas  took  refuge 
after  a  violent  storm,  by  his  recollections  of  the  Spez- 
zian  Gulf.  I  can  easily  conceive  that  it  might  have 
been  so,  although  there  is  no  island  here  which  would 
correspond  to  the  island  he  has  described.  No  one 
can  doubt,  that,  in  its  combinations  of  land  and 
water,  it  is  a  place  worthy  even  of  Virgil's  pen.  If 
poetry  could  become  embodied,  and  take  up  its  resi- 
dence in  person,  I  think  it  would  reside  somewhere  in 
this  neighborhood.  The  views,  as  we  passed  around 
the  head  of  these  waters,  were  beautiful  as  imagina- 
tion could  well  conceive. 

On  leaving  this  place  we  ascended  gradually  a  long 
reach  of  rough  and  lofty  hills,  and  came  down  on  the 
other  side,  into  the  picturesque  valley  of  the  Magra. 
The  Magra  is  .a  short  river,  formed  by  the  smaller 
rivers  and  torrents  rushing  from  the  neighboring 
mountains,  which  seem  to  be  branches  from  the  Ap- 
penines.  It  is  generally  fordable,  but  when  swollen 
by  heavy  rains,  as  it  was  at  this  time,  it  fills  a  chan- 
nel of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width,  and  rushes  to- 
wards the  Mediterranean  with   great  impetuosity.-^- 


184  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

We  were  all  taken  by  surprise  by  this  sudden  appari- 
tion of  foaming  waters.  A  ferry  boat,  however,  soon 
received  us  and  .  our  baggage.  The  boat  seemed  to 
be  a  memorial  of  departed  generations.  It  was  cer- 
tainly a  very  old  thing,  and  so  much  broken  on  one 
side,  as  to  invite,  at  every  inclination  in  that  direction, 
an  additional  freight  from  the  river.  With  much 
noise  and  much  tugging,  the  honest  boatmen,  who 
seemed  to  constitute  a  considerable  portion  of  the  in- 
habitants of  this  mountainous  region,  conveyed  us 
over  the  main  channel ;  but  in  default  of  wharf  or 
other  suitable  landing  place,  they  thrust  the  head  of 
the  boat  into  a  sand  bar  about  fifteen  yards  from  the 
shore,  and  then  seizing  each-  of  us,  individually  and 
bodily,  and  without  giving  us  time  to  consider  or  re- 
monstrate, carried  us  in  their  strong  arms  to  the  bank 
of  the  river.  I  called  them  honest  boatmen,  but  out 
of  regard  to  strict  veracity,  I  ought,  perhaps,  to  make 
an  exception  of  the  person  or  persons  who  took 
advantage  of  our  peculiar  situation  and  confusion  to 
steal  a  carpet  bag. 

The  next  considerable  town  was  Sarzana.  As  we 
thus  travelled  along,  admiring  nature's  beauty  at  every 
step,  and  estimating  men  and  institutions  as  well  as 
nature,  we  came  in  sight,  (and  for  this  also  I  was  un- 
prepared), of  the  marble  mountains  of  Carrara.  An 
Italian  gentleman,  whom  we  had  taken  into  our  com- 
pany at  Spezzia,  pointed  them  out.  He  was  a  dealer 
in  marble,  and  was  going  to  Leghorn  to  arrange  ship- 
ments for  New  York.  I  saw  their  white  caverns  in 
the  distance,  and  I  could  not  but  remember  that  these 
mountains  had  been  associated  with  the  history  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  185 

art  for  more  than  two  thousand  years.  I  was  inform- 
ed that  no  other  quarries  furnish  marble  of  the  same 
whiteness  and  purity.  Thus  it  is,  that  in  the  combi- 
nations of  infinite  wisdom,  nature  and  mind  are  made 
to  correspond  to  each  other.  That  which  is  finite 
must  work  upon  that  which  has  form  and  solidity, — . 
If  there  had  been  no  Carrara,  there  would  have  been 
no  Michael  Angelo,  no  Canova.  What  can  a  work- 
man do  without  materials  ?  God  only  can  work  upon 
nothing. 

The  next  considerable  place  upon  our  route  was 
Pisa.  It  was  formerly  a  large  and  flourishing  city, 
and  notwithstanding  the  unfavorable  changes  it  has 
experienced,  it  still  numbers  twenty-five  thousand  in- 
habitants. We  stopped  here  a  short  time  to  look  at 
the  Cathedral,  the  Baptistery,  the  Campanile  or  bell 
tower,  better  known  as  the  leaning  tower,  and  other 
objects  of  interest  which  usually  attract  the  notice  of 
travellers.  The  origin  of  the  cathedral  has  an  his- 
torical interest.  In  the  year  1063,  the  Pisan  fleet 
attacked  a  number  of  Saracen  vessels,  in  the  harbor 
of  Palermo  in  Sicily,  broke  through  the  chain  which 
the  Saracens  had  thrown  across  the  harbor  for  their 
protection,  and  returned  home  richly  laden  with  the 
captured  spoils.  Devoutly  ascribing  their  victory  to 
divine  superintendence,  the  Pi  sans  resolved  to  erect 
a  new  cathedral,  which  should  at  the  same  time  be  a 
monument  of  their  gratitude  to  God,  and  an  honor  to 
their  country.  And  accordingly  its  foundation  was 
laid  in  1064 ;  but  it  was  not  completed  and  consecra- 
ted until  the  year  1118  ; — a  building  which  would  be 
likely,  even  on  the  slight  examination  which  we  were 
J6* 


186  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

able  to  bestow  upon  it,  to  give  to  many  persons  some 
new  ideas  of  the  energy  and  resources  of  the  Italian 
states  and  republics  of  the  middle  ages.  In  the  nave 
of  this  cathedral  hangs  suspended  the  bronze  lamp, 
which  suggested  to  Galileo  the  theory  of  the  appli- 
cation of  the  pendulum.  The  Campanile  or  leaning 
tower,  to  which  I  have  referred,  is  fifty  feet  in  diame- 
ter, and  an  hundred  and  seventy-eight  in  height.— 
There  are  seven  bells  on  its  summit,  the  largest  weigh- 
ing twelve  thousand  pounds.  With  this  great  weight 
upon  it,  and  rising  in  eight  successive  stories  to  such 
a  height,  it  leans  over,  in  consequence  of  sinking  on 
one  side,  at  the  foundation,  with  an  inclination  at  the 
top  of  thirteen  feet  from  its  original  perpendicular 
position,  producing  on  the  mind  of  the  beholder,  by 
the  combined  influence  of  the  beauty  and  greatness 
of  the  object,  and  its  unexampled  and  perilous  incli- 
nation, a  very  singular  and  powerful  effect.  Pisa  is 
situated  upon  the  Arno,  one  of  the  many  rivers  of 
Italy,  which  have  a  classical  celebrity. 

Availing  ourselves  of  the  railroad  which  now  con- 
nects Pisa  with  Florence  in  one  direction,  and  with 
Leghorn  in  another,  we  made  a  short  excursion  to  the 
latter  place,  a  journey  of  thirteen  miles,  and  which 
was  accomplished  by  railroad  in  thirty  minutes.  The 
traveller  will  be  well  repaid  by  taking  it,  although 
Leghorn  is  known  more  by  its  commerce  than  its 
works  of  art.  We  rode  round  the  city,  cast  a  glance 
upon  its  massive  fortifications,  and  had  the  satisfac- 
tion of  seeing  the  flags  of  different  nations, — among 
them  that  of  America, — floating  peacefully  together 
in  the  beautiful  harbor.     Leghorn,  which,  among  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  187 

cities  in  this  part  of  the  Mediterranean,  is  second  as 
a  commercial  place  only  to  Marseilles  and  Genoa, 
contains  seventy  thousand  inhabitants,  eight  thousand 
of  whom  are  Jews.  The  Jews  have  their  full  share  of 
the  business  of  the  city,  and  their  richly  ornamented 
synagogue,  to  which  we  gained  access  without  diffi- 
culty, will  well  recompense  a  visit  from  the  traveller. 
In  the  Protestant  cemetery,  filled  with  memorials  of 
the  dead  of  different  nations,  we  stood  beside  the 
dust  of  some  of  our  own  people,  who  had  died  in 
this  distant  land. 

Resuming  our  seats  in  the  cars,  and  returning  to 
Pisa,  we  proceeded  immediately  to  Florence,  which  is 
reached  by  the  railroad  in  a  few  hours.  It  is  from 
Florence,  the  capital  of  the  dukedom  of  Tuscany, 
that  I  date  this  letter ;  and  here  I  rest  for  the  present, 
though  it  is  but  for  a  short  time.  Inquiring  of  my- 
self as  I  went  to  my  solitary  room,  what  had  been 
the  effect  of  this  journey  thus  far  upon  my  own  mind, 
I  found  that  it  had  been  to  generalize  my  feelings, 
and  to  inspire  them  with  a  purer  and  deeper  benevo- 
lence at  the  same  time  that  it  extended  them.  It  was 
difficult  for  me  before,  except  by  a  sort  of  abstract 
effort,  to  carry  my  feelings  beyond  America,  and  to 
bring  them  into  a  realizing  sympathy  with  unknown 
races.  I  found,  however,  that  there  is  a  wide  and 
great  nation  beyond  that  of  any  particular  nationality. 
The  sphere  of  humanity,  the  circle  of  divinely  united 
hearts,  enlarged  itself  as  I  advanced ;  and  I  can  say 
with  Kotzebue  and  Mungo  Park  that  in  every  land 
where  I  have  been  I  have  found  evidences  of  confi- 
dence and  of  friendship. 


188  LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 

To  me  this  is  a  great  deal.  I  value  intellectual 
acquisitions  ;  but  still  more  do  I  want  my  heart 
enlarged  to  its  utmost  capacity.  This  train  of  thought 
and  feeling  recalled  an  incident  which  occurred  at 
Pisa.  Our  little  company  were  standing  in  the  cele- 
brated building  called  the  Baptistery.  In  a  little  time 
our  attention  was  diverted  from  the  architectural  skill 
displayed  in  the  building  to  a  religious  ceremony, 
which  was  about  to  be  performed.  Some  poor  people 
had  brought  a  child  to  be  baptized.  We  looked  on, 
Protestants  as  we  were,  with  those  feelings  of  respect 
which  are  due  from  one  form  of  religion  to  another. 
When  the  religious  ceremony  had  been  gone  through, 
the  poor  Italian  mother,  in  passing  out  of  the  build- 
ing, came  near  the  excellent  lady,  who  formed  one 
of  our  little  company,  and  entered  into  communica- 
tion with  her ; — not  by  vocal  language,  because  they 
could  not  in  that  way  understand  each  other ;  but  by 
that  mysterious  sympathy  of  souls,  which  has  a 
power  above  that  of  words.  It  was  sufficient,  though 
of  different  creeds  and  differently  situated,  that  both 
were  mothers.  God  and  nature  brought  into  harmony 
what  lands  and  creeds  might  have  separated.  The 
American  mother  stooped  down  and  kissed  the  little 
child  of  the  Italian  mother ;  and  seeing  the  evidence 
of  their  poverty  in  their  poor  and  rude  garments, 
added  a  present  in  money  to  this  expression  of  her 
affection.  This  little  scene  of  unaffected  benevolence 
touched  my  feelings.  It  was  the  voice  of  humanity 
asserting  its  eternal  relationships.  The  tear  grew 
bright  in  the  eye  of  the  Italian  mother,  and  dropped 
on  the  cheek  of  the  infant ;  and  I  could  see  in  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  189 

countenance  of  the  old  priest  and  a  number  of  poor 
Catholics  who  stood  around,  that  a  ray  of  mutual 
confidence  and  esteem  was  kindled  in  their  hearts. — 
And  I  could  not  but  feel,  if  men  would  become 
better  acquainted  with  each  other  and  let  the  currents 
of  love  flow  out,  it  would  be  a  moral  force  greater 
than  the  sword,  greater  than  dogmatical  argument,  in 
diminishing  diversities  of  belief,  in  correcting  errors, 
in  harmonizing  antagonistical  systems,  and  in  bring- 
ing in  Christ's  kingdom  of  universal  peace. 


(XXII.) 

Situation  of  Florence — Origin  of  the  Republic  of  Florence — Appear- 
ance and  character  of  the  people — Cathedral  and  church  of  Santa 
Croce — Dante  and  his  writings — Milton — The  Campanile  or  bell 
tower — The  Uffizii  and  its  works  of  art — The  Medicean  library — 
Re-establishment  of  capital  punishment — Trial  of  insurgent  re- 
publicans. 

FLORENCE,  DUCHY  OF  TUSCANY,  SECOND   LETTER. 

The  present  letter  will  be  taken  up  with  what  has 
come  under  my  notice,  or  rather  with  a  part  of  what 
has  been  noticed,  at  Florence.  The  city  of  Florence 
is  the  capital  of  the  duchy  of  Tuscany,  situated  on 
both  sides  of  the  Arno,  which  is  spanned  by  four 
beautiful  bridges.  Surrounded  by  the  villas  which 
adorn  the  adjacent  plain,  with  sloping  hills  and  lofty 
mountains  in  the  distance,  it  must  be  conceded  that, 
in  the  merits  of  its  natural  position,  at  least,  Florence 
justifies  the  eulogies  which  have  so  often  been  be- 
stowed upon  it.     And  the  beauty  of  the  city  itself, 


190  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

though  it  has  lost  something  of  its  former  splendor, 
corresponds  well  with  the  beauty  of  its  situation. 

The  Florentines  trace  their  history  back  to  the 
time  of  the  old  Romans.  And  in  support  of  this 
view  they  refeT  to  the  fact,  that  they  are  mentioned 
in  the  annals  of  Tacitus  as  having  sent  an  embassy 
to  Rome  in  relation  to  some  matters  which  concerned 
their  city.  But  their  brilliant  period, — the  period  in 
which  they  have  commanded  their  full  share  of  the 
notice  and  admiration  of  the  world, — commences  with 
the  year  1250,  when  they  arose  and  overthrew  the 
nobles  who  had  tyrannized  over  them,  and  established 
the  Florentine  Republic.  Before  this  time  they  were 
subjects,  and  were  treated  as  slaves;  but,  in  the  ex- 
pressive language  of  one  of  their  chronicles,  they 
then  constituted  themselves  a  people. 

The  Florentines,  whatever  may  have  been  their 
origin,  are  a  select  and  noble  race  of  men.  I  had  no 
sooner  entered  their  streets  than  I  was  struck  with 
their  appearance  ; — quite  different  from  that  of  the 
people  of  some  other  cities  which  I  had  visited. 
Their  well  built  forms  and  expressive  countenances, 
marked  by  thought  and  lofty  independence,  harmo- 
nized well  with  the  idea,  that  they  were  the  descend- 
ants of  a  race,  who  have  achieved  an  honorable  place 
in  the  records  of  men.  Interesting  in  their  political 
history  which  shows  their  love  of  freedom,  they  are 
equally  so  in  their  relation  to  the  development  of  the 
arts  and  in  their  contributions  to  literature.  Works 
of  art,  exclusive  of  public  buildings  which  display 
the  genius  of  architecture,  are  found  everywhere  ; — 
in  their  palaces,  churches,  public  squares,  and  private 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  191 

residences.  Peculiar  circumstances,  which  it  is  the 
business  of  the  historian  to  unfold,  gave  this  direc- 
tion to  the  great  inventive  capacity  of  the  people. 

It  is  the  splendid  edifices,  however,  which  are  like- 
ly to  attract  attention  on  the  first  entrance  into  the 
city.  The  cities  and  states  of  Italy  have  vied  with 
each  other  in  the  erection  of  public  buildings,  particu- 
larly those  designed  for  religious  worship  ;  and,  al- 
though as  Protestants  we  may  well  question  their 
adaptedness  in  many  cases  to  the  purpose  for  which 
they  were  built,  we  cannot  withhold  our  admiration 
from  the  genius  which  planned  and  the  persevering 
energy  which  completed  them.  One  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  these  magnificent  buildings  is  the  Cathe- 
dral of  Florence.  In  accordance  with  a  decree  of 
the  city,  which  was  desirous  of  erecting  an  edifice 
superior  to  any  other  then  existing,  the  foundations 
were  laid  in  1298  ;  and  genius  and  skill,  and  labor 
and  wealth  contributed » to  complete  it.  It  is  four 
hundred  and  fifty  four  feet  in  length,  with  a  transept 
of  three  hundred  and  thirty  feet ;  and  its  height  from 
the  pavement  to  the  summit  of  the  cross  by  which  it 
is  surmounted,  is  about  three  hundred  and  eighty 
seven  feet.  The  walls  on  the  outside  are  cased  with 
marble.  The  dome  is  said  to  be  the  largest  in  the 
world ;  and  served  as  a  model  to  Michael  Angelo  in 
building  that  of   St.  Peter's. 

This  great  building,  commenced  at  the  time  I  have 
mentioned,  was  not  entirely  completed  till  the  year 
1446.  Its  interior  is  adorned  with  statues,  bas-reliefs, 
busts,  frescoes,  and  sepulchral  monuments  ;  some  of 
them  in  the  judgment  of  artists,  works  of  great  merit ; 


192  LETTERS— ^ESTHETIC, 

but  the  pleasure  of  seeing  them  is  somewhat  dimin- 
ished in  consequence  of  their  being  so  dimly  revealed 
to  the  visitor  by  the  feeble  rays  of  light  which  fall 
through  the  small  stained  windows.  Among  the  mon- 
uments in  this  cathedral  is  that  of  Brunelleschi,  the 
great  architect  who  built  its  dome  ;  and  who  was  buri- 
ed here  at  the  expense  of  the  republic. 

There  is  also  a  fine  statue  of  Brunelleschi  on  the 
south  side  of  the  square  of  the  cathedral ;  and  near  it 
the  stranger  is  pointed  to  the  spot,  designated  by  an 
inscription,  where  Dante  used  to  sit  and  occupy  his 
imaginative  mind  in  contemplating  this  vast  edifice. 

Among  the  numerous  other  churches  which  adorn 
the  city  of  Florence,  there  is  much  to  interest  one  in 
the  old  Franciscan  church  of  Santa  Croce.  It  was  in 
the  square  of  this  church  that  the  people  assembled 
and  took  their  decisive  measures  in  the  republican 
revolt  of  1250.  But  to  me  this  renowned  edifice  was 
an  object  of  especial  attraction ;  because,  in  common 
with  every  traveller  who  visits  Florence,  I  here  look- 
ed upon  the  tomb  of  Michael  Angelo.  The  body, 
which  was  once  the  residence  of  a  mind  of  eminently 
great  and  original  power,  reposes  here.  His  tomb  is 
ornamented  with  allegorical  figures  of  the  sister  arts 
of  architecture,  painting  and  sculpture,  in  all  of  which 
he  excelled.  The  marble  bust,  which  is  designed  to 
perpetuate  the  outlines  of  the  form  that  is  crumbling 
beneath  it,  is  regarded  as  a  faithful  likeness  of  him. 
In  this  church,  which  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  the 
Westminster  Abbey  of  Florence,  Marsuppini  was  bu- 
ried, the  secretary  of  the  republic  at  an  early  period, 
and  one  of  its  eloquent  and  distinguished  men.    Here 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  193 

also,  are  sepulchral  monuments  to  Galileo,  Dante  and 
Alfieri.  The  portrait  of  Dante  was  placed  here  by  a 
decree  of  the  republic  in  1465.  But  the  large  and 
splendid  monument  to  him,  to  which  I  have  just  re- 
ferred, has  been  recently  erected  at  the  public  expense. 
It  is  evident  that  Florence  cherishes  the  memory  of 
her  great  poet ; — great  as  compared  with  the  poets 
of  any  other  age  or  nation,  and  yet  unlike  all  other 
poets.  A  country  is  nothing  without  its  great  names. 
And  there  are  so  many  reminiscences  of  Dante  here, 
that  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  say  something 
in  relation  to  him.  If  no  writer  can  be  properly  un- 
derstood and  interpreted,  separate  from  his  age  and 
country,  this  is  especially  the  case  with  this  remarka- 
ble poet.  His  conceptive  power,  which  enabled  him 
to  imagine  and  to  describe  with  so  much  exactness, 
was  his  own ;  bat  the  subjects,  upon  which  he  exer- 
cised it,  belonged  to  the  incidents  of  his  age,  people 
and  religion.  I  never  could  well  understand  before, 
how  a  writer,  no  matter  how  great  or  how  eccentric 
his  genius,  could  think  of  going  through  hell,  purga- 
tory and  paradise,  with  a  view  to  ascertain  the  local- 
ity, if  I  may  so  express  it,  of  the  spirits  of  the  dead, 
and  to  announce  to  the  world  their  respective  degrees 
of  reward  and  punishment,  of  hope  and  despair.  But 
these  ideas,  (I  mean  ideas  which  dealt  with  the  un- 
known facts  and  incidents  of  man's  disembodied  des- 
tiny,) were  the  ideas  of  the  age  of  Dante.  If  a  man 
died,  and  did  not  go  straightway  to  heaven,  which 
was  the  happy  lot  of  a  few  saints  only,  the  popular 
thought  of  that  age,  trained  and  established  by  its 
dominant  religious  ideas,  at  once  assigned  him  an 
17 


194  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

infernal  or  purgatorial  locality.  Books  were  written, 
and  paintings  sketched  and  executed,  upon  the  basis 
of  this  prevalent  mode  of  opinion  and  feeling. — 
Michael  Angelo  himself  was  not  free  from  this  in- 
fluence. And  the  interior  of  the  cupola  of  the  great 
cathedral  of  Florence,  which  was  the  object  of  his 
study  and  admiration,  is  painted  in  fresco,  with 
angels  and  saints  in  paradise,  or  with  figures  represent- 
ing the  sufferings  of  purgatory  and  hell.  So  that  the 
remarkable  work  of  Dante  is  really  nothing  more  nor 
less  than  the  poetical  conception, — which  that  great 
poet  alone  fully  possessed, — of  the  great  religious 
thought  of  his  age. 

And  now  that  1  am  upon  this  subject,  I  may  further 
add  that  some  of  the  leading  traits  in  the  writings  of 
our  own  Milton,  (I  refer,  however,  particularly  to  the 
Paradise  Lost,)  find  an  explanation,  in  part,  at  least, 
in  the- same  predominant  ideas.  He  resided  for  some 
time  in  Italy,  was  perfectly  acquainted  with  Italian 
literature,  and  with  the  religious  thought  and  feeling 
which  prevailed  among  the  people.  It  has  seemed  to 
me,  since  I  have  been  in  Florence  and  other  parts  of 
Italy,  that  the  hell  of  the  Paradise  Lost  would  not 
have  been  so  clearly  defined  in  his  conception  and  so 
accurately  described,  if  Milton  had  not  both  heard 
and  seen  a  good  deal  in  relation  to  it  on  the  banks  of 
the  Arno.  Particular  expressions  and  allusions  also, 
full  of  beauty  but  evidently  not  of  English  origin, 
find  their  explanation  in  his  residence  here.  Vallom- 
brosa  and  the  hill  of  Fiesoli  are  both  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Florence.  And  hence,  in  describing  the  pros- 
tration of  the  rebel  angels,  he  says  that  they 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  195 

-"  lay  entranced 


Thick  as  autumnal  leaves  that  strew  the  brooks 
In  Vallombrosa." 

And  it  is  thus,  with  his  mind  filled  not  only  with 
Italian  scenery  but  with  Italian  art  and  science,  that 
he  compares  Satan's  shield  to 

the  moon,  whose  orb 


Through  optic  glass  the  Tuscan  artist  views 
At  evening  from  the  top  of  Fiesoli." 

The  "  Tuscan  artist"  is  Galileo,  with  whom  Milton 
became  acquainted  while  he  was  in  Italy. 

Among  other  objects  which  the  stranger  can  hardly 
fail  to  observe  nd  which  he  is  not  likely  to  forget,  is 
the  campanile  or  bell-tower.  Unlike  that  of  Pisa,  the 
Campanile  of  Florence  stands  erect ;  and  is  also  much 
higher  than  the  Pisan  tower, — being  two  hundred 
and  seventy-five  feet  in  height.  It  is  near  the  cathe- 
dral, and  may  be  considered  as  a  species  of  append- 
age to  it.  Its  basement  story  is  ornamented  with  a 
series  of  well  executed  reliefs,  designed  to  represent 
the  progress  of  civilization  ; — commencing  with  the 
history  of  Adam  and  the  early  patriarchs,  and  devel- 
oping the  leading  events  in  human  progress  down  to 
a  late  period.  Rising  in  successive  stories  to  its  over- 
towering  height,  this  remarkable  structure  is  seen  by 
a  single  glance  of  the  eye  ;  and  stops  the  traveller 
and  commands  his  admiration  at  the  very  doors  of 
the  great  cathedral,  by  that  power  of  attraction, 
which  always  belongs  to  simplicity  when  combined 
with  grandeur. 

The  Florentine  collection  of  works  of  art,  which  is 
known  as  the  Royal  Gallery,  is  one  of  the  most  valu- 


196  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

able  in  the  world.  These  works  are  deposited  in  the 
upper  story  of  a  large  and  fine  building,  called  the 
Uffizii,  which  was  originally  erected  for  the  accom- 
modation of  the  magistrates  and  tribunals  of  Flor- 
ence. In  this  celebrated  gallery  nearly  all  the  great 
masters  of  art,  both  of  ancient  and  modern  times, 
are  represented.  Here  among  other  works,  which 
have  commanded  the  admiration  of  connoisseurs,  is 
the  Faun  dancing  in  marble;  the  celebrated  group  of 
wrestlers,  writhing  in  sculptured  strength  and  emula- 
tion ;  and  the  statue  of  the  Venus  de  Medici,  of  which 
the  world  has  but  one.  There  were  other  works 
which  were  particularly  interesting  to  me.  Hardly 
anything  which  I  saw  impressed  me  more  than  the 
busts  of  the  Roman  emperors ;  authenticated  as  wTorks 
of  the  date  which  is  ascribed  to  them,  not  only  by 
the  circumstances  of  their  discovery,  but  by  their  re- 
markable correspondence  to  those  conceptions  of  the 
persons  represented,  which  an  acquaintance  with  the 
past  is  most  likely  to  suggest.  They  are  a  sort  of 
resurrection  of  history.  I  looked  again  and  again 
upon  the  furrowed  but  stern  brow  of  Julius  Caesar  ; 
with  anxiety,  ambition  and  intrepidity  written  in  un- 
changeable lines.  Here,  also,  living  in  the  perpetuity 
of  art,  is  the  calm  and  intellectual  look  of  Augustus. 
Esteeming  its  homage  to  the  truth  above  everything 
else,  the  chisel  of  the  sculptor  has  harmonized  with 
the  pen  of  the  annalist  in  its  Otho  and  Vitellius  ; 
and  the  very  marble  speaks  in  verification  of  our 
ideas  of  Trajan  whom  history  has  praised  for  his 
wisdom,  and  of  Nerva,  who  was  styled  the  good. 
I  have  no  time  in  a  single  letter  to  say  anything  o£ 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  197 

the  splendid  paintings,  which  are  to  be  found  here 
and  also  in  the  Pallazzo  Pitti ;  nor  of  the  treasures, 
invaluable  to  literature,  which  exist  in  the  Medicean 
library.  This  library,  rich  in  works  in  the  oriental 
languages  as  well  as  in  Greek  and  Latin,  contains 
more  than  nine  thousand  manuscripts.  The  oldest 
manuscript  of  the  Pandects  is  deposited  here ;  and  I 
was  shown  what  was  said  to  be  (and  I  believe  the 
claim  to  its  great  antiquity  is  not  disputed)  the  earli- 
est manuscript  of  Virgil.  The  manuscript  contains 
all  the  works  of  Virgil,  excepting  a  small  portion  of 
the  Bucolics. 

This  is  only  the  beginning  of  what  might  be  said, 
and  of  what  came  under  my  personal  notice  in  Flor- 
ence and  its  vicinity.  Of  course  a  mere  letter  writer 
cannot  say  much  ;  especially  when  travelling  rapidly 
and  in  poor  health.  But  I  cannot  close  without  refer- 
ring briefly  to  its  present  religious  and  political  con- 
dition. It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  in  Tuscany, 
as  in  other  parts  of  Italy,  the  Catholic  religion  is  the 
religion  of  the  State  and  of  the  people.  Other  forms 
of  religion  are  tolerated  for  foreign  residents  and  for 
those  who  have  inherited,  if  I  may  so  express  it,  and 
have  been  brought  up  in  a  different  religion.  The 
Episcopal  church  of  England  has  its  place  of  wor- 
ship ; — the  Presbyterians  also,  in  which  religious  ser- 
vice is  performed  in  the  French  language  in  the  fore- 
noon and  in  the  English  in  the  afternoon.  It  was  our 
privilege  to  worship  on  the  Sabbath  in  this  church,  in 
company  with  christians  from  different  lands.  But  if 
toleration,  kept  within  very  strict  limits,  is  allowed  to 
existing  forms  of  belief,  it  is  limited,  at  least  as  far  as 
17* 


198  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  Catholics  are  concerned,  to  what  now  is.  It  does 
not  admit  of  free  inquiry  nor  of  a  change  of  religions. 
The  Catholic  who  dares  to  inquire  and  think  on  the 
subject  of  religion,  with  a  view  to  estimate  his  own 
form  of  religion  as  compared  with  that  of  others,  is  a 
marked  and  persecuted  man.  If  he  is  led  to  change 
his  religion,  no  matter  with  how  great  sincerity,  the 
least  he  can  expect  is  a  long  and  severe  imprisonment. 

For  nearly  a  century  capital  punishment  has  been 
abolished  in  Tuscany.  It  has  very  recently  been  re- 
established ;  so  that  Florence,  which  has  its  works  of 
art,  has  also  is  guillotine.  I  was  informed  on  authori- 
ty upon  which  I  could  rely,  that  no  reason  could  be 
assigned  for  this  unexpected  measure,  except  what 
was  found  in  the  political  state  of  the  country.  The 
object  is,  beyond  all  question,  to  strike  terror  into  the 
hearts  of  the  republicans,  who  are  feared,  and  hated, 
and  persecuted,  with  the  exception  of  the  constitu- 
tional monarchy  of  Sardinia,  by  all  the  ruling  authori- 
ties in  Italy.  I  shall  endeavor  to  refer  to  this  subject 
more  particularly  in  another  letter.  But  I  cannot 
omit  to  mention  an  incident  here,  which  affected  my 
feelings  much. 

A  few  years  ago  the  people  of  the  Roman  States 
and  of  Tuscany,  inspired  by  a  sense  of  right  and 
by  historical  recollections,  endeavored  to  recover  their 
ancient  liberties.  They  succeeded  in  part ;  but  in 
consequence  of  the  aid  rendered  to  them  by  France, 
Austria,  and  indirectly  by  Russia, the  rulers,  whom  they 
dispossessed  for  a  time,  have  recovered  their  power. 
The  consequence  is,  that  throughout  Italy,  (always 
excepting   the   dominions  of  the   constitutional   and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  199 

patriotic  king  of  Sardinia,)  the  republicans,  who  ob- 
viously constitute  a  large  portion  of  the  people,  are 
closely  watched  by  the  police ; — many  prisons  are 
filled  with  them  ;  and  very  recently  a  large  number, 
including  some  patriotic  Catholic  priests,  have  been 
executed.  While  I  have  been  in  Florence,  some  of 
these  persons,  who  believe  as  we  do  in  America,  that 
man  ought  to  have  a  voice  in  the  government  of  him- 
self, and  who  have  dared  to  act  in  accordance  with 
their  convictions,  have  been  under  trial  for  high  trea- 
son. As  soon  as  I  understood  this,  I  lost  no  time  in 
finding  my  way  to  the  court  of  justice.  I  was  not 
fully  informed  as  to  particulars.  I  can  only  say,  there- 
fore, that  four  men,  who  had  been  prominent  in  the 
republican  movement,  were  undergoing  a  trial,  which 
in  all  probability  was  to  have  its  termination  in  death, 
or  in  perpetual  imprisonment.  The  men  were  guard- 
ed by  soldiers.  The  place  of  trial  was  full  of  people  ; 
but  the  rich  and  noble  were  not  there.  I  was  pleased 
to  see,  that  the  representatives  of  the  masses  were  not 
absent ; — the  men  of  toil,  of  hunger  and  rags.  Liber- 
ty has  ever  found  its  truest  defenders  and  sympathi- 
zers among  the  poor.  I  looked  with  deep  interest 
upon  their  hard  hands,  their  sunburnt  countenances, 
and  their  eyes  sometimes  filled  with  tears  and  some- 
times kindling  with  the  flashes  of  the  old  Etrurian 
and  Roman  fire. 

A  few  women,  some  of  them  young  persons  and 
some  of  them  advanced  in  years,  were  there  also  ; — 
and  I  supposed  from  the  deep  and  changeless  anxiety 
which  they  manifested,  that  they  might  be  the  near 
relatives,  perhaps  the  mothers  and  sisters,  of  the  men 
under  trial. 


200  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

"With  some  difficulty  I  made  my  way  through  the 
dense  mass  of  people,  till  I  stood  near  the  judges  and 
in  full  view  of  the  prisoners.  I  understood  that  these 
men  were  not  the  leaders  in  the  republican  movement ; 
but  still  were  regarded  as  of  sufficient  importance  to 
be  offered  up  as  the  people's  sacrifice.  One  of  them, 
apparently  a  young  man,  seemed  to  be  drooping  and 
wasting  away  under  the  effects  of  the  long  imprison- 
ment to  which  they  had  been  subjected.  Another, 
more  erect,  aud  possessed  of  more  physical  energy, 
cast  a  calm  and  intelligent  look  upon  the  judges  and 
crowded  assembly,  which  seemed  to  say  in  its  pro- 
phetic glance,  that  he  feared  nothing  for  liberty  nor 
from  the  judgment  of  posterity.  The  others,  with 
looks  rendered  intense  and  fierce  by  a  sense  of  injus- 
tice, were  like  men,  who  cared  for  nothing  and  asked 
for  nothing  but  their  old  swords  and  another  field  of 
battle.  Not  doubting  in  my  own  mind,  that  a  great 
crime  against  humanity  was  about  to  be  accomplish- 
ed, I  turned  away  from  this  painful  scene  with  the 
sad  reflection,  that,  in  a  siuful  and  fallen  world  like 
ours,  all  that  is  good  and  true  is  established  and 
sanctified  by  its  baptisms  of  blood. 


(XXIII.) 

Departure  from  Florence — The  ancient  Clusium — Arrival  at  the  Papal 
territories — View  of  Mount  Soracte-Approach  to  Rome— Remarks 
on  the  political  state  of  Europe — Strength  of  the  republican 
party — The  forces  arrayed  against  it — Republican  meeting  in 
London — Kossuth  and  Mazzini — State  of  things  in  Rome. 

CITY  OF  ROME,  DEC.  27,  1852. 

We  are  now  in  Rome.      In  coming  from  Florence 
to  this  justly  celebrated  spot,  we  took  the  route  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  201 

Sienna ; — once  a  large  and  powerful  republican  city, 
and  still  an  object  of  curiosity  and  interest  to  travel- 
lers. A  few  miles  from  Sienna  is  the  town  of  Chiusi, 
the  site  of  the  ancient  Etruscan  city  of  Clusium, 
which  was  the  residence  of  Porsena.  In  passing  the 
volcanic  mountain  of  Radicofani,  we  left  the  frontier 
of  Tuscany,  and  entered  the  territory  of  the  Papal 
See. 

Leaving  the  villages  of  Ponte  Centino  and  Aqua- 
pendente,  (the  latter  an  interesting  place,  deriving  its 
name  from  its  waterfalls,)  we  rode  for  a  considerable 
distance  along  the  shore  of  the  beautiful  lake  of  Bol- 
sena,  which  is  supposed  to  cover  a  part  of  the  an- 
cient city  Volscinium.  It  was  in  this  vicinity  that 
we  had  a  distant  view  for  some  time  of  the  celebra- 
ted Mount  Soracte,  now  called  St.  Oreste.  It  rose 
in  solemn  grandeur  from  a  distant  part  of  the  Cam- 
pagna  Romana.  The  Childe  Harold  of  Byron  has 
described  it  with  the  greatest  accuracy,  as  "  heaving 
from  the  plain,  like  a  long-swept  wave  about  to 
break,  which  on  the  curl  hangs  pausing."  Horace  in 
one  of  his  odes  describes  it  as  white  with  snow  ;  and 
the  summit  was  covered  with  snow  at  the  time  we 
saw  it. 

As  we  approached  near  Rome,  the  object  of  many 
pleasant  anticipations,  our  hearts  were  very  cheerful ; 
but  our  horses  unmoved  by  the  inspirations  of  the 
place,  were  either  very  lazy  or  very  weary,  and  at  the 
last  stopping-place  which  furnished  relays,  it  was  pro- 
posed by  some  of  the  company,  to  increase  our  com- 
fort as  well  as  our  motive  power,  by  changing  the 
number   which   drew   our   vetturino   from   four  to 


202  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

seven.  As  the  proposal  was  an  appeal  to  the  princi- 
ple of  "  humanity  to  animals,"  as  well  as  of  personal 
comfort,  it  met  with  no  opposition.  Everything  was 
arranged  accordingly  ;  but  not  without  exciting  con- 
siderable movement  and  notice  in  the  little  town  from 
which  we  started  under  these  more  favorable  auspices. 
Everybody  seemed  to  give  care  to  the  winds.  The 
sun  was  bright  above  us.  The  postilions  cracked 
their  whips ; — the  horses,  as  if  conscious  of  this  ac- 
cession of  strength,  curved  their  necks  and  shook  the 
little  bells  with  which  they  were  ornamented ; — the 
smitten  pavements  flashed  fire; — the  dogs  barked; 
and  the  very  beggars  shook  their  hats  with  jollity. 
It  was  thus,  seated  in  the  midst  of  this  unusual  loco- 
motion, that  we  made  our  approach  for  the  first  time 
to  the  classic  banks  of  the  Tiber,  to  the  ruined  pala- 
ces of  the  Caesars,  and  the  memorable  battle-fields 
of   Garibaldi. 

But  I  shall  not  undertake  to  describe  what  I  see 
around  me  in  the  present  letter.  There  is  another 
topic  to  which  I  wish  to  advert.  I  have  not  as  yet 
said  much  in  relation  to  the  political  state  of  Europe. 
I  have  not  considered  the  subject  an  unimportant 
one  ;  but  it  is  difficult  at  the  present  time  to  get  at 
the  precise  state  of  things.  Availing  myself,  howev- 
er, of  such  means  of  information  as  I  could  com- 
mand, I  have  been  obliged  to  come  to  one  conclusion, 
which,  if  it  be  true,  is  a  fundamental  one  in  the  esti- 
mate of  political  probabilities,  namely,  that  a  very 
considerable  proportion  of  the  people  of  England, 
France,  Italy,  Belgium,  Poland  and  Hungary,  and 
perhaps   in  some   of  these  states   a   majority,  have 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  203 

adopted  republican  opinions.  Nor  is  this  the  whole 
of  the  republican  strength  ; — which  is  to  be  found 
also  in  part  in  other  states  and  nations.  The  repub- 
lican party  of  Europe,  therefore,  respectable,  at  least, 
both  in  its  numbers  and  talents,  and  its  courage  and 
physical  resources,  is  a  permanent  and  important  ele- 
ment in  European  affairs,  which  it  would  be  useless 
to  attempt  to  ignore,  and  which  every  wise  statesman 
will  not  only  be  willing  to  recognize,  but  will  be  de- 
sirous to  conciliate. 

Of  the  republicans  there  are  two  divisions ;  one 
which  is  desirous  of  leaving  the  establishment  of  the 
republican  policy  to  time  and  those  methods  of  pub- 
lic enlightenment  and  of  gradual  political  ameliora- 
tion which  time  alone  can  bring.  The  other  party, 
maddened  by  hopes  long  deferred  and  by  oppressions 
actually  realized,  carry  the  swords  under  their  gar- 
ments, and  wait  only  for  the  day  and  the  hour  when 
they  shall  flash  in  open  light  on  the  field  of  battle. 

Further,  I  think  I  can  say  this.  No  party  will  at- 
tempt to  move  now  upon  an  irreligious  basis  ; — 
that  is  to  say,  with  a  disregard  of  those  sentiments, 
everywhere  implanted  in  the  human  mind,  which 
recognize  the  existence  of  God,  and  the  duties 
which  are  owed  to  Him.  Democracy,  taught  by  the 
sufferings  of  her  former  blindness,  has  re-assumed  her 
respect  for  man's  religious  nature.  This  is  right. — 
Religion  may  be  perverted  ;  and  its  perversions  may 
be  tyrannical.  But  true  religion  is,  by  its  nature,  es- 
sentially republican.  Patriarchs,  prophets  and  apos- 
tles, and  the  early  martyrs,  were  men,  if  I  may  so 
express  it,  who  came  up  from  the  masses  ; — men  who 


204  LETTERS JSSTHETIC, 

knew  the  people,  men  who  sympathized  with  the 
wants  of  the  people,  and  who  labored  and  suffered 
for  their  good.  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount  is  the 
great  proclamation  of  human  liberty; — a  proclama- 
tion, unequalled  in  its  expression,  as  it  is  unequalled 
in  the  length  and  breadth  of  its  just  and  generous 
sentiments.  And  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say,  that,  in  a 
true  estimate  of  His  character  and  teaching,  consid- 
ered in  their  relation  to  the  universal  establishment 
of  human  rights,  Jesus  Christ,  as  compared  with  any 
other  reformer  or  teacher,  ought  to  be  regarded,  and 
spoken  of,  and  loved,  as  the  true  democratic  leader. 

The  great  republican  leaders  of  the  present  time, 
unlike  those  of  the  period  of  1790, — the  Mazzinis, 
the  Kossuth s,  the  Cavaignacs,  the  Girardins  and  La- 
martines,  understand  well,  that  religion  is  a  necessity 
of  man's  nature,  that  it  is  the  only  sure  basis  of  prac- 
tical morals,  and  that  liberty  without  religion  cannot 
stand.  This  is  a  great  gain  to  the  republican  cause  ; 
and  I  think  it  one  of  the  most  favorable  omens  of  its 
ultimate  success.  And  I  do  not  doubt,  that  the  sym- 
pathies of  a  large  body  of  religious  and  praying  men, 
particularly  in  England,  harmonize  now,  for  the  first 
time,  with  the  republican  ideas  and  position,  as  they 
are  developed  in  one  or  the  other  of  the  republican 
sections  to  which  I  have  referred.  The  moral  influ- 
ence of  this  significant  alliance,  which  has  greatly 
diminished  and  almost  put  an  end  to  the  cry  of  re- 
publican infidelity,  is  immense.  And  I  think  it  but 
justice  to  say  that  in  the  republican  enrollment  there 
will  be  found  to  be, — contrary  to  what  in  America  is 
sometimes  supposed  to  be  the  fact, — a  multitude  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL*  205 

sincere  and  devout  Catholics.  So  far  as  I  can  form 
an  opinion,  the  republican  position  has  never  been  so 
strong  in  Europe,  as  it  is  at  this  moment.  And  no 
temporary  disappointment,  no  sudden  and  midnight 
treachery,  no  defeat  in  the  battle-field,  no  deferring, 
even  from  generation  to  generation,  of  long  cherished 
hopes,  will  be  likely  to  alter  this  fundamental  state 
of  things. 

It  might  perhaps  be  inferred  from  this  statement, 
that  it  is  the  object  of  the  republican  party,  without 
making  the  proper  and  just  discriminations,  to  over- 
throw the  existing  governments  in  Europe.  But  it 
would  be  better  and  nearer  the  truth  to  say,  that 
their  object,  in  any  proper  sense  of  the  terms,  is  not 
to  overthrow,  or  to  injure  governments,  but  to  estab- 
lish the  great  and  inalienable  rights  of  humanity, — 
such  as  freedom  of  religious  belief,  freedom  of  polit- 
ical opinion  and  of  the  press,  just  laws  and  equality 
under  the  law,  and  especially  the  recognized  and  un- 
changeable representation  of  the  people  in  all  mat- 
ters where  the  people  are  concerned.  This  they 
claim.  For  this  they  are  organized.  And  this,  if  I 
am  not  mistaken  in  what  has  come  under  my  notice, 
they  are  determined  to  accomplish.  Any  govern- 
ment that  will  so  modify  itself  as  to  admit  and  es- 
tablish what  this  great  party  regard  as  the  rights  of 
humanity,  no  matter  whether  it  bears  the  name  of  a 
republic  or  a  constitutional  monarchy,  will  continue 
to  stand  and  will  be  increasingly  prosperous/  And 
any  governments  which  refuse  this  must  take  their 
chance  of  life  or  death  in  the  great  contest  of  opin- 
ions and  of  material  forces,  which  threatens  soon  to 
overtake  them. 
18 


206 


LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 


The  wisdom  of  England,  enlightened  by  her  great 
and  patriotic  history,  is  steadily  adjusting  the  ship  of 
State  to  this  new  and  fixed  position  of  things  ;  and 
thus  there  is  reason  to  think,  that  the  flag,  which  has 
waved  a  thousand  years,  will  yet  triumph'  in  any 
coming  storms.  Belgium  and  Sardinia,  and  I  sup- 
pose it  may  be  the  same  in  a  few  other  states,  are 
taking  the  same  course.  So  far  is  there  from  being 
any  general  hostility  on  the  part  of  the  republicans 
to  these  patriotic  kingdoms,  whose  hospitality  many 
of  them  have  experienced  in  their  sad  exile  from 
nearly  every  part  of  Europe,  that  they  name  them 
with  pride  and  grateful  affection,  and  quote  them  ev- 
erywhere as  examples  of  actual  and  progressive  liber- 
ty,— broad  enough  now,  and  capable  of  expansion 
enough  hereafter,  to  accept  and  conciliate  the  conflict 
of  opinions,  and  to  satisfy  the  reasonable  demands  of 
humanity. 

I  would  say  further,  that  the  republican  party  is 
not  a  party,  which  is  circumscribed  in  its  views  by 
geographical  limits.  Its  objects  pertain  to  humanity. 
Its  bond  of  union  is  the  tie  of  human  rights  and  affec- 
tions. Its  locality,  therefore,  is  the  world.  It  has  those 
among  it,  as  I  have  already  intimated,  who  every- 
where advocate  its  cause  by  the  appeals  of  reason 
and  love  ;  men  who  do  not  cease  to  be  men  of  peace 
because  they  are  republicans,  and  whose  declaration 
of  independence  is  the  "  Sermon  on  the  Mount," — ta- 
ken in  its  more  literal  and  obvious  import.  This  por- 
tion of  the  party,  which  embraces  some  names  of 
great  power  and  influence,  is  averse  to  war  ; — though 
it  is  not  on   that   account   less   true   to  its  political 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  207 

principles,  and  is  ready  to  sustain  them  by  its  testi- 
mony in  prisons  and  on  the  scaffold.  But  the  party 
has  among  its  ranks  also  a  still  greater  number,  who, 
if  reason  and  appeals  to  a  kindred  humanity  shall 
fail  to  have  a  hearing,  will  unsheath  the  sword  in  the 
desperation  of  violated  rights,  and  will  either  con- 
quer or  be  destroyed. 

But  there  is  another  side  to  this  state  of  things. 
Face  to  face,  in  antagonism  to  this  great  and  uncom- 
promising party,  who  stand  erect  with  their  bosoms 
bare,  ready  to  accept  the  charter  of  freedom  or  the 
baptism  of  blood,  there  are  arrayed  at  the  present 
moment  the  great  empires  and  kingdoms  of  Russia, 
Austria,  Prussia  and  France,  aided  by  Tuscany  and 
Naples,  and  I  know  not  how  many  smaller  states, 
with  a  standing  army  of  two  millions  of  bayonets, 
and  with  cannon  planted  and  with  matches  blazing 
from  Paris  to  Moscow.  It  is  thus  beyond  all  ques- 
tion that  the  two  great  parties,  with  such  modifica- 
tions of  thought  and  feeling  as  have  been  referred 
to,  have  taken  their  stand  in  fierce  and  fearful  oppo- 
sition ;  mutual  in  their  defiance  and  mutual  in  their 
hatred ;  and  each  party  apparently  waiting  for  the 
signal  of  that  mysterious  Providence  which  rules  the 
destiny  of  nations,  and  which  destroys  those,  who,  in 
refusing  to  be  just,  refuse  to  harmonize. 

Whether  the  two  political  parties,  which  are  thus 
arrayed  in  opposition  to  each  other,  will  come  into 
actual  conflict,  is  a  thing  which  lies  hidden  in  the 
future.  It  would  be  useless  to  conjecture.  But  this 
does  not  vitiate  the  correctness  of  the  statements  which 
have  been  made  ;  nor  alter  the  actual  and  imminent 


208  LETTERS JBSTHETIC, 

state  of  things  which  exists.  Let  us  hope,  that  sound 
reason  will  prevail ;  and  that  those  who  hold  power 
against  right,  whoever  and  wherever  they  may  be,  if 
they  fail  to  be  moved  by  the  sentiments  of  justice, 
will  at  least  consult  their  own  interests,  by  harmoni- 
zing with  the  claims  of  liberty. 

I  cannot  close  this  letter  without  mentioning  one 
or  two  incidents,  which  have  a  little  connection  with 
it.  I  was  in  France  at  the  time  of  the  re-establish- 
ment of  the  usurped  empire.  Being  in  a  certain 
town,  a  French  gentleman  invited  me  to  the  munici- 
pal hall.  He  led  me  to  a  corner  of  the  large  room 
where  the  town  authorities  were  in  the  habit  of  as- 
sembling, and  taking  the  republican  flag  on  which 
were  inscribed  the  large  letters,  "Liberty,  Equality, 
Fraternity,"  he  unrolled  it  and  gazed  upon  it  with 
deep  emotion.  Then  rolling  it  up,  he  returned  it  to 
its  place  ;  but  not  without  giving  me  to  understand, 
that  the  hands  which  had  unfurled  it  once,  but  from 
whom  it  had  been  deceitfully  wrested,  would  unfurl 
it  again. 

In  many  other  instances  I  found  the  same  feelings 
expressed.  At  a  certain  time,  stopping  with  my 
friends  at  an  obscure  village  in  Italy,  the  inn-keeper, 
whose  manners  and  whose  open  and  intelligent  brow 
indicated  that  he  was  not  formed  to  be  a  slave, 
asked  Mr.  Thompson,  if  he  knew  anything  of  the 
Italian  exiles  of  America.  And  when  he  understood 
that  he  had  seen  Forbes,  and  Avizenna,  and  Garibal- 
di, and  especially  when  he  understood  that  we  had 
both  seen  Mazzini  in  London,  and  that  the  great  re- 
publican leader  had  lost  neither  heart   nor  hope  for 


SOCri\L,  AND    MORAL.  209 

Italy,  he  was  filled  with  wild  delight.  In  a  few  mo- 
ments the  news  was  communicated  to  a  considera- 
ble number  of  poor  people  around  ;  and  it  was  inter- 
esting to  see  how  they  gathered  around  our  carriage 
as  we  departed,  and  lifted  their  hats  in  recognition 
of  republican  affinity,  and  earnestly  gazed  upon  us 
with  tears  starting  to  their  eyes,  as  if  we  had  brought 
them  news  of  a  son  or  a  brother,  "  who  was  dead  and 
is  alive  again  ;  who  was  lost  and  is  found."  And 
thus,  in  no  small  number  of  instances  in  France  and 
Italy,  we  were  able  to  ascertain  the  feelings  of  the 
people. 

In  London  we  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Italian 
and  other  republican  exiles.  The  room  was  capable 
of  holding  more  than  a  thousand  persons,  and  was 
full.  And  I  cannot  forget  that  this  meeting,  without 
spies  to  report  or  bayonets  to  control  it,  was  held 
within  the  realms  of  Queen  Victoria,  who  fears  noth- 
ing from  the  republican  sentiment,  because  the  free 
constitution  of  government  which  she  administers, 
recognizes  the  just  right  which  supports  it,  and  pro- 
vides, in  one  of  its  great  departments,  for  its  full  and 
powerful  manifestation.  I  never  attended  a  meeting 
which  evinced  more  settled  principle,  more  fixed  de- 
termination, more  deep  enthusiasm.  Kossuth  and 
Mazzini  were  there.  And  when  they  arose,  embody- 
ing as  they  did  in  their  own  persons  the  hopes  of  na- 
tions, they  seemed  to  me,  as  I  associated  them  with 
the  past  and  the  future,  like  the  strong  but  tempest- 
beaten  landmarks  of  passing  generations.  They  took 
each  other  by  the  hand,  and  in  the  presence  of  this 
large  assembly  mutually  pledged  whatever  yet  remain- 
18* 


210  LETTERS-^-JESTHEtldj 

ed  of  life,  fortune,  and  hope ;  and  added  in  the  name 
of  those  who  knew  them  and  loved  them,  the  still 
higher  pledge  of  the  blood  of  Hungary  to  Italy  and 
the  blood  of  Italy  to  Hungary. 

On  this  occasion,  and  at  the  close  of  the  meeting,  I 
had  the  pleasure,  in   company  with  many   others,  of 
taking  Kossuth  by  the  hand,  whom  I  had  before  seen 
in  America ; — the  man  invincible,  not  merely  because 
of  his  vast  powers  of  intellect  and  his  generous  and 
universal  heart,  but  especially  because  he  is  a  child  of 
Providence,  and  is  what  he  believes  himself  to  be,  an 
instrument  of  God  in  the  destiny  of  nations.    I  went 
also  a  few  days  after,  in  company  with   Mr.  Thomp- 
son, and  spent  an  evening  in  the  humble  and  secreted 
room  of  Mazzini, — that  great  man,  and  true   patriot 
and  exile.    We  conversed  with  him  ;  and  it  was  from 
him  that  I  gained-  some  of  the  opinions   and  impres- 
sions which   I  have   expressed.     I   saw   in  him,  as  I 
thought,  the  sincerity   of  conviction,  the   modesty  of 
strength,  a  high  trust  in  Providence,  and  the  invinci- 
ble will.     It  was  nearly  at  the  same  time,    and  in  the 
city  of  Paris,  that  I  saw  Louis  Napoleon  at  the  Tuil- 
leries.    And  I  am  obliged  to  say,  that  I  felt  a  far  deep- 
er respect  for  the  man  who  adhered  to   his   principles 
and  held  the  idea  of  a  republic  in  poverty,   suffering 
and  exile,  than  for  the  man  who  betrayed  the  people 
that  trusted  him,  and  rewarded  himself  with  an  empire. 

Mazzini  told  us,  that  blood  was  flowing  in  Italy, — 
the  blood  of  those  who  were  dear  to  him.  We  soon 
afterwards  had  more  specific  confirmations  of  his  re- 
marks on  the  trying  state  of  things  in  that  country. 

Before  we  left  Sardinia,  we  learned,  from  a  private 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  211 

but  authentic  source,  the  appalling  news  of  the  whole- 
sale massacres, — for  such  I  think  they  may  justly  be 
termed, — of  suspected  republicans  in  Austrian  Lom- 
bardy.  And  since  I  have  been  in  Rome  I  have  been 
informed  on  authority  which  I  could  not  well  doubt, 
^hat  four  thousand  young  men,  republican  citizens  of 
Rome,  are  entered  on  the  lists  of  the  police  as  suspect- 
ed persons, — that  they  are  constantly  watched, — and 
are  not  allowed  to  be  in  the  streets  after  certain  hours 
of  the  day.  And  it  is  no  small  thing,  that  Rome  it- 
self, the  land  of  the  most  celebrated  names  of  free- 
dom, is  at  this  moment  held  in  subjection,  on  account 
of  its  republican  tendencies,  by  the  bayonets  of  a  for- 
eign despotism. 

It  is  thus  that  liberty  in  the  persons  'of  those  who 
love  and  cherish  her,  is  everywhere  proscribed.  The 
heart  mourns  ;  but  convictions  are  unaltered.  The 
cause  of  freedom  like  that  of  religion,  has  life  in  it- 
self; and  grows  stronger  and  brighter  in  its  trials. 

The  nations,  with  ambitious  mind 
On  wealth  and  warlike  glories  bent, 

In  strength  alone  had  sought  to  find 
A  true  and  lasting  monument. 

Alas,  their  early  history's  page 

Foreshows  the  downfall  of  their  age. 

The  grandeur,  rais'd  by  force  or  crime, 

In  towers  and  walls  and  heaven-built  spires, 

Is  like  the  mountain  height  sublime 
That  stands  upon  volcanic  fires. 

Above,  'tis  seeming  strength.     Below 

An  ocean's  fiery  billows  glow. 


212  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

But  that  which  sinks,  at  last  shall  rise, 
Strong  in  the  strength  which  cannot  die. 

The  flames  of  that  great  sacrifice 
Have  only  power  to  purify. 

The  form  may  die  ; — the  life  remains  ; — 

Humanity  survives  and  reigns. 


(XXIV.) 

First  views  and  impressions  of  Rome — Porta  del  Popolo — Egyptian 
obelisk — Visit  to  the  Capitoline  hill — Statue  of  Marcus  Aurelius — 
View  from  the  tower  of  the  Capitol — The  seven  hills  of  Rome — 
The  Coliseum — Arch  of  Titus — Remarks. 

ROME,  DEC.  28,  1852. 

With  the  improved  facilities  of  motion  which  were 
mentioned  in  the  beginning  of  my  last  letter,  we  ap- 
proached Rome  by  the  old  Cassian  way.  The  last 
place  of  much  importance  on  our  route  was  the  town 
of  Viterbo ;  the  supposed  site  of  the  ancient  "  Fanum 
Voltumnae,"  where  the  associated  Etruscan  States 
held  their  general  assemblies.  Passing  the  eleva- 
tions of  no  great  height,  which  mark  on  that  side  the 
boundaries  of  the  Campagna  Romana,  we  descended 
into  the  plain  of  the  Tyber,  which  flowed  on,  about 
four  hundred  feet  in  breadth,  with  a  full  and  strong 
current ; — not  clear  and  sparkling  like  the  Rhone, 
but  with  that  dark  and  muddy  appearance  which  I 
had  noticed  in  the  Soane  and  the  Arno.  At  the  dis- 
tance of  two  miles  from  the  city  we  crossed  this  cel- 
ebrated river  at  the  old  Milvian  bridge ;  the  place 
where  the  envoys  of  the  Allobrogi  were  intercepted 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  213 

in  the  time  of  Cicero  ;  their  letters  taken  ; — and  Cat- 
aline's  conspiracy  discovered.  At  this  bridge,  among 
other  places  which  witnessed  their  patriotic  resist- 
ance, the  modern  Romans  opposed  the  recent  en- 
trance of  the  French  with  no  small  share  of  the  cour- 
age of  their  ancestors.  Passing  down  on  the  north 
side  of  the  river,  we  came  into  the  city  by  the 
"  Porta  del  Popolo,"   the  Gate  of  the  People. 

One  of  the  first  things  which  arrested  my  atten- 
tion, as  we  passed  through  the  People's  Gate,  and 
into  the  great  square  into  which  it  opens,  was  an 
Egyptian  obelisk  of  red  granite,  towering  to  a  great 
height  and  covered  with  hieroglyphics.  This  obelisk, 
which  was  first  erected  by  Remeses,  the  Egyptian 
king  who  is  known  in  Grecian  writers  under  the 
name  of  Sesostris,  stood  originally  in  the  city  of  He- 
liopolis  in  lower  Egypt ;  and  was  brought  to  Rome 
by  Augustus  Caesar  after  the  battle  of  Actium.  The 
sight  of  this  striking  object,  the  memorial  of  other 
ages  and  distant  climes,  vividly  recalled  to  my  mind 
that  I  had  entered  a  city,  which  more  than  any  other 
had  extended  its  influence  either  by  arts  or  arms  ; — 
the  conqueror  and  the  mother  of  nations  ;  the  mighty 
emblem  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  greatness ; — the  cen- 
tral point  of  profane  history ;  from  which,  as  if  stand- 
ing on  the  dividing  line  of  ages,  the  mind  books  back 
to  the  beginning  and  forward  to  the  end. 

At  the  earliest  opportunity  I  visited  the  Capitoline 
Hill ;  not  only  because  it  stood  first  and  clearest  in 
my  historical  associations  ;  but  because  I  had  hoped 
by  ascending  it  to  gain  at  once  a  full  view  of  the  city, 
and  in  this  way  adjust  and  localize  my  remembrances. 


214  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

At  the  base  of  the  steps  which  ascend  this  still  im- 
posing eminence,  are  two  Egyptian  lions  of  bronze 
granite.  At  their  top  are  marble  statues  of  Castor 
and  Pollux  with  their  horses  ;  and  in  a  central  posi- 
tion, in  the  open  place  or  square  of  the  summit,  called 
by  the  Italians  the  Campodoglio,  is  a  bronze  eques- 
trian statue  of  Marcus  Aurelius  ;  elevated  on  a  large 
pedestal  composed  of  a  single  marble  block.  This  is 
the  only  bronze  equestrian  statue,  which  has  come 
down  to  us  from  the  times  of  ancient  Rome.  But 
this  is  not  the  only  nor  the  chief  circumstance,  which 
imparts  to  it  an  interest  and  value.  I  came  unexpect- 
edly in  view  of  this  remarkable  statue,  and  stopped 
to  look  at  it.  It  seized  hold  of  my  conceptions  with 
a  power,  which  seemed  to  me  a  test  of  its  excellence. 
Again  and  again  I  turned  to  examine  it.  The  noble 
form  of  Aurelius  is  seated  firmly  erect.  His  counte- 
nance is  imperial.  His  right  hand  is  proudly  extend- 
ed, as  if  indicating  the  movement  and  destiny  of  na- 
tions. The  horse,  on  which  he  is  seated,  seems  to 
know  that  he  bears  an  emperor.  His  form  is  the  em- 
bodiment of  energetic  strength.  His  neck  curves  in 
the  direction  of  his  master's  hand;  and  his  large  eye 
appears  to  glow,  as  it  catches  the  meaning  of  its  con- 
trolling power.  Lifting  his  right  hoof,  he  throws  it 
firmly  forward  with  a  movement  corresponding  to  the 
curvature  of  the  neck  and  the  stern  direction  of  the 
hand  of  the  emperor ;  and  his  broad  and  muscular 
breast  swells  with  the  impulse  of  his  own  fiery  action. 
It  is  thus  that  I  recall  it  to  mind,  as  I  am  seated  to 
write  ; — a  form  true  to  nature ; — the  action  giving  life 
to  the  form  ;  and  the  life  enlarged  and  glowing  with 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  215 

greatness  and  fiery  impulse.  Such  are  the  works  of 
art  which  are  everywhere  found  in  Rome  and  in  Ro- 
man territory  ;  so  that  if  it  be  true,  that  she  is  dead 
in  the  form  of  her  ancient  nationality,  it  is  equally 
so  that  she  lives,  and  will  continue  to  live,  in  the  per- 
petuity of  her  genius. 

At  the  northern  extremity  of  the  Capitoline  Hill,  is 
the  Franciscan  church  of  Santa  Maria  d'  Ara  Coeli. 
As  I  looked  upon  this  church,  I  called  to  mind  a  pas- 
sage in  the  writings  of  Gibbon,  which  in  early  life 
had  left  a  deep  impression  on  me.  It  was  here,  as  he 
himself  tells  us  in  his  auto-biography,  "  On  the  14th 
of  October,  1764,  as  he  sat  musing  amid  the  ruins  of 
the  Capitol,  while  the  bare-footed  friars  were  singing 
vespers,"  that  the  idea  of  writing  the  Decline  and  Fall 
of  Rome  first  occurred  to  his  mind. 

Leaving  the  area  of  the  Campodoglio,  and  I  know 
not  how  many  works  of  art  within  and  around  it,  I 
ascended  the  tower  of  the  modern  Capitol.  Below 
me,  including  the  Capitoline,  were  the  seven  hills  of 
ancient  Rome,  so  often  mentioned  by  historians ; 
the  Palatine,  Once  inhabited  by  Romulus  and  Numa, 
and  in  the  later  periods  of  the  republic  the  residence 
of  Quin tus  Hortensius  and  Cicero,  now  strewed 
with  the  fragments  of  the  .Csesar's  palaces  ; — at  a  lit- 
tle distance  and  reaching  to  the  Tyber,  the  Aventine, 
which  in  other  days  had  been  surmounted  by  the 
temples  of  Diana  and  Minerva  and  a  palace  of  Tra- 
jan, but  now  more  destitute  of  edifices  of  every  kind 
than  any  other  of  the  seven  hills ; — in  another  direc- 
tion the  Celian,  the  place  of  residence  assigned  to 
the  ancient   Albans,   after   the  destruction   of    their 


216  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

principal  city, — its  extreme  limit  marked   at  the  pres- 
ent  time  by  the  church  of   St.  John  Lateran  ; — the 
Esqutline,  situated  to  the  north   of  the  Celian,   and 
extending  with  its  gardens  and  its  remains  of  ancient 
buildings  to  the  city  walls  ; — the  Quirinal,  a  long, 
narrow  eminence,  commencing  at  the  Forum  of  Tra- 
jan, covered  with  buildings  comparatively  modern,  and 
extending  back  of  the  Colonna  Palace  in  a  northeast 
direction ; — and  the  Viminal,  between  the   Quirinal 
and  Esquiline.     These  hills,  of  moderate  height  and 
extent,  rising  perhaps  an  hundred  and  fifty  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea,  did  not  look  to  me   like  the   hills 
which  I  had  seen  in  America ;  but  there  is  a  great- 
ness besides  that  which  is   physical,   and  history  had 
magnified   them;  so  that  they  filled  a  much   larger 
space  in  my  mind.     Beautiful   above   was   the  clear 
Italian  sky.    In  the  valley  below,  skirting  the  Palatine 
and  Aventine  hills,  was  the  winding  Tyber.    Moving 
among  the   memorials  of  decay  and   dissolution,  it 
seemed  to  have  no  death  and  no  decay  in  itself;  but 
still  kept  its  triumphant  march,   as  in  the  days   of 
Romulus  and  Camillus,  from  its  native  mountains  to 
the  sea.     Beyond  the  Tyber  was   Mount  Janiculum. 
In  the  opposite  direction  was  the  mighty  Coliseum. 
In  the  distance  was  the  long  line  of  the  Appenines. 
Directly  beneath  me,  in  one  direction  was  the  steep 
Tarpeian  rock ;  and  in  the  other  the   old  Roman  Fo- 
rum. Such  were  the  various  objects  of  interest  around 
and  before  me.  Having  looked  upon  them  for  a  short 
time,  I  came  down  from  the  Capitol. 

I  have  mentioned  the  Coliseum,  as  one  of  the  ob- 
jects seen  from  the  tower  of  the  Capitoline  hill, — that 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  217 


great  ruin  of  Rome  and  the  world  ;  and  I  am  remind- 
ed now  of  my  first  visit  to  it.  It  was  the  evening  of 
the  day  of  our  arrival  in  Rome.  The  sky  was  cloud- 
less. The  moon  shone  brightly.  That  night,  in  com- 
pany with  the  excellent  friends  who  had  accompanied 
me  thus  far,  I  went  to  visit  this  mighty  ruin.  The 
Coliseum,  taking  its  name  as  some  have  conjectured 
from  its  great  size,  is  an  amphitheatre  ;  elliptical  in 
its  shape,  six  hundred  and  twenty  feet  in  one  direc- 
tion, measuring  from  the  exterior  surface  of  the  wall, 
and  five  hundred  and  thirteen  feet  in  the  other.  The 
height  of  the  wall  is  one  hundred  and  fifty-seven  feet. 
This  immense  edifice  was  commenced  by  the  empe- 
ror Vespasian  and  finished  by  his  son  Titus,  ten  years 
after  his  return  to  Rome  from  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem. Capable  of  holding  originally  eighty-seven 
thousand  persons,  and  built  with  all  the  strength 
which  architectural  genius  and  profuse  expenditure 
could  impart  to  it,  it  is  now  a  great  mass  of  ruins. — 
We  walked  through  the  broken  arches  of  this  mighty 
desolation.  The  moon  threw  its  light  full  upon  the 
open  arena;  tinging  the  dewy  grass  and  the  clinging 
ivy  which  grew  in  the  fissures  of  the  walls.  I  remem- 
bered Byron's  admirable  description. 

"  I  do  remember  me,  that  in  my  youth, 
When  I  was  wandering,  upon  such  a  night 
I  stood  within  the  Coliseum's  wall." 

I  subsequently  visited  it  in  the  day  time.  My 
mind  had  never  been  more  deeply  impressed  by  the 
greatness  of  man's  works  or  the  magnitude  of  their 
desolation  ;  but  the  impression  was  subdued  and  ob- 
literated by  the  recollection,  that  this  very  spot  had 
19 


218  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

been  the  scene  of  one  of  the  great  contests  of  Chris- 
tianity. Within  these  vast  walls  the  Roman  people, 
in  the  days  of  imperial  enslavement  and  corruption, 
assembled  to  witness  the  contests  of  wild  beasts  and 
the  dying  struggles  of  gladiators.  But  this  was  not 
all.  They  looked  with  almost  equal  pleasure  upon 
the  shedding  of  innocent  blood.  A  cross  stands  in 
the  centre  of  the  open  space.  As  I  fixed  my  eyes 
upon  this  significant  emblem,  I  saw  in  my  imagina- 
tion the  dying  Christian.  It  was  there  he  knelt. 
Perhaps  upon  the  very  spot  where  I  stood,  a  mother 
or  a  sister  looked  down  upon  him,  and  prayed  that 
his  faith  might  not  fail.  He  lifted  his  eyes  to  heav- 
en. His  body  was  torn  by  the  wild  beasts.  His 
blood  mingled  with  the  sand  of  the  arena.  Perhaps 
it  was  Ignatius  or  Justin,  names  memorable  in  Chris- 
tian history ;  perhaps  some  humble  believer,  unknown 
to  the  world,  but  dear  to  the  Saviour.  It  was  thus, 
in  those  days  of  fiery  trial,  that  the  old  and  young, 
the  learned  and  the  ignorant,  the  father,  the  mother 
and  the  children,  perished.  But  Christianity  still 
lives.  When  true  to  her  principles  of  love,  forgive- 
ness, and  willingness  to  suffer,  she  always  conquers  ; 
and  no  defeat  and  no  dishonor  is  recorded  of  her,  ex- 
cept when,  forgetful  of  the  principles  and  example  of 
her  Master,  she  returns  violence  with  violence. 

There  were  but  few  objects  in  Rome,  on  which  I 
looked  with  more  interest  than  the  old  imperial  arch- 
es ;  a  number  of  which  still  remain.  A  triumphal 
arch,  constructed  in  the  manner  of  those  at  Rome,  is 
susceptible  in  a  very  high  degree  of  those  architectu- 
ral combinations,  which  cause  emotions  both  of  beau- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  219 

ty  and  grandeur.  The  eye  embraces  them  in  their 
general  form  at  once,  so  that  the  emotion  is  not 
broken  and  diminished  by  that  distraction  of  the 
attention  which  is  caused,  when  the  mind  contem- 
plates an  object  which  is  much  multiplied  in  its  parts. 
At  the  same  time  they  are  susceptible  of  minor  deco- 
rations, which  harmonize  with  the  general  outline. 
Erected  in  honor  of  distinguished  names  and  memo- 
rable achievements,  the  principle  of  association  also 
adds  to  the  effect  on  the  mind,  which  the  architecture 
itself  is  fitted  to  inspire.  The  arch  of  the  emperor 
Claudius,  as  appears  from  the  fragments  which  yet 
remain  of  it,  was  erected  in  commemoration  of  his 
conquest  of  the  island  of  Britain.  The  arch  of  Con- 
stantine,  a  truly  magnificent  structure,  notwithstand- 
ing the  injuries  of  time,  and  the  loss  of  the  triumphal 
car  and  the  bronze  horses  which  once  adorned  it,  was 
erected  in  honor  of  the  victory  of  that  emperor  over 
Maxentius.  It  has  three  archways,  with  eight  col- 
umns of  the  Corinthian  order,  four  on  each  front,  and 
is  ornamented  with  bas-reliefs.  The  arch  of  Septi- 
mius  Severus,  the  model  of  the  beatitiful  arch  erected 
by  Napoleon  in  Paris  in  the  Place  du  Carrousel,  which 
I  mentioned  in  a  former  letter,  commemorates  the  con- 
quest of  Parthia  and  Persia  by  Septimius  and  his  sons. 
The  arch  of  Septimius  is  in  the  northwest  corner  of 
the  old  Roman  Forum.  At  no  great  distance  in  the 
direction  of  the  Palatine  hill  is  the  celebrated  arch  of 
Titus  ;  not  so  large  and  imposing  as  that  of  Constan- 
tine,  but  not  less  beautiful.  It  was  erected  by  order 
of  the  Roman  Senate  in  honor  of  Titus,  and  particu- 
larly in  commemoration  of  his  conquest  of  the  city  of 


220  LETTERS .ESTHF.TIC, 

Jerusalem.  What  affecting  associations  gather  in  the 
mind  of  the  Christian  as  he  views  such  a  monument ! 
In  passing  under  the  arch  the  attention  is  arrested  by 
the  bas-reliefs  on  the  piers,  which  are  still  beautiful, 
though  much  injured.  One  of  them  represents  Titus 
seated  in  his  triumphal  car,  surrounded  by  Romans 
carrying  the  fasces,  and  drawn  by  four  horses.  But  I 
looked  with  a  different  and  much  deeper  emotion  on 
the  bas-relief  on  the  other  side,  which  represents  the 
early  emblems  of  our  religion,  taken  from  their  sacred 
place,  and  carried  in  triumphal  procession  ; — the  gold- 
en table,  the  silver  trumpets,  and  the  candlestick  of 
gold  with  its  seven  branches,  and  other  spoils  taken 
from  the  great  temple  of  the  Jews.  Captive  Jews, 
sad  exiles  from  their  native  land,  make  a  part  of  the 
procession.  This  bas-relief  is  regarded  by  biblical 
archaeologists  as  furnishing  one  of  the  most  reliable 
and  authentic  representations  of  these  sacred  objects; 
harmonizing  as  they  do  with  the  accounts  given  both 
in  the  Bible  and  in  Josephus. 

The  vessels  of  the  Temple  were  taken  away  ;  but 
the  Temple  itself,  the  work  of  forty  years,  and  unex- 
ampled in  splendor,  was  levelled  with  the  ground. 
The  Temple  of  Jerusalem,  with  what  was  contained 
in  it,  represented,  in  the  form  of  a  great  material  em- 
blem, those  conceptions  of  the  Deity  and  of  the 
methods  of  approach  to  Him,  which  were  suited  to 
the  capacities  of  the  human  mind  in  that  period  of 
the  world.  When  the  time  came  in  which  it  seemed 
proper,  that  the  mind  of  man  should  be  liberated 
from  these  limitations  and  raised  to  a  higher  and 
juster  mode  of  thought,  the  ploughshare  of  destruc- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  221 

tion  passed  over  it,   and   left  no  stone  upon  another. 

The    mysteries  of    Providence  are  unsearchable. 

They  work  out  the  problems  of  truth  and  freedom  by 
destruction  as  well  as  by  creation.  Nations  fall ; 
monuments,  temples,  cities,  perish  ;  but  principles 
and  truths  remain.  And  who  knows,  that  the  vast 
edifices  of  worship,  which  have  since  been  erected  in 
many  places  with  more  than  Jewish  architectural 
skill,  and  with  but  little  short  of  Jewish  splendor, 
tending  as  they  do  with  the  aids  of  statuary  and 
painting  to  give  a  doubtful  form  to  the  unseen  and 
unknown  mysteries  of  eternity,  and  even  to  embody 
and  localize  God  himself,  may  not  be  destined,  in  the 
convulsions  of  betrayed  and  struggling  humanity, 
striking  at  the  same  moment  for  civil  and  religious 
liberty,  to  a  like  sudden  and  terrible  destruction  ;  so 
that  men,  knowing  God  in  his  simplicity,  shall  under- 
stand at  last  the  meaning  of  the  Saviour's  words, 
when  he  said,  "  Ye  shall  neither  in  this  mountain  nor 
yet  at  Jerusalem  worship  the  Father  ;  but  the  hour 
cometh  and  now  is,  when  the  true  worshippers  shall 
worship  the  Father  in  spirit  and  in  truth." 

Such  was  the  thought  that  occurred  to  my  mind, 
when  viewing  the  monument,  erected  nearly  two  thou- 
sand years  ago,  in  memory  of  a  man,  whom  God  had 
mysteriously  employed  as  His  instrument  in  one  of 
the  most  remarkable  and  terrible  events  in  the  history 
of  the  human  race.  It  was  a  thought  rather  than  an 
opinion.  What  is  to  be  hereafter  will  be  known 
when  the  mysteries  of  the  future  develop  it.  The 
calculations  of  human  thought  and  philosophy  are 
often  baffled  by  the  decisions  of  Providence, 
19* 


222  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

One  thing,  however,  is  certain.  The  forms  of  re- 
ligion may  vary.  The  exigencies  of  different  periods 
may  demand  different  methods  of  manifestation. — 
What  was  once  revered  as  an  assistance  by  aiding 
the  heart  through  the  outward  sight,  may  require  to 
be  removed  as  an  obstruction,  because  the  heart  has 
begun  to  see  more  clearly  with  the  inward  vision. — 
But  religion  itself,  in  its  essence,  is  always  the  same. 
Its  office  is  to  deal  with  spirit.  "  The  kingdom  of 
God  is  within  you."  In  the  day  of  his  fiery  coming 
and  universal  baptism,  the  Holy  Ghost  will  not  be 
bound.  He  will  work  not  only  in  Jerusalem,  in  Rome, 
in  London,  but  in  Waldensian  mountains  and  in 
American  wildernesses.  Mind  and  not  marble  will 
be  his  material.  Working  with  the  skill  of  the  God- 
head, which  chisels  thought  and  moulds  affections, 
and  adjusts  the  flowing  outlines  of  freedom  to  the 
stability  of  Providence,  he  will  sculpture  the  soul 
itself ;  and  create  immortal  beauty  from  an  immortal 
element. 


(XXV.) 

Departure  from  Rome — The  Alban  mount — Lines  to  the  morning  star 
— The  Appian  way — Principal  towns — The  Pontine  marshes — 
Monument  to  Cicero — Arrival  at  Naples — Visit  to  Herculaneum 
and  Pompeii. 

NAPLES,  JAN.  2,  1853. 

Sweet  morning  star,  with  golden  ray, 
How  clear  thy  gentle  splendors  shine, 

To  usher  in  the  early  day 

Along  the  Tyber's  winding  way, 
And  o'er  the  Appenine. 


SOCiAU  AND    MORAL.  223 

Oh,  thus,  with  smile  as  clear  and  bright, 
In  other  lands  I've  known  thy  beam, 

The  lingering  day  delayed  its  light, 

But  thou  didst  crown  the  distant  height, 
That  watched  my  native  stream. 

I  met  thee  there,  I  meet  thee  here  ; 

I  loved  thee  then  ;  I  love  thee  yet ; 
And  not  the  less,  that  thy  bright  sphere 
Recalls  the  home,  to  friendship  dear, 

Which  love  cannot  forget. 

Oh  no  !     And  if  it  fits  thy  ray 

The  messages  of  love  to  bear, 
Haste  to  that  distant  home  and  say, 
That  love  may  wander  far  away, 

And  yet  be  always  there. 

Very  early  in  the  morning  of  the  day  after  we  left 
Rome,  we  passed  down  the  side  of  the  Alban  Mount, 
where  the  ancient  town  of  Alba  Longa  was  situated, 
which  was  much  older  than  Rome,  and  was  destroy- 
ed by  Tullus  Hostilius.  This  beautiful  eminence, 
gradual  in  its  ascent  and  susceptible  of  being  built 
upon  and  cultivated  to  its  summit,  answered  precisely 
the  idea  of  it,  which  the  descriptions  of  the  Latin 
poets  and  historians  had  left  upon  my  mind  in  early 
life.  As  I  was  observing,  at  the  breaking  of  the  day, 
the  beautiful  scenery  which  opened  to  my  view,  my 
eye  caught  the  morning  star  shining  with  peculiar 
richness  in  the  clear  blue  above  the  Appenines,  not 
far  distant.  I  had  often  watched  its  morning  bright- 
ness from  the  hills  of  my  own  land ;  it  reminded  me 
so  strongly  of  home,  that  I  committed  to  its  swift 
and  beautiful  rays  the  little  message  of  the  heart, 
with  which  I  have  begun  this  letter,  and  which  I  trust 
will  reach  its  destination  in  safety. 


224  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Our  route  from  Rome  to  Naples  was  for  the  most 
part  along  the  old  Appian  way,  built  by  the  Censor 
Appius  Claudius,  three  hundred  years  before  the  time 
of  Christ,  and  called  by  Cicero  with  a  good  deal  of 
propriety,  "  regina  viarum."  We  entered  on  this 
road  at  Albano  on  the  Alban  mount,  and  left  it  at 
the  river  Garagliano,  the  ancient  Siris.  The  princi- 
pal places  through  which  we  passed  were  the  city  of 
Velletri,  once  the  capital  of  the  Volsci,  but  which 
has  ceased  to  retain  the  splendor  which  formerly  be- 
longed to  it ; — Cisterna,  the  location  according  to  an- 
tiquarians of  the  Tres  Tabernae  or  Three  Taverns, 
where  the  Christians  of  Rome  are  mentioned  in  the 
Acts  of  the  Apostles  as  having  met  the  Apostle  Paul; 
— the  city  of  Terracina,  originally  one  of  the  towns 
of  the  Volsci,  known  in  the  time  of  Horace  by  the 
name  of  Anxur,  and  which  is  described  by  him  in  his 
journey  to  Brundusium; — the  town  of  Fondi,  which 
has  some  interest  for  the  admirers  of  scholastic  inge- 
nuity as  being  the  residence  of  Thomas  Aquinas  and 
the  place  where  he  gave  his  instructions  in  theology ; 
— the  town  of  Itri,  without  any  special  historical  in- 
terest, but  encircled  with  hills  which  were  covered 
with  vines,  fig  trees  and  orange  trees  ; — the  town  of 
Mola  di  Gaeta,  from  which  we  had  a  view  of  the 
beautiful  city  of  Gaeta,  situated  upon  the  Mediter- 
ranean,— the  same  with  the  ancient  Cajeta,  which 
Virgil  has  celebrated  in  the  seventh  book  of  the 
JEneid ;  and  the  city  of  Capua  upon  the  river  Vol- 
turno,  the  ancient  Vulturnus,  near  which  Hannibal 
defeated  the  Romans. 

Between    Cisterna   and    Fondi   are   the   Pontine 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  225 

marshes,  twenty-four  miles  in  length; — once  stagnant 
and  unhealthy,  but  now  drained  and  restored  to  fer- 
tility by  canals.  Large  herds  of  cattle  were  feeding 
on  them.  At  the  western  extremity  of  these  marsh-. 
es,  stretching  out  into  the  sea,  is  the  rocky  and  lofty 
residence  of  the  ancient  sorceress  Circe,  known  at  the 
present  time  by  the  name  of  Monte  Circello,  which 
the  Homeric  traditions  have  celebrated  as  the  place, 
where  the  companions  of  Ulysses  were  detained  and 
made  the  subjects  of  her  enchantments.  On  the  por- 
tion of  the  Appian  way  which  passes  through  the 
Pontine  marshes  was  the  old  Roman  town  of  Appii 
Forum,  which  seems  to  have  been  a  considerable 
place  in  the  time  of  Pliny.  The  prevalent  opinion 
locates  it  at  the  place  in  the  marshes  which  is  now 
called  Casarillo,  about  fifty-six  miles  from  Rome. — 
"  When  the  brethren  heard  of  us,"  says  the  account  in 
Acts,  "  they  came  to  meet  us  as  far  as  Appii  Forum, 
and  the  Three  Taverns." 

Near  one  of  the  towns  which  I  have  mentioned, 
Mola  di  Gaeta,  the  great  orator  of  Rome  had  a  coun- 
try villa,  to  which  he  often  retired  for  study  and  re- 
creation. It  was  here  that  he  had  his  meetings  and 
conversations  with  Laelius  and  Scipio.  When  his 
inveterate  enemy  Mark  Antony  came  into  power,  and 
the  name  of  Cicero,  a  name  equally  near  to  elo- 
quence, philosophy  and  liberty,  was  placed  on  the  list 
of  those  who  were  proscribed,  he  fled  to  his  retired 
residence  and  had  nearly  reached  it,  when  he  was 
overtaken  and  put  to  death  by  his  pursuers.  It  was 
with  melancholy  interest  that  we  looked  upon  the 
lofty  tower,  still  standing  on  the  right  hand  of  the 


226  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

road  as  it  approaches  Moli  di  Gaeta,  which  the  affec- 
tion of  his  freed-men  erected  to  his  memory  on  the 
spot  where  he  was  slain. 

The  road  through  the  Pontine  marshes  is  wide  and 
level,  and  in  many  places  planted  with  trees.  Rich 
and  various  were  the  beauties  of  nature,  appealing 
everywhere  to  man's  heart  and  reading  lessons  on 
the  goodness  of  Providence,  as  we  passed  onward  to 
other  places  more  diversified  in  their  character.  On 
one  side  were  level  and  verdant  plains,  and  distant 
glimpses  of  the  sea  ;  and  on  the  other  hills  and  moun- 
tains ; — and  everywhere,  though  it  was  mid  winter, 
were  gardens,  still  bright  with  their  flowers,  and  trees 
laden  with  fruit.  Passing  the  river  Vulturnus  at 
Capua,  now  called  the  Volturno,  I  was  much  struck 
with  the  appearance  of  the  rich  and  level  plains, 
everywhere  bearing  the  marks  of  high  cultivation, 
which  extended  several  miles  from  its  banks.  Situ- 
ated in  such  a  country,  it  is  not  surprising  that  an- 
cient Capua  had  such  attractions  of  magnificence 
and  pleasure  as  to  perplex  even  the  strong  mind  of 
Hannibal ;  and  that  it  stood  second  at  one  time  only 
to  Rome  and  Carthage.  But  while  my  heart  paid 
homage  to  the  beauties  of  nature,  I  could  not  con- 
ceal from  myself,  that  man,  who  should  have  been 
her  glorious  and  crowning  work,  appeared  in  many 
instances  sad,  degraded,  and  suffering.  The  beggary 
which  had  afflicted  us  in  other  places,  increased  in 
the  variety  of  its  forms  and  importunity,  as  we  ap- 
proached Naples.  As  I  witnessed  the  rags  and  the 
sunken  countenances  of  the  poor  creatures,  who  con- 
tinually surrounded  our   carriage  and  asked   for   the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  227 

smallest  pittance,  it  was  difficult  to  realize,  that 
these  were  the  descendants  of  the  men  whose  genius 
has  inspired  the  arts  and  literature  of  other  nations, 
and  who  were  once  the  conquerors  of  the  world. 

We  left  Rome  the  29th  of  December,  in  the  after- 
noon, and  reached  Naples  on  the  31st.  On  the  next 
day,  the  first  of  January,  we  visited  the  remains  of 
Herculaneum  and  Pompeii,  and  ascended  Vesuvius. 
Pompeii  was  once  a  populous  and  beautiful  city, 
some  three  or  four  miles  in  circumference,  situated  on 
the  river  Sarno  at  twelve  miles  distance  from  Naples. 
It  was  overwhelmed  by  an  eruption  of  Vesuvius  on 
the  24th  of  August,  in  the  seventy-ninth  year  of  the 
Christian  era ;  an  eruption  of  terrible  violence,  in 
which  the  burning  lava,  boiling  over  the  crater  and 
carrying  off  large  portions  of  the  mountain,  took  the 
direction  of  Herculaneum  and  destroyed  it,  while  im- 
mense masses  of  ashes  and  small  stones,  driven  in 
another  direction  by  the  wind,  overwhelmed  Pom- 
peii. The  city  of  Pompeii,  buried  in  this  sudden  and 
terrible  manner,  lay  in  its  dark  tomb  of  volcanic 
ashes,  concealed  and  almost  forgotten,  for  more  than 
sixteen  hundred  years.  In  the  year  1751,  some  peas- 
ants, who  were  employed  in  cultivating  a  vineyard 
near  the  river  Sarno,  discovered  it.  And  since  that 
time  the  excavations  have  been  made  ;  till  at  last  a 
large  portion  of  the  city,  in  a  state  of  wonderful 
preservation,  has  been  brought  to  light. 

On  the  first  day  of  the  year,  and  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, we  entered  Pompeii  through  the  Herculaneum 
gate.  With  a  map  before  us,  and  accompanied  with 
a  guide   to  give   the  necessary  explanations,  it   may 


228  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

well  be  imagined,  that  we  walked  with  deep  emotion 
through  this  city  of  resurrection,  this  disentombed  me- 
morial of  a  departed  empire.  The  streets,  which  gen- 
erally cross  each  other  at  right  angles,  are  straight 
and  paved  with  lava ;  and  have  on  each  side  a  raised 
footway.  The  houses  are  generally  one  story  in 
height,  strongly  built  of  lava  or  other  hard  material, 
stuccoed  and  frequently  painted.  As  is  common  in 
this  climate,  they  are  so  built  as  to  enclose  open 
quadrangular  areas,  in  some  of  which  are  fountains 
supplied  with  water  from  the  Sarno,  which  seems  to 
have  been  carried  under  the  city  by  means  of  subter- 
ranean canals.  We  rapidly  examined  many  houses. 
Entering  first  the  quadrangular  space,  we  inspected 
successively  the  rooms  of  the  house  which  is  built 
around  the  open  square,  which  vary  in  number  and 
size  in  accordance  with  the  size  of  the  house ; — the 
parlor  or  sitting  room,  the  dressing  room,  rooms  for 
sleeping  and  bathing,  the  kitchen ;  and  in  some  cases 
we  noticed  the  small  chapel  which  was  appropriated 
to  the  Lares  or  household  gods.  The  windows  have 
the  appearance  of  having  been  provided  originally 
with  wooden  shutters.  The  floors  are  frequently  a 
pavement  of  mosaic.  The  names  and  occupations 
of  many  of  the  inhabitants  have  been  ascertained 
from  the  inscriptions  in  red  paint  on  the  exterior  of 
the  houses. 

Some  of  the  excavations  are  outside  of  the  Hercu- 
laneum  gate.  The  house  of  Marcus  Arrius  Diome- 
des  is  here.  It  is  of  two  stories,  and  is  the  first 
which  was  discovered.  Some  of  the  rooms  in  this 
house  are  constructed   with   mosaic   pavements,  and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  229 

adorned  with  fresco  paintings.  It  has  a  garden,  cel- 
lar, baths  and  furnaces  for  heating  water.  In  the 
cellar  there  still  remain  a  number  of  large  wine-jars 
partly  rilled  and  surrounded  with  ashes  ;  and  which, 
by  a  fusion  of  materials  contained  in  the  ashes,  have 
become  cemented  to  the  wall.  An  incident  occurred 
here,  which  reminded  us  of  the  dreadful  nature  of 
the  catastrophe,  which  overwhelmed  this  devoted 
city.  We  were  pointed  by  our  guide  to  the  place  in 
the  cellar  of  this  house,  where  the  skeleton  remains 
of  seventeen  persons  were  discovered.  One  of  them, 
adorned  with  gold  ornaments,  is  supposed  to  have 
been  the  wife  of  Diomedes.  One  of  the  objects  of 
special  interest  in  the  city,  is  the  house  of  Sallust, 
the  Roman  historian.  It  is  a  large  house,  situated 
upon  the  street  by  which  we  entered  the  city ;  and 
such  an  one  as  might  be  supposed  to  suit  the  taste 
and  convenience  of  a  man  of  wealth  and  a  scholar. 
Art  had  contributed  to  adorn  it  with  its  statuary  and 
paintings.  Some  of  the  paintings  on  the  walls,  to 
which  our  attention  was  directed,  are  still  in  a  toler- 
able state  of  preservation  ;  one  in  particular,  a  pic- 
ture of  Diana  and  Actaeon.  It  is  worthy  of  notice 
that  this  house  has  its  little  chapel  for  the  Lares  ; — 
indicating  that  Sallust  was  not  disposed  to  discredit 
or  to  treat  with  contempt,  the  religious  sentiments 
of  his  countrymen.  The  remains  of  four  persons, 
who  perished  in  the  destruction  of  the  city,  were 
found  here. 

I  could  not  have  anticipated,  that  anything  which 
I  should  see  at  Pompeii,  would  have  any  special  per- 
sonal interest   for   me.     But   the  interest  which  we 
20 


230  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

feel  in  the  works  of  a  man,  whether  of  literature  or 
art,  naturally  attaches  to  the  author  of  them  ;  and 
the  interest  which  we  feel  in  the  man  attaches  itself 
again  to  his  place  of  residence  ;  so  that  in  visiting 
the  house  of  Sallust  and  going  from  room  to  room,  I 
felt  very  much  as  if  I  were  visiting  the  residence  of 
some  old  friend,  to  whom  I  had  been  under  personal 
obligations  for  his  instructions  and  kindness.  The 
residences  of  other  distinguished  Romans  have  been 
ascertained. 

Among  the  buildings  which  have  been  excavated, 
are  shops  of  various  kinds  ; — wine  shops,  barber's 
shops,  baker's  shops  ; — showing,  as  well  as  temples, 
theatres,  and  works  of  art,  though  in  different  ways, 
the  necessities,  employments,  and  character  of  the 
people.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed,  however,  that  all 
which  has  been  found  at  Pompeii,  exists  there  now. 
Among  the  ancient  remains  which  have  been  dug  up 
there,  and  which  are  still  preserved  at  Naples,  some 
of  which  we  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  subse- 
quently, are  not  only  busts  and  statues  and  other 
sculptures,  but  household  utensils,  coins,  weights  and 
measures,  surgical  instruments,  vases  of  silver  and 
bronze,  the  various  ornaments  worn  by  females,  such 
as  rings,  bracelets,  ear-rings,  sometimes  enriched  with 
pearls,  also  amulets  of  various  forms  and  made  of 
various  rich  materials,  and  exquisitely  wrought  repre- 
sentations of  birds  and  other  animals  in  mosaic.  I 
hardly  know  of  anything  in  the  works  of  art,  which, 
in  niceness  of  workmanship,  and  in  the  accuracy 
with  which  they  represent  objects,  exceeds  some  of 
the  mosaics  which  have  been  found  at  Pompeii. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  231 

(XXVI.) 

Ascent  of  Mount  Vesuvius — Narrow  and  precipitous  paths  bordered 
by  a  river  of  lava — Old  Herculanean  crater — The  two  craters  now 
in  action — The  prospect  in  descending — Historical  references. 

NAPLES,  JAN.  2,  1853— SECOND  LETTER. 

Returning  from  Pompeii,  we  stopped  at  the  town 
of  Resina,  which  is  built  above  the  buried  Hercu- 
laneum.  We  descended  the  excavation,  which  leads 
to  the  celebrated  Herculanean  theatre,  and  afterwards 
visited  another  portion  of  the  city,  which  has  been 
excavated  and  remains  open  for  inspection.  At  noon 
our  party,  including  Mrs.  Walcott,  the  enterprising  and 
much  esteemed  lady,  whom  I  have  already  mention- 
ed as  being  one  of  our  number,  started  from  Resina 
on  horseback,  with  the  view  of  ascending  Vesuvius, 
whose  fires  and  ashes  had  caused  the  vast  ruin  of 
which  we  had  just  been  the  witnesses. 

The  route  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  mountain, 
the  distance  eight  miles  ;  a  continual  ascent  through 
ways  narrow,  rocky  and  precipitous  ;  but  not  without 
interest,  bordered  as  they  are  with  the  habitations  of 
men,  and  with  gardens  and  vineyards,  and  often  pre- 
senting wild  and  magnificent  views.  As  we  came 
near  the  mountain,  which  rose  majestically  above  us, 
throwing  out  from  its  heated  craters  a  column  of 
smoke,  we  passed  along  the  side  of  an  immense  river 
of  lava,  which  had  stopped  in  its  burning  progress 
and  hardened  into  stone  ; — a  perpetual  monument,  in 
its  mighty  and  terrific  desolation,  of  the  terrible  agen- 
cy,which  has  wrought  in  the  bosom  of  this  mountain. 
Having  passed  the  rugged  base  and  ascended   to  a 


232  LETTERS JESTHETIC, 

considerable  height,  we  found  ourselves  at  last  in  the 
bottom  of  the  great  crater,  from  which  are  said  to 
have  issued  the  volumes  of  melted  material,  which 
destroyed  Herculaneum, 

Standing  in  the  centre  of  this  old  and  mighty  cal- 
dron, with  its  blackened  walls  of  two  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, it  was  easy  to  go  back  in  imagination, 
to  the  time  when  its  great  heat  melted  earth  and 
rocks,  and  when  it  boiled  with  its  restless  waves  of 
flame.  At  this  place,  where  the  mountain  becomes 
very  precipitous  and  difficult,  we  were  obliged  to 
leave  our  horses.  The  remaining  ascent  was  about 
a  thousand  feet,  and  could  not  have  been  effected  by 
us  without  very  considerable  aid  from  others.  Mr. 
Thompson ^with  the  aid  of  the  vigorous  men  who  as- 
sisted us,  ascended  on  foot.  The  others  of  our  num- 
ber, unequal  to  the  attempt,  in  any  other  way,  were 
carried  on  chairs,  elevated  on  men's  shoulders  ;  and 
the  whole  distance  was  over  lava  and  cinders.  In 
this  way,  not  without  some  trouble  and  perplexity, 
we  reached  the  summit  of  the  mountain  of  fire. 

There  are  two  craters,  which  are  now  slightly  in 
action,  not  far  from  each  other,  and  unequal,  though 
not  varying  much  in  size.  They  seemed  to  be  about 
three  fourths  of  a  mile  in  circumference  at  the  top. 
Their  form  is  that  of  a  hollow,  inverted  cone.  We 
walked  to  the  edge  of  each  of  these  craters.  It  was 
terrible  to  look  down.  The  edge,  which  is  distinctly 
marked  in  its  outline,  is  a  hardened  and  burnt  crust  ; 
a  fusion  of  the  various  materials  thrown  out  from 
the  vortex;  black  in  color,  but  everywhere  diversified 
by  the  pale  yellow  tint  of  sulphur.    The  craters  grow- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  233 

ing  more  and  more  narrow  towards  the  bottom,  are 
hundreds  of  feet  in  depth  ;  and  it  is  but  natural  to 
suppose,  that  they  are  connected  with  other  un- 
known depths  in  the  vast  burning  caverns  in  the 
base  of  the  mountain. 

From  the  bottom  the  smoke  ascended  in  columns 
of  living  and  endless  darkness.  And  the  large  dark 
mass  from  the  abyss  was  increased  by  the  number- 
less small  wreaths  of  smoke,  which  issued  from  the 
crevices  in  its  scorched  and  sulphurous  side.  Repeat- 
edly I  placed  my  hand  over  these  smoking  crevices, 
which  operted  frequently  on  the  edge  of  the  crater,  as 
well  as  on  the  side  below,  and  felt  great  heat.  Strik- 
ing my  foot  upon  the  earth  in  different  places,  it 
emitted  a  hollow  and  ominous  sound,  which  indicated 
that  nothing  but  a  heated  and  uncertain  crust  sepa- 
rated us  from  the  unknown  conflagrations  below. 
Having  sufficiently  satisfied  our  curiosity  in  view- 
ing this  wonderful  place,  we  were  not  slow  in  return- 
ing. And  I  think  that  most  persons  who  have  as- 
cended Vesuvius,  will  agree  in  saying,  that  there  is 
but  little  inducement  to  remain  there  for  any  length 
of  time. 

On  coming  down  the  side  of  the  mountain,  it  was 
near  the  setting  of  the  sun ;  and  a  scene  of  wide  and 
diversified  grandeur  opened  before  us.  In  one  direc- 
tion were  the  Appenines,  with  their  tops  covered 
with  snow.  In  the  other  the  bay  of  Naples,  with  the 
distant  islands  of  Proscida  and  Ischia,  realized  all 
that  had  been  said  of  its  wonderful  beauty.  Below 
us  was  the  city  of  Naples,  and  other  cities  and  towns 
as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach ;  adorned  with  all  that 
20*  * 


61 


34  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 


is  rich  and  variegated  in  nature  and  wonderful  in  art. 
And  the  setting  sun,  illuminating  the  clear  blue  sky, 
glanced  upon  land  and  sea,  upon  mountain  and  val- 
ley ;  and  wrote  his  farewell  in  letters  of  gold.  And 
yet,  this  expanse  of  inimitable  beauty  could  not 
make  us  forget,  that  we  were  on  the  sides  of  Vesuvi- 
us. It  was  a  beauty  around  us,  but  not  with  us. 
The  earth,  upon  which  we  trod,  in  contrast  with 
what  we  saw  in  the  distance,  was  scorched  and 
black, 'and  full  of  chasms.  We  could  not  forget,  that 
buried,  as  well  as  living  cities,  were  at  our  feet.  We 
were  on  the  mountain  of  destruction. 

I  have  already  remarked,  that  the  eruption  which 
destroyed  the  cities  visited  by  us,  took  place  in  the 
seventy-ninth  year  of  the  Christian  era.  Pliny  the 
younger,  who  was  an  eye-witness,  has  given  a  graph- 
ic and  striking  account  of  it  in  a  letter  to  Tacitus. 
But  Vesuvius  did  not  exhaust  itself  at  that  time. 
There  have  been  thirty-six  recorded  eruptions,  some 
of  them  as  terrible  as  that  which  destroyed  Pompeii, 
besides  those  of  which  we  have  no  account.  The  im- 
mense amount  of  ashes,  lava,  and  cinders  scattered 
over  the  whole  coast,  enough  if  collected  together  to 
form  a  mountain  larger  than  Vesuvius  as  it  now 
stands,  is  evidence  of  their  number  and  violence. 
As  the  effects  of  these  eruptions  are  essentially  the 
same,  differing  only  in  degree  ;  so  are  the  circumstan- 
ces which  attend  them. 

Writers,  who  have  given  accounts  of  them,  inform 
us,  that  they  often  exhibit  premonitory  signs.  The 
earth  shakes.  Beasts  and  birds  taught  by  their  un- 
erring instincts,   scream  with  terror  and  flee  away. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  235 

Murmurs  and  groans  are  heard,  deep  and  terrible,  as 
if  uttering  the  agonies  of  a  mountain  laid  upon  a 
burning  altar.  The  sea  rolls  back  in  agitation.  Vast 
clouds  of  ashes,  hovering  high  in  the  air,  obscure  the 
light  of  day.  If  the  sun  penetrates  them  at  all,  his 
rays  are  feeble  and  red,  as  if  his  brightness  had  put 
on  mourning.  Burning  rocks  in  rapid  succession  are 
thrown  high  above  the  summit.  Deep  streams  ojf  lava, 
hundreds  of  feet  in  width,  roll  down  the  mountain's 
side  in  cataracts  of  fire  ;  and  in  their  restless  march 
destroy  everything  that  comes  in  their  way.  Man 
hides  himself.  Nature  mourns.  Desolation  triumphs. 
Such  are  the  terms,  in  which  those  who  have  wit- 
nessed these  terrible  scenes,  have  attempted  to  de- 
scribe them. 


(XXVII.) 

Tomb  of  Virgil — Capri,  Scylla  and  Charybdis — Arrival  at  Malta — 
Shipwreck  and  journeys  of  St.  Paul — Character  of  the  Maltese — 
Churches. 

VALETTA,  ISLAND  OF  MALTA,  JAN.  6,  1853. 

A  French  steamer  from  Marseilles,  has  brought  us 
to  this  place.  It  has  been  pleasing  to  me  to  sail  in  a 
foreign  vessel,  because  it  furnishes  a  new  chapter  in 
the  book  of  man's  varied  history  and  nature.  We  have 
been  much  pleased  with  the  captain,  sailors,  and 
general  arrangements  of  the  ship.  The  real  and  na- 
tive politeness  of  a  Frenchman  does  not  desert  him 
when  upon  deck.  But  I  must  go  back  a  little  in  my 
narrative,  and  say  something  more  among  the  multi- 
tude of  things  which  will  be  left  unsaid. 


236  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

I  should  not  have  pardoned  myself,  if  I  had  left 
Naples  without  following  the  example  of  many  oth- 
ers in  visiting  what  is  supposed  to  be  the  tomb  of 
Virgil.  The  tomb,  which  bears  the  name  of  this 
great  poet,  is  on  an  elevated  spot  near  the  road  which 
leads  to  Pozzuoli  and  Baiae.  It  is  a  retired  and 
beautiful  place,  affording  a  wide  and  variegated  pros- 
pect. The  tomb  once  contained  a  sepulchral  urn 
supported  on  nine  columns,  which  is  now  gone.  The 
small  monumental  building  which  was  erected  around 
the  urn,  still  remains ;  but  the  greatest  works  of 
art,  if  they  were  here,  could  add  but  little  to  the 
interest  with  which  the  place  is  invested.  Virgil 
was  suddenly  attacked  with  his  last  sickness,  when 
travelling  with  the  Emperor  Augustus ;  and  it  is  gen- 
erally thought,  that  he  selected  the  place  of  his  inter- 
ment himself.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  that  the  Em- 
peror, who  esteemed  and  loved  him,  fulfilled  his  wish- 
es, whatever  they  were.  The  common  opinion,  so 
far  as  I  know,  asserts  this  to  be  the  chosen  spot.  It 
is  such  a  place  as  might  be  supposed  to  suit  a  mind 
which  loved  retirement,  and  which  was  itself  a  recep- 
tacle and  an  emblem  of  beauty.  Upon  a  marble  tab- 
let in  the  wall  is  the  epitaph  which  he  wrote  for  him- 
self. 

Mantua  me  genuit ;  Calabri  rapuere  ;  tenet  nunc 
Parthenope. — Cecini  pascua,  rura,  et  duces. 

Some  poor  people,  who  cultivate  the  grounds, — 
such  humble  people  as  he  loved  to  describe  in  his  in- 
imitable lines,  live  near  his  burial  place.  Fragrant 
flowers  and  plants  adorn  the  spot.    The  ocean  breezes 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  237 

fan  it.     The  beams  of  the  sun  of   Italy  love  to  linger 
here. 

In  coming  out  of  the  bay  of  Naples  we  passed 
near  the  island  of  Capri,  which  separates  the  bay  in 
one  direction  from  the  Mediterranean.  It  seemed 
nothing  but  a  lofty  rock,  very  little  suited  for  the 
habitations  of  men.  And  yet  this  was  the  place,  se- 
lected by  Tiberius  Caesar  for  his  residence  ; — dark, 
solitary,  rocky,  shut  out  from  everything  else,  like  the 
hardness  and  selfish  seclusion  of  his  own  heart.  Ha- 
ting men,  because  his  suspicions  and  injustice  had 
made  himself  an  object  of  hatred,  he  fled  to  this 
lonely  and  desolate  spot,  and  made  a  palace  on  the 
rocks,  but  without  ceasing  to  be  cruel  and  without 
fleeing  from  remorse. 

As  we  approached  Sicily,  we  came  in  sight  of  the 
islands  called  the  Lipari  islands,  in  one  of  which, 
Virgil  has  located  the  habitation  and  caves  of  iEo 
lus.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  of  these  is  Strom- 
boli ; — a  precipitous  volcanic  mountain,  ten  miles  in 
circuit  at  its  base  ; — a  Vesuvius  in  the  midst  of  the 
ocean.  It  is  said  that  this  volcano  seldom  ceases  to 
give  signs  of  action  ;  so  that  in  the  night  it  is  a  light 
house  to  the  sailors  in  these  seas  ;  but  passing  it  in 
the  day  time,  we  saw  nothing  but  a  heavy  cloud  of 
smoke  resting  upon  its  crater. 

It  is  something  for  a  man  to  say  that  he  has  passed 
safely  through  Scylla  and  Charybdis  ;  but  this  has 
been  done  by  us  in  our  voyage  to  this  place.  As  we 
passed  along  the  coast  of  Calabria,  we  went  into  the 
beautiful  harbor  of  Messina  in  the  island  of  Sicily; — 
formed  by  a  narrow  promontory  of  land,  running  off 


238  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

from  the  east  end  of  the  city.  This  promontory  con- 
tracts the  straits  of  Messina  at  this  place ; — and 
combined  probably  with  other  causes,  such  as  hidden 
rocks  and  caverns,  causes  a  violent  and  irregular  mo- 
tion of  the  water.  And  this  is  the  whirlpool,  or  rath- 
er a  multitude  of  little  whirlpools,  of  Charybdis  ;  less 
violent,  perhaps,  than  it  was  once,  but  still  not  with- 
out its  perils.  Sailing  ships,  in  avoiding  Charybdis, 
stand  over  to  the  Calabrian  or  Italian  side,  and  are 
thus  in  danger,  especially  when  the  current  and  winds 
set  in  that  direction,  of  running  upon  an  elevated 
and  rocky  point  of  land  at  some  distance  in  the  nar- 
rowest part  of  the  strait.  This  is  the  rock  called 
Scylla ;  and  near  it  is  the  modern  Italian  village  of 
Sciglio.  I  am  not  at  all  surprised  at  the  dread, 
which  these  real  dangers  excited  in  the  minds  of  an- 
cient navigators.  Brydone  remarks,  that  five  ships 
were  wrecked  on  the  rock  of  Scylla  during  the  win- 
ter previous  to  his  visit  here  some  years  since.  Our 
excellent  steamer  of  course  carried  us  through  with- 
out  difficulty. 

On  arriving  at  Malta  we  could  not  forget,  that  this 
island  was  the  scene  of  St.  Paul's  shipwreck,  of 
which  Luke  has  given  so  specific  an  account  in  his 
history  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  I  am  aware  that 
some  writers  have  supposed,  that  this  shipwreck 
might  have  taken  place  on  another  small  island 
in  the  Adriatic  sea.  But  the  evidence  in  favor  of 
Malta  seems  to  me  very  decisive.  The  place,  as 
designated  by  the  traditions  of  the  country,  is  on  the 
north  side  of  the  island,  about  eight  miles  west  from 
the  city  of  Valetta.     As  our  stay  at  Malta  was  short, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  239 

We  lost  no  time  in  visiting  this  interesting  locality* 
We  came  in  full  sight  of  it  on  a  height  of  land 
more  than  a  mile  distant,  and  were  struck  with  its 
conformity  to  the  description  given  in  Acts.  Here 
is  the  small  creek,  where  the  sailors  in  their  perilous 
situation,  would  naturally  endeavor  "  to  thrust  in  the 
ship."  On  the  left  of  its  mouth  is  a  narrow  point  of 
land  projecting  into  the  sea  where  the  "  two  seas 
met;"  or  what  seems  to  be  a  better  translation,  "  a 
place  washed  by  the  sea  on  both  sides."  On  the 
point  of  land  forming  the  other  side  of  this  natural 
harbor,  is  the  place,  to  which  the  Maltese  traditions 
assign  the  meeting  of  Paul  with  the  "  barbarous 
people  who  showed  no  little  kindness."  Publius, 
"  the  chief  man  of  the  island,"  is  supposed  to  have 
resided  at  the  old  town  of  Citta  Vecchia,  a  few 
miles  distant. 

On  leaving  Malta,  after  three  months'  residence 
here,  the  Apostle  sailed  for  Italy ;  touching  at  Syra- 
cuse in  Sicily,  and  at  Rhegium  in  Calabria.  This 
last  place,  now  called  Reggio,  we  passed  in  coming 
through  the  straits  of  Messina.  It  is  still  a  consider- 
able town.  His  voyage  terminated  at  Puteoli,  now 
called  by  the  Italians  Pozzuoli.  Puteoli  was  once  a 
large  and  commercial  place  ;  and  if  it  be  true,  as  is 
stated  by  some  writers,  that  it  had  much  commerce 
with  Alexandria,  we  see  how  it  happened  that  an 
Alexandrian  ship  brought  Paul  here.  It  is  an  inter- 
esting circumstance,  that  a  Christian  church  was  es- 
tablished at  Puteoli  before  Paul's  arrival.  At  least 
such  would  be  a  natural  inference  from  the  fact  that 
he  met  with  Christian  brethren  there,  and  abode  with 


240  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

them  seven  days.  In  visiting  Puteoli,  which  we  did 
soon  after  our  arrival  at  Naples,  we  were  influenced 
by  a  natural  desire  to  see  the  spot,  which  had  wit- 
nessed the  faith  and  prayers  of  Christians  in  the  ear- 
ly days  of  Christianity,  and  where  the  apostle  first 
set  foot  upon  the  land,  where  he  was  to  complete 
and  crown  his  multiplied  labors  by  a  triumphant 
martyrdom.  We  had  thought  of  him  when  travel- 
ling the  Appian  road,  and  at  Appii  Forum  and  the 
Three  Taverns  ; — he  had  been  recalled  to  our  mind 
when  visiting  the  Mamertine  prisons  in  Rome  and 
the  dungeons  of  Nero  on  the  promontory  of  Baiae  ; — 
and  in  looking  upon  the  fragments  of  the  Caesar's 
palaces  on  the  Palatine  hill,  we  had  not  forgotten 
that  this  too  was  the  scene  of  his  prayers  and  toils, 
and  that  among  the  devoted  ones  who  had  been 
blessed  by  his  labors,  were  some  of  "Caesar's  house- 
hold." He  was  put  to  death  in  the  city  of  Rome. 
But  though  history  records  the  fact,  no  historian  un- 
dertakes to  state  the  precise  time  of  his  execution,  nor 
the  precise  spot  on  which  his  blood  was  shed. 

We  have  enjoyed  much  our  short  visit  in  this  isl- 
and. The  truth  is,  that  Malta,  in  many  respects  is 
a  very  remarkable  place ; — remarkable  in  its  location, 
its  physical  and  geological  formation,  and  in  its  long 
and  varied  history.  A  mere  calcareous  rock  in  the 
ocean,  covered  with  so  little  soil  that  its  industrious 
inhabitants  are  obliged  to  increase  it  by  importations 
from  Sicily,  it  is  rendered  important  by  its  geo- 
graphical position,  in  consequence  of  which  it  has 
long  been  one  of  the  great  naval  stations  of  the  Med- 
iterranean.   And  it  is  an  evidence  of  the  value  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  241 

is  attached  to  it,  that  it  has  passed  successively  in 
the  course  of  its  history,  into  the  hands  of  the  Phe- 
nicians,  Carthaginians,  Romans,  Arabians,  French, 
Spaniards,  and   English  who  now  hold  it. 

The  city  of  Valetta  is  the  capital  of  the  island  of 
Malta,  built  upon  a  small  rocky  peninsula  ;  which  is 
washed  on  its  two  sides  by  two  parallel  arms  of  the 
sea,  running  some  distance  into  the  land,  and  form- 
ing two  large  and  secure  harbors.  The  fortifications 
of  these  harbors  and  of  other  parts  of  the  island,  are 
of  immense  extent  and  of  vast  strength.  The  ditch- 
es surrounding  the  city,  which  are  of  great  size  and 
many  miles  in  length,  are  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock. 

The  Maltese  have  long  had  the  reputation  of  being 
a  peaceable  and  industrious  people ;  and  we  saw 
nothing  which  led  us  to  doubt  the  correctness  of  this 
opinion  except  the  contests  among  the  boatmen, 
which  may  be  ascribed  chiefly  to  the  rivalship  of  ne- 
cessity rather  than  to  evil  disposition.  Their  religion 
is  Roman  Catholic,  and  there  is  more  appearance  of 
sincerity  and  devoutness,  than  we  had  noticed  in 
some  parts  of  Italy  and  France.  They  have  numer- 
ous churches  ;  the  largest  and  most  splendid  of  which 
is  the  cathedral  church  of  St.  John,  which  is  distin- 
guished among  other  things,  by  its  costly  sepulchral 
monuments  to  the  Masters  and  Commanders  of  the 
Knights  of  Malta.  In  our  visit  to  this  church  we 
were  shown  three  keys,  taken  at  different  times  from 
the  Turks  by  the  Knights  of  Malta  ;  and  which  are 
said  to  be  the  keys  of  the  gates  of  Jerusalem,  Acre, 
and  Rhodes.  Of  the  paintings  which  it  contains,  the 
most  remarkable  is  the  beheading  of  St,  John  by 
21 


242  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Carravaggio.  The  church  itself,  like  other  Catholic 
churches,  is  on  a  scale  of  size  and  magnificence, 
which  is  not  often  witnessed  in  Protestant  countries  ; 
and  which  is  hardly  consistent  with,  or  at  least  is 
not  required,  by  the  simplicity  of  Protestant  worship. 


(XXVIII.) 

Coast  of  Africa-Keminiscences  of  Italy  and  its  works  of  art — Of  some 
frequent  and  obvious  defects  in  them— Statue  of  Moses  by  Mi- 
chael Angelo — Statue  of  Christ  in  the  church  of  St.  John  Late- 
ran — The  Christ  of  Corradini  in  Naples--The  Laocoon — The  dying 
gladiator — American  artists. 

FRENCH  STEAMSHIP  ALEXANDER,   OFF   THE 
COAST  OF  AFRICA,  JAN.   10,  1853. 

We  left  Malta  on  the  seventh.  In  the  course  of 
the  voyage  which  is  not  yet  terminated,  we  have 
sailed  a  considerable  distance  along  the  coast  of  Tri- 
poli. And  here  for  the  first  time,  we  came  in  sight 
of  the  great  Lybian  desert,  which  stretches  westward 
from  the  banks  of  the  Nile.  On  this  coast  was  the 
ancient  city  of  Cyrene,  the  residence  of  the  Cyreni- 
ans  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament.  "We  passed 
in  full  sight  of  the  city  of  Derne,  which  was  once 
in  the  possession  of  the  United  States  during  their 
troubles  with  Tripoli.  It  is  still  a  considerable  place. 
Vast  desert  plains  and  arid  mountains  have  been  in 
sight. 

With  the  leisure  now  afforded  I  wish  to  say  some- 
thing further  of  what  came  under  my  notice  in  Italy. 
In  one  sense  Italy  is  a  land  in  ruins,  and  yet  it  is  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  243 

land,  on  which  is  deposited  everything  which  hu- 
man art  and  genius  can  effect.  Works  of  art  are 
found  in  England  and  France,  in  many  of  their  prin- 
cipal places,  in  Oxford,  in  London,  in  Paris,  and  oth- 
er great  centres  of  material  and  intellectual  wealth. 
But  in  Italy,  either  in  the  form  of  ancient  remains  or 
as  the  result  of  modern  skill,  they  are  to  be  found 
everywhere.  Temples  and  statues  are  in  her  dust. — 
In  repeated  instances  our  attention  was  called  to  col- 
umns, capitals,  sculptures,  which  in  America  would 
be  regarded  as  great  treasures,  scattered  in  the  fields 
and  gardens,  lying  about  in  the  streets,  and  some- 
times built  up  in  the  rude  stone  walls  which  the 
people  had  erected  around  their  cultivated  places. 

It  would  be  pleasant,  undoubtedly,  to  give  some 
more  particular  account  of  the  works  of  art  which 
we  have  seen  ;  but  their  number  renders  it  difficult  to 
do  so  in  the  course  of  a  few  letters ;  and  besides  it  is 
hazardous  to  offer  statements  and  critiques  upon  art 
when  there  has  been  but  little  time  for  examination 
and  study.  I  give,  therefore,  impressions  and  not 
criticisms.  Man  is  not  born  a  critic,  which  implies 
culture,  as  well  as  elemental  power ;  but  he  is  simply 
born  a  man ;  and  therefore,  though  I  make  no  preten- 
sions to  formal  criticism,  founded  upon  any  special 
knowledge  of  the  arts,  I  cannot  deny  the  power  of 
perceiving  and  feeling,  because  this  is  common  to 
humanity.  It  must  be  conceded,  I  suppose,  that  the 
world  nowhere  else  exhibits  what  is  to  be  seen  in 
Italy,  either  in  the  number,  the  greatness,  or  the  excel- 
lence of  her  works.  To  this  general  praise  she  is  en- 
titled, and  it  would  be  as  little   to  a  man's  credit   to 


244  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

deny  the  unsurpassed  literary  excellence  of  Cicero, 
Virgil,  and  Tacitus,  as  to  deny  a  like  completeness 
and  excellence  of  the  Italian  genius  in  the  various 
departments  of  art.  And  yet  it  must  be  confessed, 
that  the  impression  which  is  left  upon  the  mind,  (I 
mean  a  mind  which  perceives  and  feels  without  pre- 
tensions to  a  scientific  criticism,)  is  not  always  favor- 
able. In  the  great  edifices  which  attract  notice,  the 
churches,  palaces,  and  other  public  buildings,  the 
most  frequent  defect  which  occurs,  is  the  want  of  ap- 
parent unity  of  purpose  and  plan.  It  may  be  thought 
perhaps  by  some,  that  vastness  and  unity  cannot  be 
combined  ;  but  this  is  an  error.  One  of  the  first  feel- 
ings which  a  person  has  in  contemplating  St.  Paul's 
church  in  London,  or  the  church  of  St.  Genevieve  in 
Paris,  or  St.  Peter's  in  Rome,  is  that  one  mind,  ani- 
mated by  one  leading  artistic  conception,  presided 
over  their  construction,  and  harmonized  their  various 
parts.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  Coliseum  at 
Eome  and  of  many  other  large  edifices.  They  are 
single  thoughts, — the  vast  conceptions  of  the  inward 
intelligence, — taking  an  outward  form,  and  raised 
and  brought  into  shape  and  harmony  in  sculptured 
stone  and  marble. 

But  still  the  defect  to  which  I  have  referred,  namely, 
the  want  of  unity,  is  frequent.  The  circumstances 
under  which  many  large  edifices  have  been  built,  is 
probably  the  explanation  of  this  frequent  defect,  in 
part.  The  addition  of  building  to  building,  carried 
over  a  large  extent  of  ground,  erected  at  different  pe- 
riods of  time,  with  different  styles  of  architecture, 
and  with  various  and  conflicting  objects,  may  consti- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  245 

tute  an  edifice  which  will  astonish  by  its  vastness 
and  splendor  ;  but  which  can  hardly  fail  to  be  want- 
ing in  that  obvious  and  controlling  unity  of  concep- 
tion, which  is  essential  to  the  completeness  of  archi- 
tectural beauty.  But  it  ought  to  be  added,  that 
these  remarks  may  be  true  in  regard  to  many  public 
edifices,  while  at  the  same  time  the  subordinate 
parts  are  finished  with  an  excellence  of  art,  which 
cannot  be  surpassed. 

Another  defect  in  many  of  those  public  edifices,  to 
which  the  particular  notice  of  the  traveller  is  invited, 
is  excess  of  decoration.  Art,  not  satisfied  with  the 
natural  limits  of  its  own  power,  has  gone  on  exhaust- 
ing itself  in  repetitions,  and  in  worse  than  useless  at- 
tempts to  give  additional  touches  to  beauty  which 
did  not  need  them.  Nothing  seems  to  be  left  for  the 
mind  to  fill  up.  Wherever  there  is  a  place  for  orna- 
ment it  seems  to  be  occupied,  as  if  there  were  no 
power  and  no  beauty  in  simplicity.  This  excessive 
decoration  is  probably  owing  in  some  cases  to  the 
zeal  of  unregulated  piety,  as  much  as  to  defective 
taste. 

In  the  countless  statuary  which  came  under  our 
notice,  the  defect  which  seemed  to  me  most  frequent- 
ly to  occur,  was  the  failure  to  harmonize  expression 
with  character.  If  it  is  true,  that  every  man  has  a 
character  of  some  kind,  it  is  also  true  that  every  char- 
acter, which  is  only  another  name  for  the  predomi- 
nant dispositions  of  the  mind,  has  its  appropriate 
expression.  A  sculptor  may  give  the  great  outlines 
of  the  head  of  Nero  or  of  Caligula,  but  if  he  adds 
the  comparatively  mild  and  just  expression,  which 
21* 


246  LETTERS JESTHETIC, 

characterizes  the  features  of  Antoninus  or  Nerva,  he 
violates  both  history  and  nature.  I  am  not  certain 
that  I  shall  make  myself  understood,  but  it  seems  to 
me  that  the  celebrated  statue  of  Moses  by  Michael 
Angelo  may  properly  be  regarded  as  an  illustration 
of  this  remark. 

In  looking  upon  this  great  work,  which  occupies  a 
place  in  the  church  of  St.  Peter  in  vinculis  in  Rome, 
we  felt  no  disposition  to  detract  from  its  acknowl- 
edged and  obvious  merits.  In  all  the  attributes  of 
art,  with  the  exception,  as  it  seemed  to  me,  of  the 
relation  between  expression  and  character,  it  is  a 
work  eminently  worthy  of  its  distinguished  author. 
We  could  not  fail  to  recognize  the  creative  mind  of 
the  artist  at  once.  But  naturally  forming  our  ideal 
of  Moses  from  our  early  readings  in  the  Bible,  we 
were  led  to  inquire, — where  is  the  other  mind  which 
the  mind  of  the  artist  has  undertaken  to  represent  ? 
Where  is  the  mind  of  Moses,  which  it  should  have 
been  his  first  object  to  gather  up  and  combine  from 
history,  and  re-establish  and  make  alive  in  marble  ? 
Where  is  the  expression  of  that  humble  and  meek 
disposition,  which  his  history  and  his  writings  have 
led  us  especially  to  attribute  to  him  ?  We  certainly 
failed  to  recognize  it  in  that  stern  and  angry  gran- 
deur, which  characterizes  the  countenance  of  this 
statue. 

In  many  of  the  numberless  paintings  and  statues 
of  the  Virgin  Mary  which  we  everywhere  saw,  there 
was  this  painful  failure  of  appropriate  expression. 
Art  has  exhausted  itself  in  drawing  the  outlines  of 
her  beauty ;  but  they  are  not  inlaid  with  those  revela- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  247 

tions  of  holy  thought  and  feeling,  which  her  personal 
history  has  led  us  to  expect.  And  still  more  is  this 
defect  seen  in  the  statues  and  paintings  of  the  Sa- 
viour. The  predominant  dispositions  of  the  Saviour 
in  his  humanity  were  meekness,  benevolence,  pity, 
and  perfect  faith  in  God  ; — traits  which  were  not 
overcome  or  obscured  by  man's  unbelief  and  perse- 
cutions, nor  by  the  inward  trials  to  which  his  Heav- 
enly Father  sometimes  left  him.  He  had  nothing  in 
himself,  but  all  things  in  God.  And  being  a  "  parta- 
ker of  the  divine  nature,"  he  loved  as  God  loves, 
and  communicated  himself  to  others  in  all  the  appro- 
priate sympathies  of  humanity.  His  love  shone  in 
his  tears.  His  faith  was  not  shaken,  when  the  powers 
of  darkness  were  let  loose  upon  him. 

In  Paris,  in  Florence,  in  Rome,  I  looked  upon 
painting  after  painting  and  statue  after  statue,  and 
in  almost  every  instance  missed  something  of  that 
divine  expression,  which  should  have  stood  out  as 
the  interpretation  and  the  symbol  of  his  character. 
The  works  in  other  respects  were  often  admirable. 
There  was  symmetry,  intelligence,  beauty,  such  as  we 
often  see  in  the  statues  and  portraits  of  good  and 
distinguished  men,  but  still  an  absence,  in  a  greater 
or  less  degree,  of  the  true  and  Christ-like  disposition. 

I  saw  a  painting  in  the  Vatican  by  a  painter  not 
much  known,  which  is  exempt  in  a  great  degree 
from  this  defect.  It  does  not  fully  give  the  idea  of 
Christ's  intellectual  power  ;  but  the  expression  of  his 
affectional  nature,  of  those  heavenly  dispositions 
which  I  have  mentioned,  leaves  nothing  to  be  de- 
sired.    In  the  church  of  St.  John  Lateran  we  were 


248  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

shown  a  recumbent  statue  of  Christ  after  his  cruci- 
fixion, which  produced  upon  us  a  similar  effect.  The 
countenance,  as  it  appeared  to  be  made  present  in 
marble,  had  not  lost  the  look  which  was  appropriate 
to  its  humanity ;  but  a  mingled  expression  of  sympa- 
thetic sorrow  and  triumphant  peace  seemed  to  ally 
it  both  with  earth  and  heaven.  But  I  think  I  never 
saw  the  character  of  the  Saviour,  the  outline  and  fill- 
ing up  of  his  inward  and  sacred  disposition,  so  per- 
fectly sculptured  in  the  countenance,  as  in  the  mar- 
ble statue  of  Christ  in  death,  which  we  were  shown 
in  the  church  of  St.  Mary  in  the  city  of  Naples.  This 
extraordinary  work  was  designed  by  Anthony  Corra- 
dini,  a  Venetian  artist  of  high  reputation,  but  in  con- 
sequence of  his  death,  it  was  executed  by  Sarumar- 
tino,  an  artist  of  Naples,  to  whom  a  large  share  of  its 
perfection  is  to  be  ascribed.  Christ  is  laid  in  the 
tomb  veiled.  The  veil  is  wrought  in  the  marble  with 
immense  care  and  labor,  and  with  such  skill  that  the 
form  of  the  body,  and  even  the  muscles  are  seen 
through  it,  and  what  is  remarkable,  it  is  made  to  ap- 
pear by  the  artist,  as  if  it  were  slightly  moistened  by 
the  perspiration  of  death.  But  this  veil  does  not  ob- 
scure in  any  unfavorable  degree  the  expression  of  the 
Saviour's  countenance,  which  is  full  of  resignation, 
svmpathy,  peace  and  triumph.  My  heart,  which  had 
long  dwelt  upon  the  inward  image,  was  deeply  affec- 
ted in  the  presence  of  that  triumph  of  Christian  art. 
The  divine  countenance,  which  it  had  embodied  in 
marble,  seemed  to  come  like  a  revelation  from  another 
world,  and  was  present  with  me  many  days  after. 
So  perfect  was  the  expression  of  the  Christ-like  attri- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  249 

butes, — it  harmonized  so  completely  with  the  im- 
pression left  by  the  frequent  reading  of  the  Scripture 
narrative,  that  I  could  hardly  help  saying  to  myself, 
that  I  had  seen   the  Saviour. 

It  may  be  laid  down  as  a  general  principle,  that 
an  artist  can  embody  in  the  forms  of  art  only  what 
he  has  in  himself.  If  he  has  powers  of  intellectual 
conception,  he  will  make  the  marble  or  the  canvass 
conform  to  the  intellectual  idea.  But  if  with  these 
requisites  of  art,  he  is  wanting  in  true  and  good  dis- 
positions, if  there  is  nothing  benevolent,  just  and  no- 
ble in  his  character,  his  hand  will  tremble  and  grow 
weak  under  the  want  of  an  inward  inspiration  and 
guidance,  and  will  betray  the  imperfection  of  the  ar- 
tist's nature.  I  might  almost  say,  since  such  is  the 
general  result,  that  the  canvass  and  marble,  as  if  un- 
willing to  violate  the  tendencies  and  laws  of  univer- 
sal nature,  will  refuse  to  honor  that  which  is  not 
honored  in  itself. 

If  this  view  is  correct,  I  think  we  may  partially 
understand  the  secret  of  the  frequent  failures  in  the 
artistic  representation  of  Scripture  subjects  and  per- 
sons. The  artist  must  have  some  elements  of  sym- 
pathy with  that  which  he  undertakes  to  represent,  or 
he  will  not  be  likely  to  succeed.  And  it  is  easy  for 
me  to  believe,  that  the  artist,  who  executed  the  admi- 
rable statuary  to  which  I  have  last  referred,  had  much 
of  the  spirit  of  Christ  in  his  heart ;  and  that  he  was 
thus  assisted  in  representing  it  in  marble. 

In  passing  through  the  galleries  of  art,  the  travel- 
ler is  not  to  expect,  that  he  will  find  everything 
equally  perfect.     Some  works  are  much   mutilated, 


250  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

and  are  retained  chiefly  on  account  of  their  antiqui- 
ty ;  or  because  they  throw  light  upon  some  doubtful 
fact  in  history,  or  upon  some  obscure  passage  in  an- 
cient writers.  Of  those  which  are  retained  exclusive- 
ly on  account  of  their  merit,  some  will  be  found  to 
possess  much  more  excellence  than  others.  So  that 
in  rapidly  passing  through  the  immense  and  numer- 
ous galleries  which  are  found  in  Italy,  many  works 
of  art  will  justly  claim  and  will  be  likely  to  receive 
only  a  slight  notice.  Others  will  stand  out  as  their 
own  commentators,  and  will  make  their  own  power- 
ful appeals. 

I  shall  not  easily  forget  the  emotions  I  experienced, 
when,  in  the  palace  of  the  Vatican,  I  stood  for  the 
first  time  in  the  presence  of  the  Laocoon  ;  styled  by 
Michael  Angelo,  "  the  wonder  of  art."  Different  from 
all  other  works  of  statuary  in  the  subject  which  is 
represented,  and  exceedingly  difficult  from  the  peculiar 
nature  of  the  subject,  it  left  upon  my  mind  the  im- 
pression, that  it  must  stand  alone  and  unequalled  in 
its  execution.  What  a  subject ! — a  father  with  two 
sons,  enveloped  in  the  folds  of  an  enormous  serpent ; 
and  yet  so  grouped  and  so  developed  from  the  mar- 
ble, that  each  object  is  distinctly  exhibited,  and  each 
in  character.  Central  to  the  eye  and  heart  of  the 
spectator  is  the  strong  and  muscular  form  of  the 
father,  rendered  doubly  strong  by  parental  sympathy 
and  fear,  his  body  twined  around  by  the  serpent,  his 
convulsive  hand  grasping  his  terrible  folds  and  strain- 
ing with  the  anguish  of  despair — a  father  mighty  in 
his  agonies.  With  sad  and  tortured  countenances, 
turned  upward  towards  the  father  as  if  to  catch  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  251 

gleam  of  hope  from  him,  his  two  sons,  one  on  each 
side,  are  twined  and  compressed  and  crushed  by  the 
same  terrible  folds,  but  still  struggling  and  beautiful. 
Youth,  beauty,  strength,  age,  a  child's  affection,  a 
father's  love,  pain,  sympathy,  despair,  horror,  the 
death  struggles  of  the  body,  the  agonies  of  the  mind, 
each  perfect  in  itself,  all  united  in  one  group,  all  born 
as  it  were  out  of  one  solid  piece  of  marble,  and  all 
grasped  and  wounded  and  crushed  in  the  successive 
and  endless  windings  of  the  inexorable  monster  ; — 
such  is  the  subject  and  the  execution. 

I  wandered  through  the  Museum  of  the  Roman 
Capitol,  another  of  the  great  receptacles  of  the  works 
of  art,  with  all  those  feelings  of  deep  interest,  which 
are  due  to  the  place  and  the  rich  treasures  it  con- 
tains. We  could  give  but  little  more  than  a  passing 
look.  Each  successive  work,  so  far  as  it  had  relation 
to  the  aesthetic  nature,  was  allowed  to  tell  its  own 
story  and  produce  its  own  effects. 

Many  things  were  seen  and  briefly  examined  with 
more  or  less  care  and  passed  by,  leaving  but  feeble 
impressions.  They  had  value,  but  not  power.  But 
it  was  not  so  when  I  came  to  the  Dying  Gladiator. 
The  relations  of  this  work  of  art  to  the  operations  of 
the  human  mind  is  definite  and  complete  ;  and  the 
result  on  the  feelings  is  as  certain  as  the  laws  of  na- 
ture.  The  celebrated  English  anatomist,  John  Bell, 
who  visited  Italy  some  years  since,  asserts,  and  goes 
into  particulars  in  support  of  the  assertion,  that  the 
anatomy  of  this  remarkable  figure  is  exceedingly  per- 
fect. There  is  no  doubt  of  the  truth  of  this.  But  I 
must  confess  that   I  thought   but  little   about  the 


252  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

anatomy  as  a  separate  subject  of  consideration.  It 
was  the  the  dying  man  which  occupied  my  thoughts, 
or  rather  the  dying  body  sinking  slowly  to  the  earth 
with  its  relaxed  and  recumbent  limbs,  and  yielding  up 
in  expressions  of  sadness  and  agony  the  unconquer- 
able spirit  to  another  life.  It  was  the  sculpture  of  life 
and  death  in  actual  conflict,  and  both  conquerors  ;— 
death  conquering  the  body,  but  life  escaping  from  the 
drooping  eye  and  asserting  its  immortality  in  the 
fortitude  and  mournful  memories,  which  still  lingered 
upon  the  fainting  countenance.  Byron  in  his  Childe 
Harold  has  referred  to  this  wonderful  piece  of  sculp- 
ture in  a  touching  and  graphic  stanza. 

"  I  see  before  me  the  G-Iadiator  lie ; 
He  leans  upon  his  hand  ; — his  manly  brow 
Consents  to  death,  but  conquers  agony, 
And  his  droop'd  head  sinks  gradually  low; 
And  through  his  side,  the  last  drops,  ebbing  slow 
From  the  red  gash,  fall  heavy,  one  by  one, 
Like  the  first  of  a  thunder-shower  ;  and  now 
The  arena  swims  around  him.     He  is  gone, 
Ere  ceased  the  inhuman  shout,  which  hailed  the  wretro  who  won." 

I  ought  not  to  omit  to  say,  that  we  found  a  number 
of  American  artists  at  Rome.  These  young  men  go 
to  Rome  to  contemplate  ancient  genius  and  to  gather 
inspiration  from  the  minds  of  other  days  still  living 
in  their  works ;  as  in  earlier  times,  and  under  the 
same  impulses  of  the  love  of  truth  and  of  hon- 
orable ambition,  the  artists  and  philosophers  of  Rome 
went  to  Athens,  and  the  distinguished  men  of  Ath- 
ens went  to  Memphis  and  Thebes.  We  were  kindly 
received  in  the  studio  of  Mr.  Story,  the  son  of  the 
eminent  American  jurist  of  that  name  ;   and  our  feel- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  253 

ings  were  touched  at  witnessing  the  efforts  of  the 
artistic  genius  and  filial  piety  of  the  son,  in  erecting 
in  the  sculptured  statue  upon  which  he  is  employed, 
a  worthy  monument  to  his  distinguished  father.  In 
the  studio  of  Mr  Crawford,  another  American  artist 
of  justly  established  fame,  we  spent  an  interesting 
hour  in  viewing  the  works  of  which  he  is  the  author, 
or  which  he  has  gathered  around  him.  Mr.  Craw- 
ford has  been  many  years  in  Rome  ;  and  has  made 
his  way  to  his  present  high  position  as  an  artist,  by 
the  impulses  of  true  genius,  directed  and  aided  by  a 
just  estimate  of  the  cost  of  artistic  skill,  and  by  perse- 
vering and  self-sacrificing  industry.  He  is  employed 
at  the  present  time  by  the  State  of  Virginia,  in  mak- 
ing an  equestrian  statue  of  Washington. 


(XXIX.) 

Arrival  at  Alexandria — Cleopatra's  needle— Pompey's  pillar — Palace 
of  the  Pasha — Character  of  [he  population — Mahmoudie  canal — 
Commencement  of  voyage  up  the  Nile — Character  of  the  boat's 
crew. 

EGYPT,  NILE  BOAT  LOTUS,  TOWN  OF  ATFEH, 

JAN.  14,  1853. 

We  reached  Alexandria  on  the  eleventh  of  Janu- 
ary. We  came  in  sight  of  the  city  at  dawn  of  day. 
It  was  a  calm  and  beautiful  morning.  No  clouds  ob- 
scured the  sky.  The  surface  of  the  sea  was  unbroken 
except  where  at  intervals  it  dashed  its  foam  gently 
over  the  breakers.  On  our  right,  as  we  approached 
the  city,  a  long  line  of  low,  sandy  hills  was  seen  in 
22 


254  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

the  distance.  Large  sea  birds  in  great  numbers  came 
around  us.  They  seemed  to  rejoice  in  our  coming  ; 
sometines  soaring  upward  far  into  the  blue  depths, 
and  then  descending  upon  their  broad  white  wings, 
till  they  fanned  the  sails  of  the  vessel.  As  we  were 
looking  at  the  city,  more  beautiful  in  the  distance 
than  on  a  nearer  inspection,  a  boat  was  seen  ap- 
proaching from  the  harbor.  A  swarthy  Turk,  his 
head  bound  with  a  turban,  came  on  board,  whose 
business  it  was  to  act  as  our  pilot.  Under  the  direc- 
tion of  his  dark  and  thoughtful  eye,  the  vessel  moved 
slowly  along  the  narrow  and  winding  channel.  On 
our  left  was  the  Isle  of  Pharos  ;  on  our  right  was  the 
pillar  of  Pompey.  The  harbor  was  full  of  merchant 
vessels,  steamers  and  ships  of  war.  The  flags  of 
many  nations  floated  around  us.  The  rising  sun, 
gilding  with  light  the  objects  which  it  touched,  gave 
new  splendor  to  the  scene.  For  the  first  time  I  saw 
the  crescent  flag  unfurled.  It  floated  broadly  and 
proudly,  the  emblem  of   Mohammedan  power. 

We  had  no  sooner  come  to  anchor  than  a  number 
of  boats  made  their  appearance  around  the  ship. 
They  were  manned  by  Arab  sailors,  clad  in  a  rude 
dress,  which  but  partially  covered  their  sunburnt 
bodies ; — and  speaking  in  an  unknown  language, 
they  were  clamorous  for  the  privilege  of  conveying 
us  on  shore.  Through  narrow  streets,  which  bore  in 
general  the  marks  of  poverty,  we  were  conducted  to 
the  quarter  which  is  inhabited  by  Europeans. 

At  an  early  opportunity,  as  we  had  but  little  time 
to  spare,  we  made  ourselves  acquainted  with  what  is 
to  be   seen  in  the  various  places  of  the  city.     Such 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  255 

have  been  the  vicissitudes  of  commerce,  and  the  rav- 
ages of  time  and  war,  that  but  few  objects  of  special 
interest  remain.  One  of  them  is  the  beautiful  obelisk 
in  the  Eastern  part  of  the  city,  called  Cleopatra's  nee- 
dle, seventy  feet  in  height,  and  covered  with  hiero- 
glyphics. It  appears  from  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions 
on  the  obelisk  itself,  that  it  was  the  work  of  Thoth- 
mes  the  Third,  the  Egyptian  king  who  ruled  in  the 
time  of  Moses,  some  portions  of  whose  history  have 
been  brought  to  light  in  the  numerous  hieroglyphical 
monuments  of  Egypt.  It  was  originally  erected  at 
Heliopolis,  and  was  brought  down  to  Alexandria  in 
the  time  of  the  Ptolemies.  It  is  as  high,  wanting  a 
few  feet,  as  the  obelisk  of  Luxor,  which  I  had  seen 
in  the  place  De  la  Concorde  in  Paris.  Near  it  is 
another  large  obelisk,  lying  upon  the  ground,  and  at 
the  present  time  nearly  covered  with  earth. 

In  another  part  of  the  city,  favorably  situated  on 
the  summit  of  a  small  elevation,  is  the  beautiful  col- 
umn called  Pompey's  Pillar.  It  is  said  to  have  been 
the  centre  of  the  ancient  city,  which  extended  in  this 
direction  towards  the  lake  Mareotis.  Different  opin- 
ions are  entertained  as  to  the  time  when  it  was 
erected.  But  as  I  travel  for  health  chiefly,  I  am 
obliged  to  leave  antiquarian  inquiries  to  others.  It 
is  ten  feet  in  diameter,  and  ninety  feet  in  height,  ex- 
clusive of  its  Corinthian  capital.  It  is  a  very  striking 
object;  beautiful  in  its  position,  as  well  as  its  sym- 
metry and  great  height.  At  the  foot  of  the  gently 
rising  hill  on  which  it  stands,  is  an  extensive  Moham- 
medan grave  yard,  filled  with  its  rude  white  monu- 
ments, 


256  LETTERS iESTUETIC, 

Among  other  objects  and  places  of  attraction,  we 
found  time  to  visit  the  palace  of  the  Pasha,  which 
overlooks  what  is  denominated  the  "old  harbor,"  and 
were  pleasantly  surprised  at  the  taste  and  elegance 
with  which  it  is  fitted  up.  It  was  the  varied  and 
gorgeous  richness  of  Orientalism,  with  scarcely  a  vi- 
olation of  a  just  and  severe  simplicity.  Surrounded 
with  gardens  filled  with  the  ever  blooming  trees  and 
flowers  of  the  East,  it  reminded  one  of  those  en- 
chanted palaces  which  Oriental  poets  and  romancers 
love  to  describe. 

It  must  be  admitted,  that  Alexandria  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  is  far  from  being  what  it  was  once.  In  the 
period  of  its  early  prosperity,  it  was  fifteen  miles  in 
circumference,  and  contained  six  hundred  thousand 
inhabitants,  including  slaves.  At  present,  its  popu- 
lation is  said  to  amount  to  sixty  thousand.  Some 
writers  place  the  number  higher.  It  has  long  ceased 
to  be  the  emporium  of  commerce,  and  the  seat  of 
science  and  the  arts.  Comparative  poverty  has  taken 
the  place  of  the  immense  wealth  which  it  once  gath- 
ered from  the  contributions  of  many  nations.  The 
high  civilization,  which  in  the  days  of  the  Ptolemies 
attracted  the  notice  of  other  States  and  communities, 
has  gone  back,  at  least  among  considerable  portions 
of  the  people,  to  a  state  of  semi-barbarism.  But  hu- 
manity with  its  good  and  evil,  is  not  extinct.  The 
Turk,  though  a  follower  of  Mohammed,  is  still  a  man, 
and  not  without  man's  capabilities  of  intellect  and 
feeling ; — and  I  think  I  may  add,  that,  in  his  calm 
countenance,  and  ample  forehead,  and  dignified  man- 
ner, he  leaves  an  impression  which  is  much  in  favor 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  257 

of  the  prevalent  opinion  of  the  original  capacity  and 
power  of  his  race.  The  poor  Arab  beneath  his  rude 
garment  bears  a  heart  which  has  been  described  as 
treacherous  and  cruel,  but  which  I  am  obliged  to  say- 
exhibited  kindness  to  me.  Much  of  the  beauty  of 
outward  nature  still  remains  ; — and  amid  many  things 
which  are  strange,  and  some  things  which  are  un- 
pleasant, there  is  not  a  little  which  is  fitted  to  please 
both  the  eye  and  heart. 

I  walked  through  some  of  the  bazaars.  Much 
business  is  still  done  in  them.  The  Turkish  mer- 
chant, meditative,  and  never  in  a  hurry,  sits  cross- 
legged,  seldom  without  his  pipe,  and  tenacious  of  the 
dignity  of  his  flowing  beard  and  turban.  Various 
are  the  dresses  and  languages.  There  are  traders 
from  different  nations,  and  in  the  persecutions  to 
which  they  have  been  subjected  at  home,  many 
Italians  have  found  their  way  here.  Many  of  the 
streets  are  narrow  and  dirty,  but  there  is  a  clear  blue 
sky  above  them.  Carriages  there  are  none  ;  but  men 
and  veiled  women  are  riding  on  diminutive  donkeys. 
Camels  with  heavy  burdens,  reminding  us  of  the  days 
of  the  patriarchs,  march  slowly  through  the  streets. 

On  the  third  day  after  our  arrival,  we  sailed  in  a 
beautiful  boat,  called  the  Lotus,  on  a  two  months' 
voyage  up  the  Nile ;  the  great  river,  which  has  not 
only  fertilized  Egypt,  but  nourished  humanity.  We 
were  four  in  number ;  the  same  little  company  who 
have  traversed  together  France,  Savoy,  and  the  dif- 
ferent States  of  Italy,  and  who  have  found  the  at- 
tractions of  travel  enhanced  by  the  pleasure  of  each 
other's  society.  We  started  from  the  South  side  of 
22* 


258  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  city,  with  a  favorable  breeze,  on  the  Mahmoudie 
Canal,  which  connects  Alexandria  with  the  Nile  at 
Atfeh,  the  place  from  which  I  date  this  letter.  The 
part  of  the  city  which  extends  in  the  direction  of  the 
canal,  and  which  may  be  said  to  rest  upon  it,  con- 
trasts advantageously  with  the  other  parts.  There 
are  many  good  buildings  in  this  part  of  Alexandria, 
and  a  higher  cultivation.  By  the  side  of  the  streets, 
and  on  the  banks  of  the  canal,  are  the  palm  tree,  the 
sycamore,  and  the  acacia  with  its  "  yellow  hair.  "  It 
was  here  that  we  heard  for  the  first  time  the  noisy 
wheel  of  the  sakhia,  by  which  the  water  is  drawn  up 
from  the  canal  for  irrigating  the  lands.  The  large  and 
well  watered  gardens  are  rich  with  the  productions  of 
the  climate,  and  gorgeous  with  the  hues  of  Eastern 
flowers. 

The  canal  connecting  Alexandria  and  the  Nile  is  a 
little  more  than  forty  miles  in  length,  and  is  ninety 
feet  wide.  This  canal  is  undoubtedly  an  extraordi- 
nary work  for  modern  Egypt,  where  there  are  so  few 
evidences  of  practical  energy  and  improvement.  A 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  men,  called  from  all  parts 
of  the  country  by  the  despotic  will  of  the  late  Mo- 
hammed Ali,  were  employed  in  its  excavation.  ^  It 
was  excavated  in  a  single  year,  but  at  the  sad  cost 
of  some  thirty  thousand  workmen,  who  perished 
through  want,  fatigue  and  cruelty. 

In  going  through  the"  canal,  we  have  passed  nu- 
merous boats  from  ten  to  thirty  and  forty  tons  bur- 
den. They  are  on  their  way  to  Alexandria  from  dif- 
ferent places  on  the  Nile,  and  are  ioaded  with,  the 
products    of  the  country,  particularly  wheat  and  cot- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  259 

ton.  We  have  had  thus  far  a  favorable  breeze,  and 
our  boat  throwing  out  her  large  lofty  sail,  has  ad- 
vanced with  good  speed.  The  crew  are  in  excellent 
spirits.  With  the  exception  of  our  pilot,  they  all 
seem  to  be  of  Arabic  descent.  Many  of  them  have 
friends  at  the  different  towns  and  villages  which  we 
expect  to  pass.  Our  captain  lives  at  Gheneh,  nearly 
opposite  the  celebrated  Denderah,  and  more  than  five 
hundred  miles  above  Alexandria,  He  has  reason  to 
be  cheerful.  His  wife  and  children  are  there.  Our 
pilot  is  a  Nubian.  His  name  is  Hassan.  He  is  not 
swarthy  like  the  natives  of  Egypt,  but  black  of  the 
deepest  hue.  His  full  muscular  form  is  in  perfect  pro- 
portions. He  walks  erect,  and  with  a  natural  and 
firm  step.  His  countenance  is  open  and  generous. 
His  eye  is  darkness  lighted.  When  he  speaks,  he 
accompanies  what  he  says  with  a  natural  movement 
of  the  hands  and  body,  which  is  full  of  dignity  and 
grace.  No  one  can  see  him  without  feeling  that  he 
has  a  capacity  above  his  situation.  He  has  a  wife 
and  children  at  Assouan,  near  the  first  cataracts  of 
the  Nile. 

When  I  look  upon  these  people,  and  study  their 
characters,  and  little  personal  histories,  I  cannot  har- 
monize with  those  persons  who  speak  contemptu- 
ously of  them.  There  is  something  in  them  which 
interests  me.  I  have  seen  enough  of  them  already 
to  know  that  they  have  the  ties  and  sympathies 
which  humanity  recognizes,  and  which  religion  sanc- 
tifies. If  science,  exiled  by  a  haughty  despotism, 
has  been  compelled  to  neglect  them,  nature  has  not 
forgotten  to  be  their  teacher.     Their  affections  are 


260  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

not  buried  in  the  ruins  of  the  intellect.  They  all  of 
them  have  a  soot  which  they  call  their  home.  The 
past  lives  in  their  memories,  and  the  clay-built  hut  of 
their  fathers  is  still  dear  to  their  hearts. 

After  waiting  an  hour  and  a  half  for  the  passage 
of  other  boats,  we  have  just  gone  down  the  locks. 
We  are  now  on  the  broad  bosom  of  the  Nile,  or 
rather  on  one  of  its  branches,  which,  however,  is  a 
mighty  river,  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  width. 
The  flag  of  America  is  floating  over  us.  We  are  sail- 
ing under  the  town  of  Atfeh,  which  is  at  the  termin- 
ation of  the  canal,  and  on  the  high,  rich  banks  which 
overlook  the  river.  And  it  is  at  Atfeh  that  I  date 
and  close  my  letter,  as  I  look  around  me  upon  the 
land  of  Goshen,  and  cast  my  thoughts  forward  to 
Cairo  and  the  Pyramids,  to  Denderah  and   Thebes. 


(XXX.) 

Delta  of  the  Nile  and  the  land  of  Goshen — Villages  and  inhabitants  of 
the  Nile — Camels,  oxen,  arid  flocks  of  sheep — The  passage  of  the 
Nile  by  a  herd  of  oxen — Condition  and  character  of  the  Arabs  of 
Egypt — Incident  illustrative  of  their  kindness — City  of  Rameses 
— Bridge  across  the  Nile — Wailing  for  the  dead — Arrival  at  Cairo. 

CITY  OF  CAIRO,  EGYPT,  JAN.  24,  1S53. 

As  J  remarked  in  my  last  letter,  we  left  the  Mah- 
moudie  canal  and  entered  the  Nile  at  the  town  of 
Atfeh, — ascending  it  by  the  Rosetta  branch.  A  little 
below  the  city  of  Cairo  this  great  river,  as  if  desirous 
of  rescuing  a  larger  portion  of  fertility  from  the  sur- 
rounding deserts,  divides  itself  into  two  streams  of 
nearly  equal  size.    One  of  them,  the  Damietta  branch, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  261 

flows  in  an  easterly  direction,  and  passing  by  the 
considerable  towns  of  Semenood  and  Mansoora,  en- 
ters the  Mediterranean  near  the  city  of  Damietta. 
This  city  contains  at  the  present  time  twenty-eight 
thousand  inhabitants ;  but  was  formerly  much  more 
important  than  at  present ;  and  in  the  time  of  the 
crusades  was  regarded  as  the  entrance  and  the  key 
to  Egypt  in  that  direction.  The  Rosetta  branch 
flows  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  enters  the  Mediter- 
ranean not  far  from  the  city  of  Rosetta.  The  Ro- 
setta and  Damietta  branches  at  their  entrance  into 
the  sea  are  eighty  miles  distant  from  each  other ; — 
leaving  between  them  the  triangular  tract  of  land, 
bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Mediterranean,  which  is 
denominated,  on  account  of  its  form,  the  Delta  of  the 
Nile.  The  Delta  was  anciently  much  larger  than  at 
present.  On  the  eastern  side  of  it  was  the  land  of 
Goshen,  which  holds  so  conspicuous  a  place  in  the 
narratives  of  the  Old  Testament, — also  the  great 
Egyptian  city  of  Zoan,  frequently  mentioned  in  the 
Scriptures  likewise,  which  was  situated  on  the  an- 
cient Tanitic  branch  of  the  Nile. 

In  ascending  the  Nile  from  Atfeh  to  Cairo  by  the 
Rosetta  branch,  we  were  frequently  delayed  by  oppo- 
sing winds.  This  was  in  some  respects  favorable.  It 
gave  us  opportunity  to  visit  many  of  the  numerous 
villages  which  line  its  banks,  and  to  notice  the  meth- 
ods of  living  and  sources  of  support.  The  people 
have  a  knowledge  of  a  few  domestic  mechanic  arts, 
such  as  the  making  of  a  coarse  pottery,  the  weaving 
and  coloring  of  cloths,  boat-building  and  the  making 
of  bricks.     They  mingle  straw  with  the  mud  or  clay 


262  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

from  which  their  bricks  are  made,  as  was  done  in  the 
time  of  the  Pharaohs.  But  they  find  their  principal 
support  in  the  cultivation  of  the  soil  and  in  the  keep- 
ing of  flocks  and   herds. 

The  soil,  formed  by  the  overflowings  of  the  Nile,  is 
of  great  depth  and  richness.  It  is  irrigated  by  water 
drawn  from  the  Nile.  The  fields,  waving  with  wheat, 
barley,  lentiles,  and  the  other  products  of  the  country, 
are  not  enclosed  by  fences.  Each  man  distinguishes 
his  land  from  his  neighbor's  by  the  large  stones  placed 
in  the  ground,  which  serve  as  permanent  marks  and 
boundaries.  The  soil  and  climate  are  favorable  for 
the  raising  of  cattle.  The  camels  and  oxen  and 
sheep  which  we  daily  saw  in  great  numbers,  remind- 
ed us  of  the  days  of  Jacob  and  his  descendants,  who 
occupied  portions  of  this  land.  The  sheep  look  like 
those  which  are  seen  in  England  and  America,  but 
the  wool  is  coarser.  The  goats  and  sheep  are  not 
separated  from  each  other,  but  go  in  flocks  together ; 
and  are  generally  watched  by  little  children,  aided  by 
a  dog.  I  noticed,  that  the  sheep  and  goats  are  some- 
times, during  the  night,  penned  together  in  a  fold  in 
the  open  field.  But  generally  the  sheep  and  other 
animals,  cows,  goats,  donkeys  and  camels,  are  driven 
into  the  villages  at  night.  Each  house  had  an  enclo- 
sure attached  to  it,  formed  of  mud  or  of  stalks  and 
reeds  and  open  at  the  top,  in  which  they  are  shut  up. 
Sometimes  they  seem  to  be  otherwise  provided  for. 
A  number  of  times  in  the  morning  I  saw  the  sheep 
and  goats  walking  complacently  about  on  the  flat 
roofs  of  the  houses.  The  houses  are  commonly  made 
of  un-burnt  bricks,  hardened  in  the  sun. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  263 

The  oxen  of  Egypt,  those  which  we  first  met 
with  and  which  are  much  the  most  frequent,  are  of  a 
large  size,  resembling  somewhat  in  shape  the  buffalo 
of  America,  black  in  color  with  scarcely  an  exception, 
and  with  large  crooked  horns  reaching  back  and  de- 
pressed almost  horizontally  with  the  neck.  I  often 
saw  them  patiently  turning  the  wheel  of  the  Sakhia, 
or  drawing  the  plough  through  the  fields.  The 
plough  is  very  simple  in  its  construction,  being  hard- 
ly more  than  a  sharpened  stick  of  wood,  though  some- 
times pointed  with  iron.  It  could  not  easily  have 
been  more  simple  in  the  days,  of  the  Patriarchs.  The 
oxen  are  very  tractable.  I  have  seen  them  with  a 
string  round  the  horn  or  neck,  led  home  from  the 
fields  at  night  by  little  children. 

At  one  time  I  noticed  a  herd  of  these  animals, 
which  may  be  said  to  make  a  part  of  an  Arab's  fam- 
ily, on  the  brink  of  the  Nile  under  the  care  of  two 
boys.  It  was  just  as  the  sun  was  setting.  They  be- 
longed to  a  village  on  the  western  side,  and  were  on 
their  way  home  from  a  pasture  ground,  where  they 
had  been  feeding  during  the  day.  I  noticed  their 
appearance,  because  they  stood  crowded  together, 
about  twenty  in  number,  silent  and  thoughtful,  as  if 
meditating  some  act  of  importance.  The  boys  took 
off  their  clothes,  tied  them  in  bundles,  and  fastened 
them  on  their  own  heads.  They  then  mounted  the 
backs  of  two  of  the  animals,  gave  the  word  of  com- 
mand and  the  whole  herd  plunged  into  the  river. 
They  passed  directly  in  front  of  the  boat  at  a  place 
where  the  Nile  was  running  more  rapidly  than  com- 
mon.    The  boatmen  suspended  their  rowing.     Noth- 


264  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

ing  was  seen  but  their  black  heads  and  horns  moving 
towards  the  other  shore.  The  boys  sat  upright  with 
the  bundles  of  clothes  on  their  heads.  They  made  a 
singular  appearance,  moving  rapidly  over  the  Nile 
and  apparently  without  any  support,  as  the  backs  of 
the  cattle  were  concealed  under  the  water.  They 
reached  the  other  shore  in  safety.  The  boys  put  on 
their  clothes.  The  cattle  shook  their  wet  sides  on 
the  sand,  and  they  went  together  up  the  bank. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  villages  of  which  I  am  now 
speaking,  are  for  the  most  part  of  Arab  descent. 
When  the  Arabs  overran  the  country  in  the  seventh 
century,  they  wasted  it,  and  made  great  destruction 
of  the  people.  The  descendants  of  the  original  Egyp- 
tians are  found,  not  among  the  Arab  portion,  but 
among  the  Copts,  who  are  few  in  number,  and  gen- 
erally reside  in  the  large  towns.  They  are  compara- 
tively intelligent  and  well  instructed,  and  profess  the 
Christian  religion.  The  religion  of  the  Arabs  is  Mo- 
hammedan. They  are  poor,  uneducated  and  scantily 
clad.  But  the  climate  is  such,  that  they  do  not  re- 
quire much  clothing.  Though  they  are  poor,  there  is 
not  such  suffering  from  poverty,  as  is  often  wit- 
nessed in  the  large  towns  of  Europe.  They  are  su- 
perstitious, chiefly  because  they  are  ignorant.  In  re- 
peated instances  I  saw  the  children  assembled  in 
schools  in  the  larger  towns,  but  did  not  notice  any 
schools  in  the  small  villages.  Mohammedanism  is 
not  favorable  to  intellectual  culture.  The  people 
need  the  Christian  religion.  But  the  laws  of  the 
Koran  and  of  the  country  are  strict  in  the  defence  of 
the  Mohammedan  faith,  and  to  become  a  Christian 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  265 

is  to  expose  themselves  to  death.  It  seems  to  me, 
therefore,  that  there  is  but  little  hope  for  Egypt  at 
the  present  time ;  at  least  for  this  portion  of  the  peo- 
ple. It  may  be  different  with  the  Greeks,  Armenians 
and  Copts. 

I  was  favorably  impressed  with  many  of  their  traits 
of  character.  I  judge  of  them  from  what  I  saw. 
They  seem  to  have  lost  the  active  and  fierce  spirit, 
which  characterized  their  ancestors.  They  are  timid, 
and  make  but  poor  soldiers.  I  am  not  prepared, 
however,  to  condemn  that  cowardice,  if  such  it  may 
be  called,  which  shrinks  from  the  taking  of  human 
life.  As  a  general  thing  I  observed  no  deficiency  of 
industry ;  but  there  is  very  little  enter  prize.  Their 
study  is  to  live,  and  not  to  improve  and  advance.  I 
cannot  easily  join  with  those,  who  are  disposed  to 
make  an  impeachment  of  their  honesty, — because 
personally  I  have  had  no  evidences  to  sustain  it. 
Nor  have  I  seen  evidences  of  inordinate  suspicion, 
cruelty,  and  disposition  to  injure.  I  have  been  in 
their  villages  daily.  The  dogs  which  guard  every 
door,  have  sometimes  attacked  me.  But  the  dogs 
were  faithful  to  what  they  considered  their  trust ;  and 
I  have  no  especial  complaint  to  make  of  their  some- 
what premature  and  unnecessary  zeal.  And  the  less 
so,  because  in  some  instances  the  Arabs  themselves 
came  and  drove  them  away.  What  may  be  true  of 
the  Bedouin  Arabs  inhabiting  the  deserts,  who  are  of 
the  same  race  but  differently  situated  and  under  dif- 
ferent influences,  I  am  unable  to  say.  Time  will  per- 
haps determine.  But  from  the  Arabs  of  the  Nile,  I 
have  received  as  decided  marks  of  kindness,  as  amid 
the  civilization  of  Europe. 
23 


266  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

I  will  mention  a  single  instance,  which  may  be 
taken  as  an  illustration  of  their  treatment  of  me. 
One  day  the  boat  was  fastened  to  the  shore  on  ac- 
count of  a  head  wind.  I  strayed  away  alone  into 
the  fields,  as  was  sometimes  my  practice.  Passing 
near  the  little  hut  of  an  Arab  shepherd,  who  was 
seated  at  his  door  on  a  mat,  he  made  signs  to  me  to 
come  and  sit  down.  I  accepted  the  invitation  and 
sat  down  on  the  mat  with  him,  and  we  began  to 
converse  in  signs,  aided  by  a  few  Arabic  and  Italian 
words  which  one  easily  picks  up.  I  felt  quite  at 
home.  In  a  short  time  he  arose  and  went  to  his 
dwelling,  which  was  a  very  simple  enclosure  formed 
partly  by  a  mud  wall  and  partly  by  a  fence  of  long 
reeds  which  were  strongly  bound  together  ;  and 
which  was  covered  at  the  top  with  a  roof  of  corn 
stalks.  Bringing  out  a  jug  of  water  and  a  wooden 
dish  filled  with  excellent  dates,  he  invited  me  to  eat. 
I  could  not  well  refuse  his  hospitality.  I  was  pleased, 
because  I  saw  he  had  that  faith  which  can  take  hold 
of  the  common  link  of  human  brotherhood.  Look- 
ing up  I  saw  a  little  child  peeping  round  the  corner 
of  the  hut.  This  was  a  new  incident.  I  made  signs 
to  it  to  come  to  me ;  but  it  was  frightened  at  my 
strange  appearance,  and  ran  away.  The  father  smiled 
at  this,  and  got  up,  and  ran  after  the  child,  and 
brought  it  back.  I  pacified  it  with  a  little  present, 
and  we  soon  became  good  friends.  The  result  of 
this  was,  that  in  a  little  time  all  the  children,  some 
four  or  five  in  number,  came  round  successively  from 
an  opening  on  the  other  side  of  the  enclosure.  After 
a  little  while  the  Arab's  wife, — contrary  I  believe  to 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  267 

the  usual  customs  among  them, — came  also  with  an 
infant  in  her  arms.  The  sun  shone  brightly,  but  we 
were  on  the  shady  side  of  the  hut  and  a  gentle 
breeze  made  music  in  the  reeds.  It  was  quite  a  fam- 
ily meeting,  and  I  tried  to  make  them  as  well  pleased 
with  me,  as  I  was  with  them.  I  staid  half  an  hour, 
and  know  not  how  much  longer  the  visit  might  have 
been  prolonged  ;  but  our  captain,  (the  Rais,  as  the 
people  of  the  country  call  him,)  sent  one  of  his  men, 
named  Mohammed,  to  find  me.  He  came  with  an 
amazing  long  club  to  guard  me,  as  he  said,  against 
the  Arabs,  which  seemed  to  me  a  very  unnecessary 
precaution.  I  left  my  hospitable  entertainers,  well 
pleased  with  my  visit,  and  with  sincere  desires  and 
prayers  for  their  happiness ; — and  have  often  thought 
of  them  since. 

It  was  to  this  region  of  Egypt  that  Pharaoh  sent 
the  brethren  of  Joseph  ;  and  it  answers  well  the  de- 
scription given  of  it,  as  the  "best  of  the  land."  And 
no  one  can  visit  it  at  the  present  time,  without  seeing, 
that  it  is  peculiarly  suited  to  their  occupation  as 
"  herdsmen.  It  is  at  the  head  of  the  Delta  on  the  east- 
ern side,  and  probably  a  little  beyond  its  present  lim- 
its, that  we  are  to  look  for  the  site  of  the  ancient 
city  of  Rameses,  from  which  the  children  of  Israel 
started  on  their  memorable  journey  in  the  wilderness. 
Rameses  is  spoken  of  as  one  of  the  "  treasure  cities 
of  Egypt."  It  probably  had  its  palaces  and  architect- 
ural monuments,  but  like  many  other  great  cities  of 
Egypt,  nothing  now  remains  of  it.  At  the  head  of 
the  Delta  is  a  long,  and  beautiful  bridge  in  the  course 
of  erection,  extending  over  both  branches  of  the  Nile, 


268  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

a  little  below  the  point  where  the  river  separates.  It 
is  a  very  picturesque  object  as  viewed  by  one  in  as- 
cending the  Nile.  It  is  nearly  finished,  apparently  a 
mile  and  a  half  in  length,  if  we  include  the  portion 
of  the  Delta,  which  unites  the  two  parts  together, 
and  will  compare  well  in  strength  and  beauty  with 
other  great  structures  of  I  hat  kind. 

I  find  that  I  have  omitted  many  incidents  of  this 
little  voyage ;  but  I  will  mention  one.  At  a  certain 
time  walking  near  a  little  village,  I  heard  a  sad  and 
piercing  cry.  It  was  the  mourning  wail  of  the  Egyp- 
tian women.  They  tossed  their  arms  wildly,  as  if 
frantic  with  grief,  and  scattered  dust  upon  their  gar- 
ments. It  reminded  me  of  the  descriptions  of  sorrow 
and  wailing  which  are  given  in  the  Scriptures.  The 
occasion  was  indeed  a  sad  one  ; — the  death  of  a  little 
boy,  who  the  day  before  was  drowned  in  the  Nile. 
He  laid  dead  in  the  house.  The  mourners  were  out- 
side ; — some  standing  and  some  sitting  on  the  sand. 
As  I  stood  near,  a  witness,  and  perhaps  I  may  say  a 
sharer  of  their  grief,  I  saw  a  company  of  mourning 
friends  and  relatives  coming  from  another  village. 
The  Arab  loves  his  children,  and  his  grief  is  bitter 
when  they  die.  The  voice  of  anguish  sounded  from 
village  to  village,  and  from  one  side  of  the  Nile  to 
the  other. 

But  the  traveller  stops  neither  for  joy  nor  sorrow. 
His  sympathy,  ruled  by  the  occasion,  may  harmonize 
with  either,  but  it  passes  on.  He  gives  a  smile  or  a 
tear,  a  just  tribute  to  a  common  nature,  and  then 
goes  forward  to  his  own  place. 

In  eight  days  from  Alexandria  we  arrived  at  Cairo. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  269 

Our  boat  stopped  at  Boulak,  which  is  the  harbor  of 
Cairo.  The  bank  of  the  river  at  Boulak  is  steep  and 
rocky.  For  a  mile  or  more  it  was  lined  with  the 
large  boats  of  the  Nile  ; — a  number  of  which  bore 
the  American  flag.  We  saw  signs  of  activity,  wealth, 
commerce,  intelligence.  Cairo  is  only  a  mile  and  a 
half  distant ;  and  is  so  connected  with  Boulak,  not- 
withstanding the  low  sunken  grounds  between  them, 
that  in  the  eye  of  a  stranger  they  are  essentially  one 
city.  In  coming  back  from  Thebes  we  shall  of 
course  stop  here,  and  I  shall  therefore  speak  of  it  now 
only  in  a  few  words. 

Cairo  contains  two  hundred  thousand  inhabitants  ; 
divided  and  characterized  by  descent,  history  and  reli^ 
gion; — Arabs,  Turks,  Armenians,  Greeks  and  Copts. 
Here  also  are  the  Nubian  and  the  European.  The 
number  of  the  old  Egyptian  or  Coptic  race,  of  whose 
situation  and  prospects  we  hope  to  learn  something 
further,  is  said  to  be  sixty  thousand.  It  is  through 
them,  as  it  seems  to  me,  that  we  must  look  for  the 
religious  recovery  of  Egypt. 

"  The  streets  of  the  city,  the  buildings  and  gardens, 
the  dress,  manners  and  occupations  of  the  people,  all 
remind  us,  that  we  are  in  a  great  city  of  the  East. 
We  are  in  the  midst  of  oriental  civilization  without 
the  modifications,  which  in  Alexandria  it  is  constant^ 
ly  receiving  from  the  West.  Knowledge  has  a  dif- 
ferent language.  Art  has  a  different  eye.  We  per- 
ceive more  and  more,  and  not  without  painful  emo- 
tions that  we  are  in  a  land  of  a  different  religion. 
The  lofty  minaret  of  the  mosque  of  Mohammed  Ali 
glitters  in  the  sun. 
23* 


270  LETTERS — AESTHETIC, 

Nature  also,  still  more  than  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Nile,  puts  on  a  new  dress.  It  is  a  land  of  flowers ; 
and  I  might  almost  say  every  flower  has  its  singing 
bird  upon  it  The  palm,  the  acacia,  and  the  orange 
are  here.  We  have  come  once  more  to  the  region  of 
mountains.  I  look  upon  them  with  the  emotions  of 
one  who  has  loved  tbem  from  childhood.  But  they 
are  not  the  mountains  of  our  own  land.  Back  of  the 
city,  and  guarding  it  from  the  Syrian  desert  are  the 
bare,  broken,  and  lifeless  heights  of  Mokattam.  Em- 
bosomed in  the  Nile  are  the  beautiful  gardens  of  the 
isle  of  Rhoda ; — the  place  where,  according  to  the 
traditions  of  the  country,  the  infant  Moses  was  ex- 
posed in  the  bulrushes.  On  the  opposite  bank  of  the 
river,  near  the  site  of  the  wasted  and  buried  city  of 
Memphis,  are  the  pyramids.  They  stand  alone,  with 
the  sandy  billows  of  the  Lybian  desert  breaking 
around  them,  like  the  peak  of  Stromboli  in  the  midst 
of  the  sea. 

But  it  is  dangerous  to  get  the  first  glance  of  such 
an  object  when  one  is  closing  a  letter.  There  are  no 
pyramids  in  America.  Mountains  and  mounds,  the 
monuments  of  a  departed  race  are  there ;  but  not  the 
pyramids  of  Egypt. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  271 


(XXXI.) 

Arrival  at  Benisooef — Convent  of  St.  Anthony — Mohammedan  mosque 
— Visit  to  a  Bey  of  the  Pasha — Picturesque  appearance  of  the  vil- 
lages of  the  Nile — Birds  of  the  Nile — Gebel-E-Tayr — The  wound- 
ed eagle — The  crocodile — The  blind  boy. 

EGYPT,  TOWN  OF  GHENEH  ON  THE  NILE, 

FEB.  15,  1853. 

We  sailed  from  Cairo  on  the  twenty -fourth  of  Janu- 
ary with  a  favorable  wind.  Passing  by  the  isle  of 
Hhoda,  and  the  town  of  Old  Cairo  on  the  left,  and 
the  town  of  Geezeh  on  the  right,  and  village  after 
village  in  continual  succession,  we  reached  on  the 
fourth  day  the  large  town  of  Benisooef,  which  is  dis- 
tant from  Cairo  seventy-seven  miles.  This  town  is 
one  of  the  principal  places  in  Upper  Egypt,  and  is  the 
residence  of  the  governor  of  the  province,  of  which 
Benisooef  is  the  capital.  Numerous  boats,  moored 
under  the  steep  banks,  lined  the  shore ;  indicating 
that  it  is  a  place  of  considerable  commerce.  It  has 
manufactures  of  silk  and  cotton,  recently  established. 
Anciently  it  was  famous  for  its  linen  manufactures. 

From  Benisooef,  commencing  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river,  is  the  road  which  leads  to  the  celebrated 
convent  of  St.  Anthony  in  the  eastern  desert.  The 
general  course  of  the  road  is  through  the  great  valley 
called  the  Wady-el-Arraba,  which  runs  between  the 
two  lime-stone  ranges  of  mountains,  bearing  the 
name  of  the  northern  and  southern  Kalalla.  The 
convent,  built  at  the  foot  of  the  Kalalla  and  sur- 
rounded with   gardens,  is  within  eighteen  miles  dis- 


272  LETTERS jESTHETIC, 

tance  of  the  Red  Sea.  I  mention  this  convent  the  more 
particularly,  not  only  because  it  is  a  place  of  consid- 
erable resort,  but  because  it  is  the  principal  convent 
of  the  Coptic  Christians.  The  patriarch  of  the  Copts 
is  elected  by  its  members.  The  convent  is  of  great 
antiquity,  and  possesses  some  historical  interest.  The 
cavern  is  shown  near  it,  in  which  the  celebrated  St. 
Anthony  passed  a  portion  of  his  days  in  religious  re- 
tirement. 

Leaving  Benisooef  .after  a  slight  examination  of  it, 
we  reached  the  pleasant  town  of  Minieh  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  Nile,  an  hundred  and  sixty  miles  from 
Cairo,  on  the  second  of  February.  One  of  the  ob- 
jects which  attracts  notice  in  approaching  this  town 
from  the  water,  is  a  Shekh's  white  tomb,  situated 
upon  the  rising  ground,  and  overshadowed  by  a  large 
sycamore  tree.  We  visited  the  large  and  ancient 
mosque,  which  stands  upon  the  bank  of  the  river. 
We  found  there  a  number  of  Mohammedans  going 
through  with  their  devotions.  Within  it  are  marble 
and  granite  columns  with  Corinthian  capitals,  which 
originally  belonged  to  some  building  of  earlier  times. 
The  modern  cemetery  of  Minieh  is  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  river.  The  dead  are  ferried  over  in  boats. 
The  custom  of  burying  their  dead  on  the  opposite 
bank,  which  is  often  easily  explained  in  connection 
with  the  natural  features  of  the  country,  existed  in 
ancient  times,  and  gave  rise  to  the  legend  of  Cha- 
ron's boat. 

Modern  improvements  on  a  limited  scale  have 
found  their  way  to  Minieh.  The  Pasha  of  Egypt 
has    established   a    large   sugar    manufactory   here, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  273 

which  is  in  successful  operation.  Although  we  were 
entire  strangers,  we  were  kindly  invited  to  go  through 
it  and  examine  it.  We  had  repeatedly  passed  large 
and  flourishing  fields  of  the  sugar  cane.  The  culture 
of  the  sugar  cane  and  also  of  cotton  has  recently 
been  introduced. 

A  bey  of  the  Pasha,  resident  at  Cairo,  was  on  a 
visit  at  Minieh  when  we  were  there.  We  understood 
that  he  had  been  sent  up  the  river  on  a  tour  of  in- 
spection, but  with  particular  reference  to  the  manu- 
facturing establishments.  His  boat  lay  very  near  us. 
We  called  upon  him  in  the  boat.  Seated  on  a  divan 
in  the  oriental  manner,  he  bade  us  a  cordial  welome ; 
and  ordering  coffee  to  be  brought  us,  politely  answer- 
ed our  questions,  and  made  on  his  part  many  inqui- 
ries in  relation  to  America.  His  countenance  indica- 
ted that  he  possessed  good  powers  of  mind.  And  I 
have  rarely  seen  a  man  more  truly  dignified  and  at 
the  same  time  more  kind  and  affable  in  his  manners. 

It  is  the  small  villages,  however,  rather  than  the 
large  towns,  which  constitute  the  marked  peculiarity 
of  the  Nile,  and  which  constantly  arrest  the  attention 
of  the  traveller.  It  is  undoubtedly  true,  that  they 
lose  much  of  their  attraction  when  closely  inspected, 
but  they  are  certainly  very  picturesque  when  seen  in 
the  distance.  For  hours  I  have  sat  in  the  boat  and 
looked  upon  them.  There  is  poetry  in  their  very 
location.  They  are  almost  always  built  in  a  grove  of 
palm  trees.  The  palm  tree  itself  is  a  very  impressive 
object.  Tall,  straight,  crowned  with  a  tuft  of  long 
waving  leaves,  it  has  a  lofty  and  meditative  aspect,  as 
if  it  were  conversing  with  the  spirits  of  the  air.     In 


274 


LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 


front  of  the  villages  is  the  Nile ;  and  south  of  Cairo 
they  have  a  back  ground  of  mountains.  The  eastern 
mountains,  with  rugged  but  imperishable  walls,  guard 
them  from  the  Syrian  desert.  The  mountains  on  the 
western  side  protect  them  from  the  encroachments  of 
the  deserts  of  Lybia.  Many  villages  have  canals  near 
them,  running  back  from  the  river  towards  the  moun- 
tains. Their  high  banks  form  a  road.  Oxen,  camels, 
flocks  of  sheep  and  goats,  are  constantly  passing  and 
repassing.  Narrow  paths  lead  from  different  parts  of 
the  villages  to  the  water.  Women  and  girls  are  seen 
going  to  and  from  the  river  with  water-jars  on  their 
heads.  They  are  dressed  in  simple  but  decent  gar- 
ments of  blue  cotton ;  and  are  modest  and  cheerful 
in  their  appearance.  In  many  instances  they  are 
adorned  with  necklaces,  ear-rings  and  bracelets.^ 
There  are  folds  for  the  sheep  and  cattle  in  the  villages ; 
and  in  nearly  all  of  them  are  large  dove-cotes.  The 
doves  in  countless  numbers  are  flying  about.  Dogs 
are  keeping  sentinel  on  the  flat  roofs  of  the  houses. — 
Oxen  are  turning  the  wheels  of  the  sakhia,  by  which 
the  fields  are  watered.  At  times  is  heard  the  sound 
of  the  mill-stone,  which  is  turned  sometimes  by  oxen 
and  more  frequently  by  hand.  Groups  of  unwashed 
children  with  their  loud  laugh  are  playing  in  the  dust 
of  the  lofty  banks  or  at  the  brink  of  the  river.  Such 
is  the  scene  which  repeats  itself  almost  every  hour. 

One  of  the  features  of  the  Nile  is  its  numberless 
beautiful  birds  ; — not  only  those  which  haunt  rivers 
and  disply  their  tall  forms  upon  the  water's  brink  and 
scream  among  the  reeds  ;  but  the  birds  of  song  and 
bright  plumage,  which  haunt  the  tree  and  forest.  The 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  275 

trees  in  the  small  gardens  of  the  villages  and  larger 
towns  are  alive  with  them.  A  stone  thrown  into  a 
wheat  or  bean  field  at  a  distance  from  the  towns  often 
starts  up  a  cloud  of  them  which  fills  the  air.  The 
Egyptians,  either  for  want  of  fire-arms  or  for  some 
other  reason,  do  not  seem  disposed  to  injure  them, 
and  hence  they  have  become  exceedingly  tame.  I 
have  seen  a  crow,  a  bird  which  is  generally  not  very 
familiar  in  its  habits,  sitting  quietly  on  the  mast  of 
our  vessel.  The  sparrow  was  almost  constantly  hop- 
ping about  on  the  deck,  picking  up  the  seeds  which 
were  there.  Not  unfrequently  large  birds  are  seen, 
seated  much  at  their  ease  on  the  back  of  an  ox  or 
camel.  Repeatedly  I  saw  groups  of  pelicans  with 
their  long  snowy  necks,  walking  on  the  banks  of  sand 
in  retired  places.  Wild  ducks  are  without  number. — 
At  night  flocks  of  geese,  uttering  their  shrill  cry,  are 
seen  flying  over  the  river  ; — extending  in  long  and 
marshalled  array  from  one  bank  to  the  other.  Eagles 
make  their  nests  in  the  chains  of  mountains  which 
bound  the  valley  of  the  Nile  ;  but  we  saw  them  fre- 
quently near  the  towns  and  villages. 

One  evening,  just  as  the  shades  of  night  were  fall- 
ing, I  saw  an  immense  flock  of  birds  pass  near  the 
boat  and  light  upon  the  lofty  side  of  a  rocky  moun- 
tain under  which  we  were  at  the  time.  They  were  of 
considerable  size,  but  I  could  not  tell  of  what  kind 
they  were.  In  a  few  moments  they  all  disappeared 
in  the  multitude  of  crevices  and  excavations  which 
are  found  there.  Here  were  their  nests  ;  and  as  they 
were  adjusting  themselves  for  their  night's  repose, 
they  set  up  that  sort  of  social  congratulation,   which 


276  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

is  common  with  them  at  such  times.  Nothing  was 
seen  but  the  bare  rugged  face  of  the  mountain  ;  and 
yet  every  crevice  and  fissure  and  cavern  was  suddenly 
endowed  with  vocality.  The  echo  of  these  hollow 
and  rocky  recesses  increased  the  sounds  to  the  loud- 
ness of  the  human  voice.  They  were  like  an  army 
of  men  that  were  talking  loudly.  I  sat  upon  the 
deck  and  looked,  but  saw  nothing.  The  illusion  was 
complete.  The  whole  mountain  cliff,  as  if  it  were  a 
thing  of  life  which  had  just  waked  out  of  sleep,  seem- 
ed to  forget  its  usual  solidity  and  silence,  and  to  be- 
come light-headed,  and  to  laugh,  and  to  chatter  and 
make  merry. 

I  had  written  this  before  I  was  aware  of  the  fact, 
that  one  of  the  rocky  heights  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  Nile  and  above  Benisooef,  is  named  gebel-e-tayr, 
which  means  the  "  mountain  of  the  bird  ;"  and  that  a 
singular  tradition  is  connected  with  it.  The  tradition 
is,  that  all  the  birds  of  the  country  round  about  as- 
semble at  this  mountain  once  a  year.  They  then 
hold  a  grand  consultation  for  the  purpose  of  selecting 
one  of  their  number,  whose  duty  it  is  to  remain  in 
the  mountain  till  the  next  year.  The  birds  then  fly 
away  into  various  and  distant  parts ;  but  return 
again  at  the  appointed  time  to  the  "  mountain  of  the 
bird,"  for  the  purpose  of  releasing  their  comrade  and 
appointing  another  in  its  place. 

Travellers  on  the  Nile  frequently  go  ashore  for  the 
purpose  of  shooting.  The  sound  of  their  guns  was 
not  pleasing  to  me.  It  seemed  to  me  to  be  cruel.  I 
cannot  see  the  good  sense,  the  humanity  or  the  reli- 
gion of  taking  away  that  life  which  God  alone  can 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  277 

give,  for  the  gratification  of  a  useless  and  momentary 
pleasure.  Hearing  a  gun  one  day,  I  looked  up  and 
saw  a  dove  winging  its  way  heavily  towards  the 
boat.  Its  slow,  irregular  motion  attracted  my  atten- 
tion. The  blood  dropped  from  its  breast.  It  strug- 
gled but  still  descended  nearer  and  nearer  to  the 
water.  Its  strength  failed.  Its  white  plumage  sank 
in  the  dark  wave.  Near  Minieh  a  wounded  eagle  fell 
by  the  side  of  the  boat,  and  was  taken  on  the  deck, 
and  died.  That  dark  straggling  wing,  now  feeble  in 
death,  had  power  to  climb  the  mountains.  As  the 
light  faded  from  his  dying  eye,  he  seemed  to  utter  a 
reproach  and  to  say,  that  to  destroy  him  thus  was  un- 
worthy of  man.  I  am  not  ashamed  to  say  that  I 
wept. 

The  crocodile,  which  was  here  in  the  time  of  He- 
rodotus, is  still  an  inhabitant  of  the  Nile ;  not,  how- 
ever, of  all  parts  of  it.  They  are  very  seldom  seen 
below  the  town  of  Minieh.  We  did  not  see  them 
until  we  had  ascended  above  the  town  of  Girgeh, 
more  than  three  hundred  and  forty  miles  above  Cairo. 
We  then  saw  them  repeatedly  for  a  number  of  days  ; 
and  in  nearly  every  instance  sleeping  on  little  sand- 
banks in  the  middle  of  the  river  in  the  heat  of  the 
day.  In  a  number  of  instances  we  approached  quite 
near  them.  The  largest  of  them  were  about  twelve 
feet  in  length.  There  were  generally  two  together. 
They  lay  stretched  out  upon  these  banks,  dark,  rough, 
motionless,  with  their  legs  and  feet  projected  at  their 
sides  and  pressed  into  the  sand.  When  the  boat  ap- 
proached them,  they  moved  slowly  to  the  water's 
edge  and  plunged  into  the  river. 
24 


278  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Some  people  of  the  country,  coming  down  in  a 
boat,  had  taken  a  young  crocodile.  They  gave  it 
to  our  men.  It  was  very  small,  about  two  feet  in 
length.  The  men  placed  it  in  a  vessel  of  water,  and 
gave  it  food,  in  hopes  to  keep  it  alive.  Apparently 
discontented  and  angry  at  being  taken  from  its  native 
reeds  and  waters,  it  refused  to  eat,  and  in  a  few  days 
died. 

Such  are  some  of  the  scenes  and  incidents  which 
characterize  a  voyage  on  this  remarkable  river  ;  in  its 
natural  features,  its  ancient  remains,  its  history,  the 
customs  and  character  of  the  people,  unlike  any 
other  river  in  the  world.  Of  the  remains  of  ancient 
cities  and  temples  which  are  found  on  its  banks,  I 
will  endeavor  to  say  something  in  another  letter. 

I  have  referred  in  a  former  letter  to  the  strength  of 
domestic  and  family  attachments  in  this  people ; 
particularly  the  Arab  portion.  I  have  seen  nothing 
since,  which  leads  me  to  alter  that  opinion  ;  but  some 
things  which  seem  rather  to  confirm  it.  Egypt  has  its 
afflictions.  And  among  others  is  the  prevalence  of 
blindness ;  a  fact  not  easily  explained,  but  which  is 
often  mentioned  by  travellers.  But  it  was  pleasing 
to  see,  that  the  subjects  of  this  heavy  affliction  were 
not  deserted  by  their  relatives  and  friends.  One 
morning  when  the  boat  was  laying  under  a  high 
bank  and  before  we  were  ready  to  start,  I  heard  a 
voice  uttering  a  plaintive  note.  I  looked  out  of  the 
window,  and  saw  a  beautiful  boy  standing  half  way 
down  the  shelving  declivity.  He  seemed  to  be  about 
twelve  or  thirteen  years  of  age.  And  his  sister,  a  lit- 
tle smaller  in  size  and  younger  in  appearance,  stood 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


279 


by  his  side,  holding  his  hand.  I  looked  a  moment 
and  perceived  that  he  was  blind.  I  asked  our  inter- 
preter what  it  was  which  he  sang  so  plaintively.  He 
said  it  was  only  a  few  simple  words  having  reference 
to  his  situation. 

"  I  am  blind, 

My  father  and  mother  are  poor, 

Give  me  some  bread, 

I  am  blind." 

I  noticed  while  the  boy  was  singing,  that  he  turned 
his  calm  but  sightless  face  upward,  as  if  beseeching 
the  Almighty  to  inspire  us  with  kind  sentiments ;  but 
the  face  of  the  sister,  full  of  anxiety  and  sorrow, 
looked  downward  towards  the  people  of  the  boat. 
One  of  the  sailors  ran  up  on  the  bank,  and  gave  the 
girl  a  piece  of  bread ;  and  they  were  about  leaving. 
But  they  were  requested  to  stop  a  moment,  and  an- 
other piece  of  bread  and  some  money  were  sent  to 
them.  The  little  girl  took  the  pieces  of  bread  and 
the  money  and  placed  them  in  the  hands  of  her 
brother, — and  then  placed  her  arm  in  his  and  led  him. 
away.  I  cannot  easily  forget  their  pleased  and  grate- 
ful expression  of  countenance  as  they  left  tfe.  The 
burden  seemed  to  be  lifted  from  the  heart  of  the  sis- 
ter, as  she  saw  the  smile  on  her  poor  brother's  face. 
Affliction  seemed  to  bind  them  nearer  to  each  other. 
And  I  have  sometimes  thought,  that  even  sorrow  has 
its  value,  when  it  thus  adds  increased  intensity  and 
beauty  to  love. 

On  the  7th  day  of  February  we  reached  the  beau- 
tiful city  of  Ossioot ; — fourteen  days  from  Cairo  and 
distant  two  hundred  and  fifty  three  miles.  But  the 
wind,  which  had  been  much  in  a  contrary  direction, 


280  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

beiig  favorable,  we  passed  on.  We  hope  to  visit  it 
on  our  return.  We  are  now  at  the  town  of  Gheneh 
or  Keneh,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  river,  more  than 
four  hundred  miles  south  of  Cairo.  This  place  is  cel- 
ebrated for  the  manufacture  of  the  porous  water-jars, 
through  which  the  water  of  the  Nile  is  nitrated.  The 
clay  from  which  they  are  made  is  found  in  a  valley 
to  the  northward  of  the  town.  From  Gheneh  a  road 
runs  through  the  eastern  desert  to  the  town  of  Cos- 
sair  on  the  Red  Sea  ;  and  by  means  of  this  route  it 
keeps  up  a  considerable  commerce  with  Arabia.  A 
provincial  governor  resides  here. 

Opposite  to  Gheneh  is  Denderah  with  its  celebra- 
ted temple.  We  have  just  visited  it.  It  is  two  miles 
distant  from  the  present  bank  of  the  river.  It  stands 
on  an  elevated  spot,  rising  from  the  green  plain 
around.  We  walked  among  its  columns,  and  de- 
scended into  its  darkest  recesses  ; — a  great  monu- 
ment erected  partly  in  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies  and 
in  part  by  the  Romans  in  the  time  of  Tiberius  Csesar, 
in  honor  of  the  Egyptian  superstitions  ; — interesting 
to  the  Christian  as  showing  by  contrast,  the  simpli- 
city, the  purity,  and  the  great  and  ennobling  disclo- 
sures of  Christianity  ; — interesting  to  the  lover  of  art 
for  its  massive  and  splendid  architecture,  the  work  in 
different  parts  in  different  ages  and  nations,  and  also 
for  its  sculptures  and  paintings,  still  fresh  and  life- 
like ; — interesting  to  the  philosophical  historian  as  a 
memorial  of  the  development  of  the  human  mind,  of 
the  affiliated  relationships  of  the  human  race,  the 
transmission  of  artistic  and  social  ideas,  the  succes- 
sive life  and  decay  of  nations, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  281 


(XXXII.) 

Preparations  for  a  visit  to  the  mountains — The  old  man's  donkey  and 
daughter — The  plain  of  Thebes — The  statue  of  Memnon — Medee- 
net  Haboo — Temple  Palace  of  Remeses  III. — Statue  of  Remeses 
II. — Reflections. 

THEBES,  WESTERN  BANK  OF  THE  NILE, 
FEB.  22,  1853. 
On  Saturday,  the  nineteenth  of  February,  we  ar- 
rived at  Thebes.  We  moored  our  boat  on  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  river.  The  Nile  flows  on  as  beautiful 
as  ever.  The  spreading  sycamore  shades  its  level 
banks.  The  mountains  are  seen  in  the  distance. 
There  is  life  and  majesty  in  the  river.  There  is 
grandeur  in  the  mountains.  But  the  eye  looks  in 
vain  for  the  mighty  city,  which  dates  its  early  glory 
in  the  very  beginnings  of  history. 

Early  on  Monday  morning,  after  our  arrival,  we 
made  preparations  for  a  visit  to  the  mountains, — the 
locality  of  ruined  temples,  and  of  the  celebrated  The- 
ban  tombs.  The  sun  rose.  It  was  the  sun  of  Egypt ; 
— a  cloudless  and  living  radiance  in  a  clear  blue 
sky,  more  clear  and  deep  and  vast  even  than  the 
sky  of  Italy.  A  breeze  from  the  north  cooled 
the  air.  The  shore,  as  we  left  the  boat,  was  lined 
with  men  and  donkeys.  I  found  myself  in  the  midst 
of  a  crowd,  clamorous  in  an  unknown  tongue, — each 
vociferating  and  urging  his  claims.  I  was  somewhat 
perplexed  in  the  midst  of  this  confusion.  But  seeing 
a  feeble  old  man  at  a  little  distance,  who  seemed  to 
be  thrust  aside  by  his  younger  competitors,  I  made 
my  way  to  him  and  placed  my  hand  on  the  donkey's 
24* 


282  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

saddle.  The  younger  Arabs  looked  disappointed. 
The  old  man's  donkey  was  not  as  good  as  theirs. 
But  very  soon,  seeming  to  appreciate  my  feelings, 
they  murmured  their  approbation. 

As  I  held  my  hand  on  the  saddle,  looking  at  the 
varying  countenances  of  the  crowd,  I  felt  it  timidly 
and  gently  held  from  the  other  side.  It  was  the  pres- 
sure of  the  hand  of  a  little  girl,  who  seemed  to  say 
with  a  half  beseeching,  half  grateful  look, — "We  are 
poor,  take  our  donkey,  though  the  saddle  is  not  very 
good."  The  old  man  smiled  at  this  innocent  mani- 
festation of  filial  earnestness,  and  gave  me  to  under- 
stand, that  the  young  girl  was  his  daughter,  and 
would  drive  the  donkey  to  the  mountains.  I  was 
entirely  satisfied. 

We  made  our  way  through  the  centre  of  an  Arab 
village.  The  dogs  barked ;  and  the  goats  and  kids 
looked  down  from  the  flat  roofs  of  the  houses.  The 
little  girl,  to  whose  protection  the  old  man  had  con- 
signed me,  had  a  small  stick  in  her  hand,  with  which 
she  rather  gently  exerted  her  authority  over  the  don- 
key. They  appeared  to  understand  each  other  very 
well.  She  wore  a  loose  garment  of  blue  cotton. 
Her  feet  were  bare  ;  but  she  was  adorned  with  the 
necklace  and  earrings,  of  which  the  poorest  Arab  girl 
will  not  willingly  be  destitute. 

After  leaving  the  village,  we  passed  two  miles  or 
more  over  the  plain  ;  taking  the  direction  of  the  stat- 
ue of  Memnon.  There  were  groups  of  people,  rais- 
ing water  from  the  reservoirs  of  the  Nile,  and  pour- 
ing it  into  the  sluices  which  conveyed  it  over  the  rich 
soil.     Camels  and  oxen  and  flocks  were  feeding.    On 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  283 

one  side  of  our  path  was  the  ploughman ; — on  the 
other  the  reaper.  On  going  through  a  dry  channel, 
through  which  the  Nile  flows  when  the  water  is  high, 
we  passed  a  blind  man.  My  little  girl,  who  sympa- 
thized in  his  affliction,  gave  me  to  understand  that 
he  was  a  suitable  object  of  my  charity.  He  was  affec- 
tionately attended  and  led  about  by  a  young  woman 
whom  I  supposed  to  be  his  daughter.  My  little  atten- 
dant, who  was  was  almost  daily  passing  and  repass- 
ing this  part  of  the  plain,  seemed  to  be  well  acquaint- 
ed with  her. 

The  plain  of  Thebes  is  wonderful.  I  gazed  upon 
it  from  one  of  the  mountain  heights  ;  and  also  from 
the  top  of  one  of  the  temples  of  Carnac.  From  both 
places  the  eye  easily  reached  its  limits  as  they  are 
denned  by  the  mountains,  though  it  is  a  circuit  ap- 
parently of  thirty  miles.  As  viewed  from  the  ascent 
in  the  mountains,  the  curving  Nile,  seen  through  the 
whole  length  of  the  plain  and  glittering  in  the  sun, 
flowed  through  it  like  a  river  of  gold.  The  plain 
waved  with  luxuriant  vegetation.  It  is  not  surpris- 
ing, that  the  first  inhabitants,  who  viewed  it  in  its 
primitive  beauty,  made  it  their  stopping  place,  and 
laid  the  foundations  of  the  great  city.  Thebes,  un- 
like the  cities  of  the  east  generally,  had  no  walls.  In 
the  time  of  its  greatness  it  probably  occupied  the 
whole  plain.  Reaching  out  from  both  banks  of  the 
Nile,  it  was  guarded  on  all  sides  by  vast  deserts,  and 
still  nearer  by  the  continuous  line  of  mountains  which 
intervened  between  the  plain  and  the  deserts.  It  had 
but  little  need,  therefore,  of  walls.  The  hundred 
gates  of  Thebes  mentioned  by  Homer  were  not  gates 


284  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

as  is  commonly  supposed,  which  furnished  an  en- 
trance through  city  walls,  but  the  gates  of  palaces 
and  temples.  And  the  Theban  gate,  which  is  thus 
commemorated  in  early  poetry,  is  not  a  mere  portal, 
through  which  a  man  can  scarcely  enter,  but  a  great 
architectural  and  historical  arch,  some  fifty  or  sixty 
feet  high,  which  in  its  proportions,  sculptures,  and 
massive  boldness,  leaves  Greece  and  Rome  behind. 

We  wrere  three  days  in  the  plain  and  mountains  of 
Western  Thebes.  I  mention  what  we  saw  during 
these  successive  days  ; — arranging  it  in  the  order  sug- 
gested by  the  nature  of  the  objects,  rather  than  by 
that  of  the  specific  day  or  hour  in  which  they  were 
seen.  I  shall  give  but  part,,  however,  in  the  present 
letter. 

We  first  came  to  the  statue  of  Memnon ;  and  we 
had  opportunity  to  examine  it  again  on  another  day. 
It  stands  at  the  extremity  of  the  plain  and  at  the 
foot  of  the  Lybian  heights  ;  sculptured  from  the  solid 
rock  with  a  care  which  preserves  grandeur  without 
violating  truth  and  simplicity.  Rising  from  the  base 
of  the  pedestal  to  the  height  of  sixty  feet  and  with 
head  and  breast  and  shoulders  and  hands  and  feet 
all  in  proportion  to  the  height,  it  had  the  appearance, 
as  it  rose  up  suddenly  before  us,  of  some  mysterious 
and  mighty  apparition  ; — holding  as  it  were  the  gate 
of  the  mountains  and  keeping  the  guardianship  of 
temples  and  tombs. 

The  statue  of  Memnon  is  only  one  among  many 
which  formerly  existed  here.  Another  of  equal  size, 
but  not  of  equal  celebrity,  is  standing  near ;  and 
others  are  at  no  great  distance  in  mighty  fragments, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


285 


like  fallen  giants  with  their  limbs  dislocated,  lie  pros- 
trate upon  the  ground.  The  Memnon  statue  is  the 
one  so  often  alluded  to  by  ancient  writers,  which 
was  said  to  welcome  with  notes  of  music  the  first 
bright  rays  of  the  rising  sun.  We  had  the  opportu- 
nity of  listening  to  the  sounds,  which  probably  gave 
rise  to  this  interesting  fiction.  They  are  produced 
by  striking  on  a  hollow  portion  of  the  stone  in  the 
lap  of  the  statue,  which  has  the  peculiarity  of  emit- 
ting a  sharp  metallic  sound  like  that  of  brass  when  it 
is  struck.  The  statue  is  seated  ;  and  is  so  large  that 
the  boy  who  ascended  it  and  went  to  the  furthest 
part  of  the  lap  for  the  purpose  of  producing  the 
sounds,  was  entirely  out  of  sight ;  so  that  the  statue 
itself  seemed  to  have  the  power  of  uttering  them. 

Leaving  the  statue  of  Memnon,  we  next  came  to 
the  place  called  Medeenet  Haboo, — the  Arabic  name 
which  is  given  to  a  portion  of  the  plain  of  Thebes, 
on  the  western  side  of  the  river.  Among  the  ruins 
which  are  found  here,  are  the  remains  of  the  great 
"  temple  palace,"  as  it  has  sometimes  been  denomina- 
ted, of  Remeses  III.  There  were  other  ruins  around, 
some  of  them  of  Roman  origin  ;  but  our  attention 
was  particularly  directed  to  this.  We  were  perplexed 
at  first  in  forming  a  satisfactory  idea  of  the  plan  of 
this  great  work.  Our  guides  furnished  us  but  little 
assistance.  But  we  were  able,  after  a  time,  and 
with  some  little  effort,  to  ascertain  as  we  thought, 
the  general  outlines  and  position,  with  the  successive 
entrances  and  courts  ;  and  thus,  with  what  still  re- 
mained of  massive  walls  and  splendid  columns,  to  fill 
up  mentally  the  original  and  grand  conception. 


286  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

This  temple,  which  was  the  abode  of  royalty  as 
well  as  of  the  Egyptian  gods,  may  justly  be  regard- 
ed in  its  objects,  the  style  of  its  architecture,  and  its 
hieroglyphical  sculptures,  as  one  of  the  great  monu- 
ments of  primitive  Egypt.  Some  of  its  columns  are 
more  than  twenty  feet  in  circumference.  The  scenes, 
deeply  sculptured  with  great  skill  on  the  walls,  are 
chiefly  battle  scenes.  Remeses  is  represented  in  one 
place  as  putting  to  rout  his  Asiatic  enemies,  who  are 
in  full  armor,  but  in  flight  before  him  ;  and  in  another 
as  smiting  the  captives  taken  in  war  in  the  presence 
of  the  god  Amunre.  War  then,  as  now,  when  prose- 
cuted successfully,  constituted  glory.  There  are  some 
scenes,  however,  of  a  more  domestic  nature.  Among 
the  sculptures,  for  instance,  on  the  walls  of  the  pri- 
vate apartments  of  this  edifice,  is  a  representation  of 
Remeses  seated  on  an  elegant  divan,  surrounded  with 
female  attendants  who  wave  their  fans  before  him, 
and  present  him  with  flowers.. 

In  another  place  he  is  represented  as  seated  on  a 
canopied  throne,  which  is  borne  by  twelve  Egyptian 
princes,  and  attended  by  officers,  who  carry  in  their 
hands  the  royal  insignia  and  arms. 

This  temple  or  "  temple-palace  "  dates  back  in  its 
origin  to  the  reign  of  its  builder,  Remeses  III.  This 
king  began  to  reign  in  the  year  1235  before  the  Chris- 
tian era  ;  about  three  hundred  years  after  the  time  of 
Moses. 

There  are  interesting  ruins  at  the  Arab  village 
called  Goorneh  or  Koorneh,  which  is  nearly  opposite 
Karnac  and  not  far  from  the  bank  of  the  river  ; — es- 
pecially the  remains  of  a  large  and  beautiful  temple 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  287 

older  than  the  one  I  have  mentioned.  These  remains 
are  scattered  over  a  large  extent  of  ground  and  bear 
the  evidences  of  mechanical  skill,  as  well  as  of  sublime 
conception,  which  generally  characterize  the  architect- 
ural remains  found  in  this  region.  And  not  far  from 
these  ruins  are  other  fragmentary  remains  of  a  tem- 
ple, which  dates  back  to  the  time  of  the  third  Thoth- 
mes,  the  cotemporary  of  Moses.  But  I  found  myself 
more  interested  by  the  ruins  generally  but  perhaps 
incorrectly  known  as  the  memnonium,  which  are  found 
between  Medeenet  Haboo  and  Koorneh. 

The  temple,  which  bears  this  name,  was  originally 
entered  through  the  opening  in  the  vast  pyramidal 
towers,  built  of  massive  stone  and  covered  with  sculp- 
tures, which  still  stand  as  the  magnificent  front  of 
the  large  area  or  court  which  first  opens  behind  them. 
This  court,  which  is  more  than  two  hundred  feet  in 
length,  by  an  hundred  and  eighty  in  breadth,  was 
originally  ornamented  with  a  double  row  of  columns 
on  each  side,  some  fragments  of  which  only  remain 
now.  This  large  area  opens  into  another  court  or 
area,  a  little  smaller  in  size,  which  had  lateral  corri- 
dors of  large  circular  columns.  There  were  also  rows 
of  pillars  of  a  different  form  at  the  northern  and 
southern  extremities  of  this  court.  The  second  court 
connects  itself  with  a  third,  an  hundred  feet  in  length, 
covered  with  a  solid  roof,  painted  of  a  light  blue  color 
and  studded  with  stars.  Forty-eight  large  columns 
of  great  beauty,  originally  supported  this  roof;  many 
of  which  are  still  standing,  as  also  a  considerable 
number  of  those  in  the  second  court.  The  twelve 
central  columns  in  the  third  court  are  thirty-two  feet 


288  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

in  height  and  twenty-one  in  circumference.  Some  of 
the  columns  are  prostrate.  The  remains  of  pedestals 
and  statues  are  strewed  around  them. 

The  surfaces  of  these  remarkable  ruins  are  covered 
with  hieroglyphical  and  other  sculptures.  Many  of 
them  seem  to  be  historical  in  their  character.  Towns 
are  taken.  Chiefs  are  led  captive  with  ropes  about 
their  necks.  In  one  place  a  town,  favorably  situated 
on  a  rocky  eminence,  is  defended  with  obstinacy,  but 
at  length  overcome.  Those,  who  are  able  to  inter- 
pret the  hieroglyphical  characters,  state  that  the 
towns  were  taken  in  the  fourth  year  of  Remeses  II., 
who  was  styled  the  Great.  He  is  the  same  with  the 
Sesostris  of  the  Greek  historians.  There  are  other 
sculptures  of  a  different  character.  Some  represent 
religious  ceremonies.  In  one  place  is  a  procession  of 
the  sons  and  daughters  of  this  Remeses. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  things  here  is  the 
statue  of  Remeses  Sesostris.  It  lies  near  the  entrance 
of  the  second  court,  prostrate  and  broken.  Its 
estimated  weight  is  a  little  less  than  900  tons.  It  is 
sculptured  from  a  single  block  of  sienite.  The  pas- 
sing traveller  is  obliged  to  rely  chiefly  upon  the  state- 
ments of  others.  I  will  only  add,  therefore,  that  those 
who  have  investigated  the  subject,  inform  us,  that  it 
was  overthrown  by  the  Persian  king  Cambyses,  when 
he  overran  and  conquered  Egypt,  so  that  it  may  be 
said  to  have  taken  a  nation's  strength  to  erect  it,  and 
a  nation's  strength  to  throw  it  down.  The  king  in 
the  Egyptian  idea  of  government,  represented  the 
State ;  and  the  statue  which  was  erected  in  his  honor, 
may  be  said  to  have  embodied  the  king.     And   as  I 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


289 


stood  beside  the  mighty  fragments,  and  saw  the  head 
severed  from  the  body  and  the  face  prostrate  and  hid- 
den in  the  dust,  I  seemed  to  be  looking  upon  a  fallen 
empire. 

A  mere  transient  stranger  in  the  land, — a  sojourner 
of  a  few  days, — I  can  of  course  see  but  little ;   but  I 
have  already  seen  more  than  I  was  prepared  for.     A 
new  ray  of  intelligence  has  broken  in  upon  the  mind. 
I  can  understand  now  better  than  I  once  could,  why 
Greece,  in  her  desire  to  obtain  knowledge,  came  to 
Egypt.     But  where  Egypt  received  her  high  civiliza- 
tion, and  under  what  circumstances  it  was  developed, 
is  still  a  problem.     Of  the  fact  of  such  civilization, 
including   both   knowledge    and    art,   the    numerous 
monuments  which   still  remain,  leave  no  doubt.     So 
far  as  I  could  perceive,  as  I  looked  upon  the  standing 
or  fallen  statues  and  columns,  and  upon  the  number- 
less beautiful  sculptures  on  the  walls,  and  upon  the 
paintings   still  fresh  and  distinct,  they  exhibited   all 
the  attributes  of  just  conception  and  finished  execu- 
tion, which   constitute  excellence  in  art.     Of  course, 
as  there  were  many  hands  employed,  there  are  differ- 
ent degrees  of  excellence.     And  it  is  true  also,  that 
the  Egyptian  idea  of  the  outward  or  formal  represen- 
tation of  works  of  art  is  different  from   that  of  the 
Greeks  and  Romans.    But  beauty  is  infinitely  varied. 
Of  all  the  numberless  works  of  the  Creator  no  two 
are  entirely  alike ; — and  the  power  of  genius  is  seen 
in  retaining  the  essence  and  divinity  of  the  thing, 
(that  which  is  its  life  and  character,)  under  a  variety 
of  forms.    The  eye  of  the  Egyptian  artist  is  oriental ; 
and  accustomed  to  scenery  and  life  which  are  found 
25 


290  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

nowhere  else,  it  is  filled  with  the  forms  of  oriental 
beauty.  And  that  is  not  all  which  is  to  be  said. 
What  Egypt  was,  and  what  she  was  able  to  effect,  is 
not  to  be  estimated  by  European  ideas,  nor  by  the 
specimens  of  Egyptian  architecture,  which  are  to  be 
found  from  time  to  time  in  Europe  and  America. 
She  is  to  be  judged  not  only  in  connection  with  her 
oriental  position,  which  in  part  gives  a  character  to 
her  works  ;  but  in  the  light  of  her  own  intellectual 
and  moral  history,  from  her  own  massive  ruins,  and 
on  her  own  soil. 

What  I  have  seen  of  these  ruins  is  only  the  begin- 
ning. I  can  say  nothing  further  at  present.  I  will 
only  add,  that  new  forms  of  life  are  generated  or  take 
up  their  abode  amidst  destruction.  I  did  not  see  the 
moss  and  the  ivy  growing  upon  the  wall,  as  on  the 
ruins  of  Italy  and  England.  But  these  are  not  the 
only  signs  of  change.  What  were  once  the  palaces 
of  kings  or  the  temples  of  heathen  deities,  have  other 
inhabitants  now.  Aroused  by  the  noise  of  our  com- 
ing, a  lizard  thrust  his  head  from  a  hole  in  a  column. 
Countless  birds  flew  around  us  from  the  crevices  in 
the  walls.  A  flock  of  sheep  and  goats  came  in  from 
the  plain,  and  reposed  themselves  in  the  shade  of  the 
towers  and  of  the  fallen  statue  of  Remeses.  Groups 
of  Arabs  were  seated  on  the  massy  fragments.  The 
noise  of  children  echoed  through  the  walls. 

While  my  learned  associate,  Mr.  Thompson,  who 
added  science  to  taste  and  industry,  took  measure- 
ments and  made  notes,  I  sat  down  on  a  broken  col- 
umn and  meditated.  It  is  thus,  I  said  to  myself,  that 
the  works  of  man  perish.    Among  human  works  there 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  291 

seemed  to  me  to  be  nothing  greater  than  that  which  I 
then  witnessed ;  but  that  which  is  greatest  in  grand- 
eur, is  greatest  also  in  desolation.  But  nature  lives, 
because  the  life  of  God  is  in  it.  There  is  beauty  in 
the  Theban  plains.  There  is  grandeur  in  the  Theban 
mountains.  Truth  lives  also,  because  truth  can  never 
be  separated  from  eternity.  Love  lives,  because  with- 
out love  truth  ceases  to  be  beautiful,  and  because 
without  love  to  give  it  life,  eternity  itself  becomes  an 
infinite  wilderness  of  desolations.  Desolation  there- 
fore, speaks.  Its  language  is,  that  everything  which 
is  not  of  truth  and  love,  is  false ; — false  in  position 
and  false  in  nature.  And  everything  which  is  false, 
though  in  its  power  and  pride  it  may  call  art  and 
genius  to  its  aid,  only  builds  its  own  tomb.  Man 
learns  wisdom  in  the  midst  of  ruins. 

I  was  aroused  from  these  contemplations,  which 
the  place  and  the  objects  could  hardly  fail  to  inspire, 
by  my  little  donkey  girl.  She  had  her  own  thoughts ; 
her  own  sorrows,  cares,  and  joys.  She  had  begun  to 
think  of  her  father's  humble  home  ;  and  gave  the  sig- 
nal for  our  departure  by  pointing  to  the  setting  sun. 


(XXXIII.) 

Luxor — Palace  of  Amunoph  Third — Dromos  and  Sphynxes — Temple 
of  Carnac — Night  scene — Tombs  of  the  kings  and  queens — Ideas 
of  the  Egyptians  on  the  subject  of  immortality — Poetry. 

THEBES,  EASTERN  BANK  OF  THE  NILE, 
FEB.  25,  1553. 

Having  thus  spent  successive  days  on  the  western 
bank  in  the  examination  of  various  objects  of  inter- 
est, we  'passed  the  river   to  the  village  or   town  of 


292 


LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


Luxor  in  eastern  Thebes.  Luxor,  "  the  place  of  pal- 
aces," as  the  name  means,  in  allusion  probably,  to 
the  ruins  which  are  found  in  it,  is  a  considerable 
town  situated  on  a  small  .hill,  with  fertile  valleys 
around,  and  pleasant  residences  and  gardens.  The 
population  is  mixed, — Arabic,  Turkish,  Coptic,  and 
some  Europeans.  In  all  the  important  towms  on  the 
Nile  we  found  resident  Italians  in  greater  or  less 
numbers,  who  had  fled  from  the  oppressions  or  the 
revolutions  of  their  unhappy  country ;  but  in  Luxor 
and  its  vicinity  there  are  attractions,  which,  indepen- 
dent of  the  influence  of  any  such  necessity,  are  likely 
to  induce  the  temporary  or  permanent  residence  of  a 
few  strangers.  It  is  foreigners,  and  not  the  natives 
of  the  country,  who  bring  to  light  and  appreciate, 
and  explain  the  Egypt  of  ancient  times.  We  were 
happy  in  making  the  acquaintance  of  a  French  gen- 
tleman, who  is  employed  by  the  Egyptian  govern- 
ment in  superintending  the  excavations  which  are 
still  in  progress  here. 

On  the  rising  ground  and  fronting  the  Nile,  which 
flows  by  in  unequalled  beauty,  a  row  of  columns  of 
great  size  and  finished  in  the  highest  style  of  Egyp- 
tian art,  indicate  the  locality  of  another  vast  temple. 
Here  again,  carried  back  in  imagination  to  its  historic 
date  of  more  than  three  thousand  years,  the  period 
when  its  foundations  were  laid,  we  stopped  in  silent 
admiration  of  the  genius  which  conceived,  and  the 
power  which  executed  these  great  works.  This  tem- 
ple, as  appears  from  the  inscriptions  upon  it,  was 
commenced  by  Amunoph  Third,  wrho  seems  to  have 
built  the  original  sanctuary  and  the  apartments  con- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  293 

nected  with  it ;  and  was  completed  by  Remeses 
Second,  who  added  a  large  court  with  its  pyramidal 
towers,  obelisks  and  statues.  If  we  can  rely  upon 
these  statements,  they  carry  us  back  to  nearly  four- 
teen hundred  years  before  the  Christian  era.  As  I 
have  already  said,  however,  the  passing  traveller  can 
only  give  the  statements  of  others. 

It  is  true  that  all  can  see  and  admire  the  beauty  of 
the  remarkable  inscriptions,  which  ornament  the  The- 
ban  walls ;  and  which  enclose,  in  the  elegance  of 
their  sculptured  outlines,  the  suggestions  and  truths 
of  a  remote  history.  Of  the  multitudes,  however, 
who  thus  behold  and  admire,  few  only  have  the  pow- 
er to  understand  and  interpret  their  meaning.  But 
science,  as  well  as  curiosity,  has  trod  among  these 
ruins.  Den  on,  Champollion,  and  Wilkinson  have  been 
here.  And  we  owe  it  to  the  patience  of  the  laborious 
antiquarian  and  the  man  of  science,  that  we  can  thus 
associate  results  with  historical  persons,  and  skill 
with  epochs  of   time. 

This  temple  will  be  better  understood,  when  the 
excavations  to  which  we  have  already  referred  as  be- 
ing in  progress,  shall  have  been  completed.  And  yet, 
as  it  now  exists,  with  large  portions  buried  in  the 
dust,  it  repays  all  the  interest  it  excites.  Among 
other  fragments  which  indicate  its  ancient  splendor, 
there  still  remains,  though  not  without  defacements 
and  injury,  a  magnificent  gateway  with  its  vast  and 
lofty  towers.  The  sides  of  these  towers  are  covered 
with  hieroglyphics.  Before  this  large  and  imposing 
entrance  are  gigantic  statues,  which  the  labors  of  the 
learned  antiquarians  whom  I  have  mentioned,  have 
25* 


294  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

ascertained  to  be  the  statues  of  Remeses  Second,  one 
of  the  great  men  and  memorable  names  of  ancient 
Egyptian  history.  But  these  too,  though  once  sup- 
posed to  have  the  power  of  perpetuating  the  features 
and  the  honors  of  a  king  so  illustrious,  are  defaced 
and  broken.  Here,  also,  were  originally  two  obelisks, 
covered  with  inscriptions  deeply  cut  in  the  solid 
granite  ; — inscriptions  which  are  nearly  as  distinct 
now  as  when  the  rock  first  yielded  to  the  chisel. — 
I  have  looked  upon  both  of  them.  But  one  of  them 
only  remains  here.  The  other,  removed  a  few  years 
since  at  great  labor  and  expense,  adorns  the  city  of 
Paris. 

From  the  pylon  or  great  gateway  of  the  temple  of 
Amunoph  and  from  the  obelisks  which  stood  in  front 
of  it,  there  is  a  dromos  or  narrow  road,  enclosed  orig- 
inally on  each  side  by  a  row  of  colossal  sphynxes, 
which  extended  nearly  two  miles  to  the  great  temple 
of  Carnac.  Many  of  these  sphynxes  have  disappeared 
under  the  changes  of  three  thousand  years  ;— many 
are  much  injured ;  but  others  still  remain,  with  much 
of  their  original  vastness  and  magnificence. 

Of  the  great  temple  of  Carnac,  I  feel  unwilling  to 
speak,  because  I  know  it  would  require  little  short  of 
a  life's  labor,  instead  of  a  visit  of  a  few  days,  to  esti- 
mate it  in  the  details  of  its  origin,  of  its  various  and 
sublime  architecture,  and  of  the  historical  records 
which  are  concealed  under  its  obscure  but  countless 
symbols.  Volumes  have  already  been  written ;  but 
the  subject  is  not  exhausted. 

Imagine  a  level  expanse,  beautiful  in  its  situation, 
and  a  mile  and  a  half  in  circuit.    In  the  early  days  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  295 

Egypt  and  of  the  human  race,  as  early  as  the  period 
when  Joseph,  the  son  of  Jacob,  had  authority,  the 
king  of  that  time  erects  a  small  but  beautiful  sanc- 
tuary near  the  centre  of  this  plain.  It  still  exists,  defin- 
able and  separable,  without  much  difficulty,  from  all 
that  is  around  it ;  but  it  exists  in  ruins.  Its  sculp- 
tures tell  its  history.  It  is  the  work  of  Ositarsen  First. 
Other  kings  in  after  times  and  often  at  long  intervals, 
Amunoph  First,  the  Third  Thothmes,  Osirei,  and 
Remeses  Third,  animated  by  sentiments  of  religion 
or  of  personal  glory,  add  other  courts,  temples,  corri- 
dors, walls,  gateways,  obelisks,  colossal  statues,  which 
entirely  fill  up  the  circuit  which  has  been  mentioned  ; 
all  having  a  combined  but  definite  relation  to  the 
little  central  temple  from  which  they  have  their  origin, 
and  also  to  the  temple  of  Luxor  on  the  eastern  side 
and  to  the  temple  of  Goornah  on  the  western  side  of 
the  Nile.  So  that  temple  may  be  said  to  look  upon 
temple;  and  the  numerous  objects  of  worship,  which 
occupied  their  sanctuaries,  or  were  sculptured  on  their 
walls,  as  we  recall  them  in  the  days  of  their  idola- 
trous supremacy,  seem  to  utter  voices  of  mutual  recog- 
nition and  encouragement  from  one  side  of  the  Nile 
to  the  other,  and  from  mountain  to  mountain. 

On  all  sides  of  this  vast  pile  of  buildings,  are  gate- 
ways with  lofty  towers,  some  of  them  in  a  state  of 
remarkable  preservation ;  so  beautiful,  so  immense, 
that  human  art  furnishes  no  other  equally  striking  ex- 
amples. In  that  part  of  the  temple  called  the  grand 
hall,  which  is  more  than  three  hundred  feet  in  length 
by  an  hundred  and  seventy  in  breadth,  are  columns, 
twelve  feet  in  diameter  and  sixty-six  feet  in  height, 


296  LETTERS — ESTHETIC, 

exclusive  of  the  pedestal.  The  height  of  this  hall 
from  the  pavement  to  the  top  of  the  roof  is  stated  to 
be  eighty  feet.  In  all  parts  of  this  immense  edifice 
and  on  the  obelisks  which  remain,  are  hieroglyphics 
and  pictorial  representations,  which  illustrate  the  cus- 
toms and  manners  of  the  people,  their  political  his- 
tory, and  their  religion. 

We  visited  these  ruins  by  night  as  well  as  by  day. 
The  moon  shone  brightly.  Silence  reigned  in  the 
midst  of  desolation.  It  was  an  impressive  scene  ; — 
art  and  genius  struggling  against  time.  In  one  of 
the  areas  a  lofty  column  stood  alone,  like  the  palm- 
tree  of  the  desert ;  and  in  its  solitude  seemed  to  look 
with  sorrow  upon  its  fallen  brothers,  which  were  bro- 
ken at  its  feet.  In  another  place  I  looked  with  amaze- 
ment on  two  of  these  mighty  pillars,  which  had  start- 
ed from  their  foundations  apparently  at  the  same 
time,  and  had  met  and  embraced  each  other  in  their 
fall.  There  they  stand,  folded  as  it  were  in  each 
other's  arms,  struggling  together  against  the  footprints 
of  ruin,  yielding  a  mutual  and  sympathetic  support, 
and  awaiting  in  some  epoch  of  coming  ages  a  mutual 
destruction. 

On  leaving  these  interesting  places  I  must  refer 
briefly  to  the  tombs.  They  are  in  the  mountains 
on  the  western  side  of  the  Nile ; — in  retired  places 
and  difficult  of  access,  amid  the  stillness  of  per- 
petual solitude,  and  where  nature's  surrounding  deso- 
lation, shapeless,  discolored  and  without  verdure,  is  a 
fitting  emblem  of  this  great  empire  of  the  dead.  We 
spent  among  them  a  large  portion  of  two  successive 
days.     The  tombs  of  the  kings  and  queens,  without  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  297 

parallel  in  any  other  place  or  nation,  are  of  immense 
size  ; — cut  from  the  solid  rock.  Some  of  them,  con- 
sisting of  successive  chambers,  are  more  than  three 
hundred  feet  in  length.  They  are  adorned  in  some 
instances  with  niches  and  statues,  and  with  columns 
of  great  beauty  ;  and  might  well  be  denominated  the 
palaces  of  the  dead.  Not  only  the  sculptures  with 
which  they  are  covered,  but  the  paintings  also,  to  a 
considerable  extent,  are  exceedingly  distinct  and  fresh 
in  appearance.  In  a  number  of  the  tombs  there  still 
remain  sarcophagi,  hewn  from  granite,  and  of  very 
great  size.  On  the  lids  of  the  sarcophagi  are  the 
sculptured  figures  of  the  monarchs,  whose  dust  they 
were  destined  to  contain.  One  of  these  figures,  well 
sculptured  and  in  high  relief,  is  that  of  Osirei  Second. 
Many  of  the  sculptures  on  the  walls  obviously  have 
relation  to  great  moral  and  religious  truths.  We 
could  not  well  doubt  from  the  inscriptions  and  figures 
which  we  saw,  that  the  Egyptians,  though  much  per- 
plexed on  the  subject,  had  a  dim  belief  in  the  immor- 
tality of  the  soul.  How  could  the  thoughtful  and 
inventive  minds,  which  projected  and  carried  into  ef- 
fect these  remarkable  works,  believe  or  think  other- 
wise ?  Or  what  motive  could  they  have  had  to  stim- 
ulate them  in  these  great  exertions,  if  they  had  sup- 
posed that  the  death  of  the  body  is  the  absolute  ex- 
tinction of  existence  ?  In  the  farthest  chamber  of  the 
tomb  of  Remeses  Seventh,  on  the  wall  beyond  the 
massive  sarcophagus  which  encloses  the  ashes  of  the 
dead,  is  sculptured  a  winged  globe,  in  the  centre  of 
which  is  a  little  child ; — intimating  that  from  beyond 
the  tomb  there  arises  a  new  and  higher  existence. 


298 


LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 


The  sculptured  representations,  which  are  intended 
to  set  forth  the  examination  and  trial  which  the  dead 
are  required  to  undergo  in  passing  from  this  life  to  an- 
other, involve  the  idea  of  the  continuance  of  being. 

If  we  adopt  the  supposition,  that  their  own  minds 
were  incapable  of  originating  the  doctrine  of  immor- 
tality, we  may  perhaps  account  for  its  existence 
among  them  in  another  way.  To  the  distinguished 
men  of  the  Israelites,  Jacob  and  Joseph  and  Moses, 
and  many  others  who  resided  in  Egypt  at  different 
periods,  but  whose  names  are  not  handed  down  to  us, 
this  idea  was  familiar.  They  learned  it  from  the  God 
of  their  fathers.  And  with  such  dispositions  as  they 
possessed,  they  could  not  fail  on  favorable  occasions 
to  communicate  it  to  others.  From  Egypt,  which 
may  be  regarded  as  the  first  great  school  of  the  civil- 
ized world,  it  spread  to  other  nations.  Egypt  was 
the  teacher  of  Greece.  Plato,  with  a  mind  thirsting 
for  all  knowledge,  resided  a  number  of  years  on  the 
banks  of  the  Nile ; — pursuing  his  studies  in  the  re- 
nowned schools  of  Heliopolis.  He  is  said  to  have  vis- 
ited Thebes.  And  a  mind  like  his,  which  conversed 
with  men,  with  history,  and  with  nature,  heard  also 
and  understood  the  voice  from  the  tombs.  He  had  an 
eye  for  the  beauties  of  art ;  but  knowing  that  there  is 
a  science  above  that  of  the  beautiful,  he  made  it  his 
worthy  aim  to  become  acquainted  with  the  moral  and 
religious  ideas  of  the  people ;  and  while  his  great  and 
thoughtful  intellect  rejected  their  mythology  and  the 
puerilities  of  their  unworthy  worship,  it  accepted  and 
defended  the  fundamental  suggestion  of  an  immortal 
existence. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  299 

Walking  among  the  repositories  of  the  dead,  in  the 
mountains  of  Thebes,  the  memorials  sometimes  of 
pride  and  ambition,  and  sometimes  of  domestic  affec- 
tion and  of  dim  but  struggling  religious  hope,  and  re- 
flecting upon  the  character  of  the  people  with  whom 
they  originated  ;  so  ingenious  and  meditative,  and  in 
general  so  pacific  in  their  dispositions  towards  other 
nations,  my  mind  was  profoundly  affected.  Espe- 
cially when  I  saw  them  groping  after  the  truth  but 
still  sinking  into  darkness  ; — multiplying  gods  under 
the  names  and  forms  of  Horus,  Athor,  Anubis,  Osiris, 
Isis,  Pthah,  and  I  know  not  how  many  others,  and 
yet  rejecting  or  not  seeing  God  in  his  truth  and  sim- 
plicity ; — unable  to  crush  the  desire  of  immortality  and 
yet  not  understanding  the  time,  the  method,  or  the 
source  of  its  realization ; — demonstrating  that  the 
greatest  human  wisdom  without  God  to  guide  it,  is 
but  a  light  to  error  and  a  beacon  to  destruction, — I 
felt  grateful,  that  God,  the  only  source  of  true  guid- 
ance, had  made  himself  known  to  the  world,  and  had 
put  an  end  to  doubt.  Clasping  to  my  bosom  that 
Bible,  which  from  early  life  had  been  my  instructor 
and  my  consolation,  my  joy  in  prosperity  and  my 
hope  in  trial,  I  felt  it  to  be  more  precious  than  ever  ; 
and  I  recognized  anew,  in  the  humble  Son  of  Mary,  a 
greater  teacher  than  the  masters  of  Roman,  Grecian, 
or  Egyptian  wisdom. 

Thus  the  time  allotted  us  has  passed.  There  are 
monuments  of  art  and  attractions  of  nature  still  high- 
er up  this  river  of  rivers.  But  they  are  not  for  our 
eyes  ;  and  Philas  with  its  broken  and  its  standing  col- 
umns, and   the   sounding  cataracts,   and  Nubia,  not 


300  LETTERS JESTHETIC, 

unknown  to  history,  cannot  be  seen  by  us.  The 
Rais  of  our  little  boat,  instructed  by  the  winds,  has 
given  his  orders.  The  sailors,  with  their  rude  song 
upon  their  lips,  are  already  seated  at  their  oars.— 
Time  is  the  controller  of  action.  Each  moment  has 
its  own  history,  and  issues  its  own  commands.  I 
gave  a  parting  look  to  the  mighty  architectural  monu- 
ments of  a  buried  nation,  and  saw  for  the  last  time 
the  mountain  of  tombs. 

LINES  WRITTEN  ON  LEAVING  THE  TEMPLES  AND  TOMBS 
OF    THEBES. 

The  oar  is  dipping  in  the  waves, 

That  bear  me  on  their  watery  wings. 

Farewell  to  Egypt's  land  of  graves  ! 
Farewell,  the  monuments  of  kings  ! 

They  died  j — and  chang'd  the  living  throne 

For  chambers  of  the  mountain  stone. 

I  trod  the  vast  sepulchral  halls, 

Designed  their  lifeless  dust  to  keep, 

And  read  upon  the  chisell'd  walls 

The  emblems  of  their  final  sleep  ; 

•And  learned,  that  when  they  bow'd  to  die, 

They  hoped  for  immortality. 

Dark  was  the  way.     They  knew  not  how 

That  other  life  would  come  again, 
To  rend  the  flinty  mountain's  brow, 

That  overlooks  the  Theban  plain. 
But  if  aright  their  hearts  they  read, 
The  rocks  at  last  would  yield  their  dead. 

Oh  yes  !     The  instincts  of  the  heart, 

In  every  land,  in  every  clime, 
The  great,  ennobling  truth  impart, 

That  life  has  empire  over  time. 
Death  for  eternal  life  makes  room, 
And  heaven  is  born  upon  the  tomb. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  301 

They  saw  the  end,  but  not  the  way, 

The  life  to  come,  but  not  the  power  j 
And  felt,  when  call'd  in  dust  to  lay, 

The  doubt  and  anguish  of  the  hour. 
Oh  Christ !     By  Thee  the  word  is  spoken  ; 
The  power  is  given  j  the  tomb  is  broken. 


(XXXIV.) 

Arrival  at  Osioot — Its  situation — Coptic  Christians — Mountain  of  Osi- 
oot — Tombs  in  the  mountain — View  from  the  summit — The  des- 
ert— John  of  Lycopolis — Extract  from  Gibbon — Commotions  in 
Upper  Egypt — Affecting  death  of  an  Arab  girl — Ruins  of  Abydos 
— Poetry.  . 

OSIOOT,  UPPER  EGYPT,  MARCH  7,  1853. 

In  coming  down  the  Nile  we  have  reached,  after  a 
passage  which  has  been  somewhat  delayed  by  unfa- 
vorable  winds,  the  pleasant  city  of  Osioot ; — the  resi- 
dence at  the  present  time  of  the  governor  of  the  The- 
baid  or  Upper  Egypt,  and  which  may  be  regarded  as 
its  capital.  It  is  situated  about  two  miles  from  the 
river,  under  the  shadow  of  a  lofty  mountain  of  lime- 
stone, which  guards  it  from  the  sands  of  the  Lybian 
desert.  The  nourishing  village  of  El  Hamra  upon 
the  bank  of  the  river  is  its  port.  There  is  a  large  ca- 
nal, which  conveys  the  water  of  the  Nile  into  the  city, 
and  into  the  fields  and  gardens  around  it.  Portions 
of  the  grounds  within  the  city  and  in  its  immediate 
neighborhood  are  low  and  are  innundated  in  the  an- 
nual rise  of  the  Nile  ;  but  a  communication  is  kept 
up  at  all  times  between  the  Nile  and  the  city,  and  be- 
tween the  city  and  the  plain  at  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tain, by'means  of  a  large  dyke,  which  is  well  built, 
and  is  richly  ornamented  with  trees.  The  city  is  said 
26 


302  LETTERS-— ESTHETIC 


to  contain  twenty  thousand  inhabitants,  of  whom  one 
thousand  are  Christians,  chiefly  Copts. 

In  this  place,  and  still  more  in  other  places,  we 
have  made  some  inquiries  in  relation  to  this  Christian 
sect.  They  claim  to  be  the  descendants  of  the  old 
Egyptians  ;  and  intellectually  they  seem  to  possess 
much  of  that  power,  which  gave  such  an  ascendancy 
to  their  ancestors.  But  deprived  of  the  means  of  edu- 
cation, inheriting  a  system  of  forms  and  ceremonies 
which  seemed  to  us  in  its  tendencies,  to  perplex  rather 
than  to  enlighten  and  encourage  the  true  religious 
spirit,  and  crushed  by  arbitrary  power  and  the  domi- 
nant influence  of  Mohammedanism,  their  condition  is 
discouraging,  and  almost  hopeless  in  their  own  view, 
as  it  seems  to  be  in  the  view  of  others.  They  an- 
swered our  inquiries  promptly,  and  appeared  to  be 
grateful  for  the  interest  and  sympathy  we  expressed. 
Their  history,  their  character,  their  present  prostrate 
condition,  give  them  a  claim  upon  the  aid,  the  pray- 
ers, and  the  sympathy  of  Christians  in  other  lands. 

One  of  the  objects  of  interest  at  Osioot  is  the  lofty 
and  picturesque  mountain  which  overhangs  it.  It  is 
steep  and  difficult  of  ascent,  but  well  repays  the  labor 
of  the  traveller  in  the  wide  and  rich  prospect  which 
it  presents  from  its  top.  In  its  side  are  rows  of  tombs 
excavated  in  the  rock,  differing  much  in  size  and  ris- 
ing one  above  another  almost  to  the  summit.  In  the 
days  of  early  persecution  under  the  Roman  emperors, 
they  are  said  to  have  furnished  a  place  of  refuge  and 
of  residence  to  the  Christians  of  Egypt.  We  have  oc- 
cupied a  short  time  in  examining  a  number  of  them. 
In  some  of  them  are  inscriptions  upon  the  walls,  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


303 


may  yet  repay  the  labors  of  the  Egyptian  antiquarian. 
Portions  of  the  mummies  of  human  bodies  are  scat- 
tered upon  the  ground.  And  repeatedly  we  saw  what 
we  had  seen  nowhere  else,  the  mummy  of  the  wolf, 
which  was  once  regarded  as  an  object  of  special  ven- 
eration and  probably  of  worship  in  this  region.  It 
was  owing  to  this  circumstance,  that  the  Greeks  gave 
the  name  of  Lycopolis  to  the  city — the  city  of  the 
ivolf.  Some  of  the  tombs  are  quite  large,  and  would 
be  regarded  as  objects  of  great  interest  in  other  coun- 
tries ;  but  they  are  so  far  inferior  to  the  tombs  found 
in  other  parts  of  Egypt,  that  the  traveller  looks  upon 
them  for  a  few  moments  and  then  passes  on. 

With  some  difficulty  we  reached  the  summit  of  the 
mountain.  A  little  below  it,  as  we  were  clambering 
along  among  the  rocks,  two  eagles,  disturbed  by  the 
unusual  sound  of  human  footsteps,  suddenly  flew  out 
of  one  of  the  smaller  excavations.  The  summit  of 
the  mountain,  which  we  judged  to  be  some  five  or  six 
hundred  feet  high,  presents  an  enchanting  prospect  of 
very  great  extent.  It  is  true,  it  does  not  differ  much  in 
its  general  features,  from  what  we  had  witnessed  in 
some  other  places  ;  but  it  is  richly  varied  and  heighten- 
ed in  particular  elements  of  beauty;  the  rich  Nile 
flowing  for  many  miles  in  its  magnificence, — the  bloom- 
ing gardens  in  the  city  and  in  its  environs, — the  fields, 
as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  green  with  perpetual  veg- 
etation and  traversed  everywhere  by  flocks  and  herds, 
— the  mountains  which  enclose  the  plain  on  every  side 
with  their  lofty  white  walls, — the  clear  blue  sky  rest- 
ing upon  them  ;  and  on  the  side  of  the  city  the  straight 
tall  minarets,  and  the  outlines  of  the  city  itself,  mel- 


304  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

lowed  and  beautiful  in  the  distance,  without  any- 
thing seen  or  experienced  from  the  crowded  bazaars 
and  narrow  and  circuitous  streets,  which  might  other- 
wise detract  from  the  favorable  impression.  Repeat- 
edly had  we  witnessed  such  scenes  in  Egypt.  My 
experience  has  not  been  very  wide,  and  therefore  it 
might  be  more  proper  for  others  to  make  comparisons. 
I  can  only  say,  I  have  seen  nothing  which  exceeds 
these  wonderful  panoramas  in  other  countries,  except 
perhaps  the  unexampled  view  from  Richmond  Hill 
in  England,  which  has  equal  extent  with  increased 
elements  of  interest. 

Turning  from  the  valley  of  the  Nile,  we  looked  in 
the  other  direction  upon  the  desert.  The  contrast  was 
as  great  as  imagination  could  well  conceive.  But 
the  desert  also  has  its  power  over  the  human  mind. 
If  it  is  not  beautiful,  it  is  not  without  sublimity. 
Stretching  in  every  direction,  like  an  illimitable  sea, 
it  produces  an  impression,  profound,  grand,  sublime. 
Does  philosophy  undertake  to  explain  it  ?  The  thing 
itself  is  both  its  cause,  and  its  explanation.  How  is 
it  possible  for  vastness  to  be  without  sublimity  ? 
Magnitude  of  the  thing,  even  if  it  be  the  magnitude 
of  desolation,  gives  magnitude  to  the  thought  and 
feeling.  There  must  be  something  ultimate.  The 
vast  power  of  such  a  scene  is,  and  must  be  inherent 
in  it,  by  its  own  nature.  True  philosophy  describes, 
when  it  has  no  further  power  to  analyze.  The  des- 
ert, therefore,  utters  its  own  voice  ;  is  sublime,  if  we 
may  so  express  it,  by  its  own  declaration,  because  it 
is  sublime  in  itself. 

We  saw  the  remains  of  ancient  buildings  on  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  305 

top  of  this  mountain.  It  was  in  this  place,  a  spot  pecu- 
liarly favorable  to  retirement  and  meditation,  that  we 
are  to  look  for  the  residence  of  the  celebrated  eremite, 
John  of  Lycopolis.  Shut  out  from  the  world  by  a 
voluntary  and  almost  inaccessible  seclusion,  he  may  be 
said  to  have  looked  down  upon  it ;  and  the  suggestions 
of  so  grand  a  scene  could  hardly  fail  to  have  aided  that 
communion  with  God,  which  was  favored  by  retire- 
ment. This  remarkable  man  spent  a  great  portion 
of  his  time  in  private  worship  ;  and  such  was  the 
prevalent  opinion  of  his  sanctity  and  of  his  intimacy 
with  the  Divine  Mind,  that  people  came  to  him  from 
a  great  distance,  and  even  kings  sent  to  him,  to  learn 
his  opinion  on  the.  great  matters  of  morals,  religion 
and  providence.  It  is  to  this  man,  whom  some  peo- 
ple will  call  superstitious  and  others  will  describe  as 
devout,  but  whose  personal  history  is  involved  in  so 
much  obscurity  and  is  perhaps  so  much  exaggerated 
by  fiction,  that  all  judgments  upon  it  are  liable  to 
more  or  less  of  error,  that  the  historian  Gibbon  refers 
in  a  passage  which  may  properly  be  quoted  here. 
Speaking  of  the  emperor  Theodosius,  he  says : 

"  Before  he  performed  any  decisive  resolution,  the 
pious  emperor  was  anxious  to  discover  the  will  of 
heaven  ;  and  as  the  progress  of  Christianity  had  si- 
lenced the  oracles  of  Delphi  and  Dodona,  he  consul- 
ted an  Egyptian  monk,  who  possessed,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  age,  the  gift  of  miracles  and  the  knowledge  of 
futurity.  Eutropius,  one  of  the  favorite  eunuchs  of 
the  palace  of  Constantinople,  embarked  for  Alexan- 
dria ;  from  whence  he  sailed  up  the  Nile  as  far  as  the 
city  of  Lycopolis  or  of  Wolves,  in  the  remote  province 
26* 


306  LETTERS — .ESTHETIC, 

of  Thebaid.  In  the  neighborhood  of  the  city,  and  oil 
the  summit  of  a  lofty  mountain,  the  holy  John  had 
constructed  with  his  own  hand  a  humble  cell,  in 
which  he  had  dwelt  about  forty  years,  without  open- 
ing his  door,  without  seeing  the  face  of  a  woman, 
and  without  tasting  any  food  that  had  been  prepared 
by  human  art.  Five  days  of  the  week  he  spent  in 
prayer  and  meditation ;  but  on  Saturdays  and  Sun- 
days he  regularly  opened  a  small  window,  and  gave 
audience  to  the  crowd  of  suppliants,  who  successively 
flowed  from  every  part  of  the  Christian  world.  The 
eunuch  of  Theodosius  approached  the  window  with 
respectful  steps,  proposed  his  questions  concerning 
the  event  of  the  civil  war,  and  soon  returned  with  a 
favorable  oracle,  which  animated  the  courage  of  the 
emperor,  by  the  assurance  of  an  infallible  victory. " 

At  the  very  hour  in  which  I  am  writing  this  letter, 
there  is  great  commotion  in  Upper  Egypt ;  probably 
greater  than  has  existed  for  a  considerable  period.  It 
is  not,  however,  so  much  the  commotion  of  political 
excitement  and  rebellion,  as  the  general  outbreaking 
of  individual  and  domestic  sorrow.  This  unhappy 
state  of  things,  of  which  it  would  have  been  difficult 
for  me  to  conceive  if  I  had  not  witnessed  it,  origi- 
nates from  the  recent  order  of  the  Pasha  of  Egypt  for 
a  new  and  universal  levy  of  troops.  The  shekhs  or 
subordinate  governors  of  the  small  districts,  who  ex- 
ercise authority  under  the  Pasha  and  are  dependent 
upon  him,  are  required  to  enforce  this  military  man- 
date ;  so  that  it  is  now  taking  effect  in  selecting  and 
enforcing  its  victims  in  all  the  towns  and  villages. 
I  refer  to  this  subject  in  part,  because  it  throws  light 
upon  the  domestic  habits  of  this  people. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  307 

When  we  were  at  Thebes,  as  we  went  into  the 
western  mountains  to  visit  the  tombs  of  the  kings,  it 
was  painful  to  see  in  repeated  instances  tombs  and 
caverns  and  difficult  places  on  the  heights,  occupied 
by  large  companies  who  had  fled  from  the  conscrip- 
tion. They  preferred  a  military  execution  or  starva- 
tion among  the  rocks  in  sight  of  their  own  homes,  to 
an  exile, — which  would  be  the  result  of  their  falling 
under  the  levy, — of  five  and  perhaps  seven  years,  in 
Cairo  and  Alexandria,  or  on  the  borders  of  Syria.  At 
every  town  where  we  stopped  in  coming  down  the 
Nile  to  this  place,  we  heard  the  agitation  and  outcry 
of  this  universal  sorrow.     It  is  the  same  here. 

As  we  came  down  from  the  mountain  of  Osioot, 
and  were  passing  along  the  raised  dyke  which  con- 
nects the  region  of  the  mountain  with  the  city,  my 
attention  was  called  to  a  sorrowful  group  of  people. 
A  guard  of  soldiers  was  conducting  a  young  conscript 
to  the  city  barracks.  He  was  bound  with  cords ;  and 
closely  followed  by  a  blind  old  man,  who  was  attend- 
ed by  two  women,  one  on  each  side  of  him,  whom  I 
supposed  to  be  his  daughters.  The  faces  of  the  wo- 
men were  soiled  with  dust.  Dust  was  scattered  upon 
their  heads,  and  they  uttered  often  a  loud  wailing  cry. 
Advancing  a  little  further,  we  found  that  there  was  a 
great  number  of  conscripts  in  the  city,  who  had  been 
brought  in  from  the  neighboring  villages.  They  were 
collected  at  the  different  military  depots,  which  were 
surrounded  with  large  numbers  of  their  relatives,  who 
gave  expression  to  their  deep  grief  in  the  oriental 
manner.  I  am  not  aware  that  any  adequate  expla- 
nation can  be  given  of  this  general  opposition  to  the 


308  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

levy  on  the  part  of  the  remote  population,  except 
their  strong  attachment  to  their  families  and  homes. 
I  could  mention  a  number  of  additional  facts  in  sup- 
port of  this  view  ;  but  I  will  give  only  one,  which  has 
left  upon  my  mind  a  painful  sorrow. 

On  our  return  from  a  visit  to  the  ruins  of  Abydos, 
where  we  had  witnessed  some  remarkable  remains  of 
Egyptian  art,  and  as  we  were  passing  over  the  beau- 
tiful plain  which  connects  Abydos  with  the  city  of 
Girgeh,  we  met  a  number  of  men  carrying  a  dead 
body  on  a  rude  bier.  They  appeared  very  sad,  as 
they  stood  silently  on  the  side  of  the  road,  while  we 
were  passing  by.  And  as  we  had  seen  nothing  of 
this  kind  before, — -a  lifeless  body  carried  to  its  place, 
with  mourners  but  apparently  without  any  relatives 
present, — we  took  the  liberty  to  make  some  inquiries. 
We  learned  from  them,  that  it  was  the  corpse  of  a 
young  woman  who  had  been  killed  but  a  little  while 
before  ;  and  that  they  were  carrying  the  body  to  the 
place  where  she  had  lived.  Her  brother  had  been 
taken  as  a  conscript  and  forced  from  his  home.  The 
sister  whose  affections  had  been  united  and  nurtured 
with  his  in  their  solitary  residence,  followed  him  with 
her  lamentations,  till  the  officer,  under  whose  author- 
ity he  was  taken,  exasperated  by  her  uncontrollable 
grief,  drew  his  pistol  and  shot  her  dead.  The  lifeless 
body  was  before  us ;  and  such  was  the  story  of  her 
death,  as  I  gathered  it  through  our  interpreter. 

In  a  moment  all  the  beauties  of  nature  around  me, 
which  had  filled  my  heart  to  overflowing,  were  cov- 
ered with  a  cloud.  Thought,  imagination,  conscious- 
ness, seemed  to  be  absorbed  in  this  painful  event.     I 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


309 


heard  her  lamentations  ;  I  saw  her  life-blood  flowing. 
I  followed  the  corpse  to  the  old  father's  home.  He 
was  an  old  man  unknown  to  me.  I  never  entered  his 
hut.  I  never  saw  his  gray  hairs.  But  still  the  sym- 
pathy of  a  common  nature  placed  him  before  me. 
Imagination  saw  him  in  his  sorrow.  He  stood  bend- 
ing over  his  staff.  The  corpse  was  brought  to  his 
door.  He  saw  its  blood-stained  features ;  and  the  deep 
cry  which  he  uttered  went  forth  upon  the  winds.  It 
was  the  shrill,  hopeless  cry  of  a  broken  heart. 

There  is  but  one  consolation  in  such  sad  events. 
They  are  solemn  protests  against  error  and  crime, — 
not  the  protests  of  calculation  and  of  argument,  but 
the  higher  and  juster  protests  of  the  unconquerable  in- 
stincts of  the  heart  and  of  life  itself.  In  the  early 
times  of  the  Roman  republic,  the  blood  of  woman, 
in  more  instances  than  one,  consecrated  rights  and 
truths  ;  and  history  has  done  her  justice.  And  the 
sacred  blood  of  this  poor  Arab  daughter  and  sister, 
(shed,  if  I  may  so  express  it,  because  her  full  beating 
heart  could  no  longer  hold  it,)  the  blood  of  this  un- 
taught but  true-hearted  child  of  the  desert,  has  conse- 
crated and  ennobled  the  great  truth,  that  affections 
are  the  life  of  the  soul ;  and  that  man  cannot  under- 
stand the  principles  and  worth  of  his  existence  till 
strife  shall  cease,  and  he  shall  "  love  his  neighbor  as 
himself. " 

I  have  referred  in  the  course  of  this  letter  to  our 
excursion  to  Abydos,  which  lays  back  at  some  dis- 
tance from  the  river  and  about  ten  miles  from  the 
city  of  Girgeh.  We  were  there  on  the  2nd  of  March. 
There  is  an  Arab  village  not  far  distant ;  but  the  site 


310  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

of  the  ancient  city,  which  among  the  cities  of  the 
Thebaid  is  said  to  have  been  second  only  to  Thebes 
itself,  is  buried  deep  in  recent  accumulations  of  sand, 
so  that  in  walking  over  it  we  ascended  a  considerable 
distance  and  easily  placed  our  feet  on  the  sculptured 
roofs  of  the  splendid  temples,  which  were  once  its  or- 
naments. With  no  small  difficulty  we  descended  into 
them,  and  admired  anew  beautifully  colored  sculp- 
tures and  columns  of  nearly  three  thousand  years'  an- 
tiquity, as  perfect  as  if  but  yesterday  from  the  hands 
of  the  architect. 

We  are  once  more  starting  for  the  Pyramids  and 
Cairo.  We  hope  to  be  able  to  stop  a  few  hours  at 
the  celebrated  tombs  of  Beni  Hassan,  some  of  which 
were  excavated  in  the  time  of  Joseph,  and  which  are 
represented  as  being  covered  with  well  executed  paint- 
ings, illustrative  of  Egyptian  manners  of  that  early 
period.  It  is  there  that  Doric  columns  are  found; 
differing  but  little  from  those  of  the  Greek  ;  and  sculp- 
tured and  erected  in  these  distant  regions,  before  the 
Doric  name  was  known.  But  strange  is  the  power 
of  saddened  associations.  The  poor  Arab  girl  is  still 
before  me.  The  monuments  of  Egypt  cannot  drive 
her  from  my  mind.  And  I  will  close  my  letter  with 
a  stranger's  humble  tribute  to  her  sad  but  noble 
memory. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  311 


LINES  COMMEMORATIVE  OF  AN  ARAB  GIRL  SLAIN  NEAR  GIRGEH, 

IN  CONSEQUENCE  OF  HER  INCONTROLLABLE  AFFECTION 

FOR    HER   BROTHER. 

Beneath  the  palm  tree's  lonely  shade 

His  flock  the  wandering  shepherd  leads. 

'Twas  there  in  early  life  they  played 
Around  their  lowly  hut  of  reeds. 

Oh  how  she  loved  him  !     On  the  plain, 

That  stretches  from  the  mountain  rock, 

'Twas  theirs  to  watch  the  waving  grain, 
Or  guard  the  lootsteps  of  the  flock. 

He  was  her  brother.    But  the  hour 

Which  tore  him  hence,  has  hastened  on. 

Taught  by  affection's  mighty  power, 

She  felt,  that  bliss  and  hope  were  gone. 

Frantic,  she  could  not  let  him  go. 

The  arms  were  clasped  which  would  not  part. 
Oh,  blame  her  not !     Thou  dost  not  know 

The  pangs,  which  rent  that  sister's  heart. 

But  what  against  tyrannic  wrong 

Are  woman's  griefs  and  feeble  cry  ? 
But  woman  too  is  sometimes  strong, 

The  Arab  girl  had  strength  to  die. 

Too  weak  to  break  her  brother's  chain, 
But  strong  in  love,  she  bled  and  fell. 

Child  of  the  desert !     Not  in  vain 

Thy  lips  breathed  out  that  sad  farewell. 

Oh  no  !     Thy  blood  has  made  it  true, 

That  despots  cannot  break  or  bind, 
Though  they  may  pierce  the  body  through, 

The,  loves  and  memories  of  the  mind. 


312  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 


'  (XXXV.) 

Tombs  of  Beni  Hassan— Columns  and  inscriptions — Arrival  at  Ghezeh 
— Excursion  from  Ghezeh  to  the  pyramids — Size  of  the  great  pyra- 
mid— Impressions  left  upon  the  mind--The  colossal  Sphynx — 
Memphis— Return  to  Ghezeh — Cross  the  Nile  at  the  isle  of  Rhoda 
— Reach  Cairo. 

EGYPT,  PYRAMIDS  OF  GHEZEH,  MARCH  17,  1853. 

We  realized  the  anticipated  pleasure,  to  which  I  al- 
luded in  my  last  letter,  in  stopping  at  the  tombs  of 
Beni  Hassan ; — eighty  miles  below  Osioot  where  I 
last  wrote.  These  tombs  are  interesting  on  account 
of  their  antiquity ; — it  being  conceded,  I  believe,  by 
those  who  profess  to  be  learned  in  early  Egyptian 
history,  that  some  of  them  were  excavated  in  the  time 
of  Ositarsen  First.  I  have  already  had  occasion  to 
intimate,  that  it  was  in  the  reign  of  this  king  that 
Joseph  and  his  brethren  came  into  Egypt. 

On  entering  the  tombs  of  Beni  Hassan,  which  are 
found  at  a  little  distance  from  the  Nile  on  the  side  of 
a  high  hill  which  overlooks  the  ruins  of  an  Arab  vil- 
lage, we  noticed  the  deep  square  pits,  which  we  had 
seen  in  other  places.  They  are  not  found,  however, 
in  all  the  Egyptian  tombs.  They  are  cut  with  great 
exactness  and  care  in  the  rock,  without  any  fixed  rela- 
tive position,  but  often  near  the  centre  of  the  great 
sepulchral  chambers  ;  about  six  feet  square,  and  va- 
rying in  depth  from  twenty  to  forty  feet.  The  bodies 
of  dead  persons, — probably  those  not  entitled  to  the 
highest  degrees  of  honor, — were  deposited  in  them. 

The  sepulchral  chambers  in  this  place  are  not  so 
large  as  those  of  the  kings  and  queens  in  the  moun- 
tains of  Thebes ;  but  it  can  hardly  be  said,  I  think, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  313 

that  they  are  inferior  in  architectural  beauty.  Cer- 
tainly the  proportions  of  the  rooms  and  the  beauty  of 
the  columns  with  which  they  are  ornamented,  indicate 
artistic  conceptions,  which  could  hardly  be  expected 
in  the  very  early  age  which  is  assigned  to  them.  The 
shafts  of  some  of  the  columns  are  fluted  polygons  of 
sixteen  sides,  differing  in  style  from  any  we  had  no- 
ticed elsewhere ;  and  from  the  similarity  which  they 
bear  to  columns  of  later  date  in  other  countries,  it 
may  well  be  supposed,  that  the  architects  of  Egypt, 
whose  elaborate  works  could  not  exist  without  being 
widely  known,  furnished  suggestions,  which  had  their 
influence  in  the  progress  and  perfection  of  Grecian 
art. 

The  tombs  of  Beni  Hassan  are  especially  remarka- 
ble for  the  character  of  their  sculptures  and  paintings, 
which  are  occupied  almost  exclusively  with  domestic 
scenes,  and  with  the  scenes  and  arts  of  common  life. 
Mingled  with  representations  of  dancing  and  hunting, 
are  other  representations  of  men  employed  in  agricul- 
tural pursuits,  in  manufactures,  and  in  various  other 
ways ;  such  as  watering  flax,  manufacturing  cloth  from 
flax,  fishing  with  nets,  making  bread,  feeding  cattle, 
playing  games  of  ball,  making  pottery,  blowing  glass, 
taking  inventories  of  goods,  inflicting  the  punishment 
of  the  bastinado,  and  performing  various  active  and 
athletic  feats.  There  is  a  difference  in  the  execution ; 
but  some  of  the  paintings,  estimated  on  any  just  prin- 
ciples which  are  known  to  the  art,  must  be  regarded 
as  admirable.  Some  of  the  figures  are  in  perspective, 
and  are  executed  with  skill  in  that  respect  as  well  as 
in  others. 

27 


314  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

In  wandering  a  few  months  ago  through  the  exca- 
vations of  Herculaneum  and  Pompeii,  I  felt,  as  I  trod 
the  very  dwellings  they  had  inhabited,  that  I  knew, 
from  what  I  saw  around  me,  much  more  than  I  could 
learn  elsewhere,  of  the  domestic  occupations,  habits 
and  life  of  the  people.  They  were  records  which 
could  not  be  mistaken.  And  the  sculptures  and  paint- 
ings in  the  tombs  of  Beni  Hassan,  have  left  a  similar 
conviction  in  respect  to  ancient  Egypt.  Dead  in  fact, 
and  dead  in  the  ordinary  forms  of  history,  it  may  still 
be  said  of  Egypt, — what  can  hardly  be  said  of  any 
other  nation, — that  she  still  lives  in  her  own  burying 
place. 

We  are  now  amid  different  scenes.  In  seven  days 
from  Beni  Hassan  and  nineteen  from  Thebes,  a  voy- 
age down  the  Nile  of  unusual  length,  we  have  at  last 
reached  the  pleasant  town  of  Ghezeh,  directly  oppo- 
site the  town  of  Old  Cairo  and  the  enchanting  island 
of  Rhoda.  From  Ghezeh  to  the  celebrated  pyramids 
of  Memphis,  the  ancient  capital  of  Egypt,  but  which 
are  now  generally  described  as  the  pyramids  of  Ghe- 
zeh, is  a  distance  of  six  miles.  When  the  country  is 
overflowed  by  the  Nile,  the  route  is  circuitous  and  is 
longer. 

The  excursion  from  Ghezeh  to  the  pyramids  is  a 
pleasant  one.  Skirting  the  town  of  Ghezeh  and  on 
the  edge  of  its  wide  and  fertile  plain,  is  an  immense 
forest  of  palm-trees,  regularly  set  out  and  all  of  them 
of  great  height.  Standing  erect,  and  destitute  of 
branches,  excepting  the  long  feathery  limbs  which  fan 
the  air  at  their  top,  they  have  the  appearance  of  tall 
and  majestic  columns.     The  limbs  at  the  top,  reaching 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  315 

out  towards  each  other,  form  a  roof  overhead,  exclud- 
ing the  light  and  heat  of  the  sun,  and  inviting  the  foot 
of  the  traveller  to  its  shade.  We  passed  through  the 
edge  of  this  forest.  On  leaving  it,  we  proceeded  over 
a  plain  of  great  fertility  and  high  cultivation,  which 
bore  marks  of  being  overflowed  in  the  inundations  of 
the  Nile.  It  is  the  lower  portion  of  the  old  plain  of 
Memphis.  The  city  of  Memphis,  of  which  scarcely  a 
ruin  now  remains,  was  situated  a  little  higher  up  the 
river.  In  two  hours  we  reached  the  base  of  the  great 
pyramid. 

This  pyramid,  which  has  in  its  immediate  vicinity 
a  number  of  others  of  smaller  dimensions,  is  four 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height ;  with  a  square  base 
of  seven  hundred  and  forty-six  feet  on  each  side ;  and 
is  said  to  cover  twelve  acres  of  ground.  According 
to  the  statements  of  ancient  historians,  it  was  twenty 
years  in  building  and  required  the  labor  of  three  hun- 
dred and  sixty  thousand  men.  On  the  summit  is  a 
level  space  of  about  thirty  feet  square.  Mr.  Thomp- 
son was  the  only  one  of  our  party  who  felt  able  to  as- 
"cend  to  the  top.  He  represented  the  view  which  was 
presented  from  the  summit  as  exceedingly  extensive 
and  beautiful. 

A  thousand  questions  arise  on  looking  at  this  great 
work.  Where  were  these  immense  stones  cut  ?  By 
what  means  were  they  transported  to  this  place  ?  By 
what  skill  and  appliances  of  machinery  were  they 
raised  to  their  position?  What  was  the  object  of  the 
mysterious  chambers  in  its  interior  ?  Who  was  buried 
in  the  sarcophagus  ?  The  mind  is  bewildered  in  con- 
jectures ;  but  the  pyramid  itself  is  a  reality,  which 


316  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

sets  conjecture  and  scepticism  at  defiance,  as  it  defies 
time,  tempests,  and  the  Lybian  sands. 

It  is  dfficult  to  exaggerate  the  impression,  which 
this  enormous  pile  of  stone  makes  upon  the  mind, 
when  it  is  seen  for  the  first  time.  But  while  the  emo- 
tion is  powerful  beyond  what  is  experienced  in  other 
places,  perhaps  in  view  of  any  other  mere  work  of 
man,  it  looks  so  much  like  another  useless  and  heaven- 
defying  tower  of  Babel,  the  monument  of  mere  hu- 
man pride  and  ambition,  that  the  feeling  of  humilia- 
ting sadness  is  hardly  less  strong  than  that  of  admira- 
tion. Nor  will  the  friend  of  humanity  and  of  human 
rights  forget,  that  these  pyramids  stand  the  perpetual 
memorial  of  what  political  tyranny,  grasping  at  power 
and  trampling  on  rights,  has  done  in  past  ages,  and 
will  continue  to  do,  so  long  as  it  exists,  in  all  ages  to 
come.  If  there  were  no  historic  testimony  to  that 
effect,  if  the  Cheops  of  Herodotus,  who  is  said  to 
have  been  the  builder  of  the  great  pyramid,  were  not 
historically  commemorated  as  a  tyrant  by  the  father 
of  history,  we  must  necessarily  have  come  to  the  con- 
clusion from  the  work  itself,  that  it  was  built  at  the 
price  of  the  most  unjust  exactions,  and  had  its  foun- 
dations laid  in  blood. 

At  a  little  distance  from  the  great  pyramid  is  the 
colossal  sphynx,  which  no  traveller  willingly  leaves 
Egypt  without  seeing.  Its  enormous  body  is  partially 
buried  in  the  sand ;  but  its  head  and  majestic  features 
are  still  erect  and  lofty.  The  sphynx,  which,  in  its 
design,  is  a  mystical  emblem  of  the  combination  of 
intelligence  and  power,  is  a  sculptured  human  form 
in  its  upper  parts,  attached  to  the  recumbent  body  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  317 

a  lion.  The  body  is  a  little  less  than  a  hundred  and 
fifty  feet  in  length.  The  fore-legs  and  paws  of  the 
lion-shaped  body  extend  to  the  distance  of  fifty  feet. 
Such  is  the  statement  of  its  measurements  made  by 
travellers,  who  had  leisure  and  opportunity  to  exam- 
ine it  carefully.  The  human  breast  and  head,  which 
lift  themselves  upward  out  of  the  immense  sculpture 
which  constitutes  the  leonine  base,  is  more  than  sixty 
feet  in  height.  The  circumference  of  the  head  around 
the  full,  projecting  forehead,  is  a'  hundred  feet;  all 
cut,  with  the  exception  of  one  or  two  small  portions, 
from  one  solid  rock. 

No  object  in  Egypt,  among  the  multitude  of  its 
objects  of  interest,  fixed  my  attention  more  deeply 
than  this.  So  vast  and  so  fall  of  life,  it  had  to  me 
the  appearance  of  some  mighty  existence,  lifting  it' 
self  'by  its  own  power  from  the  deep  bosom  of  the 
earth.  Its  features  are  worn  and  mutilated  by  time ; 
but  it  requires  no  great  effort  of  the  imagination,  aid- 
ed by  the  mysterious  power  of  what  still  remains,  to 
call  them  back  and  to  restore  something  of  the  origi- 
nal completeness  of  the  mighty  image.  Its  lips,  di- 
minished by  the  attrition  of  the  sand  and  wind,  were 
once  full ;  and  breathed  their  appropriate  expression 
of  wisdom  and  beneficence.  Its  calm,  majestic  eye, 
full  of  intelligence,  but,  in  being  robbed  of  something 
of  its  original  power,  apparently  drooping  with  sor- 
row, looks  out  upon  the  wide  level  plain,  the  reposi- 
tory of  unknown  ruins,  and  seems  to  seek  the  men 
and  monuments  of  other  days.  That  benign  but  lof- 
ty look  has  watched  the  march  of  generations  and 
nations.  It  saw  the  rising  beauty  of  Memphis,  and 
27* 


318  LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 

delighted  in  its  matured  and  mighty  magnificence* 
It  looks  at  the  present  hour,  as  if  it  still  anxiously 
sought  that  image  of  beauty  and  greatness.  It  seeks 
it  in  vain.  No  wall",  no  tower,  no  palace,  scarcely  a 
broken  column,  is  visible.  It  hears  the  sound  of  the 
camel's  tinkling  bell ;  it  beholds  the  flock  of  the  shep- 
herd on  the  plain  ;  but  the  queen  of  cities  has  depar- 
ted ; — Memphis  is  no  more. 

Returning  to  Ghezeh  on  our  way*  to  the  city  of 
Cairo,  which  we  reached  the  same  day,  we  crossed 
the  Nile  to  the  pleasant  and  flourishing  town  of  Old 
Cairo, — passing  the  southern  extremity  of  the  isle  of 
Rhoda.  The  harbor  of  Old  Cairo,  which  was  crowd- 
ed with  the  boats  of  the  Nile,  is  formed  in  part  by 
this  island.  It  was  here,  according  to  the  traditions 
of  the  country,  near  the  southern  end  of  this  match- 
less island  of  flowers,  that  the  infant  Moses  was  con- 
cealed in  the  thick  bulrushes  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile. 
It  was  here,  that  the  daughter  of  Pharaoh,  whose 
name,  according  to  Josephus,  was  Thermutis,  found 
him.  It  was  in  this  region,  at  least,  and  perhaps  in 
the  schools  and  palaces  of  Heliopolis  and  Memphis, 
now  buried  in  the  dust,  that  he  was  nurtured,  under 
the  care  of  a  protecting  providence,  for  his  high  and 
mysterious   destiny. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  319 


(XXXVI.) 

Cairo — Excursion  to  Heliopolis — Name  and  scriptural  allusions — Obe- 
lisks— Tradition  of  Joseph  and  Mary — Garden  of  Shoobra — Ni- 
lometer — Island  of  Rhoda — Religious  ceremonies  of  the  Dervishes 
— Slave  market — Citadel  of  Cairo — Tomb  of  Mohammed  Ali — 
Divisions  of  the  modern  city — Condition  and  prospects. 

EGYPT,  CITY  OF  CAIRO,  MARCH  26,  1853. 

We  are  now  once  more  in  Cairo,  which  we  reached 
on  the  seventeenth.  We  have  been  detained  in  mak- 
ing preparations  for  the  journey  of  the  long  desert 
and  Mount  Sinai.  In  my  former  letter  from  Cairo, 
I  intimated  that  I  might  write  again  on  our  return 
here  from  Thebes.  We  have  been  kept  here  longer 
than  we  expected,  but  this  detention  has  furnished 
us  with  a  better  opportunity  than  we  might  otherwise 
have  had,  of  visiting  the  city,  and  the  interesting  lo- 
calities in  its  immediate  vicinity. 

In  making  excursions  for  this  purpose  we  have  met 
with  no  difficulty  ;  but  on  the  contrary,  every  reason- 
able facility  has  been  afforded.  The  hauteur  and  dis- 
tance which  were  formerly  ascribed  to  the  Turks,  seem 
to  have  passed  away.  If  this  is  not  entirely  the  case, 
it  certainly  is  so  in  a  considerable  degree.  I  ascribe 
this  very  much  to  their  increased  acquaintance  and 
association  with  Europeans. 

Among  other  excursions  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Cairo,  we  have  visited  the  site  rather  than  the  ruins 
of  the  ancient  Heliopolis,  which  was  situated  about 
six  miles  distant  from  the  modern  capital  of  Egypt. 
It  was  a  city  comparatively  small  in  size,  but  of  great 
celebrity,  both  on  account  of  the  Temple  of  the  Sun, 


320  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

from  which  the  city  took  its  name,  and  also  on  ac- 
count of  its  schools  of  astronomy  and  philosophy.  It 
was  here,  as  I  have  had  occasion  to  remark  in  a  for- 
mer letter,  that  Plato  resided  and  studied ;  and  when 
in  the  reign  of  Augustus  Caesar  the  city  was  visited 
by  Strabo,  the  geographer,  a  house  was  pointed  out 
to  him,  in  which  the  Greek  philosopher  was  said  to 
have  lived.  It  was  in  Heliopolis,  also,  that  Herodo- 
tus, who  has  been  styled  with  no  inconsiderable  rea- 
son the  father  of  history,  spent  a  portion  of  his  time 
when  he  visited  these  regions ;  and  here,  in  conversa- 
tion with  the  priests  and  other  learned  men,  he  ac- 
quired much  of  that  knowledge  which  enabled  him 
to  write  the  affairs  of  Egypt.  And  it  seems  to  me  no 
unreasonable  supposition,  that  Moses,  at  a  still  ear- 
lier period,  who  was  "  learned  in  all  the  wisdom  of 
the  Egyptians"  and  whose  writings,  independent  of 
what  may  be  said  of  their  inspiration,  place  him  at 
the  head  of  learned  men  in  the  attributes  of  know- 
ledge, eloquence  and  moral  insight,  studied  in  the 
same  schools ;  and  was  the  associate  in  place,  if  not 
in  time,  with  the  philosophers  and  learned  men  of 
Greece. 

The  ancient  hieroglyphical  name  of  this  city, 
given  in  reference  to  its  temple  and  the  form  of 
worship  kept  up  in  it,  was  Ei-Re,  which  means  the 
house  of  the  sun.  The  Hebrew  name  applied  to  it  in 
the  prophet  Jeremiah,  is  Beth-Shemesh,  which  has 
the  same  meaning.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  add, 
that  the  Greek  name  of  Heliopolis,  by  which  it  is 
commonly  known  at  the  present  time,  among  Euro- 
peans, is  similar  in  its  import.    In  Ezekiel,  in  the  pro- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


321 


phetic  announcement  of  the  various  desolations  which 
were  to  take  place  in  Egypt,  it  is  called  by  a  rhetori- 
cal license  of  which  we  have  other  instances  in  the 
Bible,  Aven,  or  the  city  of  falsehood  or  vanity,  in  al- 
lusion probably  to  the  false  worship  established  in  it. 
In  the  opinion  of  many  Biblical  critics  it  was  the 
daughter  of  a  priest  of  Heliopolis,  who  was  married 
by  Joseph  in  the  time  of  his  great  power  and  influ- 
ence in  Egypt.  The  hieroglyphical  inscriptions  which 
have  been  found  there,  show  that  the  city  existed  in 
his  time. 

I  think  the  excursion  to  the  site  of  this  ancient  and 
renowned  city,  one  of  the  most  pleasant  which  can 
be  taken  from  Cairo.  It  was  a  bright,  cheerful  day 
when  we  went  there,  which  was  not  rendered  oppres- 
sive, as  was  sometimes  the  case,  by  the  heat  of  the 
sun ;  and  the  multiplied  objects  which  presented  them- 
selves to  notice,  harmonized  in  one  great  panorama  of 
beauty.  In  approaching  the  place  on  which  the  city 
was  built,  we  passed  a  large  level  plain,  and  I  ob- 
served numerous  camels  and  horses  upon  it,  and  that 
it  was  occupied  by  a  multitude  of  tents,  which  made 
a  picturesque  appearance.  They  were  the  tents  of 
Mohammedans,  who  were  assembling  in  great  num- 
bers from  various  places  on  the  Nile,  preparatory  to 
a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca.  Reaching  the  site  of  the  city, 
we  did  not  find,  nor  did  we  expect  to  find,  many  ruins. 
The  natural  effects  of  time,  the  inundations  of  the 
Nile,  and  the  ravages  of  conquering  armies,  have  ac- 
complished their  work  of  destruction  here,  as  they 
have  done  at  Memphis  and  other  places.  And  there 
are  now  but  few  ruins  remaining.    We  saw,  however, 


322  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

a  number  of  very  large  blocks  of  hewn  stone,  covered 
with  sculptures  which  belonged  to  some  ancient 
Egyptian  building ; — also  mutilated  sphynxes. 

From  the  position  of  these  ancient  remains,  partly 
covered  in  the  earth,  and  with  mounds  of  earth  around 
them  in  some  places,  it  was  natural  to  suppose  that 
other  and  more  extensive  ruins  still  exist  under  the 
ground,  and  may  hereafter  be  discovered. 

The  site  of  the  temple  of  the  sun,  which  is  particu- 
larly mentioned  by  Strabo,  was  easily  indicated  to  us 
in  the  midst  of  the  trees  and  blooming  shrubbery 
which  now  cover  it,  by  the  lofty  obelisk  which  still 
stands.  The  earth  had  collected  around  this  obelisk 
at  its  base  to  the  depth  of  five  feet  above  its  pedes- 
tal ;  but  had  been  partially  removed  so  as  to  bring 
the  pedestal  in  sight.  The  height  of  the  column,  ex- 
clusive of  the  pedestal  is  sixty-eight  feet ;  but  it  does 
not  differ  in  its  general  form,  and  in  the  great  number 
of  its  sculptures,  and  in  the  skill  displayed  in  them, 
from  other  works  of  this  kind  which  we  have  seen. 
It  is,  perhaps,  proper  to  add  as  indicating  something 
of  the  primitive  splendor  of  Heliopolis,  that  there 
were  originally  four  obelisks  here.  One  of  them  is 
said  to  have  been  destroyed  by  the  Arabs ;  but  at 
what  time,  and  under  what  circumstances,  I  am  una- 
ble to  state.  Two  were  carried  to  Rome  by  Augus- 
tus Csesar  after  the  battle  of  Actium.  One  of  them  I 
mentioned  in  my  letter  from  Rome,  as  particularly  at- 
tracting my  attention,  as  we  entered  the  great  square 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Porta  del  Popolo.  The 
other  remains  here,  where  it  stood  more  than  three 
thousand  years  ago, — a  magnificent  but  solitary  monu- 
ment of  a  ruined  city  and  a  departed  civilization. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  323 

It  is  said  among  the  traditions  of  the  country,  that 
this  city  was  visited  by  Joseph  and  Mary  with  the  in- 
fant Saviour,  when  driven  into  Egypt  from  Judea  by 
the  persecutions  of  Herod.  I  am  aware  that  there  is 
much  difference  of  opinion  in  relation  to  the  value 
which  is  to  be  attributed  to  traditions.  I  do  not  attri- 
bute any  inordinate  worth  to  them.  And  still  it  will 
always  remain  true,  that  the  history  of  traditions  is  a 
part  of  the  history  of  the  human  race  ;  and  that  they 
furnish  suggestions  and  open  up  trains  of  thought, 
which  sometimes  throw  light  upon  history,  and  still 
more  frequently  upon  the  varieties  of  men's  ideas 
and  affections. 

But  here  in  this  singular  land,  the  present  and  the 
past,  the  living  and  the  dead,  all  epochs  of  time,  and 
all  varieties  of  civilization,  seem  to  be  mingled  to- 
gether. In  one  of  the  excursions  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Cairo,  desirous  of  seeing  the  Egypt  of  the  present 
as  well  as  of  the  past,  we  visited  the  palace  and  gar- 
dens of  Shoobra.  They  are  four  miles  from  the  city 
in  a  northern  direction.  The  ride  for  a  great  part  of 
the  distance  is  over  a  wide  avenue,  raised  a  number 
of  feet  above  the  verdant  plains  and  gardens  around 
it,  and  protected  by  its  greater  elevation  against  the 
overflowings  of  the  Nile.  In  its  whole  length  it  is 
lined  on  both  sides  with  very  large  acacias,  which  bend 
over  so  as  almost  to  embrace  and  intertwine  each 
other  with  their  magnificent  canopy  of  shade.  It  was 
filled  with  multitudes  of  people  going  in  different  di- 
rections, and  with  caravans  of  loaded  camels.  At  its 
termination  is  the  garden  of  Shoobra.  Laid  out,  per- 
haps, with  too  much  regularity,  but  still  rich  in  the 


324  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

beauties  of  art  and  nature,  this  celebrated  garden  has 
its  palace  and  fountains  as  well  as  its  shrubbery  and 
flowers.  The  birds  have  found  out  the  beauty  of  its 
cool  retreat.  So  numerous  do  they  nestle  in  its  thick 
green  shades,  that  every  branch  and  flower  seems  to 
utter  its  song.  Near  its  centre  is  a  large  marble  foun- 
tain, surrounded  with  a  covered  corridor,  at  the  four 
corners  of  which  are  rooms  richly  fitted  up  with  di- 
vans in  the  Turkish  manner.  The  stranger,  satiated 
with  the  beauties  of  nature,  is  invited  to  repose  him- 
self here,  if  he  chooses.  And  yet  with  a  greater  ex- 
pense of  the  labors  of  art,  the  garden  of  Shoobra  had 
less  attraction  for  me,  than  the  quiet  and  varied  beau- 
ty of  the  gardens  of  the  Island  of  Rhoda. 

It  was  a  matter  of  course  that  we  should  visit  the 
Nilometer.  It  is  opposite  Old  Cairo,  in  the  Island  of 
Rhoda.  We  passed  in  a  boat  the  branch  of  the  Nile 
which  separates  the  town  from  the  island.  Built  by 
one  of  the  Caliphs  in  the  beginning  of  the  ninth  cen- 
tury, it  once  had  its  dome  and  its  historic  inscriptions. 
The  most  that  is  seen  now  is  a  large  and  well-built 
square  chamber,  which  connects  with  the  waters  of 
the  Nile.  It  has  a  graduated  pillar  in  its  centre,  by 
means  of  which,  at  the  time  of  its  annual  inundation, 
the  rise  of  the  Nile  is  ascertained.  A  proclamation 
of  the  exact  advance  of  the  river,  as  ascertained  in 
this  way,  is  made  every  morning  by  public  criers, 
appointed  for  different  parts  of  the  city. 

The  Island  of  Rhoda  is  little  more  than  a  mile  in 
length.  Not  far  distant  from  the  Nilometer,  and  at 
the  southern  end  of  the  Island,  is  the  palace  of  Ibra- 
ham  Pasha.     Our  little  party  were  readily  admitted 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  325 

into  this  palace,  and  shown  through  its  richly  fur- 
nished apartments.  The  southern  side  of  the  palace 
rests  upon  piles  of  solid  masonry,  which  form  a  bul- 
wark against  the  strong  currents  of  the  Nile.  We 
wandered  through  the  delightful  gardens  connected 
with  the  palace,  to  which  I  have' already  referred  as 
being  more  attractive  in  some  respects  than  the  gar- 
den of  Shoobra. 

I  hardly  know  by  what  impulse  of  the  heart  it  was 
that  the  same  excursion  which  carried  us  to  the  flower 
garden  and  the  palace  of  the  Island  of  Rhoda,  found 
us  also  in  the  large  circular  hall  at  Old  Cairo,  in  which 
are  celebrated  the  mysterious  ceremonies  of  one  of 
the  sects  of  the  Mohammedan  Dervishes.  Entering 
this  building  under  the  direction  of  our  guide,  we 
took  a  seat  on  the  mats  and  cushions  placed  around 
its  interior.  On  the  wall  were  hung  the  badges  of 
the  society,  and  implements  of  war.  On  the  side  op- 
posite to  us  a  circle  occupying  about  a  third  of  the 
space,  was  formed  of  cushions  and  rich  skins  spread 
upon  the  stony  floor.  Soon  after  we  had  taken  our 
seats,  the  Dervish,  who  presided  at  the  ceremonies  on 
this  occasion,  entered  this  circle,  and  seated  himself 
at  the  place  where  it  touched  the  wall.  He  seemed 
to  be  a  man  of  about  forty  years  of  age  ;  with  a  form 
erect  and  symmetrical,  a  countenance  open  and  intelli- 
gent, an  eye  large  and  dark.  As  the  other  members 
of  the  company  came  in,  those  who  seemed  to  be  the 
more  important  members,  were  received  by  him  with 
a  kindness  and  politeness  which  showed  that  he  was 
not  ignorant  of  the  forms  of  polished  society.  This 
man,  whose  manners  and  physical  completeness,  indi- 
28 


326  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

cated  a  mind  above  the  common  rank,  attracted  my 
attention  much.  There  was  a  hidden  language  in  his 
intelligent  countenance,  in  general  carefully  repressed, 
but  which  at  times  seemed  to  say,  "  my  nature  does 
not  correspond  to  my  situation.  It  is  a  hard  or  a  sad 
necessity,  that  of  sincerity  building  upon  error,  which 
has  placed  me  here." 

The  members  of  the  society  were  at  first  seated. 
For  a  time  they  seemed  to  be  occupied  in  serious 
meditation.  Then  they  arose.  Sounds  of  rude  music 
were  heard.  Standing  in  a  circle,  they  began  their 
singular  ceremony,  which  they  regard  as  a  special  act 
of  religion,  with  a  slight  but  regular  motion  of  the 
head.  The  bowing  of  the  head  soon  became  more 
rapid,  and  with  a  deeper  inclination.  Then  came  ex- 
clamations and  deep  groanings.  This  went  on  pro- 
gressively, till  the  regular  and  prescribed  motion  of 
the  company  was  broken  in  upon  by  the  unrestrained 
motion  and  contortions  of  individuals.  The  rapidity 
of  the  motion,  continued  in  this  way  for  a  long  time, 
caused  a  rush  of  blood  to  the  head.  They  lost  all 
control  of  themselves,  and  a  number  of  them  fell  upon 
the  floor  in  convulsions.  One  of  them  fell  at  my  feet, 
and  as  I  saw  him  thus,  deprived  of  consciousness, 
and  his  body  writhing  convulsively,  I  felt  that  super- 
stition, in  whatever  country  and  under  whatever  name, 
is  dishonorable  to  God,  and  a  hard  and  cruel  burden 
to  man. 

At  another  time  we  witnessed  another  painful  scene, 
— that  of  the  slave-market  at  Cairo.  We  had  pre- 
viously visited  the  slave-market  in  Alexandria,  and 
whatever  opinions  may  have  been  entertained  or  ex- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  327 

pressed  to  the  contrary,  we  saw  enough  to  convince 
us  that  in  Egypt  the  traffic  in  slaves  continues  in 
much  of  its  original  vigor.  The  greater  number  of 
the  slaves  whom  we  saw,  were  boys  and  girls  from  ten 
to  fifteen  years  of  age,  brought  from  Nubia,  and  other 
countries  on  the  upper  parts  of  the  Nile.  Sad  in 
countenance,  and  half  naked  as  they  were,  they  flocked 
around  us  with  some  appearance  of  animation  and 
zeal,  as  if  desirous  or  hoping  to  be  purchased.  Their 
conduct  seemed  to  indicate  on  their  part  a  conviction, 
the  origin  of  which  they  might  perhaps  have  been 
unable  to  explain,  that  their  misery  could  not  well 
be  increased,  and  might  be  alleviated  by  some  such 
change. 

Among  the  objects  especially  worthy  of  being  visi- 
ted in  Cairo,  is  the  Citadel,  a  lofty,  fortified  rock  in 
the  south  part  of  the  city,  overlooking  the  city  in  its 
whole  extent,  and  furnishing  a  view  of  the  valley  of 
the  Nile,  and  of  its  towns  and  villages  for  many  miles 
southward,  and  north  as  far  as  the  head  of  the  Delta. 
It  seemed  to  us,  as  we  stood  upon  this  elevated  po- 
sition, wonderful  in  itself,  and  memorable  in  its  his- 
tory, with  the  Nile  before  us  and  mountains  behind, 
with  an  hundred  minarets  at  our  feet,  and  the  vast 
pyramids  full  in  sight,  that  no  other  spot  in  this  vi- 
cinity opened  such  an  impressive  view.  One  of  the 
remarkable  curiosities  within  the  limits  of  the  citadel, 
is  the  celebrated  well  of  Joseph,  excavated  in  the  solid 
rock  to  the  depth  of  two  hundred  and  sixty  feet,  with 
a  winding  staircase  leading  to  the  bottom.  Day  and 
night  strong  oxen  are  turning  the  wheel  of  this  deep 
excavation,  and  pouring  out  the  water  from  its  inex- 


328  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

haustible  fountain.  This  well,  the  history  of  which 
has  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion,  is  generally 
conceded  to  be  one  of  the  works  of  the  ancient 
Egyptians,  but  at  what  period  it  was  made,  is  not 
known. 

Within  the  limits  of  the  citadel  is  one  of  the  nu- 
merous palaces  of  the  Pasha  of  Egypt,  and  also  the 
new  mosque  commenced  by  the  late  Mohammed  AIL 
This  structure,  enriched  on  every  side  with  oriental 
alabaster,  is  one  of  great  size  and  beauty,  though  still 
unfinished.  Within  its  walls  is  the  tomb  of  Moham- 
med Ali,  whose  ashes  have  found  a  resting-place  here  ; 
one  of  those  men  who  leave  their  mark  in  the  annals 
of  ages,  by  seizing  power  at  any  hazard  and  expense 
of  benevolence  and  of  right ;  and  then  by  employing 
it  with  almost  the  same  energy,  and  the  same  disre- 
gard of  right,  for  what  they  choose  to  consider  as  the 
general  good.  These  men  are  the  Caesars  and  Na- 
poleons of  history,  renowned  but  problematical  charac- 
ters, who  forget  that  success  cannot  justify  crime,  and 
that  a  man  of  a  true  spirit,  and  most  of  all  a  man  of 
a  truly  conscientious  and  religious  spirit,  rejects  and 
abhors  all  favors  and  all  goods,  which  are  offered  Mm 
as  the  tyrant's  compensation  for  the  loss  of  a  just  and 
honorable  liberty. 

There  are  two  Egypts — the  Egypt  of  the  past  and 
the  Egypt  of  the  present.  The  Egypt  of  the  past  is 
a  mighty  wreck,  and  her  mutilated  limbs  are  scattered 
all  along  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  from  the  Delta  to  the 
mountains  of  Nubia.  And  the  traveller  seeks  a  know- 
ledge of  her  greatness  at  Thebes,  at  Denderah,  and  at 
Beni  Hassan,  rather  than  at  Cairo.    The  modern  Egypt 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  329 

lives  in  the  modern  city.  Its  representative  and  its  life 
is  Cairo.  The  stranger  who  visits  it,  is  soon  satisfied. 
He  passes  through  the  narrow  and  crowded  streets, 
amid  the  agitations  of  passion  and  the  urgencies  of 
business.  He  sees  different  and  unknown  races  of  men, 
coming  from  distant  regions,  and  variant  in  costume 
and  manners.  He  hears  languages  which  he  does  not 
understand.  The  community  of  the  intellect,  and  es- 
pecially of  the  heart  which  needs  language  for  its  ex- 
pression, is  obstructed  and  weakened.  And  in  the 
midst  of  a  multitude  he  often  feels  himself  to  be  in 
the  solitude  of  the  desert. 

The  city  of  Cairo  is  divided  into  different  Quarters, 
as  they  are  termed,  which  have  their  separate  enclo- 
sures  and   regulations.     Having  seen   the   mechanic 
trades   and  the  shops  in  these   Quarters — the  Jew's 
Quarter,  the   Copt   Quarter,  the  Armenian  Quarter, 
the    Frank   Quarter,   and   having  visited   the   public 
gardens  and  the  citadel,   and  a  few  ancient  and  rich 
mosques,  which  have  their  painful  associations   for 
the   Christian,  the  traveller  finds  but  little  either  to 
gratify  or  excite  his  curiosity.     There  are  gatherings 
of  the  populace  around  jugglers   and  mountebanks; 
but   there  are  no  places  of  public  resort,  which  are 
suited  to  the  wants  of  a  serious  and  intelligent  man. 
Mind  is  not   the  growth  of  Cairo.     The  large  public 
libraries  which  are  found  in  the  cities  of  Europe  and 
America,  many  of  which  are  easily  accessible,  are  un- 
known here.     There  are  no  reading  rooms  worthy  of 
the  name,  no  public  lectures,  no  places  and  assemblies 
where  great  questions  of  a  political,   moral  and  con- 
stitutional nature  are  discussed.     The  Nile  still  flows, 
2S* 


330  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

but  thought  is  stagnant.    No  Plato  studies  and  medi- 
tates at  Heliopolis  now. 

The  form  of  government,  the  predominant  religion 
of  the  country,  and  to  some  extent,  the  habits  and  pre- 
judices of  the  people,  are  all  averse  to  inquiry  and 
mental  improvement.  Their  government,  which  is  of 
the  nature  of  an  absolute  monarchy,  may  be  charac- 
terized as  the  tyranny  of  the  body.  Their  religion, 
which  proscribes  religious  inquiry,  and  all  change  of 
religious  opinion,  may  be  described,  with  hardly  less 
truth,  as  the  tyranny  of  the  mind.  Science  demands 
liberty,  and  liberty  demands  Christianity.  And  it 
seems  to  me,  that  in  the  present  enlightened  period, 
they  demand,  not  the  Christianity  which,  starting 
with  good  intentions,  has  become  incarcerated  and 
fixed  in  the  formalities  of  ages  ;  but  rather  the  free, 
simple,  believing,  and  loving  Christianity  of  the  pure 
and  primitive  days  of  its  history. 

In  leaving  these  scenes,  therefore,  where  there  has 
been  so  much  to  interest  and  please,  I  am  obliged  to 
say  that  there  is  much  of  a  different  character, — much 
to  discourage  the  patriot, — much  to  try  the  faith  of 
the  Christian.  But  the  light  of  truth  comes  through 
the  instrumentality  of  prayer ; — and  error,  which  stands 
in  the  way  of  all  true  progress,  can  be  corrected  only 
by  light  and  love.  The  Christian  should  never  forget 
that  God  reigns  ;  and  it  is  the  privilege  of  the  eye  of 
faith  to  behold  the  triumphs  of  the  future,  while  the 
natural  eye,  incapable  of  seeing  things  invisible,  closes 
itself  in  despair. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  331 


(XXXVII.) 

Departure  from  Cairo  for  the  desert— Village  of  Bedouin  Arabs— De- 
sert of  Suez — Its  solitude  and  silence — Night  scene — El  Mugda- 
la  or  Migdol  of  the  Scriptures — The  camel — Suez — An  English 
steamer — Cross  the  Red  Sea — The  sirocco — Arrival  at  the  wells 
of  Moses. 

WELLS  OF  MOSES,  EASTERN  SHORE  OF  THE  RED  SEA, 

APRIL   1,  1853. 

We  left  Cairo  on  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  March ; 
— our  destination  Mount  Sinai  and  Palestine.  The 
din  of  the  crowded  streets  of  the  city  soon  died  upon 
our  ears.  The  direction  which  we  took  led  us  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  lofty  tombs  of  the  Mameluke 
kings,  often  denominated  the  tombs  of  the  Caliphs. 
We  had  already  visited  them  ;  and  we  only  gave  them 
our  parting  look.  They  are  situated  beyond  the  nu- 
merous tombs  of  the  people  which  crowd  the  space 
around  the  city  gate  ; — standing  with  dome  and  point- 
ed minaret  under  the  silent  heights  of  Mokattam. 
Their  architecture  is  Saracenic ;  and  though  they  are 
lofty  and  elaborated  structures,  they  give  but  slight 
indications  of  the  vast  resources  and  genius,  which 
characterize  the  Egypt  of  the  days  of  Joseph  and 
Moses.  All  monuments,  however,  have  a  degree  of 
value,  and  these  contain  the  dust  of  kings  and  con- 
quering warriors,  whose  individual  history  has  an  in- 
terest ;  but  they  are  still  more  interesting,  as  the  me- 
morials of  the  changes  of  dynasties  and  of  the  vicissi- 
tudes of  nations. 

To  the  left  of  the  tombs,  and  not  far  distant,  is  one 
of  the  numerous  palaces  of  the  Pasha  of  Egypt.    This 


332  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

too,  we  had  already  seen.  Viewed  at  a  distance, 
it  makes  a  fine  appearance ; — bearing  the  marks  of 
modern  European  art.  At  a  little  distance  further  on, 
and  on  the  very  edge  of  the  desert,  is  a  small  village 
of  Bedouin  Arabs.  Their  huts,  similar  in  structure 
to  those  of  the  Arabs  of  the  Nile,  are  built  around  a 
circular  area.  I  gazed  a  moment  upon  this  novel 
scene.  Wonderful  are  the  sympathies  which  bind  man 
to  man.  I  had  seldom  heard  this  people  mentioned, 
except  in  terms  of  distrust  and  condemnation.  But  I 
found  my  heart  strengthening  and  widening  within 
me,  as  if  to  understand  and  embrace  to  its  centre, 
notwithstanding  these  unfavorable  intimations,  this 
new  feature  of  a  common  humanity.  An  old  man 
with  gray  hairs  addressed  me.  The  women,  occupied 
in  their  humble  employments,  were  seated  at  the  doors 
of  the  huts.  The  children  were  noisy  and  playful  in 
the  open  space.  A  camel,  reposing  its  wearied  form 
on  the  sand,  occupied  its  centre. 

I  passed  on,  casting  a  parting  look  at  the  long  line 
of  verdure  which  marked  in  the  distance  the  track  of 
the  Nile.  The  vision,  filled  with  new  and  strange 
views  of  life  and  manners,  had  closed.  In  a  few  hours 
we  left  all  behind. 

We  form  a  caravan  of  more  than  twenty  camels. 
We  carry  our  food  and  water  with  us.  A  vast  expanse 
of  uncultivated  wilderness  is  before  us.  Gardens  and 
trees,  and  fountains  and  flowers,  and  singing  birds  are 
gone.  Day  after  day  passes  on ; — monotonous,  but 
still  not  without  interest.  He,  who  has  not  been  in 
the  desert,  has  not  known  all  that  the  heart  can  feel. 
It  is  the  great  prerogative  of  our  nature  to  unfold  it- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL. 


333 


self  anew  in  every  novelty  of  circumstance  and  situa- 
tion. The  desert  speaks.  It  has  a  voice  for  the  heart ; 
and  the  heart  answers. 

The  desert  from  Cairo  to  Suez  is  not  in  all  respects 
so  destitute  and  lonely  as  the  vast  desert  on  the  eas- 
tern side  of  the  Red  Sea.  There  is  something  left. 
Absolute  death  cannot  be  predicated  of  anything 
except  annihilation.  From  time  to  time  are  seen 
shrubs  and  tufts  of  coarse  grass  ;  but  they  furnish  but 
a  slight  relief  to  the  general  character  of  the  scene. 
I  was  surprised  and  pleased  to  find  in  some  places  a 
green  plant,  which  bore  pods  of  an  inch  in  length, 
and  which  on  pressing  and  breaking  them  were  found 
to  be  full  of  water.  At  the  distance  of  forty  miles 
from  Cairo,  we  sat  down  under  a  large  acacia  tree  ; — ■ 
the  first  tree  which  we  had  noticed  for  that  distance. 
It  is  difficult  to  understand  the  secret  of  its  growth 
in  such  a  place.  Such  exceptions  cannot  make  these 
vast   solitudes  otherwise  than  a  desert. 

Animal  life  dies  as  well  as  vegetable.  It  is  true  that 
it  is  possible  in  the  course  of  some  days  to  get  sight 
of  a  snail,  which  is  found  in  some  localities  and  which 
has  discovered  the  secret  of  attaching  itself  to  the 
few  shrubs  of  the  region  and  extracting  their  mois- 
ture ; — or  to  cross  the  path  of  a  beetle  groping  its  way 
in  the  heated  sand ; — or  to  startle  the  solitude  of  a 
lizard,  which  has  contrived  to  live  among  the  rocks. 
But  in  general  the  desolation  is  perfect.  Locality 
exists.     Life  is  in  exile. 

Marching  over  wide  and  arid  plains,  and  with  hills 
and  mountains  of  rock  and  sand  in  sight,  we  go  on 
from  day  to  day.    The  eye  rests  upon  forms,  not  upon 


334  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

life  ;  but  forms  are  the  background  of  beauty ;  and 
imagination  sometimes  fills  up  the  picture.  Succes- 
sive hours  tell  our  progress.  The  march  becomes 
wearisome  ;  but  the  setting  sun  brings  rest.  Turning 
from  the  narrow  beaten  paths  which  constitute  the 
roads  of  the  desert,  and  seeking  a  retired  and  shel- 
tered place,  we  pitch  our  tents  for  the  night.  This 
also  is  a  new  scene ;  but  it  has  the  associations  of 
antiquity  and  religion.  The  Patriarchs  dwelt  in  tents. 
Paul  was  a  tent-maker.  As  we  hear  the  sound  of  the 
hammer,  we  know  what  it  is,  when  it  is  required  of 
Zion,  "  to  lengthen  her  cords  and  strengthen  her 
stakes."  The  Arabs  shelter  themselves  under  the  piles 
of  luggage.  And  if  the  evening  is  cool,  they  build  a 
fire.  They  form  themselves  in  little  assemblies ;  and 
if  they  travel  in  comparative  silence  by  day,  they  are 
noisy  as  laugh  and  song  can  make  them,  in  their  so- 
cial groups  in  the  early  part  of  night.  The  camels, 
weary  with  the  heat  and  toils  of  the  day,  lie  down  at 
their  side  and  are  fed.  They  then  prepare  their  own 
humble  meal. 

It  was  thus  day  after  day  and  night  after  night.  At 
a  certain  time,  being  little  inclined  to  sleep  in  the 
novelty  of  such  a  situation,  I  walked  out  at  midnight. 
The  moon  was  in  all  its  brightness.  The  sky,  with- 
out a  cloud  to  suggest  the  idea  of  form  or  limitation, 
seemed  vast  as  eternity ;  and  being  studded  all  over 
with  stars,  it  was  bright  with  the  brightness  of  God. 
The  camels,  stretched  out  at  length  upon  the  ground, 
were  large  dark  shadows  in  the  moonlight.  The  men 
slept  at  their  side.  There  was  no  sound.  But  the 
soul  heard  the  silence.     I  have  stood  at  the  foot  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  335 

Niagara  ; — I  have  listened  to  the  deep  moaning  sound 
of  the  vast  forests  of  my  native  land  ;  I  have  been  on 
the  ocean  when  each  wave  had  its  voice  and  that  voice 
was  thunder ;  but  these  great  voices  entered  less  deeply 
into  the  ear  of  the  spirit  than  the  mighty  silence  of 
the  desert  at  midnight.  At  such  a  time  the  soul  opens 
its  capacities.  It  magnifies  and  expands  itself  in  the 
greatness  of  its  dilated  conceptions ;  and  takes  hold 
of  eternity  ;  and  in  the  voice  which  is  then  sent  forth 
— a  voice  uttered  in  brightness  without  a  shadow,  in 
vastness  without  limit,  in  harmony  without  variation, 
it  hears  the  proclamation,  so  dear  to  every  holy  soul, 
of  the  unutterable  tranquillity  of  God. 

At  the  distance  of  sixty-four  miles  from  Cairo,  we 
passed  the  place  called  El  Mugdala,  supposed  by 
many  to  be  the  Migdol  of  the  Scriptures,  which  is 
mentioned  in  connection  with  the  departure  of  the  Is- 
raelites from  Egypt.  History  always  adds  interest  to 
a  place.  I  stopped  a  moment  to  look  at  Migdol,  if 
such  it  was ;  but  it  was  only  a  repetition  of  desola- 
tion. I  noticed  no  buildings  at  the  place — nothing 
but  two  barren  hills  of  considerable  size.  We  passed 
on.  The  Red  Sea  is  not  far  distant.  Our  course 
from  Cairo  to  Mugdala  had  been  nearly  east ;  but  the 
road  after  leaving  these  hills  runs  in  a  southerly  direc- 
tion towards  the  sea  till  it  reaches  Suez. 

The  line  of  our  route  was  marked  from  time  to 
time  with  the  bones  of  camels.  This  too  brought  with 
it  its  train  of  thoughts.  God,  who  made  the  desert, 
fitted  the  camel  to  it.  I  will  not  assert  that  the  camel 
is  beautiful ;  though  on  the  principles  of  Hogarth, 
who  justly  ascribes  so  much  attraction  to  a  curving 


336  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

outline,  he  ought  not  to  be  wanting  in  beauty.  His 
large  spongy  hoof  is  suited  to  the  sand  and  gravel. 
He  eats  but  little,  and  carries  his  own  supply  of  water. 
He  bears  immense  burdens  over  the  burning  sands, 
and  is  generally  tractable  in  his  disposition.  When 
his  master  loads  him,  he  utters  an  amicable  growl  in 
protestation  against  any  oppressive  adjustments ;  but 
with  a  fair  load  and  kind  treatment  he  rises  manfully 
to  his  task  and  patiently  bears  the  heat  and  burden  of 
the  day. 

The  Bedouin  loves  his  camel.  When  we  started 
from  Cairo,  a  large  number  of  camels  were  brought 
out,  which  we  were  to  try  by  riding  ;  and  were  to 
make  a  selection  from  them  for  ourselves.  I  told  our 
Shekh  that  I  should  leave  the  selection  of  mine  to 
him.  With  the  true  spirit  of  an  Arab,  who  never  fails 
to  return  all  the  confidence  which  is  given  him,  he  as- 
signed me  one  of  the  best  among  his  own.  Repeat- 
edly I  saw  him  in  the  course  of  our  journey  turn  his 
own  wearied  feet  aside,  and  gather  the  coarse  grass 
of  the  desert,  and  then  come  and  feed  his  camel  from 
his  hand,  and  utter  words  of  recognition  and  kindness 
which  were  well  understood  between  them.  I  could 
easily  understand,  that  there  was  a  relationship  of 
hearts,  as  well  as  of  interests. 

The  camel,  like  everything  else,  has  his  history  ; — 
his  place,  his  habits,  his  labors,  his  sorrows,  his  youth, 
his  age.  He  labors  faithfully.  In  his  old  age  he  lays 
down  his  burden,  and  turns  aside  to  die.  He  says  to 
his  master  with  all  the  power  of  utterance  which  a 
camel  possesses  ; — "  My  hour  is  come.  I  shall  no 
longer  bear  my  master's  burden,  nor  sleep  beside  his 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  337 

tknt.  Dying,  I  remember  the  hand  that  fed  me.  Let 
me  go  to  my  last  rest."  His  master's  heart  under- 
stands this  sad  language  ;  and  he  takes  the  cord  from 
his  faithful  servant's  neck.  Wearied  and  staggering, 
he  gets  away  to  a  retired  place  under  the  mountains  ; 
eats  something  which  he  finds,  or  if  he  does  not  find 
it,  he  patiently  does  without  it ;  and  in  a  few  days  or 
even  hours  he  dies.  When  I  saw  his  bones,  scattered 
on  the  sands  and  beneath  the  mountains,  I  felt  that  I 
knew  something  of  his  history.  His  master  goes  home 
to  his  hut ;  he  tells  the  old  camel's  fate  to  his  children ; 
they  have  seen  him  for  the  last  time.  He  has  died, 
but  he  is  not  forgotten. 

A  little  beyond  Migdol  the  Red  Sea  came  in  sight. 
Narrow,  and  lined  with  sands  often  of  a  reddish  color, 
it  runs  back  into  the  desert  on  the  easterly  side  of  Suez 
some  eight  or  ten  miles.  Between  this  portion  of  the 
Red  Sea,  and  the  lofty  barren  mountains,  which  turn 
down  from  the  pass  of  Migdol  on  its  western  side,  is 
a  large  level  plain,  not  less  than  twelve  miles  in  cir- 
cuit. In  the  opinion  of  some  learned  men,  it  was  on 
this  plain  that  the  Israelites  were  hemmed  in  between 
the  mountains  on  one  side  and  the  sea  and  the  vast 
burning  deserts  on  the  other,  with  the  king  of  Egypt 
and  his  furious  chariots  in  the  rear.  If  so,  the  Lord 
opened  the  sea,  for  the  passage  of  the  Israelites  and 
for  the  destruction  of  their  pursuers  not  far  from  Suez. 
It  is  the  opinion  of  other  biblical  archaeologists,  that 
this  great  occurrence  took  place  some  ten  or  twelve 
miles  lower  down,  opposite  the  wells  of  Moses,  where 
the  sea  is  wider  and  deeper.  At  one  of  these  places 
it  is  generally  conceded,  that  the  miracle  took  place. 
29 


338  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

His  people  cried  unto  the  Lord ;  and  the  Lord  heard 
them.  In  the  language  of  Scripture  the  Lord  tri- 
umphed gloriously.  The  horse  and  his  rider  were 
thrown  into  the  sea. 

We  found  Suez  a  place  of  some  business.  Much  of 
the  travel  between  the  East  Indies  and  England  pas- 
ses through  it.  There  were  many  vessels  here  of  small 
size.  An  English  steamer,  which  had  arrived  two  days 
before,  floated  proudly  a  few  miles  below.  We  passed 
the  sea  at  Suez  in  a  boat.  Soon  after  landing,  and 
when  we  were  hardly  seated  upon  our  camels,  the 
wind  began  to  rise,  the  wind  of  the  desert,  the  much 
dreaded  Sirocco.  In  the  course  of  half  an  hour,  it 
increased  to  a  whirlwind.  The  agitated  sea  was  hid- 
den from  our  sight.  The  barren  mountains  on  the  left 
were  no  longer  seen.  The  violence  of  the  wind  lifted 
the  vast  masses  of  sand,  and  they  rolled  by  in  torrents. 
The  faithful  camels,  true  to  their  duty  and  their  des- 
tination, struggled  on.  The  cry  of  the  Arabs  encour- 
aged them ;  till  blinded  with  dust,  and  overcome  in 
this  unequal  effort,  we  were  glad  to  find  a  stopping- 
place  and  a  place  of  refuge  at  the  wells  of  Moses. 

We  left  Cairo  on  Monday,  the  twenty-eighth  of 
March,  and  reached  the  wells  of  Moses  on  the  after- 
noon of  Friday,  the  first  day  of  April. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  339 


(XXXVIII.) 

Arrival  at  the  wells  of  Moses — Gardens  and  fountains — Next  day's 
encampment — Sabbath  in  the  wilderness — Religious  emotions — 
The  bitter  fountain  of  Marah — Valley  of  Elim — Wadee  Ghurun- 
del — Meeting  with  an  old  Bedouin — Ascent  of  Sarabiet-El-Ivha- 
dem — Egyptian  temple — Mount  Sinai — Reflections. 

DESERT  OF  THE  RED  SEA,  PLAIN  OF  EL-KHADEM, 

APRIL  6,  1853. 

I  wrote  in  my  last  letter,  that  we  had  reached  the 
Wells  of  Moses.  This  is  the  name  given  to  what  has 
the  appearance  of  a  little  village ; — consisting  of  a 
number  of  gardens  and  small  houses,  fenced  with  an 
enclosure  made  partly  of  stones  and  in  part  of  stalks 
and  reeds.  They  occupy  a  rising  piece  of  ground, 
nearly  a  mile  in  length  by  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
in  width.  The  gardens  are  watered  from  the  remark- 
able fountains  which  are  found  there.  The  fountains, 
as  we  were  informed,  are  seventeen  in  number  ;  and 
probably  the  number  might  be  increased  by  additional 
excavations.  The  water  is  brackish,  but  is  used  by 
the  people  of  the  place.  In  the  gardens  are  cultiva- 
ted the  vegetables  which  are  common  in  Egypt.  A 
few  flowers  were  in  bloom.  The  trees  are  acacias  and 
pomegranates  with  a  few  palms.  Some  of  the  palms 
are  outside  of  the  enclosure.  The  white  sand  of  the 
desert  had  drifted  around  them.  They  do  not  rise 
high,  and  throw  out  their  lofty  and  waving  tufts,  like 
the  palms  of  the  Nile.  It  was  pleasant,  however,  to 
see  a  tree  or  flower,  even  with  diminished  beauty. 
As  I  walked  in  the  gardens,  I  heard  once  more  the 


340  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

singing  of  birds.  It  reminded  me  of  the  gardens  of 
Cairo. 

In  this  interesting  spot,  associated  with  the  name 
of  the  great  leader  of  the  Israelites  in  their  memora- 
ble march  over  these  very  places,  we  were  glad  to  find 
a  refuge  from  the  storm  of  scorching  wind  and  sand 
which  I  mentioned  in  my  last  letter.  The  place  is  in 
sight  of  the  Red  Sea, — situated  on  its  eastern  shore, 
and  twelve  miles  from  Suez.  On  the  opposite  side 
of  the  sea,  and  in  full  sight  of  the  place,  where  we 
lodged,  are  lofty  mountains  with  a  pass  between  them, 
through  which  the  sea  can  be  approached.  It  was 
Friday  when  we  reached  there.  The  next  day  we 
marched  twenty  miles  further,  and  pitched  our  tents 
in  a  little  valley ;  the  Red  Sea  a  mile  and  a  half  dis- 
tant on  our  right.  It  was  a  solitary  place  ; — no  vege- 
tation, no  dwellings,  no  man  or  woman  out  of  our 
little  circle,  no  beast  or  bird,  no  flowers,  no  trees. 
The  Arabs  drove  their  camels  to  another  place,  where 
they  expected  to  find  something  for  them  to  eat. 

We  spent  the  Sabbath  here.  It  was  a  good  Sab- 
bath to  me.  Is  it  wrong  for  me  to  speak  sometimes 
of  my  religious  emotions ; — and  to  say  in  connection 
with  them  that  God  dwells  in  the  desert ; — and  to 
rejoice  that  my  soul,  cut  off  from  some  of  its  dearest 
earthly  sympathies,  had  sweet  communion  with  him ; 
— the  nothings  if  I  may  so  express  it,  with  the  All  and 
the  Universal,  the  finite  with  the  Infinite  ?  How  could 
it  be  otherwise?  God,  who  is  a  present  and  living 
spirit,  always  speaks ;  and  if  there  is  not  communion 
with  Him,  it  is  because  the  heart  is  too  dull  to  hear. 
It  is  true,  He  speaks  in  the  "  still,  small  voice,"  and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  341 

i 

very  often  the  noises  of  the  world,  the  contentions 
within  and  without,  prevent  his  being  heard.  But 
what  noise  is  here  ?  Even  the  sound  of  the  cricket's 
note  is  banished.  The  desert  is  the  empire  of  silence. 
The  heart,  keeping  pace  with  the  eye,  widens  with  the 
immensity  around  it.  The  mind  is  open  to  the  slight- 
est influences.  The  smallest  whispers  of  the  Almighty 
come  distinct  to  the  soul.  And  I  should  do  injustice 
to  the  instincts  of  remembrance  and  gratitude,  if  I 
did  not  say,  that  I  found  them  the  whispers  and  the 
divine  accents  of  love. 

The  cold  by  night,  the  heat  by  day, 

The  feverish  pulse,  the  aching  head, 

Let  these  or  other  ills  array, 

As  thus  I  trace  the  desert's  way, 

Their  thorns  around  the  path  I  tread. 

But  never,  never  may  I  know 

That  grief  of  deepest  agony, 
Which  carries  with  it  more  than  woe, 
The  spirit's  hopeless  overthrow, 

The  grief  of  being  left  of  Thee. 

We  were  now  on  the  track  of  the  Israelites,  as  they 
Went  from  Egypt  to  the  promised  land.  The  next 
day  about  noon  we  came  to  Marah,  and  drank  of  its 
bitter  fountain.  It  is  known  to  the  people  of  the  de- 
sert by  the  Arabic  name  Ain  Howarah.  This  is  the 
place  spoken  of  in  the  book  of  Exodus.  "And  when 
they  came  to  Marah,  they  could  not  drink  of  the  wa- 
ters of  Marah,  for  they  were  bitter.  Therefore  the 
name  of  it  was  called  Marah."  The  fountain  of  Ma- 
rah is  in  a  rock  on  a  small  hill,  with  other  large  scat- 
tered rocks  near.  It  is  a  picturesque  place.  There  are 
a  few  trees  and  shrubs  around.  The  camels  browsed 
29* 


342  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

among  them.  The  trees  are  small  in  size  ; — chiefly 
acacias,  and  of  that  hardy  and  durable  species,  called 
the  sont  acacia.  We  all  drank  of  the  water.  It  is 
brackish,  like  the  water  of  the  Wells  of  Moses ;  but 
it  has  also  a  bitter  taste.  This  is  one  of  the  places 
where  the  people  murmured  against  God.  How  hard 
it  is,  even  amid  the  most  wonderful  manifestations  of 
the  power  and  goodness  of  God,  to  learn  the  lesson 
of  simple  and  unwavering  trust ! 

Next  day  at  a  little  less  than  twenty  miles  distance 
we  came  to  Elim.  This  also  is  one  of  the  places 
mentioned  in  the  Scriptures,  in  the  account  of  the 
departure  of  the  Israelites.  It  is  a  long  and  pleasant 
valley,  with  numerous  palm-trees,  generally  small  in 
size,  and  with  fountains  of  water ; — but  only  a  few 
of  the  fountains  are  open  and  accessible.  The  water 
is  good — unlike  that  of  Marah  and  the  Wells  of  Mo- 
ses. The  statement  in  Exodus  is  this,  "And  they 
came  to  Elim,  where  were  twelve  wells  of  water,  and 
threescore  and  ten  palmtrees ;  and  they  encamped 
there  by  the  waters."  There  is  said  to  be  another 
place,  not  far  distant  and  still  more  pleasant,  which 
has  its  claims  to  be  regarded  as  the  Elim  of  the  Scrip- 
tures. 

The  next  day  we  came  into  a  rocky  and  mountain- 
ous region,  destitute  of  trees  and  with  but  little  water ; 
— a  sort  of  entrance  porch  to  the  wild  mountainous 
region  of  Sinai.  In  all  these  regions  there  are  wide 
mountain  passes,  running  in  different  directions,  the 
origin  of  which  may  perhaps  be  satisfactorily. account- 
ed for  on  geological  principles,  but  which,  viewed  in 
another  and  not  less  interesting  aspect,  may  be  regar- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  343 

ded  as  left  open  by  the  foresight  of  Providence  for 
the  convenience  of  man.  Without  them  the  region 
would  be  impassable.  In  a  region  so  difficult  or  so 
desolate  that  a  bird  is  scarcely  seen  to  fly  there,  man 
has  great  need  of  such  natural  openings.  Sometimes 
they  are  steep  and  narrow.  More  frequently  they  are 
wide  and  level,  easy  to  the  foot  of  the  camel,  and 
presenting,  in  the  rocky  and  richly  diversified  ridges 
that  border  them  on  both  sides,  a  ceaseless  source  of 
pleasure  to  the  traveller.  The  direction  which  we 
took  led  us  through  one  of  these  wide  mountain  roads, 
called  the  Wadee  Ghurundel. 

We  had  learned,  that  in  one  of  the  mountains  situa- 
ted in  the  vicinity  of  the  pass  of  Ghurundel,  were 
still  to  be  seen  the  remains  of  an  ancient  Egyptian 
temple.  Meeting  an  Arab  who  was  coming  through 
the  pass,  we  learned  from  him,  that  he  was  acquaint- 
ed with  the  locality  of  these  ruins.  This  man  lived 
among  the  rocks.  He  looked  as  wild  and  desolate  as 
the  places  where  he  lived.  His  feet  were  bare.  The 
sun  had  burnt  blackness  into  his  countenance.  He 
had  a  gun  in  his  hand ;  and  part  of  his  dress  was  a 
sheep-skin.  Under  the  leadership  of  this  wild-looking 
but  faithful  old  Bedouin,  I  went  with  Mr.  Thompson 
in  search  of  this  old  Egyptian  temple.  Our  friends, 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walcott,  proceeded  on  to  the  place  of 
our  encampment. 

We  first  ascended  the  side  of  a  mountain  for  a  con- 
siderable distance ; — and  then,  passing  the  head  of  a 
deep  gorge,  reached  the  side  of  another  mountain. 
Here  we  ascended  still  higher,  but  with  great  difficul- 
ty ; — sometimes  obliged  to  creep  along  on  our  hands 


344  LETTERS J2STHET1C, 

and  feet  on  projecting  points  of  rock,  not  more  than 
two  or  three  feet  in  width,  over  precipices  hundreds 
of  feet  in  depth.  Repeatedly  we  passed  from  moun- 
tain to  mountain  at  the  head  of  deep  gorges,  which 
rose  successively  one  above  another.  As  near  as  we 
could  judge,  we  proceeded  in  this  circuitous  and  peril- 
ous way  a  distance  of  two  miles.  The  scene  was  as 
terrific  as  deep  caverns,  and  rocks  piled  one  above 
another,  and  blackness  and  desolation  and  the  inten- 
sity of  silence,  could  make  it.  Through  excessive 
fatigue  we  were  inclined  at  times  to  abandon  our  en- 
terprise and  go  back  again ;  but  our  old  Bedouin, 
feeling  that  an  Arab's  honor  was  at  stake,  encouraged 
us  to  proceed.  At  last  we  reached  the  summit  of  the 
mountain.  And  we  felt  at  once,  that  we  were  repaid 
for  our  trouble. 

Such  a  place,  with  such  monuments  and  associa- 
tions attached  to  it,  could  not  be  without  a  name. 
We  learned  that  it  is  called  by  the  Arabs,  the  moun- 
tain of  Sarabiet-El-Khadem ;  but  without  ascertain- 
ing that  the  name  throws  any  light  on  its  history. 
A  pile  of  rocks  in  the  sky,  overlooking  the  surround- 
ing heights,  it  presented,  as  we  looked  with  wonder  on 
every  side,  a  prospect  of  great  sublimity.  It  was  here, 
on  the  long  level  space  on  its  top,  remote  from  human 
footsteps  and  which  the  eagle's  wing  did  not  fan, 
that  we  found  the  remains  of  the  Egyptian  temple, 
which  had  been  the  object  of  our  search.  It  was  a 
temple  erected  to  the  Egyptian  god  Athor,  whose  "gra- 
ven image"  we  had  so  often  seen  in  the  sculptures  on 
the  temples  of  the  Nile.  In  long  ages  past  the  ham- 
mer of  the  workman  had  been  here.     Excavated  in 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  345 

part  from  the  solid  rock,  it  was  originally  an  edifice 
of  very  considerable  extent ;  and  it  still  exhibits  in  its 
finely  sculptured  walls  and  its  remaining  columns  the 
art,  and  the  untiring  industry,  of  which  we  had  seen 
such  striking  evidences  in  other  places. 

It  was  to  me  an  affecting  thought,  that  the  blind- 
ness of  superstition,  groping  after  the  truth  but  una- 
ble to  find  it,  had  thus  climbed  these  almost  inacces- 
sible heights. 

In  connection  with  this  temple  we  noticed  what  we 
had  not  observed  elsewhere.  Erected  at  short  distan- 
ces from  each  other,  were  numerous  tablets  of  stone, 
from  four  to  five  feet  high,  straight  at  the  sides  and 
oval  at  the  top,  and  covered  with  hieroglyphics.  This 
remarkable  place  has  been  visited  by  travellers,  learn- 
ed in  Egyptian  antiquities,  though  but  very  seldom. 
Judging  from  the  inscriptions  which  have  been  found 
upon  its  walls  and  upon  the  tablets  connected  with  it, 
among  which  are  discovered  the  names  of  Ositarsen 
and  Thothmes,  they  appear  to  have  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  this  temple  existed  as  far  back  as  the 
time  of  Moses,  and  probably  at  an  earlier  period. 

But  this  was  not  the  only  object,  which  arrested 
our  attention  and  which  gave  a  character  to  our 
thoughts  here.  Far  beyond  the  intervening  moun- 
tains, the  lofty  peaks  of  Sinai  rose  sublimely  in  the 
distance.  God  has  never  deserted  the  world,  and 
never  ceased  to  be  merciful.  In  all  ages  of  the  world 
he  has  spoken  to  men,  in  order  that  they  may  have 
wisdom.  It  was  on  the  sacred  heights  of  Sinai  now 
seen  by  us  for  the  first  time,  and  in  view  of  the  tem- 
ple and  the  worship  where  we  stood,  that  Jehovah, 


346  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

speaking  in  flame  and  thunder  as  well  as  by  the  voice 
of  the  Hebrew  shepherd,  condemned,  not  Egyptian 
art  but  Egyptian  idolatry,  not  Egyptian  genius  but 
Egypt's  debased  and  cruel  superstition,  and  all  idola- 
try and  all  "  graven  images,"  and  all  gods  that  are 
not  the  "  true  God,"  in  all  countries  and  in  all  ages. 
The  place,  the  recollections,  the  vast  antiquity  sculp- 
tured and  living  in  the  rocks,  man's  mingled  greatness 
and  weakness,  the  light  and  skill  of  science  and  art 
overshadowed  and  dishonored  by  the  groping  dark- 
ness of  the  religious  affections  when  God  does  not 
guide  them,  heathenism  in  its  best  estate  and  heath- 
enism judged  and  condemned,  the  past  uniting  itself 
with  the  present  and  reaching  forth  to  the  future,  time 
with  its  changes  and  eternity  with  its  immutable  rela- 
tions ; — such  various  objects  and  reflections,  crowding 
upon  the  mind  at  once,  could  not  fail  to  excite  within 
me  conflicting  and  strong  emotions. 

It  was  near  the  close  of  the  day  when  we  began 
to  come  down.  We  descended  in  part  by  a  nearer 
route,  and  over  still  more  precipitous  places.  The 
sun,  hidden  by  the  lofty  cliffs,  shed  his  parting  rays. 
Long  lines  of  shadow  stretched  darkly  from  the  rocks. 
Our  camels  awaited  us  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain. 
It  was  now  dark.  Our  Arab,  who  was  familiar  with 
these  places,  knew  the  way  we  were  to  take.  Thought 
took  the  place  of  conversation.  We  followed  in  the 
silent  starlight  the  track  of  our  friends  who  had  gone 
before  us.  It  was  pleasant  to  see  once  more  the  light 
of  our  encampment. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  347 


(XXXIX.) 

Arrival  at  the  Shekh's  village — The  Shekh's  son — Shepherd  girls — 
Character  of  the  Arabs — Pass  of  Niekeb  Hawy — Plain  of  El 
Kahah — Peak  of  Sussafeh — Arrival  at  the  Greek  Convent  at  the 
base  of  Mount  Sinai. 

GREEK  CONVENT,  BASE  OF  MOUNT  SINAI,  APRIL  9,  1853. 

In  my  last  letter  I  gave  a  concise  sketch  of  our 
journey  from  the  wells  of  Moses  to  the  plain  of  El 
Khadem.  A  little  before  we  left  our  little  caravan  for 
the  purpose  of  ascending  the  mountain  of  El  Khadem, 
it  turned  off  in  another  direction  towards  a  large  plain 
not  far  distant.  Our  Shekh,  whose  name  is  Seely- 
man,  resides  on  the  edge  of  this  plain.  He  is  the 
Shekh  or  hereditary  chief  of  a  tribe  of  the  Tor  Arabs, 
who  hold  all  the  country  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount 
Sinai ; — in  subordination,  however,  to  the  Pasha  of 
Egypt.  It  is  in  the  little  valley  on  the  borders  of  the 
plain  that  the  Arabs  of  Seelyman  have  their  princi- 
pal village ;  where  they  find  water  and  a  little  her- 
bage for  their  sheep  and  goats. 

The  communication  had  gone  in  advance  of  us,  that 
our  company  was  approaching.  The  Shekh,  who  is 
a  man  of  moderate  size,  but  like  every  other  Bedouin, 
walks  erectly  and  with  a  firm  step,  felt  the  dignity  of 
the  occasion,  as  well  as  its  domestic  interest.  At  the 
head  of  the  expedition  entrusted  to  his  care,  which 
magnified  itself  in  the  eyes  of  these  poor  Arabs,  he 
put  on  the  long  red  robe  which  he  had  bought  at 
Cairo,  as  he  came  near  to  the  tents  of  his  people  and 
the  home  of  his  wife  and  children.     With  his  girdle 


348  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

around  him,  his  short  sword  at  his  side,  and  his 
white  turban,  and  turning  neither  to  the  right  hand 
nor  the  left,  Shekh  Seelyman  passed  in  front  of  his 
people's  humble  dwellings  to  the  place  which  his  fore- 
sight and  a  regard  for  our  convenience  had  selected 
for  our  encampment.  The  women  stood  at  the  door 
of  the  tents,  and  were  glad  to  look  upon  the  faces  of 
their  husbands  and  brothers.  They  too  had  hearts. 
To  them,  who  had  never  left  the  shade  of  the  neigh- 
boring hills,  Cairo  was  a  distant  place  ;  and  the  ab- 
sence of  their  friends  had  been  long.  The  children 
too  shared  in  the  joy  of  this  beneficent  and  unusual 
advent.  The  little  boy  of  the  Shekh,  about  ten  years 
of  age,  with  a  mild  but  beautiful  countenance,  and 
dressed  especially  for  the  occasion,  was  placed  upon 
the  back  of  a  camel,  and  carried  in  triumph  to  the 
encampment. 

As  I  mentioned  in  my  last  letter,  those  of  our  party 
who  had  ascended  Sarabiet-El-Khadem,  arrived  at  the 
encampment  after  dark.  I  was  not  present,  therefore, 
when  the  Shekh  reached  the  village  of  his  tribe;  but 
learned  what  I  have  now  said  from  our  associates 
who  had  gone  before  us.  The  Shekh,  however,  called 
upon  us  in  a  few  moments  after  our  arrival  in  the 
evening.  His  little  son,  whom  I  have  already  men- 
tioned, was  with  him.  The  just  pride  of  a  father 
glistened  in  the  eye  of  Seelyman,  as  he  brought  his 
boy  to  our  tent.  We  had  the  pleasure  of  being  in- 
troduced to  him ;  and  looked  with  no  small  interest 
on  this  young  eagle  of  the  desert,  as  he  stood  mod- 
estly but  firmly  before  us.  What  thoughts,  what  feel- 
ings, what  destinies,  if  I  may  so   speak,  were   hidden 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  349 

in  the  mind  of  this  small  boy !  In  these  still  soli- 
tudes, unknown  to  generous  culture,  he  will  grow  up, 
without  books,  without  a  knowledge  of  the  name  of 
Jesus  Christ,  under  influences  the  power  of  which  it 
is  difficult  to  estimate  ; — the  subject  of  hopes  and 
joys,  of  sorrows  and  passions  both  good  and  evil, 
which  constitute  him  a  world  in  himself; — a  world 
which  not  only  has  its  beginning,  but  its  progress  and 
its  immortality.  As  I  beheld  his  intelligent  counte- 
nance, and  as  my  imagination  unrolled  the  uncertain- 
ties of  the  future,  it  was  natural  that  I  should  feel  a 
sympathy  in  his  situation  and  a  sincere  desire  for  his 
welfare. 

Two  young  girls,  who  had  been  absent  during  the 
day  on  the  side  of  the  mountain,  were  returning  home 
with  their  flock  of  sheep  and  goats  when  our  tents 
were  pitched.  One  of  them  was  a  relative  of  Seely- 
man.  They  turned  aside  to  participate  for  a  short 
time  in  this  new  and  exciting  scene,  influenced  per- 
haps by  the  novelty  of  the  occasion,  as  well  as  by  af- 
fection to  their  friends.  They  had  ornaments  on  their 
arms  and  heads ;  and  as  they  looked  once  more  upon 
those  whom  they  loved,  they  seemed  to  be  conscious, 
that  beauty  has  power  even  among  the  sands  and  rocks 
of  El  Khadem.  That  night  the  fires  shone  brightly 
and  beautifully  in  all  the  tents  of  the  tribe.  The  stars 
above  them  were  not  brighter.  There  was  joy  in  the 
hearts  of  the  people  of  Seelyman. 

I  have  repeatedly  had  occasion  to  speak  in  favora- 
ble terms  of  the  Arabs,  into  whose  company  we  fell ; 
— both  those  of  the  Nile  and  those  of  the  desert.  In- 
tellectually, it  is  true,  that  the  Arab  race  may  properly 
30 


350  -  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

be  regarded  as  inferior  to  the  other  races,  which  are 
found  in  these  regions.  Their  countenances  are  less 
intelligent  than  those  of  the  Copt,  the  Turk,  and  the 
Armenian;  and  their  national  history,  though  not 
without  its  distinguished  names  in  science  and  litera- 
ture, is  characterized  more  by  the  achievements  of 
war,  than  by  the  trophies  of  art  and  knowledge.  It 
is  not  easy  to  look  upon  the  remains  of  Arabian  or 
Saracenic  architecture,  (terms  which  in  the  history  of 
the  nation  are  often  used  as  convertible,)without  feel- 
ing that  they  are  works,  as  compared  with  the  re- 
mains of  Greek  and  Roman  and  also  of  Assyrian  and 
Egyptian  art,  which  indicate  less  greatness  of  con- 
ception, and  less  simplicity  and  purity  of  taste.  But 
the  Arab,  if  inferior  in  quickness  and  breadth  of  per- 
ception so  that  he  has  found  it  difficult  in  the  most 
favored  periods  of  his  national  history  to  reach  the 
highest  achievements  of  science  and  art,  possesses, 
nevertheless,  a  generous  sociality  of  nature.  His  do- 
mestic affections  are  strong.  He  loves  his  own  family; 
and  he  does  not  appear  to  be  wanting  more  than  oth- 
ers in  the  love  of  his  neighbor.  Everywhere  and  in 
all  places,  if  you  penetrate  the  depths  of  his  nature 
so  as  to  find  the  secret  sentiments  which  are  lurking 
there,  you  will  discover  also  a  strong  sense  and  spirit 
of  independence.  His  very  being  opposes  itself  to 
that  form  of  authority,  which  circumscribes  and  tram- 
mels liberty.  Undoubtedly  the  Bedouin  Arabs,  who 
inhabit  the  deserts  and  live  a  wandering  life,  give  suf- 
ficient evidence  of  wild  and  untractable  dispositions ; 
— and  I  am  obliged  to  admit,  that  it  would  not  be 
easy  to  measure  them  by  the  common  standards  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  351 

civil  and  political  legality.  The  Bedouin,  perhaps 
more  than  almost  any  other  race  of  men,  has  the  eye 
and  the  step  of  a  freeman.  And  I  must  confess  there 
is  something  which  pleases  me  much  in  this  indomi- 
table spirit,  which  prefers  the  rock  and  the  cavern 
with  liberty,  to  the  cultivated  field  and  the  palace 
without  it.  But  neither  the  Arab  of  the  city  nor  of 
the  desert,  so  far  as  I  can  perceive,  can  be  rightly 
charged  with  the  injustice,  cruelty  and  faithlessness, 
which  have  been  so  freely  alleged  against  him ;  and 
certainly  not  to  the  extent,  in  which  the  charge  has 
been  made. 

It  is  not  always  safe  to  judge  of  men  from  the 
representations  of  others.  In  order  to  judge  them 
accurately,  we  must  know  them.  But  knowledge  is 
the  result  of  intercourse  and  confidence.  In  order  to 
know  them,  therefore,  we  must  love  them.  Let  the 
Arab  be  judged  by  these  tests, — fierce  and  jealous  as 
his  comparative  ignorance  and  poverty  have  contribu- 
ted to  make  him, — and  it  will  be  seen,  that  he  has 
his  good  as  well  as  his  unfavorable  traits ;  and  that 
hearts  can  be  found  beneath  the  dark  tents  of  the 
Bedouins,  which  can  be  trained  to  virtue,  and  be  en- 
nobled by  affection. 

I  hope  you  will  excuse  this  irregular  and  incidental 
method  of  writing.  We  spent  the  night  on  the  plain. 
Early  the  next  morning  we  started  for  Sinai,  whose 
lofty  peak  we  had  seen  from  the  top  of  Sarabiet-El- 
Khadem.  Our  Shekh  had  directions  to  take  the 
short  route,  which  would  enable  us  to  approach  Sinai 
through  the  plain  of  El  Rah  ah.  Leaving,  therefore, 
the  course,  which  would  have  brought  us  to  Sinai 


352  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

through  the  comparatively  pleasant   route  of  Wady 
Feiran  and  Wady  Esch  Shekh,  we  followed  the  rug- 
ged and  difficult  mountain  pass  of  Niekeb   Hawy  ; 
which  means,  1  believe,  the  Pass  of  the  Winds.     We 
had  reasons  which  justified  us  in  taking  this  route  ;— 
and  if  it   is  attended  with   much  fatigue   and  some 
danger,  I  think  it  can  be  justly  added,  that  it  amply 
repays  all  by  its  wild  and  stupendous   scenery.     The 
first  day  we  passed  over  a  portion  of  the  desert,  marked 
by  its  usual  characteristics  of  heated  sand  and  gravel, 
without  water,  and  without   tree  or   flower.     On  the 
second  day  after  a  few  miles  travel,  we  entered  the 
mountain  pass  which   I  have  mentioned  ;  and  were 
shut  in  for  some  eight  or  ten  miles  by  vast  rocks  on 
each  side  piled  one  above  another,  immense,  rugged, 
and  rising  so  high  that  they  shut  out  the  light  of  the 
sun.    For  a  long  time  the  winding  path  which  we  took, 
kept  continually  ascending ;  but  while  we  went  up, 
the  mountains  around  us  did  not  seem  to  diminish 
their  elevation  ;  but  kept  pace,  if  I  may  so  express  it, 
with   each   step  of  our  own  ascent,  and  rose  higher 
and  higher ;  while  deep  caverns  began  to  open  at  our 
side,  and  below  us.     The  foot  of  the  camel  trembled 
on  the  edge  of  precipices  ;  and  the  admiration  which 
we  could  not  help  experiencing  was  sometimes   min- 
gled with  the  sense  of  danger.     At  last  the  door  of 
this  great  mountain  cavity  opened  before  us,  and  with 
slow  and  cautious  steps  we  descended  from  its  lofty 
and  rugged  bosom  into  the  memorable  plain  of  El 
Kalian. 

The  plain  of  El  Rah  ah,  which  has  become  an  ob- 
ject of  much  interest  to  travellers  in  consequence  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  353 

its  connection  with  biblical  history,  is  two  miles  and 
a  half  in  length  by  an  average  of  three  fourths  of  a 
mile  in  breadth  ;  uneven  in  some  places,  but  generally 
level;  having  a  little  herbage  and  some  shrubs  upon 
which  camels  and  goats  can  feed ;  and  suitable  by 
means  of  its  hard  surface  of  clean  gravel  for  the  en- 
campment of  a  people  dwelling  in  tents.  It  is  bound- 
ed at  its  south-eastern  extremity  by  Mount  Sinai, 
where  it  is  approached  and  entered  by  the  wide  and 
level  Wady,  which  bears  the  name  of  Esch  Shekh. 
The  Israelites,  in  their  memorable  march  through  the 
wilderness,  having  met  and  defeated  on  their  way  the 
warlike  Amalekites,  appear  to  have  entered  the  plain 
of  El  Rahah  through  this  Wady  ; — filling  not  only 
the  whole  plain  but  some  of  the  neighboring  valleys, 
in  front  of  that  dark  and  lofty  mountain,  which  was 
soon  to  be  robed  with  the  lightnings  and  to  be  shaken 
with  the  voice  of  God. 

It  was  into  this  plain  that  we  had  now  descended 
from  the  rocky  bosom  of  Niekeb  Hawy.  Mt.  Sinai 
was  before  us.  With  such  remembrances,  and  in  the 
sight  of  such  localities,  the  mind  would  not  be  true 
to  itself,  if  it  did  not  turn  from  the  outward  to  the 
inward.  On  the  side  of  the  plain  a  flock  of  goats 
was  feeding.  Here  and  there  a  camel  plucked  the 
thistle  that  grew  in  the  crevices  of  the  cliffs.  But  the 
eye  and  the  heart  seemed  to  be  closed  to  outward 
nature.  Silent  we  rode  over  the  plain,  and  in  sight 
of  this  sacred  mountain  ; — listening  to  the  secret  as- 
pirations of  our  immortal  natures  ;  thoughtful  as  if 
its  fires  were  yet  burning  and  its  mighty  voices  were 
even  now  sounding  in  our  ears,  Such  a  moment, 
30* 


354  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

striking  deep  by  its  suggestions  and  sympathies 
into  man's  moral  and  immortal  nature,  is  an  era  in  • 
his  life.  If  he  is  a  Christian,  he  knows  that  the  an- 
nouncements made  from  that  mountain  and  in  pre- 
sence of  the  vast  multitude  assembled  upon  the  plain 
which  he  is  traversing,  have  connections  with  his  own 
destiny,  which  his  own  limited  mind  cannot  penetrate, 
and  which  are  deep  as  the  bosom  of  the  Infinite. 

It  was  at  the  close  of  the  day  when  our  camels  came 
under  that  portion  of  Sinai,  which  bounds  the  south- 
eastern extremity  of  the  plain.     This  part  of   Sinai, 
lifting  itself  perpendicularly  above  the  plain,  consti- 
tutes  a  distinct  and  lofty  elevation.     The  Arabs,  in 
allusion  to  a  few  willow  trees  which  grow  near  it, 
have  given  it  the  name  of  the  peak  of  Sussafeh.    The 
last  rays  of  the  sun  glittered  on  its  rocky  summit. 
Advancing  a  little  farther,  we  descried  at  a  small  dis- 
tance an  opening  in  the  mountains,  which  gave  signs 
of  the  residence  of  men.     That  night,  for   the  first 
time  since  we  left  Suez,  we  did  not  sleep  in  tents. 
The  piety  of  primitive  ages,    holding  in  veneration 
the  locality  which  God  had  honored,  had  erected  a 
habitation.      Entering  the  narrow  valley  between  the 
eastern   base    of   Sinai   and   the   mountain   E-Dayr, 
which  bears  the  name  of  the  valley  of   Shu-Eib,  we 
made  our  way  to  the  ancient  convent  of   St.  Cathe- 
rine.    Its   solid  walls  reminded  us    of  distant  ages, 
when  man   had   less  confidence  in   his   fellow-man. 
The  monks  opened  its  doors; — and  wearied  by  toils 
of  the  body,  and  hardly  less  by  memories  and  emo- 
tions of  the  mind,  we  found  a  place  of  rest. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  355 


(XL.) 

Greek  Convent — Situation  and  extent — St.  Catherine — Of  the  use  of 
the  terms  Horeb  and  Sinai — Visit  to  the  valley  of  El-Leja— Sinai- 
tic  inscriptions — Rock  of  Moses — Ascent  of  Mount  Sinai — Grotto 
of  Moses — Chapel  of  Elijah — Remarks  on  traditions — View  from 
the  summit  of  Sinai — Descent  from  Jebel  Musa  or  peak  of  Moses 
to  the  peak  of  Sussafeh — The  giving  of  the  Law — Return  to  the 
Convent.  * 

GREEK  CONVENT,  MOUNT  SINAI,  SECOND  LETTER. 

In  my  last  I  mentioned,  that  we  had  reached  the 
Greek  Convent  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Sinai.  Its  loca- 
tion is  in  the  narrow  and  comparatively  fertile  valley 
of  Shu-Eib  ; — the  place,  which  an  old  tradition  desig- 
nates as  the  residence,  or  rather  one  of  the  residences 
of  Jethro,  the  father-in-law  of  Moses.  The  convent 
is  situated,  therefore,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Sinai, 
and  between  Sinai  on  one  side  and  the  high  rocky 
mountain  E-Dayr  on  the  other.  It  is  surrounded  by 
a  high  and  thick  wall,  with  towers  ;  and  it  seemed  to 
me,  with  the  great  strength  of  its  enclosure  and  with 
here  and  there  a  projecting  cannon  frowning  darkly 
upon  those  without,  to  be  as  well  adapted  and  per- 
haps more  so,  to  military  than  to  religious  and  eco- 
nomical purposes. 

"Within  the  limits  of  the  convent,  which  is  quad- 
rangular though  somewhat  irregular  in  form,  and 
about  two  hundred  feet  in  extent  on  each  side,  are  a 
number  of  small  open  areas  or  courts,  in  some  of  which 
vegetables  and  flowers  are  cultivated  and  a  few  trees 
are  growing.  Around  it  on  the  inside,  and  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  building,  are  the  small  cells,  which 
are  occupied  by  the  monks.     Contracted  in  size,  and 


356  LETTERS JSSTHETIC, 

almost  entirely  destitute  of  furniture,  they  are  un- 
doubtedly suited  to  the  limited  wants  and  the  unam- 
bitious life  of  their  occupants  ;  but  they  can  be  con- 
sidered comfortable  only  by  those,  who  accept  of  in- 
conveniences as  a  means  of  the  fulfilment  of  a  sup- 
posed duty.  In  the  upper  story  of  the  building  are 
rooms  on  a  larger  scale  for  travellers,  fitted  up  with 
low  divans  running  round  three  sides,  and  with  a 
pleasant  piazza  in  front  of  them.  Attached  to  the 
convent  on  the  north  side,  and  entered  by  a  low  pas- 
sage which  leads  under  the  northern  wall,  is  a  well 
cultivated  garden,  running  a  little  distance  down  the 
valley  of  Shu-Eib.  This  garden,  with  its  almond  and 
apricot  trees,  its  mulberries  and  its  tall  dark  cypresses, 
is  an  attractive  object  as  it  is  first  seen  by  the  traveller, 
when  he  comes  in  from  the  desolate  country  around. 
The  monks,  who  are  few  in  number  at  the  present 
time,  received  us  kindly,  and  assigned  us  such  rooms 
as  are  usually  appropriated  to  visitants.  They  showed 
us  their  church, — an  ancient  building  rich  in  archi- 
tectural ornaments  ;  and  whatever  objects  they  con- 
sidered of  special  interest  connected  with  it : — such 
as  the  tomb  of  St.  Catherine  and  the  reputed  place  of 
the  burning  bush  mentioned  in  Exodus.  The  convent, 
venerable  by  its  antiquity  and  its  historical  reminis- 
cences, bears  the  name  of  St.  Catherine.  This  is  the 
name  of  a  rich  and  noble  lady  of  the  city  of  Alexan- 
dria, renowned  for  her  learning  as  well  as  her  devoted 
piety.  She  was  one  of  the  early  worthies  of  the  Greek 
and  Roman  churches,  who  suffered  martyrdom  for  her 
religion;  and  her  memory  is  cherished  with  distin- 
guished honor.    The  origin  of  the  convent  which  bears 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  357 

her  name,  is  involved  in  some  obscurity ;  but  it  is 
generally  understood  to  have  been  founded  by  the 
emperor  Justinian.  Its  location,  its  structure,  its  as- 
sociations, all  render  it  an  object  of  interest.  The 
monks,  who  are  under  the  direction  of  a  Superior  re- 
siding here,  probably  do  not  differ  much  from  the 
same  class  of  persons  found  in  other  situations.  They 
have  the  appearance  of  being  assiduous  and  sincere 
in  the  performance  of  the  religious  duties  prescribed 
by  the  Greek  faith  ;  but  without  giving  evidence  of 
much  intellectual  culture.  But  this  is  probably  the 
fault  of  their  situation,  as  much  as  of  their  disposi- 
tions. One  of  them  complained  to  me  that  they  had 
but  very  few  books  of  value,  though  I  noticed  in  one 
of  their  cells  a  few  volumes  of  the  Greek  Fathers. 

It  may  be  proper  here,  in  order  to  avoid  confusion 
hereafter,  to  make  a  single  remark  in  relation  to  some 
of  the  geographical  terms,  which  I  may  have  occasion 
to  employ.  I  refer  particularly  to  the  terms  Horeb 
and  Sinai.  I  think  there  is  ground,  without  stopping 
at  this  time  to  give  reasons  for  it,  for  regarding  Horeb 
as  a  general  term,  somewhat  indefinite  in  its  use,  but 
still  particularly  applicable  to  the  group  of  mountain 
heights  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  El-Rahah,  and  of 
course  including  Mount  Sinai.  The  name  Sinai,  as 
it  seems  to  me,  should  be  employed  in  a  more  definite 
and  limited  manner ;  and  as  applicable,  not  to  a  series 
or  group  of  heights  occupying  a  considerable  extent 
of  country,  but  to  the  one  immense  mountain  which 
has  so  long  borne  that  name,  and  to  the  subordinate 
but  lofty  peaks,  which  shoot  up  like  towers  and  bat- 
tlements from  its  base  and  sides.     According  to  this 


358  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

view  Sinai,  properly  so  called,  is  the  lofty  and  irregu- 
lar mountain  pile,  which  occupies  the  space  between 
the  valley  of  Shu-Eib  on  the  east  and  the  valley  of 
El-Leja  on  the  west;  terminating  at  its  highest  point 
in  Jebel  Musa  or  the  peak  of  Moses. 

In  consequence  of  the  ill  health  of  Mr.  Thompson, 
on  whom  the  interest  and  success  of  our  visits  and 
inquiries  very  much  depended,  we  delayed  the  ascent 
of  Mount  Sinai  for  a  short  time.  Meanwhile  I  em- 
ployed myself,  as  far  as  my  strength,  and  our  limited 
time  would  allow,  in  examining  the  noble  plain  of  El 
Rahah,  and  the  deep  gorge  or  valley  of  Horeb  between 
Sinai  and  St.  Catherine,  called  the  valley  of  El-Leja. 
The  excursion  to  El-Leja  will  well  repay  the  traveller 
for  his  trouble,  especially  if  he  keeps  in  mind  that  it 
has  some  historical  as  well  as  natural  interest  attached 
to  it.  I  was  accompanied  in  this  excursion  by  Mr. 
Walcott.  We  left  the  convent  of  St.  Catherine,  situa- 
ted, as  I  have  mentioned,  in  the  valley  of  Shu-Eib  at 
the  base  of  Sinai ;  and  proceeding  a  little  more  than 
a  mile,  turned  to  the  left  and  passed  for  some  dis- 
tance under  the  sharp  lofty  peaks  which  overlook  the 
plain  of  El- Rahah.  We  left  the  wady  of  Esch-Shekh 
on  the  right.  The  projecting  and  comparatively  ele- 
vated point  of  land  between  the  valleys  or  wadys 
Esch-Shekh  and  Shu-Eib,  is  the  traditional  place  oc- 
cupied by  Aaron,  while  the  people  at  a  little  distance 
on  the  plain  of  El-Rahah  were  dancing  in  honor  of 
the  golden  calf  he  had  made.  And  it  was  here,  in 
accordance  with  the  same  traditions,  that  Moses,  on 
coming  down  from  the  mountain  on  that  occasion,  en- 
countered Aaron,  and  gave  utterance  to  his  dissatis- 
faction and  rebukes. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  359 

Proceeding  a  mile  and  a  half,  we  entered  the  valley 
of  El-Leja.  In  the  excursion  up  this  wild  and  rocky 
valley,  and  soon  after  entering  it  from  the  large  plain, 
we  were  gratified  at  the  sight  of  gardens  with  fruit 
trees  and  other  trees  growing  in  them.  These  gar- 
dens are  said  to  have  been  the  sites  of  the  ancient 
convents  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Mary,  which  have  now 
passed  away.  It  was  obvious  to  me,  that  the  valley 
of  El-Leja,  impressive  and  even  sublime  by  the  lofty 
walls  of  rocks  on  both  sides  of  it,  was  susceptible  at 
the  same  time,  in  many  of  its  small  nooks  and  reces- 
ses, of  profitable  cultivation.  It  was  perhaps  owing 
to  this  combination  of  qualities  and  attractions, — soli- 
tude, silence,  sublimity,  and  the  means  of  a  limited 
but  not  self-indulgent  support,  and  all  beneath  the 
mountain  rendered  sacred  by  hallowed  memories  and 
by  clouds  and  fire, — that  it  became  a  favorite  resort, 
in  the  early  centuries  of  the  Christian  era,  of  those 
Christians,  who  adopted,  as  the  anticipated  means  of 
their  greater  progress,  the  silence,  the  privations,  and 
hopes  of  a  solitary  life.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  val- 
ley the  convent  of  the  Forty  Martyrs  still  stands. — 
The  cave  of  Onuphrius,  who  had  previously  dwelt 
near  Thebes,  is  found  here.  It  was  in  this  valley 
that  the  justly  celebrated  John  Climachus  spent  a 
considerable  portion  of  his  life ; — but  whether  he  dwelt 
in  a  convent  or  in  some  solitary  cavern,  is  unknown 
at  the  present  time. 

In  this  valley  are  said  to  be  found,  although  I  no- 
ticed none  in  that  part  of  it  which  I  visited,  some  of 
those  celebrated  Sinaitic  inscriptions, — the  written 
characters  of  a  language  now  unknown, — which  have 


360  LETTERS — ESTHETIC, 

excited  so  much  interest  and  inquiry  among  antiqua- 
rians. They  are  found,  however,  in  greater  numbers 
in  other  places  in  these  regions.  A  few  have  been 
discovered  in  the  rough  mountain  pass,  called  Niekeb 
Hawy.  And  they  are  very  frequent  in  the  vicinity  of 
Mount  Serbal,  and  also  on  its  sides  and  near  its  sum- 
mit,— a  celebrated  mountain,  some  thirty  or  thirty-five 
miles  distant  in  a  northwest  direction  from  Sinai.  It 
is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose,  that  these  inscriptions, 
in  the  new  developments  which  time  is  constantly 
making,  may  yet  throw  some  light  upon  the  events 
which  have  occurred  here. 

In  the  central  part  of  this  valley,  and  not  far  from 
the  base  of  Mount  St.  Catherine,  is  the  rock,  accord- 
ing to  the  traditions  repeated  and  preserved  here,  that 
was  smitten  by  Moses  ;  and  from  which  he  miracu- 
lously brought  the  water,  which  supplied  the  thirsty 
Israelites.  So  much  has  been  said  of  this  rock,  that 
I  looked  upon  it  with  much  interest.  It  stands  on 
the  Sinai  side  of  the  valley  with  a  water-course  be- 
fore it,  through  which  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year 
the  descending  water  flows  from  the  mountains  around 
towards  the  plain  of  El  Rahah.  It 4s  separate  from 
the  other  rocks  around ;  a  hard,  reddish  piece  of  gran- 
ite, about  ten  feet  in  height  and  twelve  or  fourteen  in 
length,  and  slightly  curved  at  the  top.  It  is  certainly 
an  object  worthy  of  the  traveller's  notice,  although  it 
might  not  be  safe  to  assert  its  identity  with  the  Mo- 
saic rock.  On  the  side  facing  from  Sinai  towards  the 
water-course  of  the  valley,  it  presents  a  flat  surface ; 
and  on  this  surface,  rising  one  above  another,  are  long 
indentations,  which  suggest   the  idea  of  having  been 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  361 

left  there  by  a  succession  of  blows  powerfully  im- 
pressed upon  it.  There  is  also  an  opening  in  the  rock, 
which  easily  reminds  one  of  the  sculptured  openings 
or  mouths,  through  which  the  water  is  sometimes  seen 
to  gush  out  in  large  artificial  fountains.  The  rock 
also  has  a  discolored  appearance  in  some  places, — 
such  as  one  naturally  supposes  might  have  been  oc- 
casioned by  the  flowing  of  water. 

The  position  of  the  rock  in  relation  to  the  plain 
where  the  Israelites  were  assembled  at  the  giving  of 
the  Law,  is  not  at  variance  with  its  traditional  reputa- 
tion. It  is  true  they  were  not  encamped,  at  the  time 
of  its  being  smitten,  on  the  plain  ;  but  at  Rephidim, 
which  biblical  geographers  locate  in  the  valley  of 
Esch  Shekh.  But  it  is  worthy  of  notice,  that  the 
valleys  of  Esch  Shekh  and  El-Leja  are  closely  con- 
nected ;  so  much  so  that  the  waters  of  El-Leja,  which 
collect  there  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year,  find  their 
outlet  through  Esch  Shekh.  And  Rephidim  also, 
though  located  in  the  wady  or  valley  of  Esch  Shekh, 
is  understood  to  have  been  at  no  great  distance  from 
the  Horeb  mountains,  to  which  Moses  was  expressly 
sent  forward  on  this  occasion.  And  soon  afterwards 
the  whole  people  moved  onward  to  the  plain  of  El- 
Rahah,  and  took  a  position  at  the  foot  of  Sinai  ; — 
which  I  understand  to  be  one  of  the  group  of  moun- 
tains to  which  the  more  general  name  of  Horeb  is 
applied. 

After   the  favorable  results  of  a  day  or   two's  rest, 
the  whole  of  our  party  were  in  a  situation  to  attempt 
.  the  ascent  of  Mount  Sinai.     The  mountain  is  an  im- 
mense pile  of  broken  granite  ;  rising  steeply  and  rug- 
31 


362  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

gedly  to  the  southwest  of  the  convent.  Without  the 
assistance  of  the  Arabs,  who  were  employed  for  that 
purpose,  it  would  have  been  difficult  for  me  to  have 
reached  its  summit.  The  mountain  corresponds  to 
the  associations  which  are  connected  with  it ; — vast, 
lofty,  unchangeable ;  suggestive  of  the  greatness  and 
immutability  of  God.  It  has  long  seemed  to  me  to 
be  difficult  for  a  man  to  live  among  lofty  mountains, 
and  be  an  infidel.  I  say  this  in  view  of  the  im- 
pressions which  they  have  oftentimes  made  upon  my 
own  mind.  Suggestive  by  their  vastness  of  the  ideas 
of  causation  and  power,  they  can  hardly  fail  to 
nourish  religious  thought  and  sentiment.  If  all 
things  which  exist,  are  God's,  there  seems  to  be 
reason  for  saying,  that  the  mountains  are  peculiarly 
His.  They  are  His,  not  only  by  creation,  but  by  the 
impressive  attributes  which  pertain  to  them, — by 
their  vastness  and  fixedness,  by  the  permanency 
which  they  give  to  the  rock-ribbed  earth,  and  by 
the  changeless  sublimity  of  their  solitude  and  silence. 
But  more  than  this  can  be  said  of  Sinai,  which 
is  His,  not  only  by  its  rocky  base  and  its  tower- 
ing summit,  which  exceed  human  power  and  are  al- 
most beyond  human  conception ;  but  is  His  also,  by 
special  manifestations  and  by  holy  history. 

We  stopped  and  rested  a  short  time,  after  having 
ascended  no  small  distance,  at  the  grotto  and  foun- 
tain, which  is  called  the  grotto  of  Moses.  This  is  the 
name  which  was  given  to  the  place  by  those  who  at- 
tended us  up  the  mountain.  It  is  a  small,  circular 
chamber,  opened  and  rounded  in  the  rocks, ; — beauti- 
ful in  its  form,  a  protection  from  the  heat,  refreshed 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  363 

by  living  waters,  and  undisturbed  by  the  noise  of  men. 
It  is  evidently  no  work  of  human  art ;  but  fashioned 
by  the  hand  which  made  the  mountain  itself.  I  was 
taken  by  surprise  in  finding  so  delightful  a  place ; — 
suited  as  it  seemed  to  be,  not  only  for  quiet  and  repose, 
but  for  religious  contemplation  and  for  the  nourish- 
ment of  high  and  holy  purposes.  Ik  seemed  to  me 
altogether  probable,  that,  in  this  very  place,  the  in- 
spiration of  the  Almighty,  which  could  not  be  absent 
from  a  heart  devoted  and  consecrated  like  his,  had 
given  rise  to  many  of  the  thoughts  and  purposes, 
which  have  stamped  an  immortality  on  the  writings 
and  the  history  of  the  great  Israeli tish  leader. 

Other  names  besides  that  of  Moses  have  been  as- 
sociated with  these  memorable  places.  It  is  related 
in  the  book  of  Kings,  that  the  prophet  Elijah,  after  the 
destruction  of  the  prophets  of  Baal,  fled  into  these 
regions.  As  we  advanced  farther  up,  perhaps  thir- 
teen or  fourteen  hundred  feet  above  the  valley  of  the 
convent,  we  came  to  a  small  plain  or  basin,  in  the 
elevated  bosom  of  the  mountain,  near  which  we  were 
shown  a  large  cavern  bearing  this  prophet's  name. 
A  small  chapel,  called  the  chapel  of  Elijah,  is  built 
over  this  cave.  Ascending  hundreds  of  feet  higher, 
and  very  near  the  summit  of  the  mountain,  our  atten- 
tion was  directed  to  the  cleft  in  the  rocks,  in  which 
Moses  is  said  to  have  hid  himself  when  the  glory  of 
the  Lord  passed  by. 

It  will  be  understood  of  course,  that  many  of  these 
things  depend  upon  tradition ;  but  tradition,  without 
always  being  accepted  as  the  truth,  may  still  have  a 
degree  of  truth  for  its  foundation;  and  may  some- 


364 


LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


times  be  an  innocent  and  even  a  profitable  helper  of 
the  imagination.  Tradition  often  localizes  and  clothes 
with  particular  incidents  a  general  and  indefinite  tran- 
saction. We  do  not  necessarily  accept  of  the  tradi- 
tional part  as  a  truth  or  fact ;  but  if  it  be  not  contra- 
dicted from  other  sources  of  evidence,  we  admit  it  as 
announcing  what  is  possible  and  in  some  cases  proba- 
ble. The  imagination  seizes  upon  this  probability  or 
even  possibility.  And  the  result  is,  that  the  fact,  which 
we  never  doubted  in  its  general  aspect,  becomes  more 
of  a  practical  reality,  binds  itself  more  closely  to  the 
soul,  when,  without  ascribing  any  undue  weight  to 
traditions,  we  are  able  by  their  aid,  to  assign  to  it  the 
length,  and  breadth  and  height,  of  a  probable,  or  even 
a  possible  particularity.  But  I  ought  to  add,  that  the 
imagination  hardly  needed  this  aid  here.  That  Mo- 
ses trod  these  rocks,  and  that  God  walked  with  him 
and  talked  with  him  on  these  wild  and  solitary  heights, 
I  could  no  more  doubt,  than  I  could  doubt  the  exis- 
tence of  the  rocks  themselves.  It  is  true  the  footsteps 
of  the  prophet  could  no  longer  be  seen ;  but  it  was 
enough  for  all  the  purposes  of  thought  and  of  the 
heart,  to  know  that  those  footsteps  had  once  been 
here.  This  strong  conviction,  sustained  by  the  pre- 
sent reality  of  the  things  around  me,  annihilated  ages. 
The  proximity  of  space  destroyed,  if  I  may  so  express 
it,  the  separations  and  distances  of  time  ;  and  Moses, 
who  had  become  comparatively  dim  in  the  distance 
of  ages,  seemed  to  be  seated  on  the  rocks  or  walking 
by  my  side,  as  I  was  climbing  over  the  heights  of  his 
own  rugged  and  solitary  mountain. 

We  at  last  reached  the  highest  part  of  the  moun- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  365 

tain  ;  and  looked  abroad  from  its  elevated  summit 
under  the  light  of  a  clear,  blue  sky.  The  extreme 
summit,  more  than  six  thousand  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea,  is  an  immense  rock ; — or  more  ac- 
curately a  number  of  large  rocks  slightly  sepa- 
rated from  each  other;  furnishing  an  irregular  area  of 
some  eighty  or  an  hundred  feet  square.  The  rock  is 
a  gray  granite.  On  the  eastern  portion  of  it  is  a  small 
building  of  great  antiquity;  which  was  once  used  as 
a  chapel.  With  some  assistance  from  the  Bedouins 
who  attended  me,  I  was  enabled  to  ascend  upon  its 
top.  Remaining  for  some  time  on  this  dizzy  height 
alone,  I  contemplated  in  silence  the  magnificence  of 
the  scene  around  me. 

There  has  been  no  accurate  survey  of  this  region, 
and  a  glance  even  from  this  towering  eminence  could 
give  but  an  imperfect  idea  of  the  relative  position  of 
surrounding  objects.  But  still,  although  Mount  Sinai 
is  shut  in  with  other  mountains,  it  seemed  to  me 
pretty  well  denned.  I  looked  to  the  south-west ,  and 
below  me  was  the  deep,  narrow  valley  of  El-Leja, 
which  I  have  already  described  as  holding  in  its  bosom 
the  smitten  rock  of  Moses,  and  as  being  in  ancient 
times  the  residence  of  many  religious  anchorites  and 
the  location  of  a  number  of  ruined  convents.  Beyond 
the  valley  in  the  same  direction,  is  the  lofty  and  mag- 
nificent peak  of  St.  Catherine.  I  looked  down  the 
immense  perpendicular  wall  on  the  southern  side  into 
the  valley  of  Sebahyeh.  There  is  a  small  opening 
there  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  which  seemed  to 
me  worthy  of  special  examination.  Perhaps  it  will 
at  some  time  give  a  new  phase  to  the  history  of  this 
31* 


366  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

wonderful  mountain.  I  was  desirous  to  know  more 
about  it.  But  the  head  grew  dizzy  in  the  attempt 
to  ascertain  even  in  the  most  general  manner,  its  fea- 
tures and  extent.  In  the  north-east  direction  the  rocky 
heights  of  E-Dayr  expanded  their  broad  and  level 
summit  beyond  the  valley  and  gardens  of  Shu-Eib, 
from  which  we  had  ascended.  In  another  direction 
was  the  peak  of  Sussafeh,  and  other  lofty  peaks  over- 
hanging the  great  plain. 

Even  natural  greatness  has  power ;  but  it  was  not 
the  mere  physical  expansion  and  wildness  of  the  scene, 
which  left  its  deep  impression  on  the  mind.  That 
principle  of  association,  which  attaches  deeds  to  pla- 
ces, and  magnifies  the  one  by  the  magnitude  of  the 
other,  added  the  greatness  of  character  and  events  to 
the  greatness  and  sublimity  of  physical  nature. 

The  principal  summit  of  Sinai,  called  by  the  Arabs 
Jebel  Musa  or  the  peak  of  Moses,  rises  solitary  and 
apart.  It  was  this  peak  which  we  had  now  ascended ; 
but  it  is  worthy  of  notice,  that,  about  midway  or  per- 
haps two  thirds  of  the  way  from  the  valley  of  Shu-Eib 
towards  the  mountain's  top,  the  Jebel  Musa  subtends 
a  large  and  irregular  base  towards  the  west.  I  did 
not  notice  this  so  much  in  ascending  the  mountain, 
as  in  coming  down.  We  descended  the  narrow  and 
precipitous  path  perhaps  a  thousand  feet ;  although  I 
ought  to  repeat  here  what  I  have  intimated  in  another 
place,  that  I  do  not  profess  to  have  the  means  of  en- 
tire accuracy  in  distances.  The  mountain  at  this  dis- 
tance from  the  top,  as  if  seeking  to  lay  down  a  part 
of  its  mighty  bulk  on  the  neighboring  plain,  widens 
its  vast  granite  base  in  the  direction  of  El  Rahah ;— 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  367 

throwing  itself  into  many  varieties  of  form  and  aspect ; 
— sometimes  rising  in  sharp  pointed  cliffs,  and  some- 
times sinking  in  ravines  and  small  valleys. 

At  this  place  Mr.  Thompson  and  myself  separated 
from  the  rest  of  our  party,  and  came  down  to  El  Ra- 
hah  and  the  Greek  Convent  by  the  way  of  the  peak 
of  Sussafeh.  The  way  was  wildly  romantic ;  and  in 
general  rocky  and  barren.  From  time  to  time,  how- 
ever, we  passed  over  small  level  patches  of  ground, 
bearing  a  species  of  coarse  grass  and  a  few  trees. 
Repeatedly  a  cold  clear  fountain  sparkled  from  the 
foot  of  a  rock.  We  passed  over  this  part  of  the  moun- 
tain for  more  than  a  mile.  This  struck  me  as  being 
a  remarkable  place, — the  chosen  residence  of  solitude 
and  silence ; — and  yet  a  degree  of  beauty,  shining  in 
the  ripples  of  a  fountain  or  in  a  tree  or  tranquil  flow  - 
er,  diversified  and  softened  its  solitary  and  silent  gran- 
deur. There  are  many  caverns  here.  The  fragmentary 
remains  of  some  rude  stone  edifices  are  also  to  be 
found. 

There  was  something  in  this  singular  place,  so 
unique,  so  shut  out  from  the  world,  so  fitted  to  soli- 
tary contemplation,  that  it  not  only  seized  hold  of  the 
imagination  ;  but  had  its  marked  attraction  for  cer- 
tain tendencies  and  moods  of  the  heart.  It  was  once 
the  residence  undoubtedly  of  that  class  of  men,  com- 
memorated in  history  and  poetry,  whose  life  of  lone- 
ly prayer  possesses,  in  these  speculative  and  practical 
days,  the  aspect  almost  of  religious  romance. 

"  Far  in  a  wild,  unknown  to  public  view, 
From  youth  to  age  a  reverend  hermit  grew  ; 
The  moss  his  bed,  the  cave  his  humble  cell, 
His  food  the  fruits,  his  drink  the  chrystal  well." 


368  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

It  was  in  such  a  region  as  this,  a  region  which  finds 
in  its  want  of  fertility  and  its  difficulty  of  approach, 
a  security  against  the  influx  and  presence  of  mere 
men  of  the  world,  that  this  class  of  persons  dwelt ; 
and  in  few  places  did  they  reside  in  greater  numbers 
than  in  the  valleys  and  wild  mountain  recesses  of  Sinai. 
Soon  the  mountain  begins  to  rise  again  ;  lifting  itself 
up  gradually  and  slowly  in  its  massive  majesty;  and 
terminating  at  a  point  where  it  looks  directly  down, 
at  the  height  apparently  of  some  twelve  or  thirteen 
hundred  feet,  upon  the  large  and  tranquil  plain  of  El 
Rahah.  This  is  that  peak  of  Sussafeh,  the  peak  of 
the  willow  which  I  mentioned  in  my  last  letter  as 
having  particularly  attracted  our  attention,  when  we 
came  down  into  the  plain  of  El  Rahah  out  of  the 
dark  and  lofty  bosom  of  Niekeb  Hawy. 

I  think  that  that  this  peak  may  be  called  with 
scarcely  an  impropriety  of  speech,  the  tribune  or  pul- 
pit of  Sinai.  Its  position,  its  solitary  grandeur,  its 
historical  associations,  seem  to  me  to  entitle  it  to  that 
appellation.  I  have  seen  the  rock  in  which  it  termi- 
nates ;  and  therefore  speak  with  the  greater  con- 
fidence. I  have  stood  upon  it ;  and  shall  ever  remem- 
ber it  well.  And  if  the  impression,  which  can  hardly 
fail  to  be  left  upon  those  who  visit  the  spot,  be  a  just 
one, — then  what  scenes,  unequalled  in  the  history  of 
man,  have  been  enacted  at  this  place.  It  was  there, 
that  the  visible  and  the  invisible,  that  earth  and 
heaven  may  be  said  to  have  met  together.  It  was 
there  that  the  Almighty  came  down,  and  planted  His 
foot.  His  form  of  Infinitude  embodied,  if  I  may  so 
express  it,  rested  upon  the  peak  of  Jebel-Musa,  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  369 

rose  behind  him.  His  arm  extended  itself  over  the 
plain  that  lay  beneath  him ;  and  over  the  countless 
multitude  who  filled  it.  A  thick  cloud  was  around 
him ;  and  flaming  fire  was  at  his  feet.  The  trumpet 
sounded.  The  mountain  trembled.  It  was  at  that 
hour  of  mingled  grandeur  and  goodness  that  the  word 
was  spoken,  which  unveiled  the  foundations  of  error. 
And  truth,  which  had  been  obscured  and  distorted  or 
had  been  wholly  driven  away  from  the  habitations  of 
men,  was  led  back  again  by  the  hand  of  the  Infinite, 
and  restored  to  its  primitive  position  and  power. 

I  shall  look  for  a  description  of  the  scene  and  asso- 
ciations of  this  remarkable  place  from  the  learned 
and  eloquent  pen  of  my  companion.  I  listened  to  the 
reading  of  the  law  from  his  lips  on  this  portion  of 
Sinai.  The  words  of  those  great  instructions  were 
heard  again  upon  the  rocks.  It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  say,  that  it  was  a  deeply  interesting  and  impressive 
moment. 

There  are  two  great  publications  of  truth,  for  which 
I  find  no  parallels  in  human  history,  and  which  will 
never  cease  to  stand  pre-eminent  both  by  their  nature 
and  by  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were 
made ; — the  law  of  Sinai  and  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount.  The  law  of  Sinai  is  essentially  a  republica- 
tion of  those  great  principles  of  natural  religion  which 
are  engraven  on  the  human  heart,  but  which  sin  had 
obscured  and  almost  obliterated.  It  places  in  an  ob- 
jective or  outward  position  that  which  had  been  writ- 
ten within;  and  re-writes  in  letters  of  fire,  and  on 
mountain-tops,  and  in  sight  of  the  whole  world  that 
which  had  grown  dim  and  illegible  in  the  subjective 


370  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

chambers  of  man's  erring  and  fallen  spirit.  It  is  one 
of  the  fatal  attributes  of  sin,  that  it  makes  men  blind 
and  puts  them  to  sleep ; — so  that  they  do  wrong  al- 
most without  knowing  that  it  is  wrong.  But  the  law 
of  Sinai  is  a  trumpet  voice,  waxing  louder  and  louder, 
which  rends  the  rocks  and  wakes  the  dead  ;  but  utter- 
ing its  declarations  in  the  form  of  prohibitions  rather 
than  of  precepts,  it  only  wakes  them  to  a  sense  of 
their  deadness,  without  giving  them  the  living  princi- 
ple of  a  renovated  life.  So  that  in  giving  moral  light 
and  in  verifying  to  men's  stupid  consciousness  the 
facts  of  their  multiplied  transgression,  it  may  be  said 
to  slay,  rather  than  to  make  alive.  But  still,  con- 
sidering the  condition  of  the  human  race  at  the  time 
it  was  given,  the  moral  ignorance,  the  idolatries,  and 
the  crimes  which  every  where  prevailed, — it  was  a 
declaration  which  was  essential  and  indispensable  in 
the  progress  of  man's  restoration. 

As  my  footsteps  trod  upon  the  peaks  of  Sinai,  I 
looked,  therefore,  upon  the  scenes  around  me  with  the 
deepest  interest  and  the  sincerest  gratitude,  because  I 
felt  that  they  were  theatres  of  necessary  transition 
points  in  that  great  history  of  Redemption,  which, 
beginning  with  the  promise  that  the  "  seed  of  the 
woman  should  bruise  the  serpent's  head,"  terminated 
in  the  crucifixion  of  the  Virgin's  Son.  Law,  how- 
ever, is  not  life.  The  true  progress  of  man's  restora- 
tion is  from  the  outward  to  the  inward,  from  the  law 
which  restricts  action  to  the  principle  of  holy  love 
which  inspires  it.  It  is  through  the  crucifixion  of 
Christ  and  his  resurrection  from  the  dead,  and  in  con- 
formity with  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  that  the  true 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  371 

life  comes  ;  that  life  of  faith  and  holy  affection,  which 
makes  man  like  his  heavenly  Father.  This  is  the 
little  leaven,  spoken  of  in  the  Scriptures,  which  leavens 
the  whole  lump  ; — which,  gradual,  but  sure  in  its  pro- 
gress, restores  the  individual  and  reforms  and  im- 
proves society; — which  breaks  down  and  equalizes 
the  enormous  distinctions  resulting  from  selfishness ; 
— consolidates  brotherhood,  humanizes  and  elevates 
humanity,  and  makes  God  all  in  all. 

In  coming  down  from  the  peak  of   Sussafeh  into 
the  plain  of  El  Rahah,  I  was  greatly  exhausted,  after 
having  travelled  all  day  in  feeble  health.     The  descent 
is   exceedingly  steep;  requiring  strength   as  well  as 
great  care  in  those  who  come  down.    Indeed  it  would 
have  been  hardly  possible  for  me  to  have  made  the 
descent  and  to  have  returned  to  the  convent  that  day 
without   the  personal  and  persevering  assistance   of 
two  Bedouin  Arabs,  to  whose  kindness  I  have  already 
had  occasion  to  refer.     Night  was  rapidly  approach- 
ing, and  in  more  than  one  instance  they  took  me  in 
their  arms  and  carried  me.     They  supported  me  down 
precipices  where  a  false  step  would  have  dashed  me 
to  pieces.     In  the  rude  and  solitary  tents  of  El  Kha- 
dem  and  El-Leja,  they  may  cease  to  think  of  me  ;  be- 
cause they  might  have  found  nothing  worth  remem- 
bering except  my  infirmities ;  but  I  should  think  un- 
worthily of  myself,  if  I  ceased  to  retain  a  recollection 
of  the  kindness  of  these  untutored  but  warm-hearted 
men. 

They  came  with  me  slowly  along  the  foot  of  the 
mountain  ;  and  we  turned  again  into  the  valley  of 
Shu-Eib.    We  passed  very  near  an  Egyptian  encamp- 


372  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

ment.  I  heard  the  sound  of  fife  and  drum.  The 
sound  seemed  strange  and  mysterious  here.  The 
mists  and  shadows  were  gathering  upon  the  valley. 
The  drum  rolled  again,  and  its  sound  was  echoed 
from  the  rocks.  It  was  natural  that  I  should  say  to 
myself,  in  the  words  of  Joshua  to  Moses,  uttered  not 
far  from  this  very  place,  "There  is  a  noise  of  war  in 
the  camp."  The  signs  and  voices  of  human  strife 
have  reached  even  these  solitary  places.  That  tide  of 
desolation  which  has  overwhelmed  Europe  and  which 
at  different  periods  has  rolled  along  the  banks  of  the 
Nile,  has  driven  its  fiery  wave  across  the  sajids  of  the 
desert  also,  and  has  dashed  itself  against  the  foot  of 
Sinai.  Depravity  hardens  itself  in  defiance  of  the 
Law.  Will  it  not  yield  to  the  self-sacrificing  spirit  of 
the  Gospel? 

There  is  something  within  me,  which  bids  me  go 
hence.  It  is  not  safe  for  weak  and  erring  humanity 
to  stop  at  Sinai.  I  will  endeavor  to  find  a  teacher 
and  a  guide  greater  than  Moses.  Following  his  foot- 
steps on  the  banks  of  the  Jordan  and  on  the  shore 
of  Tiberias,  in  the  garden  of  Gethsemane  and  on 
the  hill  of  the  Crucifixion,  I  will  hope  in  the  great- 
ness of  my  own  weakness  and  wants,  to  catch  some- 
thing of  his  benevolent  spirit.  I  will  listen  to  that 
voice  of  angels,  which  still  echoes  over  the  plain  of 
Bethlehem ;  "  Peace  on  earth  ;  good  will  to  men." 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  373 


(XLI.) 

Departure  from  Sinai — Last  view  of  the  great  plain — Group  of  Arab 
women  and  children — Wady  Esch-Shekh — Route  from  Esch-Shekh 
to  the  Elanitic  gulf — Mountain  scenery — Wady  Hudhera — Elani- 
tic  Red  Sea — Idnmea  and  Mount  Hor — Eziongeber — Arrival  at 
Accaba — Shekh  Hassan — Leave  for  Niekel  and  Gaza — Fortress  of 
Niekel— Amelekite  territory — Beersheba — Reach  Gaza — Historical 
references. 

GAZA,  PASHALIC  OF  SYRIA,  MAY  7,  1853. 

We  left  Sinai  on  the  13th  of  April  on  our  way  to 
Palestine.  When  parties  set  out  upon  the  long  jour- 
neys of  these  deserts,  it  requires  some  time  to  adjust 
the  baggage  to  the  camels,  and  in  general  not  less  to 
settle  the  rivalries  and  jealousies  among  their  owners. 
During  the  time  when  things  were  thus  in  a  process 
of  preparation  for  our  departure,  I  occupied  myself 
in  going  a  little  distance  up  the  steep  granite  side  of 
Mount  E-Dayr,  and  took  a  last  view  of  the  walls  and 
gardens  of  the  ancient  convent,  of  the  rugged  and 
towering  heights  of  Sinai,  and  of  the  great  historical 
plain  below  me ;  and  felt  once  more  that  I  stood  in 
the  midst  of  scenes,  which  had  witnessed  events  and 
were  associated  with  names  as  memorable  as  any  in 
history. 

As  I  stood  thus,  I  noticed  at  a  little  distance,  hud- 
dled together  in  the  sunless  clefts  of  the  rocks,  a  num- 
ber of  Arab  women  with  their  little  children  around 
them.  They  were  the  wives  and  children,  I  supposed, 
of  the  Arabs  who  had  gone  up  with  us  in  our  ascent 
of  Mount  Sinai,  or  of  those  who  were  preparing  to 
conduct  us  on  our  journey.  Knowing  that  I  had 
come  from  a  distant  land, — a  land  less  poor  and  deso- 
32 


374  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

late  and  suffering  than  their  own, — they  extended 
their  hands  and  uttered  in  their  own  language  their 
petition  for  some  small  present.  This  was  not  unex- 
pected to  me,  because  it  is  the  custom  among  them  ; 
— a  custom  which  is,  in  some  degree,  justified  by 
their  necessities.  I  saw  them  seated  among  rocks 
which  the  ploughshare  does  not  enter,  and  where 
wheat  does  not  grow.  I  saw  that  they  were  raggedy 
and  I  could  hardly  doubt  that  they  were  hungry. 
The  women  in  their  poverty  and  ignorance,  and  differ- 
ing also  in  race  and  in  religion,  were  nevertheless  my 
sisters.  Christianity  required  me  thus  to  regard  them. 
The  children  were  everybody's  children  who  has  a 
heart  to  love  them,  and  I  could  not  believe,  although 
I  might  differ  in  this  from  the  opinion  of  other  travel- 
lers, that  it  would  hurt  either  my  pocket  or  my  heart 
to  give  them  the  small  sum  which  they  asked. 

When  the  camels  were  ready,  we  mounted  and  set 
out.  The  course  which  we  took  led  us  through  a 
portion  of  the  beautiful  wady  Esch  Shekh,  which  I 
have  already  had  occasion  to  mention.  I  speak  of  the 
wady  or  valley  which  bears  this  name  as  beautiful, 
because,  contrary  to  the  anticipations  which  one  is 
apt  to  form,  there  is  sometimes  surpassing  beauty  in 
the  physical  aspects  even  of  these  desolate  regions. 
The  succession  of  lofty  cliffs,  through  which  Esch 
Shekh  passes,  forms,  in  this  direction,  a  sort  of  out- 
works and  entrance  gateway,  if  I  may  so  express  it,  to 
the  secluded  and  mysterious  region  of  Horeb,  of  which 
Sinai  is  the  centre.  After  leaving  this  wady  at  the 
end  of  a  few  hours'  march,  and  altering  our  course 
with  a  view  to  reach  the  Elanitic  gulf,  we  passed 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  375 

through  other  wadys  and  mountain  gorges,  which 
continued  to  gratify  in  a  high  degree  that  sentiment 
of  the  beautiful  and  sublime  which  is  natural  to  man, 
and  which,  in  its  wonderful  power  to  mark  and  to  re- 
flect the  numerous  and  minute  aspects  of  surrounding 
objects,  may  be  said  to  exist  like  a  living  mirror  at 
the  bottom  of  the  human  heart. 

Our  route,  after  leaving  Esch  Shekh,  led  us  through 
Orfan,  Murrah,  and  Hudhera.  In  many  places  in 
these  wadys,  which  form  portions  of  the  more  com- 
mon route  from  Sinai  to  Accaba,  the  mountains  rise 
abruptly  on  both  sides,  leaving  a  narrow  path  between 
them,  and  with  such  distinctly  marked  relations  on 
the  corresponding  sides,  that  they  have  the  appearance 
of  being  worn  down  or  cut  in  two  in  the  centre.  Lay- 
ers of  rock  of  every  variety  of  kind  and  color,  granite, 
sandstone,  limestone,  green-stone,  intermixed  with 
slate  and  veins  of  porphyry,  attracted  a  degree 
of  notice,  which  in  other  countries  would  have  been 
given  to  the  beautiful  varieties  of  trees  and  flowers. 
No  earth  covers  them.  Washed  occasionally  by  the 
fains,  and  polished,  if  I  may  so  express  it,  by  the  blaz- 
ing contact  of  sunbeams,  they  sometimes  shine  like 
gems.  In  some  instances  the  forms  were  as  remarka- 
ble as  the  colors ;  and  the  rocks  were  worn  by  the  ac- 
tion of  the  elements  into  variegated  shapes  of  beauty, 
which  reminded  us  of  the  columns,  statues,  and  tem- 
ples of  human  art.  It  was  often  a  magic  scene,  a 
wilderness  of  enchantments,  probably  unseen  any- 
where else; — which  recalled,  while  it  may  be  sup- 
posed to  give  an  explanation  in  part,  of  the  gorgeous 
fictions  of  the  Arabian  tales. 


376 


LETTERS ESTHETIC, 


It  may  be  proper  to  say  here,  that  the  wady  Hud- 
hera,  or  rather  the  fountain  of  Hudhera  in  its  vicinity, 
is  supposed  by  biblical  geographers,  and  for  reasons 
which  have  much  weight,  to  be  the  Hazeroth  of  the 
Scriptures,  If  this  view  should  generally  be  adopted 
as  the  correct  one,  it  will  be  found  important  as  indi- 
cating with  great  exactness  the  first  portion  of  the 
route  of  the  Israelites  from  Sinai  towards  Palestine. 

Reaching  after  a  number  of  days  the  Elanitic  branch 
of  the  Red  Sea,  we  encamped  at  night  on  its  shores, 
and  were  refreshed  by  its  welcome  breezes.  The 
transition  to  this  novel  scene  was  pleasant,  although 
the  desolation  on  both  sides  of  the  gulf  was  not  less 
marked  and  complete  than  that  of  the  regions  behind 
us.  But  there  was  this  difference.  There  had  been 
unbroken  silence  before.  Day  had  succeeded  to  day, 
without  a  sound  to  break  their  stillness, — but  now 
the  voice  of  the  waves,  as  they  dashed  gently  on  the 
shore,  was  like  sweet  sounds  of  music.  This  gentle 
and  refreshing  voice  from  the  ocean  seemed  to  have 
a  power  over  the  heart  unknown  before.  But  this 
was  not  all.  In  the  barren  region  from  which  we 
had  just  emerged  there  were  neither  trees  nor  flowers 
to  attract  the  eye  with  their  verdure  and  variegated 
beauty;  but  scattered  along  the  shore  of  the  sea 
there  were  numberless  sea-shells  of  exquisite  tints 
and  of  every  variety  of  form.  Often  we  stopped  to 
gather  them;  and  we  found  a  new  species  of  com- 
panionship iu  the  suggestive  power  of  their  beauty. 

Continuing  along  the  western  side  of  the  sea,  we 
now  proceeded,  by  an  easier  march  of  a  number  of 
days,  some  iifty  or  sixty  miles  to  Accaba.     In  only 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  377 

one  instance,  when  a  mountainous  rock  came  jutting 
down  upon  the  water,  were  we  obliged  to  leave  the 
level  shore,  and  take  a  more  difficult  route.  The  sea, 
or  gulf  as  it  may  be  as  properly  called,  varies  in  its 
upper  portion  from  five  to  twelve  miles  in  width. 
Such,  at  least,  is  the  opinion,  which  one  would  be 
likely  to  form,  in  estimating  it  by  the  eye  alone.  On 
the  side  opposite  to  us,  lofty  and  barren  heights 
touched  in  some  places  upon  the  water ;  and  suspen- 
ded their  huge  cliffs  over  it.  This  rocky  and  moun- 
tainous region  extending  along  the  eastern  shore — 
a  region  which  includes  Mount  Hor  within  its  limits, 
— is  the  ancient  land  of  Idumea, — the  residence  of 
the  descendants  of  Esau,  and  the  burial  place  of 
Aaron. 

At  the  head  of  this  branch  of  the  Red  Sea  were 
once  towns  of  importance,  which  have  now  passed 
away; — particularly  Eloth  mentioned  in  the  Scrip- 
tures, which  is  the  same,  I  suppose,  as  the  Aila  or 
Aela  of  the  Romans,  and  Eziongeber,  the  port  of 
Solomon.  David,  the  father  of  Solomon,  had  con- 
quered the  Idumeans  ;  and  the  possession  of  this  port 
which  was  the  channel  of  Arabian  and  Indian  com- 
merce, was  a  principal  source  of  Solomon's  wealth. 
It  is  stated  of  this  king,  that  he  "made  a  navy  of  ship3 
at  Eziongeber,  which  is  beside  Eloth,  on  the  shore  of 
the  Red  Sea,  in  the  land  of  Edom."  The  site  of  Eloth 
was  two  miles  south  of  Accaba.  The  latter  is  a  mod- 
ern Turkish  town  of  small  size,  with  fortifications  of 
considerable  strength ;  and  is  the  residence  of  a  gov- 
ernor. Reaching  it  in  safety,  but  not  without  con- 
siderable fatigue,  we  pitched  our  tents  on  the  plain  of 
32* 


378  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

Accaba  and  near  its  walls,  with  the  Red  Sea  in  front 
and  the  mountains  of  Edom  behind  us. 

The   arrangement,  which  we   had  made  with   our 
Arabs  for  our  conveyance,  terminated  at  Accaba.    We 
could  not  advance  further  without  the  assistance  and 
aid  of  Shekh  Hassan,  the  chief  of  the  Alloween  Arabs. 
We  waited  for  him  some  time.     He  was  absent  in 
the  Idumean  mountains  which   are  inhabited  by  his 
people  ;  and  did  not  come  to  us  till  after   the  lapse  of 
seven  days.     He  gave  explanations  of  his  detention, 
which  seemed  due  to  the  patience  with  which  we  had 
waited  for  him  so  long  on  the  burning  sands.     We 
were  glad  to  see  the  old  chief,  though  he  brought  us 
unfavorable   news.     Shekh    Hassan    has  often   been 
mentioned  by  travellers.     We  were   seated   beneath 
some  palm-trees  which  overshadowed  our  tents,  when 
he  made  his  appearance.     He  is  an  old  man,  seventy 
years  of  age ;  but  with  no  want  of  elasticity  in  his 
step,   and  with  no  dimness  in  his  keen,  piercing  eye. 
Dressed  richly  in  the  oriental  manner,  and  seated  erect 
on  a  fine  horse,  which  bore  him  majestically  from  the 
mountains  behind  us,  he  wheeled  slowly  and  proudly 
into  our  presence.     As  he  rode  he  bore  a  beautiful 
spear  in  his  right  hand ; — some  twelve  feet  in  length. 
He  held  it  gracefully  and  proudly,  as  if  conscious  of 
elevating  upon  its  sharp  and  glittering  point  both  the 
emblem  and  security  of  his  barbarian  bower.    He  was 
accompanied  by  his  brother  and  son.     He  heard  our 
story,  and  promptly  returned  his  answer. 

He  informed  us,  that  in  consequence  of  some  very 
recent  difficulties,  which  had  sprung  up  among  the 
Arab  tribes,  it  would  be  impossible,  in  accordance 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  379 

with  our  original  intention,  to  reach  Palestine  by  the 
way  of  Hebron  ;  and  would  b>e  very  difficult  to  ad- 
vance even  as  far  as  Petra,  the  ancient  capital  of  Idu- 
mea.  We  knew  something  of  the  power  of  this  Edom- 
ite  Chief,  and  that  we  could  not  go  without  his  assis- 
tance. And  although  we  offered  him  inducements 
and  made  various  propositions,  he  still  insisted,  that 
the  attempt  to  reach  Hebron,  in  particular,  would  be 
at  the  risk  of  property  and  lives; — and  with  an  hon- 
orable frankness,  he  declined  entirely  the  responsibility 
of  conducting  us. 

Under  these  circumstances  we  were  obliged  to  give 
up  some  of  the  objects  we  had  in  view;  especially  our 
visit  to  Petra  which  was  but  a  few  days  distance  from 
us  ;  and  whose  remains  of  dwellings,  tombs  and  tem- 
ples, excavated  with  taste  and  skill  in  the  lofty  rocks 
which  overhang  its  narrow  valley,  have  been  the  ad- 
miration of  travellers.  Altering  the  plan  of  our  route 
with  the  view  to  reach  the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean, 
and  in  the  expectation  of  entering  Palestine  by  the 
way  of  the  old  Philistine  town  of  Gaza,  we  at  once 
made  preparations  for  our  departure.  The  old  Al- 
loween  chief,  who  showed  in  his  intercourse  with  us 
that  he  was  neither  wanting  in  kind  feelings  nor  in  a 
good  share  of  practical  shrewdness,  readily  furnished 
the  requisite  camels  and  men.  The  Bedouin  Arabs, 
under  whose  guidance  we  were  now  placed,  have  the 
reputation  of  being  among  the  rudest  and  wildest  of 
this  peculiar  and  remarkable  race  of  people.  Their 
appearance,  as  they  came  around  us  and  took  posses- 
sion of  our  tents  and  baggage,  was  not  at  variance 
with  their  reputation.  The  chief  Hassan,  thinking  it 
unnecessary  to  attend  us  in  person,  or  perhaps  called 


380  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

to  more  urgent  duties  somewhere  else,  committed  our 
escort  to  the  charge  of  his  brother. 

A  few  moments  before  we  started,  I  was  interested 
to  see  this  old  man,  the  head  of  a  fierce  and  powerful 
tribe,  call  around  him  those  of  his  people  who  were 
to  attend  us.  Their  rude  and  coarse  garments  showed 
their  poverty  ;  but  each  one,  I  believe,  or  with  scarce- 
ly an  exception,  had  a  gun  in  his  hand.  At  the  voice 
of  their  leader  their  discordant  clamors  were  hushed. 
The  aged  chief  took  an  elevated  position  on  a  rock ; 
and  the  men  seated  themselves  in  a  circle  in  front  of 
him  on  the  rocks  and  sand.  Standing  but  a  few  feet 
back  of  the  enclosure  formed  by  the  Bedouins,  I  was 
able  to  hear  what  was  said  without  understanding  its 
import.  I  learned,  however,  from  our  interpreter,  that 
he  gave  them  advice  as  to  their  conduct ;  and  cer- 
tainly the  propriety  and  earnestness  of  his  gestures, 
and  the  falling  tear  that  shone  in  his  eye,  and  the  visi- 
ble effect  upon  the  men,  showed  that  even  the  fierce 
chief  of  a  rude  Arab  tribe  feels  something  of  the  obli- 
gation to  be  the  father,  as  well  as  the  leader  and 
governor  of  his  people. 

We  left  Accaba  on  Monday  the  25th  of  April ;  re- 
tracing for  a  short  time  our  steps  around  the  head  of 
this  branch  of  the  Red  Sea,  till  we  reached,  in  the 
mountains  on  its  western  side,  the  great  pass,  which 
is  annually  trodden  by  the  caravans  between  Egypt 
and  Mecca.  Turning  into  this  pass,  in  which  there 
are  obvious  traces  of  an  old  Roman  road,  we  ascend- 
ed for  a  long  distance  with  mountain  heights  on  each 
hand ;  and  amid  that  peculiar  mountain  scenery  which 
I  have  already  mentioned.  Arrived  at  the  summit  of 
this  long  and  difficult  ascent,  we  once  more  cast  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  381 

look  upon  the  waters,  which  once  floated  with  the  na- 
vies and  riches  of  Solomon,  and  upon  the  lofty  moun- 
tains of  Edom  on  the  other  side  of  them.  We  then, 
without  descending  into  valleys  again  as  we  naturally 
anticipated,  passed  over  elevated  plains  of  vast  extent ; 
of  a  hard  and  pebbly  surface,  and  blackened  by  the 
sun  ;  and  I  think  we  found  no  part  of  these  great  de- 
serts more  destitute  of  vegetation  and  of  every  form 
of  life  than  this.  In  four  days'  travel  from  Accaba, 
and  at  the  distance  of  about  ninety  miles,  we  reached 
the  village  and  fortress  of  Niekel. 

The  country  around  the  fortress  of  Niekel,  unable 
to  supply  with  provisions  even  the  little  community 
here,  is  a  wide  sandy  desolation  ;  not  less  barren  than 
the  country  we  had  passed  over.  So  that  both  the 
fortress  and  the  little  village  connected  with  it,  draw 
their  supplies  from  distant  places ;  and  chiefly  from 
Suez  and  Cairo.  A  few  artificial  wells  and  fountains, 
however,  are  found  here  ;  which  is  a  great  convenience 
to  the  travellers  and  pilgrims  that  pass  this  way. 
The  fortress  of  Niekel  is  not  far  from  the  borders  of 
the  Pashalic  of  Egypt  in  the  direction  of  Syria ;  and 
seems  to  have  been  established  with  the  combined 
object  of  keeping  the  neighboring  Arabs  in  awe,  of 
protecting  and  aiding  the  caravans  between  Egypt 
and  Mecca,  and  of  indicating  the  fact  of  Egyptian 
authority,  exercised  in  full  power  at  no  great  distance 
from  the  lines  of  a  distinct  and  rival  dominion. 

There  were  sounds  of  music  in  the  village  and  for- 
tress on  the  night  of  our  arrival  there.  It  was  an 
hour  of  feasting,  and  of  that  rude  joy,  which  in  these 
regions  accompanies  the  ceremonies  of  marriage.     I 


382  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

sat  in  my  tent  and  heard  it,  at  a  little  distance  ;  and 
was  not  sorry  to  know,  that  human  sympathies  may 
exist  amid  the  desolations  of  nature ;  and  that  love 
has  a  place  even  in  the  sands  of  the  desert. 

We  spent  the  Sabbath  here,  and  on  the  next  morn- 
ing, the  second  of  May,  renewed  our  march  towards 
the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean.  At  this  place  we 
ceased  to  be  conveyed  by  the  camels  and  Bedouins 
of  Shekh  Hassan ;  and  came  under  the  protection 
and  were  conveyed  by  the  men  of  another  tribe.  This 
change  in  the  men  who  conducted  us,  had  been  the 
cause  of  some  delay. 

As  we  advanced  from  Niekel  towards  Gaza,  we 
passed  through  a  portion  of  the  territory  once  occu- 
pied by  the  Amalekites  ; — an  ancient  and  warlike  peo- 
ple, whose  power  seems  to  have  extended  from  the 
plains  and  valleys  of  Philistia  to  the  mountains  of 
Sinai.  Their  fierce  wars  with  the  Israelites  are  known 
to  the  readers  of  the  Bible.  Our  course  led  us  a  little 
to  the  south  of  the  ancient  Beersheba,  and  at  no 
great  distance  from  it.  Beersheba,  which  still  retains 
its  ancient  name  and  whose  wells  and  scattered  ruins 
indicate  its  position,  is  situated  upon  the  southern 
border  of  Palestine.  It  was  at  one  time  the  residence 
of  Abraham  and  Isaac.  Passing  onward  in  a  south- 
west direction,  and  going  through  what  we  supposed 
might  be  that  portion  of  the  Philistine  territory  which 
bears  in  the  Scriptures  the  name  of  Gerar,  we  reached 
in  five  days'  travel  from  Niekel  the  shores  of  the 
Mediterranean ;  and  were  lodged  in  the  quarters  of 
the  quarantine  of  Gaza. 

In  our  approach  to  this  city,  and  at  the  distance  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  383 

about  twenty  miles,  we  began  to  pass  from  the  un- 
broken sterility  of  the  desert  to  lands  susceptible  of 
cultivation.  The  heart  harmonizes  with  nature  ;  and 
is  gay  or  sad  in  correspondence  with  the  joy  or  sad- 
ness of  that  which  is  without.  I  cannot  forget  the 
delight  I  felt  when  we  came  to  a  small  brook.  Grass 
and  reeds  grew  upon  its  banks  ;  and  as  it  played  with 
its  pebbly  channel,  its  prattling  music  seemed  to  have 
a  voice  of  social  welcome  in  its  sound.  We  saw  once 
more  flocks  of  sheep  and  goats,  and  the  playing  child- 
ren who  watched  them  ;  and  droves  of  camels  going 
to  the  watering  places ;  and  husbandmen  gathering 
in  the  barley  from  the  fields.  Life,  that  had  been  bu- 
ried in  the  sands,  was  again  struggling  upward  into 
form  and  beauty.  Flowers,  unknown  in  colder  cli- 
mates, sprung  up  by  the  wayside ;  and  as  I  gazed 
upon  them  with  continual  delight,  it  seemed  as  if  I 
had  known  nothing  of  their  radiance  before.  They 
seemed  to  my  pleased  imagination,  to  vindicate  to 
themselves  the  principle  of  life  ;  and  to  arise  from 
the  earth  like  conscious  and  social  beings,  desirous  of 
expressing  their  joy.  They  revealed,  in  their  pure 
and  bright  expression,  a  religious  import.  Is  it  not 
true,  that  the  glory  of  God  is  written  on  the  leaf  of 
the  flower.  Or  is  it  the  state  of  the  mind,  writing 
the  inward  beauty  on  the  outward  object,  which 
makes  it  shine  so  brightly  ? 

"We  are  now  in  Gaza  in  quarantine.  And  it  is  here, 
that  I  am  writing,  or  rather  finishing  this  letter,  which 
I  had  begun  during  our  seven  days'  stay  at  Accaba. 
The  detention  here  I  suppose  is  necessary  ;  or  at  least 
is  deemed  to  be  so.     I  have  no  fault  to  find  with  our 


384  LETTERS — ESTHETIC, 

accommodations.  And  the  harmony  of  our  little  com- 
pany, strengthened  by  piety,  and  cheered  in  Syria  as 
on  the  Nile  and  in  the  Desert  by  woman's  presence, 
has  made  every  situation  pleasant.  I  can  see  from 
the  windows  of  the  rooms  which  we  occupy  the  site 
of  the  old  city  of  Gaza.  The  ancient  city,  situated 
at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  or  two  miles  from 
the  modern  Gaza,  was  a  place  of  no  small  note,  as 
far  back  as  the  time  of  Joshua  and  the  Israelitish 
Judges.  Its  position  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean was  favorable  to  it ;  and  commerce  enriched  it 
and  gave  it  strength.  Its  site  is  now  covered  by  an 
immense  pile  of  sand ;  so  wide  and  so  deep  that  the 
traveller  who  seeks  for  some  memorial  of  its  former 
greatness,  can  scarcely  find  the  fragment  of  a  broken 
column. 

That  lofty  pile,  which  the  winds  and  waves  of  ages 
have  drifted  together,  and  beneath  which  the  city  and 
its  gates  and  temples  are  buried,  is  a  sort  of  monu- 
mental pillar,  of  that  which  is  passed  away  and  gone. 
The  pride  of  the  Philistine  states,  the  city  of  Gaza  at 
successive  periods  was  the  place  of  commerce,  arts, 
battles,  sieges.  It  withstood  for  a  long  time  the  fierce 
attacks  of  Alexander  the  Great,  who  found  it  stand- 
ing in  his  way  in  his  triumphant  march  from  Egypt 
to  Phenicia.  And  at  an  earlier  period  it  had  a  con- 
nection, in  various  ways,  with  Scripture  history.  It 
was  the  gates  of  Gaza,  which  Sampson  in  his  con- 
tests with  this  people,  took  away  at  night,  and  set 
upon  a  distant  hill  before  Hebron.  It  was  here  that 
he  was  destroyed.  And  this  is  the  scene,  therefore, 
of  one  of  the  magnificent  poems  of  Milton. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  385 

It  is  thus,  wherever  our  journey  leads  us,  that  past 
deeds  and  generations  spring  up  at  our  feet.  As  I  am 
seated  at  my  window  and  let  my  eye  roam  over  these 
scenes — that  eye  which  becomes  also  a  window  to 
my  heart  and  lets  in  the  floodlights  of  memory, — I 
call  to  mind  the  names  of  the  men  of  distant  ages  ; — 
of  the  son  of  Manoah,  the  Hercules  of  the  wild  and 
heroic  age  of  the  Scriptures,  who  fought  with  Dagon 
and  subdued  him ; — of  the  Macedonian  conqueror, 
the  mighty  but  wayward  child  of  a  mysterious  provi- 
dence, who  was  led  onward  to  the  destruction  of  cities 
in  fulfilment  of  the  denunciations  of  the  Hebrew  pro- 
phets;— and  of  the  wonderful  bard  of  the  Isle  of  the 
Ocean,  who  was  illuminated  with  a  brighter  light 
when  he  became  blind,  and  who,  in  his  Sampson 
Agonistes,  has  poured  forth  a  song  of  sorrow  and  of 
triumph,  which  matches  the  noblest  melodies  of  Greek 
and  Roman  fame. 

The  story  of  Sampson  is  one  of  the  touching  and 
instructive  passages  of  biblical  history;  varied  and 
wonderful  in  its  conflicting  aspects  ;  and  not  unworthy 
of  the  sympathetic  remembrances  and  the  sublime 
song  of  the  great  English  poet.  Strong  in  his  earthly 
passions,  strong  in  his  love  of  God,  but  vacillating 
from  heaven  to  earth  and  from  earth  to  he'aven,  he 
was  an  object,  which  angels  might  look  upon  with 
pity; — sad  and  terrible  in  his  inward  conflicts.  When 
he  looked  upon  Delilah,  he  fell  prostrate  to  the  earth. 
When  he  remembered  the  prayers  and  faith  of  his 
father  and  mother,  and  of  the  ancient  and  great  men 
of  his  people,  his  soul  gained  strength,  and  soared  up- 
ward to  celestial  regions.  And  it  was  thus,  not  firmly 
33 


386  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

fixed  to  the  Central  Life,  and  rent  asunder  by  at- 
tractions from  different  sources,  he  passed  and  repassed 
from  heights  to  depths,  from  good  to  evil.  But  God, 
who  loved  him,  closed  his  earthly  sight ;  in  order  that 
the  eye,  which  was  closed  and  dark  to  earth,  might 
be  open  and  illuminated  from  heaven.  With  light 
came  strength;  and  the  influx  of  strength  into  his 
soul  gave  strength  to  his  physical  nature.  His  hour 
was  come.  He  was  ready  to  die,  because  death,  which 
is  only  a  method  of  transition,  is  the  gateway  of  the 
resurrection.  But  in  that  final  conflict  between  the 
true  and  the  false,  between  the  perishable  and  the 
eternal,  his  arm  grew  mighty  in  God  ; — he  shook  the 
strong  foundations  and  pillars  of  falsehood;  and  the 
idol  and  the  temple  "  crumbled  into  dust." 


(XLII.) 

Quarantine — Its  occupants — Thoughts  on  experiences  in  the  wilder- 
ness— Poetry — On  President  Edwards'  system  of  pure  or  univer- 
sal love — The  slain  lamb — Achmed  the  Syrian — The  bird  of  Ac- 
caba— The  tame  fishes  of  Hingham— The  little  girl— Poetry. 

PASHALIC  OF  SYRIA,  QUARANTINE  OF  GAZA, 

SECOND  LETTER. 

My  last  letter  found  me  in  Gaza.  I  date  the  pres- 
ent letter  from  the  same  place  in  quarantine.  The 
prevalence  of  pestilential  diseases  in  the  countries  of 
the  East,  renders  establishments  of  this  kind  necessary. 
The  quarantine  buildings  are  erected  around  a  square 
open  court.  One  side  of  this  open  area  is  adorned 
with  shrubbery  and  flowers.  They  are  watered  from 
a  large  well  which  stands  in  the  centre  of  the  court ; — 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  387 

and  around  which  persons  are  constantly  gathered. 
People  from  different  countries,  detained  for  the  rea- 
sons which  detain  us,  are  assembled  within  these 
walls ; — travellers  to  Jerusalem,  traders  from  Cairo, 
Arabs  from  the  desert, — and  all  differing  from  each 
other,  almost  as  much  in  their  situations  in  life,  as  in 
their  habits,  dress,  nationalities  and  language. 

At  a  little  distance  from  the  room  which  we  occupy 
there  is  a  company  of  slaves.     They  were  brought 
down  the  Nile  from  Nubia,  sold  to  a  slave  purchaser 
in  Cairo,  and  are  on  their  sad  and  desolate  way  to  the 
interior  of  Syria.     In  another  part  of  the  building,  as 
if  in  contrast  with  this  scene  of  degradation  and  suf- 
fering, is  a  party  of  young  Englishmen,  full  of  activity, 
joy  and  hope ;  among  whom  are  students  from  the 
University  of  Oxford.    Beyond  the  walls,  but  in  sight 
of  our  room,  which  is  the  higher  story  of  the  quaran- 
tine building,  a  large  company  of  Bedouins  have  just 
come  upon  the  wide  and  beautiful  plain,  which  ex- 
tends to  the  south  and  west  of  the  city.     They  have 
pitched  their  dark  tents.     Their  children  are  at  play. 
The  camels,  relieved  from  their  burdens,  are  strolling 
around.    The  smoke  of  their  fires  is  ascending. 

But  I  will  let  these  things  pass  now ;  and  permit  my 
thoughts  to  take  another  direction.  I  will  go  back 
again  for  a  short  time  to  the  wilderness ;  and  the  rea- 
son is,  that  the  detention  of  a  number  of  days  at  Gaza, 
under  the  restrictions  and  confinement  of  a  quaran- 
tine, has  afforded  an  opportunity,  not  only  to  give  an 
outline  of  our  journey  to  this  place,  but  to  record 
some  of  the  thoughts  and  feelings  to  which  it  has 
given  rise. 


388  LETTERS JESTHETIC, 

I  have  left  the  remarkable  scenes  of  the  desert ;  and 
in  all  probability  have  left  them  forever.  But  I  hope 
it  will  not  savor  of  affectation  when  I  say,  that  my 
intercourse  with  this  extraordinary  and  memorable 
locality  has  been  an  intercourse  of  the  affections,  as 
well  as  of  the  senses.  Such  certainly  has  been  the 
case.  Leaving,  therefore,  its  geography  and  geology 
to  other  and  more  appropriate  hands,  at  least  in  their 
more  specific  and  particular  aspects,  it  will  be  enough 
for  me,  in  the  circumstances  of  physical  weakness  in 
which  I  have  come  here,  merely  to  give  an  account 
of  the  general  appearances  of  the  country  and  some 
little  record  of  my  feelings.  So  that  my  descriptions, 
such  as  they  are,  may  be  expected  to  take  their  charac- 
ter in  some  degree  from  the  heart,  as  well  as  the  sight. 

A  man  never  knows  the  length  and  depth  of  his 
own  nature,  who  lives  in  one  place  and  deals  with 
one  class  of  men  alone  ;  but  must  expand  and  explore 
himself — must  both  enlarge  his  capacity  and  must 
understand  his  capacity — by  exploring  and  exhaust- 
ing many  varieties  of  situation.  And  when  he  is 
wandering  in  places  desolate  and  without  an  inhabi- 
tant, it  will  not  be  surprising,  if,  in  the  yearning  of  his 
heart  to  find  some  object  that  can  meet  its  wants,  he 
should  learn  to  love  the  fountains  and  even  the  rocks. 
A  tree  or  a  flower,  so  frequent  in  his  own  distant  land 
as  to  diminish  in  some  degree  the  sense  of  their  value, 
will  wake  up  an  enthusiasm  of  thought  and  feeling, 
which  he  had  hardly  known  before.  Flowers  have  no 
tongues  and  therefore  have  no  outward  speech ;  but  I 
think  they  may  be  said  to  speak  with  the  heart;  and 
sometimes    they    utter    or    suggest     thoughts    and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  389 

enter  into  little  affectionate  conversations,  which  are 
quite  interesting.  Some  of  the  weary  hours,  which 
were  occupied  in  traversing  the  peninsula  of  Sinai, 
were  relieved  by  these  little  soliloquies.  Allow  me  to 
give  you  an  instance ;  which,  for  the  sake  of  your 
younger  and  less  critical  readers,  I  will  put  into  verse. 

One  day  in  the  desert 

With  pleasure  I  spied 
A  flower  in  its  beauty 

Looking  up  at  my  side. 
And  I  said,  Oh  sweet  flow'ret, 

That  bloomest  alone, 
What 's  the  worth  of  thy  beauty, 

Thus  shining  unknown  ? 

But  the  flower  gave  me  answer, 

With  a  smile  quite  divine  ; 
'Tis  the  nature,  oh,  stranger, 

Of  beauty  to  shine. 
Take  all  I  can  give  thee, 

And  when  thou  art  gone, 
The  light  that  is  in  me, 

Will  keep  shining  on. 

And,  oh  gentle  stranger, 

Permit  me  to  say, 
To  keep  up  thy  spirits 

Along  this  lone  way, 
While  tby  heart  shall  flow  outward 

To  gladden  and  bless, 
The  fount  at  its  centre 

Will  never  grow  less. 

I  was  struck  with  its  answer, 

And  left  it  to  glow 
To  the  clear  sky  above  it, 

And  the  pale  sands  below  ; 
Above  and  around  it 

Its  light  to  impart, 
But  never  exhausting 

The  fount  at  its  heart, 
33* 


390  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

There  is  a  system  of  philosophy  supported  by  a 
great  and  memorable  name — and  none  the  less  me- 
morable because  he  who  bore  it  pursued  his  sublime 
and  difficult  studies  in  the  woods  of  America ;  which 
maintains  that  "virtue  consists  in  the  love  of  being 
in  general."  That,  I  believe,  is  the  form  of  expres- 
sion— or  very  nearly  the  form  of  expression — in  which 
its  leading  doctrine  is  conveyed.  It  condemns  isola- 
tion. It  frowns  upon  selfishness.  Like  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount,  which  indeed  may  be  supposed  to  have 
suggested  its  leading  principles,  it  looks  favorably 
and  earnestly  in  the  direction  of  wide  and  universal 
attachments — not  excluding  even  our  enemies.  It  is 
a  sublime  doctrine,  and  indicates  the  thoughts  and 
experiences  of  a  far-reaching  mind.  Supported  by  its 
precepts,  which  anticipate  and  require  the  restoration 
of  universal  harmony,  I  am  unwilling  to  set  narrow 
limits  to  my  sympathies.  And  certainly,  if  I  thus  felt 
sympathy  with  inanimate  nature,  the  alliance  of  pri- 
mitive harmony,  if  I  may  so  express  it,  with  the  rock, 
the  fountain  and  the  flower,  I  could  not  feel  less  with 
anything  and  everything  which  has  life  in  it.  And 
when  at  intervals  I  saw  a  bird  flying  in  the  air,  or  even 
a  lizard  basking  upon  the  heated,  noonday  sand,  or  a 
mole  excavating  its  dim  mansion  under  the  starlight, 
I  recognized  that  great  and  sacred  tie,  too  long  sun- 
dered, but  still  reclaim  able,  which  binds  together  all 
existences.  I  will  give  one  or  two  incidents  in  illus- 
tration of  my  feelings. 

When  we  entered  upon  the  elevated  plain  extend- 
ing to  the  southwest  of  the  Elanitic  Red  Sea,  I 
noticed   a  little  lamb   following  our  caravan ;  at  first 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  391 

led  by  some  Arabs,  and  then  left  by  them  to  fol- 
low at  his  own  will.  I  loved  it  as  soon  as  I  saw 
it.  It  will  be  remembered  that  we  were  in  the  desert. 
And  there  is  only  one  solitude  which  the  soul  cannot 
bear — that  which  is  destitute  of  any  object  of  affec- 
tion. For  some  time  this  little  lamb,  which  had  thus 
suddenly  established  a  place  in  my  affections,  gave 
me  some  trouble,  because  I  was  afraid  it  would  stray 
away  and  be  lost.  And  I  sometimes  allowed  my 
companions  to  advance,  while  I  lingered  behind  and 
watched  its  motions.  But  my  anxiety  was  perhaps 
unnecessary.  It  would  stop,  and  go  aside  from  the 
path  among  the  rocks,  and  try  to  find  something  which 
it  could  eat;  and  then  looking  up,  and  seeing  the 
company  at  a  distance,  it  hastened  with  all  the  speed 
of  its  little  feet  to  rejoin  it.  I  thought  of  the  time 
when  God  brought  the  creatures  he  had  made  to 
Adam  ;  and  he  "  gave  their  names  to  the  beasts  of  the 
fields  and  the  birds  of  the  air."  A  long  way  in  the 
wilderness  did  the  lamb  travel  in  this  manner.  At 
night  it  slept  like  a  little  child,  by  the  side  of  our 
tents.  There  was  something  plaintive  in  its  bleat  as 
it  ran  along  through  the  day  by  the  side  of  our  camels, 
as  if  some  feeling  or  presentiment  of  sorrow  mingled 
with  its  affection.  When  we  arrived  at  Niekel,  which 
I  have  mentioned  in  a  former  letter  as  one  of  the 
frontier  towns  of  Egypt,  the  lamb  was  killed.  It  had 
followed  us  a  long  way  over  the  desert.  It  came  sadly 
but  confidingly  to  the  place  of  its  destruction.  It 
loved  the  hand  that  slew  it.  And  I  felt  that  a  tie  of 
the  heart  was  sundered,  when  I  saw  its  blood  in  the 
sand. 


392  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

In  referring  to  these  feelings,  which  I  might  not 
have  noticed  so  much  at  another  time,  they  do  not 
seem  to  me  to  be  at  variance  either  with  philosophy 
or  religion.  The  love  of  our  Maker  is  one  of  the  first 
principles  of  practical  religion.  But  is  it  possible  for 
man  to  love  God  as  he  ought  to  love  him,  without  at 
the  same  time  loving,  in  an  appropriate  manner,  all 
the  creatures  he  has  made  ?  Perhaps  it  may  be  as- 
cribed to  emotional  weakness  ;  but  still  it  is  difficult 
for  me  to  conceive  of  a  man  as  bearing  fully  the  di- 
vine image,  who  has  so  little  sensibility  that  he  mars 
the  face  of  nature,  by  needlessly  crushing  a  flower ; 
and  still  more  difficult,  if  he  dishonors  and  offends 
God  by  causelessly  diminishing  the  happiness  of  any 
sentient  being,  however  insignificant  it  may  be,  which 
is  capable  of  happiness. 

Now  that  I  have  availed  myself  of  the  broad  title 
which  I  have  given  to  these  letters,  and  have  ventured 
incidentally  upon  this  subject,  I  will  venture  to  give 
one  or  two  more  illustrations.  We  have  in  our  com- 
pany a  Syrian,  whose  name  is  Achmed.  His  home 
is  in  Beiroot ;  but  he  has  come  with  us  from  Cairo. 
He  has  with  him  a  two-barrelled  gun,  which  he  uses 
with  skill.  And  while  we  were  in  the  deserts,  if  a 
bird  or  any  living  thing  appeared,  he  endeavored  to 
shoot  it.  I  strove  to  make  him  understand  my  feel- 
ings ;  but  it  was  to  little  purpose.  All  I  could  do, 
when  I  saw  him  aiming  his  gun,  was  to  give  a  signal 
by  voice  or  action  to  the  devoted  bird  ;  or  whatever 
animal  it  was ;  and  this  I  did  not  fail  to  do,  although 
at  the  expense  of  incurring  his  displeasure.  We  were 
very  good  friends,  however,  except  in  this  matter ;  in 
which  we  found  it  impossible  to  agree. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  393 


At  Accaba  our  tent  was  pitched  near  the  Red  Sea; 
and  daily  two  large,  beautiful  birds  sailed  in  the  air 
above  us.  I  was  delighted  with  them.  One  day  the 
report  of  a  gun  was  heard.  One  of  the  birds  fell  up- 
on the  shore  dead ;  and  Achmed  brought  his  trophy 
to  our  tent.  I  was  offended.  I  knew  that  not  a  sparrow 
falls  to  the  ground  without  God's  notice.  I  stood 
silent.  I  could  not  praise  his  marksmanship.  He  soon 
took  the  bird  and  carried  it  away,  not  very  well  satis- 
fied at  his  reception,  and  threw  it  down  under  the 
walls  of  Accaba. 

I  can  hardly  explain  upon  what  motive  or  principle 
I  acted  ;  but  I  soon  went  away  to  the  place,  and  sat 
down  upon  the  sand  amid  a  ragged  group  of  Arab 
and  Turkish  children.  They  were  not  strong  enough 
to  use  guns,  and  were  not  old  enough  to  lose  their 
natural  sympathies.  We  sat  there  for  a  little  time, 
admiring  the  yellow  beak  of  the  bird,  its  fading  eye, 
and  its  long  white  wings  ;  and  not  without  a  feeling 
of  common  sorrow.  And  I  must  confess  that  my 
feelings  of  regret  and  grief  were  not  diminished,  when 
I  looked  up,  and  saw  its  mate  soaring  above  us  with 
uneasy  wings.  I  suspected  the  object  of  his  visit. — 
His  eye  caught  a  sight  of  his  dead  companion.  He 
stooped  his  flight ;  and  passing  directly  above  us,  ut- 
tered a  low,  moaning  sound,  which  was  full  of  sad- 
ness ;  as  if  he  had  said, — Farewell,  companion  of  the 
rocks  and  waves!  Farewell,  the  light  and  joy  of  my 
heart !  Our  nest  is  desolate ;  and  the  life  of  the  living 
is  more  sad  than  the  death  of  the  fallen : — 

I  see  thy  heaving  heart  with  throbs  dilate  ; 
I  mark  the  shadows  of  thy  closing  eye  j 
Yes,  thou  art  fallen  lew,  but  shalt  not  die 
Without  a  friend  to  mourn  thy  cruel  fate. 


394  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

When  there  is  so  little  life  in  the  desert,  either  of 
man  or  animals,  why  should  man  hesitate  and  be  un- 
willing to  let  it  live  ?  I  hope  I  shall  give  no  offence 
in  saying,  that  both  my  instincts  and  my  convictions 
attach  a  sacredness  both  to  life  and  to  all  the  inno- 
cent and  right  enjoyments  of  which  it  is  susceptible. 
Man,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  the  birds  of  the 
air,  once  constituted  but  one  family.  And  man  can 
not  be  restored  to  a  millennial  state  without  the  res- 
toration of  the  family  in  all  its  parts.  The  bird  shall 
sing  to  cheer  him  ;  the  beast  shall  feed  from  his  hand ; 
"  the  lion  and  the  lamb  shall  lie  down  together ;"  and 
even  the  fishes  of  the  river  and  sea  shall  again  hear 
man's  voice  in  their  deep  habitations,  and  shall  enter 
once  more  into  the  circle  of  human  sympathies.  Al- 
low me  here  to  forget  that  I  am  on  the  borders  of  the 
Mediterranean,  and  to  return  in  memory  for  a  few 
moments  to  America. 

A  few  years  ago  I  read  in  a  newspaper  in  America, 
that  the  fishes  in  a  certain  pond  had  been  tamed,  and 
brought  back  again,  at  least  in  some  degree,  into  the 
original  association  with  humanity.  Being  at  leisure 
at  a  certain  time,  and  having  some  curiosity  to  ascer- 
tain the  truth  of  this  statement,  I  embarked  in  a  boat 
in  Boston  harbor,  and  in  the  boat  I  went  down  to 
Hingham.  It  was  near  night.  Next  morning,  and 
quite  early  in  the  morning,  I  went  towards  the  pond, 
which  was  said  to  be  the  theatre  of  this  interesting 
and  unprecedented  state  of  things.  I  recollect  that  I 
went  through  a  long  piece  of  woods,  which  was  with- 
out habitations,  and  which,  in  its  tranquillity  and 
beauty  was  favorable  to  benevolent  dispositions  and 
thoughts.     The  early  sunbeams  were  playing  with 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  395 

the  dew-drops ;  and  the  birds  were  singing  in  the 
branches.  After  passing  through  the  woods  and  com- 
ing in  sight  of  the  pond  of  water,  I  went  to  a  farmer's 
house  not  far  from  it.  I  knocked,  and  a  good-looking 
woman,  with  that  intelligent  and  benevolent  aspect 
which  marks  the  women  of  America,  came  to  the 
door.  Making  such  apology  as  I  was  able  for  a  visit 
so  early,  I  remarked  that  I  had  come  for  the  pur- 
pose of  seeing  the  fishes  in  the  neighboring  pond, 
which  were  said  to  be  tamed.  Readily  accepting  my 
explanations,  she  pointed  to  a  place  on  the  brink  of 
the  water,  and  said  that  one  of  her  children  would 
soon  come  down  there. 

I  had  not  stood  there  long  before  a  little  girl,  appa- 
rently anxious  not  to  detain  me,  came  running  down. 
She  seated  herself  on  a  rock  on  the  shore  and  looked 
into  the  mirror  of  the  morning  waters,  which  reflected 
back  the  delightful  image  of  her  innocent  beauty. 
She  called  to  the  fishes  ;  calling  them  sometimes  by 
the  names  of  their  tribes  and  sometimes  by  particular 
names  which  she  had  given  them.  There  was  one,  a 
large  one,  which  she  called  Cato.  But  Cato  was  in' 
no  hurry  to  come.  She  said  it  was  rather  early  for 
them.  They  had  not  yet  left  their  places  of  slumber. 
But  repeating  still  more  loudly  the  invitation  of  her 
sweet  voice,  they  began  to  make  their  appearance. 
The  smaller  ones  came  first,  and  then  the  larger  ones 
of  many  varieties ;  and  at  last  Cato,  who  was  a  sort 
of  king  and  counsellor  in  this  finny  congregation, 
came  among  them.  Delighted  with  this  renewed  visit 
of  their  virgin  queen,  although  they  seemed  to  be 
conscious  it  was  rather  early  in  the  morning,  they 


396  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

thrust  their  heads  above  the  water  ;  and  she  fed  them 
from  her  hand.    And  I  fed  them  also. 

Observing  something  peculiar  at  a  liitle  distance  in 
the  water,  I  was  surprised  to  see  two  turtles  making 
their  way  towards  her.  Her  voice  of  affection  had 
penetrated  beneath  their  dark,  hard  shells.  And  I  no- 
ticed that  they  came  with  great  effort  and  zeal;  as  if 
afraid  of  being  too  late  at  this  festival  of  love.  One 
of  them,  as  soon  as  they  reached  the  shore,  scrambled 
out  of  the  water,  and  climbed  upon  the  little  rock 
beside  her.  And  she  fed  them  both.  I  shall  not  ea- 
sily forget  this  interesting  scene ; — this  little  episode 
of  millenial  humanity. 

It  will  not  be  considered  surprising,  I  hope,  that  I 
entered  into  conversation  with  this  affectionate  and 
charming  child.  In  the  course  of  our  conversation, 
she  told  me  she  once  had  a  brother,  a  little  older  than 
herself,  who  had  aided  her  in  taming  the  fishes.  But 
he  was  now  dead.  This  too  touched  my  feelings. 
How  sad  it  was,  thought  I  to  myself,  for  such  a  sister 
to  part  with  such  a  brother.  But  she  spoke  of  her 
brother  in  such  a  way,  that  his  benevolent  spirit  seem- 
ed to  be  not  far  distant ;  but  to  fill  the  air  and  to  be 
with  us  and  around  us  where  we  stood.  The  expres- 
sion she  employed  was,  that  her  brother  was  dead. 
And  that  is  the  way  in  which  we  are  accustomed  to 
speak  of  those  who  are  taken  away  from  us.  But  I 
always  have  a  feeling  that  it  can  be  said  with  much 
propriety,  that  there  is  no  death,  and  no  possibility  of 
death  to  those  who  love.  But  it  must  be  acknowled- 
ged that  this  depends  in  part  upon  what  we  under- 
stand love  to  be.     Practically  it  seems  to  me  to  be  a 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  397 

heart,  or  rather  a  tendency  of  the  heart,  in  harmony 
with  the  happiness  of  all  existences  ; — a  benevolence 
which  does  not  save  one  and  smite  another,  but  ac- 
cepts and  saves  everything  which  does  not  reject  and 
spurn  its  offers  of  affection.  This  is  the  doctrine,  I 
suppose,  of  the  distinguished  American  philosopher 
to  whom  I  have  already  referred.  Such  a  principle, 
having  for  its  basis  a  correspondent  faith,  a  principle 
which  can  call  down  the  birds  of  the  mountain,  and 
tame  the  fishes  of  the  lakes  and  sea,  and  when  clothed 
in  song  can  make  the  very  trees  dance  around  it  ac- 
cording to  the  old  Orphic  melodies, — and  what  is 
more,  can  make  the  lofty  mountains  move  from  their 
places,  according  to  the  doctrine  of  Jesus  Christ, — 
such  a  principle,  in  passing  upward  through  succes- 
sive heights  of  glory,  can  change  its  form,  but  can 
never  lose  its  immortality. 

Selfishness  may  perish.  Indeed,  it  is  dead  already. 
But  love  can  never  die.  Poets  say  so.  Prophets, 
who  are  poets  gifted  with  religious  insight,  say  so. 
Humanity,  which  in  its  better  moments  embellishes 
poetry  with  the  inspirations  of  prophesy,  says  so. 
Love  not  only  recognizes  life,  but  is  life.  He  who 
does  not  know  how  to  love,  does  not  know  how  to 
live.  His  life  is  the  negation  of  living.  The  true 
life  is  not  in  him. 

But  this  is  a  digression.  My  apology  is  that  I  am 
in  a  prison,  which  is  called  by  a  free  license  of  speech, 
a  quarantine.  The  sight  has  its  limitations ;  but 
thought,  which  employs  itself  with  that  which  is  be- 
yond the  reach  of  the  senses,  is  not  bound.  And 
this  reminds  me  of  a  stanza  of  one  of  the  touching 
34 


398  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

poems  of  Madame  Guyon,  written  when  she  was  in 
the  prison  of  Vincennes  : — 

"  My  cage  confines  me  Tound  j 

Abroad  I  cannot  fly  ; 
But  though  my  wing  is  closely  bound. 

My  heart 's  at  liberty. 
My  prison  walls  cannot  control 
The  flight,  the  freedom  of  the  soul." 

America  is  a  great  way  from  the  wilderness  of  Sinai 
and  from  the  sandy  ruins  of  Gaza.  The  memory  of 
the  beautiful  apparition,  the  loving  and  lovely  daugh- 
ter of  the  American  woods,  who  stood  upon  the  wa- 
ter's brink  and  charmed  its  pleased  and  obedient  in- 
habitants, does  not  restore  the  slain  lamb  of  Niekel 
or  the  wounded  and  dying  bird  of  Accaba.  But  in 
the  great  law  of  progress  mercy  is  preceded  by  suffer- 
ing; and  truth  is  established  on  the  falsehood  which 
it  destroys.  Perhaps  some  flower  of  the  desert  will 
spring  up  from  their  blood. 

LINES  WRITTEN  ON  THE   MAIDEN  FISH-TAMER. 

Oh  maiden  of  the  woods  and  wave, 

With  footsteps  in  the  morning  dew  ! 

From  oozy  bed  and  watery  cave, 

The  tenants  of  the  lake  who  drew. 

Thy  voice  of  love  the  mystery  knew, 

Which  makes  old  bards  and  prophets  true. 

They  tell  us  of  that  better  day, 

When  love  shall  rule  the  world  again  ; 

When  crime  and  fraud  shall  pass  away, 

And  beast  and  bird  shall  dwell  with  men  ; 

When  seas  shall  marry  with  the  land, 

And  fishes  kiss  a  maiden's  hand. 

The  iron  age  has  done  its  best 

With  trump  and  sword  and  warriors  slain  ; 

But  could  not  tame  the  eagle's  nest 
Nor  lead  the  lion  by  the  mane  ; 

With  all  its  strength  and  all  its  woe, 

There  was  an  art  it  did  not  know. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  399 

>Twas  fitting  that  a  maid  like  thee, 

In  childhood's  bright  and  happy  hour, 

Should  teach  the  world  the  mystery 
That  innocence  alone  has  power  j 

That  love  the  victory  can  gain, 

Which  is  not  won  by  millions  slain. 

Oh  man,  if  thou  wouldst  know  the  art 

The  shatter'd  world  to  reinstate, 
Like  her  put  on  a  toying  heart, 

And  throw  away  thy  guile  and  hate. 
A  maid  shall  tell  thee  how  'tis  done, 
A  child  shall  show  the  victory  won. 


(XLIII.) 

Reference  to  Egypt — Topics  omitted — Wilderness  of  Sinai — The  his- 
torical and  literary  interest  which  attaches  to  it — Early  history  of 
Moses — Scholars  of  the  desert — John  Climachus — Analysis  of  the 
influence  and  love  of  solitude — Personal  recollections — Poetry. 

QUARANTINE  OF  GAZA,  PASHALIC  OF  SYRIA, 

THIRD  LETTER. 

You  will  not  expect  me,  while  shut  up  in  these 
narrow  walls  to  give  very  extensive  details  of  what  I 
am  seeing  ;  but  rather,  if  I  write  anything,  of  what  I 
am  thinking.  It  does  not  follow,  because  the  sight  is 
restricted  that  the  principle  of  thought  is  restricted 
and  bound  in  an  equal  degree.  And  I  find  that 
this  season  of  detention,  in  refusing  to  gratify  the 
outward  curiosity,  is,  on  the  whole,  favorable  to  in- 
ward reflection. 

In  justice  to  myself,  and  still  more  in  justice  to 
the  memorable  scenes  through  which  we  have  so  far 
passed,  I  ought  to  say  something  in  the  way  of  apolo- 
gy. In  passing  through  Egypt,  I  wrote  a  number  of 
letters  from  Thebes  and  other  places,  in  which  I  gave 
a  brief  account  of  some  of  the  numerous  objects  which 


400  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

came  under  notice,  and  of  the  impressions  which 
they  left  upon  the  mind.  But  for  reasons  which  it  is 
unnecessary  to  detail,  I  was  obliged  to  leave  many 
things  unsaid, — to  some  of  which  I  will  take  this  op- 
portunity briefly  to  refer ; — not  with  a  view,  however, 
to  fill  up  the  deficiency  at  the  present  time. 

And  one  of  the  subjects  thus  passed  over  is  the 
primitive  religion,  or  rather  the  system  of  religious 
opinions,  which  prevailed  in  ancient  Egypt.  This 
subject,  it  is  true,  is  briefly  mentioned  in  the  histories 
of  ancient  philosophical  opinions  ;  but  it  seemed  to 
me  that  it  ought  to  be  more  fully  meditated  and  stu- 
died. And  this  more  complete  examination  of  it  can 
be  made  to  the  fullest  advantage  only  in  one  place, 
namely,  in  its  own  appropriate  locality,  among  the 
mountains  and  tombs  of  Egypt  and  in  the  presence  of 
the  hieroglyphics  and  symbols,  which  show  the  hope- 
less but  great. struggles  of  that  remarkable  people  to 
ascertain  those  moral  and  religious  ideas,  which  throw 
light  upon  man's  position  and  destiny.  Another  topic, 
which  I  was  compelled  to  pass  by  without  remark, 
but  which  can  hardly  fail  to  force  itself  upon  the  at- 
tention of  every  traveller  who  is  capable  of  serious 
reflection,  is  the  perplexed  and  obscure  question  of 
the  origin  and  history  of  Egyptian  culture.  From 
what  lands  did  this  people  come  ?  What  earlier  civili- 
zation was  the  parent  of  their  own  ?  Did  it  find  its 
way  along  the  course  of  the  Nile  from  those  distant 
Ethiopians,  who  are  celebrated  for  their  noble  quali- 
ties by  Homer  ?  Or  did  it  come  more  directly 
from  some  Oriental  source?  There  is  also  another 
subject,  on  which  I  have  omitted  hitherto  to  remark  ; 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  401 

I  mean  the  peculiarities  of  Egyptian  art,  and  espe- 
cially, as  compared  with  Grecian,  Roman,  and  mod- 
ern art.  Any  view  of  Egypt,  which  is  unattended 
with  some  suggestions  and  explanations  on  these  sub- 
jects, must  fail  of  giving  full  satisfaction.  But  one, 
who  knows  the  difficulty  of  such  subjects,  even  with 
the  aid  of  leisure  and  books,  will  hardly  expect  me 
to  make  the  attempt  under  the  existing  unfavorable 
circumstances.  And  perhaps  it  may  be  thought  with 
reason  by  some,  that  such  discussions,  involving  as 
they  do  mental  problems  as  well  as  material  and  his- 
torical facts,  are  more  suited  to  philosophical  treatises 
than  to  the  slight  memoranda  of  journalizing  and 
letter-writing. 

In  my  last  letter  I  substituted  for  my  usual  narra- 
tive of  our  progress  from  place  to  place  some  little 
memoranda  of  my  personal  feelings.  In  this  letter 
also,  I  do  not  propose  to  continue  the  narrative  of 
our  journey ;  but  shall  occupy  it  with  a  few  things 
which  I  might  forget  or  omit  to  say  at  another  time. 
In  my  last  letter  I  said  I  had  left  the  desert;  but  it 
was  in  person  and  not  in  memory.  I  had  something 
to  say  of  the  desert  then ;  and  I  have  something  fur- 
ther to  say  now.  The  word  desert  is  a  very  general 
term,  including  more  than  one  locality,  which  is  char- 
acterized by  barrenness.  The  country  from  Cairo  to 
Suez  is  a  desert ;  but  it  differs  much  in  its  character- 
istics from  the  desert  of  the  peninsula  of  Sinai,  and 
has  less  interest  for  travellers.  The  peninsula  of  Sinai, 
which,  in  reaching  this  place,  we  have  crossed  in  two 
directions,  is  formed  by  the  two  arms  of  the  Red  Sea, 
— -the  gulf  of  Suez  extending  north,  and  the  gulf  of 
34* 


402  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

Elan  extending  east.     Remarkable  in  its  natural  fea- 
tures, the  wilderness  of  the  peninsula  of  Sinai  is  re- 
markable, as  it  seems  to  me,  for  other  reasons.    I  can 
not   deny  that  the  desolate  regions,  over  which  we 
have  so  far  passed,  have  to  me  something  of  the  claims 
and  the  aspect  of  "  classic  ground"     They  are  the  lo- 
cality of  Moses ; — and  associated  as  they  are  with  his 
achievements  and  purposes,  they  are  hallowed  by  the 
memory  of  great  deeds  and  of  a  great  name.     Pos- 
sessed of  a  mind  above  the  ordinary  degree  of  human 
intelligence,  the  Hebrew  legislator  and  moralist  wTas 
instructed  in  the  best  institutions  of  Egypt.    It  is  not 
beyond  the  bounds  of  reason  and  of  probability,  that 
he  studied  in  the  schools  of  Heliopolis;— unless  there 
were  others  at  that  time,  which  boasted  a  higher  learn- 
ing and  were  more  adapted  to  the   children   of  the 
families  of  kings.     The  book  of  nature  also,  laid  open 
in  its  fairest  characters  on  the  beautiful  banks  of  the 
Nile,  was  exposed  to  the  meditations  of  his  thoughtful 
mind; — a  book  full  of  positive  and  suggestive  revela- 
tions.    And  here  also,  on  the  banks  of  the  same  won- 
derful river,  were  the  treasures  of  art; — the  concep- 
tions of  great  minds,  shaped  into  stone  and  marble  in 
the  hope  of  giving  perpetuity  to  thought  and  affection. 
On  the  lofty  columns  and  walls,  which  existed  even 
in  that   primitive  period,  he  read   the  records  of  early 
history; — and   the  lessons  also  of  domestic  affection 
and  of  moral  truth  ; — mingled  and  deformed,  undoubt- 
edly, with  the  imperfect  ideas  and  the  struggling  but 
disappointed  hopes  of  a  debased  idolatry.    "  Learned 
in  all  the  wisdom  of  the  Egyptians,"  he  had  read  the 
hieroglyphics  before  they  were  read  by  Champollion. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  403 

And  it  may  be  added  that  his  Egyptian  training, 
whatever  it  was,  did  not  prevent  his  acceptance  and 
mastery  of  that  other  and  higher  culture,  characterized 
by  its  Aramean  origin,  which  had  quietly  established 
and  perfected  itself  among  his  own  people.  There 
was  learning  in  the  land  of  Goshen  ;  and  Moses  was 
not  ignorant  of  it.  The  Hebrew  culture  was  religious, 
and  aided  by  the  inward  presence  and  teachings  of 
the  God  of  his  fathers,  it  placed  him  upon  that  higher 
and  better  position,  which  enabled  him  to  understand 
and  appreciate  the  truths  and  errors  of  other  cultures. 
Placed  in  the  most  favorable  position,  and  prompted 
by  the  highest  inward  inspirations,  he  beheld  all,  knew 
all,  appreciated  all. 

An  Egyptian  by  adoption,  but  a  Hebrew  by  birth 
and  by  nature,  it  was  natural  that  his  heart  should  be 
kindled  with  generous  and  zealous  sentiments  in  favor 
of  his  own  people.  Baffled  in  his  early  efforts  to  in- 
struct and  deliver  them,  because  perhaps  his  wisdom 
and  charity  were  not  yet  developed  in  proportion  to 
his  zeal, — God  saw  fit,  so  to  order  his  providences  as 
to  drive  him  away  into  this  very  wilderness. 

One  day  as  I  was  travelling  in  the  wilderness,  I  saw 
a  small  Bedouin  village  in  the  midst  of  high  hills, 
skirting  and  overhanging  the  level  plain  over  which 
we  were  passing.  It  is  but  reasonable  to  suppose, 
that  this  little  community,  like  all  others,  had  its  ruler, 
a  man  unknown  to  the  world,  but  still  the  father  and 
chieftain  of  his  small  but  solitary  people, — the  Jethro 
of  the  desert.  At  a  little  distance  was  a  watering 
place ; — flocks  and  groups  of  camels  were  standing 
near ;     and  the  maidens  of  the  village  drew  water 


404  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

\ 

and  they  drank.  It  was  to  such  a  place  that  Moses 
fled, — exchanging  the  fertile  valley  for  the  arid  plain, 
the  rich  Nile  for  places  without  rivers,  the  recorded 
instructions  of  towering  monuments  for  the  sugges- 
tive eloquence  of  lonely  mountains;  and  the  teachings 
of  priests  and  the  wise  men  of  Egypt  for  the  conversa- 
tions of  a  shepherd  and  a  patriarch  in  the  wilderness, 
and  for  woman's  love.  Jethro  had  daughters.  The 
Hebrew  exile  saw,  loved  and  married.  He,  who  with 
man's  energy  and  unchastened  passion,  had  slain  an 
Egyptian  in  Egypt,  became  a  little  child  in  Midian. 
He,  who  had  trod  the  pavements  of  palaces  and  had 
been  in  some  sense  the  heir  of  kingdoms,  was  willing 
to  dwell  in  tents,  to  carry  the  crook  of  a  shepherd,  and 
to  follow  after  the  flock.  It  is  in  such  transitions  from 
glory  to  obscurity  and  silence,  from  riches  to  desola- 
tion, from  the  city  to  the  desert,  that  men  learn  the 
great  lesson  of  the  relation  of  human  actions  to  God's 
oversight ;  and  that  there  is  a  power  above  us  which 
shapes  our  existence  and  is  the  master  of  our  destiny. 
Napoleon  was  a  wiser  man  on  the  rock  of  St.  Helena, 
than  he  had  been  in  the  palace  of  the  Tuilleries.  And 
Moses,  who  had  slain  an  Egyptian  and  hid  him  in  the 
sand,  experienced  the  inspiration  of  higher  and  better 
thoughts  when  he  watered  his  flocks  and  camels  in 
the  wilderness,  or  was  seated  on  its  solitary  rocks  by 
the  side  of  those  whom  he  loved. 

To  what  precise  part  of  the  peninsula  of  Sinai  Mo- 
ses went,  is  uncertain.  The  country  of  Midian,  which 
is  mentioned  in  connection  with  his  place  of  exile, 
seems  to  have  extended  west  of  the  Elanitic  Gulf  as 
far  as  the  region  of  Horeb.     If  this  view  is  correct,  it 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  405 

would  harmonize  with  one  of  the  traditions  still  re- 
peated at  Sinai,  that  Jethro,  his  father-in-law,  resided 
in  the  narrow  valley  of  Shu-Eib,  which  runs  between 
Sinai  and  the  heights  of  E-Dayr. 

Many  years  he  dwelt  in  these  wonderful  solitudes  ; 
— recalling  the  memory  of  his  ancestors,  reducing  to 
form  in  the  beautiful  language  of  his  own  people  their 
unexampled  traditions, — pondering  the  problems  of 
Providence, — studying  minutely  the  geography  of  that 
wide  wilderness  which  he  foresaw  was  to  be  the  thea- 
tre of  great  achievements,  and  awaiting  that  mys- 
terious hour,  when  God  speaks  and  man  is  silent. 
God  spake  to  him  in  the  burning  bush.  The  Greek 
monks  who  still  linger  in  these  regions,  pointed  out 
to  us  the  traditionary  place.  It  is  within  the  limits 
of  the  convent  of  St.  Catherine.  It  is  not  especially 
important,  whether  we  suppose  that  the  burning  bush 
was  here  or  in  some  other  valley  or  plain  in  the  vicini- 
ty of  the  great  mountain.  Its  blaze  must  have  ascend- 
ed somewhere  in  this  region  ;  and  though  it  has  gone 
out  in  the  wilderness,  and  darkness  has  gathered  upon 
its  place,  it  may  be  said  to  exist  and  to  burn  forever 
in  the  locality  of  memory , — and  the  great  words, 
which  were  uttered  in  its  fires,  are  still  sounding  in 
all  lands.  It  was  no  false  god  of  Egypt  or  Syria,  no 
Osiris  or  Thammuz,  but  the  God  without  form,  the 
I  am,  who  spake. 

In  the  fulfilment  of  the  great  mission,  which  the 
God  of  his  fathers  had  assigned  him,  he  set  out  for 
Egypt.  He  had  fled  into  exile  alone  ;  and  he  returned 
alone.  He  had  learned  in  the  wilderness,  that  affec- 
tion can  grow  up  among  the  sands  and  rocks.     He 


406  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

left  behind  him  his  aged  father-in-law,  and  his  wife 
and  children,  who  fed  his  flocks,  and  kept  the  fires  of 
his  tent  burning;  till  he,  who  went  forth  as  a  father, 
should  return  a  father,  a  law-giver,  and  a  prophet. 
He  planted  his  foot  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile.  He 
came  back  to  the  palaces  of  Memphis.  He  said  what 
God  gave  him  to  say.  He,  who  speaks  for  God,  has 
no  other  than  God's  message.  Kings  trembled.  The 
nation  mourned.  The  Nile  ran  blood.  The  chain  of 
the  people  of  his  fathers  was  broken. 

I  think,  therefore,  there  is  no  impropriety  in  speak- 
ing of  the  peninsula  of  Sinai,  though  a  land  without 
rivers  or  verdure,  as  classic  land.  In  these  solitudes 
was  written  a  code  of  laws,  differing  from  any  other, 
but  still  remarkably  adapted  to  the  times  and  the  peo- 
ple, which  places  their  author  in  the  records  of  civil 
and  political  history  by  the  side  of  Solon  and  Lycur- 
gus.  The  learned  commentaries  of  Michaelis  will 
justify  a  remark,  which  might  otherwise  seem  an  ex- 
aggeration. In  these  regions,  stretching  from  the  Nile 
to  the  Jordan,  were  written  those  remarkable  annals 
of  the  beginnings  of  the  human  race,  which  are  the 
starting-points  and  the  foundations  of  human  his- 
tory. As  a  moralist,  he  spake  as  no  one  had  spoken 
before  him ;  and  as  a  poet,  touching  the  varied  strings 
of  human  passion,  he  has  passages,  which  remind  one 
sometimes  of  the  tenderness  of  Virgil,  and  sometimes 
of  the  sublimity  of  Pindar. 

In  these  regions,  thousands  of  years  later,  but  still 
in  a  venerable  antiquity  as  compared  with  the  present 
time,  have  resided  no  small  number  of  Christians ; — 
some  of  whom  fled  from  persecutions  in  Egypt  and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  407 

other  lands ;  and  others  sought  these  remote  solitudes 
with  a  view  to  greater  retirement  from  the  world  and 
more  intimate  communion  with  God.  Strange  as  it 
may  seem,  it  is  undoubtedly  true  that  men  of  distin- 
guished talent  and  learning  have  formerly  dwelt  in 
these  places.  Sometimes  they  resided  in  convents, 
the  ruins  of  which  are  still  found  in  the  gorges  of 
these  mountains  ; — and  not  unfrequently  they  took  up 
their  solitary  abode  in  lonely  caverns,  excavated  by 
nature  or  by  the  hand  of  art.  Among  the  residents 
who  once  gave  a  celebrity  to  places  which  are  now 
scarcely  trodden  by  human  footsteps,  some  of  whom 
were  named  in  a  former  letter,  mention  is  made  by 
ecclesiastical  historians  of  Sylvanus  and  Nilus  ; — 
names  worthy  of  remembrance,  but  better  known  to 
Catholics  than  Protestants.  Either  in  a  cell  in  the 
rocks  of  El-Leja  or  in  a  small  convent  of  that  valley, 
a  few  miles  distant  from  the  convent  of  St.  Catherine, 
the  celebrated  John  Climachus  spent  many  years  of 
his  life.  It  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  he  could  have 
developed  the  powers  of  his  mind  under  such  circum- 
stances; but  he  was  favorably  known  as  a  scholar  and 
a  writer.  His  "  Ladder  of  Christian  Perfection,"  ori- 
ginally written  ill  Greek,  has  been  translated  into 
other  languages  ; — a  work  which  discovers  great  in- 
sight into  the  human  heart;  and  which,  in  some  of 
its  passages,  will  compare  favorably  with  the  celebra- 
ted "  Imitation  of  Christ." 

An  interesting  literary  and  ecclesiastical  history 
might  be  written  of  the  men  who  resided  during  the 
first  centuries  of  the  Christian  era  in  the  mountains 
and  rocky  gorges  of  the  Thebaid  and  of  the  peninsula 


408  LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 

of  Sinai.  And  it  is  in  the  history  of  these  men  and 
of  others  similarly  situated,  that  we  find  one  of  those 
problems  of  human  nature,  which  suggest  inquiries 
and  furnish  food  for  reflection. 

On  what  principle  is  it,  that  men  in  all  ages  of  the 
world,  men  of  great  capacities  and  the  finest  sensi- 
bilities, have  valued  much  the  places  and  hours  of 
retirement,  and  have  loved  to  be  alone  ?  In  some 
cases  such  persons  have  chosen  solitude  as  a  necessary 
condition  of  an  ascetic  life  : — with  them  solitude  is  a 
means  to  an  end.  They  have  first  chosen  suffering, 
and  then  have  chosen  solitude  as  an  auxiliary  of  suf- 
fering, and  both  as  an  expiation  for  their  personal 
sins,  and  as  a  means  of  propitiating  the  Divine  favor. 
The  sincerity  of  these  persons,  though  it  may  lay  a 
claim  upon  our  charity,  furnishes  no  reason  for  an  ac- 
ceptance or  mitigation  of  their  error.  It  is  not  wis- 
dom on  the  part  of  man  to  undertake  that,  which  is 
appropriate  to  a  Divine  nature.  The  Lamb  of  God, 
"  slain  from  the  foundation  of  the  world,"  is  slain  for 
ever.  The  expiation  is  made  ;  the  door  of  entrance 
is  opened ;  God  wants  and  asks  no  other  atonement. 

Others,  again,  without  any  idea  of  meriting  heaven 
by  ascetism  or  by  any  form  of  human  suffering,  have 
fled  into  the  wilderness,  to  avoid  the  temptations  of 
great  cities  and  of  too  much  intercourse  with  the 
world.  In  the  desert  they  supposed,  that  riches  could 
not  tempt,  that  honor  could  not  allure,  that  beauty 
could  not  entice  them.  The  desire  of  finding  a  place, 
in  which  he  should  be  exempt  from  temptation,  seems 
to  have  been  the  principal  motive,  which  influenced 
St.  Jerome,  when  he  left  Italy  and  the  palaces  of  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  409 

imperial  city,  for  a  residence  in  the  Syrian  desert. 
And  this  is  a  motive  certainly,  which  is  worthy  of 
respect,  though  not  without  its  dangers  and  its  disap- 
pointments. 

And  there  is  something  further.  To  thoughtful  and 
expansive  minds,  whatever  may  be  the  peculiar  inci- 
dents of  their  situation,  solitude  is  to  some  extent  a 
necessity.  Oftentimes,  in  the  case  of  such  men,  the 
harmonious  development  of  their  own  thoughts  and 
feelings  is  perplexed  by  the  discordant  alliances  and 
claims  of  society ;  and  they  seek  retirement  as  a  neces- 
sary means  to  the  proper  adjustment  and  perfection  of 
their  inward  nature.  In  solitude  they  escape  the 
storms  around  them ;  and  outward  harmony  is  the 
precursor  of  inward  peace.  The  history  of  the  dis- 
tinguished men  of  all  ages  will  illustrate  and  confirm 
these  remarks.  It  is  in  the  reflections  which  are  en- 
gendered in  solitude  that  the  soul,  turning  in  upon  it- 
self discovers  the  endless  filaments  of  its  mysterious 
destiny,  and  unites  itself  with  God  in  uniting  itself 
to  everything  to  which  God  is  related.  It  goes  down 
into  the  depths  and  it  finds  him  there ; — it  ascends 
into  the  heights  and  it  finds  him  there ; — it  turns  in 
upon  its  own  centre,  and  in  the  spirit  of  penitence 
and  of  faith  it  finds  him  there  also. 

And  on  this  subject  I  may  perhaps  claim  the  liberty 
of  saying  something  from  experience.  It  is  still  true, 
as  it  was  in  the  times  of  the  ancient  prophets,  that 
there  is  a  voice  in  the  wilderness.  It  is  still  possible 
for  the  soul,  in  some  of  its  aspects,  to  be  nurtured  in 
solitude  and  among  the  rocks.  The  mighty  desola- 
tions, through  which  we  have  passed,  operating  upon 
35 


410  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

the  heart  as  well  as  upon  the  intellect,  have  some- 
times called  out  spiritual  tones  and  harmonies  from 
the  soul's  depths,  and  have  filled  the  whole  mind  with 
various  and  high  emotion.  The  desert,  which  may 
be  regarded  as  the  imperfect  hieroglyphic  of  the  great 
thought  which  made  it,  presents,  in  its  first  impres- 
sion, the  idea  of  vastness  in  chaos.  And  when  we 
were  working  our  way  through  sands  without  verdure, 
and  among  immense  rocks  piled  together  in  mys- 
terious confusion,  it  sometimes  seemed  to  me,  as  if 
we  were  carried  back,  by  a  transposition  of  places  and 
ages,  into  the  primitive  workshop  of  experimental 
creation.  The  hand  of  the  Almighty,  as  mountains 
from  summit  to  base  were  opened  before  us,  appeared 
to  be  laying  the  foundations  of  some  mighty  habita- 
tion. And  then  again,  seeing  in  other  places  the  ad- 
justment of  rock  to  rock,  and  of  the  successive  strata 
and  layers  in  which  the  earth's  materials  arrange 
themselves,  I  discovered  the  beginnings  of  order  grow- 
ing out  of  confusion ;  and  had  new  conceptions,  both 
of  the  world's  strength,  and  of  the  strength  and  wis- 
dom of  its  great  architect.  And  if  the  mountains  and 
the  rocks  gave  the  idea  of  power  in  action,  the  vast, 
arid  plains,  wide  as  a  bright  and  motionless  ocean, 
gave  the  additional  conception  of  power  and  majesty 
in  repose; — the  one  being  the  image  of  God  in  agen- 
cy and  the  other  of  God  in  rest. 

I  am  obliged  to  say,  therefore,  that  a  journey  through 
the  wilderness  of  Sinai,  which  brings  with  it  so  many 
great  thoughts  as  the  product  of  its  chaotic  vastness, 
not  only  furnishes  no  apology  for  irreligion,  no  apolo- 
gy for  atheistic  unbelief ;  but  on  the  contrary,  pro- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  411 

claims  hostility  against  a  light  and  irreverent  spirit. 
God  is  there.  His  footprints  are  in  the  sand.  His 
voice  is  heard  in  the  winds.  His  name  is  written  with 
sunbeams  on  the  rocks.  The  very  silence  utters  him. 
I  wanted  repose ;  and  I  found  it  in  the  desert.  I 
wanted  communion  with  God ;  and  I  found  it  there. 
I  found  it  in  the  day,  in  the  vastness  of  its  objects 
and  its  silence.  I  found  it  still  more  in  the  night, 
when  magnitude  enlarges  itself,  and  silence  becomes 
more  silent.  I  found  it  in  the  earth  beneath  ;  and  in 
the  heavens  above.  Often  I  watched  the  stars.  Beau- 
tiful as  the  heavenly  mansions,  they  looked  out  from 
their  blue  abodes, — clear  and  lovely — as  if  they  were 
the  eyes  of  that  great  Being  who  fills  their  urns  with 
light.  There  was  one  with  its  large  angelic  eye  that 
came  with  peculiar  sweetness.  It  danced  upon  the 
mountain  tops.  It  had  no  audible  utterance ;  but 
there  was  a  divine  language  in  its  smile,  which  spoke 
of  heavenly  peace.  It  was  in  the  desert  of  Sinai,  that 
I  gave  it  a  place  in  my  memory.  It  was  in  the  vast 
wilderness,  which  had  inspired  the  prophetic  impulses 
and  the  songs  of  Moses,  that  I  watched  the  mild 
splendor  of  its  beams,  and  endeavored  to  record  the 
emotions  excited  by  its  mysterious  but  lovely  presence. 

LINES   WRITTEN  IN  THE   WILDERNESS   OF  SINAI. 

I  marked  the  bright,  the  silver  star, 

That  nightly  deek'd  our  desert  way, 
As  shining  from  its  depths  afar, 

Its  heavenly  radiance  seem'd  to  say  ; 
Oh  look !     From  mists  and  shadows  clear, 
My  cheering  light  is  always  here. 

I  saw  thee.    And  at  once  I  knew, 
Star  of  the  desert,  in  my  heart ;— . 


412  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

That  thou  didst  shine,  the  embiem  true 

Of  that  bright  star,  whose  beams  impart, 
From  night  to  night,  from  day  to  day, 
The  solace  of  their  inward  ray. 

There  is  a  beam  to  light  the  mind  ; 

There  is  a  star  the  soul  to  cheer ; 
And  they,  that  heavenly  light  who  find, 

Shall  always  see  it  burning  clear  ; 
The  same  its  bright,  celestial  face, 
In  every  change  of  time  and  place. 

Star  of  my  heart,  that  long  hast  shone, 
To  cheer  the  inward  spirit's  sky  ! 

Illumin'd  from  the  heavenly  throne, 
Thou  hast  a  ray  that  cannot  die. 

'Tis  Gad  that  lights  thee.     And  with  Him 

No  sky  is  dark  ;  no  star  is  dim. 


(XLIV.) 

.Arrival  at  Askelon — City  of  Azotus,  the  ancient  Ashdod — Territory  of 
the  ancient  Philistines — Jaffa,  the  ancient  Joppa — Biblical  refer- 
ences— Town  of  Lydda — Town  of  Ramleh — View  from  the  Tow- 
er of  Ramleh — Valley  of  Ajalon — Kirjath  Jearim — Arrival  at  Je- 
rusalem— Poetry. 

PALESTINE,  CITY  OF  JERUSALEM,  MAY  16,  1853. 

We  left  Gaza  on  Tuesday,  the  tenth  of  May,  and 
arrived  at  the  city  of  Jerusalem  on  the  thirteenth. 
After  leaving  the  place  of  quarantine,  where  we  had 
been  kept  four  days,  we  went  into  the  modern  city  of 
Gaza,  which  is  a  mile  and  a  half  distant  from  the  site 
of  the  ancient  Gaza,  and  spent  a  short  time  in  its  ba- 
zaars and  streets.  We  could  only  look  and  pass  on. 
But  judging  thus,  it  had  the  appearance  of  being  a 
place  of  considerable  enterprise  and  business  ;  though 
like  the  cities  of  the  east  generally,  it  is  but  the  shadow 
of  the  greatness  of  the  ancient  city.     In  leaving  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  413 

city  we  passed  numerous  gardens  in  a  high  state  of 
cultivation.  These  gardens  were  protected  for  the 
most  part  by  the  high  natural  fence,  formed  by  the 
intertwining  branches  and  the  large  leaves  of  the  prick- 
ly pear.  The  gardens  were  succeeded  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  the  city  by  a  forest  of  olive  trees,  the  most 
of  them  very  old,  which  extend  a  number  of  miles. 

We  reached  about  the  middle  of  the  same  day,  the 
city  of  Askelon,  another  of  the  Philistine  cities ;  and 
spent  a  short  time  in  wandering  among  the  numerous 
scattered  columns  and  "broken  walls  and  arches  which 
testify  strongly  to  a  former  period  of  wealth  and  pow- 
er. Like  Gaza  it  is  on  the  shore  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean, and  was  once  a  place  of  commerce.  Askelon 
is  often  mentioned  in  the  history  of  the  Crusades. 

About  sunset  of  the  same  day  we  came  to  Ashdod. 
It  was  to  this  place,  that  the  Ark  of  the  Lord,  after 
the  defeat  of  the  Israelites  in  the  time  of  Samuel  was 
brought,  and  was  placed  in  the  house  of  Dagon,  the 
god  of  the  Philistines.  This  town,  called  in  the  Old 
Testament  Ashdod,  is  the  Azotus  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment. And  hence  it  is  said  of  the  Apostle  Philip  after 
his  separation  from  the  Ethiopian  eunuch,  that  he 
was  found  at  Azotus.  The  country  around  Ashdod 
is  not  without  fertility  and  appears  to  be  well  cultiva- 
ted. As  we  approached  it,  we  passed  through  large 
fields  of  grain,  occupied  by  busy  reapers.  In  a  wide 
open  space  near  the  entrance  of  the  city  were  numer- 
ous piles  of  wheat  and  barley ;  and  oxen,  generally 
four  abreast,  were  treading  out  the  grain  after  the 
oriental  manner.  In  a  grove  outside  of  the  city  we 
pitched  our  tents  and  encamped  for  the  night, 
35* 


414  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

It  seemed  obvious  to  me,  that  the  territory  of  the 
ancient  Philistines,  though  of  very  limited  extent,  was 
originally  of  great  fertility,  and  capable  of  sustaining 
large  numbers  of  people.  Some  of  the  passages  of 
the  Old  Testament  which  refer  to  them,  imply  that 
they  had  a  knowledge  of  the  mechanic  arts.  They 
were  certainly  a  powerful  people  at  an  early  period ; 
and  their  wars  with  the  Israelites,  in  which,  in  the 
confidence  of  their  strength,  they  defied  the  armies  of 
the  living  God,  are  familiar  to  the  readers  of  the  Bi" 
ble.  The  character  and  location  of  the  country,  con- 
sidered in  relation  to  the  territories  of  the  Israelites, 
and  the  location  of  the  principal  cities  so  often  men- 
tioned in  the  Bible,  are  such  as  to  strengthen  one's 
confidence  in  the  exactness  of  the  Scriptural  narra- 
tives. 

From  Ashdod,  which  we  passed  through  without 
stopping,  but  which  had  the  appearance  of  being  a 
populous  and  comparatively  nourishing  town,  we  pro- 
ceeded early  the  next  morning  on  our  way  to  Jaffa, 
the  ancient  Joppa. — Deviating  from  the  direct  route 
to  Jerusalem,  we  reached  this  city  the  same  day.— • 
Jaffa  is  situated  on  a  rocky  eminence  overlooking 
the  Mediterranean  ;  and  seen  at  a  distance,  had  an 
aspect  beautiful  and  imposing ;  but  which  failed,  how- 
ever, to  be  realized,  when  we  had  entered  its  narrow 
streets.  It  is  a  walled  town  with  fortifications.  It  once 
had  a  good  but  small  harbor,  formed  and  protected  by 
the  natural  sea-wall  of  a  continuous  line  of  circuitous 
rocks  ;  but  the  depth  of  water  is  so  diminished  by  ac- 
cumulations of  sand  and  other  things,  that  large  vessels 
anchor  beyond  the  rocks  in  the  open  ocean.    The  stea- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  415 

mers  from  Beirout  to  Alexandria  and  Marseilles  touch 
at  this  place.  A  small  portion  of  the  inhabitants  of 
this  city  profess  the  Christian  faith.  The  American 
Consul  at  Jaffa  is  a  native  of  the  country,  and  in  his 
religion  an  Armenian  ;  but  of  that  class  of  Armenians 
now  known  as  Bible  or  -reformed  Armenians.  He  is 
a  man  of  intelligence  and  wealth  ;  and  insisted  on 
lodging  us  at  one  of  his  own  beautiful  residences  a 
little  out  of  the  city.  He  seemed  to  understand  and 
appreciate  the  rising  wealth  and  power  of  the  Ameri- 
can States  ;  and  spoke  in  high  terms  of  the  character 
and  influence  of  the  American  missionaries  in  Syria, 
with  whose  labors  he  appeared  to  be  well  acquainted. 

This  city,  which  holds  a  conspicuous  place  in  po- 
litical and  military  history,  has  also  its  biblical  and 
religious  associations.  Only  about  forty  miles  distant 
from  Jerusalem,  it  has  always  been  regarded  as  the 
sea-port  of  that  city.  The  wood  of  Lebanon,  used  in 
the  great  edifices  built  in  the  time  of  Solomon,  was 
brought  in  "  floats  by  sea  to  Joppa,"  and  transported 
from  Joppa  to  Jerusalem  by  land.  It  was  to  this 
place  that  Jonah  came,  and  from  which  he  set  sail 
for  Tarshish,  in  disobedience  to  the  command,  which 
required  him  to  go  and  preach  against  Nineveh.  It 
was  here  that  Dorcas  resided — celebrated  for  her  good 
works ;  and  who  was  restored  to  life  by  the  apostle 
Peter.  Here  was  the  residence  of  Simon  the  tanner 
whose  "  house  was  by  the  sea-side,"  and  with  whom 
Peter  "  abode  many  days." 

We  reached  Joppa, — if  I  may  be  allowed  to  use  the 
ancient  and  historical  name, — on  the  eleventh  ;  and 
proceeded  the  next  day  to  the  pleasant  and  flourish- 


416  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

ing  town  of  Ramleh  ; — visiting  on  our  way  the  village 
of  Lyd  the  ancient  Lydda,  mentioned  particularly  in 
the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  It  is  said  of  the  Apostle 
Peter,  that  "  he  came  down  also  to  the  saints  which 
dwelt  at  LyddaP  It  was  here  that  he  miraculously 
healed  iEneas,  a  man  who  had  been  eight  years  sick 
with  the  palsy.  And  it  is  added  by  the  historian,  in 
speaking  of  iEneas,  that  "  all  that  dwelt  at  Lydda 
and  Saron  saw  him  and  turned  to  the  Lord."  Lydda 
is  spoken  of  as  being  "  nigh  to  Joppa ;"  and  Peter 
was  here  preaching  the  Gospel  to  the  people  when 
the  people  of  Joppa  sent  for  him  on  the  occasion  of 
the  sickness  and  death  of  Dorcas.  Christianity  was 
early  established  in  this  retired  place ;  and  the  proba- 
bility is,  that  it  was  sustained,  and  that  it  flourished 
here  for  some  time.  There  are  still  to  be  seen  the 
beautiful  remains  of  an  early  Christian  church. 

Accepting  and  valuing  the  Bible  as  revealing  the 
foundations  of  Christian  hope,  I  cannot  express  the 
satisfaction  I  feel,  in  finding  everywhere  the  confirma- 
tions of  its  truth.  I  found  these  confirmations  at 
Rome,  at  Naples,  at  Malta.  And  on  the  Nile  which 
washes  the  land  of  Goshen  and  at  the  Red  Sea  which 
was  divided  by  the  rod  of  Moses,  and  in  the  deserts 
of  Sinai,  and  among  the  mountains  of  Idumea,  these 
confirmations  have  been  repeated.  They  are  written 
as  a  part  of  a  nation's  history  on  the  walls  of  Thebes. 
They  are  inscribed,  in  fulfilment  of  prophecy,  on  the 
fallen  columns  of  Askelon.     I  find  them  here. 

Proceeding  from  this  early  scene  of  the  Apostle 
Peter's  preaching  and  miraculous  labors,  we  reached 
the  town  of  Ramleh  on  the  afternoon  of  the  same 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  417 

day ; — which  indeed,  is  but  a  short  distance,  some 
three  or  four  miles  from  Lydda.  It  is  a  walled  town 
of  considerable  size.  It  was  near  sunset  when  we 
arrived.  At  the  distance  of  half  a  mile  from  its  walls 
there  stands  a  lofty  and  lonely  tower  ;  a  memorial  of 
past  ages  but  with  a  history  unknown.  It  is  an  hun- 
dred and  thirty  feet  in  height;  and  is  erected  of  hewn 
stone  in  successive  stories,  which  dimmish  in  size  as 
they  approach  the  top.  Around  it  at  no  great  distance 
are  vaulted  sub-structures,  which  will  probably  be 
found  to  have  a  connection  with  its  history,  when 
that  history  shall  be  ascertained.  It  already  threw  its 
long  evening  shadow ;  but  we  had  time  to  ascend  it ; 
and  in  the  last  rays  of  the  setting  sun  to  witness  the 
wide  and  varied  prospect  from  its  summit.  It  was  a 
scene  of  surpassing  beauty ; — the  land  of  fields  and 
gardens,  of  the  fig-tree  and  pomegranate,  the  "  olive 
and  the  vine."  The  shepherd  was  returning  with  his 
flocks  from  the  fields.  The  fertile  territories  of  an- 
cient Philistia  were  beneath  us.  The  eye  rested  upon 
the  vales  of  Sharon,  whose  bloom  has  not  yet  withered. 
The  rocky  heights  of  the  "hill  country  of  Judea," 
were  in  sight. 

On  the  morning  of  the  next  day,  and  only  at  a  few 
miles  distance  from  Ramleh,  we  passed  in  sight  of  the 
valley  of  Ajalon  ; — the  scene  of  the  hard-fought  bat- 
tles and  the  stupendous  miracle  of  Joshua.  "And  he 
said,  in  the  sight  of  Israel,  sun,  stand  thou  still  upon 
Gibeon ;  and  thou,  moon,  in  the  valley  of  Ajalon" 
And  it  was  thus,  from  this  time  onward,  that  almost 
every  mountain  and  valley  had  its  Scriptural  associa- 
tions and  interest.     After  a  few  hours  travel  further, 


418  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

we  stopped  again  for  some  time  at  the  ancient  town 
of  Kirjath  Jearim.  Here  also,  as  well  as  at  Ramlah 
and  Lydda,  were  what  we  supposed  to  be  the  remains 
of  a  place  of  early  Christian  worship.  Situated  on 
the  side  of  a  hill,  this  town  is  strong  and  imposing  in 
its  position ;  and  has  a  picturesque  appearance.  The 
valleys  below  and  the  heights  around  are  covered  with 
groves  of  olives.  The  circumstance,  that  for  twenty 
years  the  Ark  of  the  Lord  rested  at  Kirjath  Jearim, 
gave  it  a  peculiar  interest. 

We  now  rapidly  approached  the  termination  of  our 
journey ;  or  perhaps  I  should  rather  say,  approached 
the  principal  object  we  had  in  view  in  journeying  ;— 
the  city,  which  embodies,  to  the  Christian  at  least, 
more  interesting  associations  than  any  other  in  the 
world.  The  city  of  Jerusalem  is  built  upon  a  hill,  or 
rather  a  connected  range  of  hills ;— the  hill  of  Zion, 
the  hill  of  Moriah,  the  hill  of  Acra.  But  considered 
in  reference  to  the  lofty  eminences  around  it,  it  seems 
to  be  almost  in  a  valley.  So  that  in  looking  upon  it, 
we  readily  felt  the  propriety  of  the  expression  of  the 
Scriptures, — "  the  mountains  are  round  about  Jerusa- 
lem." We  approached  it  over  one  of  these  surround- 
ing heights,  which  is  almost  without  trees  and  with- 
out verdure.  It  is  thickly  covered  with  rocks.  And 
the  narrow  way  which  winds  over  it,  is  exceedingly 
rough  and  difficult ; — so  much  so  as  to  perplex  even 
the  careful  tread  of  the  camel  and  the  experienced 
foot  of  Syrian  horses.  As  we  passed  the  summit  of 
this  difficult  height,  which  we  were  a  long  time  in 
reaching,  we  came  in  view  of  the  long  irregular  line 
of  the  city  walls.     We  met  many  poor  people,  for  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  419 

most  part  women,  returning  to  their  homes  in  the 
neighboring  villages.  They  had  a  cheerful  aspect.  It 
was  near  night.  The  shadows  were  settling  in  the 
valley  of  Jehoshaphat.  We  entered  the  city  on  the 
western  side,  over  the  hill  of  Zion  and  through  the 
Bethlehem  gate.  This  gate  opens  nearly  under  the 
massive  tower  of  David.  As  I  passed  beneath  its 
heavy  arch  I  felt  that  the  desire  of  a  life  was  accom- 
plished. What  a  scene!  What  associations!  Other 
lands  have  their  history,  their  character,  their  associa- 
tions, their  greatness.  But  Palestine,  as  compared 
with  all  others,  is  emphatically  the  sacred  land; — 
the  dwelling-place  of  patriarchs,  prophets,  apostles; — 
the  scene  of  visits  and  holy  communications  between 
heaven  and  earth.  Every  valley  is  a  tomb  ; — every 
mountain  a  monument.  Wherever  I  turn  my  eyes, 
the  dimness  of  distant  history  becomes  actual  vision. 
I  look  from  my  window,  and  my  eye  rests  upon  the 
hill  of  Moriah,  upon  the  site  of  the  Temple  of  Solo- 
mon, upon  the  Mount  of  Olives  and  upon  the  sup- 
posed place  of  the  Crucifixion. 

Oh  land  of  men  of  other  days  ! 

Where  bards  and  ancient  prophets  trod. 
The  land  of  rapt  Isaiah's  lays, 
The  land  of  David's  psalms  of  praise, 

Land  of  the  men  of  God. 

And  if  'tis  not  enough  of  fame, 

To  be  the  home  of  prophets, — then, 
From  all  thy  hills  and  rocks  proclaim 
The  higher  and  more  glorious  name 

Of  Him  who  died  for  men. 

In  vain,  like  birds  on  ocean's  foam 

When  tossed  amid  a  troubled  sea, 
In  vain  the  sad  in  spirit  roam, 
In  search  of  resting  place  or  home, 

Who  turn  away  from  thee. 


420  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

By  thee  the  seal  of  doubt  is  broken, 

Which  long  to  human  hearts  had  pressed  ; 
By  thee  alone  the  words  are  spoken, 
Which  "peace  on  earth"  and  love  betoken, 
And  give  the  weary  rest. 

The  clouds  of  Sinai's  mount  proclaim 

The  law  that  wakes  the  spirit's  fears ; 
From  Calvary's  height  the  message  came, 
The  law  of  love  for  that  of  flame, 
Love  for  the  coming  years. 

Land  of  the  soul !  forever  dear ; 

Wide  o'er  the  world  the  words  impart, 
Which  turn  to  hope  despairing  fear  ; 
Which  dry  the  penitential  tear, 

And  heal  the  bleeding  heart. 


(XLV.) 

Excursion  from  Jerusalem — Village  of  Bethany — Tomb  of  Lazarus — 
Road  to  Jericho — Fountain  of  the  Apostles — Bedouins — Mountain 
of  Quarantana — Fount  of  Elisha — Brook  Cherith — Modern  Jeri- 
cho— The  river. Jordan — The  Dead  Sea. 

PALESTINE,  CITY  OF  JERUSALEM,  SECOND  LETTER. 

On  Tuesday  of  this  week,  the  seventeenth,  we  left 
Jerusalem  on  an  excursion  for  a  few  days  to  Jericho, 
the  Jordan,  and  other  places  of  interest,  from  which 
we  have  just  returned.  I  propose  to  give  a  little  ac- 
count of  this  excursion. 

We  left  the  city  by  St.  Stephen's  Gate,  which  is  on 
the  eastern  side  of  the  city,  and  is  said  to  be  the  same 
with  the  "  Sheep  Gate"  of  the  Scriptures.  Descend- 
ing the  steep  side  of  Mount  Moriah  into  the  valley  of 
Jehoshaphat,  and  crossing  the  brook  Kedron,  which 
flows  through  this  valley,  we  went  a  short  distance 
along  the  base  of  the  Mount  of  Olives ;  and  then  turn- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  421 

ing  and  passing  its  southern  extremity,  we  came  to 
the  village  of  Bethany.  This  village  is  two  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  city  of  Jerusalem  by  the  route  which 
we  now  took,  although  a  little  less,  I  suppose,  by  the 
more  direct  path  over  the  summit  of  the  Mount  of 
Olives.  The  road  which  we  took,  is  the  great  road 
from  Jerusalem  to  Jericho  ;  the  same  which  was  trav- 
elled in  the  time  of  Christ,  and  which  had  been  trav- 
elled hundreds  and  perhaps  thousands  of  years  before. 
At  the  distance  of  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Jeru- 
salem, on  a  point  of  land  projecting  into  a  deep  val- 
ley, and  on  the  right  of  the  road,  we  noticed  the  re- 
mains of  an  ancient  village,  which  is  supposed  by 
some  to  have  been  the  village  of  Bethphage.  This 
village  is  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament  in  con- 
nection with  Bethany,  as  being  "  at  the  Mount  of 
Olives." 

The  village  of  Bethany  was  the  favored  place,  to 
which  our  Saviour  frequently  resorted.  Situated  in  a 
retired  spot  near  the  base  of  the  Mount  of  Olives  on 
its  south-eastern  side,  with  a  little  valley  below  and 
the  mountain  rising  gently  behind  it,  and  surrounded 
with  groves  of  fig-trees,  olives,  and  oaks,  it  had  espe- 
cial attractions,  both  in  its  natural  aspects  and  in  the 
peace  and  silence  of  its  seclusion,  for  a  serious  and 
contemplative  mind.  Here  dwelt  the  family  of  Laza- 
rus and  his  sisters,  whom  "  Jesus  loved,"  and  in  whose 
company  he  found  a  confidence  and  sympathy  suited 
to  his  social  nature.  What  the  precise  appearance  of 
Bethany  was  in  the  time  of  the  Saviour  it  may  be  diffi- 
cult to  say.  It  is  now  a  small  village  called  by  the 
inhabitants  Lazarieh}  or  the  place  of  Lazarus,  con- 
36 


422  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

taining  about  forty  houses,  inhabited  chiefly  by  Arabs, 
who  support  themselves  by  cultivating  small  olive 
gardens,  or  by  feeding  their  flocks  on  the  neighboring 
hills.  In  this  village  was  performed  one  of  the  Saviour's 
great  miracles, — the  raising  of  Lazarus  from  the  dead, 
— the  last  miracle,  I  believe,  that  is  recorded  as  being 
performed  by  him.  The  tomb  of  Lazarus,  in  which 
he  was  placed  after  his  death  and  from  which  he  was 
called  by  the  Saviour's  voice,  is  still  shown  to  the  trav- 
eller. We  descended  into  this  tomb  over  a  flight  of 
steep  and  narrow  steps  which  terminate  at  the  depth 
of  eighteen  or  twenty  feet  in  a  dark  sepulchral  cham- 
ber excavated  in  a  rock.  Early  tradition,  older  than 
the  time  of  Eusebius,  assigns  this  as  the  tomb  in  which 
Lazarus  was  buried  and  from  which  he  was  raised ; 
and  the  incidents  of  the  place  seem  to  favor  the  tradi- 
tional opinion. 

As  I  stood  near  the  tomb  of  Lazarus,  and  as  I  went 
in  silence  through  this  small  but  memorable  place,  I 
felt  but  little  disposition, — as  indeed  I  had  but  little 
strength  for  any  such  thing — for  geographical  and 
other  inquiries ;  but  my  soul  was  full,  and  my  affec- 
tions meditated.  The  heart  fed  on  the  food  of  mem- 
ory. It  was  here,  I  said,  that  the  Saviour  often  came. 
I  looked  behind  me  and  upward,  and  saw  the  nearer 
and  more  solitary  path  by  which  he  was  accustomed 
to  cross  the  summit  of  Olivet.  It  was  here  that  he 
composed  and  rested  his  weary  spirit  in  the  bosom  of 
a  beloved  family.  It  was  here  that  Martha  "  received 
him  into  her  house,"  and  Mary,  her  sister,  "  sat  at  his 
feet,"  and  listened  to  his  teachings,  and  chose  that 
good  part  which  could  not  be  taken  away.    The  walls 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  423 

of  their  humble  mansion  had  crumbled ;  but  the  ground 
stood,  and  memory  clung  to  the  soil.  The  earth  upon 
which  I  looked  had  been  trodden  by  Him,  to  whom 
divine  grace  and  the  experience  of  God's  goodness 
and  truth  had  taught  me  to  give  my  own  affections. 
And  now  a  new  link  of  union  seemed  to  be  estab- 
lished between  those  affections  and  their  great  and  di- 
vine object ;  and  He  seemed  nearer  than  ever.  It  was 
a  scene  and  an  hour  never  to  be  forgotten. 

We  had  started  early  in  the  morning  ;  and  this  visit 
to  Bethany  was  in  the  early  part  of  the  day.  We  pro- 
ceeded towards  Jericho  by  the  old  Jericho  road  which 
I  have  already  mentioned ; — rocky  and  often  precipi- 
tous, winding  for  a  few  miles  among  heights  on  both 
sides,  on  which  camels  and  goats  were  feeding,  and 
then  descending  into  a  plain.  Near  the  head  of  this 
narrow  plain,  or  more  properly  speaking,  valley — for 
it  was  shut  in  by  hills  on  each  side — we  passed,  on 
the  right  of  the  road,  a  large  fountain.  A  drove  of 
camels  had  come  down  from  the  hills  and  were  stand- 
ing near.  A  few  women  from  the  neighborhood  were 
seated  around  it ;  and  some  were  carrying  away  its 
waters  in  large  jars  on  their  heads.  The  place  is  at- 
tractive in  its  situation  ;  the  waters  flowed  fresh  and 
full ;  and  the  tradition  of  the  country  is,  that  it  was 
visited  not  unfrequently  by  the  Saviour  and  his  disci- 
ples ;  and  this  is  a  tradition  which  would  harmonize 
well  with  the  Scriptures.  It  is  called  the  "  fountain 
of  the  Apostles." 

As  we  proceeded  towards  Jericho  we  met  with  no 
incidents  particularly  worthy  of  being  mentioned. — 
Prospered  by  a  kind   Providence,  which  had  followed 


424  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

us  at  every  step,  we  did  not  "  fall  among  thieves." 
From  time  to  time  we  saw  in  the  openings  of  the  hills, 
the  dark  open  awning,  which  generally  forms  the  tent 
of  the  Bedouins.  Their  sheep  and  goats  feed  upon 
the  coarse  grass  of  the  rocks.  They  offered  us  no 
molestation,  but  seemed  to  be  pleased  that  we  had 
come  among  them  ;  for  we  were  under  an  escort  of 
their  own  people,  who  were  faithful  to  us  here  as  they 
had  been  in  other  places.  The  Arabs  who  attended 
us  took  a  natural  pleasure  in  occasionally  displaying 
their  skilful  horsemanship  before  us  ;  and  were  ex- 
ceedingly happy  when  we  were  disposed  to  enter  into 
conversation,  and  to  form  something  like  an  intimacy 
of  acquaintance. 

In  the  afternoon  of  this  day,  when  we  had  entered 
the  edge  of  the  plain  of  the  Jordan,  we  passed  the 
lofty  and  barren  mountain  of  Quarantana,  or  mount 
of  forty  days.  It  is  perforated  in  many  places  with 
natural  and  artificial  caverns,  which  in  former  times 
were  the  abodes  of  hermits,  who  in  this  desolate  soli- 
tude spent  their  days  in  fasting,  and  vigils.  It  is  to  this 
mountain, — undoubtedly  wild  and  desolate  enough  to 
have  been  the  theatre  of  that  remarkable  portion  of 
his  history  and  not  unsuited  by  its  position, — that  tra- 
dition assigns  the  locality  of  the  Saviour's  forty  day's 
fast,  and  of  his  temptation  by  the  devil.  A  large  ex- 
tent of  country  in  the  vicinity  of  this  mountain  is  bar- 
ren and  mountainous ;  scarcely  exhibiting  anywhere 
the  least  signs  of  vegetation,  and  is  called  in  the  Gos- 
pel "  the  wilderness  of  Judea." 

It  was  in  sight  of  this  mountain  and  not  far  from 
its  base,  that,  on  entering  the  plain  of  the  Jordan,  we 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  425 

turned  aside  from  the  direct  path  to  the  modern  Jeri- 
cho, for  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  bright  and  beauti- 
ful fountain,  which  was  miraculously  healed  by  the 
prophet  Elisha.  The  prophet  was  tarrying  at  Jericho 
at  that  time.  On  hearing  the  complaint  of  the  peo- 
ple of  the  city,  who  represented  the  water  as  not  good, 
he  asked  for  a  cruise  with  salt  in  it.  "  And  he  went 
forth  unto  the  spring  of  the  waters  and  cast  the  salt 
in  there,  and  said :  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  I  have  healed 
these  waters."  It  is  now  called  the  fountain  of  Elisha. 
We  went  to  its  spring  or  source.  Flowing  suddenly 
up  from  the  recesses  of  a  large  hollow  rock  on  the 
side  and  near  the  base  of  a  hill,  it  gushes  onward  in 
a  clear  swift  current  over  a  hard  bed  covered  with 
stones  and  overhung  with  small  trees  and  with  shrubs 
in  flower.  The  scene  recalled  the  history  of  the  pro- 
phet ;  and  I  recollected  with  gratitude  the  goodness 
of  God  in  raising  up  from  time  to  time  teachers  and 
benefactors  who  administered  to  the  necessities  of  the 
people,  at  the  same  time  that  they  gave  them  moral 
and  religious  instructions. 

*  It  was  only  an  hour  or  two  before,  that  we  passed 
the  brook  Cherith,  which  flows  through  a  part  of  the 
plain  of  Jordan  and  empties  into  the  Dead  Sea.  It 
was  near  this  brook  that  the  prophet  Elijah,  the  pre- 
decessor and  spiritual  guide  and  teacher  of  Elisha, 
was  commanded  to  hide  himself;  and  it  was  here 
that  he  was  miraculously  fed  by  ravens.  The  chan- 
nel where  we  crossed  it,  was  deep  and  of  considerable 
width  ;  but  there  is  but  little  water  in  it  at  this  sea- 
son of  the  year,  as  it  is  fed  from  the  rains,  and  by  the 
springs  from  the  mountains,  which  are  now  dried  up. 
36* 


426  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

The  fouutain  of  Elisha,  on  the  contrary,  gushing  from 
the  unknown  riches  of  a  rock,  seems  to  flow  with  a 
source  and  a  current  always  full. 

From  this  remarkable  fountain  we  proceeded  over 
a  plain,  which  was  once  exceedingly  fertile  and  is  still 
profitably  cultivated  in  some  places,  to  the   modern 
Jericho.    The  precise  site  of  the  ancient  Jericho  is  un- 
known ;  but  the  mounds  of  earth  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Elisha's  fountain  exhibit  appearances  which  fur- 
nish ground  for  conjecture  that  it  may  have  been  there. 
The  modern  Jericho   is  a  large  Arab  village,  full  of 
people,  with   a  small  fortification  near  it  which  was 
occupied  by  a  Turkish  guard.     It  was  dark  when  we 
reached  it.     We  were  much  fatigued  with  the  day's 
journey,  although  the  place  is  but  little  more  than 
thirty  miles  from  Jerusalem.     The  next  morning  very 
early,  and  while  the  stars  still  lingered  in  the  sky,  we 
completed  our  journey  to  the  Jordan.     We  saw  the 
rising  sunlight  shine  upon  its  banks.     It  is  very  deep 
and  apparently  a  little  more  than  an  hundred  feet  in 
width,  as  it  flows  now  within  its  lower  channel.    Ris- 
ing in   Mount  Hermon  and  running  from   North  to 
South,  it  passes  through  the  lakes  Merom  and  Galilee, 
and  empties  into  the  Dead  Sea  a  few  miles  south  of 
the  place  where  we  reached  it.     It  rushes  on  with  a 
swift,  impetuous  current,  carrying  onward  at  all  times 
a  large  volume   of  water.     Trees   and  shrubs  grow 
thickly  upon  its  steep  sides  ;  so  that  it  is  difficult  in 
many  places  to  reach  the  brink  of  its  channel.     We 
approached  it  where  there  is  a  bend  in  the  river,  and 
where  the  trees  had  been  cleared  away.     But,  at  a 
little  distance  both  above  and  below  us,  the  waters 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  427 

were  shaded  by  the  thick  foliage  around  it; — the 
oleander  dipped  its  flower  in  its  wave,  and  countless 
birds,  unseen  and  unheard  in  the  desert,  were  singing 
in  the  overhanging  branches  and  leaves.  When  the 
waters  are  high,  and  when  it  overflows  its  upper  banks, 
it  must  have  the  appearance  of  a  large  majestic  stream. 

As  far  back  as  the  time  of  Abraham  and  down  to 
the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  the  Jordan  is  closely 
connected  with  many  of  the  interesting  incidents  of 
biblical  history.  It  is  associated  with  the  histories  of 
Joshua,  Elijah  and  John  the  Baptist.  And  in  the 
psalms  and  the  prophetical  writings,  like  Hermon,  and 
Carmel  and  Sharon,  it  is  one  of  those  poetical  ele- 
ments which  furnish  food  to  the  imagination  and  give 
harmony  and  beauty  to  truth. 

To  me  the  most  affecting  recollection  connected  with 
it  was  the  fact  that  the  Saviour  was  baptized  in  its 
waters.  It  was  here  that  the  "  heavens  were  opened" 
and  the  mystic  Dove  descended;  and  here  was  uttered 
the  voice  from  Heaven,  saying,  "  This  is  my  beloved 
Son,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleased."  It  was  immediately 
after  the  baptism  of  the  Saviour  in  the  Jordan,  and 
the  utterance  of  this  heavenly  declaration  in  confir- 
mation and  testimony  of  his  character,  that  he  was 
"  led  by  the  Spirit  into  the  wilderness."  As  the  rug- 
ged and  barren  "wilderness  of  Judea,"  including  the 
desolate  mountain  of  Quarantana,  is  in  this  vicinity 
and  indeed  in  full  sight  of  the  Jordan,  we  find  some- 
thing in  this  circumstance  in  support  of  the  tradition- 
ary opinion  that  this  region,  remarkably  fitted  by  its 
wild  and  majestic  desolation  for  such  an  experience, 
was  the  scene  of  the  Savour's  seclusion.,  fasting  and 


428  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

temptation.     The  precise  place  of  the  Saviour's  bap- 
tism is  unknown. 

After  spending  the  early  part  of  the  day  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  this  river,  to  which  so  many  and  interest- 
ing allusions  are  made  in  all  parts  of  the  Scriptures, 
we  went  southward  a  few  miles  to  the  head  of  the 
Dead  Sea ;  an  expanse  of  dark  gloomy  water,  from 
seven  to  ten  miles  in  width,  and  forty  in  length,  thrown 
into  shadow  by  the  mountains  of  Judea  on  one  side, 
and  the  mountains  of  Nebo  and  Moab  on  the  other, 
with  no  tree  on  its  banks,  no  bird  in  its  air,  and  no 
fish  in  its  waters ;  but  sad,  silent  and  motionless  as 
the  guilty  cities  which  lay  buried  in  its  bosom.  The 
water  is  salt  and  very  unpleasant  to  the  taste.  A  bi- 
tuminous substance  is  found  on  its  surface,  and  is 
sometimes  deposited  in  small  pieces  on  its  shores. 
This  dark  sea,  with  its  rim  of  barren  rock  or  of  burn- 
ing sand,  occupies  the  place  of  the  lower  portion  of 
the  beautiful  valley  of  the  Jordan.  It  is  called  by  the 
Arabs  of  this  region  Bahr  Lut,  or  sea  of  Lot ;  and 
is  the  site  of  the  ancient  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomor- 
rah, of  Admah  and  Zeboim.  The  subjects  of  the  Di- 
vine displeasure,  and  smitten  and  sunk  from  the  sight 
of  men,  they  are  wrapped  in  its  sulphurous  and  heavy 
winding  sheet ; — and  everything  around,  without  life 
and  without  a  smile,  has  that  sinister  and  gloomy  as- 
pect which  is  significant  of  a  locality  where  curse  and 
ruin  have  followed  upon  crime. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  429 


(XLV,  Continued.) 

Leave  the  Dead  Sea  for  the  city  of  Hebron — The  Gazelle — Convent  of 
Mar  Sabas — Valley  of  the  Ivedron — Reach  the  city  of  Hebron — 
Burial-place  of  Othniel — The  king's  pool — Cave  of  Machpelah — 
Burial-place  of  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob — Plain  of  Mamre — 
Character  of  Abraham — Ain  Simim — Pools  of  Solomon — Tomb 
of  Rachel. 

Leaving  the  borders  of  the  Dead  Sea,  we  now  di- 
rected our  way  towards  the  city  of  Hebron.  As  we 
entered  again  into  the  mountainous  region,  a  wild  ga- 
zelle started  up  on  the  side  of  a  sloping  hill,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  brook  Cherith.  At  the  hotel,  at 
which  our  party  stopped  in  Jerusalem,  I  noticed  one 
of  these  beautiful  animals.  He  wandered  at  will  over 
the  house ;  and  I  became  well  acquainted  with  him. 
But  this  was  the  first  time  that  I  had  seen  the  gazelle 
in  what  may  be  called  his  native  home.  The  sight 
was  the  more  beautiful,  because  it  was  life,  beauty? 
and  motion  starting  up  suddenly  in  the  rudeness  and 
barrenness  of  the  desert.  The  gazelle  is  timid,  but 
he  curves  his  neck  with  pride ;  and  nothing  can  ex- 
ceed the  brilliancy  of  his  large  dark  eye.  Swifter 
than  the  foot  of  the  huntsman  who  pursued  him,  he 
bounded  from  rock  to  rock,  as  if  his  little  feet  had 
wings. 

We  stopped  on  the  night  of  the  second  day  of  this 
excursion,  at  the  Greek  convent  of  Mar  Sabas  or  St. 
Sabas, — one  of  the  memorable  and  justly  cherished 
names  in  early  religious  history.  This  massive  and 
well-built  convent,  founded  in  the  sixth  century,  is 
situated  on  the  side  of  the  brook  Kedron,  which,  at 


430  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

certain  seasons  of  the  year  is  sometimes  enlarged  by 
heavy  rains  to  an  impetuous  river,  and  finds  its  way 
from  its  source  in  the  neighborhood  of  Jerusalem, 
through  rocky  and  mountainous  denies  to  the  Dead 
Sea.  At  this  place  it  has  worn  a  passage  by  its  im- 
petuous and  long  continued  action  through  a  rocky 
hill  of  great  height,  cutting  it  down  perpendicularly 
from  summit  to  base,  and  forming  for  itself  a  deep 
unchangeable  bed  with  walls  on  each  side,  hundreds 
of  feet  in  height.  The  convent  is  situated  on  the  south 
eastern  side,  about  half  way  down.  In  company  with 
my  travelling  associates,  descending  through  passages 
cut  in  the  rocks  and  in  part  by  means  of  a  wooden 
ladder,  I  went  down  into  the  deep  bed  below,  which 
was  dry  at  this  time  ;  and  walking  for  some  distance, 
it  was  with  no  small  surprise,  that  we  saw,  high  in 
the  wall  of  limestone  which  enclosed  it,  a  multitude 
of  excavations.  Many  of  them  were  obviously  artifi- 
cial ;  and  were  opened  in  the  rocks  with  great  labor. 
Such  was  their  number,  and  such  the  labor  which  had 
been  evidently  bestowed  upon  them,  that  they  re- 
minded us  of  what  travellers  have  said  of  the  rocky 
excavations  of  the  city  of  Petra.  It  was  remarked 
to  us,  but  on  how  good  authority  the  assertion  was 
made  I  am  unable  to  state,  that  in  the  early  perse- 
cutions to  which  Christianity  was  subjected,  many 
Christians  fled  to  this  deep  and  secluded  valley  of  the 
Kedron,  and  concealed  themselves  in  its  rocky  reces- 
ses and  caverns.  It  is  well  known,  that  John  of  Da- 
mascus, a  monk  of  the  eighth  century,  celebrated  for 
the  great  powers  of  his  mind  and  for  his  various  learn- 
ing, resided  here.     The   Greek  monks,  who  occupy 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  431 

the  monastery  at  the  present  time,  were  attentive  and 
kind  to  us ; — showing  us  their  church  with  its  solid 
architecture  and  its  rude  fresco  paintings,  the  tomb  of 
Mar  Sabas,  and  whatever  else  there  was  of  interest. 

On  the  third  day,  going  nearly  in  a  western  direc- 
tion, and  leaving  Jerusalem  on  the  north,  we  reached 
Hebron.     This   city  was  originally  a  city  of  the  Ca- 
naanites,  and  was  called   Kirjath  Arba,  in  honor  of 
Arba  the  father  of  Anak ; — and  it  is  said  in  the  book 
of  Numbers  to  have  been  built  seven  years  before  Zoan 
in  Egypt.     Among  the  old  cities  of  Palestine  He- 
bron, in  the  historical  interest  which  attaches  to  it, 
stands  second  only  to  Jerusalem.    For  many  miles, 
in  our  journey  towards  the  city  of  Hebron,  our  road 
had  led  through  a  region  very  uneven  and  hilly ;  and 
for  the  most  part  unfruitful.     But  in  coming  near  to 
the  city  the  aspect  of  the  country  round  it  changed 
very  much.     After  the  cultivation  and  the  exhaustion 
of  thousands  of  years,  it  is  still  exceedingly  fertile. — 
In  coming  up  by  the  route  which  leads  from  the  Dead 
Sea,  and  which  connects  with  the  road  from  Bethle- 
hem, we  entered  the   city  from  the  north;    passing 
through  the  long  narrow  valley  of  Eshkol,  which  now, 
as  it  was  in  the  days  of  Moses  and  Joshua,  is  cover- 
ed with  vines,  whose  thick  and  heavy  clusters  attract 
the  notice  of  the  traveller.     The  modern  city  is  built 
for  the  most  part  on  the  sides  of  two  hills,  which  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  the^small  valley  between 
them.     It  is  said  to  contain  eight  thousand  inhabi- 
tants, the  greater  number  of  whom  are  Jews.     Near 
the  little  grove  outside  of  the  city  where  we  pitched 
our  tents,  is  the  large  excavation  which  has  the  repu- 


432  LETTERS— AESTHETIC, 

tation  of  being  the  burial-place  of  Othniel,  who  was 
in  the  army  of  Judah,  when  that  tribe  first  conquered 
Hebron,  and  was  afterwards  one  of  the  judges  of 
Israel.  On  entering  this  tomb,  which  was  capacious 
enough  to  hold  many  people,  we  found  it  filled  with 
Jews,  who  were  occupied  in  reading  the  Scriptures 
and  going  through  their  forms  of  worship.  In  that 
sad  blindness,  to  which  a  retributive,  but  just  Provi- 
dence has  left  them,  they  still  cling  in  sorrow  and 
hope  to  their  native  land.  It  was  at  Hebron  that  David 
was  anointed  king  over  Judah  ;  and  it  is  stated  that 
he  reigned  there  "  seven  years  and  six  months."  In 
going  through  the  eastern  or  Mohammedan  part  of 
this  ancient  place, — the  part  of  it  which  was  the  site 
of  the  city  as  it  existed  in  the  time  of  David,— our 
attention  was  directed  to  a  large  artificial  pool  of 
great  antiquity,  formed  of  hewn  stone,  and  coated 
with  cement.  It  is  more  than  a  hundred  feet  square, 
and  at  least  twenty  feet  in  depth  ;  and  is  called  to 
this  day  "  the  king's  pool,"  in  allusion  probably  to 
David.  There  can  be  but  little  doubt,  that  it  is  the 
same  pool  which  is  mentioned  in  the  second  book  of 
Samuel,  where  it  is  said  of  the  murderers  of  the  son 
of  Saul,  that  "  David  commanded  his  young  men,  and 
they  slew  them ;  and  hanged  them  up  over  the  pool  in 
Hebron." 

At  a  little  distance,  perhaps  the  third  of  a  mile,  from 
the  king's  pool,  and  on  the  side  of  one  of  the  hills  oc- 
cupied by  the  city,  is  the  "  cave  of  the  field  of  Mach- 
pelah,"  which  was  bought  by  Abraham  of  Ephron  the 
son  of  Zohar.  The  field,  of  the  purchase  of  which  we 
have  a  particular  account  in  the  book  of  Genesis,  was 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  433 

bought  by  Abraham  at  the  time  of  the  death  of  Sarah, 
who  died  in  Hebron.  Abraham,  who  seems  to  have 
left  Mamre  after  the  destruction  of  the  cities  of  the 
plain  and  to  have  been  dwelling  at  this  time  in  Beer- 
sheba  in  the  land  of  Gerar,  came  to  Hebron  to  "  mourn 
and  to  weep"  for  Sarah.  His  conference  with  the  sons 
of  Heth  and  with  Ephron  in  relation  to  a  burying- 
place  for  her,  may  be  regarded,  I  think,  as  one  of  the 
most  graphic  and  touching  passages  of  the  Old  Tes- 
tament. This  cave,  in  which  nearly  four  thousand 
years  ago  Sarah  was  buried,  and  in  which  Abraham 
and  Isaac  and  Rebecca  and  Leah  were  afterwards 
buried,  is  now  covered  by  a  Turkish  mosque,  into 
which  Christians  are  not  permitted  to  enter.  So  that 
we  could  only  go  to  the  place,  which  contained  the 
hallowed  dust  of  these  early  followers  and  friends  of 
God,  and  walk  around  it  without  going  into  it.  No 
sculptured  tombs  of  Beni  Hassan  or  Thebes  had  for 
me  the  attraction  of  this  ancient  burying-place  of  the 
patriarchs.  Among  the  sacred  remembrances  which  it 
suggested,  I  could  not  forget  that  it  was  the  dying  re- 
quest of  the  patriarch  Jacob,  when  he  breathed  his  last 
far  away  in  the  unbelieving  land  of  Egypt,  that  he 
might  be  buried  "in  the  cave  in  the  field  of  Machpelah," 
which  he  describes  as  the  burying-place  bought  by 
Abraham  of  Ephron  the  Hittite.  "There,"  he  adds, 
"they  buried  Abraham  and  Sarah  his  wife  ;  there  they 
buried  Isaac  and  Rebecca  his  wife  ;  and  there  I  buried 
Leah:1 

In  returning  from  Hebron  we  left,  for  a-short  time, 
the  main  road  leading  to  Jerusalem  with  a  view  to 
reach  by  a  nearer  path  the  plain  of  Mamre,  which  for 
37 


434  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

a  long  time  was  the  residence  of  Abraham.  In  speak- 
ing of  distances  I  remark  again  that  I  do  not  profess 
to  be  very  accurate,  because  I  merely  give  them  in 
many  cases  as  they  seemed  to  me, — judging  from  our 
usual  rate  of  travel  and  the  time  occupied.  But  judg- 
ing in  this  way  the  plain  of  Mamre  at  its  northwestern 
extremity  is,  by  the  nearest  path,  two  miles  and  a  half 
or  three  miles  from  Hebron.  In  reaching  it  we  pass- 
ed over  a  portion  of  the  vine-bearing  valley  of  Esh- 
kol  ;  and  then  going  up  a  gradually  ascending  height 
of  land  which  was  partitioned  into  small  fields  by  ter- 
races and  walls  of  stone  and  everywhere  carefully  cul- 
tivated, we  came  as  we  passed  its  summit,  into  the 
elevated  and  beautiful  plain  where  Abraham  is  said  to 
have  dwelt.  It  appeared  to  be  a  plain  on  a  moun- 
tain ; — a  beautiful  place  on  earth  and  yet  expanding 
itself  on  such  an  elevated  position  that  it  seemed  very 
near  to  heaven.  The  plain,  sinking  in  its  centre  into 
a  narrow  valley  where  the  waters  collect  in  the  rainy 
season,  runs  in  an  easterly  direction  ;  and  then  turn- 
ing southwardly,  appeared  to  me  gradually  to  descend 
and  terminate  in  a  level  open  space,  which  we  had 
previously  noticed  to  the  south  of  and  in  sight  of 
Hebron. 

The  tradition  in  relation  to  this  plain  is,  that  Abra- 
ham dwelt  in  the  highest  part  of  it ;  and  we  were  con- 
ducted into  a  large  square  building,  supposed  to  be 
of  great  antiquity,  made  of  hewn  stones  of  great  size, 
which  is  shown  as  indicating  the  precise  spot  of  his 
dwelling-place.  But  however  this  may  have  been, 
we  could  not  doubt  that  we  were  in  the  region  where 
he  spent  no  small  portion  of  his  life.     His  hand  had 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  435 

cultivated  this  soil ;  he  had  been  seated  beneath  these 
oaks ;  he  looked  upon  these  heavens  filled  at  night 
with  the  stars  which  he  could  not  number, — the  bright 
emblems  of  his  spiritual  children  in  all  ages  and  climes. 
It  was  here  that  he  held  that  memorable  conversation 
with  God,  when  he  plead  so  earnestly  and  eloquently 
for  the  wicked  cities  of  the  plain.    Ten  righteous  men 
would  have  saved  them,  because  Abraham,  the  friend 
of  God,  had  asked  it,  but  the  ten  were  not  there.    The 
place  of  the  "  cities  of  the   plain,"   is  in  full  sight  of 
the  elevated  plain  of  Mamre.     In  a  direct  line  it  is 
probably  not  more  than  twenty  miles  distant.     With 
a  mind  filled  with  these  great  memories,  I  looked  in 
that  direction.     My  eye  reached  over  the  rocky  hills 
of  Judea,   and   over   the  dark    sunken   abyss  which 
bounds  them,  and  rested  upon  the  mountains  of  Moab 
beyond.     It  was  from  the  low  level  plain,  overlooked 
by  these  hills  and  mountains,  that  the  smoke  ascended. 
It  was  in  the  sunlight  of  the  morning  when  we  stood 
on  this  memorable  place  ; — and  it  was  in  the  morning, 
— "  early  in  the  morning," — that  Abraham  arose,  and 
"  looked  towards  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  and  towards 
all  the  land  of  the  plain,  and  beheld,  and  lo,  the  smoke 
of  the  country  went  up  as  the  smoke  of  a  furnace." 

And  here  I  feel  inclined  to  delay  a  moment,  in  a 
remark  or  two  upon  the  great  patriarch.  There  are 
some  men,  whose  thoughts  and  achievements,  aided 
sometimes  by  the  peculiarities  of  their  position,  have 
been  such,  that  they  may  be  said  to  fill  the  eye  of  na- 
tions ; — and  not  more  when  they  are  living,  than  when 
they  are  dead.  They  re-appear  and  exist  without  cessa- 
tion in  the  world's  thought,  which  becomes  so  vivid 


436  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

and  clear  in  its  apprehension  of  them,  that  it  illumi- 
nates the  ancient  night  of  ages,  and  restores  the  dead 
to  life.  And  it  makes  but  little  difference,  whether 
they  are  men  of  great  ideas  or  men  of  great  actions ; 
though  the  life  which  they  thus  live  in  the  locality,  if 
I  may  so  express  it,  of  the  human  mind,  is  more  dis- 
tinct and  impressive,  if  their  ideas  have  found  an  ex- 
pression and  a  confirmation  in  their  own  personal  his- 
tory. The  Patriarch  Abraham  was  such  a  man ; — a 
man  who  knew  the  truth, — a  man  who  illustrated  the 
truth  by  his  deeds. 

We  find  him  in  early  life  on  the  plains  of  Chaldea. 
It  was  there  that  he  first  tended  his  flocks.  Whether 
it  was  by  means  of  religious  traditions  communicated 
through  his  father  Terah,  or  that  God  himself  by  a 
direct  inspiration  was  the  source  of  his  great  wisdom, 
it  was  at  this  early  period  that  he  became  acquainted 
with  some  of  those  great  religious  truths,  (such  as  the 
unity  of  God  and  the  relations  of  faith  and  love 
which  ought  to  exist  between  God  and  man,)  which 
have  always  perplexed  the  best  and  most  persevering 
efforts  of  mere  human  philosophy.  In  his  journeyings 
from  place  to  place,  and  from  nation  to  nation,  he 
went  from  Chaldea  to  Palestine,  and  from  Palestine 
to  Egypt, — but  always  in  accordance  with  the  open- 
ings of  Providence,  and  always  guided  and  sustained 
by  the  great  religious  truth,  that  God  exists,  and  that 
he  is  the  friend  and  rewarder  of  all  those  who  are 
willing  to  believe  on  him.  He  was  emphatically  the 
man  of  faith.  It  was  faith,  which  gave  strength  to 
his  purpose ;  which  imparted  purity  to  his  inward  na- 
ture.    His  great  mind  saw  intuitively,  that  the  very 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  437 

idea  of  God  imposes  the  obligation  to  believe.  He 
had  stood  beneath  the  Chaldean  stars  ;  he  had  looked 
upon  the  broad  Euphrates  and  the  mighty  Nile ;  he 
had  crossed  vast  deserts  and  wildernesses  ;  he  had 
trod  the  majestic  mountains  of  Palestine ;  and  as  he 
cast  his  illuminated  eye  around  and  above  him  and 
perceived  things  in  their  greatness  and  in  their  rela- 
tions, he  felt  deeply  in  his  soul,  that  there  is  no  mid' 
die  ground  between  the  true  and  the  false ;  that  the 
negation  of  God  is  the  affirmation  of  chance  ;  and 
that  the  affirmation  of  chance  is  the  inauguration  of 
moral  and  intellectual  weakness  and  wrong. 

To  accept  God  was  a  necessity.  In  accepting  him, 
he  accepted  the  faith  which  honors  him.  And  on 
Mount  Moriah,  when  called  upon  as  a  test  of  his  faith 
to  offer  up  his  beloved  son  in  sacrifice,  he  showed 
not  only  the  truth  of  his  own  soul,  but  the  truth  and 
mighty  power  of  a  principle,  which  elevates  and  saves 
humanity,  by  bringing  God  and  man  into  harmony. 
History  is  right,  therefore,  and  honors  the  God  who  is 
the  living  and  controlling  power  in  the  series  of  its 
own  varied  events,  in  taking  such  a  man  out  of  the 
common  ranks  of  men,  and  in  establishing  him  among 
the  guides  and  teachers  of  the  human  race. 

Leaving  the  plain  of  Mamre, — a  place  so  closely 
associated  with  this  great  and  remarkable  man, — we 
regained  in  a  short  time  the  main  road  to  Bethlehem 
and  Jerusalem; — passing  at  the  distance  of  a  mile 
and  a  half,  the  place  called  "  Ain  Simim,"  or  the 
fountain  of  Simeon. 

There  is  a  large  stone  building  here,  erected  appa- 
rently for  military  purposes  ;  and  in  its  neighborhood 
37* 


438  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

are  said  to  be  some  very  ancient  tombs  excavated  in 
the  rocks ;  but  we  had  not  time  to  stop  and  examine 
them.     The  fountain   gushes  out  from  the  side  of  a 
small   hill  on  the  right  of  the  road ;  and  directly  op- 
posite is  the  plain,  rendered  memorable  by  a  battle 
fought  in  1192  between  Richard  of  England  and  Sul- 
tan Saladin,  in  which  Richard  was  defeated  and  driv- 
en back  to  Askelon.     Going  on  about  two  miles  fur- 
ther, over  rugged  and  rocky  hills  or  along  the  edge  of 
cultivated  valleys,  we  came  to  the  stupendous  water- 
reservoirs,   called   the   pools  of   Solomon.     We   had 
passed  them  in  our  journey  to  Hebron ;  but  stopped 
to   examine  them   more  particularly  on   our   return. 
There  are  other  great  "  pools  "  or  water-reservoirs  in 
other  places,  the  erection  of  which  is  ascribed  to  Solo- 
mon.    There  are  three  in  this  place,  rising  one  above 
another   on  the  side  of  a  hill,  and  supplied  by  water 
from  heights  still  more  elevated ;  the  largest  of  which 
is   nearly  six  hundred  feet  in   length,  by  an  average 
breadth  of  more  than  a  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  is 
fifty  feet  in  depth.    All  of  them  are  of  solid  masonry, 
and  are  coated  with  cement.     They  are  entered  by 
steps  cut  in  the  sides.     The  water,  collected  in  the 
highest  from  the  rocky  eminences  around,  gushes  from 
one  to  the  other ;  and  is  then  conducted  by  conduits 
under  ground  to  the  city  of  Jerusalem.     I  recollect  in 
early  life   to  have  heard  a  person,  whose  faith  in  the 
Scriptures  had  been  shaken,   objecting  to  the  state- 
ments  made  in  the  Bible  of  the  great  wealth  and 
power  of  Solomon ;  but  he  had  not  been  in  Palestine ; 
and  had  not  seen  the  works  and  the  remains  of  works, 
which  furnish  overwhelming  evidence  not  only  of  the 
riches  and  power,  but  of  the  science  of  that  period. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  439 

Going  a  few  miles  further,  we  came  to  the  city 
of  Bethlehem,  the  birth-place  of  the  Saviour.  "  The 
Word  was  made  flesh,  and  dwelt  among  us."  But 
I  must  leave  what  I  have  to  say  of  this  city  and  of 
the  events  connected  with  it,  to  another  letter. 

At  two  miles  beyond  Bethlehem  we  came  to  the 
tomb  of  Rachel,  the  wife  of  Jacob,  who  is  said  in  the 
book  of  Genesis  to  have  been  "  buried  in  the  way  to 
Ephrath,  which  is  Bethlehem."  A  pillar  was  erected 
over  her  grave  by  Jacob.  He  was  journeying  with 
her  from  Bethel  to  Bethlehem  at  the  time  of  her  death. 
The  pillar  of  Jacob  has  disappeared.  The  present 
tomb  is  a  Saracenic  work ;  but  there  is  no  difference 
of  opinion  as  to  the  place  where  she  was  buried.  The 
burial-place  of  Rachel, — where  the  traveller  naturally 
stops  to  indulge  in  the  recollections  connected  with 
her  touching  story,  is  on  the  side  and  near  the  sum- 
mit of  a  hill,  furnishing  a  wide  and  beautiful  prospect. 
And  he  naturally  thinks  of  the  village,  with  which  her 
name  is  associated,  in  one  of  the  sad  and  bloody  pas- 
sages of  history.  It  is  to  the  northwestward  of  her 
grave,  some  three  or  four  miles  distant,  that  we  find 
the  village  of  Rama,  to  which  reference  is  made  in 
the  second  chapter  of  Matthew ; — "  In  Rama  there 
was  a  voice  heard,  lamentation,  and  weeping  and 
great  mourning; — Rachel  weeping  for  her  children, 
and  would  not  be  comforted  because  they  are  not." 

Half-way  between  Bethlehem  and  Jerusalem  we 
passed  on  our  right  the  large  Greek  convent  of  Elias. 
It  is  on  a  hill.  We  did  not  stop  to  visit  it.  At  a  little 
distance  from  this  convent,  as  we  descended  the  hill 
towards  Jerusalem,  we  came  in  sight  of  the  plain  of 


440  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Rephaim  or  plain  of  the  Giants.  It  was  on  this  beau- 
tiful plain,  which  was  waving  as  we  passed  it  with 
fields  of  wheat,  that  David  fought  twice  with  the 
Philistines,  who  seem  to  have  become  alarmed  on  ac- 
count of  his  increasing  power,  and  who  had  come  up 
here  to  attack  him,  after  he  had  established  himself  in 
Jerusalem.  The  same  night,  crossing  the  deep  rocky 
ravine  called  the  valley  of  Hinnom,  and  then  ascend- 
ing the  steep  sides  of  the  hill  of  Zion,  we  reached  the 
city  of  Jerusalem  after  an  absence  of  four  days.  We 
entered  it  at  the  tower  of  David,  by  the  Bethlehem 
gate — which  is  also  called  the  Jaffa  gate. 


(XLVI.) 

Visit  to  Bethlehem — Appearance  of  the  country  round  it — The  city  and 
its  inhabitants — The  convent  and  church  of  the  Nativity — View 
from  the  top  of  the  convent — St.  Jerome — The  grotto  of  the  Sa- 
viour's birth — Reflections  on  the  Incarnation — Poetry. 

CITY  OF  JERUSALEM,  THIRD  LETTER. 

In  my  last  letter  I  gave  a  brief  account  of  an  ex- 
cursion from  Jerusalem  to  the  river  Jordan  and  the 
Dead  Sea ; — and  thence  to  the  ancient  city  of  Hebron. 
In  the  course  of  this  excursion  we  had  the  satisfac- 
tion of  visiting  the  city  of  Bethlehem  twice.  In  going 
westward  from  the  northern  extremity  of  the  Dead 
Sea  to  Hebron,  by  the  way  of  the  convent  of  St.  Sa- 
bas,  we  found  that  Bethlehem  was  so  nearly  on  the 
best  and  direct  line  of  our  route,  that  we  took  the 
road  leading  through  it.  As  I  remarked  in  my  last 
letter,  we  spent  a  night  at  the  convent,  which  I  have 
named.     Starting  early  in  the  morning,  and  passing 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  441 

over  a  number  of  lofty  and  barren  hills  between  St. 
Sabas  and  Bethlehem,  we  at  last  ascended  from  a 
picturesque  valley ;  and  having  passed  through  some 
comparatively  large  and  well  cultivated  fields  on  the 
sides  and  summit  of  the  height,  we  arrived  at  the 
limits  of  the  celebrated  city  where  the  Saviour  of  the 
world  was  born. 

In  coming  from  St.  Sabas,  we  approached  Bethle- 
hem on  the  east.  This  was  the  first  time  that  I  saw 
it ;  and  it  seemed  to  me,  as  if  Jerusalem  itself  had 
not  excited  a  deeper  interest  and  a  more  profound 
emotion.  But  the  view  of  the  city  was  not  very  good. 
In  coming  from  Hebron  on  our  return  to  Jerusalem, 
we  approached  it  on  the  western  side.  At  this  time 
the  city  was  seen  very  distinctly  on  its  lofty  height  at 
a  considerable  distance,  and  made  a  very  impressive 
appearance.  Our  ascent  to  it  in  this  direction  was 
more  steep  and  difficult,  than  in  our  approach  from 
the  east.  And  again,  on  our  way  from  Bethlehem  to 
Jerusalem,  which  placed  us  upon  its  northern  side,  we 
often  turned  to  look  back  upon  it.  There  was  an  at- 
traction in  the  name  and  in  the  histories  connected 
with  it,  which  we  were  not  willing  to  lose.  So  that 
we  had  good  opportunities,  notwithstanding  the  short 
time  which  was  left  us,  to  see  and  to  impress  its  in- 
teresting features  upon  the  memory. 

The  country  around  Bethlehem,  diversified  with 
hills  and  valleys,  had  to  my  view  a  very  pleasant  as- 
pect. I  think  it  may  be  regarded  as  fruitful, — even  at 
the  present  time.  And  in  former  times,  before  the 
earth  became  exhausted  by  long  and  ill-directed  cul- 
tivation, it  probably  was  a  very  fertile  region.     The 


442  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

name  Bethlehem,  which  means  the  house  of  bread, 
and  the  name  Bethlehem  Ephratah,  which  was  also 
sometimes  applied  to  the  city  and  which  means  Beth- 
lehem the  fruitful,  seem  to  indicate  that  such  was  the 
case.  It  was  once  a  land  of  shepherds ;  and  flocks  of 
sheep  and  goats,  and  droves  of  camels,  are  frequently 
seen  now.  From  time  to  time,  we  saw  in  all  these 
regions  the  dark,  open  tents  of  the  Bedouins.  Their 
flocks  are  always  near  them.  About  a  mile's  distance 
from  the  city  in  an  eastern  direction, — in  a  low  green 
valley, — is  the  place,  where  the  shepherds  are  said  to 
have  been  watching  their  flocks,  when  the  Saviour's 
birth  was  announced  to  them. 

The  lofty  limestone  hill,  on  which  the  city  itself  is 
situated,  runs  from  east  to  west.  And  on  all  sides  the 
approach  to  it,  with  the  exception  of  the  route  from 
St.  Sabas,  is  abrupt  and  steep, — particularly  on  the 
northern  and  southern  sides.  These  abrupt  ascents 
are  built  up  in  many  places  with  terraces,  which  are 
planted  with  flourishing  fig-trees,  vines  and  olives.  I 
have  already  referred  to  the  general  aspect  of  the  city. 
On  approaching  it  in  almost  any  direction,  it  has 
quite  an  imposing  appearance,  though  in  different  de- 
grees. On  entering  it,  however,  it  does  not  realize  the 
expectations,  which  are  raised  on  seeing  it  at  a  dis- 
tance. There  are  no  evidences  of  wealth  and  splen- 
dor ;  nor  on  the  other  hand  are  there  signs  of  great 
poverty.  The  houses  are  generally  one  story  in  height, 
and  built  of  stone ; — many  of  them  with  flat  roofs  ; 
but  frequently  they  are  surmounted  with  a  dome.  As 
a  general  thing  they  have  no  windows  towards  the 
streets.     Many  of  them  are  well-built ;  and  notwith- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  443 

standing  the  idea  of  almost  entire  seclusion  which 
they  are  apt  to  suggest,  they  have  an  aspect  of  neat- 
ness and  comfort,  which  is  seldom  seen  in  these  re- 
gions. Bethlehem  resembles  nearly  all  oriental  cities 
in  the  narrowness  and  irregularity  of  its  streets.  A 
few  Turks  and  Arabs  make  their  residence  here ;  but 
the  greater  part  of  the  people  are  understood  to  re- 
ceive the  Christian  religion, — chiefly,  though  not  ex- 
clusively, in  the  forms  of  the  Greek  and  Catholic 
churches.  The  population  is  variously  estimated  from 
three  to  four  thousand.  We  found  the  principal  street 
which  leads  from  the  open  area  in  front  of  the  church 
of  the  Nativity  towards  Jerusalem,  occupied  for  some 
distance  by  a  large  number  of  persons,  who  had  come 
in  from  the  neighboring  villages  with  vegetables,  oran- 
ges, and  other  fruits  of  the  country  for  sale.  Nor  was 
there  any  want  of  traffickers  in  other  articles; — par- 
ticularly in  rosaries  and  crosses,  and  representations 
of  holy  persons  and  places  ingeniously  carved  in  olive- 
wood  and  mother-of-pearl.  I  thought  I  could  dis- 
cover, as  I  walked  through  the  streets  and  mingled 
with  the  people  for  a  short  time,  the  marks  both  of 
increased  comfort  and  intelligence,  as  compared  with 
what  we  had  noticed  in  other  places. 

A  portion  of  the  eastern  extremity  of  this  rocky 
height  rises  steeply  over  the  large  and  beautiful  plain 
and  valleys  in  that  direction.  A  convent  is  built  upon 
this  part  of  the  height.  Its  massive  walls  and  battle- 
ments, like  those  of  the  monastery  of  St.  Sabas,  give 
it  the  appearance  of  a  fortress.  We  entered  it  through 
a  small,  low  opening  in  the  bottom  of  the  western 
wall.    It  does  not  belong  exclusively  to  one  Christian 


444  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

sect ;  but  the  different  parts  of  it,  including  the  church, 
are  divided  among  Catholics,  Greeks  and  Armenians. 
Within  the  large  area  which  is  enclosed  by  the  con- 
vent walls,  is  the  church  of  the  Nativity, — built  in  the 
form  of  a  cross.  It  is  said  to  have  been  built  by  the 
Empress  Helena; — though  the  origin  of  the  convent 
buildings  around  it  is  attributed  to  the  pious  zeal  of 
a  distinguished  Roman  lady  by  the  name  of  Paula, 
whose  tomb  is  still  shown  here.  Passing  through  the 
large  entrance-porch  or  vestibule  of  the  church,  we 
paused  a  few  moments  in  the  lofty  nave,  which  is 
adorned  with  numerous  Corinthian  columns,  and  is 
architecturally  an  object  of  much  interest.  And  from 
this  place,  under  the  guidance  of  men  of  the  different 
religious  sects,  who  claim  and  hold  possession,  we  pro- 
ceeded to  see  and  examine  what  is  worthy  of  notice 
in  this  remarkable  spot. 

Ascending  to  the  top  of  the  convent,  we  had  the 
whole  city  at  our  feet.  We  also  had  a  fine  view  of 
the  surrounding  country ; — particularly  of  the  moun- 
tainous region  in  the  direction  of  the  Dead  Sea. — 
The  lofty  cone,  which  has  borne  for  many  ages  the 
name  of  the  Frank  mountain,  was  in  sight  to  the 
southeast ; — and  apparently  not  more  than  four  or  five 
miles  distant.  This  mountain,  including  a  portion  of 
land  at  its  base,  is  the  supposed  site  of  the  ancient 
city  and  castle  which  was  built  by  Herod,  and  which 
was  called  Herod ium.  The  ruins,  which  are  still 
found  on  the  mountain  and  in  its  vicinity,  support 
this  view. 

At  a  little  distance  south  of  the  Frank  mountain,  is 
another  lofty  eminence,  which  is  visible  from  this 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  445 

place.  It  is  the  ancient  Tekoa, — the  birth-place  of  the 
prophet  Amos,  and  the  residence  of  the  wise  woman, 
who  was  consulted  by  Joab  in  the  case  of  Absalom. 
In  coming  from  St.  Sabas  we  passed  these  places  on 
the  left.  The  ancient  Hebrew  name  of  the  Frank 
mountain  was  Beth-Haccerim.  Such,  at  least,  is  the 
supposition  of  some  biblical  critics.  It  was  upon  such 
lofty  heights  that  those  naming  beacon-lights  were 
kindled,  which  gave  notice  to  the  surrounding  country 
of  approaching  dangers.  Hence  the  expressions  in 
the  prophet  Jeremiah.  "  Blow  the  trumpet  in  Tekoa, 
and  set  up  a  sign  of  fire  in  Beth-Haccerim." 

Going  into  the  lower  part  of  these  ancient  edifices 
— into  that  portion  denominated  the  Latin  Convent 
— we  visited  the  place  where  the  justly  celebrated  Je- 
rome spent  a  considerable  portion  of  his  life,  and  where 
his  tomb  still  remains.  The  tomb  of  Eusebius,  the 
ecclesiastical  historian,  is  also  here. 

A  peculiar  interest,  which  the  biblical  student  will 
easily  understand,  attaches  to  the  fact,  that  St.  Je- 
rome dwelt  so  long  in  this  place.  And  perhaps  I 
shall  be  pardoned  for  recalling  a  few  incidents  of  his 
life  at  this  time.  Born  in  the  times  of  the  Roman 
empire,  and  in  a  small  Roman  town  near  the  province 
of  Dalmatia,  he  was  sent  to  Rome  by  his  father,  who 
was  a  man  of  wealth,  in  order  that  he  might  be  early 
and  thoroughly  instructed  in  the  literature,  the  arts, 
and  the  philosophy  of  that  day.  Aided  by  the  best 
masters  in  the  city  of  Rome,  among  whom  was  a 
learned  grammarian  by  the  name  of  Donatus,  who  is 
still  known  by  his  commentaries  on  Virgil  and  Te- 
rence, he  soon  became  a  proficient  in  Greek  and  Ro- 
38 


446  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

man  learning.  Embracing  the  study  and  the  profes- 
sion of  the  law  as  a  business  for  life,  his  great  ability 
and  high  mental  culture,  gave  him  reason  to  hope, 
that  he  would  ultimately  reach  positions  of  influence 
and  honor, — such  as  would  fully  satisfy  a  high  ambi- 
tion. He  soon  found,  however,  that  the  world  has  its 
enchantments,  as  well  as  its  honors.  The  fascinating 
pleasures  of  Rome  held  out  their  allurements,  and  he 
had  begun  to  feel  both  their  power  and  their  bitter- 
ness ; — but  the  lessons  of  piety  which  he  had  received 
in  early  life,  recurred  to  his  mind  ;  and  a  divine  voice, 
perhaps  in  answer  to  a  father's  or  mother's  prayers, 
whispered  to  him  the  vanity  of  human  philosophy  and 
fame,  and  urged  him  to  seek  the  knowledge  and  the 
honor  which  come  from  Christ.  He  was  then  in  the 
midst  of  his  travels  in  France  and  still  in  the  ardent 
pursuit  of  knowledge  ;  but  he  had  the  wisdom  to  listen 
to  this  higher  and  better  voice  ;  and  accepted  the  sim- 
ple but  sublime  philosophy  of  Christ  for  that  of  the  Gre- 
cian and  Roman  schools.  In  accordance  with  the  ascetic 
principles  and  practices  of  his  age,  he  left  Rome,  which 
seemed  to  him  to  present  too  many  temptations  to  a 
young  Christian,  and  finding  his  way  after  some  time 
into  Syria,  he  took  up  his  residence  in  a  desert  and 
solitary  place  near  Chalcis, — though  not  very  far  from 
the  city  of  Antioch  and  the  banks  of  the  Orontes.  In 
this  Syrian  wilderness,  which  he  has  rendered  celebra- 
ted in  his  eloquent  writings,  he  resided  four  years.  It 
was  in  the  year  377  that  he  first  came  into  Palestine ; 
and  after  the  year  386,  he  made  it  his  permanent  resi- 
dence. He  dwelt  at  one  time  on  the  Mount  of  Olives  ; 
— but  subsequently  took  up  his  abode  at   Bethlehem ; 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  447 

— diligently  pursuing  his  studies,  as  he  had  done  dur- 
ing a  large  portion  of  his  life,  even  in  the  deserts  of 
Syria ;  and  investigating  with  great  zeal  the  various 
subjects,  which  throw  light  upon  the  history,  the  per- 
sons and  the  doctrines  of  the  Bible. 

I  refer  thus  particularly  to  this  distinguished  man, 
so  well  known  to  biblical  scholars,  because  undoubt- 
edly the  locality  of  many  of  the  sacred  places  in  Pales- 
tine, particularly  in  Bethlehem  and  its  vicinity,  is  con- 
sidered as  settled,  in  concurrence  with  his  opinions 
and  authority.  And  when  we  consider  the  early  pe- 
riod in  which  he  lived,  his  long  residence  in  Palestine, 
his  great  learning,  and  the  deep  interest  which  he 
could  not  fail  to  take  in  the  subject,  I  think  we  may 
feel  a  good  degree  of  confidence,  that  many  of  the 
most  important  localities  are  satisfactorily  known. 

The  reader  of  the  Bible  cannot  forget,  that  many 
events  of  interest  have  occurred  in  Bethlehem  and  its 
immediate  vicinity,  besides  that  great  event,  which  su- 
persedes and  overshadows  all  others.  This  is  the 
scene  of  the  beautiful  story  of  Ruth  and  Naomi, — in- 
imitable in  its  simplicity  and  touching  pastoral  allu- 
sions. Bethlehem  is  interesting  also,  as  being  the 
birth-place  of  king  David.  He  was  the  keeper  of  his 
father's  flocks  in  the  neighborhood  of  Bethlehem, 
which  is  spoken  of  as  being  at  that  time  in  the  wilder- 
ness, when  he  was  called  to  engage  in  contest  with 
Goliah.  It  is  still  more  interesting, — perhaps  we  may 
say  it  exceeds  all  other  places  in  the  world  in  inter- 
est,— in  being  the  birth-place  of  the  Saviour.  The  pro- 
phecies of  the  Old  Testament, — full  of  intimations 
and  glimpses  of  the  future, — led  the  Jews  to  expect 


448  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  birth  of  the  Saviour  in  this  place.  "But  thou, 
Bethlehem  Ephratah,"  says  the  prophet  Micah,  "though 
thou  be  little  among  the  thousands  of  Judah,  yet  out 
of  thee  shall  He  come  forth  unto  me,  who  is  to  be 
Ruler  in  Israel  ;  whose  goings  have  been  from  old, 
from  everlasting." 

The  church  of  the  Nativity,  which  is  understood  to 
enclose  the  Saviour's  birth-place,  is  built  over  a  large 
grotto.  Descending  the  flight  of  stairs  which  leads  in- 
to it,  we  found  it  brightly  illuminated  with  rows  of 
costly  lamps,  which  are  kept  constantly  burning.  Art, 
coloring,  drapery,  lend  their  aid  to  give  beauty  and 
impressiveness  to  the  place.  The  figure  of  a  large  and 
beautiful  star,  formed  of  marble  and  jasper  laid  in 
mosaic,  indicates  the  place  where  the  Saviour  was 
born.  Golden  lamps  are  suspended  above  this  star,  and 
throw  their  light  down  upon  it.  Around  it,  in  the 
Latin  language,  are  the  words,  Hie  de  Virgine  Ma- 
ria Jesus  Christus  natus  est. 

I  am  not  ignorant  of  the  doubts  and  queries  which 
have  been  started  by  the  learned.  And  still  the  argu- 
ment, depending  upon  facts  and  circumstances  too 
numerous  to  be  detailed  here,  which  may  be  brought 
to  bear  in  support  of  the  identity  of  this  part  of  the 
hill  of  Bethlehem  as  the  birth-place  of  the  Saviour,  is 
so  strong,  that  my  mind  found  no  difficulty  in  receiv- 
ing it.  It  was  here  that  the  prophecies  were  fulfilled. 
It  was  here  that  the  Saviour  was  born. 

In  giving  myself  up  to  profound  emotion,  I  could 
not  forget  the  accessories  of  that  great  event.  I  saw 
the  wise  men  coming  from  the  East,  with  their  offer- 
ings of  frankincense  and  gold,     I  remembered  that 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  449 

the  very  heavens  were  bright  with  transcendent  glory. 
I  recalled  the  watching  shepherds,  and  the  song  of 
the  angels.  But  these  were  only  incidents  ;  and  were 
important  chiefly,  by  the  relations  which  they  sus- 
tained. It  was  the  event  itself,  which  absorbed  mem- 
ory, thought,  emotion.  I  repeated  to  myself  the  ex- 
pressions, which  seemed  to  me  to  describe  that  great 
occurrence.  I  said  the  Divine  Mind  became  embod- 
ied ; — the  Infinite  reposed  in  the  arms  of  the  finite ; — 
God  manifested  himself  in  the  flesh ; — on  the  place 
where  I  now  stand. 

I  do  not  profess  to  understand  precisely  the  import 
of  these  expressions,  which  may  well  be  supposed  to 
suggest  thought  rather  than  accurately  define  it.  But 
it  was  through  the  medium  of  such  emphatic  and  sug^ 
gestive  forms  of  speech,  which  could  not  fail  to  have 
an  important  influence  upon  early  thought  and  belief, 
that  I  had  been  taught  in  childhood.  It  was  thus,  be- 
fore I  was  capable  of  thinking  for  myself,  that  I  had 
been  instructed  in  distant  America ; — in  her  primitive 
and  humble  assemblies,  and  in  the  books  which  had 
come  down  from  my  Puritan  ancestors.  Undoubtedly 
a  hereditary  belief,  though  sanctioned  by  the  wisdom 
of  those  who  have  gone  before  us,  and  taught  in  the 
young  home  which  we  always  love,  is  a  proper  sub- 
ject of  re-examination  and  further  inquiry.  Such  ill* 
quiry  I  have  not  been  unwilling, — and  indeed  have 
thought  it  right  and  proper, — >to  give  to  the  wonderful 
doctrine  of  the  Incarnation.  Considered  in  its  time 
and  its  incidents,  in  itself  and  its  relations,  I  have  en* 
deavored  to  compare  the  advent  of  the  Messiah  with 
other  advents  and  manifestations  of  supposed  power 
38* 


450  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

and  greatness  which  men  in  their  blindness  have  ac- 
cepted and  idolized ;  and  without  professing  to  be 
aware  of  the  full  import  of  my  own  expressions,  I  am 
still  obliged  to  say,  not  only  because  it  is  authorized 
by  the  Bible,  but  because  all  other  expressions  come 
short  of  the  convictions  and  aspirations  which  strug- 
gled in  my  own  breast,  "  God  was  manifest  in  the 
flesh:1 

I  am  aware  that  human  philosophy,  reasoning  more 
from  the  head  than  the  heart,  is  likely  to  be  perplexed 
on  this  subject.  In  its  doubts  and  difficulties,  it  pro- 
pounds the  question,  whether  it  is  possible  for  the  In- 
finite to  embody  itself  in  a  finite  form.  I  answer,  if 
God  is  merely  an  impersonal  infinite  presence, — in 
other  words  an  infinite  power,  but  not  an  infinite  per- 
sonal agent, — then  I  feel  the  pressure  of  this  inquiry ; 
but  I  do  not  feel  it,  if  He  is  what  Christians  suppose 
Him  to  be,  an  infinite  personality.  In  the  view  of  the 
matter  as  it  presents  itself  to  my  own  mind,  the  inca- 
pacity to  manifest  himself  in  a  form,  in  connection 
with  which  He  should  communicate  with  his  crea- 
tures, would  be  an  imperfection. 

And  it  is  to  me  an  interesting  circumstance,  that  all 
nature, — I  may  perhaps  say, — certainly  all  races  of 
men,. — demand  such  a  manifestation.  It  is  an  in- 
stinct of  the  human  mind, — demonstrated,  as  it  seems 
to  me,  by  the  religious  history  of  our  race, — which  re- 
quires that  the  Infinite  should  subject  itself  at  par- 
ticular times  and  in  particular  forms,  to  the  limita- 
tions of  the  finite,  in  order  to  satisfy  the  finite  want 
and  to  perfect  the  finite  communion.  To  one  tribe, 
(I  speak  of  those  portions  of  the  human  race,  which 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  451 

are  not  enlightened  by  the  Bible,)  God  is  in  the  sun  ; 
— to  another  He  is  in  the  moon  and  stars ;  to  anoth- 
er He  is  embodied  in  the  clouds,  or  floats  in  the  rivers 
and  the  ocean.  And  others  again  find  Him  embodied 
and  incarnate  in  some  lower  animal,  which  they  fall 
down  and  worship. 

God  has  done  homage  to  the  great  instincts  he  has 
implanted.  He  knew  the  wants  of  men  and  was  ready 
to  meet  them,  when  man  himself,  disappointed  in  all 
false  manifestations,  had  sufficiently  recognized  and 
felt  those  wants.  He  met  them  by  his  presence.  But 
in  coming  into  the  world  he  gave  the  preference  to 
the  weak  over  the  mighty.  He  paid  homage  to  hu- 
man wants  but  not  to  human  pride  ;  and  passing  by 
Rome  and  Athens,  and  whatever  other  names  and 
places  had  dazzled  by  their  greatness  and  splendor, 
He  selected  the  little  city  of  Bethlehem. 

Philosophy,  or  rather  imperfect  human  philosophy, 
perplexed  in  the  fact  of  his  coming,  is  equally  per- 
plexed in  relation  to  the  form  of  his  coming.  It  thinks 
more  of  greatness  than  of  innocence ;  and  vainly  im- 
agines, that  a  descending  God  cannot  come  in  less 
than  a  king's  chariot,  and  with  the  noise  of  trumpets, 
and  with  royal  purple  and  gold.  But  such  is  not  the 
expectation  of  that  better  and  divine  philosophy,  which 
attaches  the  highest  value  to  purity  and  love.  Divine 
wisdom,  without  stopping  to  inquire  at  the  great 
schools  of  human  learning,  chooses  its  own  form. 
And  what  form,  helpless  though  it  may  be,  is  more 
beautiful  in  itself,  or  more  significant  and  emblematic 
of  truth  and  beauty,  than  that  of  an  infant  ?  Or  what 
place  is  more  fitting  and  suitable  to  such  an  advent 
and  manifestation,  than  a  mother's  arms  ? 


452  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

And  I  may  say  further  that  I  personally  sympathize 
in  those  deep  instincts  of  the  human  heart,  to  which 
I  have  referred; — I  mean  those  instincts  which  need 
and  require  the  manifestation  and  presence  of  a  di- 
vine nature ; — and  that  I  rejoice  also  in  the  manner 
in  which  these  yearnings  of  the  heart  have  been  re- 
sponded to.  To  those  who  are  weak  in  spirit  like 
myself,  the  manifestation  of  Divinity  in  humanity,  so 
that  in  our  helplessness  we  may  feel  the  hand  of  the 
Infinite  and  be  lifted  up,  is  not  only  a  possibility  but 
a  necessity.  Believing  as  I  do,  that  in  the  name  of 
Jesus  the  many  evils  which  exist  in  the  world  are  to 
be  subdued,  its  sorrows  ended  and  its  discordancies 
harmonized,  it  is  not  without  emotion  that  I  have 
come  from  a  distant  land,  to  the  place  which  the 
guiding  star  has  illuminated ;  and  that  I  offer  here  the 
"  myrrh  and  frankincense  "  of  a  penitent  and  believ- 
ing heart. 

The  star,  which  shines  over  this  sacred  spot, — em- 
blematic of  the  heavenly  radiance, — is  to  me  the  source 
of  light.  I  endeavored  in  my  early  days  to  study  the 
philosophies,  and  to  become  acquainted  with  the  mas- 
ters and  teachers  of  men.  I  felt  that  I  needed  illu- 
mination. But  standing  as  I  now  do  on  the  hill  of 
Bethlehem,  and  by  the  cradle  of  the  manger,  I  am 
not  ashamed  in  these  last  years  of  my  life  ;  and  after 
the  labor  of  many  hopeless  inquiries, — to  say,  that  I 
accept  of  the  coming  of  this  infant  Jesus,  and  that  I 
am  willing  to  be  taught  by  a  child. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  453 


LINES   WRITTEN   ON  THE    OCCASION    OF     VISITING  THE   BIRTH- 
PLACE  OF  THE  SAVIOUR  IN   BETHLEHEM. 

Philosophers  of  other  days, 

In  learned  schools,  their  wisdom  taught, 

And  earned  from  human  tongues  the  praise 
Of  guides  and  lights  of  human  thought ; — 

But  here,  an  infant's  lips  declare 

A  wisdom  which  they  did  not  share. 

The  kings  and  conquerors  of  old, 
Who  marched  to  power  through  seas  of  gore, 

Kode  in  their  chariots  of  gold, 
And  crown  and  sceptre  proudly  bore  ; — 

But  here  an  infant's  sceptre  bears 

A  weight  of  power,  which  was  not  theirs. 

The  weak  are  great  in  outward  show, 

Magnificent  in  high  pretence  ; 
But  God,  descending  here  below, 

Appears  in  peace  and  innocence  ; — 
He  seeks  no  power  of  arms  or  arts 
But  that  of  conquering  human  hearts. 

Temples,  and  towers,  and  thrones  may  fall, 

And  learning's  institutes  go  down, 
But  in  the  wreck  that  sweeps  o'er  all, 

Christ  shall  come  up,  and  wear  the  crown; — 
And  from  their  scattered  dust  shall  spring 
The  empire  of  the  infant  King. 

He  reigns, — to  judge  the  poor  man's  cause  ; 

He  reigns,  tyrannic  sway  to  bind ; 
He  reigns,  to  renovate  the  laws, 

And  heal  the  wanderings  of  the  mind ; — 
Restoring,  in  his  mighty  plan, 
God's  empire  in  the  soul  of  man. 


454  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 


(XLVII.) 

Introductory  remarks — Visit  to  the  Mount  of  Olives — Historical  noti- 
ces— Mount  Zion — Valley  of  Hinnom — Church  of  the  Holy  Sep- 
ulchre— Hill  of  Scopus — Titus — Return  from  the  mountain — Gar- 
den of  Gethsemane — Poetry. 

CITY  OF  JERUSALEM,  FOURTH  LETTER. 

The  objects  of  interest  in  Jerusalem  and  its  vicini- 
ty are  very  numerous.  I  shall  not  undertake  a  minute 
description,  which  is  better  left  to  those  who  have 
more  time ;  and  who  come  here  with  the  requisite 
qualifications,  and  under  circumstances  which  are 
more  favorable  to  extended  and  specific  inquiries. — 
There  is  much  work  in  Jerusalem  and  its  vicinity  for 
profound  scholars,  for  painters,  poets,  historians  ; — a 
work  which,  it  is  very  certain,  cannot  be  satisfactorily 
performed,  especially  so  far  as  relates  to  its  contro- 
verted antiquities,  by  transient  visitants.  There  are 
men,  however,  who  in  due  time  will  be  found  adequate 
to  the  task.  Without  mentioning  all  the  names  which 
I  now  have  in  my  mind,  I  will  only  say  here  that  Dr. 
Robinson  of  our  own  country  has  made  a  good  and 
very  thorough  beginning,  which  entitles  him  to  the 
gratitude  of  the  friends  of  biblical  science ;  and  fu- 
ture inquiries,  connected  with  the  same  ability  and 
energy,  will  throw  great  light  upon  these  interesting 
topics.  At  the  same  time  I  think  there  may  possibly 
be  some  value  in  those  more  general  writings,  where 
the  moral,  social  and  physical  are  mingled  together.— 
I  shall  describe,  or  rather  make  the  attempt  to  describe, 
only  generally  and  briefly. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  455 

I  went  one  day  to  the  top  of  the  Mount  of  Olives, 
in  company  with  my  American  friends.  From  this 
commanding  position,  we  endeavored  to  arrange  and 
fix  in  our  minds  the  objects  around  us.  With  an  esti- 
mated height  of  more  than  two  thousand  feet  above 
the  Mediterranean,  carrying  it  high  above  Jerusalem, 
this  celebrated  mountain,  which  in  itself  is  an  object 
of  great  interest,  was  favorable  to  our  purpose.  Stand- 
ing on  that  part  of  the  summit,  which  is  occupied  by 
the  chapel  of  the  Ascension, — so  called  because  it 
was  supposed  by  its  builders  to  be  erected  over  the 
place  where  the  Saviour  ascended, — we  gazed  with 
deep  interest  upon  the  various  objects  which  here  pre- 
sented themselves  to  view.  Looking  in  one  direction, 
we  had  before  us  Jerusalem,  and  the  deep  ravines 
which  enclose  it  on  the  south  and  east,  and  the  moun- 
tains which  arise  above  it  on  every  side.  In  the  other 
direction  was  the  rough  and  elevated  region,  bounded 
by  the  valley  of  the  Jordan  and  the  Dead  Sea,  and  by 
the  mountains  of  Moab  beyond. 

But  this  first  visit,  which  enabled  me  to  fix  in  mind 
the  outlines  of  objects,  was  calculated  to  satisfy  the 
head  rather  than  the  heart.  Perhaps  I  may  more  clear- 
ly express  myself  thus.  The  mind  went  out  to  the 
objects  ;  but  the  influence  of  the  objects  had  not  time 
to  come  back,  and  to  write  itself  upon  the  mind.  The 
Mount  of  Olives  must  take  its  own  time,  and  have  its 
visitant  all  to  itself,  in  order  to  make  present  and  to 
convey  into  the  soul  all  that  it  is  capable  of  revealing. 

This,  I  suppose,  will  be  easily  understood.  Places, 
as  well  as  persons,  have  power.  Thoughts,  whose 
seeds  are  in  the  soul,  are  oftentimes  the  product  and 


456  LETTERS— AESTHETIC, 

the  out-growth  of  situations.  The  influence,  which 
such  situations  or  places  possess  over  the  human  mind, 
is  very  various  in  its  origin  ; — sometimes  from  the 
greatness  of  nature  and  sometimes  from  the  greatness 
of  art  ; — sometimes  from  the  power  which  they  still 
hold,  and  not  unfrequently  from  the  power  which  they 
have  lost, — sometimes  from  sympathy  with  the  living, 
and  sometimes  from  the  memory  of  the  dead.  Many 
are  the  places,  which  thus  speak  to  the  soul,  either 
with  a  natural  or  associated  power. 

One  of  the  many  places  which  have  this  power  in 
a  remarkable  degree, — perhaps  as  much  so  or  with 
very  few  exceptions  as  any  in  the  world, — is  the 
Mount  of  Olives.  Irregular  in  its  surface,  with  here 
and  there  a  few  olives  and  fig-trees  still  growing  among 
its  projecting  rocks,  it  adds  to  the  impressions  which 
naturally  attach  to  its  rough  and  majestic  form,  the 
power  which  it  derives  from  its  history,  its  associa- 
tions, and  its  position. 

I  had  gone  through  the  streets  of  Jerusalem  ;  and 
had  rapidly  examined,  both  within  and  without  its 
walls,  the  various  objects  of  interest,  which  the  pens 
of  numerous  travellers  have  sufFciently  made  known. 
But  before  our  little  company  left  the  city  on  our  way 
to  other  parts  of  Palestine,  and  on  the  route  prelimi- 
nary to  our  return  to  America,  I  felt  a  secret  and  strong 
desire  to  ascend  once  more  the  Mountain  where  the 
Saviour  had  so  often  been  ; — and  aided  by  its  lofty 
summit,  to  look  again  upon  the  theatre  of  the  great 
scenes  and  sufferings  which  the  Scriptures  record.  On 
the  occasion  to  which  I  now  refer,  which  was  a  day  or 
two  before  our  departure,  it  was  convenient  for  me  to 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  457 

go  alone.  This  solitary  visit,  like  a  visit  to  the  tomb 
of  a  departed  friend,  harmonized  with  the  state  of  my 
feelings; — because  my  object  was,  not  to  converse 
with  men,  but  with  God,  nature,  history  and  eternity. 
I  easily  found  a  secluded  and  lofty  position  suited  to 
my  object ;  and  as  I  looked  abroad  from  that  memo- 
rable height,  I  felt  how  one  short  hour  could  re-pro- 
duce and  live  over  again  the  growth  and  the  decay, 
the  agonies  and  triumphs  of  ages. 

Jerusalem,  as  it  is  now,  and  in  its  natural  features 
as  it  always  has  been,  was  all  before  me  ; — a  place 
more  closely  associated  than  any  other  with  the  des- 
tinies of  men,  and  going  back  in  its  history  to  the 
early  periods  of  the  human  race.  Taken  by  David 
from  the  Jebusites,  and  in  the  reigns  of  David  and 
Solomon  advancing  to  great  wealth  and  splendor, — 
destroyed  by  Nebuchadnezzar, — rebuilt  in  the  times 
of  Nehemiah, — captured  and  laid  waste  by  the  Ro- 
man armies  under  Pompey  the  great, — restored  and 
beautified  by  Antipater  and  Herod, — destroyed  again 
by  Titus  and  in  part  restored  by  Adrian, — and  at  later 
periods  successively  captured  and  held  by  the  Per- 
sians, Arabians,  Turks  and  Crusaders,  it  still  stands, 
amid  all  these  changes  and  revolutions,  an  object  of 
deep  interest  and  attraction. 

Checking  this  natural  tendency  to  indulge  in  his- 
torical recollections,  that  I  might  the  better  under- 
stand the  place  which  gave  rise  to  them,  my  eye  first 
ran  along  the  circuit  of  its  beautiful  but  irregular 
walls ;  and  then  glancing  rapidly  upon  the  valley  of 
the  Kedron  and  over  the  steep  rocky  heights  beyond 
it,  rested  upon  the  magnificent  mosque  of  Omar.  This 
39 


458  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

great  structure,  a  sad  memorial  of  the  vicissitudes  to 
which  Jerusalem  has  been  subject,  is  built  within  the 
present  walls  of  the  city  on  the  eastern  side,  and  over- 
looks the  abrupt,  rocky  valley  of  Jehoshaphat ; — occu- 
pying the  top  of  that  Mount  Moriah,  which  is  sup- 
posed to  be  the  place  where  Abraham  was  directed  to 
offer  up  Isaac.  The  place,  which  is  occupied  by  this 
imposing  Mohammedan  edifice,  is  the  precise  spot, 
which  was  occupied  in  other  times,  and  under  other 
and  different  influences,  by  the  great  temple  of  Solo- 
mon. 

Imagination,  which  controls  time  as  well  as  places, 
and  has  the  power  of  changing  and  remodeling  all 
things,  was  not  slow  in  banishing  the  mosque  and  in 
remodeling  and  replacing  the  temple.  It  was  there, 
I  said  to  myself,  that  the  wonderful  structure  stood, 
of  which  I  had  read  so  much  in  my  childhood;  and 
which,  described  in  history  and  rendered  visible  in 
paintings,  had  become  a  part  of  my  thoughts  and 
dreams  ; — on  the  place  which  is  now  before  me  ; — -the 
place,  ascertained  and  identified  with  the  concurrence 
of  all  antiquarians  ;  and  which,  as  I  looked  upon  it  in 
its  marked  and  imposing  outlines,  seemed  to  *ne  to 
carry  the  evidence  of  its  historic  claims  in  itself.  It 
was  there,  then,  that  the  great  edifice  was  erected, — 
the  "  Lord's  house,"  shining  in  cedar  and  gold,  which 
required  a  nation's  wealth  in  building,  which  held  the 
ark  and  tables  of  the  covenant  and  the  cherubims  of 
glory  ;  and  which,  by  its  history,  its  position,  and  its 
rites  and  ceremonies,  became  the  central  and  con- 
trolling element  in  that  system  of  religion,  which  was 
superseded  by  the  mission  and  the  doctrines  of  Christ. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  459 

The  subterranean  crypts,  arches  and  gates,  and  the 
immense  blocks  of  granite,  constituting  together  the 
vast  substructions  which  still  remain, — some  above 
ground  and  some  below, — but  which  will  be  likely  to 
be  better  known  in  the  explorations  of  future  times, — 
furnish  evidence,  that  what  is  said  in  the  Bible  of  the 
glory  both  of  the  first  and  second  temple,  and  of  the 
wealth  and  skill  of  the  times  of  Solomon,  is  no  exag- 
geration. 

As  the  traveller  stands  upon  the  Mount  of  Olives, 
the  ancient  as  well  as  the  modern  Jerusalem,  at  least 
in  its  essential  outlines,  is  restored  and  made  present 
to  his  eye.  Following  the  attractions  of  sight  and 
memory,  and  crossing  the  deep  Tyropceon  valley, 
which,  however,  is  now  nearly  filled  up  and  is  hardly 
perceptible  from  this  elevated  position,  he  next  as- 
cends the  hill  of  Zion.  Here,  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  Bethlehem  gate,  is  the  tower  of  Hippicus,  stand- 
ing in  grandeur  to  the  present  hour, — whose  strong 
foundations  hardly  less  immovable  than  the  mountain 
itself,  carry  the  mind  back  to  distant  ages.  Some  an- 
tiquarians assign  the  laying  of  these  massive  founda- 
tions to  the  historic  era  of  king  David.  Beyond  the 
wall,  and  within  the  court  or  enclosed  area  of  a  Mo- 
hammedan Mosque,  is  David's  tomb.  "  His  sepul- 
chre," says  the  Apostle  Peter,  "  is  with  us  unto  this 
day."  Around  the  tomb  are  small  cultivated  fields. 
The  denunciations  of  prophesy  are  fulfilled.  The 
ploughshare  has  passed  over  the  summit  of  Zion. 

It  was  here,  in  this  part  of  Jerusalem,  that  the  son 
of  Jesse,  the  warrior  and  Psalmist  of  Israel,  had  his 
residence.     This,  then,  is  that  hill  of  Zion,  which  he 


460  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

describes  in  his  own  matchless  language,  as  "  beauti- 
ful for  situation,  the  joy  of  the  whole  earth."  This 
is  the  place,  which  for  ages  held  the  sword  and  the 
seat  of  empire.  From  this  mountain  rock,  which  lifts 
its  southern  brow  so  proudly  over  the  deep  valley  of 
Hinnom,  the  tide  of  aggressive  war  has  been  scattered 
and  driven  back.  Conquering  armies,  proud  to  obey 
the  greatest  king  of  Israel,  have  stood  upon  its  frown- 
ing height. 

But  with  all  these  lofty  recollections,  thronging 
around  this  memorable  place,  I  could  not  suppress  tjie 
thought,  that  this  was  not  its  chief  honor.  It  is  not 
the  spear  but  the  lyre  of  David, 

"  The  harp  the  monarch  minstrel  swept," 
which  survives  most  deeply  and  distinctly  in  the 
memory  of  later  generations.  The  hill  of  Zion  may 
perish,  but  I  ^think  it  may  be  said  of  the  songs  of 
Zion — estimated  by  those  who  have  the  true  insight 
of  poetry  as  well  as  religious  feeling, — that  they  have 
a  life  which  cannot  die. 

With  such  impressions,  I  must  confess,  that  my 
eye  was  not  tired  in  looking  upon  the  spot,  which 
gave  origin  to  those  divine  songs  and  lyric  odes  which 
bear  the  Psalmist's  name ; — poems,  which  embody 
with  such  mingled  simplicity  and  power  the  various 
forms  of  natural  and  religious  feeling,  of  natural  and 
religious  truth,  that  they  descend  to  the  level  of  the 
understanding  and  heart  of  a  child,  while  at  the  same 
time,  by  their  great  thoughts  and  sublimity,  they  fill 
and  satisfy  minds  of  the  greatest  breadth  and  culture. 
It  was  there  that  he  gazed  upon  those  surrounding 
heights  and  mountains,  which  still  look  down  upon 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  461 

his  burial  place.  It  was  there  that  he  walked  forth  at 
night,  and  looked  again  with  his  poetic  eye  upon  the 
deep  blue  heavens,  which  he  had  watched  and  loved, 
when  in  early  life  he  tended  his  father's  flocks  in 
Bethlehem.  "  When  I  consider  thy  heavens,  the  work 
of  thy  fingers ;  the  moon  and  the  stars  which  thou 
hast  ordained ; — What  is  man  that  thou  art  mindful 
of  him?  And  the  son  of  man  that  thou  dost  visit 
him  ?" 

The  hill  of  Zion  is  often  regarded  as  the  type  or 
earthly  emblem  of  heaven.  And  why  should  it  not 
be  ?  It  is .  a  place,  which  is  lofty  and  imperial ;  and 
the  cavernous  depths  of  Gehenna,  hardly  less  terrible 
than  when  its  fire  and  smoke  ascended,  are  still  far 
below  it.  But  it  is  entitled  to  this  distinction  and 
lifts  the  mind  to  a  better  state  of  things,  not  only  on 
account  of  its  elevation  ;  but  still  more  because  it  is 
the  hill  of  song.  Song  is  truth,  uttered  in  harmony. 
Heaven  is  what  it  is,  because  nothing  enters  there 
which  "  loveth  and  maketh  ~  a  lie,"  and  because  the 
truth  which  enters  and  is  embodied  within  it,  in  be- 
ing always  consistent  with  itself,  has  no  discordant 
sounds ;  but  is  always  uttering,  by  the  very  necessities 
of  its  nature,  a  voice  which  is  full  of  melody.  Heaven, 
therefore,  whatever  other  attributes  may  attach  to  it, 
is  the  true  locality  of  whatever  is  highest  and  best 
in  the  conception  of  poetic  harmony.  And  hence  it  is 
natural  that  the  place  on  earth,  which  has  breathed 
forth  the  sweetest  and  tenderest  melodies,  should  be 
the  sign  and  emblem  of  the  heavenly  inheritance. 

But  what  a  contrast  of  associations,  as  well  as  of 
height  and  depth,  may  be  seen  at  no  great  distance. 
39* 


462  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

As  we  approach  the  edge  of  the  hill  of  Zion,  we  look 
down  almost  with  dizziness,  into  the  deep  valley  which 
bounds  it  on  the  south  and  south-western  side  ; — the 
valley  of  Hinnom  of  the  Old  Testament ; — the  Ge- 
henna of  the  New.  In  this  valley  there  was  once  an 
idolatrous  image  of  the  heathen  god  Moloch,  who  ex- 
acted from  his  followers  the  rites  and  sacrifices  of  his 
cruel  worship.  In  those  sad  days  it  was  truly  the 
place  of  weeping  and  wailing.  Gloomy  and  terrible 
in  itself  and  terrible  in  its  history  and  associations,  it 
was  afterwards  the  place  where  the  useless  and  decay- 
ing impurities  of  the  city,  including  the  dead  bodies 
of  animals  and  malefactors,  were  collected  together. 
And  this  was  done,  so  frequently,  and  to  such  an  ex- 
tent, that  the  fires,  which  were  rendered  necessary  for 
the  purpose  of  consuming  them,  were  kept  continu- 
ally burning.  This  is  no  place  of  song.  This  is  no 
emblem  of  the  heavenly  world.  These  masses  of  cor- 
ruption, these  ever  burning  fires,  and  the  columns  of 
smoke  continually  ascending,  furnish  the  terrible  fig- 
ures, which  are  employed  by  the  writers  of  the  Bible 
to  indicate  the  opposite  of  a  state  of  blessedness,  and 
to  shadow  forth  the  end  and  destiny  of  the  wicked. 

At  some  distance  from  Mount  Zion,  a  little  outside 
of  the  line  of  the  ancient  wall,  which  antiquarians 
profess  to  be  able  still  to  trace,  but  within  the  limits 
of  the  modern  city,  is  the  rocky  height,  surmounted 
by  the  church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  where  the  Sa- 
viour was  crucified.  This  vast  church,  which  in  itself 
is  a  history,  has  been  so  often  described  in  its  length 
and  breadth,  in  its  towering  arches  and  columns,  that 
I  will  say  nothing  in  relation  to  it  so  far  as  its  archi- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  463 

tecture  is  concerned.  The  church  is  adjusted  in  its 
foundations,  to  the  hill  and  rock  of  Calvary.  I  had 
visited  it  before  the  time  of  which  I  am  now  speaking. 
I  had  ascended  the  successive  flights  of  steps,  which  led 
to  the  elevated  platform,  covering  the  portion  of  the  rock 
where  the  cross  is  said  to  have  been  placed,  and  where 
the  Saviour  was  crucified.  I  had  gone  down  into 
another  part  of  the  church  at  a  little  distance,  and 
seen  the  place  where  he  was  buried.  A  small  chapel, 
not  wanting  in  beauty,  is  built  over  it.  And  many  are 
the  pilgrims,  from  many  and  distant  lands,  that  kneel 
beneath  it. 

At  such  a  time  and  amid  such  remembrances,  I 
must  confess  that  I  had  no  disposition  to  think  of 
painting  or  architecture,  of  Greek  or  Jew,  of  Saracen 
or  Roman,  of  Helena  or  Justinian, — not  even  of  pro- 
phets and  apostles, — but  only  of  that  one  good  and 
innocent  man — the  child  of  Mary  and  the  incarnate 
Son  of  God — whose  blood,  shed  upon  the  elevated 
rock,  may  be  said  to  have  re-adjusted  heaven  and 
earth,  by  cementing  once  more  the  broken  links  of 
love,  life  and  immortality. 

I  am  aware  of  the  fact,  that  some  biblical  antiqua- 
rians have  doubted,  whether  the  crucifixion  took  place 
on  the  site  of  the  church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre.  I 
will  not  undertake  to  reconcile  and  measure  the  pro- 
babilities of  a  question,  which  a  life's  labors  would 
not  be  sufficient  to  exhaust.  But  seated  as  I  am,  on 
the  summit  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  with  Jerusalem, 
and  the  objects  around  it  for  miles  in  extent  fully  in 
view,  I  think  I  can  say  without  impropriety,  even  if 
there  is  a  foundation  for  the  doubt,  to  wThich  I  have 
referred,  that  my  eyes  have  rested  beyond  a  question 


464  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

upon  the  place  where  this  great  transaction  actually 
occurred.  Whether  it  was  within  or  without  the  walls 
of  the  present  Jerusalem,  it  was  certainly  within  the 
field  of  vision,  as  I  look  outward  and  around  from 
this  overshadowing  height.  Situated  as  I  now  am, 
and  looking  upon  the  general  aspect  of  things  without 
always  being  certain  of  particulars,  it  is  not  necessary, 
in  order  to  see  the  Son  of  God  led  to  execution,  to 
confine  myself  to  the  traditionary  limits  of  the  Via 
Dolorosa.  I  can  behold  the  cross  erected,  whether 
it  was  within  or  without  the  measurements  of  the 
church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre.  My  mind,  without 
accepting  or  rejecting  the  glasses  of  tradition,  avails 
itself  of  the  aid  which  this  lofty  height  affords  me,  to 
see  by  the  light  of  its  own  intuitions,  and  to  adjust 
its  own  localities.  And  seeing  with  the  heart  also,  as 
well  as  with  the  outward  sight,  every  thing  becomes 
a  reality.  The  Divine  victim  is  before  me.  His  gush- 
ing blood  flows  down.  His  dying  voice  exclaims,  It 
is  Finished.  I  hear  the  rending  of  the  vail  of  the 
temple.  I  see  the  quaking  and  the  rending  of  the 
rocks. 

The  death  of  Christ  was  also  the  death  of  a  great 
and  venerated  system  ; — a  system  which  had  its  sea- 
son and  its  uses,  but  which  always  proclaimed  itself 
to  be  only  the  precursor  of  another  state  of  things, — 
less  striking  in  the  form  but  more  efficacious  in  the 
spirit, — and  which  should  be  better  suited  to  the  ad- 
vancing intelligence  of  the  human  race.  And  that 
sad  event,  witnessed  in  the  very  place  which  my  eyes 
now  behold,  while  it  swept  away  the  priest,  the  altar 
and  the  temple,  was  at  the  same  time  the  building 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  465 

up  of  the  inward  temple  and  the  inauguration  of  the 
reign  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

In  the  passing  away  of  the  old  system,  punishment 
found  the  fitting  occasion  to  vindicate  its  claims  and 
to  adjust  itself  to  crime.  And  a  great  nation,  which 
had  shed  the  blood  of  the  innocent,  was  smitten  by 
the  hand  of  retribution ;  and  the  name  of  its  great- 
ness and  power  forever  passed  away. 

I  turned  my  eye  away  from  the  church  of  the  Holy 
Sepulchre.  I  looked  in  a  little  different  direction.  I 
saw  on  the  north  side  of  the  city,  a  little  beyond  the 
upper  valley  of  the  Kedron,  and  rising  above  the  road 
which  leads  to  Shechem  and  Samaria,  a  gently  ascend- 
ing but  lofty  height  of  land,  which  is  called  the  hill 
of  Scopus.  It  was  on  that  spot,  according  to  Jose- 
phus,  that  Titus,  who  had  marched  into  Palestine  the 
fierce  legions  which  his  father  Vespasian  had  left 
in  Alexandria,  cast  his  proud  eye  for  the  first  time  on 
the  city  of  Jerusalem.  This  was  that  Titus,  under 
whose  triumphal  arch  I  had  stood  at  Rome,  and  saw 
on  its  sculptured  sides  the  emblems  of  his  victory. 
Seated  sternly  on  his  war-horse  like  the  sculptured 
Aurelius  in  the  Roman  Campodoglio,  he  is  worthy  of 
our  attention — and  more  than  that  he  at  once  seizes 
and  fixes  our  attention, — because  he  holds  forth  in 
his  lofty  front  and  his  uplifted  arm  the  marks  of  the 
man  of  providential  destiny. 

It  is  true  that  every  man  is  a  providence ;  that  each 
one,  whether  great  or  small,  fills  a  place  which  no 
other  one  can ;  and  holds  a  link  in  the  great  chain  of 
events  which  can  be  uplifted  by  no  other  hand.  But 
it  is  not  true  that  every  man's  providential  position 


466  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

and  relations  are  known ;  and  not  being  known,  they 
are  not  the  subject  of  specific  thought  and  medita- 
tion. It  was  not  so  with  the  son  of  Vespasian.  As 
he  stands  under  the  combined  light  of  prophesy  and 
history,  he  is  exhibited  to  the  world's  view  a  provi- 
dential instrument,  an  agent  that  fulfills  purposes  not 
his  own;  a  man  of  inevitable  destiny.  Perhaps  he 
knew  not  his  own  position  ;  but  the  "  blinded  beast," 
says  an  old  writer,  "  that  turns  the  wheel  of  the  mill, 
though  it  seeth  not,  neither  knows  what  it  does,  yet 
doeth  a  great  work  in  grinding  the  corn."  Neither 
his  knowledge  nor  his  ignorance  would  have  any  ef- 
fect in  altering  the  plans  of  infinite  wisdom,  and  in 
disturbing  the  connection  of  everlasting  adjustments. 
The  man,  the  hour,  and  the  destiny  had  met.  As  he 
looked  once  more  upon  Jerusalem,  and  pointed  out 
to  his  soldiers  the  walls  and  towers  of  the  devoted 
city,  he  bore  in  that  extended  arm,  feeble  in  itself  but 
mighty  in  its  relations,  the  hidden  thunders  and  light- 
nings of  God. 

Such  were  some  of  the  objects,  which  were  pre- 
sented to  my  notice.  Such  were  some  of  the  reflec- 
tions, which  arose  in  my  mind.  I  had  thus  stood  for 
the  last  time  upon  the  mountain,  which  looked  down 
upon  a  vast  panorama,  not  more  of  nature  than  of 
great  and  wonderful  events.  Resuming  my  way  to- 
wards the  city,  I  followed  the  narrow  and  winding 
path,  which  has  been  trodden  for  ages.  In  coming 
down  from  the  rocky  height,  I  fell  in  company  with  a 
shepherd,  who  was  driving  before  him  a  flock  of  sheep 
and  goats.  The  keeper  of  sheep  trod  in  the  footpath 
of  kings.     It  was  over  these  heights  that  the  exiled 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  467 

David  fled  from  the  triumphant  Absalom.  In  a  short 
time  he  drove  the  sheep  into  a  rude  sheepfold  made 
of  rocks.     And  again  I  walked  on  alone. 

At  a  little  distance  from  me  I  noticed  the  tradition- 
ary place,  where  the  Saviour  is  said  to  have  wept  over 
Jerusalem.  Reaching  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  I  stop- 
ped at  the  garden  of  Gethsemane.  At  a  little  distance 
on  my  right  was  the  beautiful  chapel  and  the  sepul- 
chre of  the  Virgin  Mary.  The  traditionary  belief  is 
that  the  dust  of  the  mother  reposes  near  the  garden, 
which  witnessed  the  heavy  trials  of  her  Divine  Son. 
The  garden  of  Gethsemane  is  now  enclosed  by  a  high 
wall,  which  overlooks  the  channel  of  the  Kedron.  I 
entered  it  and  walked  among  the  flowers,  which  the 
hand  of  Christian  veneration  loves  to  cultivate  on  its 
sacred  soil,  and  beneath  the  shade  of  the  aged  olive 
trees,  the  growth  of  many  hundred, — perhaps  of  a 
thousand  years. 

And  this,  I  said  to  myself,  was  the  garden  of  pre- 
paratory suffering  ; — the  sad  and  memorable  scene  of 
one  of  the  most  trying  periods  of  the  Saviour's  life. 
This  was  the  place  of  his  agony.  It  was  here  he 
kneeled  and  prayed.  "  If  it  be  possible,  let  this  cup 
pass  from  me.  Nevertheless  not  as  I  will,  but  as 
Thou  wilt." 

The  world  of  spirits  took  an  interest  in  this  great 
struggle.  An  angel  appeared, — strengthening  him. 
His  prayer  was  answered.  The  will  of  his  Father 
was  accomplished.  The  Son  of  God  was  betrayed 
into  the  hands  of  wicked  men.  His  blood  flowed  up- 
on Calvary.  Jerusalem  was  destroyed.  But  a  world 
was  redeemed. 


468  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

LINES  WRITTEN  ON  VISITING  THE  GARDEN  OF  GETHSEMANE, 

MAY,    1853. 

Oh  let  me  not  forget  !  'Twas  here, 
Earth  of  the  Saviour's  grief  and  toil  ! 

He  knelt ; — and  oft  the  falling  tear 
Mingled  his  sorrows  with  thy  soil ; — 

When,  in  the  Garden's  fearful  hour, 

He  felt  the  great  temptation's  power. 

Here  was  the  proffer'd  bitter  cup. 

"  Thy  will  be  done.'1     The  Saviour  said, 
His  faith  received,  and  drank  it  up, 

Amazed,  the  baffled  tempter  fled, — 
Repulsed,  with  all  his  hate  and  skill, 
Before  an  acquiescent  will. 

Oh  man  !    In  memory  of  that  hour 

Let  rising  murmurs  be  repress'd  ; 
And  learn  the  secret  of  thy  power 

Within  a  calm  and  patient  breast. 
"  Thy  will  be  done."     'Tis  that,  which  rolls 
Their  agony  from  suffering  souls. 

Such  is  the  lesson  that  I  find, 

Here,  in  the  Saviour's  place  of  tears  ; — 

The  lesson,  that  the  trusting  mind 

Has  strength  to  conquer  griefs  and  fears  ; 

And  doom'd  upon  the  cross  to  die, 

Finds  death  itself  a  victory. 


(XLVIII.) 

Departure  from  Jerusalem — Last  view  of  it— Village  of  Beeroth — Spend 
the  night  at  Bethel — Visit  to  the  mountain  east  of  Bethel — Well  of 
Jacob — Christ's  conversation  with  the  Samaritan  woman — Tomb 
of  Joseph — City  of  Shechem. 

SHECHEM,  FOOT   OF  MOUNT  GERIZIM,  MAY  24,  1853. 

We  left  the  city  of  Jerusalem,  Monday,  the  23d  of 
May.  We  were  delayed  in  our  preparations  ;  and  it 
was  near  noon  when  we  departed.  Our  object  was 
to  go  into  Galilee  and  the  region  of  Nazareth.     The 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  469 

direction'of  our  route,  therefore,  was  towards  the  nor- 
thern part  of  Palestine  ;  the  country  of  Ephraim  and 
Manasseh,  of  Issachar  and  Zebulon.  Soon  after  leav- 
ing the  walls  of  the  city,  we  passed  through  a  large 
grove  of  olive  trees ;  in  which  we  met  from  time  to 
time  with  groups  of  people  of  both  sexes,  who  seemed 
to  enjoy  its  retirement  and  shade.  At  the  distance 
of  about  a  mile  in  a  northwest  direction,  reaching  a 
piece  of  rising  ground  which  afforded  a  wide  prospect, 
we  stopped;  and  turning  and  looking  back,  took  a 
last  view.  The  city  with  its  walls  and  towers,  the 
valley  of  the  Kedron,  and  beyond  it  the  Mount  of 
Olives,  were  in  full  sight. 

From  no  other  point,  with  the  exception  of  the 
Mount  of  Olives,  had  it  appeared  to  us  so  beautiful. 
Was  it  strange,  that  we  stopped  thus  to  gaze  upon  it  ? 
Our  visit  had  been  short ;  but  the  scene  had  brought 
back  so  much  of  the  past  and  so  vividly, — as  if  some 
beloved  friend  had  arisen  from  the  dead  and  spoken 
to  us  once  more, — that  we  naturally  felt  sad  at  part- 
ing. But  as  the  scene,  rising  above  all  ordinary  forms 
of  association  and  interest,  had  a  relationship  to  the 
soul  itself,  it  was  easy  to  carry  away  its  image  in  the 
heart.  From  that  hour,  unseen  by  the  outward  sight, 
it  became  the  possession  of  the  mind  itself, — the  liv- 
ing child  of  memory. 

The  road  we  took  is  called  the  Damascus  road.  It 
leads  in  the  direction  of  that  celebrated  city.  The 
same  day  in  the  afternoon  passing  on  our  left  the  dis- 
tant heights  of  Ramah  and  Nebi  Samuel,  we  came, 
at  the  distance  of  eight  or  nine  miles  from  Jerusalem, 
to  the  village  of  Beeroth  ; — called  by  its  present  Arab 
40 


470  LETTERS— ESTHETIC, 

inhabitants  Beereh.  A  copious  fountain,  which  pro- 
bably gave  its  name  to  the  village,  flows  near  it.  In 
the  neighborhood  of  the  village  are  extensive  ruins. 
We  spent  a  little  time  in  walking  among  massive 
columns  and  arches, — the  remains  and  testimonies  of 
the  art  and  power  of  distant  ages.  The  people  of 
the  modern  village,  which  is  situated  at  a  little  dis- 
tance on  a  slightly  elevated  piece  of  ground,  came 
down  to  the  fountains.  It  seemed  to  be  the  gather- 
ing place  of  men  and  children.  The  young  women 
also  filled  their  large  water  jars,  and  carried  them 
away  on  their  heads.  Camels  and  horses  stood  at 
the  watering  troughs. 

This  place,  rendered  attractive  from  the  earliest 
times  by  the  abundance  of  its  water  and  its  fertility,  is 
repeatedly  mentioned  in  the  Scriptures.  It  is  situated 
on  the  road  to  Damascus,  which  is  also  for  some  dis- 
tance the  great  road  to  Nazareth  ;  and  there  is  a  tra- 
dition that  it  was  here,  that  Joseph  and  Mary,  on  re- 
turning from  Jerusalem  to  Nazareth  from  the  feast  of 
the  Passover,  first  discovered,  that  the  "  child  Jesus," 
who  had  tarried  behind  without  their  knowledge,  was 
not  in  the  company  with  them. 

In  accordance  with  the  customs  and  traditions  of 
the  country,  which  make  Beeroth  the  first  stopping- 
place  and  the  first  day's  journey  from  Jerusalem,  the 
people  who  conducted  us,  were  desirous  of  remaining 
here  through  the  night.  But  this  was  inconsistent 
with  our  arrangements  and  wishes,  and  we  went  on 
three  or  four  miles  further,  deviating  a  little  from  the 
main  route,  and  pitched  our  tents,  about  the  time  of 
sunset,  in  a  field  in  Bethel.     The  present  name  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  471 

Bethel,  is  Beiten  :  the  Arabic  variation  of  the  orig- 
inal Hebrew  name.  It  was  natural  for  us  to  desire  to 
reach  this  place,  which  is  associated  with  interesting 
names  and  incidents,  and  is  often  mentioned  in  the 
Old  Testament,  though  I  believe  it  is  not  mentioned 
in  the  New.  The  country  around  Bethel  is  uneven 
and  rocky ;  sustaining  in  that  respect  the  reputation 
which  it  seems  to  have  had  in  the  days  of  the  patri- 
archs. It  was  here,  that  Jacob,  journeying  from  Beer- 
sheba,  made  at  night  a  pillow  of  stones,  and  slept  and 
dreamed,  and  saw  in  vision  the  angels  of  God  ascend- 
ing and  descending  upon  the  ladder  of  heaven.  It 
was  here  that  the  Lord,  who  styled  himself  the  Lord 
God  of  Abraham  and  Isaac,  appeared  to  Jacob  in 
this  midnight  vision  of  angels  and  of  the  opened 
heavens,  and  spake  to  him,  and  promised  him  the 
land  on  which  his  head  was  pillowed.  And  the  place, 
which  had  been  previously  called  Luz  by  the  Canaan- 
ites,  Jacob  called  Bethel  or  the  Lord's  house ; — the 
name  which  it  has  borne  since.  We  spent  the  night 
here ;  sleeping  among  the  rocks.  . 

•  Early  the  next  morning  we  ascended  a  lofty  hill 
about  a  mile  from  our  encampment,  which  seemed 
to  us  to  correspond  to  the  description  given  in  the 
twelfth  chapter  of  Genesis ; — "  a  mountain  on  the 
east  of  Bethel,  having  Bethel  on  the  West  and  Hai 
on  the  East,"  and  where  it  is  said  of  Abraham,  who 
also  as  well  as  Jacob  had  travelled  through  this  region 
and  at  an  earlier  period,  that  he  "  builded  an  altar 
unto  the  Lord  and  called  upon  the  name  of  the  Lord." 
Here  also  are  the  fragmentary  remains  of  buildings, 
which  are  worthy  of  the  notice  of  the  antiquarian. 


472  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

In  the  time  of  the  Canaanites  Bethel  was  a  royal 
city  and  the  residence  of  a  king;  and  in  the  time  of 
Jeroboam,  after  the  revolt  of  the  ten  tribes,  it  obtained 
an  unhappy  celebrity  as  the  place  selected  for  idol 
worship,  in  opposition  to  the  worship  of  Jerusalem. 
It  is  perhaps  impossible  at  the  present  time  to  indi- 
cate the  precise  site  of  the  ancient  city.  The  foot- 
prints of  an  hundred  generations  have  greatly  dis- 
turbed and  nearly  obliterated  the  lines  that  were 
drawn  around  it.  The  massive  heWn  stones,  how- 
ever, which  are  found  at  intervals  on  the  surface  of 
the  ground  or  projecting  from  mounds  of  earth,  and 
the  remains  of  buildings  and  other  works  which  are 
found  on  the  hill  I  have  mentioned,  or  between  it  and 
the  village  which  bears  the  name  of  Beitin,  indicate 
the  existence  in  ancient  times  of  a  large  city  in  this 
vicinity.  There  is  a  large  square  pool  or  water-reser- 
voir here  formed  of  hewn  stones,  similar  in  extent  and 
solidity  to  the  great  works  of  this  kind  which  are  seen 
at  Hebron  and  Jerusalem.  We  found  this  ancient 
reservoir,  as  we  did  in  some  other  instances,  destitute 
of  water. 

Pursuing  our  journey  we  reached,  on  the  afternoon 
of  the  second  day  from  J  erusalem,  the  celebrated  well 
which  bears  the  name  of  the  patriarch  Jacob.  Among 
the  people  of  the  country  it  is  denominated  to  this 
day  Ain  Yacoub,  the  well  or  fountain  of  Jacob ; — 
though  it  is  sometimes  called  also  Atn  Samarieh,  the 
wTell  of  the  Samaritan  woman.  By  order  of  the  Sy- 
rian government,  as  we  understood,  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  preventing  the  injuries  resulting  in  conse- 
quence of  persons  constantly  crowding  around  it  and 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  473 

into  it,  the  top  of  the  well  has  been  closed  for  a  num- 
ber of  years  past  by  large  stones  placed  over  it.  We 
found,  however,  a  small  opening,  which  enabled  some 
of  our  party  to  let  down  a  long  measuring  line ;  and 
thus  to  assure  us  of  the  correctness  of  the  Scripture 
statement,  that  the  "  well  is  deep."  Before  it  was 
closed  this  well  had  been  repeatedly  entered  and  ex- 
amined by  Christian  travellers,  who  agree  in  ascrib- 
ing to  it  a  depth  of  about  an  hundred  feet,  Maun- 
drell  says  of  it, — "  The  well  is  covered  at  present  with 
an  old  stone  vault,  into  which  you  are  let  down  by  a 
very  straight  hole ;  and  then,  removing  a  broad  flat 
stone,  you  discover  the  well  itself.  It  is  dug  in  a  firm 
rock,  is  about  three  yards  in  diameter,  and  thirty -five 
in  depth,  five  of  which  we  found  full  of  water." 

It  was  by  the  side  of  this  well  that  the  wearied  Sa- 
viour, in  his  journey  from  Judea  to  Galilee,  seated  him- 
self. And  here,  in  conversation  with  the  Samaritan 
woman,  he  uttered  those  memorable  words; — "Who- 
soever drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him, 
«hall  never  thirst ;  but  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him, 
shall  be  in  him  a  well  of  water,  springing  up  to  ever- 
lasting life."  And  it  was  here  that  he  uttered  those 
other  words  also,  which  are  similar  but  still  wider  in 
their  import ; — "  The  hour  cometh  and  now  is,  when 
the  true  worshippers  shall  worship  the  Father  in  spirit 
and  in  truth ;  for  the  Father  seeketh  such  to  wor- 
ship him.  God  is  a  Spirit  j  and  they  that  worship 
him  must  worship  him  in  spirit  and  in  truth." 

How  often  have  I  thought  upon  these  remarkable 
sayings  of  the  Saviour,  so  far  beyond  and  above  the 
thoughts  and  anticipations  of  his  age  and  his  people, 
40* 


474  LETTERS — -.ESTHETIC, 

not  knowing  or  thinking  that  I  should  ever  stand  up- 
on the  spot  where  they  were  uttered. 

It  was  in  this  place  it  was  announced,  and  from 
this  time  it  was  understood  clearly  and  forever,  that 
the  true  worship  of  God  is  mental  rather  than  physi- 
cal or  local.  In  other  words,  it  consists  in  the  recti- 
tude of  dispositions.  The  homage  which  God  loves, 
is  the  soul's  harmony  with  Himself  and  his  infinite 
relations.  The  temple  of  Solomon,  emblematic  of 
the  formal  and  restricted  nature  of  the  first  worship, 
covered  the  small  circuit  of  Mount  Moriah.  It  fell  at 
the  bidding  of  Christ ;  and  through  its  sundered  col- 
umns, this  new  Captain  of  our  salvation  led  the  eman- 
cipated world  into  the  wide  and  great  freedom  of 
God's  spiritual  temple.  The  locality  of  God's  tem- 
ple, over-topping  and  out-shining  all  human  temples, 
is  the  infinity  of  space.  It  is  not  necessary  to  go 
over  six  thousand  miles  of  ocean  and  over  burning 
sands  in  order  to  find  it.  The  place  of  the  true  wor- 
ship, no  longer  exclusively  at  Jerusalem  or  Gerizim, 
is  everywhere.  Every  valley,  where  there  is  a  soul 
to  be  tempted  and  to  weep,  may  be  a  Gethsemane. 
Every  hill-top,  where  there  are  hearts  to  rejoice  and 
sing,  may  be  a  Zion.  Every  town  and  secluded  vil- 
lage, no  matter  in  what  land  or  beyond  what  ocean, 
may  become  a  Bethlehem ; — and  every  mind  of  man, 
which  shall  break  the  bonds  of  selfishness,  and  make 
room  for  his  coming,  may  be  a  manger  where  the  in- 
fant Jesus  shall  be  born.  This  great  announcement, 
this  Magna  Charta  of  spiritual  freedom,  was  made 
here. 
'  Jacob's  well,  which  suggested  this  remarkable  con- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  475 

versation,  is  not  far  from  the  narrow  entrance,  which 
separates  the  mountains  of  Ebal  and  Gerizim.  It  is 
excavated  in  the  solid  rock  on  the  side  of  a  gentle  ele- 
vation facing  to  the  northeast,  which  gives  a  good 
view  of  the  large  and  beautiful  plain,  generally  under- 
stood to  be  the  land,  "bought  by  Jacob  of  the  children 
of  Hamor."  It  was  here  that  Jacob  resided  for  a  time  ; 
and  there  are  but  few  places  in  Palestine  more  beau- 
tiful and  more  fruitful  than  this.  It  is  watered  by  a 
large  fountain,  which  flows  at  a  little  distance  from 
the  well  of  Jacob.  Beyond  this  clear  fresh  rivulet,  and 
less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile's  distance  north  from  the 
well,  is  the  structure,  which  bears  the  name  of  the 
tomb  of  Joseph.  That  the  body  of  Joseph  was  brought 
from  Egypt  and  was  buried  in  this  vicinity,  there  can 
be  no  doubt.  It  is  expressly  said  in  the  book  of  Joshua, 
that  the  children  of  Israel  brought  the  bones  of  Joseph 
out  of  Egypt  and  buried  them  in  Shechem  "in  a  par- 
cel of  ground,  which  Jacob  bought  of  the  sons  of 
Hamor."  A  square,  stone  edifice,  open  at  the  top,  is 
erected  around  the  supposed  place  of  his  interment. 
But  at  what  time  and  by  whom  it  was  built,  is  un- 
known. Within  it  is  a  small,  unostentatious  tomb, 
such  as  is  frequently  seen  in  oriental  burying  grounds, 
far  different  from  the  splendid  tomb  which  I  had  seen 
in  the  rocky  heights  of  Beni  Hassan,  overhanging  the 
broad  bosom  of  the  Nile  ; — and  in  which,  according 
to  the  traditions  of  the  country,  his  remains  were  de- 
posited till  the  departure  of  his  people  from  Egypt. 

Leaving  this  interesting  locality,  and  advancing  again 
upon  our  journey,  we  passed  at  once  between  the  lofty 
mountains  of  Ebal  and  Gerizim.      These  mountains 


476  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

are  twenty-five  hundred  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea  ;  and  nearly  a  thousand  feet  above  the  valleys  and 
plains  immediately  around  them.  Their  sides  are 
rocky  and  steep  ;  and  they  stand  face  to  face,  un- 
changed and  unchangeable,  as  they  stood  thousands 
of  years  ago.  In  looking  upon  the  rugged  heights  of 
Gerizim,  I  could  not  forget,  that  they  were  anciently 
occupied  by  the  place  of  Samaritan  worship,  to  which 
the  woman  of  Samaria  alluded,  in  her  conversation 
with  the  Saviour.  "  Our  fathers  worshiped  in  this 
mountain." 

At  the  entrance  of  the  mountain  pass,  which  com- 
mences near  the  Well  of  Jacob,  the  two  mountains 
approach  very  near  each  other  at  the  base  ; — so  near 
that  the  human  voice,  as  it  seemed  to  me,  might 
be  heard  without  difficulty  from  one  to  the  other.  It 
was  here,  in  the  beautiful  valley  between  them,-beau- 
tiful  now,  and  still  more  beautiful  then,— that  the  Ark 
of  the  Covenant  once  stood,  in  the  days  of  Joshua. 
Priests  and  Levites  were  gathered  around  it.  The 
tribes  of  Israel,  rejoicing  in  their  victories  over  the 
Canaanites,  and  if  I  may  so  express  it,  fresh  from 
contemplating  the  great  miracles  of  God,  pressed  with 
their  thronging  masses  into  the  valley  and  on  the  sides 
of  the  two  mountains.  With  half  of  the  tribes  on 
Gerizim  and  half  of  the  tribes  on  Ebal,  they  stood  and 
listened  to  the  reading  of  the  Law  of  Moses,  and  the 
blessings  and  curses  of  Jehovah  ; — blessings  upon  the 
good  and  curses  upon  the  evil. 

The  sight  of  the  mountains  where  these  things  ac- 
tually occurred,  replaced  this  remarkable  scene  among 
the  vivid  pictures  of  imagination  and  memory ; — and. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  477 

it  was  not  surprising  that  the  mountains  themselves, 
as  we  passed  between  them,  should  seem  a  sort  of 
proclamation  and  testimony  of  the  truth  of  the  his- 
torical events  with  which  they  had  been  connected. 

Proceeding  a  little  further,  we  reached  the  ancient 
city  of  Shechem,  which  is  called  Sychar  in  the  New 
Testament.  It  is  situated  in  a  place  in  the  valley, 
where  the  two  mountains  recede  a  little  more  from 
each  other ; — a  mile  and  a  half  distant  from  Jacob's 
Well,  and  in  a  direction  nearly  west.  It  is  supposed 
to  contain  at  the  present  time  from  six  to  seven  thou- 
sand inhabitants.  At  the  time  of  the  Roman  domina- 
tion in  Palestine,  and  about  forty  years  after  the  death 
of  Christ,  this  city  was  enlarged  and  underwent  so 
many  alterations  and  improvements,  that  it  was  called 
Neapolis  or  the  new  city.  It  is  from  the  name  of  Ne- 
apolis,  which  was  given  to  it  under  these  circumstan- 
ces, that  we  have  the  name  of  Nablous,  which  is  now 
commonly  applied  to  it.  The  city  of  Shechem,  if  I 
may  be  allowed  to  substitute  the  ancient  and  biblical 
name  for  that  of  Nablous,  is  often  mentioned  in  the 
history  of  the  Jews ;  and  at  the  present  moment  I 
think  it  may  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  flourish- 
ing and  interesting  towns  in  Palestine. 

In  this  city  there  are  still  to  be  found  a  few  Samari- 
tans,— the  diminished  and  perishing  remnants  of  a 
once  remarkable  people,  who  retain  their  primitive  at- 
tachments to  the  Samaritan  institutions  and  beliefs ; 
and  who  are  understood  to  be  as  far  as  ever  from  any 
harmony  or  any  associations  with  the  Jews.  When 
the  city  of  Samaria,  in  the  vicissitudes  of  war  and 
conquest,  had  lost  its  original  importance  and  had 


478  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

gone  to  decay,  it  was  natural  that  the  Samaritans 
should  select  that  city  as  their  place  of  residence  and 
as  the  centre  of  their  religious  authority  and  polity, 
which  was  nearest  to  the  mountain  where  their  fa- 
thers worshipped.  They  pride  themselves  that  they 
hold  to  the  doctrines  and  ceremonies  of  the  books  of 
Moses  without  accepting  other  portions  of  the  canon 
of  the  Old  Testament ; — and  it  is  said,  that  the  smoke 
of  their  sacrifices  even  now  may  be  seen  ascending 
from  time  to  time  from  the  heights  of  Gerizim. 

Earnestly  did  I  gaze  on  the  celebrated  mountains 
which  enclose  the  city  on  both  sides  with  their  lofty 
walls.  Ascending  a  little  distance  on  mount  Gerizim, 
I  could  not  doubt  from  what  came  under  my  own  no- 
tice, that  its  accessible  places  had  been  occupied  in 
early  times  by  the  habitations  of  men ;  and  that  the 
mountain,  grand  and  imposing  in  itself,  had  been 
beautified  by  works  of  art.  The  heights  above,  mas- 
sive and  rugged  with  rocks, — the  valley  below,  filled 
with  shrubbery  and  flowers, — constituted  a  combina- 
tion of  beauty  and  grandeur,  which  was  not  exceeded 
by  anything  that  had  fallen  under  our  observation  in 
any  other  places  of  Palestine. 

It  was  at  the  city  of  Shechem  that  we  spent  the 
second  night  after  leaving  Jerusalem.  The  trees  of 
the  valley  waved  around  our  tent.  I  shut  myself  with- 
in its  folds,  to  make  some  brief  records  or  to  commit 
more  deeply  to  memory  the  impressions  which  had 
been  made  upon  me.  And  in  the  silence  of  the  night 
I  did  not  forget  those  words,  which  the  circumstances 
of  the  day  had  brought  so  vividly  to  mind  ;: — "  God  is 
a  Spirit ;  and  they  that  worship  him  must  worship  Him 
in  spirit  and  in  truth." 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  479 


(XLIX.) 

Arrival  at  Samaria — Its  ancient  greatness — Church  of  John  the  Bap- 
tist— Reach  En-Gannim  or  Jenin — Proceed  towards  Tabor — Jez- 
reel — Plain  of  Esdraelon — Arab  horsemen — The  Gazelle — Shu- 
nem — Village  of  Nain — Arrival  at  Mount  Tabor. 

GALILEE,  BASE  OF  MOUNT  TABOR,  MAY  26,  1853. 

On  the  morning  of  the  third  day  after  our  departure 
from  Jerusalem,  we  left  Shechem ; — the  Shechem  of 
the  Old  Testament,  but  bearing  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment the  name  of  Sychar.  We  started  early  in  the 
morning ; — on  our  way  to  another  city  of  still  greater 
celebrity,  the  ancient  city  of  Samaria.  Our  tents  had 
been  pitched  on  a  beautiful  plain  at  the  foot  of  Mount 
Gerizim.  Before  the  light  of  the  morning  sun  had 
reached  them,  they  were  once  more  struck ; — our  Sy- 
rian horses  were  saddled ; — and  we  went  down  at  once 
into  a  deep  valley.  Through  this  valley,  which  great- 
ly attracted  our  attention  in  consequence  of  its  various 
enchantments,  there  flows  a  bright  and  musical  stream. 
It  scatters  richness  in  its  path.  The  trees  and  shrubs 
which  spring  up  around  it  are  such  as  are  common  in 
these  regions, — pomegranates,  almonds,  olives,  mul- 
berries, the  fig-tree,  the  vine,  the  orange  and  the  olean- 
der. The  valley,  in  its  great  fertility,  seemed  to  be 
loaded  everywhere  with  the  yellow  richness  of  its  fruits 
and  the  varied  hues  of  its  flowers.  The  stars  gradu- 
ally retired  from  the  sky.  The  golden  sunbeams  crept 
silently  among  the  dewy  branches.  I  listened  to  the 
voice  of  the  rocky  stream.  The  song  of  the  morning 
birds  answered  to  the  song  of  the  waters.     Nature 


480  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

rejoiced  and  put  on  her  ornaments  at  the  sound  of 
these  sweet  voices. 

Proceeding  thus  some  eight  or  nine  miles  in  a  nor- 
thern direction  through  a  country,  contrasting  strongly 
in  the  whole  distance  with  the  barren  mountains  and 
plains,  which  are  to  be  found  in  many  other  parts  of 
Palestine,  we  came  to  the  city  of  Samaria.  This  city, 
situated  on  the  side  of  a  lofty  but  gently  sloping  hill, 
with  broad  and  deep  valleys  around  it,  was  once  the 
residence  of  the  kings  of  Israel,  after  the  revolt  of 
the  ten  tribes  against  the  kings  of  the  house  of  David. 
Of  the  great  wealth  and  splendor  of  Samaria,  at  dif- 
ferent periods  of  its  history,  I  suppose  there  can  be  no 
reasonable  doubt.  It  is  said  in  the  book  of  Kings, 
that  Ahab  built  a  palace  of  ivory  in  Samaria ;  and 
prophetic  denunciations,  called  forth  by  the  luxury 
and  oppressions  of  the  Samaritans,  are  found  in  the 
book  of  the  prophet  Amos.  "  I  will  smite  the  winter 
house  with  the  summer  house;  and  the  houses  of  ivory 
shall  perish ;  and  the  great  houses  shall  have  an  end, 
saith  the  Lord."  These  expressions  indicate  with 
some  distinctness  the  magnificence  of  the  city  of  Sa- 
maria at  an  early  period.  It  had  its  vicissitudes ;  but 
its  wealth  and  splendor  remained  for  many  years. — 
After  the  conquest  of  Palestine  by  the  Romans,  and 
during  their  authority  here,  Samaria  was  selected  as 
a  place  of  vice-royal  residence,  and  was  enriched  and 
beautified  by  works  of  art.  Herod  the  Great  once 
resided  here ;  and  expending  upon  it  all  the  vast  re- 
sources of  his  genius  and  tyrannical  power,  he  gave 
it  the  proud  name  of  Sebaste,  in  honor  of  Augustus 
Caesar.  Christianity,  also,  at  a  later  period,  left  the 
impress  of  its  piety  and  genius. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  481 

Ascending  the  eastern  brow  of  the  Samaritan  mount, 
one  of  the  objects  that  first  met  our  view,  were  the 
lofty  remains  of  a  Christian  church,  said  to  have  been 
built  over  the  body  of  John  the  Baptist.  Standing 
afterwards  upon  the  western  brow,  at  a  mile's  distance 
from  this  church,  where  the  beauties  of  nature  eclipsed 
those  of  art,  I  cast  my  eye  along  the  valleys  of  Sharon 
towards  the  distant  Caesarea  and  the  waters  of  the 
Mediterranean.  The  valleys  and  the  waters  live  ; — 
but  cities  perish,  leaving  a  sad  memorial.  All  around 
us  the  dust  was  literally  sown  with  columns  ; — some 
prostrate  at  full  length  on  the  ground ; — some  partial- 
ly buried  and  projecting  from  the  side  of  the  hill ; — 
some  standing  erect  in  rows  and  at  stated  intervals, 
but  without  capitals,  like  wounded  and  mutilated  sol- 
diers on  the  field  of  battle ; — some  leaning  towards 
the  ground,  as  if  they  were  borne  down  with  hearts 
of  sorrow,  and  were  mourning  the  loss  of  their  for- 
mer greatness.  They  reminded  me  of  those  newly 
ploughed  fields  in  America,  where  the  old  stumps  re- 
main— the  rough  and  ancient  masters  of  the  soil, — 
refusing  with  stubbornness  to  be  removed,  and  pro- 
jecting raggedly  and  mournfully  from  the  earth,  in  all 
diversities  of  position. 

Art,  genius,  power  have  been  here  ; — idolatry  with 
its  abominations,  wealth  with  its  luxurious  refine- 
ments, art  with  its  creative  and  adjusting  eye,  tyranny 
with  its  kings,  the  just  and  purifying  dispensation 
of  the  Old  Testament  with  the  denunciations  of  its 
Elijah  and  Elisha,  and  the  peace,  forgiveness  and 
purity  of  the  New  with  its  early  and  humble  teach- 
ers. The  weary  foot  of  the  Son  of  God,  the  teacher 
-    41 


482  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

from  another  world,  the  man  unknown,  has  left  its 
pressure  on  these  hills  and  valleys.  He  came  from 
the  Jordan  to  Jerusalem  and  from  Jerusalem  to  Gali- 
lee ;  and  he  "  must  needs  go  through  Samaria." 

In  our  rapid  march,  we  may  be  said  merely  to  have 
looked  on  this  interesting  place,  and  then  to  have  de- 
parted. We  directed  our  course  towards  Mount  Ta- 
bor and  the  Sea  of  Galilee.  In  the  afternoon  we 
stopped  at  Jenin,  the  Ginsea  of  Josephus,  and  the 
place  which  is  otherwise  called  En-Gannim,  the  foun- 
tain of  gardens.  As  usual  we  pitched  our  tents  out- 
side of  the  place.  Jenin  is  a  considerable  town,  said 
to  contain  two  thousand  inhabitants,  with  some  fami- 
lies of  Greek  Christians  residing  in  it.  Its  houses 
are  of  stone ;  and  comparatively  it  has  a  marked  air 
of  neatness  and  comfort.  It  has  its  bazaar,  its  public 
water-reservoir,  and  numerous  gardens  fenced  in  with 
the  prickly  pear.  We  walked  through  its  streets,  drank 
of  its  fresh  and  beautiful  fountain,  made  some  little 
purchases,  formed  the  traveller's  passing  acquaintance 
with  some  of  its  inhabitants ;  but  were  not  able  to 
connect  with  it  any  Scriptural  associations,  except 
that  we  here  first  obtained  a  sight,  as  we  supposed,  of 
the  mountains  of  Gilboa. 

The  next  day,  going  in  a  northerly  direction  towards 
Mount  Tabor,  we  passed  in  the  early  part  of  the  day 
the  ancient  Jezreel.  Its  modern  Arabic  name  is  Zerin, 
which  is  formed  from  the  Hebrew  by  changing  El  in- 
to In,  a  change  frequently  made  ;  and  by  dropping  the 
Yod  of  the  first  syllable.  It  is  situated  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  great  plain  of  Esdraelon.  A  few  houses, 
located  on  a  steep  rocky  eminence,  which  projects 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  483 

from  the  mountains  of  Gilboa  and  overlooks  the  plain, 
but  with  nothing  inviting  or  remarkable  in  their  ap- 
pearance, constitute  all  that  now  remains  of  this  once 
considerable  place.  Travellers  speak  of  a  few  ancient 
ruins  here  ;  but  we  did  not  go  into  the  place  ;  and  in 
passing  it,  noticed  nothing  but  an  old  and  broken  Sar- 
cophagus by  the  wayside.  The  celebrated  valley  of 
Jezreel,  which  extends  along  the  northern  base  of 
Gilboa,  and  connects  with  the  great  plain  of  Esdrae- 
lon,  opens  into  the  plain  not  far  from  the  elevated  site 
of  the  city  of  Jezreel.  From  this  valley  there  are  foun- 
tains,— one  of  considerable  size, — flowing  towards  the 
Jordan.  It  was  here  at  the  foot  and  on  the  sides  of 
Gilboa,  and  at  the  junction  of  the  valley  of  Jezreel 
with  Esdraelon,  and  near  the  fountains  I  have  men- 
tioned, that  Saul  and  Jonathan  were  encamped  in 
their  last  disastrous  battle  with  the  Philistines. 

The  great  plain  of  Esdraelon  is  bounded  by  Mount 
Carmel  on  the  west  and  by  Tabor,  Hermon  and  Gil- 
boa on  the  east.  Proceeding  over  the  plain  in  a  north 
direction  from  Jezreel,  we  came,  at  the  distance  of 
four  miles,  to  Shunem,  the  place  of  the  encampment 
of  the  Philistines  in  the  great  struggle,  which  was  so 
disastrous  to  the  Israelites.  So  that  the  two  armies 
were  encamped  in  sight  of  each  other.  Shunem  is 
now  called  Solam.  Its  situation  is  elevated  and  pleas- 
ant. This  place  was  the  residence  of  the  Shunamite 
woman,  with  whom  the  prophet  Elisha  resided,  and 
whose  son  he  raised  from  the  dead.  From  the  high 
ground  of  Shunem  there  is  a  good  view  of  this  great 
plain  in  the  direction  of  Carmel. 

As  we  were  passing  this  part  of  the  plain  of  Esdrae- 


484  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

Ion,  our.  Arab  horsemen  had  a  good  opportunity  to 
exercise  their  skill  in  horsemanship,  for  which  they  are 
much  renowned.  Their  horses  are  small  but  full  of 
life,  and  exceedingly  tractable.  I  am  not  prepared  to 
say,  that  they  have  all  the  intelligence,  which  Lamar- 
tine  and  other  travellers  have  sometimes  ascribed  to 
them;  but  whether  it  be  a  part  of  their  natural  traits, 
or  is  owing  to  that  early  and  familiar  training  to  which 
they  are  accustomed,  they  certainly  seem  to  have  a 
strange  perception  of  their  position*,  and  to  sympathize 
with  their  masters  in  a  remarkable  degree.  They  are 
evidently  susceptible  of  feelings  of  pride  and  mortifi- 
cation ;  and  appear  to  understand  very  well,  that  their 
master's  honor  is  their  own.  They  are  well  trained. 
Their  riders  are  skillful.  They  move  with  great  swift- 
ness ; — stopping  at  once  in  their  rapid  course  at  a  sin- 
gle word.  They  wheel  suddenly.  The  dust  rises  un- 
der their  flying  feet.    They  bound  over  the  rocks. 

When  we  were  passing  the  part  of  the  plain  of  Es- 
draelon,  which  is  between  Jezreel  and  Shunem,  and  our 
Arabs  in  great  spirits  were  showing  the  skill  of  their 
horses,  they  suddenly  started  a  beautiful  gazelle,  that 
was  feeding  quietly  on  the  plain.  The  fleetest  Arab 
horsemen  at  once  gave  pursuit.  The  gazelle  crossed 
our  path  directly  in  front  of  me ; — taking  a  course  over 
the  partially  cultivated  fields  ; — bounding  from  furrow 
to  furrow,  and  from  rock  to  rock.  For  some  time  it 
was  a  doubtful  contest.  After  a  time  the  gazelle  sud- 
denly stopped  and  looked  round,  as  if  to  understand 
more  fully  the  character  of  his  pursuer.  I  involunta- 
rily stopped  my  horse ;  and  looked  on  with  sad  amaze- 
ment at  this  apparently  hopeless  want  of  wisdom 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  485 

on  the  part  of  the  poor  animal.  But  in  a  moment,  as 
if  he  had  ascertained  precisely  the  rapidity  of  his  ene- 
my's movement  and  the  danger  and  necessities  of  his 
own  position,  he  started  again  with  renewed  speed. 
Fear  or  hope  carried  him  over  the  reeds  and  rocks,  as 
if  his  little  feet  trod  on  the  wings  of  the  wind.  I  must 
confess  I  experienced  no  small  feeling  of  satisfaction, 
when  the  baffled  Arab  wheeled  around  his  panting 
and  smoking  horse,  and  came  slowly  back  to  our 
company.  The  victorious  gazelle,  gaining  the  top 
of  a  rock  on  a  little  hill  and  lifting  its  sharp  horn  in 
triumph,  looked  round  with  innocent  but  indignant 
astonishment  at  this  sudden  and  strange  invasion  of 
the  realm,  which  God  had  given  and  consecrated  to 
its  life,  its  beauty  and  its  freedom. 

Shunem  is  situated  at  the  western  extremity  of  the 
mountain,  called  the  little  Hermon.  Turning  the 
western  end  of  Hermon,  we  came  about  noon  of  the 
same  day  to  the  small  village  of  Nain  on  the  northern 
slope  of  this  mountain  ; — the  place  where  the  Saviour 
raised  the  widow's  son  to  life.  The  touching  and  sub- 
lime narrative  of  the  miracle  performed  in  this  ancient 
city  gave  to  the  place  a  peculiar  interest.  Its  situa- 
tion is  pleasant  ; — so  much  so  as  probably  to  have 
given  origin  to  its  name,  which  means  the  beautiful. 
It  is  now  small  and  decayed  ;  but  we  saw  enough  in 
its  present  ruined  condition  to  satisfy  us,  that  it  might 
have  been,  and  probably  was,  far  different  from  its 
present  state,  in  former  times.  On  the  same  side  of 
Hermon,  but  further  east,  and  apparently  a  mile  and 
a  half  distant,  is  the  village, — or  perhaps  I  should  ra- 
ther say, — the  site  of  the  village  of  Endor  ; — the  resi- 
41* 


486  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

dence  of  the  strange  and  mysterious  woman,  whom 
Saul  in  his  troubles  visited  just  before  his  final  battle. 
Endor  is  in  sight  from  Nain  on  a  gentle  slope  of  the 
little  Hermon  ;  but  was  more  distinctly  seen  as  we 
advanced  farther  upon  the  plain.  Continuing  our 
journey  across  the  plain  of  Esdraelon  in  a  north-east- 
ern direction,  and  passing  the  dry  channels  of  small 
streams  which  seemed  to  be  tributaries  of  the  river 
Kishon,  we  have  pitched  our  tents  again,  early  in 
the  afternoon  of  this  day,  (May  26th,)  at  the  base  of 
mount  Tabor.  Tabor  is  distant  from  Nain  about 
four  miles ;  and  is  sixteen  miles,  as  near  as  we  could 
judge  from  our  rate  of  movement,  from  En-Gannim 
or  Jenin  ; — the  place  from  which  we  started  in  the 
morning. 

At  the  base  of  Tabor,  and  at  a  little  distance  from 
our  encampment,  is  the  pleasant  Arab  village  of  De- 
burieh.  It  has  its  cultivated  fields  in  front,  reaching 
out  into  the  great  plain  ;  its  gardens  around  it  with 
their  strong  hedges  of  prickly  pear ;  and  its  full,  spark- 
ling fountain  of  water,  the  Ain-El-Sherar,  which 
flows  into  the  Kishon.  By  some  persons,  I  believe, 
the  fountain  which  rises  here,  is  considered  the  cen- 
tral and  principal  branch  of  that  river.  I  have  ob- 
served here,  as  almost  everywhere  else  in  this  region, 
flocks  of  sheep  and  goats,  and  numerous  oxen  and 
camels.  The  people  of  the  village,  quietly  pursuing 
their  labors,  are  gathering  in  the  products  of  the  fields. 
In  going  through  this  town  I  have  noticed  in  repeated 
instances  large  and  deep  excavations  in  the  rocks  be- 
neath the  surface  of  the  ground ; — but  without  any 
suitable  opportunity  to  make  inquiries  in  relation  to 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  487 

them.  Undoubtedly  the  region  at  the  foot  of  this 
mountain  has  teemed  with  population  in  former  ages ; 
— but  time  which  erases  the  past  in  giving  birth  to 
the  present,  has  left  but  few  intimations  and  marks 
of  their  existence  and  history. 


(L.) 

Ascent  of  Tabor — Fortifications  on  its  summit — Historical  references — 
Death  of  Saul  and  Jonathan — Elegy  of  David — Remarks  upon 
David — The  Transfiguration. 

GALILEE,  MOUNT  TABOR,  SECOND  LETTER. 

Soon  after  our  arrival  at  the  base  of  Mount  Tabor, 
we  ascended  to  its  top.  Entirely  separate  from  the 
other  mountains,  which  are  seen  at  no  great  distance 
around  it,  it  arises  out  of  the  north-eastern  part  of 
the  great  plain  of  Esdraelon,  in  graceful  and  solitary 
beauty.  Taking  a  circuitous  route,  which  was  ren- 
dered necessary  by  the  steepness  of  the  mountain,  we 
were  enabled  to  ascend  the  greater  part  of  the  -way 
on  horseback.  There  are  a  number  of  such  winding 
paths  leading  from  the  base  to  the  summit.  Select- 
ing that  which  commenced  at  the  village  near  us,  we 
followed  the  leadership  of  two  Arab  horsemen  whom 
we  had  taken  as  guides,  and  who  seemed  to  find  in 
the  roughness  and  steepness  of  the  ascent,  something 
which  harmonized  with  their  own  wild  and  unregu- 
lated spirits.  Although  the  narrow  way  which  we 
travelled  was  rocky  and  difficult,  our  small  but  well 
trained  horses  had  been  so  much  accustomed  to  such 
rough  places,  that  the  ascent  was  completed  in  a  little 
less  than  an  hour.  The  sides  of  the  mountain  are 
everywhere  covered  with  trees  and  clumps  of  bushes . 


488  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

The  oak  tree  is  frequently  met  with.  A  tall,  coarse 
grass  grows  among  the  rocks. 

The  form  of  the  mountain  is  that  of  a  sugar-loaf  or 
of  a  truncated  cone ;  and  standing  apart  from  other 
mountains,  and  being  clothed  with  trees  and  herbage 
to  its  top,  it  justifies,  in  its  appearance,  the  celebrity 
which  it  has  long  possessed.  Its  height  has  been  esti- 
mated at  various  times  by  travellers.  It  rises  about 
eighteen  hundred  feet  above  the  Mediterranean,  whose 
waters  can  be  seen  from  its  top ;  and  a  thousand  feet 
above  the  plain  immediately  below  it.  From  the  ir- 
regular and  rocky  edge  of  its  summit,  we  looked  di- 
rectly down  upon  our  tents,  which  were  pitched  in  a 
grove  of  olives  at  its  base.  The  mules  and  horses  of 
our  little  caravan  were  fastened  under  the  trees.  At 
a  little  distance  from  the  tents  the  ancient  Arab  vil- 
lage of  Deburieh,  to  which  I  have  already  alluded, 
was  also  in  sight.  It  is  from  the  centre  of  this  village 
that  the  fresh  and  living  spring  of  Ain-El-Sherar  sends 
out  its  contributions  to  fertilize  the  surrounding  plain, 
and  to  swell  in  the  rainy  season,  the  waters  of  the 
Kishon. 

The  summit  of  Tabor  is  an  oblong  plain,  nearly 
level,  not  far  from  a  mile  in  circuit,  and  covered  with 
tall  grass,  shrubs  and  trees.  The  remains  of  ancient 
fortifications  are  found  upon  it,  which  appear  to  have 
been  originally  of  great  strength.  It  appears  from  the 
historical  writings  of  Josephus,  who  held  a  military 
command  in  Galilee,  that  fortifications  were  erected 
upon  this  summit  by  his  own  orders,  with  a  view  to 
resist  the  progress  of  the  arms  of  Vespasian.  It  had 
probably  been  held  as  a  military  position  at  an  earlier 
period. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  489 

The  prospect  from  the  top  of  Mount  Tabor  can 
hardly  be  exceeded  in  extent  and  beauty.  The  region 
where  the  Saviour  spent  a  large  portion  of  his  life, 
was  spread  out  in  its  length  and  breadth  before  us. 
In  the  eastern  direction,  and  at  a  few  miles  distance, 
is  the  little  Hermon ;  and  beyond  it  the  celebrated 
mountain  range  of  Gilboa.  The  city  of  Nazareth, 
not  distinctly  visible,  on  account  of  being  shut  in  by 
hills,  is  in  the  west,  and  only  at  the  distance  of  six 
miles.  The  sunken  valley  of  the  sea  of  Galilee,  with 
its  hills  and  valleys  around,  is  distinctly  seen  in  the 
the  north-east.  The  vast  plain  of  Esdraelon  expanded 
itself  at  our  feet.  Here  is  the  city  of  Shunem.  Here 
are  the  sites  of  Megiddo,  Jezreel  and  Taanach.  Here 
are  the  pathway  and  the  waters  of  the  Kishon. 

The  plain  of  Esdraelon,  remarkable  in  its  physical 
features,  has  other  claims  upon  the  traveller's  notice. 
It  possesses  an  historical  celebrity  which  attaches  to 
few  other  places.  In  the  year  1799,  a  fierce  battle 
was  fought  here  between  the  French  under  the  com- 
mand of  General  Kleber,  and  a  Syrian  army  much 
larger  in  numbers.  Kleber  was  relieved  from  his  peril- 
ous position,  and  the  Turco- Syrian  army  was  defeat- 
ed, by  the  opportune  arrival  of  Bonaparte,  who  thus 
brought  his  name,  which  fills  a  large  place  in  the  san- 
guinary and  disastrous  annals  of  men,  into  associa- 
tion with  the  names  and  places  of  biblical  history. 
This  plain,  at  an  earlier  period,  was  the  scene  of  the 
severe  contest  between  Barak  and  Sisera,  with  which 
the  readers  of  the  Bible  are  familiar.  Barak  seems  to 
have  made  his  head-quarters  near  this  mountain.  The 
expressions  in  the  Scriptures  are : — "  Barak  went  down 


490  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

from  Mount  Tabor,  and  ten  thousand  men  with  him." 
Sisera  was  defeated  ;  and  the  triumphal  song  of  Debo- 
rah and  Barak,  with  its  highly  poetic  allusions  to 
Taanach  and  Megiddo  and  "  the  ancient  river  of  Ki- 
shon,"  its  eulogy  of  Jael,  and  its  graphic  description 
of  the  mother  of  Sisera,  celebrated  a  victory  which 
gave  rest  to  the  land  for  forty  years.  It  was  here  that 
the  Jewish  king  Josiah  was  defeated  and  lost  his  life, 
in  a  contest  with  Pharaoh  Necho,  king  of  Egypt.  And 
it  was  in  a  great  battle  with  the  Philistines,  on  the 
plain  of  Esdraelon  and  at  the  foot  of  Gilboa,  that 
Saul  and  Jonathan  were  slain. 

The  story  of  the  last  battle  and  of  the  fall  of  Saul 
and  Jonathan  has  a  peculiar  and  melanchoy  interest. 
I  had  always  felt  the  affecting  sadness  of  its  incidents, 
and  my  presence  among  the  scenes  where  their  death 
occurred,  renewed  those  early  feelings.  The  monarch 
of  Israel,  standing  face  to  face  with  what  he  felt  to  be 
the  last  and  decisive  hour  of  his  destiny,  experienced 
in  his  want  of  faith,  the  loss  and  want  of  that  moral 
strength  which  was  necessary  for  the  encounter.  And 
what  a  want — what  a  loss  was  this !  Man  is  so  con- 
stituted that  he  must  believe  in  something.  Such  is 
the  innate  sense  of  his  own  weakness,  when  he  is 
placed  in  difficult  and  trying  circumstances,  that  he 
finds  it  a  strong  necessity  of  his  nature,  which  com- 
pels him  to  seek  some  support.  And  if  he  does  not 
trust  in  God,  he  will  naturally  and  almost  necessarily 
look  round  for  something  else,  Saul  had  ceased  to 
place  confidence  in  the  God  of  Abraham  and  Isaac, 
and  went  to  seek  counsel  of  the  Witch  of  Endor. 
The  scene  of  this  remarkable  and  unbelieving  visit 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  491 

is  all  in  sight.  It  was  here, — over  these  plains  and 
around  these  mountains — that  the  humiliated  mon- 
arch, shrouded  in  the  darkness  of  the  night  and  in  the 
mists  of  the  valley,  found  his  way  to  her  mysterious 
dwelling.  Strange  was  the  vision  that  met  him.  The 
earth  opened,  and  an  "  old  man  came  up."  Terrible 
was  the  denunciation  which  was  uttered. 

u  Death  stood  all  glassy  in  his  fixed  eye; 

His  hands  were  withered,  and  his  veins  were  dry ; 

His  foot  in  bony  whiteness,  glittered  there, 

Shrunken  and  sinewless,  and  ghastly  bare. 

Saul  saw,  and  fell  to  earth  as  falls  the  oak, 

At  once,  and  blasted  by  the  thunder-stroke." 

The  poetry  of  the  English  bard  has  not  exceeded 
the  simple,  but  sublime  and  terrific  statement  of  the 
Scriptures. 

In  deep  astonishment  and  sorrow  the  Jewish  king 
arose  from  the  ground,  on  which  he  had  fallen  pros- 
trate. He  went  back  to  the  foot  of  Gilboa,  where  his 
soldiers  awaited  him.  He  again  put  on  his  armor ; 
but  military  skill  has  no  power  against  the  decisions 
of  Providence.  God  had  left  him.  His  spear,  without 
a  higher  power  to  hold  and  direct  it,  was  shivered  in 
his  grasp.  And  in  dying  he  left  a  melancholy  name, 
which  has  attracted  the  memory  and  the  sympathies 
of  men,  because  it  was  associated  with  that  of  Jona- 
than, and  because  it  is  celebrated  in  song. 

As  I  stood  upon  the  top  of  Tabor,  and  cast  my  eye 
towards  the  region  where  Saul  fought  and  fell,  I  felt 
anew  how  genius  consecrates  place — how  mind  im- 
mortalizes matter.  I  remembered  the  touching  allu- 
sion to  Gilboa  in  the  sad  elegy  of  David.  I  have  al- 
ready had  occasion  to  speak  of  this  great  king  and 


492  LETTERS— .ESTHETIC, 

poet.  And  here,  also,  amid  the  mingled  scenery  of 
plains  and  mountains  which  he  has  celebrated  in  his 
songs,  he  is  once  more  brought  to  mind.  In  the  over- 
throw of  the  king  who  persecuted  him  and  of  the  king's 
son  who  loved  him,  unable  to  help,  but  with  a  heart 
full  of  pity,  he  could  only  pour  forth  his  lamentations 
in  such  strains  of  tenderness  and  beauty  as  no  other 
one  could  utter. 

A  great  poet  is  necessarily  great  in  his  character, 
— and  is  great  also,  or  is  likely  to  be  so,  in  the  circum- 
stances which  surround  him.  David  was  a  poet,  be- 
cause in  his  life  and  character  he  was  himself  a  poem 
i — a  great  dramatic  and  epic  history,  reaching  from  the 
shepherd  to  the  king,  and  filled  up  with  thoughts,  af- 
fections and  actions.  And  worthy  to  be  celebrated 
himself,  he  imparted  immortality  to  others,  because 
his  intercourse  with  God  had  opened  in  his  own  soul 
the  fresh  springs  of  immortal  life. 

But  if  mind  consecrates  and  immortalizes  matter, 
it  is  equally  true  that  material  nature,  in  connection 
with  the  incidents  of  personal  situation  and  relations, 
give  a  character  and  development  to  mind.  The  fact 
that  the  mind's  inspiration,  so  far  as  it  is  really  great 
and  true,  is  from  God,  is  not  at  all  inconsistent  with 
the  additional  and  the  obvious  fact,  that  whatever  is 
special  in  the  character  and  mode  of  its  action,  is  from 
the  subordinate  providence  of  situation  and  circum- 
stances. This  whole  region  seemed  to  me  to  claim 
the  great  Jewish  poet  as  a  child  even  now.  The  mind 
of  David,  as  it  is  recorded  and  represented  in  the  Bi- 
ble, shows  too  distinctly  to  leave  any  doubt,  in  what 
land  and  under  what  influences  of  religion  and  of  his- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  493 

tory  it  developed  itself.  If  Homer,  separated  from  his 
own  enchanted  Greece,  could  not  have  been  Homer, 
but  would  have  missed  and  lost  the  secret  of  his  own 
powers,  amid  the  strange  scenery  and  manners  and  the 
barbarous  language  of  the  British  Isles,  or  of  other 
rude  and  uncivilized  places  of  his  time,  David  could 
not  have  been  what  he  was  in  any  other  country, 
among  any  other  mountains,  and  under  any  other  in- 
stitutions and  histories  than  those  of  Palestine. 

This  region  is  connected  with  another  and  far  more 
illustrious  name  than  those  which  have  been  mention- 
ed. It  was  the  scene  of  the  early  life,  and  at  a  later 
period,  of  many  of  the  miracles  of  Christ.  I  can  look 
from  this  spot  upon  the  village  of  Nain,  on  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  little  Hermon  ;  where  he  raised  the 
young  man  to  life,  the  only  son  of  his  widowed 
mother.  Brought  up  in  Nazareth,  and  possessing  a 
heart  and  eye  open  to  the  beauties  of  nature,  it  cannot 
be  supposed  that  he  was  ignorant  of  the  varied  and 
beautiful  scenery  between  Tabor,  Nazareth  and  the 
Sea  of  Galilee.  In  nature  he  saw  and  loved  the  God 
of  nature.  It  reminded  him  only  of  truth  and  beauty, 
and  not  of  sorrow  and  sin.  He  visited,  no  doubt, 
these  very  heights.  He  looked  down  upon  this  great 
plain.  He  beheld  the  rising  and  the  setting  sun  here. 
His  locks  were  wet  with  these  morning  and  evening 
dews.  To  these  interesting  incidents,  however,  I  may 
perhaps  take  another  opportunity  to  allude,  and  shall 
leave  them  now. 

Of  one  thing,  however,  I  am  obliged  to  speak  here. 
"  And  after  six  days,"  it  is  said  in  the  Scripture  nar- 
rative, "  Jesus  taketh  Peter  and  James,  and  John  his 
42 


494  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

brother,  and  bringeth  them  up  into  a  high  mountain 
apart,  and  was  transfigured  before  them.  And  his 
face  did  shine  as  the  sun,  and  his  raiment  was  bright 
as  the  light."  According  to  a  tradition  reaching  back 
to  the  close  of  the  third  century  or  about  that  period, 
this  was  the  mountain  on  which  Christ  was  thus  trans- 
figured. The  mere  fact  of  such  a  tradition  has  some 
weight  with  me.  As  a  general  thing,  traditions  may- 
well  be  supposed  to  have  a  basis  in  fact.  The  nature 
and  instincts  of  the  human  mind  require  this  supposi- 
tion. It  is  undoubtedly  true  that  traditions  may  be 
falsified  like  everything  else.  But  if  nothing  specific 
and  reliable  can  be  said  against  them,  the  presump- 
tion, more  or  less,  is  in  their  favor. 

One  of  the  objections,  perhaps  the  leading  one,  to 
the  tradition  that  Mount  Tabor  was  the  scene  of  the 
Transfiguration,  is  the  fact  that  its  summit  was  at 
that  time  a  fortified  place ;  and  that  the  presence  of 
soldiers  was  inconsistent  with  that  seclusion  and  si- 
lence which  were  appropriate  to  such  an  occurrence. 
To  estimate  accurately  such  an  objection,  a  person 
must  visit  the  mountain  itself.  It  is  probably  true 
that  soldiers  were  stationed  in  the  fortifications,  the 
remains  of  which  still  exist  on  the  summit  of  the 
mountain ;  but  it  is  not  very  likely,  under  the  strict 
requisitions  of  Roman  discipline,  that  they  were  per- 
mitted to  roam  about  very  freely  over  all  parts  of  the 
mountain.  The  base  of  the  mountain  is  some  six  or 
eight  miles  in  circuit  at  least,  and  any  one  who  has 
been  upon  it  must  be  satisfied,  I  think,  that  it  would 
have  been  easy,  in  the  vast  circuit  of  its  sides  which 
fill  up   such  an  area,  to  find  many  places  suited  to 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  495 

religious  retirement.  The  transfiguration,  witnessed 
only  by  a  small  number  of  persons,  would  not  require 
a  large  place ;  and  of  all  the  mountains  in  this  region, 
it  will  probably  be  conceded  that  there  is  no  one  which 
harmonizes  so  well  in  its  .attractive  and  imposing 
character  with  the  sublime  and  joyful  nature  of  the 
event. 

In  estimating  this  question,  I  think  we  should  not 
forget  the  mutual  attractions  of  the  mind  and  of  out- 
ward nature  ; — attractions  which  have  a  permanent 
foundation  and  are  universal  in  their  operation.  Every 
inward  mood  of  the  mind  may  be  well  supposed  to 
have  its  counterpart,  its  correspondence,  in  something 
which  is  external ;  and  it  is  in  connection  with  this 
mutual  adaptation  that  these  attractions  exist.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  mind  in  its  sorrow,  seeks  the,  shade ;  in 
its  joy  it  seeks  the  garden  of  flowers ;  in  its  hour  of 
contemplation  it  wanders  into  the  place  of  silence  and 
retirement;  in  its  sociality  it  mingles  with  the  com- 
panies of  men.  When  the  Saviour  was  baptized,  and 
the  Holy  Ghost  descended  upon  him  and  proclaimed 
him  the  "beloved  Son,"  he  stood  upon  the  banks  of 
the  Jordan.  The  waters  were  an  emblem  of  his  puri- 
ty. The  balmy  incense  of  trees  floated  around  him, 
and  flowers  bloomed  at  his  feet.  When  he  was  in  the 
sorrow  and  darkness  of  his  first  great  temptation,  it 
was  not  by  the  river's  side,  but  in  the  wilderness.  He 
sought  a  place  where  desolation  could  harmonize  with 
grief.  He  climbed  alone  some  rugged  height — per- 
haps the  traditionary  Quarantana — barren,  dark,  flow- 
erless,  where  truth  and  beauty  never  come,  and  never 
had  a  disposition  to  come,  except  in  the  hour  of  trial 


496  LETTERS JESTHETIC, 

and  of  tears.  When  he  was  about  to  be  transfigured 
and  to  put  on,  though  only  for  a  short  time  and  as  it 
were  experimentally,  the  clothing  of  his  celestial  glory, 
it  was  a  natural  instinct  of  his  heart,  a  law  of  his  in- 
ward perfection,  which  led  him  to  ascend  a  mountain 
rather  than  go  down  into  a  valley,  to  go  among  flow- 
ers and  foliage  rather  than  among  desolate  rocks,  and 
among  all  the  mountains  of  his  native  Galilee  to  se- 
lect that  which  stands  apart  from  all  others  in  its  soli- 
tary but  unexampled  beauty. 

Such  were  some  of  the  recollections  and  thoughts 
which  passed  through  my  mind  on  Mount  Tabor. 
We  descended  to  our  tents  just  as  the  sun  was  shed- 
ding his  parting  rays  over  the  distant  heights  of  Car- 
mel. 


(LI.) 

Departure  from  Mount  Tahor — Appearance  of  the  country  between  Ta- 
bor and  Tiberias — First  view  of  the  lake — Valley  and  city  of  Ti- 
berias— Jews — The  Mishna — Emmaus — Turkish  regiment — Beau- 
ty of  the  lake — Country  around  it — Scriptural  references — Poetry. 

GALILEE,  CITY   OF   TIBERIAS,  MAY  28,  1853. 

"We  could  have  spent  with  much  interest  a  longer 
time  at  Mount  Tabor  and  in  its  vicinity ;  -but  the  in- 
creasing heat  and  a  desire  to  reach  Beirout  as  early  as 
possible,  did  not  permit  us  to  delay.  The  remem- 
brance of  our  own  country,  and  the  anticipated  plea- 
sure of  once  more  meeting  with  our  distant  friends, 
began  to  mingle  with  our  thoughts.  We  left  the 
mountain  on  Friday,  the  27th  of  May,  early  in  the 
morning,  on  our  way  to  the  Sea  of  Galilee  ; — the  sea, 
or  more  properly  the  lake  so  often  mentioned  in  the 


Social,  and  moral.  497 

Scriptures,  and  associated  with  so  many  interesting 
events.  We  wished  to  see  its  celebrated  waters,  and 
to  catch  a  view  of  the  surrounding  scenery,  without 
being  able  to  allow  to  it  much  time.  Our  destina- 
tion therefore,  was  Tiberias,— the  principal  town  which 
now  remains  upon  its  banks.  As  we  left  the  moun- 
tain, the  beautiful  hills  of  Nazareth,  covered  with 
groves  of  small  oaks,  were  in  sight. 

The  road  from  Tabor  to  the  Sea  of  Galilee  runs  in 
a  north-easterly  direction,  and  the  distance  is  not  far 
from  twelve  miles.  It  runs  at  first  along  the  lower 
side  of  the  mountain,  among  cliffs  and  clusters  of 
trees  ,  and  when  it  reaches  into  a  more  level  country, 
it  is  frequently  broken  and  irregular.  It  passes  over 
hills  and  rocky  swells  with  names  unknown  to  me, 
and  over  the  plain  El-Hamma,  which  extends  in  the 
direction  of  the  Jordan.  On  our  left  and  not  far  dis- 
tant from  our  route,  there  is  a  valley  of  some  extent, 
which  carries  its  waters  westward  into  the  Kishon. 
It  is  supposed  to  be  the  valley  of  Jipthah,  which  is 
repeatedly  mentioned  in  the  book  of  Joshua.  Our 
route,  thus  diversified  with  alternations  of  ascent  and 
descent,  of  plain  and  hill,  presented  continually  some 
new  views* of  nature — views,  whatever  may  be  their 
characteristics — which  are  always  interesting  to  those 
who  have  seen  the  countries  of  the  East  for  the  first 
time.  Leaving  a  number  of  high  hills  on  our  left, 
one  of  which  was  the  hill  or  mount  of  Tell  Hattin, 
to  which  reference  is  often  made  by  travellers,  we  ob- 
tained our  first  distinct  view  both  of  the  lake  of  Gali- 
lee and  of  the  city  of  Tiberias,  from  the  brow  of  a 
lofty  and  steep  eminence,  over  which  the  road  from 
42* 


498  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

Mount  Tabor  approaches  the  lake  and  city  from  the 
west.  We  were  at  that  time,  as  I  judged,  about  a 
mile  and  a  half  distant  from  Tiberias. 

The  descent  from  the  lofty  hill  which  I  have  men- 
tioned was  over  a  long  line  of  steep  and  irregular 
rocks,  so  dangerous,  as  it  seemed  to  me,  that  I  chose 
to  walk  a  considerable  part  of  the  way  rather  than 
ride.  I  had  experienced  on  one  occasion,  by  the  fall 
of  my  horse  on  a  smooth  and  slippery  ledge,  that  the 
good  training  of  the  Syrian  horses,  and  a  sort  of  in- 
stinctive foresight  and  carefulness  which  they  mani- 
fest, are  not  a  perfect  security  against  these  dangers. 
The  view  on  the  summit  and  side  of  this  hill  is  ex- 
ceedingly interesting.  The  eye  first  looks  down  upon 
the  lake  of  Galilee,  or  the  sea  of  Galilee  as  it  is  call- 
ed in  the  Scriptures,  which  is  in  view  nearly  in  its 
whole  extent.  It  is  not  a  large  body  of  water,  being 
only  sixteen  miles  in  length  by  an  average  of  four  or 
five  in  breadth.  I  now  saw  it,  with  the  exception  of 
the  partial  glimpses  from  the  top  of  Mount  Tabor,  for 
the  first  time.  The  sun  shone  brightly ;  there  was 
scarcely  a  breath  of  air  stirring ;  there  was  no  cloud 
upon  the  sky,  and  in  the  deep  calm  and  silence  of  na- 
ture, the  lake  lay  in  the  arms  of  the  steep  mountains 
around  it,  like  an  infant  in  the  lap  of  its  mother,  and 
with  an  aspect  of  tranquil  and  almost  sad  repose. — 
But  when  the  heavy  winds  and  storms,  which  some- 
times occur,  break  over  the  mountain  tops  and  come 
down  upon  its  calm  and  sleeping  surface,  it  is  easy 
to  see  that  it  might  be  suddenly  and  easily  agita- 
ted and  thrown  into  the  white  dashing  waves  of  the 
tempest.     Fleets   have   been   built   here,   and   naval 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  499 

battles  fought  upon  its  surface  ; — but  that  was  in  the 
days  of  its  ancient  prosperity,  and  I  saw  only  one 
small  boat  upon  it  at  this  time. 

The  hills  recede  from  the  lake  on  the  side  of  Tibe- 
rias, leaving  a  pleasant  plain  or  valley,  though  some- 
what irregular  in  its  surface,  between  the  water  and 
the  base  of  the  surrounding  heights.  There  was  every 
appearance  to  me  that  this  undulating  plain  was  once 
a  place  of  great  fertility.  The  site  of  Tiberias,  in  the 
centre  of  this  once  fruitful  spot,  was  obviously  well 
chosen.  The  city,  which  is  surrounded  on  the  land 
side  by  a  strong  wall  a  mile  and  a  half  in  circuit,  is 
built  upon  the  shore  of  the  lake.  It  bears  the  marks 
and  characteristics  of  antiquity  and  orientalism,  with- 
out anything  in  particular  which  distinguishes  it  from 
the  old  cities  of  the  East.  We  noticed,  however,  on 
the  flat  roofs  of  the  houses,  what  we  had  not  observ- 
ed elsewhere,  or  but  seldom,  a  sort  of  temporary  tent, 
erected  of  long  reeds  and  branches  of  trees,  which 
seemed  to  be  occupied  chiefly  as  places  of  rest  in  the 
warm  nights  of  the  summer.  Though  the  country 
around  the  city  was  once  fruitful,  it  has  now  an  aspect 
of  want  and  desolation.  I  missed  much  the  fountains, 
trees  and  gardens  which  sometimes  imparted  an  air 
of  cheerfulness  to  other  towns  and  cities.  On  the 
south  side  and  near  the  sea  are  the  remains  of  an  old 
and  strong  fortification,  which  has  been  rent  and  sha- 
ken to  its  foundations  by  the  earthquakes  which  have 
occurred  here. 

I  will  not  undertake  to  say  much  in  commendation 
of  Tiberias,  although  the  general  impression  I  receiv- 
ed was  more  favorable  than  that  which  has  been  left 


500  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

upon  the  minds  of  some  other  travellers.  It  cannot 
be  denied  that  the  aspect  of  an  oriental  city  has  not 
much  in  its  favor,  in  the  eye  of  an  European  or  an 
American.  There  is  not  time  to  the  passing  traveller 
for  the  re-adjustment  of  old  habits  and  thoughts.  He 
is  apt  to  forget  that  he  is  in  another  land  and  under  a 
different  climate.  And  hence,  in  judging  of  the  large 
towns  of  the  East,  he  is  liable  to  make  a  very  low  es- 
timate of  them — not  only  of  their  material  comforts, 
but  of  their  civilization  and  their  social  character.  A 
closer  examination  might  give  a  more  correct  estimate. 
Within  the  dark  and  mutilated  walls  of  the  houses 
which  line  their  narrow  streets,  there  is  probably  more 
intelligence,  refinement  and  comfort,  than  would  be  at 
first  supposed. 

There  is  a  comfortable  hotel  within  the  limits  of 
Tiberias,  kept  by  a  Jew ;  but  thinking  it  better  for  us, 
in  the  pleasant  weather  which  we  experienced,  to  re- 
main in  our  tents,  we  pitched  them  outside  of  the 
walls ;  but  we  were  permitted  to  enter  and  leave  the 
city  whenever  we  chose.  The  place  is  not  large  ;  the 
number  of  inhabitants  is  said  to  be  two  thousand ; 
but  that  probably,  judging  from  what  came  under  our 
notice,  is  a  low  estimate.  It  has  fallen  into  decay,  but 
there  are  still  some  signs  of  business.  The  situation 
of  the  place  is  such,  relatively  to  the  other  parts  of 
Galilee,  that  it  cannot  altogether  lose  its  importance. 
The  river  Jordan  flows  through  the  lake ;  and  Tiberi- 
as is  in  a  situation  to  command  the  region  both  of  the 
upper  and  lower  Jordan.  We  found  a  regiment  of 
Turkish  soldiers  encamped  here,  a  little  to  the  south 
of  the  city.     This  was  said  to  be  in  consequence  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  501 

some  disturbance  among  the   people  on  the   opposite 
side  of  the  lake. 

There  are  many  Jews  in  the  city.  As  I  was  walk- 
ing along  in  one  of  the  streets  near  the  sea-shore,  I 
addressed  a  man  for  the  purpose  of  making  some  in- 
quiries, whom  I  found  to  be  a  Jew,  and  who  appear- 
ed to  be  a  man  of  intelligence  and  culture.  He  was 
acquainted  with  a  number  of  languages,  and  had 
some  knowledge  of  th.e  English,  though  he  spoke  it 
imperfectly.  He  conducted  me  into  the  Jewish  Quar- 
ter, which  is  in  the  middle  of  the  city,  and  into  two 
Jewish  Synagogues,  one  of  which  had  the  appearance 
of  neatness  and  even  elegance.  He  seemed  willing 
to  converse,  and  I  gathered  from  his  conversation  that 
the  strong  prejudices  which  formerly  existed  among 
his  people  against  Christians,  were  disappearing  to 
some  extent. 

Tiberias  is  understood  to  be  a  favorite  resort  of 
the  Jews.  They  attach  to  it,  as  compared  with  many 
other  places  in  Galilee,  a  peculiar  sanctity.  It  has 
also  some  interest  with  scholars,  on  account  of  the 
reputation  it  formerly  enjoyed  as  one  of  the  princi- 
pal places  of  Jewish  teaching  and  culture — a  repu- 
tation which  it  has  retained  to  some  extent  even 
to  modern  times.  After  the  destruction  of  the  city  of 
Jerusalem  by  the  Romans,  a  number  of  eminent  Jews 
collected  together  at  this  city,  and  established  a  school 
of  learning.  Some  of  the  teachers  in  the  school  or 
college  which  was  thus  founded,  were  men  of  high 
reputation  for  knowledge.  It  was  here  that  the  Mish- 
na  was  written — a  work  containing  the  traditionary 
opinions  of  the  J  ews  on  matters  of  religious  doctrine 
and  practice.     It  was  written  or  rather  compiled  near 


502  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

the  commencement  of  the  third  century,  by  a  learned 
Jew  at  the  head  of  the  school  of  Tiberias  ;  and  con- 
stitutes, with  its  continuation  at  a  later  period,  under 
the  name  of  the  Gemara,  that  celebrated  Jerusalem 
Talmud,  which  has  had  so  great  weight  with  the  Jew- 
ish people. 

At  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Tiberias, 
and  not  far  from  the  outlet  of  the  Jordan,  is  Emma- 
us — a  place  of  some  celebrity  on  account  of  its  warm 
mineral  baths.  The  name  of  Emmaus,  which  is  de- 
scriptive in  its  meaning  of  the  places  to  which  it  is 
applied,  is  given  to  other  places  which  have  warm 
mineral  waters.  The  small  stream  which  supplies  the 
baths  here,  issues  from  the  base  of  the  surrounding 
hills.  This  place,  which  is  mentioned  by  Josephus, 
and  has  had  a  long  celebrity,  was  visited  by  my  Ameri- 
can friends,  from  whom  I  learned  the  most  that  I  know 
of  it.  It  was  once  a  place  of  very  considerable  resort. 
Buildings  suitable  for  bathing  are  still  erected  upon  it. 
The  water  has  been  analyzed  by  chemists,  but  it  is 
not  necessary  to  repeat  the  results  here.  My  friends 
found  it  of  a  very  high  temperature ;  so  much  so  as 
almost  to  lead  one  to  conjecture  that  it  has  a  con- 
nection with  those  subterranean  fires  which  from  time 
to  time  rend  and  shake  this  volcanic  region. 

It  was  not  convenient  for  me  to  go  there,  but  this 
circumstance  gave  me  a  little  more  time  to  stroll  along 
the  lake  shore.  There  was  no  want  of  objects,  either 
natural  or  artificial  to  take  up  my  attention.  It  was 
difficult  for  me  to  turn  my  eyes  from  this  beautiful 
sheet  of  water,  with  the  dark  mountains  hanging  over 
it.    I  watched  the  ripples  of  the  gentle  waves  as  they 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  503 

fell  softly  on  the  pebbly  bank.  The  water  is  as  clear 
as  a  mountain  brook.  I  gathered  beautiful  shells.  I 
saw  flights  of  birds,  such  as  usually  make  their  haunts 
near  lakes  and  rivers.  I  stopped  to  watch  the  multi- 
tudes of  small  fishes  playing  near  the  shore.  The  fish 
in  this  lake  are  abundant.  A  person  cannot  walk  on 
its  shores  without  seeing  them  in  great  numbers  ;  so 
that  it  is  not  surprising  that  this  place  was  formerly 
the  abode  of  fishermen,  as  it  is  now,  though  in  a  less 
degree. 

And  then  my  attention  was  arrested  by  other  ob- 
jects. The  drum  beat  here  as  I  heard  it  in  the  des- 
erts of  Mount  Sinai — a  sound  which  has  its  stirring 
but  unpleasant  associations.  War  is  everywhere. — 
My  attention,  therefore,  was  diverted  from  these  ob- 
jects of  nature  by  the  military  manoeuvres  of  the 
Turkish  regiment  already  mentioned,  which  was  sta- 
tioned on  the  plain  between  the  shore  and  the  high 
hills  that  bound  it  on  the  West.  The  soldiers  went 
through  the  formulary  of  military  discipline  ;  and  af- 
terwards at  sunset,  I  noticed  that  they  repeated,  under 
orders  and  drawn  up  in  line,  the  prostrations  and  pray- 
ers of  Mohammedan  worship.  And  then  I  looked 
from  the  floating  crescent,  the  symbol  of  Mohamme- 
dan power,  to  the  mountains  beyond.  On  the  sides 
of  the  surrounding  heights  which  overlooked  the  en- 
campment of  the  soldiers,  are  numerous  excavations. 
The  hand  of  nature  and  of  human  art  has  been  there. 
"We  had  not  the  time  at  command  which  was  neces- 
sary to  explore  these  dark  excavations  and  to  learn 
their  history, — but  it  is  probable  that  some  of  them 
are  the  ancient  tombs  which   have  been  mentioned 


504  LETTERS' — ^ESTHETIC, 

from  time  to  time  by  travellers.  Undoubtedly,  this 
remarkable  valley  and  these  rocky  hills  have  been  a 
great  burying-place.  Millions  of  inhabitants  have  oc- 
cupied these  now  desolate  places.  Time,  which  com- 
pletes the  destiny  of  nations,  has  swept  them  away, 
and  their  record  remains  in  part  in  the  dust  beneath 
the  traveller's  feet.  As  I  walked  along  the  shore,  I 
noticed  the  remains  of  walls  and  columns  which  indi- 
cate that  the  ancient  city,  built  or  at  least  enlarged  in 
honor  of  a  Roman  emperor,  extended  in  the  direction 
of  Emmaus  and  of  the  outlet  of  the  Jordan.  These 
remains  are  sad  but  convincing  evidences,  which  es- 
tablish, beyond  any  reasonable  question,  the  fact  of 
its  original  wealth,  refinement  and  greatness. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  compare  the  lake  of 
Galilee  with  other  lakes.  To  me  it  seemed  highly 
beautiful ;  but  with  such  marked  and  distinctive  char- 
acteristics, that  it  would  be  difficult  to  bring  it  into 
comparison.  Beauty,  however,  is  the  result  of  two 
forces  or  powers, — that  which  is  found  in  the  object, 
and  that  which  is  found  in  the  heart  which  interprets 
the  object.  It  thus  has  two  eyes,  if  we  may  so  ex- 
press it,  which  look  into  each  other  and  complete  the 
image  of  its  contemplation  by  their  combined  action ; 
but  when  the  veil  of  some  inward  sorrow  or  perverse- 
ness  is  upon  the  traveller's  mind,  one  of  the  eyes  of 
beauty  is  put  out,  and  only  half  of  her  glory  is  seen. 
And  thus  there  are  differences  of  opinion,  sometimes 
as  to  the  fact  of  beauty,  and  still  more  frequently  as 
to  the  degree.  But  however  this  may  be,  eminent 
beauty  has  been  here.  No  eye  is  so  blind  as  not  to 
see  it.  And  yet  it  is  necessary  to  add,  amid  the  heavy 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  505 

blows  of  time,  nature  and  providence,  that  it  is  beauty 
in  its  widowhood — shining  in  tears. 

I  said  it  would  be  difficult  to  bring  the  lake  of  Gali- 
lee into  comparison  with  other  lakes.  I  have  not  been 
in  Switzerland,  but  once  in  the  interior  of  America — 
in  my  own  land — in  the  wild  mountainous  region  of 
New  Hampshire — I  saw  a  lake,  of  which  I  have  been 
reminded  by  that  of  Tiberias.  It  bears  the  name  of 
the  Newfound  Lake.  As  I  was  travelling,  I  came  up- 
on it  unexpectedly.  It  is  some  eight  or  ten  miles  in 
length.  It  is  near  the  head  waters  of  the  beauti- 
ful mountain  stream  which  the  primitive  inhabitants 
called  the  Pemigewasset.  Like  Galilee,  it  is  without 
islands  or  nearly  so.  It  lay  dark  and  motionless  in 
the  bosom  of  barren  and  rocky  heights, — and  I  was 
much  struck  with  its  peculiar  expression  of  thought- 
ful and  solitary  beauty. 

This  lake  and  the  country  around  it  is  the  scene  of 
many  interesting  incidents  mentioned  in  the  New  Tes- 
tament. To  the  northwest  on  a  lofty  eminence,  which 
rises  some  twenty-five  hundred  feet  above  the  Medi- 
terranean, is  the  city  of  Safed,  to  which  the  Saviour 
is  supposed  to  have  made  allusion  as  the  "  city  set 
upon  a  hill,  which  could  not  be  hid."  At  the  head  of 
the  lake,  on  the  western  and  northwestern  shore  and 
not  far  distant  from  each  other,  were  once  the  ancient 
cities  of  Bethsaida,  Chorazin  and  Capernaum.  The 
site  of  Capernaum  has  been  ascertained  with  a  con- 
siderable degree  of  probability  by  the  learned  Ameri- 
can travellers,  Smith  and  Robinson ;  but  the  precise 
locality  of  Chorazin  and  Bethsaida,  though  we  have 
reason  to  suppose  it  to  have  been  on  the  same  shore  of 
43 


506  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  lake  and  not  far  from  Capernaum,  is  not  definitely 
known. 

This  lake  was  the  scene  of  the  miraculous  draught 
of  fishes.  The  traditional  place  where  it  occurred  is 
still  pointed  out ;  and  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
shore,  and  in  part  in  commemoration  of  this  remarka- 
ble event,  a  Catholic  church  is  erected,  called  the 
church  of  St.  Peter.  By  some,  however,  this  church 
is  said  to  be  built  over  the  site  of  the  house  of  Peter 
who  resided  here, — with  the  design  to  commemorate 
the  place  of  his  residence.  It  was  here,  on  this  sea, 
that  the  Saviour  sat  in  a  boat  and  taught  the  throng- 
ing multitudes.  It  was  here,  among  the  fishermen 
who  pursued  their  humble  and  laborious  calling  on 
these  shores,  that  he  selected  a  number  of  his  disci- 
ples. "And  Jesus,  walking  by  the  Sea  of  Galilee, 
saw  two  brethren,  Simon  called  Peter,  and  Andrew 
his  brother,  casting  a  net  into  the  sea,  for  they  were 
fishers.  And  he  saith  unto  them — l  Follow  me,  and 
I  will  make  you  fishers  of  men.' "  It  was  here  that 
he  walked  upon  the  waters.  It  was  here,  when  there 
was  a  great  tempest  and  the  ship  was  covered  with 
the  waves,  that  "  he  arose  and  rebuked  the  winds  and 
the  sea,  and  there  was  a  great  calm."  And  it  was 
probably  upon  one  of  the  heights  rising  above  these 
waters,  (an  old  tradition  says  upon  Tell  Hattin,)  that 
he  uttered  those  remarkable  sayings, — without  pre- 
cedent in  the  annals  of  mere  human  thought  and 
wisdom, — which  constitute  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount. 

At  evening  I  stood  at  the  door  of  our  tent.  The 
stars  began  to  show  themselves  again.  The  lake  was 
at  a  little   distance.     I  heard  its  gentle  voice.     Ex- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  507 

cepting  the  sound  of  the  waters,  there  was  silence  on 
the  plain  and  on  the  mountains.  One  feeling  occu- 
pied my  heart     One  thought  subordinated  all  others. 

LINES    WRITTEN    AT    THE    LAKE    OF    GALILEE. 

Strange  is  the  deep,  mysterious  tie 
Which  makes  departed  ages  nigh  ; 
But  God  has  formed  it ;  and  its  power 
Has  marked  with  me  this  sacred  hour. 
'Twas  thus,  I  thought,  as  thy  bright  sea. 
Blue-tinted  wave  of  Galilee  ! 
With  gentle  sound  and  motion  sank 
Upon  the  bold  and  rocky  bank. 

Oh,  Lake  and  Land — where  memories  last — 
Which  link  the  present  to  the  past ; 
Whose  waves  and  rocky  heights  restore 
Departed  scenes  and  forms  once  more  ! 
'Twas  here  He  pressed  the  conscious  earth  ;— 
'Twas  here  His  heavenly  thoughts  had  birih. 
Oh  give  me  back,  if  yet  ye  can, 
This  "  Son  of  God,"  this  "  Son  of  man." 

He  comes  ; — He  walks  upon  the  sea  5 — 
"  Have  faith,"  He  says,  "and  walk  with  me." 
I  go, — I  sink, — He  takes  my  hand  ; 
I,  too,  upon  the  waters  stand  5 — 
But  soon  from  cliff  and  mountain  side 
The  tempest  sweeps  the  foaming  tide  ; 
The  lightnings  flash  ; — the  billows  rise  ; — 
Storms  lift  and  dash  them  to  the  skies. 

'Twas  to  the  weak  His  hand  He  gave  ; 
And  has  He  power  the  weak  to  save  ? 
Fierce  and  more  fierce  the  billows  roll, 
But  faith  has  anchored  in  the  soul. 
Amid  the  clouds  I  see  His  form  j 
I  hear  His  voice  amid  the  storm ; 
The  tempest  listens  to  His  will  ; 
The  winds  are  hush'd  : — the  waves  are  still. 


508  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

(LII.) 

Departure  from  Tiberias— Reach  Cana  of  Galilee— Miracle  of  the  water 
and  wine — Of  other  places,  said  to  bear  the  name  of  Cana— Village 
of  Raneh— First  sight  of  Nazareth— Its  situation  and  appearance — 
Mary's  fountain— Franciscan  convent— Residence  of  Joseph  and 
Mary— Joseph's  workshop— Brow  of  the  hill— Of  Jesus  Christ— His 
personal  appearance— Christ  as  a  propitiatory  sacrifice — Christ  as 
a  moral  teacher— Results  of  his  teachings. 

GALILEE,  CITY  OF  NAZARETH,  MAY  30,  1853. 

We  left  Tiberias  on  our  way  to  "  Cana  of  Galilee " 
and  the  city  of  Nazareth.  Ascending  the  lofty  hill  to 
the  west  of  the  city,  we  took  a  last  view  of  the  dis- 
tant Safed,  of  the  plain  of  Genessareth,  of  the  deso- 
late sites  of  Chorazin  and  Bethsaida,  and  of  the  lake 
and  its  mountains.  About  noon  we  reached  Cana — 
known  to  the  inhabitants  at  the  present  time  under 
the  name  of  Kefr  Cana.  Passing  through  the  village, 
which  covers  a  portion  of  a  small  hill,  we  stopped  for 
the  purposes  of  rest  and  refreshment  in  a  grove  of 
olive  trees  at  a  little  distance.  This  grove  is  on  the 
side  of  the  hill.  A  small  brook,  from  which  the  vil- 
lage is  supplied  with  water,  flowed  at  a  short  distance 
below  us. 

It  was  at  this  village,  if  the  common  tradition  is  a 
correct  one,  that  the  Saviour  performed  the  miracle 
of  converting  water  into  wine.  And  hence  the  brook 
or  fountain  which  I  have  mentioned  is  an  object  of 
interest  with  travellers,  as  having  furnished  the  water 
which  was  thus  miraculously  changed. 

The  place  of  this  remarkable  miracle  is  called  in 
the  Scriptures,  "  Cana  of  Galilee,"  in  order  to  distin- 
guish it  from  another  Cana  near  the  Mediterranean, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  509 

and  within  the  limits  of  the  tribe  of  Asher.  There 
are  other  circumstances  in  addition  to  its  name,  which 
aid  in  some  degree  in  indicating  its  locality.  When 
the  son  of  a  certain  nobleman  at  Capernaum  was 
healed,  the  Saviour  was  at  this  place.  The  nobleman 
came  to  Cana,  and  desirous  that  Jesus  should  visit 
his  son  at  his  own  residence,  he  besought  him  that  he 
"  would  come  down.11  And  again  it  is  said  of  the  no- 
bleman in  his  return  to  Capernaum,  "  As  he  was  now 
going'  doiun,  his  servants  met  him,  and  told  him,  say- 
ing, thy  son  liveth."  We  found  that  these  expressions 
correspond  well  with  the  situation  of  Cana  as  com- 
pared with  that  of  Capernaum ;  the  site  of  the  latter 
place  being,  in  its  relative  position,  much  lower.  It 
does  not  appear  that  there  are  many  references  to  Ca- 
na in  early  ecclesiastical  writers.  It  is  mentioned, 
however,  by  St.  Jerome  in  a  letter  to  one  of  his  friends 
by  the  name  of  Marcella,  as  a  place  known  in  his  time, 
and  as  being  "  near  to  Nazareth ;" — expressions  which 
also  harmonize  well  with  the  locality  of  this  village. 

And  yet  it  is  possible,  I  suppose,  that  Kefr  Cana  is 
a  comparatively  new  village,  which  has  taken  the 
place  and  which  bears  the  name  of  some  older  and 
deserted  village  in  the  vicinity.  Such,  at  least,  is  the 
opinion  of  some  persons.  Mr.  Thompson  and  myself 
were  taken  by  a  guide  whom  we  obtained  at  the  vil- 
lage, to  a  rocky  hill,  a  mile  and  a  half  distant,  where 
the  remains  of  an  ancient  village  may  be  seen,  which 
the  guide  seems  to  have  regarded  as  the  original  Ca- 
na. There  is  another  place  to  the  north  of  this,  which 
bears  the  name  of  Cana.  It  is  situated  within  the 
limits  of  the  large  plain  of  Buttauf.  This  place  is 
43* 


510  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 

some  six  or  seven  miles  distant  from  Kefr  Cana.  On- 
ly a  few  remains  of  buildings  are  now  seen  there.  We 
intended  to  have  gone  to  this  ancient  and  decayed 
place,  but  our  guide,  professing  to  be  ignorant  of  its 
situation,  and  being  quite  unwilling  to  attempt  to  find 
it,  we  gave  up  our  purpose.  The  place  last  named 
was  visited  by  our  learned  countryman,  Dr.  Robin- 
son, who  gives  reasons  which  are  worthy  of  much 
consideration,  in  favor  of  the  supposition  that  the  Cana 
of  Buttauf  is  the  true  Cana  of  the  Gospels. 

A  few  of  these  questions  remain  to  be  settled  by 
time  and  further  inquiries.  The  resident  people  and 
Christians  in  Palestine,  who  have  the  control  of  the 
"  sacred  places,"  as  they  are  called,  seem  to  have  de- 
cided in  favor  of  the  Cana  which  is  nearest  to  Naza- 
reth. It  was  natural  that  we  should  take  much  inter- 
est in  this  place,  notwithstanding  the  doubts  which  at- 
tach to  it.  We  were  shown,  accordingly,  into  the 
small  but  neat  church,  erected  over  the  traditionary 
place  where  the  Saviour  performed  his  first  miracle. 
Like  the  other  churches  of  Palestine,  both  Greek  and 
Catholic,  it  is  adorned  with  a  number  of  paintings, 
which,  however,  are  of  no  especial  merit.  We  saw 
here  also,  in  the  interior  of  the  building,  and  arrayed 
in  a  row  on  the  side  of  the  wall,  a  number  of  large 
water-jars  made  of  stone  and  capable  of  holding  from 
ten  to  twelve  gallons  each.  Of  the  history  of  these 
jars,  although  they  are  regarded  here  as  having  some 
connection  with  the  miracle,  we  could  obtain  no  in- 
formation which  would  be  entitled  to  reliance.  Large 
jars  of  this  kind,  some  of  them  whole  and  others  brok- 
en, were  seen  by  us  in  the  fields  of  this  village  and  in 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  511 

the  vicinity  of  its  houses ;  just  as  we  had  seen  in  other 
places  the  scattered  and  broken  fragments  of  columns. 

Resuming  our  journey  we  went  from  Cana  to  Naza- 
reth. Before  reaching  Nazareth,  and  at  about  two 
miles  distance,  we  passed  a  small,  secluded  village 
on  our  right, — beautified  by  its  fountain  and  trees. 
There  were  many  people  at  the  fountain,  watering 
their  flocks  and  camels.  This  is  probably  the  place 
which  has  sometimes  been  mentioned  by  travellers 
under  the  name  of  Raneh. 

We  approached  the  city  of  Nazareth  over  the  hill, 
which  lays  to  the  south  of  it.  It  was  from  the  sum- 
mit of  this  hill  that  we  obtained  our  first  view.  Im- 
mediately below  us  was  a  basin  or  low  sunken  valley, 
running  in  a  northeast  direction.  It  connects  in  that 
direction  with  the  great  valley  or  plain  of  Esdraelon. 
The  eye  could  easily  and  accurately  survey  it  for  the 
distance  of  more  than  a  mile.  On  the  eastern  and 
western  sides  were  lofty  hills,  approaching  each  other 
at  the  base,  but  gradually  separating  to  the  distance 
of  half  a  mile.  The  eastern  hill  is  partially  cultivated. 
The  city  of  Nazareth  is  directly  opposite  on  the  rocky 
slope  of  the  hill  on  the  western  side.  The  deep  valley, 
the  precipitous  rocks,  the  city,  the  hills,  the  lofty  sy- 
camores, the  groves  of  olives,  the  green  grassy  spots 
upon  which  the  flocks  of  goats  and  sheep  repose, 
formed  a  wild  but  variegated  and  romantic  picture 
which  is  not  often  seen. 

At  the  base  of  the  southern  hill  and  on  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  valley  we  pitched  our  tents  under  the 
shade  of  some  tall  sycamore  trees.  A  little  below  the 
place  of  our  tents  there  is  a  fountain,  which  flows 


512  LETTERS— .ESTHETIC, 

through  the  valley  towards  the  plain  of  Esdraelon. 
Many  persons,  chiefly  young  women,  were  almost  con- 
stantly passing  and  repassing  with  water-jars  on  their 
heads.  The  fountain  is  called  Mary's  fountain,  in 
memory  of  the  mother  of  the  Redeemer ;  and  it  is 
certainly  a  reasonable  supposition,  when  we  remem- 
ber the  customs  of  the  country,  that  she  often  came 
to  its  waters  in  company  with  the  "  child  Jesus."  The 
fountain  cannot  have  changed  its  position,  and  the 
customs  of  the  country  are  the  same  that  existed  at 
that  time. 

The  city,  which  is  surrounded  by  walls,  is  at  a  little 
distance,  occupying  in  all  probability  the  precise  place 
where  it  stood  in  the  time  of  Christ.  Bare,  frowning 
rocks  tower  above  it.  To  the  top  of  these  rocks  we 
did  not  go ;  but  it  is  said  that  their  summit,  rising 
some  fifteen  hundred  feet  above  the  sea,  furnishes  a 
very  extensive  prospect,  reaching  from  the  Jordan  on 
the  one  side  to  the  Mediterranean  on  the  other.  In 
the  depths  of  the  valley  below  the  city,  which  is  water- 
ed by  the  fountain  of  Mary,  are  gardens  and  groves 
of  olive  and  fig-trees.  Such  is  the  place  where  the 
Saviour  spent  the  greater  part  of  his  life.  It  is  a 
place  which  is  almost  entirely  secluded  from  the  world ; 
and  thus  is  peculiarly  fitted  for  the  growth  of  a  pure 
and  contemplative  mind.  In  natural  beauty,  howev- 
er, notwithstanding  its  great  seclusion,  it  is  one  of  the 
bright  and  lovely  places  of  the  earth.  In  historical 
interest  it  is  second  only  to  Bethlehem  and  Jerusalem. 

We  reached  this  interesting  place  on  the  afternoon 
of  Saturday,  and  remained  there  over  the  Sabbath. — 
Soon  after  our  arrival   I  left  our  tent  and  went  into 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  513 

the  city.     In  going  through  the  streets  I  was  cheered 
by  the  open  and  friendly  countenances  of  many  of  the 
people, — all  strangers  to  me, — and  yet  I  could  not  feel 
that  the  heart  was  entirely  a  stranger.     The  name  of 
Jesus,  operating  by  the  inspirations  of  confidence  and 
love,  constitutes  the  world  into  a  family.     And   little 
does  he  know  of  the  power  of  that  wonderful  name 
who  has  not  experienced  in  himself  a  growth  and  ex- 
pansion of  the  affections, — such  as  can   place  the  ties 
of  humanity  and  of  a  common   salvation   above  the 
differences  of  situation,   history   and  language.     Mo- 
hammedans are  found  here ;  but  the  large  majority  of 
the  inhabitants,  estimated  to  be  four  thousand  in  num- 
ber,   are   Christians, — chiefly    Roman    Catholics   and 
members  of  the  Greek  church, — together  with   some 
Maronites.     Differing  from  those  whom  I  saw  around 
me  in  various  incidents  of  situation  and   of  religious 
belief,  it  was  natural  notwithstanding,  that  I  should 
feel  a  new  impulse  of  gratitude   and  love  to  God — a 
new  strength  of  the   bonds  of  the   common  relation- 
ship existing  between  man  and  man — when  I  met  for 
the  first  time  with  groups   of  men,  women   and  chil- 
dren within  the  circuit  of  the  hills  which  constituted 
the  earthly  home  of  our  common  Saviour. 

One  of  the  principal  edifices  of  the  present  city  is 
the  Franciscan  or  Latin  convent,  which  is  enclosed 
with  walls  and  is  strongly  built.  It  is  on  the  eastern 
or  lower  side  of  the  city,  as  it  slopes  down  from  the 
western  hill,  and  not  far  from  a  steep  descent  into  the 
lowest  part  of  the  valley.  Within  the  walls  of  the 
convent  is  the  church  of  the  Annunciation,  occupying 
the  traditional  place  where  Joseph  and  Mary  resided. 


514  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

On  the  Sabbath  I  went  there  at  the  hour  of  worship. 
The  interior  of  the  church,  which  seemed  to  me  a 
well-built  and  in  some  respects  a  rich  and  costly  edi- 
fice, is  adorned  with  paintings  and  hung  with  drapery. 
Many  people,  decent  in  dress  and  quiet  and  serious 
in  appearance,  were  assembled.  The  place  itself,  in- 
dependently of  the  utterance  of  religous  truth  and 
of  the  methods  of  worship,  could  hardly  fail  to  ex- 
cite sentiments  of  religious  recollection  and  homage. 
There  is  truth,  eloquence  and  inspiration  in  the  sound 
of  the  organ ;  but  it  seemed  to  have  a  new  power 
of  heavenly  tenderness,  as  I  heard  it  for  the  first 
and  last  time  over  the  rocky  cavern  which  is  supposed 
to  have  formed  a  part  of  the  home  of  the  mother  of 
Jesus. 

We  were  shown  in  another  place,  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  the  convent,  a  -small  chapel,  which  is  said 
to  occupy  the  site  of  the  workshop  in  which  Joseph 
pursued  his  trade  as  a  carpenter.  In  another  part  of 
the  city  and  under  the  roof  of  a  small  chapel,  we  were 
conducted  to  a  large  piece  of  rock,  twelve  feet  long 
by  about  nine  in  breadth, — which  derives  its  interest 
from  the  ancient  tradition  that  it  had  been  used  by 
our  Saviour  and  his  disciples  as  a  table  from  which 
they  ate,  both  before  and  after  his  resurrection. 

On  one  occasion  when  the  Saviour  was  preaching 
in  the  synagogue  of  Nazareth,  the  people  were  offend- 
ed at  the  boldness  and  plainness  of  his  instructions ; 
and  we  are  told  by  the  evangelist  Luke  that  they 
u  rose  up  and  thrust  him  out  of  the  city,  and  led  him 
unto  the  brow  of  the  hill,  whereon  their  city  was  built 
that  they  might  cast  him  down  headlong."    There  are 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  515 

a  number  of  steep  places  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city 
which  would  answer  to  the  terms  of  this  statement. 
The  celebrated  traveller,  Dr.  Clarke,  who  visited  this 
place  a  few  years  since,  thinks  that  a  precipice  a  little 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  city  and  above  the  Maronite 
church,  is  probably  the  precise  spot  which  is  alluded 
to  in  this  passage. 

Such  are  some  of  the  objects,  natural  and  histori- 
cal, which  interest  the  traveller's  attention  in  Naza- 
reth. But  I  stop  here,  after  what  we  have  thus  seen, 
both  here  and  in  other  parts  of  Palestine,  to  meditate 
a  moment  upon  the  character  of  that  wonderful  be- 
ing, whose  history  is  closely  associated  with  these 
places.  We,  who  live  in  these  later  ages,  have  never 
seen  personally  this  great  friend  and  teacher  of  our 
race  ;  but  I  suppose  I  may  be  permitted  to  say  in 
common  with  many  others,  that  long  and  grateful 
meditations  on  his  history  have  given  an  existence  to 
his  image  in  the  heart.  He  lives  in  the  soul ; — always 
in  the  consolations  of  his  sustaining  and  sympathetic 
presence ;  and  sometimes  in  the  brightness  of  that 
heavenly  appearance,  of  that  celestial  personality, 
which  imagination  loves  to  originate  and  to  ascribe 
to  him.  But  perhaps,  I  may  justly  add,  that  these 
scenes,  where  he  grew  up  from  childhood,  and  where 
he  toiled  and  suffered,  have  given  him  a  greater  dis- 
tinctness in  my  thoughts  ; — a  greater  nearness  in  my 
affections. 

In  the  passage  in  the  Antiquities  of  Josephus,  where 
. -a  reference  is  made  to  Christ,  he  is  spoken  of  as  a 
man  of  wisdom,  as  a  teacher,  and  as  a  doer  of  won- 
derful works ;  but  no  reference  is  made  to  his  person- 


516  LETTERS — ESTHETIC, 

al  appearance.  Nor  is  there  any  account  of  his  per- 
sonal appearance  in  the  more  authentic  record  of  the 
evangelists.  There  is  a  painted  portrait,  however, 
which  is  very  ancient,  and  which  purports  in  the  Latin 
inscription  which  accompanies  it,  to  be  a  true  portrait 
of  the  Saviour.  This  celebrated  portrait,  which  was 
brought  to  Palestine  from  Spain  many  ages  since, 
was  formerly  in  possession  of  the  Franciscan  convent 
of  Nazareth,  and  still  belongs  to  it.  We  made  in- 
quiries for  it,  but  learned  that  it  had  been  taken  for 
some  temporary  purpose  to  another  convent.  It  would 
be  interesting  to  know  more  fully  the  history  of  this 
portrait,  which  naturally  attracts  a  considerable  de- 
gree of  curiosity. 

There  is  also  a  letter  extant,  purporting  to  have 
been  written  during  the  life-time  of  Christ  by  Pub- 
iius  Lentulus  to  the  Roman  Senate,  which  gives  a 
description  of  Christ's  person.  He  says,  "  there  ap- 
peared in  these  our  days  a  man  of  great  virtue,  named 
Jesus  Christ,  who  is  yet  living  among  us ; — and  of 
the  Gentiles  is  accepted  as  a  prophet  of  the  truth,  but 
his  own  disciples  call  him  the  Son  of  God."  The 
writer  goes  on  to  describe  him,  as  curing  all  manner 
of  diseases  and  as  raising  the  dead.  He  then  farther 
describes  him  as  comely  or  well  formed,  and  some- 
what tall  in  stature; — with  a  serious  expression  of 
countenance,  but  such  as  is  calculated  to  excite  love 
as  well  as  reverence.  His  hair,  which  is  represented 
as  being  divided  or  parted  on  the  forehead,  varied  in 
color, — being  of  the  color  of  a  ripe  filbert  on  the  head, 
but  where  it  flowed  and  curled  over  his  shoulders,  of 
a  bright  or  orient  hue.     He  represents  his  forehead  as 


* 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  517 

smooih  and  delicate ; — the  face  without  spot  or  wrin- 
kle, and  expressive  of  innocence  as  well  as  of  serious- 
ness. He  speaks  of  him  as  a  man  of  great  modesty 
as  well  as  wisdom  of  speech, — courteous  in  admonish- 
ing,— solemn  and  impressive  in  reproof. 

These  and  other  things  are  said  in  this  letter,  which 
is  admitted  to  be  ancient,  although  it  is  not  received 
by  learned  men  and  critics  as  having  been  written  at 
the  time  claimed  for  it,  and  by  the  person  to  whom  it 
is  ascribed.  But  without  being  necessarily  regarded 
as  genuine  in  the  matter  of  its  authorship,  it  is  not 
unreasonable  to  suppose  that  it  may  possibly  embody 
some  of  the  traditional  ideas  of  the  Saviour's  person- 
al appearance,  which  were  handed  down  undoubtedly 
for  many  ages.  Some  of  the  great  painters  have  been 
aided  in  their  attempts  to  represent  the  Saviour's  ap- 
pearance by  the  ideas  embodied  in  it. 

I  have  been  at  the  place  where  he  was  born  and 
the  place  where  he  died  ; — to  the  river  where  he  was 
baptized  and  the  garden  where  he  suffered  his  agony. 
It  has  been  my  privilege  to  visit  that  "  well  of  Jacob," 
where  he  conversed  with  the  woman  of  Samaria;  and 
in  looking  down  upon  the  lake  of  Galilee,  I  may  be 
said  almost  literally  to  have  seen  the  place  of  his  foot- 
steps on  the  sea.  I  am  now  in  Nazareth.  With  deep 
emotion  I  look  upon  the  place  where  he  grew  up — a 
child  among  children — the  son  of  an  humble  and  be- 
lieving mother.  It  was  here,  on  these  hills  and  in  this 
deep  and  secluded  valley — the  playmate  of  the  fountain 
and  the  rocks — that  he  walked  abroad  in  the  evening 
shade  or  in  the  early  morning  ray.  It  was  here,  in 
the  solitude  of  nature  and  in  the  divine  stillness  of 
44 


518  LETTERS — AESTHETIC, 

the  soul,  that  he  listened  to  the  holy  revelations  of 
truth  and  love.  It  was  here  that  he  "increased  in 
wisdom  and  stature,  and  in  favor  with  God  and  man." 
His  story  is  in  the  Bible.  The  scene  of  it  is  in  these 
regions,  which  we  have  thus  been  permitted  to  visit. 
Whatever  doubts  may  now  rest  upon  his  personal 
appearance,  none  rests  upon  the  great  facts  of  his  in- 
carnation, his  character,  his  labors,  the  scenes  of  his 
residence,  and  his  history.  Unchanging  nature  stands 
up  in  faithful  confirmation  of  the  historian's  statement. 

Jesus  Christ  came  into  the  world  a  sacrifice  for  sin. 
He  died  that  the  world  might  be  restored  from  sin  by 
his  sufferings  and  death,  and  once  more  brought  into 
harmony  with  God.  From  the  moment  that  he  as- 
cended the  altar  of  sacrifice  and  was  fastened  there — 
an  offering  so  pure,  so  exalted,  that  all  men  and  holy 
angels  and  all  holy  existences  might  see  it — from  that 
hour  of  transcendent  agony  and  of  infinite  victory — 
all  types  and  shadows  and  offerings  and  sacrifices  fled 
away.  The  cross  on  the  rock  of  Calvary  was  the  last 
altar.  Christ  was  the  last  victim.  That  great  suffer- 
ing reaches  and  heals  all  other  suffering.  Of  its 
mighty  power  ill  purifying  the  soul  from  evil  and  in 
giving  hope  in  sorrow  and  despair,  what  place,  what 
country,  what  period  of  time  has  been  ignorant  ? 

But  Christ  was  a  teacher  also.  From  the  begin- 
ning of  time  the  question  has  been  asked  by  wise 
men  of  different  countries, — what  is  moral  goodness, 
— what  is  virtue?  Plato,  instructed  by  the  example 
of  Socrates  and  by  the  priests  of  Egypt,  and  aided 
still  more  by  his  own  reflections,  made  some  approach- 
es to  the  true  answer  j  but  spake  nevertheless  obscure- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  519 

ly  and  with  hesitation.  But  Jesus  Christ,  the  child 
of  the  mountains  of  Judea,  not  educated  in  Grecian 
and  Roman  schools,  but  taught  inwardly  by  the  Holy 
Ghost,  spake  openly  and  clearly.  He  grasped  the 
truth  without  reasoning  upon  it ; — because  the  truth 
harmonizing  with  purity,  and  fleeing  from  everything 
which  is  impure,  is  the  necessary  development  of 
holy  hearts ;  and  because  it  proclaims  its  nature  and 
its  name  where  there  are  such  hearts  to  receive  and 
appreciate  it,  in  the  very  fact  of  its  existence.  By  his 
own  nature,  therefore,  he  was  a  prophet  of  the  truth. 
Being  born  of  God  and  taught  of  God,  he  had  the 
truth  in  himself;  it  was  incarnated  in  his  heavenly 
nature , — it  lived  in  his  life  and  spake  in  his  voice  j — 
and  he  uttered  it,  therefore,  not  in  the  slow  process 
of  syllogisms,  but  by  the  intuitive  impulse  and  neces- 
sities of  inspiration. 

If  virtue  may  be  described  very  properly  as  the 
highest  excellence  of  moral  beings,  there  is  one  thing 
according  to  the  doctrines  of  Jesus  Christ  and  only 
one  thing  which  can  constitute  it.  He  gave  it  a  name 
on  the  Galilean  mountains ;  and  he  illustrated  its 
reality  on  the  bloody  rock  of  Calvary.  It  is  Love  ; — 
not  merely  of  father  and  mother,  of  brother  and  sister  ; 
— not  merely  of  those  of  our  own  name,  language 
and  nation  ; — but  the  love,  pure  by  being  unselfish, — 
of  all  men,  of  all  climes,  countries  and  situations ; — 
and  not  only  of  all  men  but  of  all  existences  which  are 
the  appropriate  objects  of  love; — a  love  which  flows 
from  God  in  its  source,  is  sustained  by  God  in  its 
action,  and  attaches  itself  to  everything  of  which  God 
is  the  author,  and  in  which  He  takes  an  interest. 


520  LETTEKS .ESTHETIC, 

Such  love  is  Virtue  ; — not  merely  the  abstract  con- 
ception of  virtue,  but  its  living  essence.  Being  a  life, 
it  has  life's  mighty  and  living  power.  It  unites  God 
with  the  creatures  of  God.  It  unites  the  creatures  of 
God  with  each  other.  It  abolishes  all  exclusiveness 
and  all  limitations,  which  are  not  founded  in  the  high- 
est wisdom  and  required  by  the  highest  good.  And  in 
its  mighty  power  and  vast  extent,  passing  as  it  does 
from  the  centre  to  the  limits  of  existence,  it  may  be 
said  to  harmonize  infinity. 

It  was  thus  that  the  babe  of  Bethlehem,  the  child 
of  the  hills  and  the  fountain  of  Nazareth,  without  the 
learning  of  those  who  professed  to  be  philosophers, 
and  yet  with  a  wisdom  far  above  human  wisdom,  an- 
ticipated and  expounded  the  doctrines  of  Augustine 
and  Fenelon. 

And  yet  it  is  worthy  of  notice,  that  he  did  not  an- 
nounce his  doctrines,  however  novel  and  important 
they  might  be,  with  any  of  the  forms  and  affectations 
of  worldly  ceremony.  Brought  up  in  the  mountains, 
and  not  in  palaces,  he  was  no  son  of  the  Caesars ;  but 
a  plain  humble  man  of  the  people.  He  spake  "  as 
one  having  authority,"  and  yet  without  the  badges  of 
authority.  He  had  no  sword  by  his  side,  no  diadem 
on  his  head,  and  wore  no  floating  and  decorated  robe 
of  office.  The  vaulted  roof  of  his  church  was  the 
clear  blue  heavens  above  him.  His  rostrum  was  a 
rock  on  the  height  of  Tell  Hattin,  or  a  fisherman's 
boat  on  the  sea  of  Tiberias.  His  audience  was  the 
universal  heart  of  man  embodied  and  represented  in 
the  poor  and  suffering  multitudes  of  men,  women  and 
children  around  him.    Humanity  with  him  was  some- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  521 

thing  which  was  far  above  the  ordinary  distinctions 
which  separate  man  from  man.  His  insight  into  the 
destinies  of  the  future  elevated  the  individual,  and 
gave  a  vastness  to  his  character  by  means  of  the  vast 
sphere  of  development  which  expanded  around  him. 
He  saw  in  the  small  circle  of  man's  present  low  es- 
tate, an  infinity  of  progress.  He  saw  in  the  poorest, 
the  most  ignorant  man, — the  man  on  whom  power 
sets  its  heavy  foot  and  crushes  him  to  the  earth, — if 
not  the  seeds  and  beginnings,  at  least  the  possibilities 
of  eternal  truth,  eternal  good  affection,  and  eternal 
glory.  And  therefore  his  heart  of  love  was  filled  with 
the  deepest  sympathy — he  recognized  a  bond  of  pity- 
ing and  sympathetic  union  between  himself  and  the 
greatest  sinner, — and  whatever  he  had  to  say,  flowing 
from  the  depths  of  eternal  wisdom  and  goodness,  was 
said  in  the  spirit  of  self-forge tfulness, — without  the  ar- 
tifices of  a  false  rhetoric, — truly,  simply  and  feelingly. 
But  this  is  a  subject  on  which  more  might  be  said, 
and  perhaps  more  appropriately  on  some  other  occa- 
sion. I  will  only  add  a  single  remark.  The  truths 
'of  Christ, — I  mean  those  which  go  most  deeply  into 
man's  nature  and  destiny, — are  beginning  to  have  an 
effect  which  they  have  not  had  hitherto,  because  the 
day  appropriate  to  them  had  not  yet  come.  They  are 
gradually,  if  not  rapidly,  altering  the  social  and  politi- 
cal as  well  as  the  religious  condition  of  things.  Jesus 
Christ,  in  the  result  of  those  great  influences  which 
must  necessarily  originate  from  him,  will  be  found  at 
last  to  be  a  king  as  well  as  priest.  He  came  into  the 
world  not  only  to  save  individuals,  but  to  hold  the 
destiny  and  to  be  the  Saviour  of  nations.  And  ac- 
44* 


522  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

cordingly  the  secret  but  mighty  virtue  which  is  pro- 
ceeding from  the  bleeding  hands  and  side  of  this  great 
leader  of  the  people,  is  breaking  up  old  political  sys- 
tems which  had  extended  their  gigantic  limbs  over 
the  world,  and  which  age  had  strengthened  into  ada- 
mant. "What  means,  during  the  more  recent  periods 
of  human  history,  this  falling  of  towers  and  bastilles, 
unable  to  withstand  the  billows  of  the  great  masses 
of  the  world's  population  which  are  rising  up  from 
their  depths  and  dashing  against  them  ?  And  at  the 
present  moment,  states,  kingdoms,  dynasties,  no  lon- 
ger secured  by  the  principles  of  hereditary  authority, 
are  rocking  to  and  fro  on  their  uneasy  foundations. 
The  instinct  of  a  great  fear,  which  foresees  the  com- 
ing of  unknown  confusions  and  overthrows,  pervades 
the  thought  and  heart  of  millions.  It  is  a  fear  of  that 
change,  or  rather  of  that  destruction  of  everything 
at  variance  with  the  best  social  and  civil  interests  of 
man,  which  is  embodied  in  the  doctrines  of  Christ  and 
which  cannot  fail  to  come  in  its  time. 

The  first  contest  is  between  the  past  and  the  pre- 
sent— between  institutions  and  rights — between  ty- 
ranny and  freedom.  But  freedom, — great  and  desira- 
ble as  it  is, — is  rather  a  condition  than  a  principle ; — 
is  rather  the  capacity  of  life  than  life  itself.  And  yet 
it  is  only  in  the  wide  area,  which  the  arm  of  civil  liber- 
ty shall  open  and  consecrate,  that  truth  will  be  able  to 
establish  the  great  and  final  empire  of  Love.  The 
battle-axe  of  the  wars  of  freedom,  lifted  perhaps  in 
the  severe  and  forewarning  spirit  of  John  the  Baptist, 
and  sometimes  striking  without  fully  knowing  its  own 
object,  is  nevertheless  hewing  the  way  for  Christ's  en- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  523 


trance.  Its  heavy  sound  reminds  one  of  that  voice 
which  was  heard  in  the  wilderness,  "  Prepare  ye  the 
way  of  the  Lord." 

Everything  indicates  the  voice  and  the  stirrings  of 
a  great  preparation  for  the  coming  of  Christ.  And  he 
comes, — whoever  and  whatever  may  be  his  precursor, 
— to  substitute  his  own  principles  for  those  of  a  differ- 
ent character,  and  to  realize  his  own  pure  and  pacific 
conceptions.  He  comes,  therefore,  not  with  the  sword, 
but  the  olive-branch  ;  not  to  reign  by  violence,  but  by 
the  authority  of  wisdom  and  brotherly  kindness  ; — not 
to  found  dynasties,  but  to  purify,  elevate  and  estab- 
lish humanity.  If  old  systems  of  law  are  abolished 
and  constitutions  of  government  pass  away,  if  the  dis- 
cordant Babel  of  grey-headed  antiquity  is  shaken  to 
its  foundations,  the  patriot  of  a  single  and  exclusive 
interest  and  a  single  people,  who  sees  no  universe  be- 
yond the  metes  and  bounds  of  a  factitious  nationality, 
will  undoubtedly  mourn ;  but  the  patriot  after  Christ's 
great  model — the  patriot  of  all  interests  and  all  na- 
tions— will  put  on  heart  and  hope,  because  he  fore- 
sees that  the  institutions  of  the  past  which  have  al- 
ways had  selfishness  and  blood  at  their  foundations, 
will  be  displaced  and  substituted  by  the  great  charter 
and  kingdom  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount. 

And  here  in  the  solitary  valley  of  Nazareth,  where 
the  beauty  and  silence  of  nature  come  in  aid  of  re- 
flection and  memory,  it  is  not  easy  for  the  traveller  to 
forget  that  the  mighty  Law-giver,  from  whom  these 
things  proceed,  sat  in  his  mother's  arms  beneath  this 
sun-light;  was  nurtured  beneath  these  overhanging 
rocks ;  and  spent  the  days  of  his  childhood  and  youth 
by  the  side  of  this  murmuring  fountain. 


524  LETTERS ^ESTHETIC, 


(LIII.) 

Departure  from  Nazareth — Mount  Carmel — Arrival  at  Caipha — Ascent 
of  Carmel — View  from  its  summit — Carmelite  convent — River 
Belus — St.  John  d'Acre — White  Promontory — Phenician  plain — 
Ras  El  Ain — City  of  Tyre — Historical  notices — Remarks — River 
Leontes — Arabs. 

SYRIA,  BANKS  OF  THE  LEONTES,  JUNE  1,  1853. 

We  left  Nazareth  on  the  thirtieth  of  May,  on  our 
way  to  Mount  Carmel.  In  a  short  time,  we  came 
again  into  the  plain  of  Esdraelon. — We  had  not  pro- 
ceeded far  when  the  lofty  and  beautiful  ridge  of  Car- 
mel came  fully  in  sight.  Descending  into  the  long, 
level  plain,  which  terminates  on  the  Mediterranean 
at  the  bay  of  St  John  d'  Acre,  we  came  upon  the  track 
of  the  river  Kishon,  which  here  collects  its  waters  and 
becomes  a  considerable  stream.  This  stream  flows 
for  some  distance  along  the  base  of  the  mountain. 
The  ridge  of  Carmel,  covered  with  its  groves  of  small 
oaks,  rose  above  us  on  our  left. 

Carmel  has  its  place  in  history  and  poetry.  The 
events  of  which  it  has  been  the  scene,  connect  it  with 
history.  Its  numerous  caverns,  which  is  one  of  its 
peculiarities,  rendered  it  the  abodes  of  men,  whose 
marked  and  towering  characters  necessarily  made  them 
historical. — It  was  here  that  Elijah  and  Elisha,  too 
stern  and  uncompromising  for  the  smooth  and  vicious 
civilities  of  palaces,  oftentimes  made  their  residence. 
It  was  at  this  mountain  that  the  contest  took  place 
between  Elijah  and  the  prophets  of  Baal;  which  may 
well  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  remarkable  historical 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  525 

incidents  in  the  Scriptures.  The  graceful  beauty  of 
Carmel,  rising  at  times  into  magnificence,  connects  it 
with  poetry  as  well  as  history.  Picturesque  and  often 
grand  in  its  appearance,  it  is  a  mountain  which  is  fit- 
ted to  fill  and  delight  a  creative  and  imaginative  eye. 
And  accordingly  references,  such  as  naturally  suggest 
themselves  to  a  poetic  mind,  are  made  to  it  in  the 
prophets — Amos,  Jeremiah  and  Isaiah, — and  also  in 
the  book  of  Canticles.  In  those  better  days,  to  which 
the  people  of  God  look  forward  with  such  great  inter- 
est, the  solitary  place  and  the  desert  shall  blossom 
and  rejoice,  in  the  language  of  the  prophet  Isaiah, 
"  with  the  glory  of  Lebanon  and  with  the  excellency 
of  Carmel" 

Originally  it  was  very  fertile  and  well  cultivated. 
I  am  not  surprised  that  the  ancients,  struck  with  its 
beauty  and  fertility,  called  it  by  the  poetic  name  which 
it  bears,  and  which  means  the  "  vineyard  or  garden  of 
God."  It  has  not  wholly  lost  its  ancient  reputation. 
Unlike  the  naked  mountains  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Jerusalem,  it  is  covered  with  a  variety  of  trees,  such 
as  oaks,  olives,  pines  and  laurels.  Odoriferous  plants 
and  flowers  are  found  upon  it.  Without  laying  claims 
to  its  ancient  fertility,  it  is  still  susceptible  of  cultiva- 
tion in  many  places,  and  furnishes  pasturage  for  cattle 
on  its  sides  and  summit.  Flocks  of  goats  browse 
among  its  cliffs.  The  long  plains  which  stretch  from 
its  base,  are  fertile  now ;  and  formerly  must  have 
been  so  in  a  remarkable  degree. — -In  the  rainy  season 
numerous  brooks  rush  down  from  its  sides.  These 
brooks,  sometimes  collecting  in  large  pools  at  the 
base  of  the  mountain,  find  their  way  into  the  Kishon. 


526  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Clusters  of  bushes  and  flowering  plants  grow  on  the 
edge  of  their  narrow  channels. 

Passing  some  six  or  eight  miles  along  the  base  of 
these  celebrated  heights,  with  but  little  to  diversify 
our  journey  except  from  time  to  time  the  sight  of  a 
small  Arab  village  or  a  herd  of  cattle  tended  by  the 
herdsmen  on  the  reedy  plain,  we  came  at  last  to  the 
pleasant,  maritime  town  of  Caipha; — situated  on  a 
small  bay  by  the  same  name,  forming  a  part  of  the 
great  bay  of  Acre.  Without  thinking  it  necessary  to 
delay  at  this  town,  we  passed  on  through  an  extensive 
grove  of  large  and  aged  olive  trees,  which  is  a  little 
beyond  it.  From  this  grove,  whose  grateful  shade 
protected  us  for  a  time  from  the  burning  heat  of  the 
sun,  we  ascended  the  mountain  by  a  steep  and  difFcult 
path  to  the  portion  of  the  lofty  summit,  which  hangs 
almost  perpendicularly  over  the  sea.  As  we  looked 
down,  the  sea  was  at  least  a  thousand  feet  below  us. 
We  stopped  and  gazed  intently  upon  the  wide  and 
magnificent  prospect  which  was  thus  opened  to  our 
view.  Along  the  shores  of  the  bay  of  Acre,  which  is 
bounded  on  its  southern  side  by  the  projecting  heights 
of  Carmel,  the  billows,  with  their  hoarse  and  unchang- 
ing sound,  fell  heavily  upon  the  sandy  beach.  The 
town  of  Caipha,  to  which  I  have  already  referred,  was 
directly  beneath  us.  The  dark  wreck  of  an  English 
vessel,  at  no  great  distance,  lay  fastened  in  the  sands 
and  beaten  by  the  waves.  A  few  merchant  vessels, 
with  their  broad  white  sails,  glittered  upon  the  blue 
and  unruffled  ocean.  St.  John  d'  Acre,  the  ancient 
Ptolemais,  was  in  sight,  a  few  miles  distant,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  circuitous  bay.     And  leaning  upon 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  527 

the  vapory  sky  beyond  the  city,  were  dimly  seen  the 
rough  and  misty  heights  of  Lebanon  and  Anti-Leba- 
non. 

Upon  the  abrupt  and  lofty  eminence  which  we  had 
thus  reached,  there  is  a  Carmelite  convent ; —  a  large 
and  convenient  and  even  elegant  building,  erected  and 
sustained  by  the  contributions  of  pious  Catholics  in 
different  countries.  The  material,  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed, is  a  light-colored  sandstone.  Lofty  in  its  posi- 
tion, and  glittering  in  a  bright  Syrian  sun,  it  made  an 
imposing  appearance.  It  has  been  erected  within  a 
few  years, — and  upon  the  site  of  an  old  one,  which 
once  occupied  its  place. — This  convent  is  understood 
to  be  one  of  the  richest  in  Palestine  ;  and  everything 
which  we  saw,  tended  to  confirm  its  reputation  in  this 
respect.  It  bears  the  appropriate  name  of  the  con- 
vent of  Elijah  ;  whose  name  and  history  are  associa- 
ted with  Carmel  as  that  of  Moses  is  associated  with 
Sinai.  We  were  very  kindly  received  within  its  walls. 
A  monk,  in  the  simple  garb  of  a  Carmelite,  but  with 
no  want  of  propriety  or  even  refinement  of  manners, 

showed  us  its  various   apartments   and  paintings. 

The  circular  chapel  of  the  convent,  into  which  we 
were  conducted,  is  erected  over  a  grotto,  which  reli- 
gious tradition  has  consecrated  as  having  once  been 
honored  by  the  residence  of  Elijah.  Near  the  close 
of  the  day  we  came  down  from  the  mountain,  and 
pitched  our  tents  and  spent  the  night  in  the  vicinity 
of  Caipha. 

E»rly  on  the  next  morning,  the  31st  of  May,  we  re- 
newed our  journey ; — passing  along  the  bay  of  Acre 
towards  its  northern  extremity.     Our  path  was  upon 


528  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

the  smooth  sands  of  the  beach.  The  waves  dashed 
at  the  feet  of  our  horses.  Their  heavy,  but  regular 
and  not  unmusical  sound,  is  in  strange  contrast  with 
the  silence  of  the  desert.  We  crossed  the  river  Ki- 
shon  near  its  entrance  into  the  sea ;  and  were  thus 
reminded  once  more  of  the  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  of 
mount  Tabor.  At  the  distance  of  four  or  five  miles 
beyond  the  Kishon,  we  crossed  the  river  Belus ; — a 
small  stream,  and  at  this  time  easily  fordable,  but 
which  has  some  historical  interest,  in  consequence  of 
being  connected  with  the  discovery  of  the  method  of 
making  glass.  This  river  is  supposed  to  derive  its 
name  from  Baal  or  Bel,  the  deity  of  the  ancient  Phe- 
nicians.  Leaving  the  city  of  St.  John  d'Acre  on  our 
left,  which  we  had  not  time  to  visit,  we  pitched  our 
tents  at  the  close  of  our  day's  journey  some  eight  or 
ten  miles  beyond  it, — on  the  shores  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. 

St.  John  d'Acre,  situated  near  the  northern  extremity 
of  the  large  bay  which  bears  the  same  name,  is  known 
under  the  name  of  Accho  in  the  book  of  Judges  ;  and 
under  that  of  Ptolemais  in  the  book  of  Acts.  The 
latter  name  was  given  in  honor  of  one  of  the  Ptole- 
mies. Its  harbor  is  small,  and  unfavorably  situated ; 
but  still  it  is  a  place  of  some  commerce  and  much  his- 
torical interest.  It  was  taken  by  the  Saracens  in  the 
year  636.  In  the  year  1099,  when  Europe  had  be- 
come aroused  by  the  sense  of  impending  dangers,  it 
was  wrested  from  the  Saracenic  control  by  the  efforts 
of  the  crusaders  ;  but  afterwards,  in  1187,  was  retaken 
by  the  Saracens  under  Saladin.  It  is  connected,  also, 
with  the  strange  and  bloody  wars  of  modern  history. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  529 

In  the  year  1799,  it  was  successfully  defended  by  Sir 
Sidney  Smith  against  the  attacks  of  Bonaparte.  It 
would  have  been  pleasing  to  have  stopped  at  a  place 
which  had  become  renowned  by  so  many  incidents  ; — 
but  we  were  obliged  to  pass  on.  The  vicinity  of  Acre, 
however,  reminds  us  that  we  are  now  entering  upon 
the  small  but  celebrated  territory  of  ancient  Phenicia. 
The  sites  of  its  great  and  ancient  cities,  Tyre  and  Si- 
don,  are  not  far  distant. 

At  the  close  of  this  day  we  are  seated  in  our  tents 
on  the  side  of  a  gently  rising  hill.  A  small,  uninter- 
esting village  is  at  a  little  distance.  Clustering  trees 
wave  above  us.  The  sea  breaks  sadly  and  heavily 
upon  the  long,  sandy  beach. 

In  the  morning,  June  1st,  we  resumed  our  march. 
We  soon  began  to  ascend  rocky  heights,  which  pro- 
ject from  Anti-Lebanon,  and  look  directly  down  upon 
the  Mediterranean.  These  heights  are  the  Djebel 
Nakhura.  Then  we  came,  in  the  course  of  a  few 
miles,  to  the  celebrated  place  called  the  White  Pro- 
montory,— the  Album  Promontorium  of  the  ancient 
Romans.  In  order  to  furnish  a  passage  here,  a  way 
has  been  cufrwith  great  labor  over  the  lofty  limestone 
rock,  which  overlooks  perpendicularly  the  waves  of 
the  ocean.  Both  the  ascent  and  descent  are  aided  by 
these  steps,  which  have  given  to  the  place  the  name 
also  of  the  "  ladder  of  Tyre."  Ascending  this  worn 
out  and  broken  ladder,  which  time  and  constant  travel- 
ling have  altered  very  much  from  its  primitive  shape, 
we  reached  the  summit  at  the  height  of  some  five  or 
six  hundred  feet.  The  road  goes  upon  the  very  edge 
of  this  terrible  precipice.  We  looked  down  upon  the 
45 


530  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

dashing  waves.  The  sea-birds  spread  their  wings  and 
screamed  beneath  us.  A  single  vessel  was  in  sight, 
on  what  was  once  the  great  highway  of  commerce. 
It  was  over  this  dizzy  rock  that  Alexander  led  his  for- 
ces to  the  conquest  of  Tyre. 

As  we  approached  the  middle  of  the  day,  we  came 
upon  the  celebrated  Phenician  plain,  bounded  on  all 
sides  except  the  west  by  the  rocky  heights  of  Lebanon 
and  Anti-Lebanon  ; — a  region  small  in  extent,  but  re- 
nowned for  its  fertility,  and  rendered  illustrious  in 
history  by  the  wealth,  arts  and  genius  of  its  two  great 
cities — Tyre  and  Sidon.  The  Phenician  plain  is  thir- 
ty miles  in  length  by  an  average  of  two  or  perhaps 
two  and  a  half  in  breadth  ;  if  we  reckon  it  in  the  usual 
way  as  extending  from  the  White  Promontory  on  the 
north  of  Tyre  to  the  small  river  called  the  Nahr-El- 
Auly,  three  miles  south  of  Sidon.  Before  reaching 
the  city  of  Tyre,  at  the  distance  of  two  miles  and  a 
half  from  it,  we  stopped  at  K/as-El-Ain  or  the  Foun- 
tain-head. At  this  remarkable  place  a  subterranean 
brook,  collecting  its  supplies  of  water  probably  from 
the  base  of  the  mountains  not  far  distant,  bursts  out 
from  the  earth.  The  clear,  pure  water  gushes  up  with 
much  force  ;  and  is  first  collected  in  a  number  of  large 
reservoirs  composed  of  stones  and  gravel  strongly 
united  with  cement.  The  reservoirs,  four  in  number 
and  varying  from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  in  height,  are 
so  constructed,  that  we  could  easily  ascend  them,  and 
walk  about  on  their  broad,  smooth  tops.  The  water 
is  raised  by  means  of  these  artificial  works  to  a  con- 
siderable height;  and  anciently  through  well  con- 
structed aqueducts,   the  remains   of  which  are  still 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  531 

seen,  was  conveyed  in  large  quantities,  both  to  the 
city  of  Tyre  and  over  the  surrounding  country.  At 
the  present  time  a  single  mill  is  turned  by  the  water 
which  flows  from  one  of  the  reservoirs.  The  water, 
which  was  once  employed  for  purposes  of  irrigation 
by  means  of  aqueducts  and  for  the  supply  of  the  city, 
now  flows  off  for  the  most  part  in  a  rapid  brook  to- 
wards the  sea. 

Having  spent  a  little  time  in  examining  these  re- 
markable remains,  we  advanced  in  sadness  over  the 
beautiful  plain,  which  was  once  covered  with  Tyrian 
magnificence.  We  could  not  help  seeing  that  God, 
whose  great  artistic  hand  is  everywhere  building 
homes  of  beauty  out  of  fragmentary  earth  and  stone, 
had  designed  this  spot  between  the  mountains  and 
the  sea,  as  the  residence  of  a  favored  people  and  a 
great  city. 

Tyre,  like  Damascus  and  Thebes,  was  one  of  the 
primitive  cities  of  the  Avorld ; — one  of  the  cradles  of 
wealth,  knowledge  and  civilization.  It  is  mentioned 
as  a  strong  city  in  the  book  of  Joshua.  It  is  again 
mentioned  in  the  time  of  Solomon.  The  minute  de- 
scription of  the  city  in  the  prophet  Ezekiel  is  particu- 
larly worthy  of  notice. 

The  harbor  of  Tyre,  which  reminded  me,  on  a  minia- 
ture scale,  of  that  of  Alexandria,  was  formed  originally 
by  an  island ;  but  was  extended  and  completed  by  a 
sea-wall  of  immense  strength.  The  ancient  city, 
which  is  now  all  swept  away  by  the  destructive  in- 
fluences of  war,  barbarism  and  time,  was  built  chiefly 
upon  the  shore,  and  not  upon  the  island.  This  old 
and  flourishing  place,  renowned  for  its  commerce  and 


532  LETTEKS .ESTHETIC, 

arts,  was  destroyed  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  Assyrian 
king, — or  at  least  that  portion  of  it  which  was  built 
upon  the  main  land, — 573  years  before  the  time  of 
Christ.  A  little  more  than,  two  hundred  years  after, 
the  insular  city,  or  that  portion  which  was  built  upon 
the  neighboring  island,  was  attacked  and  taken  by 
Alexander  the  Great,  after  a  siege  of  eight  months. 
Making  use  of  the  materials  of  the  first  city,  which 
were  scattered  in  fragments  upon  the  shore,  he 
constructed  a  vast  mole,  two  hundred  feet  in  breadth, 
which  extended  from  the  continent  to  the  island. 
The  sands  have  drifted  over  this  great  work ;  and 
thus  the  ancient  island,  which  is  at  the  distance  of  a 
half  or  three  fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  is  con- 
verted into  a  peninsula,  upon  which  the  modern 
city  of  Tyre  now  stands.  Treading  literally  in  the 
steps  of  the  Macedonian  conqueror,  we  passed  slowly 
over  the  isthmus,  and  went  through  and  around  the 
city.  There  are  still  some  remains  of  commerce  here. 
A  few  small  vessels  were  in  the  harbor.  The  tide 
had  receded ;  and  the  rocks  were  laid  bare.  Upon 
these  rocks  the  fisherman  spreads  his  nets.  All  around 
the  city, — on  the  sandy  shore  and  the  sea-beaten  rocks, 
— were  melancholy  evidences  of  the  wealth  and  gi- 
gantic labors  of  other  days ; — fragments  of  walls  and 
of  numberless  large  and  beautiful  columns,  which 
seemed  still  to  have  a  voice  and  to  utter  the  story  of 
their  greatness  and  their  degradation. 

On  this  spot,  before  the  city  of  Alexandria  had  a 
being,  was  the  centre  of  ancient  commerce.  Tyre  was 
the  London  of  ancient  days.  Situated  at  the  head 
of  the  great  sea,  midway  between  the  old  pillars  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  533 

Hercules  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Persian  Gulf  and 
the  Indian  seas  on  the  other,  she  held  her  commer- 
cial dominion  for  nearly  a  thousand  years.  In  these 
streets  walked  the  merchants  of  Egypt.  The  loaded 
camels  of  Judea  and  Damascus  kneeled  at  her  gates. 
On  these  waters  rose  the  masts  of  Lebanon ;  and  the 
sea  foamed  under  the  stroke  of  oars  made  from  the 
oaks  of  Bashan.  The  loud  sound  of  her  sailors' 
voices  echoed  over  the  great  sea-wall  of  her  harbor, 
as  they  came  in  from  distant  Spain  and  barbarous 
Grecian  isles.  Arabia  poured  her  spices  and  balm 
and  frankincense  into  her  lap.  The  ivory  and  the 
costly  woods  of  the  Persian  gulf  adorned  her  pala- 
ces. The  mother  of  arts,  she  clothed  the  world  in 
her  linen  and  purple.  The  mother  of  knowledge,  she 
sent  her  Cadmus  to  teach  mankind  the  mystery  of 
letters.  States,  cities,  were  born  in  her  bosom.  She 
built  Carthage,  the  powerful  rival  of  Rome,  from  the 
treasures  of  her  wealth  and  "love.  And  the  cities  of 
Cadiz  in  Spain  and  Utica  in  Africa  were  among  her 
children.     But  to-day  how  changed  is  all  this  ? 

-With  deep  interest  the  traveller  looks  upon  the  re- 
mains of  this  great  but  fallen  city.  He  beholds  it  a 
mighty  and  a  memorable  desolation.  It  was  predict- 
ed that  it  should  be  so.  Speaking  in  the  language 
of  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  God  is  represented  as  addres- 
sing Tyre  in  terms  which  indicate  his  displeasure. 
"  Behold  I  am  against  thee,  Oh  Tyrus,  and  will  cause 
many  nations  to  come  up  against  thee,  as  the  sea 
causeth  his  waves  to  come  up.  And  they  shall  de- 
stroy the  walls  of .  Tyrus  and  break  down  her  towers. 
I  will  also  scrape  her  dust  from  her,  and  make  her 
45* 


534  LETTERS ESTHETIC, 

like  the  top  of  a  rock.  It  shall  be  a  place  for  the 
spreading  of  nets  in  the  midst  of  the  sea." 

It  is  thus,  that  nations  and  cities,  one  after  another, 
have  perished  and  passed  away.  Since  I  left  Europe, 
— and  Europe  itself  is  only  an  exception  in  part, — I 
have  found  only  desolate  cities  and  nations.  It  might 
have  been  otherwise.  At  least  it  seems  so  to  me.  If 
any  nation  had  in  the  beginning  adopted  the  princi- 
ples of  the  Gospel, — the  principles  which  are  the  op- 
posite of  selfishness, — which  bless  them  that  perse- 
cute us  and  which  do  good  without  asking  for  reward, 
— its  principles  would  have  conquered  the  destructive 
tendencies  of  time ;  and  triumphing  over  death  and 
decay,  would  not  have  failed  to  establish  an  immor- 
tality of  beauty.  Of  this  it  is  difficult  for  me  to 
doubt. 

Principles  are  the  life  of  action ;  and  if  our  princi- 
ples are  the  old  Tyrian  principles  of  exclusive  or  sel- 
fish possession, — everything  for  ourselves  and  nothing 
or  comparatively  nothing,  for  others, — with  that  watch- 
ful and  contentious  jealousy  which  always  attends  it ; 
— in  other  words,  if  it  be  a  principle  or  the  shadow  of 
a  principle  differing  from  that  which  measures  the 
love  of  our  neighbor  by  the  love  of  ourselves ;  it  is 
necessarily  the  principle  of  death  ; — in  the  first  place, 
hostility  and  death  to  others,  and  in  the  end  death  to 
those  who  adopt  it.  It  is  this,  and  this  only,  which 
has  spread  desolation  over  the  fairest  portions  of  the 
earth,  which  has  substituted  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile 
and  the  Euphrates  the  sandy  plain  and  the  barren 
rock  for  the  flower  gardens  of  Eden ; — not  antiquity, 
but  falsehood', — not  time,  which  is  only  the  measure- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  535 

ment  of  bright,  revolving  suns,  but  the  pride,  luxury, 
and  enmity  which  have  resulted  from  not  walking  in 
God's  glorious  and  everlasting  truth. 

And  I  ought  to  say  something  further.  In  going 
from  country  to  country,  I  have  mourned  not  only  for 
man,  but  nature.  Not  only  great  cities,  but  the  earth, 
also,  is  desolate.  What  was  more  beautiful  once  than 
the  great  Phenician  plain  ?  But  now, — like  the  cities 
which  once  adorned  its  bosom, — how  sad,  how  desert- 
ed !  Nature,  like  nations,  has  gone  to  decay.  She 
mourns  and  weeps,  like  a  sad  mother.  She  is  silent, 
sorrowful  and  sometimes  fretful.  She  puts  on  sack- 
cloth,— she  sits  upon  the  rocks, — she  throws  mud  into 
her  chrystal  rivers, — she  buries  her  flowers  in  the  sand. 
But  it  is  not  time  which  has  made  her  desolate  ; — it 
is  not  the  consciousness  of  guilt  which  has  rent  and 
marred  her  veil  of  primitive  beauty ; — the  cause  of 
her  sadness  is  in  others  more  than  in  herself.  She 
lives  like  one  in  hopeless  widowhood,  and  turns  away 
and  hides  herself,  because  man,  her  child,  for  whom 
she  built  the  earth's  beautiful  home,  has  ceased  to  love. 
She  laments  the  spirit  of  contention,  which  has  lacera- 
ted her  heart  in  all  ages.  She  mourns  for  the  millions 
of  her  children,  scattered  and  bleeding  on  every  shore. 

And  this  is  not  mere  imagination, — is  not  the  play- 
ful or  unmeaning  metaphor  of  poetry.  Man  and  ma- 
terial nature  are  parts  of  one  great  system,  which  are 
designed  to  harmonize  with  each  other,  not  merely  on 
the  principle  of  adaptation,  but  on  the  principle  of  a 
true  but  mysterious  sympathy ;  and  accordingly  there 
is  a  truth  and  life  in  nature,  resulting  from  its  corres- 
pondence with  man.     Does  not  the  fibrous  root  of 


536  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

trees  and  plants,  as  if  it  were  a  thing  of  thought  and 
intelligence,  seek  the  earth  and  water  which  are  most 
appropriate  to  it.  Does  not  the  plant  itself,  seeking 
to  realize  the  beauties  and  harmonies  of  growth,  creep 
along  the  ground  with  the  same  object;  Does  not 
the  flower  turn  towards  the  sun  ?  Everything  shows 
that  nature  has  a  true  life,  an  instinctive  but  silent 
intelligence,  and  also  a  triumphant  beauty,  which 
crowns  and  perfects  that  life  ; — though  now,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  crimes  and  sorrows  which  she  witnesses, 
she  hides  herself  in  her  sad  garments  of  barrenness 
and  mourning.  The  divine  principle  of  sympathy  has 
been  violated.  She  has  been  struck  and  wounded  in 
the  heart.  Such,  and  so  wide-spread  are  the  miseries 
which  flow  from  sin. 

And  this  also  may  be  reversed.  A  disappointed, 
grieved  and  bleeding  affection  is  not  necessarily  a 
dead  one.  When  man,  from  whose  heart  should  flow 
out  fountains  of  love  and  whose  face  should  beam 
with  a  brightness  clearer  than  the  sun's,  shall  be  what 
he  is  yet  destined  to  be,  and  what  Christ's  loving 
power  shall  yet  make  him  to  be ; — then  shall  nature 
restore  itself  from  the  silence  and  weakness  of  its 
mighty  sorrow ; — and  everything,  as  if  touched  with 
a  divine  consciousness,  shall  recognize  man's  presence; 
— the  leaves  and  branches  shall  strew  his  path  and 
twine  themselves  about  him  ; — the  flowers  shall  cease 
to  weep  and  shall  grow  bright  with  smiles ; — the  very 
rocks  shall  utter  a  song  of  joy. 

Snch  are  my  meditations,  as  I  sit  thoughtfully  at 
sunset  on  the  banks  of  the  Leontes.  To  this  place 
have  we  come  after  leaving  Tyre.     We  stay  here  to- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  537 

night.  I  suppose  it  to  be  seven  or  eight  miles  dis- 
tant from  Tyre.  I  love  to  spend  the  night  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain  or  on  the  bank  of  a  river.  I  seek 
some  solitary  place,  where  man  and  his  crimes  are  un- 
known. The  silence  sings.  The  stars  dance  upon 
the  mountain  tops,  or  look  up  brightly  and  smilingly 
from  the  water.  How  beautiful  flows  this  murmur- 
ing, rapid  stream !  The  golden  sunset  throws  the 
veil  of  its  bright  yellow  over  the  blue  waves.  It  is 
comparatively  tranquil  now ;  but  in  early  spring  it  is 
covered  with  foam,  and  is  dangerous  to  travellers. 

Rising  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  ancient  city  of 
Baalbec,  it  sweeps  down  through  the  valley  between 
Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon.  It  waters  the  old,  ro- 
mantic gardens  and  rude  terraces  of  Coele- Syria.  It 
is  spanned  by  a  well  constructed  bridge,  near  the 
place  of  our  encampment.  A  company  of  Arabs  is 
encamped  near  us.  This  is  a  remarkable  people.  I 
love  to  gaze  upon  them.  Their  spears  are  long, — 
their  horses  are  beautiful, — they  stand  erect,  and  look 
upon  us,  through  their  dark,  burning  eyes,  with  much 
curiosity.  But  if  I  understand  that  dark  look  aright, 
I  must  describe  it  as  the  curiosity  of  indifference. 

Old  historians  speak  of  the  Leontes.  But  rivers 
never  die.  It  flows  now  as  it  flowed  a  thousand  years 
ago ; — old  in  history,  but  young  in  its  life  of  never 
ceasing  movement.  At  a  little  distance,  on  the  side 
of  a  hill  overhanging  it,  are  some  rude  habitations. — 
Its  steep  banks  are  covered  with  reeds  and  flowers. — 
The  light  of  its  flowers,  like  the  light  of  its  waters,  is 
bright  in  the  radiance  of  the  setting  sun. 


538  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 


(LIV.) 

Ruins  of  Sarepta — Scriptural  allusion  to  this  city — Reach  Sidon— Its 
situation — Arrival  at  Beirout—  American  missionaries— Services 
on  the  Sabbath — Rev.  Mr.  Whiting— Dr.  Eli  Smith— Influence  of 
Christian  missions—Mount  Lebanon— Its  appearance — Its  inhabi- 
tants--America —Thoughts  on  leaving  Palestine— Poetry. 

PASHALIC  OF  SYRIA,  CITY  OF  BEIROUT,  JUNE  8,  1853. 

In  going  from  the  banks  of  the  Leontes  to  the  old 
city  of  Sidon,  June  2d,  we  passed  over  the  site  and 
among  the  ruins  of  Sarepta.  Our  course  was  along 
the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  over  the  plain 
between  the  mountains  and  the  sea.  The  site  of  Sa- 
repta is  near  the  sea  on  the  old  Phenician  plain  which 
has  already  been  mentioned, — eight  or  nine  miles 
north  of  the  Leontes,  and  seven  miles  south  of  Sidon. 
It  was  to  the  city  of  Sarepta,  which  is  mentioned  un- 
der the  name  of  Zarephath  in  the  Old  Testament, 
that  the  prophet  Elijah  was  at  one  time  sent.  Here 
he  dwelt  with  a  poor  widow,  whose  meal  and  oil  he 
miraculously  supplied  ;  and  whose  dead  son  he  restor- 
ed to  life.  In  the  command  which  was  given  to  Eli- 
jah, and  under  which  he  acted, — of  which  we  have  the 
account  in  the  first  book  of  Kings, — it  was  said  to 
him:  "Arise,  get  thee  to  Zarephath,  which  belongeth 
to  Sidon,  and  dwell  there."  The  Saviour  in  the  Gos- 
pel of  Luke  refers  to  the  event  mentioned  in  Kings  j 
and  says  of  this  prophet,  that  he  went  to  a  widow  in 
Sarepta,  a  city  of  Sidon.  We  passed  directly  over  this 
spot.  There  was  not  much  remaining  of  the  ancient 
city,  which,  I  ought  to  say,  is  to  be  distinguished  from 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  539 

the  modern  Sarepta,  at  a  little  distance  to  the  east,  on 
the  side  of  a  hill.  The  site  of  the  city  is  considered 
as  well  ascertained,  not  only  by  the  unanimous  tradi- 
tion which  reaches  back  to  an  early  period,  but  by  the 
fragmentary  remains  of  streets  and  buildings  which 
still  exist,  and  by  the  allusions  and  statements  of  his- 
tory. It  is  true  that  the  ruins  which  now  remain  are 
comparatively  few;  but  it  is  a  matter  of  historical 
record,  that  those  which  existed  in  the  thirteenth  cen- 
tury were  such  as  to  indicate  that  it  was  once  a  place 
of  much  wealth  and  splendor. 

It  must  be  admitted,  however,  that  the  interest 
which  attaches  to  Sarepta,  consists  chiefly  in  the  fact, 
that  it  was  the  residence  of  a  poor  woman,  who  had 
faith  in  God,  and  who  furnished  a  home  to  one  of  His 
persecuted  and  exiled  prophets.  The  Crusaders  erect- 
ed a  chapel  over  the  traditionary  place  of  her  resi- 
dence ;  but  her  true  memorial  is  in  the  Bible.  The 
name  of  kings  and  conquerors  is  forgotten ;  but  the 
memory  of  this  poor  woman,  who  in  her  poverty  and 
suffering  never  thought  of  fame,  is  protected  by  God's 
providence,  and  is  written  in  His  imperishable  records. 

Our  route  was  from  the  south  to  the  north.  On 
our  left  was  the  sea.  On  our  right  were  the  moun- 
tains. In  some  places  the  mountains  came  down  near 
to  the  sea  ;  leaving  but  a  narrow  space  between  them. 

Following  this  route,  we  next  came  to  the  city  of 
Sidon.  This  city  was  the  mother  of  Tyre ;  as  Tyre 
was  the  mother  of  Carthage ; — and  although  the 
daughter  surpassed  the  mother's  splendor,  Sidon  also 
had  its  wealth,  its  commerce,  and  its  name  of  renown. 
The  situation  of  Sidon  is  beautiful.     And  this  I  have 


540  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

had  occasion  to  notice  in  relation  to  many  of  the  old 
celebrated  places.  I  have  seen  and  heard  of  no  great 
city  of  antiquity,  which  did  not  vindicate  the  wisdom 
and  the  glowing  heart  of  its  founders,  by  its  relations 
not  only  to  the  useful,  but  the  true,  the  expansive, 
and  the  grand  in  nature.  Sometimes  they  built  upon 
mountain  tops  that  they  might  look  upon  the  clear  sky 
above  or  upon  the  valleys  beneath.  Sometimes  they 
built  upon  the  banks  of  great  rivers,  like  the  Nile  and 
the  Euphrates ; — which,  flowing  on  forever,  and  scat- 
tering around  them  the  seeds  of  fertility  and  beauty, 
filled  the  heart  with  great  and  glowing  sentiments. — 
Sometimes  they  selected  a  spot  in  the  midst  of  moun- 
tain rocks,  with  heights  on  either  side, — with  a  deep 
valley  between  and  a  gentle  brook  flowing  through 
it, — and  there,  amid  the  silence  of  nature,  which  is 
favorable  to  the  activity  of  thought,  made  a  new  world 
for  themselves  in  palaces  and  statues  carved  from  the 
changeless  stone.  Sometimes  they  built  upon  the 
ocean, — in  sight  of  its  immense  expanse  and  in  hear- 
ing of  its  mighty  voice  ;  but  only  where  it  had  estab- 
lished, if  I  may  so  express  it,  an  aesthetic  or  spiritual 
harmony  with  the  shores,  by  moulding  itself  into 
those  forms  of  beauty  which  appeal  both  to  the  eye 
and  the  heart. 

Sidon  is  situated  on  a  promontory  running  into  the 
sea,  in  a  southwest  direction.  It  is  enclosed  by  a  wall 
on  the  land  side.  It  was  interesting  to  look  upon  this 
old  town, — almost  as  ancient  as  the  foundations  of 
the  world.  The  eye  took  in  at  a  single  glance  the  cir- 
cuitous and  beautiful  harbor,  which  was  once  all  that 
could  be  desired,   but  has  been  much  injured   from 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  541 

various  causes.  The  rich  environs  of  the  city  are  oc- 
cupied by  numerous  gardens,  filled  and  blooming  with 
the  various  fruit-trees  and  flowers  which  are  common 
in  this  region.  It  has  some  remains  of  the  skill  and 
labor  of  other  ages.  Our  attention  was  attracted  in 
the  distance  to  an  old  square  tower, — forming  a  pic- 
turesque object  on  the  southern  end  of  the  promon- 
tory. At  what  time  and  by  whom  it  was  first  built, 
is  not  certainly  known.  As  we  spent  but  a  little  time 
in  the  city,  I  will  not  attempt  to  speak  more  particu- 
larly of  this  or  of  other  objects  which  claimed  a  slight 
notice.  All  I  can  say  is,  that  we  came,  saw,  and  left 
it ;- — without  time  to  make  minute  inquiries,  and  yet 
with  time  enough  to  receive  the  general  outlines  of 
its  image  upon  the  mind  and  heart.  It  has  its  con- 
venient residences, — some  of  them  built  of  stone  and 
beautiful, — its  flourishing  gardens,  its  mechanic  occu- 
pations and  arts  ; — and  though  it  is  no  longer  the  pos- 
sessor of  its  ancient  wealth  and  commerce,  it  is  com- 
paratively flourishing.  Such  was  the  impression  left 
upon  my  mind,  in  one  of  those  rapid  judgments 
which  a  person  sometimes  forms  when  merely  passing 
through  a  place.  It  seemed  to  me,  that  there  are 
some  distinct  evidences  of  that  recovery  of  wealth 
and  strength  which  characterize  Alexandria  and  Jaffa. 
At  Sidon  is  an  American  sub-consulate ;  and  the 
Americans  have  a  missionary  establishment  there  ; — 
a  branch,  I  suppose,  of  the  important  mission,  which 
has  its  central  operations  at  Beirout. 

Sidon,  as  well  as   Tyre,  is  repeatedly  mentioned  in 
the  Bible.     It  is  first  mentioned  in  Genesis.     In  the 
book  of  Joshua  it  is  called  "great  Sidon."     Referen- 
46 


542  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

ces  are  made  to  it  also  in  the  books  of  Kings  and 
Chronicles,  and  in  Ezra,  Isaiah  and  Ezekiel.  It  is 
repeatedly  mentioned  in  Homer.  In  the  earliest  times 
Sidon  was  one  of  the  great  centres  of  knowledge  and 
the  arts.  Before  the  injuries  to  its  once  convenient 
and  beautiful  harbor,  it  was  the  sea-port  to  the  great 
inland  city  of  Damascus,  from  which  it  is  distant  by 
a  journey  of  a  little  more  than  two  days.  The  route 
to  Damascus  leads  in  a  north-east  direction  over  Mt. 
Lebanon ;  and  then  passing  through  the  intervening 
valley  of  the  Leontes,  crosses  the  more  distant  heights 
of  Anti-Lebanon.  The  business  intercourse  of  Sidon 
with  Damascus,  the  most  of  which  is  now  transferred 
to  Beirout,  increased  its  commerce.  Its  harbor  was 
once  covered  with  sails.  The  vessel  in  which  the 
apostle  Paul  sailed  from  Palestine  for  Italy,  touched 
at  Sidon.  The  Saviour  himself  visited  this  region. 
He  had  been  teaching  in  the  region  of  Gennessareth, 
which  is  not  far  distant ;  and  it  is  added  by  the  Evan- 
gelist, "  Then  Jesus  departed  thence,  into  the  coasts 
of  Tyre  and  Sidon."  It  was  here  that  he  performed 
the  miracle  upon  the  daughter  of  the  Syro-Phenician 
woman. 

We  encamped  the  night  of  this  day,  June  2d,  a  few 
miles  beyond  Sidon.  About  the  middle  of  the  next 
day,  we  reached  Beirout,  the  ancient  Berytus.  Before 
reaching  the  city,  and  at  a  few  miles  distance,  we 
passed  the  river  called  the  Nahr-El-Tamour, — the 
same  with  the  ancient  Tamyras.  The  stream  is  rapid ; 
and  when  swollen  by  rains  and  melted  snows,  must 
be  difficult  to  pass.  We  noticed  a  little  above  where 
we  crossed  it,  the  remains  of  a  stone  bridge  which  had 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  543 

been  swept  away.  Like  the  Leontes,  its  banks  were 
lined  with  oleanders.  The  near  approach  to  Beirout 
was  through  a  long  grove  of  pines,  succeeded  by  cul- 
tivated gardens.  Numberless  mulberry  trees  lined  our 
path. 

At  Beirout  I  felt  quite  at  home.  The  hotel  at  which 
I  stayed,  had  every  convenience.  The  presence  of  the 
excellent  American  consul,*  who  had  apartments  in 
the  same  hotel,  gave  a  sort  of  reality  to  the  idea  of 
national  protection.  At  a  little  distance,  the  Ameri- 
can flag  floated  over  the  consulate.  The  strong  arm 
of  a  great  though  distant  nationality,  which  is  rapidly 
extending  itself  to  every  land  and  sea,  placed  itself 
around  me. 

I  had  with  the  place  also  some  pleasant  personal 
associations.  This  city  had  been  the  residence,  a 
number  of  years  ago,  of  a  former  friend  and  fellow- 
student,  Rev.  Mr.  Bird,  who  labored  here  as  a  faithful 
and  successful  missionary.  I  was  reminded  of  him 
not  only  by  the  circumstance  of  his  having  resided 
here ;  but  by  an  incident  which  recalled  the  memory 
of  his  self-denying  labors.  Passing  one  day  a  book- 
store, I  went  in.  The  books  were  chiefly  of  a  reli- 
gious character.  This  led  to  some  conversation  with 
the  bookseller,  who  could  speak  English,  and  to  whom 
I  found  that  no  subject  was  dearer  than  that  of  re- 
ligious truth  and  experience.  In  the  great  truths  of 
the  Bible  and  the  great  facts  of  religious  experience, 
we  found  a  common  ground  to  stand  upon,  broader 
than  that  of  sect  or  nationality.  He  told  me  that  it 
was  Mr.  Bird,  who  many  years  ago  directed  his  atten- 
tion to  these  interesting  topics,  and  who  was  the  in- 

*  J.  JHorsford  Smith,  Esq. 


544  LETTEKS .ESTHETIC, 

strument  under   God  of  leading  him  to  the  study  of 
religious  truth,  and  to  inward  liberty  and  life. 

On  the  Sabbath  after  our  arrival,  I  went  to  the  re- 
ligious service  in  the  American  missionary  chapel. 
The  sermon,  imbued  with  a  pure  and  deep  religious 
spirit,  was  preached  by  Rev.  Mr.  Whiting,  whose  long 
and  arduous  labors  as  a  missionary  are  well  known  in 
America.  The  sermon  was  in  that  plain,  simple  lan- 
guage which  befits  great  subjects; — full  of  well  di- 
gested thought,  and  practical  and  serious  in  its  appli- 
cation. Christ  was  its  theme.  Redemption  was  its 
object.  And  it  was  pleasant  to  an  American,  from  a 
land  unknown  when  these  great  announcements  were 
first  made,  to  hear  such  a  theme  dwelt  upon  and  such 
an  object  held  up  with  sincerity  and  zeal  on  the  shore 
of  the  Mediterranean  and  under  the  shadow  of  Leba- 
non. 

In  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  I  heard  another 
member  of  the  same  missionary  establishment,  the 
learned  and  justly  celebrated  Dr.  Eli  Smith,  preach 
to  a  congregation  in  the  Arabic  language.  I  cannot 
be  supposed  to  have  understood  the  sermon ;  but  the 
circumstances  were  such, — the  time,  the  place,  the 
man,  the  audience,  the  language, — that  I  felt  its  power 
in  the  heart,  without  the  aid  of  any  pentecostal  mira- 
cle to  interpret  the  unknown  words  in  which  it  was 
uttered.  Mr.  Smith  had  the  kindness  during  my  stay 
at  Beirout,  to  take  me  over  the  large  printing  estab- 
lishment under  the  direction  of  the  missionaries.  The 
labors  of  this  learned  and  devoted  missionary  are  not 
limited  to  preaching.  He  has  aided  the  great  object  to 
which  he  has  devoted  himself,   by  the  religious  works 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  545 

which  he  has  written  in*  Arabic,  or  has  translated  into 
that  language.  His  geographical  labors,  the  results 
of  which  are  incorporated  into  the  great  work  of  Dr. 
Robinson,  have  given  him  a  claim  to  the  respect  of 
scholars  as  well  as  of  Christians.  He  appears  to  have 
a  critical  and  entire  mastery  of  the  Arabic  language. 
And  it  would  not  be  hazardous  to  predict,  that  his 
translation  of  the  Bible  into  the  Arabic, — a  work 
which  is  already  considerably  advanced, — will  in- 
crease the  favorable  opinion  which  already  exists,  of 
his  learning,  untiring  industry,  and  usefulness. 

I  should  do  injustice  to  my  feelings,  if  I  did  not 
here  express  my  opinion  of  the  favorable  influence  of 
the  various  Christian  missions  which  are  now  estab- 
lished in  many  parts  of  the  world.  If  I  may  be  per- 
mitted to  judge,  not  only  from  what  I  have  learned 
from  others  but  from  what  I  have  myself  seen,  the 
real  impression  which  the  sincere  and  laborious  men 
of  these  missions  have  made,  is  much'greater  than  is 
apparent  to  the  public  eye.  From  their  gentle  voice, 
uttered  in  conversation,  in  the  pulpit,  and  in  the  silent 
announcement  of  the  circulated  tract,  has  gone  forth, 
into  the  heart  of  thousands  and  millions,  the  thought 
and  the  hope  of  a  higher  and  truer  life.  The  years, 
which  have  been  spent  in  missionary  labor,  have  not 
been  lost  time.  Those  who  have  died  far  away  from 
their  native  home, — the  good  and  the  beautiful,  the 
men  and  women  of  the  Christian  faith, — have  not 
died  in  vain.  The  seed  which  has  been  sown  on 
many  a  barbarous  shore,  in  tears  always  and  some- 
times in  blood, — though  it  has  sometimes  lain  long 
buried  in  the  dust, — is  springing  up  at  last  in  the 
46* 


546  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

blade  and  flower  of  a  freer  thought,  a  liberated  hope, 
a  more  generous  confidence,  and  a  looking  on  every 
side  and,  often  with  an  intensity  of  desire,  for  the 
coming  of  that  kingdom  of  Christ,  without  sword  or 
floating  warlike  banner,  which  shall  bring  with  it  not 
only  individual  restoration,  but  universal  harmony 
and  peace. 

My  health  did  not  allow  me  to  go  into  the  moun- 
tains while  at  Beirout.  I  could  only  gaze  upon  them, 
as  they  arose  in  majesty  around  the  city.  The  great 
range  of  Lebanon,  with  its  irregular  and  rocky  surface, 
comes  down  upon  the  sea, — on  the  north  side  of  the 
harbor ; — Lebanon,  renowned  of  old,  which  has  its  in- 
terest for  the  geologist  and  naturalist,  and  which,  by 
its  rude  grandeur,  is  the  delight  of  poetry.  Unchang- 
ing in  its  position  and  features,  it  is  also  a  living  and 
eloquent  protest  against  Scriptural  infidelity.  Al- 
though the  mountain  has  a  desolate  appearance,  the 
small  patches  of  earth  in  its  ravines  and  valleys,  wa- 
tered by  the  rills  and  brooks  that  find  their  way  among 
the  rocks,  are  everywhere  cultivated.  Scattered  among 
the  mountains  are  many  small  villages ;  and  the  gen- 
eral appearance  of  wild  and  rocky  barrenness  is  re- 
lieved at  times  by  clusters  of  mulberries,  and  of  fig 
and  olive  trees. 

The  mountains  of  Lebanon  consist  of  two  great 
ranges,  running  nearly  north  and  south,  extending 
the  distance  of  a  hundred  miles  from  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Tyre  on  the  south,  to  the  bay  of  Tripoli  on 
the  north  ; — parallel  with  the  Mediterranean  and  paral- 
lel with  each  other ; — with  the  valley  of  Coele- Syria 
and  the  Leontes  between  them.     The  western  range, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  547 

fronting  and  overlooking  the  Mediterranean,  is  called 
Lebanon.  The  eastern  range,  including  within  its 
limits  the  snowy  peak  of  the  Great  Hermon,  which  is 
said  to  be  ten  thousand  feet  in  height,  and  overlook- 
ing a  considerable  portion  of  Palestine,  is  called  Anti- 
Lebanon.  The  rock  of  these  mountains  is  a  whitish 
limestone  ;  and  it  is  either  the  white  appearance  aris- 
ing from  this  cause  or  from  the  snows  which  gather 
upon  the  high  peaks,  which  has  given  them  their  name. 
Lebanon  is  a  word  of  Hebrew  origin,  and  means  the 
"White  Mountain. 

These  mountains,  which  have  now  in  a  great  de- 
gree a  naked  and  barren  appearance,  were  once  cov- 
ered with  forests.  Frequent  references  are  made  in 
the  Scriptures  to  the  fountains,  forests  and  snows  of 
Lebanon.  In  these  celebrated  mountains  were  found 
the  masts  for  the  Sidonian  and  Tyrian  navies.  Here 
were  the  cedars,  wilich  were  wrought  into  the  temple 
of  Solomon.  In  a  distant  and  secluded  part  of  the 
mountains  a  few  cedars  yet  remain.  The  memorial 
of  past  ages,  they  still  spread  their  aged  arms  upon 
the  winds.  Travellers  of  great  enthusiasm,  who  have 
the  requisite  time,  make  it  a  point  to  climb  over  the 
rugged  rocks  and  visit  them  ;  though  they  are  few  in 
number  and  are  marred  and  changed  by  time. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  region  of  Lebanon  are  ob- 
jects of  much  interest.  In  tfiese  mountains,  which  I 
here  look  upon  for  the  first  and  last  time,  as  they  thus 
overhang  the  eity  of  Beirout  and  the  great  sea  which 
washes  their  base,  is  the  home  of  the  Druses.  In  these 
heights  of  Lebanon,  like  the  Savoyards  and  the  Wal- 
denses  in  the  fastnesses  of  the  Alps,  dwell  also  the 


548  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

remains  of  a  Christian  people,  called  the  Maronites. 
The  Maronites  accept  the  Bible  as  the  source  of  their 
religious  ideas,  and  are  properly  called  Christians. 
The  Druses  are  a  peculiar  people; — adopting  Chris- 
tian ideas  and  thoughts  in  part,  but  mingling  and  de- 
basing them  with  a  semi-paganism.  In  the  heights 
of  Lebanon  are  Christian  missionaries  from  America, 
laboring  diligently  and  successfully,  and  carrying  back 
the  blessings  of  Christianity  to  the  lands  from  whence 
it  came. 

I  stop  my  pen  here,  so  far  as  the  objects  around 
me  are  concerned,  in  order  that  I  may  indulge  in 
a  few  thoughts  which  naturally  arise.  It  is  from 
this  place  that  I  begin  my  return  home.  I  hear  the 
ocean's  sound.  I  look  out  upon  its  vast  waves, — so 
vast  that  they  bind  together  distant  continents, — and 
my  heart  sighs  once  more  for  my  native  land.  It  is 
an  hour  of  thought  and  solitary  meditation.  Every 
man  has  his  history.  I  have  mine.  My  feet  are  walk- 
ing under  the  mighty  shadow  of  Lebanon.  My  heart 
reposes  in  the  mountains  of  America.  It  is  a  season 
of  deep  and  joyful  anticipation.  It  is  a  season  also 
of  gratitude.  God  has  permitted  me  to  see  what  I 
had  desired ;  but  which  I  had  hardly  hoped  to  see. 
I  shut  my  eyes  to  the  future,  that  I  may  indulge 
a  moment  in  memory,  and  fill  my  heart  with  thank-, 
fulness. 

Once  more  I  went  back  in  memory  to  the  sacred 
scenes  which  I  was  about  to  leave.  I  recalled 
my  wanderings  in  the  various  parts  of  Palestine.  I 
thought  again,  as  one  thinks  of  an  absent  friend,  of 
the  sea  of  Galilee,  of  the  Jordan,  and  the  Mount  of 


SOCIAL,- AND    MORAL.  549 

Olives.  I  called  to  mind  the  beautiful  and  varied 
scenery  of  Bethlehem,  the  valleys  of  Hebron,  the  hills 
of  Nazareth,  and  the  mountains  "round  about  Jeru- 
salem." I  repeated,  both  in  memory  and  in  the  deep 
consciousness  of  inward  experience,  those  seasons  of 
sweet  and  heavenly  communion,  where  I  may  be  said 
to  have  walked  and  conversed  with  him  who  bears 
the  title  of  the  "  Son  of  Man,"  on  those  hills  and 
mountains  which  were  now  fading  from  my  view. 
But  the  humble  and  believing  Christian  will  under- 
stand what  I  mean  when  I  say,  that  I  did  not  leave 
him  behind.  I  found  him  there;  but  he  does  not  and 
cannot  cease  to  be  present  with  the  heart  that  receives 
him  as  the  "  Truth  and  the  Life."  In  the  deep  con- 
viction of  his  faithfulness  I  claimed  and  possessed, 
in  thoughts  and  feelings  which  struggled  for  utterance, 
the  consolations  of  his  presence. 

0h;  Saviour  !     Thus  I  leave  the  land 

Which  thou  hast  loved  and  looked  upon  ; 
No  more  upon  the  hills  to  stand, 

Where  thou  hast  stood  in  ages  gone. 
And  yet  the  breeze,  the  sail  that  tills, 

Is  whispering  to  my  pensive  mind, 
That,  thus  in  leaving  Judah's  hills, 

I  do  not  leave  her  King  behind. 

The  faithful  soul  shall  know  it  true, 

That  every  land  and  clime  is  thine  ; 
That  He,  who  trod  in  Hermon's  dew, 

Finds  everywhere  his  Palestine. 
I  go ; — but  cannot  go  from  Thee. 

I  tread  once  more  the  ocean's  tide ; 
But  He,  who  walked  on  Judah's  sea, 

Will  not  be  absent  from  my  side. 


550  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 


(LV.) 

Departure  from  Bei root — City  of  Caesarea—Stop  at  Jaffa — Reach  Alex- 
andria— Companions  in  quarantine—Sisters  of  Charity — Malta — 

Coast  of   Africa — Carthage Straits   of    Gibraltar — Arrival  at 

Liverpool — Departure  in  the  Arctic  for  New  York. 

CITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  AUG.  1,  1853. 

On  Thursday,  the  ninth  of  June,  I  left  Beirout  on 
my  return  home.  It  was  a  long  journey  of  six  thou- 
sand miles ;  but  faith  and  joyful  anticipation  had  an 
influence  in  shortening  the  aspect  of  the  distance. 
There  were  many  vessels  in  the  bay ; — the  larger  ones 
at  some  distance  from  the  shore.  They  were  of  dif- 
ferent nations, — Austrian,  English,  French  and  Sar- 
dinian. I  saw  no  American  flag.  It  is  but  recently 
that  American  vessels  have  traded  here.  Among  the 
vessels  was  the  French  steamer,  the  Tancrede.  She 
floated  proudly  among  the  smaller  ones  around  her. 
As  she  was  to  sail  immediately  for  Alexandria,  I  took 
passage  in  her. 

At  Beirout  I  parted  with  the  much  valued  and  be- 
loved companions,  with  whom  I  had  travelled  from 
England.  Mr.  Thompson  went  to  Damascus ;  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Walcott  to  Constantinople.  I  went  to  the 
Tancrede  alone  ;  and  there  was  no  one  on  board  with 
whom  I  was  acquainted.  There  were  passengers  from 
different  nations  ;  but  there  was  no  one  from  England 
or  America,  with  whom  I  could  recall  or  establish 
some  community  of  thought  and  feeling.  As  our  cap- 
tain gave  the  signal  for  departure,  I  looked  once  more 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  551 

upon  the  city.  It  rose  gracefully  from  the  shores  ;  its 
ranges  of  light-colored  stone  houses  ascending  one 
above  another,  interspersed  beyond  the  walls  with  its 
flowering  gardens  and  with  its  groves  of  orange  trees 
and  mulberries.  I  saw  the  mountains  of  Lebanon 
for  the  last  time. 

The  sun  was  setting  when  the  steamer  left  the  har- 
bor. In  the  evening  I  walked  the  deck.  The  sails 
were  set.  The  stars  shone  brightly.  Around  us  was 
the  great  desert  of  the  waters.  With  the  stars  and 
the  wide  heavens  above,  and  the  vast  trackless  ocean 
beneath,  and  with  no  one  with  whom  I  could  converse, 
I  felt  much  as  in  the  deserts  of  Sinai.  My  heart  was 
in  solitude  ;  but  in  that  great  and  glorious  solitude 
which  disrobes  itself  of  false  and  earthly  influences 
and  leaves  it  with  truth,  with  contemplation,  and 
with  God. 

The  next  day  we  passed  the  site  of  the  ancient 
city  of  Csesarea ; — the  work  of  Herod  the  great,  once 
so  celebrated  for  its  artificial  harbor,  and  which  has  a 
connection  with  the  events  mentioned  in  the  New 
Testament.  This  city  was  about  fifty  miles  distant 
from  Jerusalem,  and  thirty-five  miles  from  Joppa,  in  a 
north  direction  from  the  latter  city.  St.  Paul  was 
kept  a  prisoner  in  Csesarea  for  the  space  of  two  years. 
It  was  in  Caesarea  that  the  Apostle  made  his  eloquent 
plea  before  Felix ;  and  also  his  speech  before  Festus 
and  king  Agrippa.  Cornelius,  the  praying  and  alms- 
giving Centurion,  who  was  converted  to  Christianity, 
resided  here.  This  also  was  one  of  the  remarkable 
scenes  of  the  labors  of  the  Apostle  Peter. 

Near  the  close  of  the  day  the  steamer  stopped  at 


552  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Jaffa,  the  Joppa  of  the  Scriptures ; — of  which  I  have 
given  some  account  in  a  former  letter.  We  anchored 
in  the  open  ocean.  Boats  from  the  city  soon  came 
out.  I  took  a  boat  and  went  on  shore ; — the  boat- 
men, for  the  purpose  of  saving  a  little  in  the  distance, 
carrying  the  boat  through  a  narrow  pass  in  the  boil- 
ing and  dangerous  reef  of  rocks,  which  encloses  the 
old  harbor.  I  saw  once  more  the  excellent  American 
consul,  who  is  a  resident  of  this  place,  and  is  one  of 
the  reformed  Armenians,  who  are  awakening  thought 
and  spreading  truth  in  these  regions.  I  was  enabled 
also  to  make  some  further  and  very  satisfactory  in- 
quiries in  relation  to  the  little  company  of  Americans, 
to  whom  I  have  formerly  referred,  who  are  settled  in 
the  vicinity  of  Jaffa,  with  a  view  to  the  instruction 
and  benefit  of  the  Jews.  The  labors  of  this  small  bat 
devoted  band,  who  pursue  their  work  of  benevolence 
on  principles  somewhat  peculiar  to  themselves,  are 
known  to  the  Christian  community. 

In  the  course  of  a  few  hours  we  proceeded  again 
on  our  voyage.  This  is  the  third  French  vessel  in 
which  I  have  sailed  since  I  left  America ;  and  it  is 
with  pleasure  that  I  bear  a  favorable  testimony  in 
each  case  to  the  good  order  and  conduct  of  the  crew, 
and  the  kindness  which  I  personally  experienced.  In 
our  voyage  from  Beirout  to  Alexandria,  the  weather 
was  favorable,  and  nothing  of  special  interest  occurred. 
I  had  access  to  books,  which  were  placed  at  my  dispo- 
sal by  a  French  gentleman  on  board.  The  crew,  with 
that  vivacity  and  easiness  to  be  amused,  which  are 
characteristic  of  Frenchmen,  contrived  to  occupy  a 
portion  of  their  time  with  the  feats  of  a  young  bear 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  553 

which  had  been  recently  caught  and  taken  on  board 
from  the  Lebanon  mountains.  The  bear  had  made 
a  rather  intimate  acquaintance  with  a  cat ;  and  once 
a  day  and  sometimes  oftener  they  were  let  loose  upon 
deck,  and  by  an  amicable  contest  of  attack  and  flight, 
of  pursuit  and  vigilant  retreat,  in  which  the  cat's  ac- 
tivity had  on  the  whole  quite  an  advantage  over  the 
violent  but  clumsy  movements  of  the  bear,  they  be- 
guiled many  hours  of  the  thoughtless  sailors. 

Our  next  stopping-place  was  the  city  of  Alexan- 
dria ;  where  we  arrived  early  on  the  morning  of  the 
twelfth  of  June.  Slowly  the  vessel  made  its  way 
through  the  narrow,  winding  entrance  into  the  mag- 
nificent harbor.  It  was  at  Alexandria  that  we  com- 
menced our  journey  up  the  Nile  and  for  the  deserts 
of  Sinai.  I  have  said  in  a  former  letter  what  I  had  to 
Bay  of  that  city.  We  had  now,  however,  a  new  form 
of  experience.  Coming  from  Syria,  we  were  obliged 
to  pass  a  number  of  days  in  quarantine.  A  state  of 
quarantine,  though  adverse  to  action,  is  generally  not 
Unfavorable  to  silence  and  reflection.  But  this  is  not 
always  the  case.  In  the  room  assigned  me  I  had  the 
company  of  a  travelling  merchant  from  South  Ameri- 
ca, and  a  monk  from  Palestine  of  the  Franciscan  or- 
der. The  merchant  was  from  Colombia.  He  was  a 
well  disposed  man ;  a  man  of  information  ;  and  made 
himself  entirely  agreeable.  The  monk  was  originally 
from  France ; — from  some  small  town  on  the  banks 
of  the  beautiful  Rhone.  He  had  been  residing  many 
years  in  Palestine,  and  was  returning  to  the  place 
of  his  residence  in  early  life.  He  had  with  him  a 
Bible  in  the  Latin  vulgate  translation,  which  he  read 
47 


554  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

almost  constantly.  It  was  pleasant  to  converse  with 
him.  He  manifested  no  asperity  or  indifference  to- 
wards those  who  differed  from  him  in  opinions.  He 
was  an  old  man,  very  gentle  in  his  manners ; — had 
seen  much  of  men  and  things ;  and  I  was  favorably 
impressed  with  his  appearance. 

At  Alexandria  I  left  the  French  steamer,  which  re- 
turned in  a  few  days  to  Beirout,  on  its  way  to  Smyr- 
na and  Constantinople.  Abandoning  the  plan  which 
I  had  formed  of  again  visiting  France,  I  engaged  a 
passage  for  Liverpool  by  the  way  of  Malta,  in  an 
English  screw-steamer,  the  Glasgow.  This  vessel  was 
delayed  a  few  days  after  the  expiration  of  our  quaran- 
tine, which  enabled  me  to  revisit  some  of  the  objects 
and  places  in  the  city,  to  which  I  have  formerly  re- 
ferred. I  found  that  even  the  lapse  of  a  few  months 
had  made  changes  in  its  appearance.  Additional 
buildings  were  in  the  rapid  course  of  erection.  The 
beautiful  English  church,  which  adorns  the  great  Eu- 
ropean Square,  was  far  advanced  towards  its  comple- 
tion ;  and  I  saw  many  signs  of  growth  and  prosperity, 
which  led  to  the  opinion  that  Alexandria  might  yet 
recover,  by  means  of  its  great  advantages  of  position, 
and  under  the  influence  of  renovated  rights  and  institu- 
tions, something  of  its  ancient  wealth  and  importance. 

In  the  city  of  Alexandria  are  collected  together 
many  who  have  fled  from  the  political  convulsions 
and  revolutions  of  Europe.  In  banishment,  poverty, 
and  sorrow,  they  often  sink  into  the  grave,  leaving 
behind  them  orphan  children,  who  need  a  degree  of 
sympathy  and  care,  which  could  hardly  be  expected 
in  a  foreign  country  and  under  great  differences  of 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  555 

religion.  But  I  found  on  this  renewed  visit,  that  the 
"  Sisters  of  Charity,"  an  organized  and  permanent 
community  of  Catholics,  who  devote  themselves  to 
works  of  benevolence,  had  established  themselves 
here  ;  and  had  become  the  adoptive  mothers  of  many 
of  these  orphans. 

It  was  with  pleasure  that  I  visited  their  large  Or- 
phan Asylum.  No  letters  of  introduction  were  ne- 
cessary in  order  to  gain  admission.  Giving  a  signal 
at  the  gate  which  was  at  once  opened,  I  entered  one 
of  the.  apartments  which  was  both  parlor  and  library, 
and  was  soon  introduced  to  one  of  the  members  of 
the  establishment,  a  native  of  Ireland.  She  exhibited 
a  calm  propriety  and  dignity  of  manner,  which  in- 
dicated intellectual  and  social  culture,  as  well  as 
the  quiet  and  self-controlling  influences  of  religion. 
When  I  told  her  that  I  was  from  America,  she  showed 
an  increased  interest,  the  cause  of  which  I  did  nofc  at 
first  understand.  She  showed  me  over  the  establish- 
ment, and  very  cheerfully  gave  much  information  in 
relation  to  it.  At  parting  she  informed  me  that  she 
-had  two  sisters  in  America,  who  like  herself  were 
members  of  the  "  Sisters  of  Charity,"  and  although 
they  resided  at  New  Orleans,  far  distant  from  my 
place  of  residence,  yet  the  sight  of  one  from  the  same 
land  gave  her  much  satisfaction  and  seemed  to  bring 
them  nearer  to  her.  As  a  Protestant,  but  disposed  to 
rejoice  in  everything  which  is  good  under  whatever 
name,  I  mention  these  incidents  with  satisfaction  and 
interest. 

I  sailed  from  Alexandria  on  Monday,  the  twentieth 
of  June,  in  the   English  steamer  which  I  have  men- 


556  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

tioned.  One  of  the  last  objects  which  I  saw  in  leav- 
ing this  "  clime  of  the  sun,"  and  which  still  seems  in 
its  polished  and  lofty  grandeur  to  stand  before  me, 
was  Pompey's  Pillar.  The  captain  of  the  Glasgow 
was  a  Scotchman  by  birth,  but  had  his  residence  in 
Liverpool.  He  had  often  been  in  America  \  and  at 
one  time  had  the  charge  of  one  of  the  Cunard  steam- 
ers which  touch  at  Boston.  This  led  to  some  con- 
versation and  acquaintance;  and  made  me  feel  quite 
at  home.  The  arrangements  of  this  steamer  were  ad- 
mirable. There  was  a  clergyman  of  the  Church  of 
England  on  board,  and  religious  service  was  regularly 
held  on  the  Sabbath,  at  which  the  crew  attended. 

We  sailed  for  a  time  along  the  coast  of  Africa,  and 
then  directed  our  course  towards  Malta.  "We  stopped 
a  few  hours  at  Malta,  which  we  reached  on  Saturday, 
the  25th  of  June,  but  did  not  go  on  shore.  A  number 
of  English  ships-of-war  were  in  the  harbor ;  but  the 
greater  number  had  recently  left  for  Constantinople, 
in  the  anticipation  of  the  outbreak  of  war  between 
Russia  and  Turkey,  which  would  necessarily  involve 
England.  I  say  necessarily;  but  in  using  that  ex- 
pression, I  do  not  refer  to  any  necessity  which  God 
has  created,  or  which  a  higher  Christian  principle  and 
greater  forbearance  and  love  would  not  obviate,  but 
to  those  pressing  exigences,  those  necessities  of  state, 
which  arise  out  of  the  complications  of  diplomacy, 
and  from  the  strength  of  human  pride,  interest  and 
passion.  The  idea  of  another  general  war  in  this  age 
of  Christian  progress  and  civilization — a  war  without 
any  assignable  direction  and  without  any  termination 
which  could  be  foreseen — was  exceedingly  painful  to 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  557 

me.  Malta  is  a  great  arsenal ; — in  the  language  of 
Scripture,  a  "  munition  of  rocks."  I  had  stopped  here 
in  going  to  Egypt ;  and  gave  some  account  of  it  in  a 
former  letter. 

In  going  from  Malta  to  Gibraltar,  we  were  for  some 
time  in  sight  of  the  African  coast  on  the  southern 
side  of  the  Mediterranean.  One  morning  as  we  were 
sailing  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cape  Bon  and  along 
the  Bay  of  Tunis,  the  site  of  ancient  Carthage  was 
pointed  out  to  me.  The  very  name  excited  no 
small  emotion.  Among  my  early  recollections  there 
is  scarcely  any  place  or  any  historical  event,  which 
affected  me  more,  or  has  left  a  deeper  place  in  my 
memory,  than  Carthage  and  the  events  connected  with 
it.  The  poets  and  historians  of  Rome,  though  not 
without  biasses  unfavorable  to  strict  truth,  have  elo- 
quently commemorated  the  greatness  and  the  terrible 
overthrow  of  her  mighty  rival.  The  Roman  histo- 
rians say,  that  when  the  young  Hannibal  appeared 
for  the  first  time  as  a  leader  in  the  Carthaginian  army, 
the  old  soldiers,  now  decrepid  with  years  and  living 
upon  past  memories,  saw  in  his  form  and  countenance, 
and  military  step,  the  restoration  and  the  once  more 
living  presence  of  his  father  Hamilcar,  under  whom 
they  had  fought  in  their  youth.  It  was  thus  that  the 
mere  sight  of  the  spot  upon  which  Carthage  was  built, , 
now  a  sandy  desolation,  restored  the  city  and  the  sen- 
ate, and  gave  a  momentary  existence  to  the  celebrated 
names,  which  are  associated  in  history  with  the  arts 
of  war  or  the  wisdom  of  legislation.  No  assembled 
senate  is  there  now.     No  ships  of  war  or  commerce 

cover  the  sea  with  their  sails.     No  Hamilcar  or  Han- 

47* 


558  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

nibal  leads  armies  to  battle.  No  Mago  pleads  his 
country's  cause.  On  that  sandy  shore  is  the  burial- 
place  of  a  great  nation.  Her  mighty  image,  as  it  ex- 
ists in  the  dimness  of  history, — vast  but  faint  in  its 
outlines, — sits  in  sad  but  solitary  grandeur  on  the 
place  of  her  tomb. 

Soon  after  leaving  Cape  Bon,  our  vessel  changed 
its  direction  from  the  coast  of  Africa  to  that  of  Spain. 
We  passed  along  the  base  of  cliffs  and  mountains, 
with  plains  and  valleys  opening  between  them ;  but 
no  longer  resounding  with  the  hum  of  a  busy  popula- 
tion, and  destitute  of  their  ancient  fertility  and  beau- 
ty. This  land  too,  though  much  changed  both  in 
its  physical  and  moral  attributes,  is  the  birthplace, — 
the  ancient  and  celebrated  home, — of  a  great  people. 
I  could  not  fail  to  gaze  with  deep  interest  upon  a 
country,  whatever  may  be  said  of  its  present  condi- 
tion, which  in  past  ages  has  had  its  varied  epochs  of 
bitter  trial  and  successful  conflict,  and  which  has  been 
illustrated  by  renowned  literary  names ; — a  country 
which  the  genius  of  Irving,  Prescott,  and  Tichnor 
has  made  familiar,  both  in  its  history  and  literature, 
to  American  readers. 

On  reaching  Gibraltar,  Friday,  the  1st  day  of  July, 
our  vessel  went  into  harbor ;  and  gave  us  an  oppor- 
tunity to  wander  for  a  few  hours  through  the  streets  of 
the  city,  and  to  get  some  idea  of  its  amazing  strength 
as  a  military  position.  The  beautiful  bay  of  Gibral- 
tar, formed  by  the  isthmus  and  the  lofty  promontory 
called  the  Mountain  of  Gibraltar  on  one  side,  and  by 
the  mountains  and  coast  of  Spain  on  the  other,  is 
very   capacious ; — capable   of  holding   a  large   fleet. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  559 

The  appearance  of  the  rocky  and  insular  height  which 
bears  the  name  of  the  mountain,and  is  the  same  with 
the  Mons  Calpe  of  the  ancient  Romans,  is  quite  sin- 
gular. With  its  northern  termination  lifting  its  rug- 
ged and  frowning  head  above  the  southern,  aided  by 
the  slight  depression  in  the  part  of  the  summit  which 
is  between  them,  it  easily  suggests  the  idea  of  a  lion 
couchant,  reposing  in  strength,  but  ready  to  awake  in 
terrible  and  irresistible  action,  at  any  approach  of 
danger.  Numerous  cannon,  lining  the  shore  or  look- 
ing darkly  from  the  sides  of  the  mountain,  are  ready 
to  pour  forth  destruction  upon  the  invader.  But  Gib- 
raltar is  too  well  known  to  require  a  description. 

In  many  respects  the  city  of  Gibraltar,  with  its  mag- 
nificent bay,  with  the  straits  uniting  two  oceans,  with 
the  varied  country  around  it,  its  position  in  relation 
to  the  countries  on  the  Mediterranean,  its  immense 
fortifications,  and  its  history,  is  one  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  places.  At  this  renowned  spot  was  the 
termination  of  the  most  adventurous  voyages  of  the 
ancient  world.  For  many  ages  all  that  lay  beyond  it 
,was  a  region  unknown.  But  from  that  unknown  ex- 
panse a  new  power  has  arisen.  Strength  is  born  of 
liberty.  What  was  once  a  small  barbarian  island  has 
become,  by  refusing  the  claims  and  domination  of 
slavery,  and  by  being  true  to  itself,  a  mighty  nation. 
Its  presence  and  authority  are  felt  in  every  part  of 
the  world.  England,  taking  her  position  here  by  the 
right  of  conquest,  though  it  must  be  allowed,  in  viola- 
tion of  the  rights  of  position  and  nature, — England, 
the  mother  of  nations,  and  strong  in  thought  and  free- 
dom as  well  as  in  physical  power, — holds  this  great 
key  and  pathway  of  the  East. 


560  LETTERS iESTHETIC, 

When,  in  coming  through  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar, 
we  passed  from  the  Mediterranean  to  the  Atlantic, 
my  mind  was  the  subject  of  a  momentary  experience, 
which  was  powerful  but  perhaps  not  unnatural.  It 
seemed  to  me  as  if  I  were  passing  out  of  one  world 
into  another.  The  East,  though  my  travels  had  been 
rapid,  had  taken  a  strong  hold  upon  my  imagination, 
and  become  a  sort  of  home  to  me ;  but  from  the  new 
scene,  upon  which  I  was  now  entering,  it  could  be 
seen  and  known  no  more.  The  transition  from  one 
to  the  other  was  immense ;  so  that  I  was  reminded  of 
that  celebrated  gate  of  Dante,  standing  at  the  bounda- 
ries of  existence,  which  separated  the  world  of  the  liv- 
ing from  the  world  of  the  dead,  where  those  entered 
who  were  not  destined  to  return.  In  a  moment,  as  it 
were,  countries,  climates,  the  appearances  of  nature, 
arts,  history,  were  changed.  The  strong  steamer 
dashed  upon  the  waves.  I  stood  upon  the  deck  and 
looked  back,  like  one  that  is  loth  to  lose  a  beloved 
object,  upon  that  eastern  world,  from  which  the  last 
ray  of  light  was  beaming.  It  was  near  the  close  of 
the  day.  On  one  side  were  the  mountains  of  Spain. 
On  the  other  were  the  mountains  of  Africa.  The 
lofty  heights,  which  once  bore  the  proud  name  of  the 
pillars  of  Hercules,  and  which  the  limited  knowledge 
of  antiquity  had  established  as  the  boundary  of  things, 
stood  face  to  face.  The  path  of  the  narrow,  foaming 
ocean  was  between  them.  In  a  few  moments,  as  I 
stood  gazing  upon  this  memorable  gateway,  more  ma- 
jestic than  the  gates  of  Thebes,  the  clouds  and  dark- 
ness of  heaven  came  down  upon  it,  and  closed  the 
portal  of  the  Orient  forever. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  561 

Farewell,  bright  vision  of  an  hour ! 

Fading  away,  like  early  dew, 
All  passed  ;  and  yet  the  soul  hath  power, 

Its  varied  image  to  renew  ; — 
Restor'd  with  tints  as  clear  and  true, 
As  sunbeams  in  their  morning  hue. 

The  olive  grove,  the  mountain  height, 
The  vale,  where  many  a  flock  is  tended, 

The  shepherd's  tent,  the  starry  night, 
A  vision  past,  but  not  yet  ended, — 

Vanished  to  sight,  and  left  behind, 

And  yet  eternal  in  the  mind. 

In  memory  shines  that  Eastern  sky, 
By  day  and  night  as  clear  as  ever  ; — 

In  memory  flowers,  that  quickly  die, 
Resume  the  tint  that  fadeth  never  ; — 

In  memory  frowns  the  sunless  rock, 

"Which  shades  the  shepherd  and  his  flock. 

Oh  strange,  mysterious  power,  possest 

Of  what  is  lost  to  outward  sense  ! 
To  thee,  the  mirror  of  the  breast, 

I  give  this  past  inheritance  ; — 
Knowing  thou  wilt  not  let  it  die, 
But  hold  it  for  eternity. . 

"With  the  aid  of  steam,  and  of  the  sails  almost  con- 
stantly set,  we  went  rapidly  on.  Soon  after  leaving 
the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  we  passed  the  Cape  of  Trafal- 
gar, which  projects  from  the  south-western  coast  of 
Spain  ; — going  over  the  very  place  in  the  ocean,  which 
has  been  rendered  celebrated  by  being  the  locality  of 
Nelson's  last  great  and  bloody  battle.  Altering  our 
direction  at  Cape  St.  Vincent,  we  approached  near 
the  coast  of  Portugal,  so  near  as  to  look  into  the  spa- 
cious mouth  of  the  Tagus  and  bring  the  environs  of 
Lisbon  full  in  sight.  Altering  our  direction  again  at 
Cape  Finisterre,  we  crossed  the  bay  of  Biscay,  and 
favored  much  by  the  weather,  again  came  in  sight 


562  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

of  Ireland,  and  reached  Liverpool  the  second  time, 
July  16th. 

Here  I  found  friends,  who  had  just  arrived  from 
America,  and  gave  me  news  of  my  family.  I  was 
once  more  welcomed  by  the  valued  Christian  friend, 
who  had  extended  to  me  his  hospitality  when  I  reached 
England  the  first  time.  But  I  could  not  remain  long. 
I  made  a  rapid  visit  to  London, — which  seemed  to 
me  after  all  I  had  seen,  as  entitled  to  be  regarded,  in 
comparison  with  other  cities,  as  the  great  seat  of  com- 
merce, of  general  intelligence,  and  of  European  liberty. 
I  returned  to  Liverpool,  took  passage  in  the  steamer 
Arctic,  which  sailed  for  America  on  the  20th  of  July ; 
and  after  a  voyage  which  was  not  diversified  by  any 
special  incidents,  reached  the  city  of  New  York  on 
Saturday,  the  thirtieth  of  the  same  month. 

In  another  and  last  letter  I  wish  to  say  a  few  words 
on  certain  dispositions  of  mind,  which  are  favorable 
in  distant  travelling.  But  I  will  say  a  word  more 
here.  It  is  this.  I  am  satisfied  with  the  land  and 
the  home  which  God  has  given  me.  I  will  say  a 
word  more.  I  thought  that  I  was  an  American ;  but 
I  have  found  out  that  the  world  is  my  country.  I  am 
one  of  those,  who  are  willing  to  testify,  that  man  in 
his  central  nature,  is  the  same  everywhere.  In  his 
joys,  his  griefs,  his  hopes,  his  affections,  he  is  one. 
He  may  differ  in  his  location,  his  history,  his  modes 
of  thought,  the  form  of  government  under  which  he 
lives,  his  language,  his  multiplied  associations.  But 
his  heart,  which  embodies  the  secret  of  universal  al- 
liance, is  one.  He  has  learned  the  folly  of  separation. 
He  sighs  for  unity. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  563 

This  is  the  world's  hope.  And  I  will  add,  that  it 
is  this,  which  points  to  the  world's  great  duty.  And 
that  duty  is  to  recognize  more  and  more  the  idea  of 
central  unity ;  and  to  believe  in  and  to  aim  at  that 
unity  continually,  under  the  name  and  form  of  uni- 
versal brotherhood,  as  the  great  object  and  the  glori- 
ous result  of  Christian  civilization. 

The  fact  that  I  and  my  brother  man  are  born  in 
different  countries,  that  we  speak  different  languages, 
that  we  live  under  different  governments, — although 
these  things  are  undoubtedly  of  the  nature  of  dividing 
elements  and  tendencies, — cannot  have  the  effect  es- 
sentially to  separate  us,  while  the  chords  of  the  heart 
are  united  together.  To  this  union,— not  so  much  of 
the  intellect,  as  of  the  affections, — all  things  tend. 
War  and  all  contention  have  become  obsolete  ideas. 
I  do  not  say,  that  they  have  become  obsolete  in  prac- 
tice. But  I  will  venture  to  say,  that,  in  the  estima- 
tion of  reflecting  and  enlightened  minds,  ,and  con- 
sidered as  the  means  of  effectual  protection  and  of 
real  and  permanent  good,  they  are  rapidly  becoming 
obsolete  as  ideas  or  truths.  The  world, — (and  by  the 
world  I  mean  particularly  the  great  masses  of  men, 
who  have  at  last*  awakened  to  wider  and  clearer  per- 
ceptions,) is  beginning  to  discover,  that  amid  multi- 
plied differences  there  is  a  common  centre ; — that  the 
differences  among  men  are  incidental  and  temporary, 
and  that  the  central  element  is  essential  and  eternal. 
The  light  of  Christ  in  the  soul  has  revealed  it  as  a 
matter  of  speculative  truth  to  them ;  and  Christ's 
bleeding  and  mediating  heart  will  make  it  good,  as  a 
matter  of  practical  and  positive  realization.    Through 


564  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  clouds  and  smoke  of  the  world's  long  contest  the 
harmonial  sky  is  dawning.  I  have  been  at  Trafalgar 
and  have  seen  the  ocean  wave  that  was  reddened  by 
the  dying  blood  of  Nelson  ;  I  saw  the  lifeless  dust  of 
Wellington  carried  to  its  grave ;  I  have  stood  at  the 
tomb  of  Napoleon.  The  day  of  warriors  is  over. 
And  I  hear  once  more  from  the  heights  of  Bethlehem 
the  voice  too  long  disregarded,  (the  voice  uttered  in 
numbers  because  it  is  the  harmony  of  the  universe, 
and  uttered  by  angels  because  it  is  the  announcement 
of  angelic  life,)  which  proclaims  good  will  to  men, 
and  heavenly  peace  on  earth. 


(LVI.) 

At  home— Home  feelings— My  own  room — Scenery  around  me — Re- 
flections on  travel — Divine  companionship — Illustrations  from  the 
circumstances  of  my  departure— Illustrations  from  the  circumstan- 
ces attending  my  arrival  in  England— God  seen  in  his  works — God 
seen  in  national  providences — God  seen  in  the  arts — Oneness  or 
unity  of  religious  feeling — God  in  all  places— God  within  us. 

BRUNSWICK,  MAINE,  AUGUST  4,  1853. 

I  am  again  at  home.  The  date  of  this  letter  is  the 
day  subsequent  to  my  arrival.  I  will  say  nothing  of 
the  joys  I  experience,  in  being  once  more  in  the  bosom 
of  my  family.  If  I  could  command  adequate  lan- 
guage on  such  a  subject,  still  I  should  hardly  venture 
to  trust  my  feelings.  I  will  only  say  that  my  heart  is 
grateful,  not  only  for  what  I  have  experienced  in  the 
affections  of  my  own  family ;  but  for  every  expres- 
sion of  kindness,  with  which  my  other  friends  have 
received  me. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  565 

I  am  seated  again  in  the  room,  in  which  I  have 
spent  the  hours  of  a  large  portion  of  my  life.  I  look 
out  from  my  window.  Below  me  is  the  beautiful 
village.  Beyond  the  majestic  river  which  encircles 
it, — which  flows  in  part  from  the  mountains  and 
lakes  of  my  native  State, — are  the  hills  of  Topsham, 
crowned  with  trees  and  verdure.  The  clear  beaming 
sunlight  comes  down  in  silence  on  the  tranquil  forest. 
The  scene  fills  both  the  eye  and  the  thoughts.  My 
heart  rests. 

But  in  again  returning  to  other  thoughts  and  cares, 
and  in  bringing  these  letters  to  a  close,  I  will  venture 
to  say  a  few  words  on  a  subject  which  interests  me 
much, — namely,  the  moral  and  religious  aspects  and 
influences  of  travel. 

My  general  proposition  on  this  subject  is,  that  if  a 
man  wishes  to  travel  into  other  countries  pleasantly 
and  profitably,  he  must  take  God  with  him  for  a  com- 
panion ; — starting  with  Him  when  he  goes,  in  order 
that  he  may  find  Him,  and  know  Him,  and  rejoice 
with  Him  on  the  way.  He  who  travels  thus,  will  find 
God  watching  over  and  supplying  his  wants,  estab- 
lishing the  harmonies  between  faith  and  providence, 
revealing  the  Infinite  in  the  finite,  and  showing  not 
only  truth  and  beauty,  but  how  all  truth  and  beauty 
centre  in  Himself.  What  I  have  further  to  say  will 
illustrate  in  some  degree  this  general  position.  My 
statements,  it  is  true,  are  the  slight  and  imperfect 
records  of  personal  experience ;  but  I  hope,  without 
professing  to  exhaust  the  subject,  that  they  will  throw 
some  light  upon  it. 

I  left  my  native  country,   September  18th,  1852. 
48 


566  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

My  leaving  at  that  particular  time  was  somewhat  un- 
expected to  myself,  and  under  circumstances  which 
precluded  the  ordinary  preparation.  I  was  unused  to 
distant  travel.  My  health,  broken  by  long  anxieties, 
was  quite  feeble.  I  knew  not  that  I  had  friends,  or 
should  be  likely  to  find  friends  in  foreign  countries ; 
and  took  no  letters  of  introduction  -except  one  to  a 
person  in  London,  which,  however,  failed  of  reaching 
its  place  of  destination.  In  my  physical  weakness, 
which  wTas  one  principal  cause  of  my  going  abroad, 
and  which  naturally  produced  an  unfavorable  effect 
upon  the  mind's  action,  I  could  hardly  be  said  to  be 
able  to  take  care  of  myself. 

But  still,  the  peculiar  combination  of  circumstances 
which  surrounded  me,  constituted  a  voice  of  provi- 
dence, which  seemed  to  me  to  require  me  to  depart. 
Unwilling  to  go  in  my  own  .will,  I  believed,  never- 
theless, that  I  was  required  to  go  in  the  decisions 
of  a  higher  will.  This  conviction  was  a  great  conso- 
lation to  me,  because  I  had  been  led  to  adopt  strongly 
the  opinion  that  a  man's  safety  and  happiness  depend 
very  much  upon  his  harmonizing  with  providential 
arrangements.  Harmony  with  providence  is  of  course 
harmony  with  the  God  of  providence ; — and  as  the 
providential  adjustments  which  touched  my  case,  were 
such  that  I  could  not  well  do  otherwise  than  I  did,  I 
did  not  doubt  that  I  went,  not  so  much  in  self-choice 
and  self-will,  as  because  God  required  me  to  go.  But 
where  he  was  to  send  me, — what  I  was  to  see, — 
whether  my  health  was  to  be  restored, — or  whether  I 
should  be  the  subject  of  increased  sufferings  and  per- 
haps of  death  itself  in  a  foreign  land,— I  did  not  know, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  567 

nor  had  I  any  special  anxiety  to  know.  I  stood  upon 
the  deck  of  the  steamer  Arctic,  as  she  proudly  made 
her  way  down  the  bay  of  New  York ;  feeling  that  I 
held  the  only  hand  which  could  rightfully  and  truly 
guide  me,  and  satisfied  that  I  was  led  into  this  novel 
situation  by  a  wisdom  higher  than  my  own.  And 
this  was  sufficient  for  me. 

The  ocean  was  a  new  scene  to  me.  I  had  never  been 
upon  it  before, — at  least  out  of  sight  of  land.  Day 
after  day  brought  nothing  but  the  same  expanse  of 
wave  added  to  wave.  Space,  multiplying  itself  by 
time,  seemed  to  enlarge  itself; — and  man,  at  least  in 
his  relation  to  material  expansion,  became  a  very  little 
thing.  And  then  came  the  accession  of  unknown  for- 
ces. The  winds  and  the  waves  beat  upon  us  ;  and 
at  one  time,  in  St.  George's  channel  and  near  the  coast 
of  England,  we  encountered  a  very  violent  storm. 
Perhaps  it  was  owing  to  my  ignorance,  but  it  seemed 
to  me  at  this  time,  as  if  our  situation  was  a  perilous 
one, — with  a  rocky  coast  near  at  hand,  a  raging  sea, 
and  in  the  darkness  of  the  night.  But  I  found  the 
-lessons  of  religious  faith  available  at  this  trying  junc- 
ture, and  sustaining  the  soul  without  murmurs  or 
fears.  This  is  an  illustration  of  what  I  have  said  in 
a  general  way  of  the  relations  of  God  to  the  incidents 
and  exigencies  which  occur  in  journeying  in  foreign 
lands.  The  ocean  was  a  revelation  of  God ; — the 
dangers  of  the  ocean  were  a  revelation  of  the  little- 
ness of  man  ; — and  in  the  protection  which  shielded  us 
in  the  hour  of  peril,  we  found  the  truth  of  the  Psalm- 
ist's saying,  "  because  thou  hast  made  the  Lord  thy 
habitation,  there  shall  no  evil  befal  thee,  neither  shall 


568  LETTERS iCSTHETIC, 

any  plague  come  nigh  thy  dwelling  ;  for  He  shall  give 
His  angels  charge  over  thee  to  keep  thee  in  all  thy 
ways." 

I  will  illustrate  the  subject  in  other  ways.  We  had 
scarcely  entered  the  river  Mersey  and  set  foot  upon 
the  shores  of  England,  when  I  formed  an  acquaint- 
ance with  a  gentleman  of  wealth  and  piety,  never 
seen  by  me  before,  who  offered  me  the  hospitality  of 
his  house,  and  in  various  ways  exhibited  a  strong  and 
generous  desire  to  render  my  stay  in  England  profita- 
ble and  pleasant.  I  have  referred  to  him  in  one  of 
my  early  letters.  My  personal  obligations  for  the 
marked  kindness  of  this  excellent  man*  can  never  be 
forgotten ;  and  it  was  the  more  pleasing,  because  I 
saw  that  his  wealth,  his  position  and  influence  in  so- 
ciety and  in  the  church  of  which  he  is  a  member,  and 
his  assiduous  personal  labors,  were  all  devoted  to  the 
cause  of  truth,  religion  and  humanity.  I  thus  found 
that  Providence,  in  not  furnishing  at  my  departure 
the  ordinary  letters  of  introduction,  had  not  left  me 
without  friends ;  and  that  full  faith  in  the  present  and 
protecting  care  of  God  is  a  letter  of  introduction  and 
credit,  which,  the  great  Being  on  whom  it  is  drawn 
would  not  allow  to  be  dishonored. 

Nor  was  this  the  only  instance  of  providential  in- 
terest and  care.  Other  friends  were  raised  up;  other 
arrangements  were  made,  almost  without  any  care  or 
effort  on  my  own  part,  which  gave  a  new  distinct- 
ness and  impressiveness  to  the  great  practical  truth, 
that  God  will  take  care  of  those  who  believingly  put 
their  trust  in  him. 

*  Mr.  George  Pennell,  of  Liverpool. 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  569 

In  regard  to  the  particular  places  and  results  of  my 
journeyings,  I  have  already  said  that  I  had  no  special 
anxiety.     I  knew  that  there  was  one,  who  could  plan 
for  me  better  than  I  could  plan  for  myself.     I  found, 
however,  that  the  thought  occurred  to  me  from  time 
to  time,  that  it  would  be  a  consolation  to  me,  in  these 
last  days  of  my  life,  if  that  Being  in  whom  I  trusted 
should  enable  me  to   travel  in  those  lands   and  to  see 
those  places,  which   have  been  rendered  memorable 
by  the  events  recorded  in  the  Scriptures.     I  had  no 
definite  expectations  ; — it  seemed  to  be  hardly  within 
the  range  of  possibility ; — but  still  it  was  natural  that 
I  should  desire,  if  it  should  be  God's  will  to  grant  it, 
to  see  the  places  where  the  Saviour  was  born,  lived 
and  died.     God  was  pleased,  in  a  manner  unexpected 
to  myself,  to  raise  up  friends,  by  means   of  whose 
kindness  this  desire  was  fulfilled.     The   persons,  to 
whom  I  now  allude,  were  the  valued  American  friends, 
to  whom  I   have  already  often  referred.     They  cheer- 
fully consented  to  admit  me  to  the  privilege  of  their 
society,  took  the  most   friendly  interest  in   my  com- 
paratively helpless   situation,  relieved  me  from  many 
duties  and  cares  which  would  have  been  beyond  my 
strength,  and  contributed  in  many  ways  to  my  happi- 
ness, as  we  travelled  together  in  France,  Savoy,  Sar- 
dinia, Tuscany,  Rome,  Naples,  Malta,  Egypt,  the  pen- 
insula of  Sinai,  and  Palestine.    It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  say,  that  I  could  see  nothing  but  the  hand  of  God 
in  this  favorable  and  unexpected  occurrence. 

It  was  thus,  that  starting  with  God,  or  at  least  en- 
deavoring to  do  so,  I  found  God  on  the  way.     And  I 
not  only  recognized   and   felt  the  divine  presence  in 
48* 


570  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

the  arrangements,  which  facilitated  my  travels ;  but 
also  in  other  respects. 

In  the  state  of  mind  in  which  I  was,  and  which  led 
me  to  think  much  of  things  in  their  causes  or  original 
source,  I  could  not  travel  without  seeing  God  in  the 
works  of  which  he  is  the  author.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  sin,  the  origin  and  relations  of  which  are  not 
easily  understood,  it  is,  I  suppose,  a  just  and  com- 
monly received  idea,  that  God  has  a  real  and  positive 
relation  to  everything  which  exists,  or  which  takes 
place,  both  natural  and  moral.  He  is,  therefore,  not 
far  from  every  one  of  us  at  all  times.  And  there  is  a 
pure  and  believing  state  of  mind,  (of  which  the  soul, 
as  it  advances  in  Christian  experience,  will  not  fail  to 
be  the  subject,)  in  which  all  existences,  and  all  events 
and  providences  also,  will  become  of  the  nature  of 
divine  revelations.  He,  therefore,  who  has  an  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  most  of  nature,  (I  speak  now  particu- 
larly of  physical  or  material  nature,)  may  expect  to 
see  most  of  God,  if  he  has  within  him  that  opened 
and  purified  eye,  by  which  the  great  fact  of  the  divine 
presence  and  agency  is  perceptible.  In  other  words, 
the  world  is  God's  book — the  embodied  and  finite  rep- 
resentation, so  far  as  it  can  be  made,  of  that  which  is 
Infinite ;  and  he,  who  has  an  opportunity  of  turning 
over  its  pages  and  seeing  most  of  it,  has  an  oppor- 
tunity, other  things  being  equal,  of  seeing  and  know- 
ing most  of  God  himself.  In  passing,  therefore,  from 
land  to  land,  from  ocean  to  ocean,  along  beautiful 
or  mighty  rivers,  the  Seine,  the  Arno,  the  Tiber,  the 
Rhone,  the  Thames,  the  Nile,  the  Jordan,  and  over 
lofty  mountains,  the  beautiful   Tabor,  the  majestic 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.     .  571 

Carmel,  the  snow-clad  Alps,  the  wooded  Appenines, 
the  burning  brow  of  Vesuvius,  and  the  rugged  granite 
peaks  of  Sinai,  the  conception  of  the  Deity,  aided  by 
these  vast  objects  of  sight,  greatly  expanded  and  mag- 
nified itself.  It  seemed  to  me,  as  if  my  heavenly 
Father,  as  he  thus  went  with  me  from  place  to  place, 
held  me  by  the  hand  and  opened  in  my  presence  on 
each  new  river's  bank  or  mountain  height  some  new 
page  or  picture  in  that  vast  and  wondrous  volume  of 
nature,  which  is  in  part  the  record  and  monument  of 
his  unsearchable  glory.  The  letters  which  formed  the 
great  name  of  Jehovah,  were  made  up,  if  I  may  so 
express  it,  of  rivers  and  oceans,  of  vast  plains  and 
mountains  ;  and  I  read  and  understood  them  on  that 
account,  the  more  easily.  I  cannot  tell  how  my  heart 
rejoiced — how  it  exulted — in  these  new  revelations. 

I  must  say  further,  in  giving  an  account  of  the  re- 
ligious suggestions  to  which  an  acquaintance  with 
different  and  distant  countries  gives  rise,  that  I  was 
led  to  think  much  of  God,  and  to  appreciate  more 
fully  the  excellence  of  his  character,  considered  as  the 
God  of  nations,  as  well  as  of  individuals. 

There  is  a  providence  of  individuals.  There  is  also 
a  providence  of  states  and  empires.  And  it  is  to  the 
last  I  now  particularly  refer.  It  is  not  easy  to  tread 
among  the  ruins  of  buried  or  prostrate  nations,  with- 
out learning  a  moral  lesson.  And  the  more  we  know 
of  the  mighty  power  of  right  and  wrong, — whether 
by  the  rewards  or  the  sorrows  which  they  bring, — the 
more  we  know  of  God,  and  the  greater  confidence  we 
have  in  Him.  I  cannot  be  expected  to  go  into  par- 
ticulars ;  but  will  make  one  or  two  allusions.     If  no 


572  LETTERS .ESTHETIC, 

nation  of  ancient  times  arose  to  greater  power  and  in- 
fluence than  ancient  Rome,  extending  her  sway  as 
she  did  over  a  great  part  of  the  world,  it  is  also  true 
I  think,  that  she  reached  that  overshadowing  position 
by  a  course,  characterized  not  unfrequently  by  decep- 
tion, and  almost  always  by  pride  and  cruelty.  In 
completing  the  measure  of  her  glory, — or  rather  what 
the  world  calls  glory, — she  completed  also  the  measure 
of  her  sin.  And  in  travelling  over  Italy,  we  saw  every- 
where, in  broken  walls  and  scattered  columns,  the 
fragments  of  a  prostrate  nation,  which  had  fallen  at 
the  touch  of  Providence,  because  it  had  been  founded, 
not  on  justice  and  mercy,  but  on  ambition  and  vio- 
lence. Not  only  invading  armies  had  trampled  on 
her  gates,  but  making  our  way  through  the  ashes  and 
lava  of  Pompeii  and  Herculaneum,  it  was  not  easy  to 
forget  that  burning  mountains  and  tossing  seas  had 
also  risen  up  in  testimony  against  her. 

At  an  earlier  period  Egypt  had  its  grandeur.  The 
Pharaohs  were  as  proud  and  as  cruel  as  the  Csesars ; 
and  the  massive  monuments  of  the  Nile  cannot  justly 
be  regarded  as  inferior  in  extent  and  grandeur  to  the 
magnificent  ruins,  which  are  scattered  on  the  banks 
of  the  Tiber.  But  the  greatness  of  Egypt, — a  great- 
ness which  is  sufficiently  indicated  and  proved  by  the 
extent  of  its  remaining  desolations, — could  not  sup- 
port itself  against  that  providential  law,  which  pro- 
nounces death  upon  everything  that  is  not  sustained 
by  principles  which  meet  the  divine  approbation.  If 
I  saw  God,  therefore,  among  the  ruins  of  Rome,  I 
saw  Him  also  among  the  ruins  of  Egypt. 

Nor  was  this  all.    Amid  the  tottering  walls  and  the 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  573 

sea-beaten  columns  of  the  proud  cities  Tyre  and  Si- 
don,  I  had  before  me  other  evidences,  perhaps  not  less 
striking  than  those  to  which  I  have  referred,  that  God, 
in  the  light  of  his  providential  dealings  with  nations, 
is  impressively  revealed  in  his  great  attributes  of 
power  and  justice.  So  true  it  is,  that  morality,  hav- 
ing its  foundation  in  the  unalterable  constitution  and 
relations  of  things,  has  its  practical  development  and 
its  commentary  in  historical  events ;  and  that  desola- 
tion itself,  when  viewed  in  the  light  of  a  just  philoso- 
phy, will  "vindicate  the  ways  of  God  to  man."  Pal- 
estine itself,  the  land  of  God's  chosen  people,  found 
no  exemption  from  this  great  truth.  I  looked  down 
from  the  mountains  of  Judea  on  the  Dead  Sea,  and 
remembered  the  fate  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  which 
sleep  in  silence  beneath  its  dark  waters.  And  as  I 
stood  on  the  Mount  of  Olives  and  beheld  Jerusalem, 
I  called  to  mind  the  sad  prediction  of  the  Saviour, 
which  the  sword  of  Titus  and  the  gathering  of  the 
"  Roman  eagles"  had  accomplished. 

My  religious  convictions  were  strengthened  also  in 
another  way ; — and  so  much  so  as  to  draw  still  more 
closely  the  bonds  of  communion  and  love.  Provi- 
dence so  ordered  my  journey,  as  I  have  already  been 
led  to  say,  that  I  was  enabled  to  travel  over  lands 
which  have  a  connection  with  Biblical  history ;  and 
everything  which  came  under  my  notice  tended  to 
confirm  that  great  record  of  God's  intercourse  with 
men.  And  thus  I  became  more  intimately  acquainted 
not  only  with  the  God  of  nature  and  providence,  but 
with  the  God  of  the  Bible.  I  travelled  that  Appian 
way — I  passed  the  site  of  that  Appii  Forum  and  the 


574  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

Three  Taverns,  of  which  I  had  read,  or  to  which  I 
had  found  references  in  the  book  of  Acts.  At  Puc- 
cioli,  where  the  apostle  Paul  first  landed  in  Italy,  at 
the  Island  of  Malta,  were  he  was  shipwrecked,  and  at 
Rome,  where  he  was  a  prisoner,  and  where  he  was 
put  to  death  for  Jesus'  name,  I  felt  I  was  treading 
upon  soil,  honored  by  eminent  religious  associations. 
On  the  Nile,  at  the  Red  Sea,  in  our  long  march 
through  the  wilderness  of  Sinai,  at  Hebron,  at  Beth- 
lehem, at  Samaria,  at  Esdraelon,  at  the  Sea  of  Gali- 
lee, and  in  many  other  places,  we  found  striking  con- 
firmations of  the  narratives  and  statements  of  the 
Bible. 

I  had  never  doubted  the  Bible.  I  ever  had  a  deep 
abiding  conviction  of  its  truth  ; — a  conviction  result- 
ing not  only  from  the  external  evidence  which  may 
be  brought  to  bear  upon  it,  but  especially  from  the 
evidence  which  it  carries  in  itself.  And  yet  in  some 
way  which  perhaps  it  would  not  be  easy  for  me  to 
explain,  the  Bible  seemed  to  me,  when  I  had  actually 
been  amid  the  scenes  of  its  wonderful  narratives,  to 
have  more  distinctness,  more  fulness  of  truth,  more 
transcendent  power.  I  shall  not  easily  forget,  how, 
on  Judah's  hills  and  at  the  base  of  the  mountains  of 
Gilboa,  the  songs  of  David  echoed  through  my  spirit, 
as  if  they  were  flung  for  the  first  time  from  the  mas- 
ter's lyre.  On  the  hill  of  Bethlehem,  in  the  valley  of 
Nazareth,  and  on  the  Mount  of  Olives,  the  Saviour's 
life  assumed  a  greater  distinctness  and  reality,  and  I 
seemed  to  hear  more  audibly  the  divine  words,  which 
proceeded  from  his  lips. 

I  know  not  how  it  may  have  been  with  other  travel- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  575 

lers,  but  I  am  obliged  to  add  further,  that  the  works  of 
art  which  we  saw  from  time  to  time  in  different  coun- 
tries, not  unfrequently  inspired  emotions,  which  har- 
monized wTith  and  strengthened  the  highest  religious 
sentiments.  It  is  something  to  see  the  judgment 
scenes  of  Michael  Angelo,  and  to  stand  in  the  pre- 
sence of  the  historical  events  of  the  Bible,  as  they  are 
brought  to  light  in  the  miraculous  cartoons  of  Ra- 
phael. It  would  argue  but  poorly  for  a  person's  reli- 
gious sensibility,  who  should  not  find  it  quickened 
and  strengthened  in  some  degree  by  scripture  scenes 
and  events,  as  they  are  combined  together,  and  re- 
vealed anew,  as  it  were,  in  the  pamtings  of  Correggio 
and  Murillo  and  of  the  other  great  masters,  whose 
works  are  so  frequently  found  in  the  galleries  of  art 
and  in  the  palaces  of  Europe. 

And  I  think  it  may  be  said  further,  that  there  is 
a  sense,  in  which  the  works  of  art  may  be  regarded 
without  impropriety  as  the  works  of  God;  and  in 
which  we  may  associate  God  with  them,  much  in  the 
same  way  in  which  we  may  associate  Him  with  the 
works  of  nature.  Who  made  the  marble  which  the 
chisel  has  wrought  into  shape  ?  Who  fashioned  the 
hand  that  holds  the  chisel,  or  which  guides  the  pain- 
ter's pencil  ?  From  whom  came  that  inspiring  thought 
in  accordance  with  which  the  marble  is  modelled,  or 
which  gives  harmony  and  inspiration  to  color  ?  Ge- 
nius is  not  an  accident ;  but  everything  which  is  true 
and  good  in  it,  everything  which  harmonizes  with 
nature  and  gives  strength  to  virtue,  has  a  divine  ori- 
gin. To  the  eye  of  faith  which  sees  causes  in  effects 
and  which  traces  the  multiplied  relations  of  things  to 


576  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

their  central  element,  God  sits  enthroned  in  the  Ro- 
man Capitol  amid  the  countless  works  of  art  which 
he  has  inspired,  no  less  than  on  the  Alps  and  the 
Appenines. 

These  views  might  be  presented  in  another  and 
little  different  light.  The  traveller  not  only  meets 
with  flowers  and  trees,  with  rivers  and  mountains, 
which  elevate  his  thoughts  to  God, — not  only  with 
works  of  art,  which  also  have  their  moral  and  reli- 
gious influences  upon  the  mind ; — but  the  power  of 
association,  operating  strongly  in  connection  with 
memorable  localities,  restores,  and  places  before  him, 
almost  with  the  distinctness  of  real  life,  the  powerful, 
or  illuminated  men  of  other  days,  who  have  imparted 
clearness  to  truth,  or  beauty  to  virtue  ; — men  who 
have  illustrated  humanity  by  thought,  or  have  honored 
it  by  suffering  and  action.  I  have  referred  to  this  in 
part, — in  connection  with  what  I  have  said  of  the 
associated  influence  of  scenes  in  Palestine.  But  I 
would  extend  the  view  to  all  lands,  to  all  periods  of 
time,  and  to  all  truly  great  men.  When  I  came  to 
the  places,  over  which  their  memory  and  their  spirits 
hovered,  it  is  hardly  an  exaggeration  to  say,  that  they 
appeared  personally  before  me.  The  mind  created 
them  anew.  Let  it  not  be  considered  strange,  then, 
if  I  say,  in  a  sense  which  is  susceptible  of  a  just  ap- 
preciation, that  I  met  with  Somers,  Chatham,  and 
Burke  in  the  Parliament  House  of  England, — with 
Wesley  and  Addison  on  the  banks  of  the  Isis  and 
Cherwell, — with  Shakspeare  in  Windsor  Forest  and 
on  Dover  Cliffs, — with  Algernon  Sidney  on  Tower 
Hill, — with  Fenelon  at  the  Seminary  of  St.  Sulpitius, 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  577 

— with  Dante  at  Florence, — with  Cicero  in  the  Ro- 
man Capitol, — with  Moses  in  the  wilderness, — with 
Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob  at  Mamre  and  the  cave 
of  Macpelah, — with  David  on  the  hill  of  Zion.  The 
mind  seized  upon  what  remained,  and  restored  what 
had  departed.  The  inward  senses  were  opened  with 
a  power  greater  than  that  which  belongs  to  the  out- 
ward. The  eye  of  the  mind  saw  them.  The  ear  of 
the  heart  heard  them. 

Can  atheism  thus  give  life  to  the  dead?  Can  infi- 
delity, which  has  no  confidence  in  virtue,  thus  restore 
the  men  of  other  ages,  whose  memory  remains,  be- 
cause their  life  was  the  teaching  and  the  illustration 
of  virtue  ?  How  can  these  things  be,  if  there  be  no 
God?  And  how  can  they  be,  with  that  explanation, 
which  a  belief  in  God  alone  can  give  of  them,  without 
a  juster  appreciation  and  a  higher  love  of  Him,  who, 
in  being  the  Source  of  all  things,  is  the  Centre  of  all 
just  thoughts,  the  Mind  of  all  minds  ? 

One  of  the  pleasant  things  of  a  religious  nature, 
which  increases  the  interest  and  happiness  of  the 
Christian  traveller  in  foreign  countries,  is  the  evidence 
which  he  often  obtains,  of  the  essential  unity  or  one- 
ness of  character,  which  exists  in  religious  experience. 
In  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  America,  the  child  of  God 
is  one.  Under  blazing  suns,  and  in  polar  snows, 
under  all  forms  of  government  and  diversities  of  edu- 
cation, as  well  as  in  all  varieties  of  climate,  the  image 
of  Christ  is  the  same, — drawn  in  immortal  lines  by 
the  same  mighty  architect, — not  always  completed, 
but  filling  out,  with  each  day's  added  lines  and  touch- 
es, into  the  likeness  of  that  great  and  beautiful  model, 
49 


578  LETTERS AESTHETIC, 

which  exhibited,  in  the  person  of  Christ  in  his  earthly 
incarnation,  the  soul  of  the  Godhead  in  man's  hu- 
man heart.  Names,  sects,  parties,  have  no  power  to 
hide  it, — any  more  than  diversities  of  language,  gov- 
ernment, and  color.  This  beautiful  image,  I  saw  in 
my  travels,  in  countries  and  places  far  remote  from 
each  other ; — on  the  banks  of  the  Po  and  the  Tiber, 
in  London,  in  Florence,  in  Alexandria,  in  Jerusalem, 
in  the  cottages  of  Waldensian  Mountains,  as  I  had 
seen  it  before  in  the  mountains  of  America, — differ- 
ing, undoubtedly,  in  degrees  of  completeness,  but  al- 
ways true  to  the  great  Master's  hand.  It  needed  no 
letter  of  introduction.  I  saw  it  with  the  eye  of  the 
heart.  I  embraced  it  with  the  arms  of  the  affections. 
I  cannot  say  how  much  I  rejoiced  in  this  multiplica- 
tion of  universal  brotherhood.  It  was  more  pleasant 
to  me,  than  the  beauties  of  nature,  delightful  as  they 
are ; — brighter  than  the  light  of  the  morning  sun  on 
the  mountain  tops. 

Among  other  developments  of  religious  feeling,  or 
perhaps  I  should  say,  of  those  feelings  which  have 
a  close  connection  with  our  religious  nature,  I  am 
tempted  to  give  the  following  illustration.  It  pre- 
sents a  form  of  experience,  related  to,  and  yet,  in  some 
respects,  very  different,  from  that  which  I  have  just 
given. 

One  day,  after  reaching  Alexandria,  I  occupied 
myself,  in  company  with  the  friends  who  were  with 
me,  in  making  a  short  excursion  along  the  banks  of 
the  Mahmoudie  Canal.  On  the  shore  of  the  canal, 
engaged  in  various  occupations,  or  strolling  at  leisure 
on  its  banks,  were  Turks  and  Arabs, — and  not  unfre- 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  579 

quently  with  a  group  of  children  around  them.  To 
me  they  were  a  new  race  of  beings, — differing  from 
what  I  had  been  accustomed  to  see,  in  dress,  and  in 
outward  bearing  and  deportment,  as  well  as  in  their 
history  and  language.  But  under  these  differences 
of  dress  and  peculiarities  of  manner,  I  recognized,  in 
the  "  human  face  divine,"  the  signatures  of  a  common 
heart,  a  common  nature.  None  of  the  outward  dif- 
ferences to  which  I  have  referred,  no  diversities  of  de- 
scent and  history,  of  language,  or  even  of  religion, 
were  capable  of  limiting  my  affections.  My  eyes  had 
no  sooner  looked  upon  them,  than  my  heart  gave 
them  its  sympathy  and  love  as  promptly  and  as  strong- 
ly, as  if  they  had  been,  as  in  fact  they  were  and  are, 
u  bone  of  my  bone,  and  flesh  of  my  flesh."  And  I 
must  confess,  that  this  unprompted  unity  of  feeling 
made  me  very  happy  for  a  short  time.  I  was  rejoiced 
to  find,  that  in  every  part  of  the  world  I  could  meet 
a  great  multitude  to  whom  I  could  apply,  as  repre- 
sentative of  my  feelings,  the  sacred  names  of  brothers 
and  sisters,  of  fathers  and  mothers. 
"  This  was  my  first  experience.  Only  a  very  short 
time,  however,  had  passed,  when  I  had  inward  mis- 
givings ;  and  indeed,  the  thought  was  strongly  im- 
pressed upon  my  mind,  as  if  by  some  unseen  power, 
that  I  had  done  wrong,  in  thus  promptly  giving  my 
heart  to  those  of  a  different  religious  faith.  An  in- 
ward suggestion  seemed  to  upbraid  me  with  placing 
confidence  and  affection  in  a  race  of  men,  who  re- 
jected the  Christian  religion,  and  had  often  shown 
hostility  and  contempt  to  that  Saviour,  in  whom  alone 
1  was  entitled  to  place  my  dearest  hopes.    What  was 


580  LETTERS AESTHETIC 


a  Turk  to  me  ?  Or  what  was  I  to  a  Turk  ?  Had 
not  the  whole  history  of  these  Mohammedan  races 
been  adverse  to  Christianity?  Had  not  the  scimetar 
been  bathed  in  the  blood  of  Christians? 

Whether  these  suggestions  came  from  a  good  or 
an  evil  source,  from  God  or  from  Satan,  I  was  at  a 
loss  to  know.  The  embarrassment,  however,  and  the 
sorrow  arising  from  this  state  of  mind,  were  not  small; 
and  I  was  not  relieved  from  them  till  I  had  made  it 
a  subject  of  inward  reflection.  I  sought  retirement. 
In  simplicity  and  earnestness  of  spirit,  I  carried  the 
matter  to  God,  as  the  great  source  of  truth.  I  was 
soon  relieved,  and  so  convincingly  and  distinctly,  that 
I  was  not  troubled  afterwards.  God  said  to  me, — if 
I  may  be  allowed  to  employ  the  unusual  language  of 
the  ancient  Mystics,  but  which,  I  must  confess,  more 
accurately  describes  the  intimations  and  experience 
of  my  inward  consciousness  than  any  other, — that  my 
business  was  to  love ; — that  God  alone  could  know 
and  appreciate  the  diversities  of  situations  and  creeds  ; 
— that  He  alone  could  estimate  the  un propitious  ten- 
dencies of  a  birth  and  education  in  a  heathen  or  Mo- 
hammedan land ; — that  I  could  not  be  born  into  the 
image  of  Him  who  died  for  His  enemies,  while  I  re- 
pulsed from  my  bosom  the  man  of  any  clime,  or  any 
belief; — and  that,  in  all  cases,  he  who  wishes  to  con- 
vey the  truth  to  any  people,  and  to  do  them  good, 
must  carry  before  him,  as  its  precursor,  the  open  ban- 
ner of  a  generous  and  disinterested  affection. 

One  of  the  results  of  these  long  travels,  was  a  clearer 
and  deeper  impression  than  I  had  experienced  ever 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  581 

before,  that  the  presence  and  influence  of  God  are 
not  limited  by  locality. 

Every  man,  who  has  a  truly  religious  heart,  has 
what  may  be  called  his  sacred  places.  What  I  mean 
to  say,  is,  that  every  man,  in  looking  back  upon  his 
past  religious  life,  is  able  to  recall  places  which  are 
associated  with  religious  incidents, — places  which  are 
allied  in  his  recollections  with  resolutions  of  amend- 
ment, or  with  remarkable  developments  of  religious 
truth,  or  which  have  been  consecrated  by  the  sorrows 
of  penitence,  or  by  the  joys  of  gratitude.  This,  I  sup- 
pose to  be  the  general  experience ;  and  I  am  neither 
able,  nor  have  I  any  desire,  to  plead  an  exemption 
from  it.  My  mind  has  never  ceased  to  recall  such 
places ;  and  often  it  has  recalled  them  with  profit  and 
pleasure.  I  remember  the  Bible  which  my  mother 
gave  me ;  nor  is  the  place  forgotten  in  which  she  gave 
it.  I  remember  the  places  where  I  read  it  alone.  I 
remember  the  garden,  the  wood,  the  valley,  the  river's 
bank,  where  I  spent  many  hours  in  pondering  the  prob- 
lems of  salvation,  and  in  seeking  the  great  Central 
"Source  of  light.  I  remember  the  humble  abodes, 
rude  and  solitary  perhaps,  but  yet  consecrated  in  the 
religious  affections,  where,  in  the  evening  of  a  long 
summer's  day,  I  stole  secretly  apart,  to  listen  to  the 
prayers  of  gray-headed  old  men,  or  to  learn  from  their 
lips  the  wondrous  things  of  God  in  glory,  and  of 
mankind  redeemed. 

The  teachings  of  God,  therefore,  and  the  various 
religious  influences  of  which  he  is  the  source,  had  be- 
come associated,  in  some  degree,  with  places ;  and 
undoubtedly,  forgetting  the  difference  between   the 

49* 


582  LETTERS -ESTHETIC, 

Finite  and  the  Infinite,  I  had  a  secret  feeling,  hardly 
perceptible  to  myself,  that  such  gracious  influences 
were  more  likely  to  be  repeated  in  some  places  than 
others.  A  wider  experience  dissipated  this  natural 
and  common  illusion.  I  found  that  God  could  travel 
as  far  and  as  fast  as  any  of  his  poor  children.  And 
when  I  set  my  foot  on  the  ocean,  to  visit,  for  the  first 
time,  climes  remote  and  lands  unknown,  I  left  my 
country  and  friends,  but  did  not  and  could  not,  leave 
my  God  behind  me.  Wherever  I  went,  I  found  him 
at  my  side.  On  the  ocean  and  on  the  land,  in  the 
storm  and  in  the  sunshine,  amid  the  matchless  beau- 
ties of  Richmond  hill,  and  in  the  sterility  of  Arabian 
deserts,  in  mountain  tops,  and  in  lowly  valleys,  in 
the  palaces  of  the  Thames  and  the  Seine,  and  in  the 
Bedouin's  tent  and  the  Fellah's  cottage  of  clay,  every- 
where, and  under  ail  circumstances,  I  found  Him 
present,  to  guide,  to  counsel,  and  console.  And  it 
seemed  to  be  an  actual,  and  not  merely  a  hypotheti- 
cal and  constructive  presence, — a  presence  which  is 
recognized  by  the  heart,  as  well  as  by  the  intellectual 
conviction, — and  which  harmonizes  with  the  expres- 
sions of  the  Saviour,  when  he  said,  "  The  kingdom 
of  God  is  within  you." 

I  have  incidentally  referred  to  this  experience  in 
some  other  letters.  I  made  records  of  it  from  time  to 
time.  I  have  sometimes  thought,  that  it  is  the  ten- 
dency of  raised  emotions,  when  they  have  harmony 
in  themselves,  by  being  in  harmony  with  God  and 
the  universe,  to  strive  after  an  outward  expression  in 
numbers.  Whatever  is  not  in  harmony, — whatever 
is  discordant  with  character,  position,  and  all  just  re- 


\ 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  583 

lations,  is,  at  least,  not  in  the  highest  form  of  truth  ; 
and  hence  it  was,  perhaps,  that  these  slight  records  of 
religious  feeling,  without  making  pretensions  to  po- 
etical merit,  often  took  the  form  of  measure  or  verse. 
I  will  give  one  or  two  illustrations.  Our  boat  was 
one  day  anchored  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile.  I  wandered 
away  alone,  a  considerable  distance.  I  came  to  the  vast 
silent  sands  of  the  Lybian  desert,  which  limits  the 
fertility  and  the  cultivation  of  the  Egyptian  river. 
I  sat  down.  Around  me  was  vastness,  desolation, 
unutterable  silence.  But  this  great  solitude  was  peo- 
pled with  the  presence  of  God's  company.  If,  in  this 
vast  but  lonely  place,  my  heart,  as  it  seemed  to  me, 
was  emptied  of  all  earthly  things,  I  seemed  to  be  at 
least  equally  conscious,  that  it  was  occupied  and  filled 
with  the  Infinite.  I  felt  the  pressure  and  the  embrace 
of  that  mighty  arm,  which  holds  the  ocean  and  the 
land,  the  mountain  and  the  desert. 

'Tis  thus  in  solitude,  I  roam 

O'er  many  a  land  and  tossing  sea  ; 
And  yet,  afar  from  friends  and  home, 

I  find,  0  God !   a  home  in  Thee. 

I  pass  from  things  of  space  and  time, 

The  finite  meets  or  leaves  my  sight ; 
But  God  expands  o'er  every  clime, 

The  clothing  of  the  Infinite. 

He  left  me  not  in  that  far  land, 

Which  I  have  lov'd  to  call  my  own  ; 
And  walking  now  on  Egypt's  sand, 

I  feel  that  I  am  not  alone. 

He  walks  the  earth,  He  rides  the  air  ; 

The  lightning's  speed  He  leaves  behind. 
His  name  is  Love.     And  tell  me, — Where 

Is  sea  or  land  He  cannot  find  ? 


584  LETTERS J3STHETIC, 

Oh  long  I've  known  him.    Could  it  be, 

That,  if  He  did  not  hold  me  dear, 
He  thus  would  travel  land  and  sea, 

And  throw  His  arms  around  me  here  ? 

I  could  not  leave  Him,  if  I  would  ; 

I  would  not,  if  the  power  were  given  ; 
'Twould  be  to  leave  the  True  and  Good, 

The  soul's  Repose,  the  spirit's  Heaven. 

On  other  occasions,  also,  and  not  tmfreqently,  I 
made  slight  records  in  verse  of  religious  feelings ; — 
which  would  not  be  inserted  here,  were  it  not  they 
are  to  be  read  by  those  who  will  know  in  what  way 
to  understand  them.  In  reflecting,  for  instance,  upon 
the  inward  experience  of  which  I  had  been  the. sub- 
ject, I  had  a  clearer  view,  perhaps,  than  ever  before, 
of  that  passage  of  Scripture  to  which  I  have  just  now 
referred,  "  The  kingdom  of  God  is  within  you."  Be- 
ing in  such  a  number  of  places,  and  in  such  a  variety 
of  circumstances,  I  was  enabled  to  understand  more 
fully  what  I  had  already  read  in  books  of  philosophy, 
that  external  things  take  their  character,  in  a  great 
degree,  from  the  mind ;  and  that  the  kingdom  of  God 
in  the  soul,  by  the  diffusion  of  its  own  beauty,  can 
change  any  place,  however  rude  and  desolate  in  itself, 
into  a  heavenly  mansion. 

And  in  accordance  with  this  view,  I  found  my  heart 
allying  itself  with  all  objects,  animate  and  inanimate, 
which  came  under  my  notice  ;  and  it  found  alliances 
and  sympathies  in  return.  The  rock,  which  symbol- 
izes the  hardness  of  a  fallen  nature,  was  smitten  and 
pierced  within  me;  the  fountain  of  the  central  deep 
was  broken  up ;  and  love,  which  changes  everything 


SOCIAL,  AND    MORAL.  585 

into  its  own  beauty,  flowed  out  in  rivers.  Not  only 
varied  and  conflicting  humanity,  becoming  harmo- 
nized at  last  into  universal  brotherhood,  clasped  me 
to  its  bosom,  but  also  material  and  inanimate  nature 
revealed  itself  as  the  clothing  or  outward  expression 
of  a  divine  principle  and  life  within.  There  was  a 
voice  in  the  winds.  There  was  a  song  in  the  ocean 
waves.  The  desert  struggled  to  scatter  a  few  flowers 
at  my  feet.     The  very  rocks  smiled  upon  me. 

With  the  kingdom  of  God  in  the  heart,  I  found  no 
difficulty  in  understanding  the  vision  of  the  New  Je- 
rusalem, and  in  beholding  its  descending  brightness 
in  everything  around  me.  It  is  in  the  influence  of 
such  views  and  experiences,  that  you  will  find,  in  part, 
the  explanation  of  what  follows,  with  which  I  now 
close  this  long  letter ; 

THE    KINGDOM    OF    GOD    IS    WITHIN    YOU. 

How  oft  our  thoughts  and  hopes  arise 
To  thee,  the  City  of  the  Skies  ! 
How  oft  we  sit  in  grief,  and  sigh, 
Because  thy  brightness  is  not  nigh  j 
Forgetting  that  a  power  is  here, 
Which  makes  the  high  and  distant  near. 

Oh  yes  !     To  man  the  power  is  given, 
To  bring  to  earth  that  distant  heaven  j 
The  power  of  faith,  which  has  the  art 
To  build  God's  kingdom  in  the  heart  j 
The  power  of  love,  which  has  the  skill, 
With  God  himself,  the  soul  to  fill. 

'Tis  faith,  that  conquers  time  and  space, 
And  love  makes  heaven  of  form  and  place  ; 


586  LETTERS .ESTHETIC,  &C. 

Their  strength  combined  makes  all  things  new ; 
It  mars  the  false,  it  builds  the  true  ; 
It  plants  on  martyr'd  heads  the  crown, 
It  brings  the  golden  city  down. 

Oh  then  arise,  poor  child  of  tears  ! 
Put  on  thy  faith,  put  off  thy  fears  ; 
And  when  the  power,  which  faith  bestows, 
Hath  met  and  crushed  thy  spirit's  foes, 
Light  in  the  heart  love's  shining  gem, 
And  be  thine  own  Jerusalem. 


ERRATA . 

Page  130— far  Hudson — read  Hundson. 
«      280— for  in  different  ages— read  of  different  ages. 
"     310— for  Greek— read  Greeks. 


MAR  30 


1948 


mm 


H  Ha